As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 21, 2020

Registration No. 333-          

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

PACTIV EVERGREEN INC.*

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

Delaware   2673   98-1538656
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

1900 W. Field Court

Lake Forest, Illinois 60045

Telephone: (800) 879-5067

Facsimile: (847) 482-7742     

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

 

 

Copies to:

Byron B. Rooney, Esq.
Michael Kaplan, Esq.

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP
450 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10017
(212) 450-4000

  

Joseph D. Zavaglia, Esq.

Craig F. Arcella, Esq.

Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP

Worldwide Plaza

825 Eighth Avenue

New York, New York 10019

(212) 474-1000

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  ☐

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐                 

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐                 

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐                 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer      Smaller reporting company  
     Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  ☐

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title Of Each Class
Of Securities To Be Registered
 

Proposed

Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price(2)

  Amount Of
Registration Fee

Common stock, par value $0.001 per share(1)

  $100,000,000   $12,980

 

 

 

(1)   Includes                shares which the underwriters have the right to purchase to cover over-allotments.
(2)   Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457 under the Securities Act of 1933.

The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

*

The registrant is currently Reynolds Group Holdings Limited, a company incorporated pursuant to the laws of New Zealand. Prior to the closing of this offering, Reynolds Group Holdings Limited will convert into a corporation incorporated in the state of Delaware with the name Pactiv Evergreen Inc.

 

 

 


SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED AUGUST 21, 2020 the with these PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS filed buy to statement offers soliciting Shares registration not are Pactiv Evergreen Inc. the we until and Common Stock securities securities This is the initial public offering of shares of common stock of Pactiv Evergreen Inc. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We anticipate that the initial public these these offering price will be between $ and $ per share. We intend to apply to list our common stock on sell sell the Nasdaq Global Select Market (“Nasdaq”) under the symbol “PTVE.” not to Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, Packaging Finance Limited (“PFL”) will be our only may stockholder. Upon the closing of this offering, PFL will own a majority of the voting power of our common offer stock. As a result, upon the closing of this offering, we will be a “controlled company” as defined under the We an corporate governance rules of Nasdaq. See “Principal Stockholders.” not We have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to additional shares of is changed. common stock from us at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions. be Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “Risk Factors” on page 42. may prospectus Underwriting Price to Discounts and Proceeds before and This permitted. Public Commissions expenses, to us(1) not Per Share..................... $ $ $ is Total ......................... $ $ $ complete effective. sale (1) See “Underwriting” for a description of all compensation payable to the underwriters. not is or Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved is offer or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense. the prospectus Commission where The underwriters expect to deliver the shares on or about , 2020. Credit Suisse Citigroup this in Exchange state BofA Securities Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC any and Baird BMO Capital Markets Deutsche Bank Securities RBC Capital Markets in information Academy Securities Loop Capital Markets Ramirez & Co., Inc. Siebert Williams Shank The Securities securities The date of this prospectus is , 2020


3 leading businesses 900 production lines 13,000 SKUs 3,800+ new products 500+ new sustainable products 65%of revenues from sustainable products We are the largest producer of fresh food and fresh beverage packaging in North America* People in the US are use our products ~5 billion times every week *Based on 2019 revenue


We make products that let consumers eat and drink what they want, when they want, where they want no clean-up unique Tyson take-and-bake heat-and-eat performance only delivery safe barrier on-the-go order-in lightweight clean feature eat and dirndl premium on-the-fly today’s lifestyle Eat at home pick-up and server order out anywhere, anytime take-out Delivery protection healthy sustainable convenient reclosable nestable innovative tamper-evident recyclable Grab-and-go on-trend see what you eat quality good for you high function recycled essential driver through fresh no hassle #onthego #anywhere #anytime #keepsafe #nocleanup #convenient #usedmillionoftimesdaily


Foodservice Take-out eat out, order-in on-the-go, safely and conveniently


Food Merchandising Shop fresh, safe, ready-to-go, Eat at home, see what you eat, for-you design


Beverage Merchandising Easy to use, easy to keep, fresh, good-for-you and sustainable


     Page  

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1  

RISK FACTORS

     42  

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     66  

USE OF PROCEEDS

     67  

DIVIDEND POLICY

     68  

CAPITALIZATION

     69  

DILUTION

     71  

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

     72  

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

     77  

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     90  

BUSINESS

     132  

MANAGEMENT

     165  

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     171  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     190  

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

     196  

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     197  

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK

     203  

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     206  

UNDERWRITING

     208  

LEGAL MATTERS

     215  

EXPERTS

     215  

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     215  

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1  

 

In this prospectus, “Group,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to (i) prior to the GPC Separation (as defined below), Pactiv Evergreen Inc. (“PTVE”, or the “Company”) (formerly known as Reynolds Group Holdings Limited) and its consolidated subsidiaries, including Graham Packaging Company Inc. (“GPC”) and its consolidated subsidiaries (the “GPC Group”) and (ii) after the GPC Separation, PTVE and its consolidated subsidiaries, excluding the GPC Group. As discussed elsewhere in this prospectus, prior to the closing of this offering: (i) we will distribute GPC to PFL, and, as a result, the GPC Group will no longer be part of the Group and (ii) Reynolds Group Holdings Limited will convert into a corporation incorporated in the state of Delaware, with the name Pactiv Evergreen Inc. The financial information presented in this prospectus, except where designated “pro forma,” includes the results of the GPC Group. Our discussion of our business and our forward-looking statements, including our Risk Factors, are generally limited to our business as of the closing of this offering and do not include the GPC Group.

We and the underwriters have not authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. We and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may provide you. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of the common stock.

No action is being taken in any jurisdiction outside the United States to permit a public offering of common stock. Persons who come into possession of this prospectus in jurisdictions outside the United States are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restriction as to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus applicable to those jurisdictions.

Market Share and Other Information

This prospectus includes industry and market data that we obtained from periodic industry publications, third-party studies and surveys, filings of public companies in our industry and internal company surveys. These include government and industry sources. Industry publications and surveys generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable. Although we believe the industry and

 

i


market data to be reliable as of the date of this prospectus, this information could prove to be inaccurate. Industry and market data could be wrong because of the method by which sources obtained their data and because information cannot always be verified with complete certainty due to the limits on the availability and reliability of raw data, the voluntary nature of the data gathering process and other limitations and uncertainties. In addition, we do not know all of the assumptions regarding general economic conditions or growth that were used in preparing the forecasts from the sources relied upon or cited herein. Unless otherwise indicated, when presented in this prospectus (i) historical industry growth rates are based on the period from 2014 through 2019, (ii) industry growth projections are based on data as of January 2020 and (iii) North American industry sizes are estimates as of 2019.

Trademarks and Trade Names

We own or have rights to trademarks, service marks and trade names that we use in connection with the operation of our business. Other trademarks, service marks and trade names appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, some of the trademarks, service marks and trade names referred to in this prospectus are listed without the ® or symbols, but we will assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights to our trademarks, service marks and trade names.

Presentation of Information

References to “fiscal year 2021”, “fiscal year 2020,” “fiscal year 2019,” “fiscal year 2018,” “fiscal year 2017” and “fiscal year 2016” relate to our fiscal years ending December 31, 2021 and 2020 and fiscal years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. With the exception of the adoption of Accounting Standards Update 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers and other related Accounting Standards Updates regarding Accounting Standards Codification Topic 606 (“ASC 606”) as of January 1, 2018, Accounting Standards Update 2016-02, Leases and other related Accounting Standards Updates regarding Accounting Standards Codification Topic 842 (“ASC 842”) as of January 1, 2019, and Accounting Standards Update 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses and other related Accounting Standards Updates regarding Accounting Standards Codification Topic 326 (“ASC 326”) as of January 1, 2020, the accounting policies set out in the annual consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus have been consistently applied to all periods presented. We adopted the new revenue recognition standard on a modified retrospective basis for all contracts not completed as of the date of adoption. There was no material financial impact from adopting the new revenue recognition standard. We adopted the new lease accounting standard on a modified retrospective basis without the recasting of comparative periods’ financial information, as permitted by the transition guidance. Upon adoption we recorded operating lease right-of-use assets (adjusted for prepaid and deferred rent) and operating lease liabilities of $322 million and $331 million, respectively, representing the present value of future lease payments with terms greater than 12 months. See Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in our annual consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the impact of the adoption of ASC 606 and ASC 842. We adopted the new accounting requirements for credit losses on a modified retrospective basis. The adoption of these new requirements had no material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

The financial information presented in this prospectus, except where designated “pro forma,” includes the results of the GPC Group. Accordingly, references to pro forma information, such as “pro forma net revenue,” “pro forma net income,” “pro forma Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations,” “pro forma Adjusted EBITDA margin from continuing operations,” “pro forma capital expenditures” and “pro forma CAGR”, give effect to the GPC Separation, the Corporate Reorganization (as defined below) and this offering, as reflected in the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data included elsewhere in this prospectus.

We have made rounding adjustments to some of the figures included in this prospectus. Accordingly, numerical figures shown as totals in some tables may not be an arithmetic aggregation of the figures that precede them. Unless otherwise indicated, all references to “U.S. dollars,” “dollars,” “U.S. $” and “$” in this prospectus are to the lawful currency of the United States of America.

 

ii


Non-GAAP Financial Measures

This prospectus contains “non-GAAP financial measures,” which are financial measures that are not calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”).

The Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) has adopted rules to regulate the use in filings with the SEC and in other public disclosures of non-GAAP financial measures. These rules govern the manner in which non-GAAP financial measures are publicly presented and require, among other things:

 

   

a presentation with equal or greater prominence of the most comparable financial measure or measures calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP; and

 

   

a statement disclosing the purposes for which the registrant’s management uses the non-GAAP financial measure.

Specifically, we make use of the non-GAAP financial measure “Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations” in evaluating our consolidated past results and our consolidated future prospects. For the definition of Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations and a reconciliation to net income from continuing operations, its most directly comparable financial measure presented in accordance with GAAP, see “Prospectus Summary—Summary Historical and Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—How We Assess the Performance of Our Business.”

We present Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations because it is a key measure used by our management team to evaluate our operating performance, generate future operating plans and make strategic decisions and, in certain cases, because this measure is used to determine compliance with covenants in our debt agreements and compensation of certain management. Accordingly, we believe that Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management team and board of directors.

Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider such a measure either in isolation or as a substitute for analyzing our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations include the following:

 

   

Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations does not reflect every expenditure or contractual commitment;

 

   

Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations does not reflect changes in our working capital needs;

 

   

Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations does not reflect any interest expense, or the amounts necessary to service interest or principal payments on any debt obligations;

 

   

Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations does not reflect income tax expense;

 

   

although depreciation and amortization are eliminated in the calculation of Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations does not reflect any costs of such replacements;

 

   

Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations does not reflect the impact of earnings or charges resulting from matters we consider not to be indicative, on a recurring basis, of our ongoing operations; and

 

   

other companies in our industry may calculate Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations or similarly titled measures differently than we do, limiting their usefulness as comparative measures.

We compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our GAAP results and using Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations as supplemental information.

 

iii


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary may not contain all of the information that you should consider before deciding to invest in our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the “Risk Factors” and the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” sections and our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

We help make today’s convenience-oriented lifestyle possible by making products that give people the freedom to eat and drink fresh food and beverages safely anytime and anywhere.

We are the largest manufacturer and distributor of fresh foodservice and food merchandising products and fresh beverage cartons in North America (as measured by revenue). We produce a broad range of on-trend and feature rich products that protect, package and display fresh food and beverages for consumers who want to eat or drink fresh, prepared or ready-to-eat food and beverages conveniently and with confidence. Consumers use our products every day in restaurants, coffee shops, supermarkets, grocery stores and their homes and we estimate that our products are used by people in the United States approximately 5 billion times per week. We support consumers’ active, on-the-go lifestyle with a variety of products that are used daily by people who want to eat and drink fresh food and beverages on-the-go, take-out or at home. Our products range from food containers, plates and bowls, hot and cold cups, lids, wraps and cutlery to meat and poultry trays, egg cartons and reclosable fresh beverage cartons. Our products are made from a diverse range of substrates, including resins, bio-resins, plant and paper-based fiber and aluminum. We believe that the breadth of our product offering and our best-in-class technological and material engineering capabilities provide us with a competitive advantage by giving us the ability to offer or develop products to meet a broad range of customer needs and specifications. These capabilities are a part of the value proposition we offer our customers that help make us a “one-stop-shop” for customers with a wide range of fresh food and beverage packaging requirements. We believe our product development, material engineering and technology innovation initiatives enable us to commercialize new products that provide a consistent and meaningful contribution to both our product offering and revenue. Our objective is to generate 25% of our net revenues each year from products developed or re-engineered within the prior three years. We are a market leader in our industry. Approximately 80% of our total pro forma net revenues for 2019 were from products for which we held a #1, #2 or #3 U.S. market share position.

We supply our products to a broad and diversified mix of companies, including full service restaurants (“FSRs”) and quick service restaurants (“QSRs”), foodservice distributors, supermarkets, grocery and healthy eating retailers, other food stores, food and beverage producers, food packers and food processors. Based on management data, in 2019, we were the #1 supplier to many of our customers across our product categories in the aggregate, including four of the five largest foodservice distributors, eight of the ten largest supermarket chains, three of the four largest dairies, and the three largest QSR groups. We were also the #1, #2 or #3 packaging supplier to six of the eight largest meat and poultry processors. Our customers range from large blue-chip multinational companies to national and regional companies to small local businesses. We have developed strong and longstanding relationships with our customers. We have been supplying the vast majority of our customers for many years, and our relationships with our top ten customers average over 19 years. We have a diverse business with no single customer representing more than 10% of our pro forma net revenues for fiscal year 2019. We believe our strategic customer partnerships, which are built on our “one-stop-shop” product, service and value offering, differentiate us from our competitors. Sales contracts for our products are in many cases long-term and generally contain cost pass-through mechanisms for raw materials, and may contain pass-through mechanisms for freight and other variable costs that mitigate the impact of cost volatility on our profitability.

 

1


We participate in the North American foodservice packaging, retail and food processor packaging and liquid carton containers industry, which has grown at a compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) of approximately 4% over the last five years. Because people always need to eat and drink without regard to economic conditions, the markets we serve have historically been recession-resilient. The foodservice and food merchandising end market categories we participate in have grown consistently over the last five years, with foodservice having grown at a CAGR of approximately 3% and food merchandising having grown at a CAGR of approximately 4% during that period. Foodservice refers to products used in restaurants and for away-from-home eating and drinking. Food Merchandising refers to products for fresh, prepared and ready-to-eat foods sold through supermarkets, grocery and other food stores for consumption on-the-go or at home. Beverage Merchandising refers to cartons and related products for refrigerated dairy, juice and specialty beverages sold in retail outlets and used in school lunches. Our industry is supported by strong demographic profiles and consumer preference trends that have increased demand for the convenient, easy-to-use, reclosable and highly reliable products we make. Our products protect, display and keep food and beverages fresh and help consumers eat and drink safely, easily and with confidence. Millions of people use our products every day. Consumers also increasingly want products that are made using sustainable materials. For fiscal year 2019, approximately 65% of our pro forma net revenues were derived from products made with recycled, recyclable or renewable materials, and our goal is 100% by 2030.

We operate primarily in North America, with 86% of our pro forma net revenues in fiscal year 2019 coming from the United States and 8% of our pro forma net revenues in fiscal year 2019 coming from Canada and Mexico, combined. We also operate internationally, including through joint ventures, with manufacturing facilities located in fast-growing emerging markets including Southeast Asia and the Middle East. In total we have approximately 15,000 employees.

We have well-invested nationwide manufacturing operations that, as of December 31, 2019, include 46 manufacturing and 27 distribution facilities. We have approximately 900 production lines and we manufacture approximately 115 billion units each year. Over the last two fiscal years, we invested approximately $374 million in pro forma capital expenditures in a number of strategic initiatives focused on growth and productivity. These initiatives involve automation, operational efficiency and the development and launch of new products to further enhance our value proposition and product offering for customers, streamline and further reduce the cost of our manufacturing and distribution of products and capitalize on growth opportunities in the markets we serve. Over 98% of the products we sell in the United States are manufactured in the United States, and we believe our strategically located regional mixing centers (“RMCs”) and proprietary logistic software provide freight advantages and certainty of supply for our customers. We have flexible manufacturing capabilities that enable us to quickly shift production at low cost to meet customers’ changing needs. We believe that our unique low-cost distribution model and short supply chain relative to our competitors are highly valued by our customers.

Our unique value proposition drives our longstanding strategic relationships with our customers in a number of ways through our products, our services for customers, our manufacturing and our distribution model and our experienced employees who are dedicated to maintaining our customers’ trust. We offer one of the broadest ranges of products in our markets available from a single source, and we manufacture our products from a wide range of materials to meet customer needs. This allows us to be a “one-stop-shop” with just-in-time fulfillment that simplifies and increases the efficiency of our customers’ purchasing. We make the procurement process easier for our customers with proprietary tools like the Virtual Packaging Assistant (“VPA”), which enable us to work with customers to select tailored product solutions. We also work closely with customers to design innovative products that meet their specific and changing requirements and help differentiate their brands. As a result of our broad material, manufacturing and design capabilities, we are able to create products and consistently and reliably fulfill our customers’ needs across a wide range of product categories. We believe our value-added service for customers creates logistic and supply chain savings for them. Our nationwide hub-and-spoke distribution system makes it possible for customers to purchase a range of products in one order from a single location and thereby increase the load factor for shipping and reduce their supply chain costs. We

 

2


enjoy high levels of customer satisfaction with our products and service. We believe that the combination of these unique attributes creates significant value for our customers, a strategic competitive advantage for us and high barriers to entry for adjacent industry participants.

We strive to operate with respect for the environment, and we are committed to sustainability across three key areas: our product portfolio, our manufacturing and supply chain and our communities. We offer environmentally sustainable solutions across nearly all of our product lines today, supporting our customers’ own sustainability goals. We are focused on increasing our use of recycled and renewable materials and making our

products recyclable or compostable. For example, through our EarthChoice brand, we offer a robust line of sustainable foodservice products. Since the start of 2019, we have launched, or expect to launch by the end of 2020, over 70 new items across many of our product categories under our proprietary EarthChoice brand. As of December 31, 2019, the EarthChoice product line included more than 250 products. We currently offer a recyclable or sustainable product for nearly every product category that we manufacture, and we have the product offering and material technology to move customers to alternative substrates. Additionally, our entire line of fresh beverage cartons are made using sustainable fiber-based materials. We have focused on reducing our carbon footprint in the manufacturing and distribution of our products. Substantially all of the products we sell in North America are manufactured by us in the United States, unlike some of our competitors. Since 2015, we have achieved a 12% reduction in absolute energy consumption, resulting in a 10% reduction in greenhouse gases. We put safety first, value our people and communities and operate in a manner that is inspiring and empowering and makes our business sustainable in the long run. We never compromise our values in the face of market forces.

Our focus on growing and recession-resilient end markets, well-invested manufacturing platforms, efficient manufacturing and distribution, innovation, long-term customer relationships and contractual cost pass-through mechanisms allow us to maintain an attractive financial profile with steady, organic revenue growth, robust margins and significant cash flows. In fiscal year 2019, we generated $5.2 billion in pro forma net revenues, $             million in pro forma net income and $691 million in pro forma Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations.

Strategic Initiative Management

We have a culture that constantly seeks to improve the way we work throughout our business, from our products to our manufacturing and distribution processes to the way we work with our customers. We continually seek to optimize our business through comprehensive business reviews, ideation and targeted strategic initiatives. The review process, identification of focus areas, development of actionable improvement programs and implementation and monitoring of these initiatives are coordinated and managed by our Strategic Project Management Office (the “SPMO”). Our strategic initiatives are grouped into six key areas: growth; value-added customer service; profitable innovation; cost reduction; the integration of Beverage Merchandising and sustainability.

 

•  Growth:

   Drive growth of our products and support our customers while maintaining our commitment to quality, reliability, service and safety

•  Value-added customer service:

   Proactively implement new ways to serve our customers and continually seek to refine our value proposition for customers

•  Profitable innovation:

   Reinforce our existing product portfolio with new and on-trend products

•  Cost reduction:

   Optimize our processes to drive increased profitability and cash flow through automation, digital transformation and streamlining our manufacturing and supply chain

 

3


•  Integration of Beverage Merchandising:

   Capitalize on commercial and cost synergies from integration of the Beverage Merchandising business

•  Sustainability:

   Maintain and grow the broadest sustainable product offering in the industry with a focus on our “Four R’s” of “Reduce,” “Recycle,” “Renew,” and “Reuse”. For fiscal year 2019, approximately 65% of our pro forma net revenues were derived from products made with recycled, recyclable or renewable materials, and our goal is 100% by 2030.

Within each of these categories, we have a number of specific initiatives that we believe will improve our business, including: our automation and digital transformation initiatives; growth of our sustainable product offerings; reduction of our carbon footprint in our manufacturing and distribution processes; and our cost

reduction programs. We believe it is critical to embrace new technology and we have made significant investment across our business to accelerate growth and optimization opportunities. We rigorously track and measure the progress and results of each of our initiatives. We are focused on long-term planning and goal-setting strategies as well as our near term operating results. We believe our strategic initiatives help drive our revenue growth, increase our market share and increase our margins.

Our SPMO’s initiatives drive our collective, cross-functional and company-wide efforts to increase growth and profitability across our business. The systematic approach championed by our SPMO includes collaborative partnerships across our segments, regular meetings with top executives and rigorous measurement of initiatives and progress against internal benchmarks. The SPMO’s initiatives have yielded significant results both on the top and bottom line. Our strategic initiatives also include internal goals for innovation. Our objective is to generate 25% of our revenue each year from new products introduced within the prior three years. In fiscal year 2019, 20% of our pro forma net revenues were generated from products that were less than three years old. The SPMO and its initiatives will continue to impact the way we work on a daily basis.

Our Segments

We are the largest producer of fresh food and fresh beverage packaging in North America (as measured by revenue). Our operations consist of manufacturing and selling products through three reportable segments: Foodservice; Food Merchandising; and Beverage Merchandising. The pie charts below show the breakdown of our pro forma net revenues for fiscal year 2019 by our segments, geography and products.

 

          FY2019 pro forma net

          revenues by segment

    

FY2019 pro forma net

revenues by product

  

  FY2019 pro forma net

  revenues by geography

 

 

*   Other represents residual businesses that do not represent a reportable segment.

 

4


Foodservice

Our Foodservice segment (“Foodservice”) is the #1 manufacturer of foodservice products in North America (as measured by revenue). Foodservice generated $2.2 billion in net revenues and $336 million in Adjusted EBITDA (a 16% Adjusted EBITDA margin) for fiscal year 2019 and has grown its net revenues at a 2.5% CAGR from December 31, 2017 through December 31, 2019.

Foodservice provides a broad range of convenient, on-the-go products that let consumers eat and drink the fresh food and beverages that they want, where they want and when they want with confidence. We manufacture food containers, hot and cold cups, lids, plates, bowls, cutlery and straws, wraps and cafeteria trays.

 

Foodservice has a large customer base that includes chain restaurants, FSRs, established and emerging QSRs, distributors, institutional foodservices (e.g. airports, schools and hospitals) and convenience stores. We serve our customers nationwide, regionally or locally, depending on their needs.

We operate in the $22 billion North American foodservice packaging industry. The industry is forecast to grow at a CAGR of approximately 3% to 4% during the five-year period from 2019 through 2024. We believe that key growth drivers in the North American foodservice market include increased demand for fresh prepared foods and beverages that can be consumed safely and easily on-the-go; growing consumer demand for eat-at-home and order-in food delivery options; increasing catering and event services; and the shift toward higher value and feature-rich formats (e.g. tamper-evident and reclosable containers) and higher priced eco-friendly products and substrates.

Foodservice offers one of the broadest selections of foodservice products in North America and was the largest producer of foodservice packaging in North America in 2019 (as measured by revenue). Foodservice held a #1, #2 or #3 U.S. market share position in almost all of its product categories in 2019. The segment is well positioned to grow with today’s “eat anywhere/anytime” lifestyle trends and is aligned with the grab-and-go, away-from-home and eat-at-home preferences of consumers, rapidly expanding food delivery services and emerging QSRs, the trend toward fresh, ready-to-eat and prepared foods and the increasing consumer demand for sustainable products and products that protect against contamination. Since the start of 2019, we have launched, or expect to launch prior to the end of 2020, over 70 new items across many of our product categories under our proprietary EarthChoice brand. Our EarthChoice brand of products offers a robust line of sustainable packaging for customers looking for alternatives to traditional products. Foodservice provides significant value for customers through its “one-stop-shop” product and service offering, packaging solutions that align with today’s consumer preferences and by providing consistent and reliable quality.

 

5


The pie charts below show the breakdown of net revenues in our Foodservice segment for fiscal year 2019 by type of customer, by product and by geography.

 

    FY 2019 net revenues by

    customer type

    

FY 2019 net revenues by

product

  

FY 2019 net revenues by

geography

 

Food Merchandising

Our Food Merchandising segment (“Food Merchandising”) is a leading North American manufacturer of solutions that package, protect and display food and keep it safe from contamination. Food Merchandising generated $1.4 billion in net revenues and $223 million in Adjusted EBITDA (a 16% Adjusted EBITDA margin) for fiscal year 2019 and its net revenues had a CAGR of (0.4)% from December 31, 2017 through December 31, 2019.

We manufacture containers for delicatessen, bakery, produce and snack food applications; microwaveable containers for fresh, prepared and ready-to-eat food; and trays for meat, poultry and eggs.

 

Food Merchandising’s extensive list of customers includes supermarkets, grocery and healthy eating retailers and other food stores as well as meat, egg, agricultural and consumer packaged goods (“CPG”) processors. We serve our customers nationwide, regionally or locally, depending on their needs.

 

6


We operate in the $9 billion North American food merchandising industry. This industry is forecast to grow at a CAGR of approximately 3% during the five-year period from 2019 through 2024. We believe that key growth drivers in North American food merchandising include increased consumption of fresh produce, meat, poultry, prepared foods and baked goods; increased demand for display-ready fresh food; the shift toward smaller containers, as well as fiber-based and higher value packaging formats (e.g. higher cost meat and poultry trays for organic and specialty products) and the proliferation of products designed to meet unique functional needs such as tamper-evident and reclosable containers.

Food Merchandising has the broadest range of products and packaging solutions in North America. Over 85% of its net revenues for 2019 were from products for which it held a #1, #2 or #3 U.S. market share position. The segment is aligned with increasing customers’ demand for packaging solutions that protect and display fresh food, fresh prepared, already-cooked and ready-to-cook foods. We believe that Food Merchandising provides a compelling value proposition to customers, packages that consumers like and trust and products that meet high standards with rapid turnaround times. Product innovation is focused on high-growth emerging companies where our products help deliver our customers’ brands.

The pie charts below show the breakdown of net revenues in our Food Merchandising segment for fiscal year 2019 by type of customer, by product and by geography.

 

FY 2019 net revenues by

customer type

    

FY 2019 net revenues by

product

  

FY 2019 net revenues by

geography

 

Beverage Merchandising

Our Beverage Merchandising segment (“Beverage Merchandising”) is a leading manufacturer of fresh cartons for refrigerated beverage products in North America and certain portions of Southeast Asia, primarily serving dairy (including plant-based, organic and specialties), “good-for-you” juice and other specialty beverage end-markets. Beverage Merchandising generated $1.6 billion in net revenues and $196 million in Adjusted EBITDA (a 12% Adjusted EBITDA margin) for fiscal year 2019 and has grown its net revenues at a 1.4% CAGR from December 31, 2017 through December 31, 2019.

Based on management data, Beverage Merchandising is the only integrated producer of fresh beverage cartons in North America that offers customers a “one-stop-shop” carton solution, which we refer to as the Total Packaging System Solution (“TPSS”). Beverage Merchandising manufactures and supplies integrated fresh carton systems, which include printed cartons with high-impact graphics, spouts and filling machinery. Beverage Merchandising also produces fiber-based liquid packaging board (“LPB”) for its internal requirements and to sell to other fresh beverage carton manufacturers, as well as a range of paper-based products which it sells to paper and packaging converters. Based on management data, in 2019 Beverage Merchandising held a #1 U.S. and Canada market share position in its key beverage product categories: high-barrier LPB used for gable-top cartons; printed fiber-based beverage cartons; and high-speed filling machinery.

 

7


Beverage Merchandising’s key customers include national and regional dairy, juice and specialty beverage producers, cup, plate and container manufacturers and other beverage carton manufacturers.

We primarily operate in the $1 billion North American fresh beverage carton industry. The North American fresh beverage carton industry is forecast to grow at a CAGR of approximately 1% during the five-year period from 2019 through 2024. Key growth drivers in North American fresh beverage cartons include increased demand for fresh, plant-based, organic and other specialty dairy products and specialty beverages, the displacement of other packaging formats by recyclable fiber-based cartons and the trend toward smaller size containers of one-half gallon or less. We also operate in growing emerging markets in Asia, including China, Korea, Malaysia and Taiwan and in the Middle East, including Israel, Morocco and Saudi Arabia through our joint ventures. We believe the Asian and Middle Eastern markets we serve are forecast to grow annually at approximately 5% and 3%, respectively, during the four-year period from 2020 through 2024. The growth in demand for the products we manufacture in emerging markets is driven by a growing middle class and urbanization.

One-hundred percent of our product offering is environmentally sustainable and fiber-based (excluding filling machinery and spouts) and our cartons are recyclable. We believe that Beverage Merchandising is well positioned to capitalize on consumer trends that favor fresh, conveniently-sized refrigerated beverage containers made with fiber-based materials that meet the demanding health, safety, speed and reliability requirements of customers and regulators. In addition, we believe our TPSS provides customers with a low cost solution and excellent customer service. We believe our market positions, our total systems approach, our manufacturing capabilities and our technical support and other services for customers give us a competitive advantage.

Beverage Merchandising has historically been operated and managed as a separate and independent reportable segment from our Foodservice and Food Merchandising segments. Beverage Merchandising’s leading position in fresh cartons for specialty dairy and juice gives us leadership in another “good-for-you” department around the outside of the supermarket and complements our existing leadership positions with food retailers in meat and poultry trays, fiber egg packaging, bakery and snack containers and fruit and produce containers. We believe the integration of the businesses will generate new product opportunities that capitalize on Beverage Merchandising’s fiber manufacturing and material science capabilities. We are targeting significant commercial benefits from this planned integration. We believe that by combining Beverage Merchandising with Foodservice and Food Merchandising, we will be able to provide a broader range of essential fiber-based packaging solutions for our customers. We also expect that the integration will help reduce cost by allowing us to use previously discarded materials, reduce procurement costs through combined purchasing and achieve potential cost savings through the integration of fiber and board materials.

 

8


The pie charts below show the breakdown of net revenues in our Beverage Merchandising segment for fiscal year 2019 by type of customer, by product and by geography.

 

    FY 2019 net revenues by

    customer type

  

FY 2019 net revenues

by product

  

FY 2019 net revenues

by geography

 

 

9


Our Products

We provide a wide range of products to serve convenience-oriented consumers by making it possible for them to eat and drink the fresh food and beverages that they want, when they want and where they want. Our products range from food containers, plates and bowls, hot and cold cups, lids, wraps and cutlery to meat and poultry trays, egg cartons and reclosable fresh beverage cartons. We make products that are convenient, reliable and offer consumers features like reclosability and tamper evidence. Our products help make daily life easier for consumers by reducing the time and hassle of cleaning up. We held a #1, #2 or #3 U.S. market share position in product categories that represent approximately 80% of our total pro forma net revenues in 2019.

Our Strengths

Unrivalled product and substrate breadth for on-the-go food and beverage consumption

We manufacture the broadest range of foodservice, food merchandising and beverage merchandising products in the North American market. We offer over 13,000 unique SKUs made from a diverse range of

substrates, including resins, bio-resins, plant and paper-based fiber and aluminum. We believe our extensive product offering is part of what makes us the “one-stop-shop” for our customers by providing them the ability to switch between our products and various substrates to meet evolving customer and consumer preferences.

Our material science expertise and state-of-the-art product design and testing capabilities enable us to engineer high-performing materials and create new and innovative products to meet the demanding requirements of our customers and the preferences of consumers as well as to increase food safety. We use our material science expertise to focus on sustainability, performance and material savings. We have an industry-leading analytical lab and dedicated technology center in Canandaigua, New York where we develop innovative resin blending and compounding formulations and processes and new engineered materials using paper/fiber substrates. We also have an innovation center in Bedford Park, Illinois where we have on-site design, testing, prototyping and production capabilities. These unique material and product design capabilities allow us to partner with our customers to rapidly develop and commercialize new and innovative solutions that further increase the value we provide our customers.

Our products are formulated and fabricated in compliance with all applicable food laws and regulations. In addition, our production facilities are independently audited for adherence to good manufacturing practices. All Beverage Merchandising converting facilities have received SQF (“Safe Quality Food”) certification, and 23 Foodservice and Food Merchandising facilities have achieved BRC (“British Retail Consortium”) certification for meeting globally-recognized standards related to food safety and quality.

We believe we offer the most extensive selection of eco-friendly fresh food and beverage products in North America that are manufactured from recycled, recyclable or renewable materials and we continue to grow our offering of sustainable products with new bio-resin and fiber-based offerings. We offer customers environmentally-friendly alternatives across nearly all of our products and categories today and we believe our EarthChoice brand is the largest eco-friendly foodservice brand with one of the broadest product lines in the North American foodservice industry.

Market leading positions across a broad range of products

We are the largest producer of fresh food and fresh beverage packaging in North America (as measured by revenue). We held a #1, #2 or #3 U.S. market share position in product categories that represent approximately 80% of our total pro forma net revenues in 2019. Our scale and broad product offering, efficient low-cost nationwide manufacturing and hub-and-spoke distribution capabilities, together with the various services, efficiencies and

 

10


reliability we offer customers, create our unique and compelling value proposition. We believe that our market leading positions in almost every product category in North America provide pricing power and purchasing leverage and help generate strong margins. Foodservice held a #1, #2 or #3 U.S. market share position in almost all of its product categories in 2019. Over 85% of Food Merchandising’s net revenues for 2019 were from product categories in which it held a #1, #2 or #3 U.S. market share position. Based on management data, Beverage Merchandising is the only integrated fresh beverage carton producer in North America and it held a #1 U.S. and Canada market share position in its key beverage product categories: high-barrier LPB used for gable-top cartons; printed fiber-based beverage cartons; and high speed filling machinery. We believe our market positions and scale are a significant competitive advantage and would be difficult for any competitor to replicate.

 

11


 

12


Growing consumer-oriented end markets

We serve customers in the fresh foodservice, fresh food merchandising and fresh beverage carton markets and we are well positioned to benefit from growth trends in each of these markets. Our businesses are aligned with secular growth in demand for convenient, on-the-go fresh food and beverages and for products made from sustainable materials. The graph below sets forth the historical and expected growth in the addressable North American market served by our three reportable segments:

 

 

The addressable North American Foodservice market is valued at approximately $22 billion and is expected to grow at a CAGR of 4.2% during the five-year period from 2019 through 2024. We believe the breadth of our fresh, convenience-oriented and sustainable packaging solutions positions us to benefit from the key trends driving growth in the foodservice market. Consumers are increasingly eating food prepared away-from-home, as evidenced by the growing popularity of online delivery, take-out, drive-thru, emerging QSR brands and catering and events services. There has been a significant shift toward away-from-home eating, with away-from-home consumer spending increasing to 54% of total U.S. consumer food spending in 2018, compared to only 48% in 2000. We expect away-from-home’s percentage of overall consumer food spending to continue to increase in the future. Online food delivery transactions are expected to grow approximately 10% per annum through 2024. We believe growth in on-the-go hot and cold beverage consumption will drive increased consumption of our cups, lids and straws. In addition, we believe favorable demand trends in many of our other product categories, such as growing demand for chef-inspired packaged food and restaurant-prepared foods, will also drive increased consumption of our foodservice products. Consumer preference is shifting toward higher-priced and eco-friendly fiber-based substrates, and we believe consumers are increasingly considering the quality and sustainability of food and beverage packaging when selecting restaurants for delivery, take-out and drive-thru orders. Increased demand for lightweight packaging with value-add and safety features, such as enhanced tamper evidence, is also an important growth driver in the foodservice market. We believe our extensive selection of on-the-go and sustainable products with innovative features positions us to benefit from these growth trends and earn higher margins from the sale of these products.

The addressable North American Food Merchandising market is valued at approximately $9 billion and is expected to grow at a CAGR of 3.1% during the five-year period from 2019 through 2024. We believe our expansive selection of innovative and sustainable packaging solutions positions us to benefit from market trends

 

13


driving growth in the North American food merchandising market. Consumption of fresh produce, meat, poultry, prepared food and baked goods in North America is increasing. Consumer preference is shifting toward fiber-based packaging and smaller product formats. Consumers increasingly want to be able to see the food they buy while being assured of its safety and they increasingly want food that is fresh and ready-to-eat. In addition, the North American food merchandising market is projected to grow as consumers shift toward higher value and feature-rich formats (e.g. innovative tamper-evident containers and recycled PET meat and poultry trays for organic and specialty products) and with the proliferation of proprietary products designed to meet unique functional needs for customers, such as meat and poultry trays that are engineered to be packed and wrapped at high speeds. We believe we are positioned to benefit from these trends due to our wide-ranging product offerings and our ability to design and develop innovative on-trend products that meet evolving consumer preferences and the specific requirements of our customers.

The addressable North American Beverage Merchandising market is valued at approximately $1 billion and is expected to grow at a CAGR of 0.6% during the five-year period from 2019 through 2024. We believe demand for fresh beverage cartons will increase as consumer preference shifts toward fresh, refrigerated, organic and plant-based dairy and smaller product formats (i.e. cartons that are one-half gallon or smaller). We believe that demand will also increase as consumer preference shifts toward convenient, sustainable and visually-attractive printed fiber beverage cartons from alternative formats. We believe that a growing middle class and urbanization trends in emerging markets in Asia position us to continue benefitting from international growth as well. We believe our broad range of sustainable, fiber-based beverage packaging will allow us to benefit from these trends.

An important trend affecting all three of our business segments is the growing preference of consumers for fresh and prepared food and fresh beverages. Almost every product we make across our three segments is specifically designed for fresh food and beverages and we expect to benefit from the consumer’s desire to increasingly eat and drink fresh. Whether consumers eat at home or away-from-home, we believe we are well-positioned to cater to their preferences. The following graphs set forth the expected growth in the U.S. away from-home meals market and the U.S. online food delivery market during the five-year period from 2019 to 2024.

 

 

14


Compelling value proposition backs longstanding strategic partnerships with blue chip customer base

Our customer relationships across leading FSRs and QSRs, foodservice distributors, supermarkets, grocery and healthy eating retailers, other food stores, fresh food and beverage producers, food packers and food processors are based on a long history of trust. We believe we have developed strong long-term partnerships with a diverse group of blue-chip customers due to our compelling value proposition driven by our broad range of products, the range of substrates we manufacture products from, our national distribution network and our ability to quickly design and manufacture innovative custom solutions.

We believe our “one-stop-shop” model offers our customers significant commercial, logistics and cost advantages. Our breadth of products and nationwide network of regional mixing centers means we can partner with customers anywhere in the United States and meet their wide-ranging food and beverage packaging needs. We offer our customers the ability to work with one salesperson, place one order with one customer service representative and receive one shipment, thereby improving efficiencies and lowering working capital. Customers are able to minimize supply chain and logistics costs by shipping with full truck loads from our distribution centers rather than shipping from multiple locations or overseas with our competitors.

We partner with our customers to develop new product designs that help them market their brands. Through our leading production technology and material science expertise, we are able to rapidly develop on-trend new products with features that meet the evolving preferences of consumers. As a result, we serve a critical role in developing and differentiating iconic food and beverage brands for our customers with consumers.

Customers rely on our products to help protect their brands by keeping food and beverages safe and fresh. Whether it is a hot coffee cup with the iconic logo of one of our national Foodservice customers or Food Merchandising’s clear containers that let consumers see the fresh salads and fruit at their supermarket, our products are integral to consumers’ everyday lifestyles. Each one of Beverage Merchandising’s fresh beverage filling machines safely and reliably fills approximately 1 million cartons each week for our customers without leakage or spoilage, which is critical to protecting their brands. Customers depend on the quality, reliability and performance of our products for critical applications like these and many others. Our customers trust us with their brand reputation each time they use our products.

We have also invested in programs that allow us to better serve our clients by improving the procurement process. Our VPA tool helps customers navigate our extensive product offering and directs them toward the products that best fit their packaging needs.

We believe these value-added services differentiate us from our competitors and strengthen our position as a leading strategic partner with our customer base.

 

15


Examples of our customers by segment:

 

 

Foodservice

 

 

 

    

 

  

 

Food Merchandising

 

 

 

    

 

  

 

Beverage Merchandising

 

Well-invested, nationwide footprint and unique distribution model enhances competitive position

We have a large well-invested, manufacturing base and a hub-and-spoke distribution network in the United States and the international geographies in which we operate. The majority of our assets are in the United States, which allows us to provide an extensive offering of products manufactured in the United States to our customers. We believe our manufacturing footprint and distribution network provides us a competitive advantage in each of our segments. Foodservice is the only manufacturer in the United States with an extensive nationwide hub-and-spoke distribution network, which enables customers to buy across our entire product offering. Food Merchandising is a low cost U.S. manufacturer with well-invested facilities that are within close proximity to our customer base. We have an unrivalled product offering in the North American foodservice and food merchandising markets and a “one-face-to-the-customer” service model. This service model uses one sales representative per account to produce one order which is supported by one customer service representative that is responsible for one shipment with one invoice. We believe Beverage Merchandising is uniquely positioned in the U.S. and in the emerging markets we serve as the only producer that manufactures fresh beverage cartons, filling machinery and LPB, which we believe positions us as a low cost solution with excellent customer service.

We have made manufacturing flexibility a priority in our investment of capital. We are able to offer substrates and product lines to match changing market needs efficiently and at low cost. This enables us to scale production to match the requirements of our customers and trends in the market, including for example, increasing our use of recycled and recyclable material to produce a greater number of sustainable products and earn higher margins from the sale of these products. We have strategically invested in flexible manufacturing assets that can be quickly converted to produce alternative products. Our broad manufacturing base includes approximately 900 production lines and we manufacture approximately 115 billion units each year. We believe the flexibility of our manufacturing capabilities across our large asset base is a competitive advantage.

Foodservice has 16 manufacturing plants. Food Merchandising has 24 manufacturing plants. Foodservice and Food Merchandising share the use of 26 warehouses and 8 regional mixing centers. Beverage Merchandising has 6 U.S. beverage carton manufacturing plants, 7 international beverage carton manufacturing plants (including 3 plants in our joint ventures), 2 filling machinery plants, 3 extrusion plants, 2 integrated LPB and paper mills and 3 chip mills. Each of our manufacturing plants is managed by a manufacturing director, and we utilize lean operating practices and information technology to measure performance against objective metrics to optimize manufacturing efficiency and reduce cost. We estimate that it would require more than $11.6 billion to replicate

 

16


our manufacturing assets, and we believe it would be exceedingly difficult to recreate our proprietary manufacturing know-how and in-house developed technologies that enable us to produce the broad range of high-quality products we efficiently manufacture, distribute and sell to customers. In addition, it would be difficult to construct comparable manufacturing facilities across the breadth of our locations and capabilities.

We have made significant investments in our manufacturing plant network, including approximately $636 million in pro forma capital expenditures over the last two fiscal years, approximately $374 million of which has been invested in growth and productivity initiatives. These investments have centered on automation, operational efficiencies and innovation for value-add and eco-friendly product offerings. Recent investments include capacity expansions, increased process speed, yield improvements and new processes and capabilities. We believe that these investments will help drive future growth in net income from continuing operations and Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations.

Sustainability focus is aligned with today’s consumer preferences and our customers’ goals

We offer a broad range of sustainable products that are made with recycled, recyclable, renewable or compostable materials. We manufacture an eco-friendly alternative across nearly our entire range of products and offer products made from seven different types of sustainable substrates. Through our state-of-the-art production technology and material science experience, we have the ability to develop new value-add and sustainable materials and solutions. We believe we are well positioned to benefit from changing consumer preferences for more environmentally sustainable products. In fiscal year 2019, approximately 65% of our pro forma net revenue came from products made from recycled, recyclable or renewable materials. In addition, based on third-party industry research and management estimates, the global addressable market for sustainable packaging is estimated to grow at a 5-10% CAGR through 2025.

In addition, many of our customers have publicly-stated goals to increase the use of sustainable products. A significant portion of our new product and material innovations are geared toward developing sustainable products for our customers. As current customers using traditional materials look to switch to more sustainable alternatives, we are well-positioned to quickly and effectively support them. With a high percentage of our net revenue coming from products that are made from recyclable or other sustainable materials, we are helping our customers achieve their own sustainability goals.

Foodservice offers a rapidly growing selection of sustainable products through our EarthChoice brand. Food Merchandising is the leading North American producer of fiber-based egg packaging. The portfolio includes over 250 products, each with at least one of our four environmental attributes:

 

   

Reduce: We reduce the use of petroleum-based materials by incorporating other materials, such as minerals and plant-based starches, into select EarthChoice products.

 

   

Recycle: We manufacture products that include post-consumer recycled materials and actively engage in initiatives to expand recycling of foodservice packaging.

 

   

Renew: We utilize renewable resources and promote initiatives to broaden composting of foodservice packaging.

 

   

Reuse: We design products that may be washed and reused by consumers.

Beverage Merchandising’s reclosable fresh beverage packaging consists entirely of sustainable fiber-based cartons (excluding spouts). Our cartons are recyclable and are made with over 70% renewable material. We hold third-party certifications from Forest Stewardship Council, the Programme for the Endorsement of Forest Certification and the Sustainable Forestry Initiative which demonstrate our commitment to responsible wood procurement and chain-of-custody procedures.

 

17


In addition to our use of recycled and renewable materials, we also support efforts to expand opportunities for consumers to recycle or compost our products, notably as one of the founding members of the Carton Council, Paper Recovery Alliance, Plastics Recovery Group, Foam Recycling Coalition and the Paper Cup Alliance. We have demonstrated our commitment to use more recycled plastic by joining the Association for Plastic Recyclers’ Demand Champions program. We engage with the composting industry through the U.S. Composting Council, and a growing number of our products are certified compostable by the Biodegradable Products Institute. We are a longstanding member of the Sustainable Packaging Coalition, an industry working group dedicated to a more robust environmental vision for packaging.

We are working to limit our environmental impact by reducing greenhouse gas emissions, increasing energy efficiency and minimizing waste going to landfills. For example, nearly 60% of the energy we use in Beverage Merchandising to make paper comes from biomass, a renewable energy source, and we generate solar energy for local communities near our Canton, North Carolina mill. In addition, we consistently optimize our freight routes in order to lower fuel consumption, and we recycle internally almost all our plastic processing scrap in manufacturing our own products and we recycle externally our paper scrap, which reduces material going to landfills.

Demonstrated track record of new product development

We have a proven history of product innovation, including the introduction of new products and the addition of innovative features to existing products. We have introduced over 3,800 new products, including over 500 new sustainable products within the last 5 years. Innovation is a core capability we are proud of and a key focus area going forward as we strive to enhance our product portfolio, drive growth and increase margins.

We have significant intellectual property and proprietary know-how. We hold over 400 patents related to product design, utility and material formulations.

Our primary focus areas for product innovation are the development of packaging with new value-add features, engineering new materials that improve the performance of our products and commercializing new environmentally-friendly packaging solutions. Both consumer preferences and the requirements of our customers continually evolve and we strive to develop new value-add features and products to meet those needs. Through our long-standing customer relationships, we gain valuable insight into our customers’ needs and are able to identify, engineer and develop the optimal products for them. Functionality, quality, material savings, brand marketing and safety are key drivers in our product development. Examples of our product innovations include reclosable beverage cartons, proprietary SecuriTESMART tamper-evident containers, strawless lids, compostable cutlery and recycled PET containers.

In Foodservice, our product innovation initiatives are focused on developing new products made from sustainable materials. Since the start of 2019, we have launched, or expect to launch by the end of 2020, over 70 new items across many of our product categories under our EarthChoice brand. In Food Merchandising, our product innovation is focused on rapidly growing emerging companies for whom packaging helps deliver their brand. In Beverage Merchandising, we have developed a variety of carton designs to help beverage manufacturers differentiate their products and generate stronger brand recognition. Our barrier board technology allows our customers to achieve longer shelf life for their products as well as protecting against the loss of vitamins and other nutrients.

In 2019, on a pro forma basis, we spent a total of $22 million on research and development efforts. We have dedicated technology and innovation facilities, and we employ personnel focused on product development, material innovation and process improvement. We maintain a robust pipeline of potential new projects related to

 

18


new products, materials and process improvements, and we currently have over 150 active projects across our three segments. Examples of the commercialization of our research and development projects include:

 

   

New products: Our new EarthChoice line of compostable plates and bowls and our new dual color polypropylene hinged lid line of containers

 

   

New materials: Foamed PET, next-generation CPET and polyethylene-free cup stock

 

   

Process improvements: Increased use of RPET in PET products and improved thermoforming processes that will enable us to use alternative materials and increase output

 

 

 

Attractive financial profile with strong free cash flow generation

We have an attractive financial profile with strong free cash flow generation. Our large and growing end markets, unrivalled North American manufacturing and distribution network, effective raw material cost pass-throughs and active cost management result in high margins and strong free cash flow generation. The majority of our net revenues are pursuant to long-term customer contracts that include resin and other raw material cost pass-through provisions, and many of our contracts include cost pass-through provisions for other cost components, including freight, energy, labor and cost of living. The contractual pass-through mechanisms ensure that substantially all increases and decreases in the cost of resin are passed on to customers, which mitigates the

 

19


effect of resin price movements on our profitability. We also effectively manage our raw material costs by leveraging our significant purchasing scale to obtain favorable pricing with our diversified supplier base.

We intend to use the proceeds of this offering to repay a portion of our existing indebtedness and, in the long-term, we expect to use a portion of our available free cash flow to further delever our balance sheet. While we have operated the business with significantly higher leverage in the past, we intend to significantly delever our balance sheet using the net proceeds of this offering, plus cash on hand, and we are focused on further deleveraging our balance sheet in the long-term to achieve a target leverage ratio of approximately 3.0x net debt (defined as total principal amount of debt less cash and cash equivalents) to Adjusted EBITDA.

Recession-resilient Financial Profile

The data presented in the graphs below represent the respective segment measure of performance, derived from separate financial statements not included in this prospectus. Pactiv Foodservice / Food Packaging was a segment of Pactiv Inc., prior to our acquisition of Pactiv Inc. in 2010, and is substantially consistent with the aggregation of our currently reported Foodservice and Food Merchandising segments. This data was prepared in accordance with GAAP applicable at the time of the issuance of the financial statements of Pactiv Inc. from which it was derived. Evergreen was one of our reportable segments for the periods presented and is consistent with our currently reported Beverage Merchandising segment. This data was prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) applicable at the time of the issuance of the financial statements of the RGHL Group from which it was derived.

 

We believe our participation in recession-resilient food and beverage end markets helps us maintain a strong financial profile for each of our segments throughout the economic cycle. Regardless of the economic environment, consumers will continue to eat and drink and our products keep their food and beverages safe and fresh. For example, as illustrated in the chart above, during the 2008-2009 recession the financial performance of Pactiv Foodservice / Food Packaging and Evergreen improved while the S&P 500 decreased by approximately 24% during that same two year period.

Our strong financial profile is also driven by our long-term contracts with customers that average approximately three years in length and that contain raw material, energy, freight and other variable costs pass-through mechanisms. We have secured long-term contracts with many of our major customers, and together these contracts represented a total of 55% of our pro forma net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2019. Of the total net revenues generated pursuant to these contracts in 2019, 60% was covered by specific and effective cost pass-through mechanisms that insulate us to a substantial extent from fluctuations in raw material and other variable costs. We expect the combination of long-term contracts with our customers and the pass-

 

20


through mechanisms in many of these contracts will lead to greater certainty of future net revenues and help reduce the volatility of our net income (loss) from continuing operations and Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations.

World-class management team

We have a committed team of talented management, led by John McGrath, our Chief Executive Officer, who has over 35 years in the industry. The rest of our leadership team averages over 20 years of industry experience.

Our management team is focused on their vision for the Group, which includes a culture of innovation, excelling at quality and service, creating relied-on products that are part of people’s lives, minimizing our impact on the environment and constantly evolving the business to meet customers’ needs. Our management team’s key accomplishments include integrating, developing and growing the Group with a strong ethics-driven and safety-focused culture while still achieving a leading market share and strong financial results. In addition, we attribute our lower than industry standard employee turnover rates to our collaborative, trustworthy company culture and our unwavering commitment to safety and to our approximately 15,000 employees. Our strong management team is well positioned to effectively manage the business into the future with a depth of talented and dedicated employees already primed to lead the next generation of the Group.

Our Strategy

Continue to capitalize on our industry leading position and grow with our customers

We participate in large and growing food and beverage markets with strong market penetration. We have market leading positions in many of the product categories that we participate in and have developed longstanding strategic partnerships with our customers. We offer our customers a broad and innovative selection of product solutions across a wide range of substrates. We provide a wide range of value-added services to our customers. We believe our extensive manufacturing and distribution network makes us one of the lowest cost and most flexible manufacturers in our industry. We have the capability to meet the demanding and evolving product, material and performance requirements of our customers. We are positioned to supply customers in fast-growing markets, such as fresh and prepared food delivery, healthy eating retailing and plant-based dairy substitutes, and

in emerging market geographies. We believe we offer our customers a unique and compelling value proposition. These factors and our focus on offering a high quality portfolio of food and beverage packaging products provide tremendous value to our customers and continue to drive growth.

Target profitable growth through new and innovative products

Our demonstrated track record of product innovation has in our view helped differentiate us from our competitors and gain business with customers. Our product innovation drives incremental growth and margin within the product categories in which we compete. We intend to use our broad manufacturing capabilities, product development know-how and material science expertise to continue to add to our product offering and to enter adjacent product categories across our segments.

We believe there are significant opportunities in the markets we serve for us to develop new products. We are developing products with increased functionality and innovative features to help our customers improve the fresh, prepared and ready-to-eat products they offer to consumers. We are also developing products to build consumers’ point of sale awareness of our customers’ brands. Additionally, we believe increasing environmental awareness, sustainability and safety concerns of consumers will continue to create significant new product opportunities for us. We expect these and other new opportunities will generate higher margins and incremental profitable growth for us.

 

21


In Foodservice, we are introducing new compostable plates and bowls made from internally sourced proprietary fiber board, compostable cutlery and straws made from plant-based resins, two-piece polypropylene container systems and strawless lids made from recyclable resins. In Food Merchandising, we are introducing recycled PET meat trays, recycled PET foam egg cartons, recycled PET thermoformed containers, ovenable CPET containers and recycled PET hinged-lid containers with proprietary tamper-evident hinge features under the SecuriTESMART tamper-evident line. In Beverage Merchandising, we have introduced our SmartPak line of sustainable beverage cartons and we are developing a poly-free fiber board for use in paper cups and cartons, which we believe will be a major product innovation.

Execute on operational excellence, grow our business and reduce cost

Since 2017, we have experienced headwinds in our operations due to a variety of factors, many of which we believe have subsided or which we are actively addressing through strategic capital initiatives that we believe also position the Company for future growth. We believe the declines in our Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations we have experienced during this period are largely attributable to temporary factors that include: increased labor costs of $73 million due to labor shortages in 2018; increased freight and logistics costs of $74 million primarily driven by a shortage of truck drivers in 2018; increased raw material costs driven primarily by inclement weather that affected Beverage Merchandising’s primary source of wood raw materials in 2019 of $33 million; and operational issues driving higher costs of $19 million at our two Beverage Merchandising mills in 2018 and 2019. As a result of certain other headwinds, we have also experienced additional costs totaling $56 million since 2017. The conditions that drove the increased freight, raw material and labor costs have subsided. Nonetheless, to address the labor shortages, we have implemented automation programs to decrease total labor costs. At our Beverage Merchandising mills, we have invested in our assets and our systems to increase our operational efficiency. These and other initiatives are part of the 4-year strategic investment program that we began in 2018 and plan on completing by the end of fiscal year 2021.

Over the two year period ended December 31, 2019, we invested approximately $374 million in pro forma capital expenditures in a number of strategic initiatives to grow our business and reduce cost. These strategic initiatives involve automation, operational efficiency and the development and launch of new products and capabilities. We believe these initiatives will further enhance our value proposition and product offering for customers, streamline and further reduce the cost of our manufacturing and distribution of products and position us to capitalize on growth opportunities in the markets we serve.

We have targeted a weighted average long-term payback of approximately two years for these strategic capital investments. We define long-term payback as the number of years of targeted benefit to Adjusted EBITDA required to equal the amount of our investment.

 

22


The table below summarizes the capital costs we have incurred on these projects, the expected payback periods, the Adjusted EBITDA benefits we have achieved through December 31, 2019 and June 30, 2020 and the total targeted Adjusted EBITDA benefit. Included in the $374 million of total 2018-2019 strategic investments is approximately $228 million we invested in growth initiatives and approximately $146 million we invested in a series of initiatives that we believe will increase the efficiency of our operations and further reduce our costs. As the data in the table shows, for the 12 months ended June 30, 2020 initiatives that we have implemented at our Foodservice, Food Merchandising and Beverage Merchandising segments have realized Adjusted EBITDA benefits of $47 million, $24 million and $8 million, respectively.

 

(in millions, unless otherwise indicated)

   Capex      Long-term
payback
     Adjusted
EBITDA
benefit
realized
during 12
months
ended
December 31,
2019
     Adjusted
EBITDA
benefit
realized
during
12
months
ended
June 30,
2020
     Targeted
total
annual
Adjusted
EBITDA
benefit
 

Business Growth

              

Foodservice

   $ 54        ~ 2 years      $ 10      $ 14        *  

Food Merchandising

     42        ~ 2 years        8        11        *  

New product & material innovation

 

           

Foodservice

   $ 38        ~ 2 years      $ 13      $ 12        *  

Food Merchandising

     13        ~ 2 years        2        7        *  

Automation

              

Foodservice

   $ 56        ~ 2 years      $ 13      $ 15      $ 26  

Food Merchandising

     13        ~ 2 years        3        3        6  

Digital transformation

              

Foodservice

   $ 35        ~ 2 years      $ 3      $ 4      $ 12  

Food Merchandising

            ~ 2 years        2        2        2  

Integrated supply chain

              

Foodservice

   $ 25        ~ 2 years        —        $ 2      $ 14  

Food Merchandising

     19        ~ 2 years        —          2        10  

Cost reduction

              

Foodservice

   $ 17        *        —          —          *  

Food Merchandising

     17        *        —          —          *  

Beverage Merchandising

     46        ~ 4 years        3        8        18  
  

 

 

    

 

 

          
   $ 374        ~ 2 years           
  

 

 

    

 

 

          

 

*

Targeted total annual Adjusted EBITDA benefit amounts for these initiatives have been omitted from the table above because the Adjusted EBITDA benefits for these initiatives are not entirely within our control.

Note: We define long-term payback as the number of years of targeted benefit to Adjusted EBITDA required to equal the amount of our investment.

We intend to invest approximately $287 million over the two year period ended December 31, 2021 in what we believe are high return new strategic initiatives or to complete strategic investments in process. In the six months ended June 30, 2020, we invested approximately $59 million of this $287 million total amount of capital expenditures. Included in the $287 million of total targeted 2020-2021 strategic investments is approximately $145 million we plan to invest in growth initiatives and approximately $142 million that we plan to invest in a series of initiatives that will increase the efficiency of our operations and further reduce our costs. We have targeted a weighted average long-term payback for these investments of approximately two years. The table

 

23


below summarizes our 2020-2021 strategic capital investments and the long-term payback we estimate for those investments.

 

(in millions, unless otherwise indicated)

   Capex      Expected
payback
period
     Targeted
total annual
Adjusted
EBITDA
benefit
 

Business Growth

        

Foodservice

   $ 23        ~ 2 years        *  

Food Merchandising

     34        ~ 4 years        *  

New product & material innovation

        

Foodservice

   $ 37        ~ 4 years        *  

Food Merchandising

     18        ~ 1 year        *  

Beverage Merchandising integration

        

Foodservice

   $ 34        ~ 1 year        *  

Cost reduction

        

Foodservice

   $ 44        ~ 3 years      $ 13  

Food Merchandising

     30        ~ 4 years        7  

Beverage Merchandising

     68        ~ 2 years        32  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    
   $ 287        ~ 2 years     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

*

Targeted total annual Adjusted EBITDA benefit amounts for these initiatives have been omitted from the table above because the Adjusted EBITDA benefits for these initiatives are not entirely within our control.

Note: We define long-term payback as the number of years of targeted benefit to Adjusted EBITDA required to equal the amount of our investment.

As discussed above, we are making strategic investments in a number of targeted programs to further improve our operations, grow our business, and reduce our costs with the goal of increasing the Adjusted EBITDA of our reportable segments. Details of the strategic initiatives include:

 

   

Business Growth Initiatives. Beginning in 2018, we launched a number of business growth initiatives which are primarily focused on increasing production capacity, speeding up production lines and adding new manufacturing process capabilities. Through December 31, 2019, we invested approximately $96 million in these initiatives and have targeted a long-term total payback of approximately 2 years for these initiatives for both the Foodservice and Food Merchandising segments. For the 12 months ended June 30, 2020, we have realized Adjusted EBITDA benefits from these initiatives of $14 million for the Foodservice segment and $11 million for the Food Merchandising segment. We anticipate realizing the remainder of the total targeted Adjusted EBITDA benefit in subsequent periods. In the 2020-21 period, we intend to invest $57 million in business growth initiatives and are targeting a long-term total payback of approximately 2 years for these initiatives for the Foodservice segment and approximately 4 years for the Food Merchandising segment.

 

   

New Product and Material Innovation. In 2018, we also launched a series of initiatives to develop new innovative products and materials. These initiatives are primarily focused on developing products with new shapes, sizes and features, products made using new substrates and growing our line of sustainable products. Through December 31, 2019, we invested approximately $50 million in these initiatives and have targeted a long-term total payback of approximately 2 years for these initiatives for both the Foodservice and Food Merchandising segments. For the 12 months ended June 30, 2020, we have realized Adjusted EBITDA benefits from these initiatives of $12 million for the Foodservice segment and $7 million for the Food Merchandising segment. We anticipate realizing the remainder of the total targeted Adjusted EBITDA benefit in subsequent periods. In the 2020-21 period, we intend to invest

 

24


 

$55 million in new product and material innovation initiatives and are targeting a long-term total payback of approximately 4 years for these initiatives for the Foodservice segment and approximately 1 year for the Food Merchandising segment.

 

   

Increase productivity through automation: We continue to invest in automating manual tasks to increase operating efficiency and safety. We commenced a systematic automation program in 2017 to lower labor costs and eliminate repetitive tasks, which we expect to complete by the end of 2020. Our automation strategy includes implementing end of production line automation and palletizing, introducing automated vehicles, changing work flow and work cells to streamline processes and integrating collaborative robots (“COBOTs”) with our employees. We estimate that phase 1 of our system automation program will require approximately $88 million of capital expenditures and we have targeted a total payback of approximately 2 years. Through December 31, 2019, we invested $69 million in automation initiatives. We have targeted approximately $26 million of total Adjusted EBITDA benefit through cost savings from this program for the Foodservice segment and approximately $6 million of total Adjusted EBITDA benefit through cost savings for the Food Merchandising segment. For the 12 months ended June 30, 2020, we have realized Adjusted EBITDA benefits from these initiatives of $15 million for the Foodservice segment and $3 million for the Food Merchandising segment. We anticipate realizing the remainder of the total targeted Adjusted EBITDA benefit in subsequent periods.

 

   

Improve operations through digital transformation: We have launched a number of digital initiatives to significantly improve our operational efficiency and effectiveness, including our Factory Asset Intelligence program, our fast analytics program, our Resin Procurement Optimization Tool (“RPOT”) and our Virtual Packaging Assistant (“VPA”) for customers. The factory asset intelligence program was designed to target productivity increases of 10% across our manufacturing facilities. We have implemented the program at two facilities and have established a dedicated team to help implement the program at additional sites and at a significantly reduced cost. Our fast analytics program enables us to obtain and analyze data, which helps us make real-time decisions to improve the operation, efficiency and speed of decision-making throughout many aspects of the business. RPOT lowers cost by optimizing our resin purchase plan based on demand, manufacturing constraints, commodity cost forecasts and supply constraints. Our proprietary VPA helps customers select the products that best fit their packaging needs. These initiatives are helping us build our integrated, data-driven culture to transform our operations through digitally-connected people, assets and processes. Through December 31, 2019, we invested $35 million in digital transformation initiatives. We have targeted approximately $12 million of total Adjusted EBITDA benefit through cost savings from this program for the Foodservice segment and approximately $2 million of total Adjusted EBITDA benefit through cost savings for the Food Merchandising segment. For the 12 months ended June 30, 2020, we have realized Adjusted EBITDA benefits from these initiatives of $4 million for the Foodservice segment and $2 million for the Food Merchandising segment. We anticipate realizing the remainder of the total targeted Adjusted EBITDA benefit in subsequent periods.

 

   

Reduce costs through an integrated supply chain: We are integrating our supply chain by implementing production planning, transportation management and warehouse management software. We are increasing our operational efficiency through interlocking task management and other initiatives that will improve throughput and productivity. These programs will improve supply chain management, reduce inventory and drive out cost. Through December 31, 2019, we invested $44 million in integrated supply chain initiatives. We have targeted approximately $14 million of total targeted Adjusted EBITDA benefit through cost savings from this program for the Foodservice segment and approximately $10 million of total targeted Adjusted EBITDA benefit for the Food Merchandising segment. For the 12 months ended June 30, 2020, we have realized Adjusted EBITDA benefits from these initiatives of $2 million for the Foodservice segment and $2 million for the Food Merchandising segment. We anticipate realizing the remainder of the total targeted Adjusted EBITDA benefit in subsequent periods.

 

25


   

Other Cost Savings Initiatives: We have launched a number of programs focused on improving the performance and earnings of our two Beverage Merchandising LPB mills. We have also launched a series of local productivity programs intended to offset inflation. Our Operator Driven Reliability, or ODR, program focuses our operators on optimizing lubrication, managing vibration and ensuring precision alignment, with the goal of reducing production variability and improving productivity. We have new personnel initiatives focused on recruitment, increased training and employee certification along with increased support from our suppliers and technical experts. We are installing a predictive analytics and visualization system at our Canton, North Carolina mill to optimize quality and speed. A number of small capital expenditure projects have commenced or are under consideration, in each case with the intention of lowering cost and/or improving productivity in certain sub-processes within our mills, such as white liquor optimization and bark boiler natural gas conversion. Through December 31, 2019, we invested $80 million in cost reduction initiatives and have targeted a long-term total payback of approximately 4 years for these initiatives. For the 12 months ended June 30, 2020, we have realized Adjusted EBITDA benefits from these initiatives of $8 million for the Beverage Merchandising segment. We anticipate realizing the remainder of the total targeted Adjusted EBITDA benefit in subsequent periods. In the 2020-21 period, we intend to invest $142 million in additional cost reduction initiatives, including further mill operational improvements, phase 2 of our automation program and other cost reduction initiatives and are targeting a long-term total payback of approximately 3 years for these initiatives for the Foodservice segment, approximately 4 years for the Food Merchandising segment and approximately 2 years for the Beverage Merchandising segment.

In addition to the strategic investment program described above, we have implemented a series of operating initiatives to improve our operating performance. These operating initiatives focus on effective pricing, speed of changeovers, labor management, total maintenance cost and offsetting inflation. These initiatives do not require any significant capital expenditures and are expected to help improve our operating efficiency.

Integrate Beverage Merchandising

Beverage Merchandising has historically been operated and managed as an individual reportable segment, separate from Foodservice and Food Merchandising. Beverage Merchandising’s leading position in fresh cartons for specialty dairy and juice gives us leadership in another “good-for-you” department around the outside of the supermarket and complements our existing leadership positions with food retailers in meat and poultry trays, fiber egg packaging, bakery and snack containers and fruit and produce containers. We believe the integration of the businesses will generate new product opportunities that capitalize on Beverage Merchandising’s fiber manufacturing and material science capabilities. We will leverage Beverage Merchandising’s fiber capabilities and Foodservice and Food Merchandising’s resources to create innovative customized products. For example, we have launched a line of fully compostable paper plates and bowls under the EarthChoice brand, which combines the strengths of Beverage Merchandising’s barrier board manufacturing technology and Foodservice’s go-to-market expertise.

We believe we can complete the integration with limited capital expenditures. We plan to invest approximately $34 million to capitalize on commercial opportunities created by the integration of the businesses, such as the development of new products like paper hot cup sleeves, paper tray liners, paper bags and other paper foodservice products. We believe these investments have an attractive payback period and will help drive future growth.

Focus on sustainability as a growth opportunity

We view sustainability as a growth opportunity. We offer one of the broadest lines of eco-friendly products for fresh food and beverages in the North American market to support our customers’ sustainability goals and

 

26


meet consumers’ demands. Unlike some other industry participants, most of our environmentally friendly products are produced in the United States.

We believe we are well positioned to benefit from trends toward sustainable products. Consumers increasingly prefer products which are made from recycled, recyclable or renewable materials. Consumers are also often willing to pay more for food and beverage items made from environmentally-friendly substrates, which result in sales with higher profitability for us.

Across our business, we believe we are well positioned to benefit from growth in fiber-based, recycled, recyclable and compostable packaging. We currently offer a recyclable or sustainable product for nearly every product category that we manufacture and we have the product offering and material technology to move customers to alternative substrates. Many of our customers have publicly-stated goals to increase the use of sustainable products and we are committed to launching new and innovative sustainable product lines for our customers. In Foodservice, we continue to develop and introduce new products under the EarthChoice brand, which includes a comprehensive sustainable portfolio of products made with bio-resins, fiber, recyclable PET and mineral filled polypropylene. In Food Merchandising, we are the largest producer of molded fiber egg cartons in the United States and believe we are positioned to benefit from shifts toward fiber and away from foam polystyrene. Our Food Merchandising segment continues to produce new sustainable product innovations, such as our recycled PET meat trays and egg cartons. In Beverage Merchandising, we continue to develop new fiber-based beverage cartons, such as our SmartPak line of sustainable cartons. We are reducing our carbon footprint by increasing our recycled resin content, growing our fiber-based product offering and using recyclable resins and materials, such as infinitely-recyclable aluminum.

We actively manage our portfolio of products to capitalize on material substitution opportunities to improve Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations. For fiscal year 2019, approximately 65% of our pro forma net revenues, or approximately $3.4 billion, were derived from products made with recycled, recyclable or renewable materials. The approximately $3.4 billion of pro forma net revenues during fiscal year 2019 was comprised of approximately $965 million of pro forma net revenues from sales of recycled and recyclable PET and polypropylene, approximately $2.055 billion of pro forma net revenues from sales of molded fiber and paper products and approximately $380 million of pro forma net revenues from sales of other recyclable and compostable materials. We are committed to our goal of achieving 100% of sales from recycled, recyclable or renewable materials by 2030.

Carefully evaluate and pursue highly accretive acquisitions

Given the breadth of our product offering, multiple business platforms in fresh food and beverage merchandising and the scale of our manufacturing, distribution and customer network, we believe we are well positioned to grow through strategic acquisitions within our industry. Furthermore, we believe we have a competitive advantage over our peers in mergers and acquisitions due to our historical acquisition track record and ability to leverage our scale to generate incremental synergies versus our peers.

We are an experienced consolidator with a proven track record of successfully integrating our acquired companies to capture synergies and broaden our product offering. We intend to continue to apply a selective and disciplined acquisition strategy that focuses on enhancing our scale, product diversity and geographic reach, while bolstering our financial performance through synergies and additional cash generation. In addition, we may also divest non-core assets from time to time.

 

27


Environmental, Social and Governance Commitments

Environmental

Through our sustainable product offering and efficient manufacturing processes, we intend to reduce our impact on the environment. Since 2015, we have achieved a 12% reduction in absolute energy consumption, which resulted in a 10% reduction in greenhouse gas emissions. Our recyclable and compostable product offering helps reduce the amount of our products that end up in landfills. In the last four years, approximately 65% of Pactiv’s waste has been recycled each year. We are dedicated to meeting the highest standards of sustainability. For example, 100% of Beverage Merchandising’s fiber meets the SFI Fiber Sourcing standards for sustainable fiber.

We currently offer a wide variety of sustainable products offered through our leading EarthChoice brand or under our customers’ brands. While we are proud of the fact that 65% of our pro forma net revenues are currently derived from materials that are recyclable, recycled or renewable, we are focused on reaching our goal of 100% by 2030.

In addition, we support efforts to expand opportunities for consumers to recycle or compost our products, notably as one of the founding members of the Carton Council, Paper Recovery Alliance, Plastics Recovery Group, Foam Recycling Coalition and the Paper Cup Alliance. We have demonstrated our commitment to use more recycled plastic by joining the Association for Plastic Recyclers’ Demand Champions program. We engage with the composting industry through the U.S. Composting Council, and a growing number of our products are certified compostable by the Biodegradable Products Institute. We are a longstanding member of the Sustainable Packaging Coalition, an industry working group dedicated to a more robust environmental vision for packaging. We hold third-party certifications from Forest Stewardship Council, the Programme for the Endorsement of Forest Certification and the Sustainable Forestry Initiative which demonstrate our commitment to responsible wood procurement and chain-of-custody procedures. We plan to publish our first comprehensive sustainability report, cataloguing our extensive sustainability initiatives and metrics, during the third quarter of 2020.

Social

We are committed to engaging our employees and communities through a variety of social initiatives centered around safety, leadership and community involvement. Safety is a core value and affects everything we do. Our manufacturing facilities have achieved safety metrics that are approximately three times better than industry average in 2019. We had a total recordable incidence rate of 1.14 compared to the industry average of 3.20, a total lost time rate of 0.83 compared to the industry average of 1.93, and a total lost workday rate of 0.35 compared to an industry average of 0.93. In addition to our safety-oriented culture, we invest in the health and well-being of our employees, as evidenced by the approximately $30 million of investments in employee comfort and convenience initiatives in our facilities since the beginning of 2019.

We are committed to values of respect for our people and our communities and we focus on attracting and retaining a diverse workforce. For example, we engage our communities and provide leadership opportunities for our employees through our Operations Leadership Development Program and our Leadership Advisory Council. Our Operations Leadership Development Program recruits Junior Military Officers and puts them through an intensive training program to fast-track their transition into manufacturing and logistics leadership roles. Thirty-one candidates have successfully completed or are currently enrolled in this program and seven are currently Plant Managers or Warehouse Operations Managers. Our Leadership Advisory Council identifies high performing and high potential employees. We also provide these employees with the executive mentorship and guidance needed for them to excel, and we provide them with leadership and strategy development training. This program has been highly successful, with two of our CEO’s direct reports having participated in the program.

 

28


Governance

We have implemented a strong, independent governance program. The composition of our board of directors reflects our commitment to independence. Of the seven members of the board, four are independent members, including two women. The chairman of our board of directors is also an independent member.

Recent Developments

COVID-19 Impact on the Group

On March 11, 2020, the COVID-19 outbreak was declared a pandemic by the World Health Organization, which recommended containment and mitigation measures worldwide. Our operations, sales, and, to a lesser extent, our supply chain have been impacted by the pandemic, and we expect that impact to continue.

Although many jurisdictions implemented, for various periods of time, stay-at-home, closures or similar measures designed to limit the spread of COVID-19, resulting in the temporary closing of many businesses, these orders include exemptions for “essential businesses.” All of our operations fall within those exemptions and have remained open. Some of our facilities, however, operate in communities that have had high incident rates of COVID-19, resulting in many persons out sick or in quarantine, which has impacted production at some plants. We have implemented several policies designed to protect our employees and our customers including screening employees for all symptoms of COVID-19 (including increased temperature checking), ensuring social distancing is observed, providing physical barriers and personal protective equipment where employees work closely together, tracking and tracing of COVID-19 positive employees to identify close contacts and locations frequented, engagement of third-party vendors to deep-clean and sanitize facilities and enhancing pay and leave policies to ensure employees experiencing symptoms of COVID-19 stay at home. While certain of these measures taken have increased our costs, we remain committed to adapting our policies and procedures to ensure the safety of our employees and compliance with federal, state and local regulations while the pandemic continues.

We have taken actions to reduce non-essential spending, including the furlough of certain of our employees, reducing working capital in areas affected by lower sales and reducing non-essential capital spending. We estimate that we will realize approximately $12 million in annual savings from plant fixed cost reductions, $20 million in annual savings from selling, general and administrative expense reduction and $19 million in annual savings from other cost reduction initiatives. Additionally, we plan to invest approximately $9 million in high-return capital investments to rebalance our manufacturing operations and shift focus towards products with increased demand due to the COVID-19 pandemic.

The COVID-19 pandemic had a significant impact on our results of operations in the second quarter of 2020, particularly in our Foodservice segment, with lesser impacts in our Food Merchandising, Beverage Merchandising and Graham Packaging segments. Our Foodservice segment has experienced a significant decline in net revenue due to the closure or reduced activity of restaurants. Our Foodservice customers have begun adapting to COVID-19 restrictions and changes in consumer behavior by offering more take-out and online ordering options. Consistent with the easing of restrictions, towards the latter part of the second quarter of 2020 we experienced an increase in volumes and net revenues in our Foodservice segment. Our Food Merchandising segment has experienced a strong market demand for many of our products such as meat trays as people continue to eat more at home, while there has been a decline in demand for other products, such as bakery and snack containers typically used in many of the group gatherings that were either canceled or scaled back during the second quarter. Within our Beverage Merchandising segment, sales of fresh beverage cartons have remained relatively constant with declines in sales of school milk cartons being offset by higher demand in the retail segment, while sales in the paper markets have declined due to a decrease in demand of printed publications and

 

29


advertising. Our Graham Packaging segment has experienced a minimal net positive impact with an increase in demand for containers used for food, beverages and disinfectants offset by a decrease in demand for containers used in automotive markets as a result of people driving less.

While our results of operations are starting to recover from the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, we expect that the COVID-19 pandemic will continue to negatively impact our results of operations in future periods as the macroeconomic environment changes and consumer behavior continues to evolve. Based on data currently available, we expect the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business to be less significant in the third quarter of 2020 as compared to its impact in the prior quarter. However, the general effects of the COVID-19 pandemic continue to change and remain unpredictable. We make no assurances as to the future results of our business.

In facilities that manufacture, warehouse and distribute products with softening demand, we have taken measures to reduce spending and production accordingly. To date, we have not experienced significant issues within our supply chain, including the sourcing of materials and logistics service providers. However, this may change the longer the pandemic continues.

We believe the increased demand for certain of our products results from more people eating at home and increased cleaning due to the pandemic. We cannot predict if, or for how long, such increased demand will continue. For those products with decreased demand, we do not expect to recover the sales lost during the pandemic, and certain industries we serve, primarily the restaurant industry, are experiencing severe impacts and may not return to pre-pandemic strength for a significant period of time. The duration of the COVID-19 pandemic remains unknown, and its ongoing impact on our operations may not be consistent with our experiences to date.

In addition, we have experienced volatility in the net liability for our pension plans, with the value of plan assets and liabilities impacted by changes in financial markets in connection with the COVID-19 pandemic. See “Risk Factors—We face risks associated with certain pension obligations.”

On a pro forma basis, as of June 30, 2020, we had $         million of cash and cash equivalents on hand and $         million available for drawing under our revolving credit facility. Following our repayment of borrowings as part of the Corporate Reorganization, our next significant near term maturity of outstanding borrowings is the U.S. term loan under our Credit Agreement, which matures in February 2023. Our revolving credit facility, which is currently used for letters of credit, matures in August 2021. We do not currently anticipate that the COVID-19 pandemic will materially impact our liquidity over the next 12 months.

CARES Act

The Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”) was enacted in March 2020. Retroactive provisions of the CARES Act entitle us to utilize additional deferred interest deductions, which lower our taxable income for the year ended December 31, 2019. The CARES Act also increases the allowable interest deductions for the year ending December 31, 2020. As a result of the CARES Act, we recognized a tax benefit in the six months ended June 30, 2020 of $90 million in respect of adjusting our taxable income for the year ended December 31, 2019. This estimate will be updated when our U.S. federal and state tax returns for the year ended December 31, 2019 are finalized and filed.

Summary Risk Factors

Investing in our stock involves risks. These risks include, among others, those related to:

 

   

future costs of raw materials, energy and freight, including the impact of tariffs, trade sanctions and similar matters;

 

30


   

competition in the markets in which we operate;

 

   

changes in consumer lifestyle, eating habits, nutritional preferences and health-related and environmental and sustainability concerns;

 

   

failure to maintain satisfactory relationships with our major customers;

 

   

the impact of a loss of any of our key manufacturing facilities;

 

   

the uncertain economic, operational and financial impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic;

 

   

compliance with, and liabilities related to, environmental, health and safety laws, regulations and permits;

 

   

impact of government regulations and judicial decisions affecting products we produce or the products contained in the products we produce;

 

   

our dependence on suppliers of raw materials and any interruption to our supply of raw materials;

 

   

our ability to realize the benefits of our capital investment, restructuring and other cost savings programs; and

 

   

seasonality and cyclicality.

Before you invest in our stock, you should carefully consider all the information in this prospectus, including matters set forth under the heading “Risk Factors” beginning on page 29.

Our Corporate Information

PTVE was incorporated under the name Reynolds Group Holdings Limited on May 30, 2006 under the Companies Act 1993 of New Zealand. Prior to the closing of this offering, Reynolds Group Holdings Limited will convert into a corporation incorporated in the state of Delaware with the name Pactiv Evergreen Inc.

Our principal executive offices are located at 1900 W. Field Court, Lake Forest, Illinois, 60045 and our telephone number is (800) 879-5067. Our website is www.pactivevergreen.com. Our website and the information contained therein or connected thereto are not incorporated into this prospectus or the registration statement of which it forms a part.

PFL, a company incorporated pursuant to the laws of New Zealand, is and will be our only stockholder immediately prior to the closing of this offering. PFL is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Packaging Holdings Limited (“PHL”), a company incorporated pursuant to the laws of New Zealand and wholly-owned by Mr. Graeme Hart. PFL is also the controlling shareholder of Reynolds Consumer Products Inc. (“RCPI”) and the sole shareholder of GPC (following the GPC Separation). Rank Group Limited (“Rank”), a company incorporated pursuant to the laws of New Zealand, is Mr. Hart’s principal operating entity. For additional information on our relationships with PFL, RCPI, GPC, Rank and Mr. Hart, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” and “Principal Stockholders.”

Upon the closing of this offering, PFL will own, and control the voting power of, approximately     % of our outstanding shares of common stock (or approximately     % if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock is exercised in full). Upon the closing of this offering, we will be a “controlled company” as defined under the corporate governance rules of Nasdaq. As a result, PFL will be able to exercise control over all matters requiring approval by our stockholders, including the election of our directors and approval of significant corporate transactions. PFL’s controlling interest may discourage or prevent a change in control of our company that other holders of our common stock may favor. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Relationships with PFL, RCPI, GPC and Rank—We will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of

 

31


the rules of Nasdaq and, as a result, will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. You will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.”

Prior to the closing of this offering we will complete the following transactions (collectively, the “GPC Separation”):

 

   

the legal release of the GPC Group from the senior secured credit agreement dated August 5, 2016 to which PTVE and certain members of the Group are parties (the “Credit Agreement”), and the legal release of the GPC Group from the guarantees of certain of the notes issued by subsidiaries of the Company;

 

   

the execution of a transition services agreement with GPC (the “GPC TSA”) pursuant to which we will, upon GPC’s request, provide certain administrative services to GPC for up to 24 months, which is described in greater detail in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions;”

 

   

the entry by the GPC Group into $1,985 million of new borrowings (the “New GPC Borrowings”), the net proceeds of which were received by us; and

 

   

the distribution of all of the shares in GPC to PFL in consideration for the buy-back of                      of our outstanding shares which will be canceled upon completion of the buy-back.

Prior to the closing of this offering, we will also complete the following transactions (collectively, the “Corporate Reorganization”):

 

   

the repayment of certain borrowings;

 

   

the conversion into a corporation incorporated in the state of Delaware;

 

   

the execution of a transition services agreement with Rank (the “Rank TSA”) pursuant to which Rank will, upon our request, provide certain administrative and support services to us for up to 24 months, and we will, upon Rank’s request, provide certain administrative and support services to them for up to 24 months, which is described in greater detail in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions;”

 

   

the settlement of related party balances with Rank and its subsidiaries; and

 

   

the consummation of a stock split pursuant to which each share of our outstanding common stock will be reclassified into                shares of common stock (“Stock Split”).

 

32


THE OFFERING

This summary highlights information presented in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not complete and does not contain all the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should carefully read this entire prospectus before investing in our common stock including the “Risk Factors” section and our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto.

 

Common stock offered

                shares

 

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

                shares

 

Option to purchase additional shares of common stock

                shares

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering will be approximately $         million, or approximately $         million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. Each $1 increase (decrease) in the public offering price per share would increase (decrease) our net proceeds, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions, by $         million (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock and that the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same). We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to repay certain indebtedness. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Concentration of ownership

Upon the closing of this offering, PFL will own a majority of the voting power of our common stock. We currently intend to avail ourselves of the “controlled company” exemption under the corporate governance rules of Nasdaq.

 

Dividend policy

Following the closing of this offering and subject to legally available funds, we intend to pay quarterly cash dividends on our common stock. For fiscal year 2021, we expect to pay a quarterly cash dividend of $         per share. However, we expect the initial dividend for the quarter ending on                 , 2020 to be a prorated cash dividend for the period beginning on the first day of trading of our common stock on Nasdaq and ending on the last day of that period. We expect this initial dividend to be approximately $         per share. This initial dividend is expected to paid in                 , 2020. Thereafter, the quarterly dividend will be paid subsequent to the close of each fiscal quarter.

 

  The declaration, amount and payment of any dividends will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors and subject to certain considerations. See “Dividend Policy.”

 

33


Listing

We intend to apply to list our common stock on Nasdaq under the trading symbol “PTVE.”

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering:

 

   

is based on                shares of common stock outstanding prior to this offering (after giving effect to the Corporate Reorganization);

 

   

excludes                shares of common stock (based on the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) underlying the grants to be issued upon the closing of this offering to persons, including our senior management, pursuant to retention agreements entered into with such persons (“IPO Grants”). These IPO Grants will be issued as restricted stock units, vesting ratably on an annual basis over a three-year period, commencing on the first anniversary of the closing date of this offering;

 

   

excludes                shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the Pactiv Evergreen Inc. Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Incentive Plan”) (which includes the                shares of common stock underlying the IPO Grants); and

 

   

excludes the issuance of up to                shares of common stock which the underwriters have the option to purchase from us solely to cover over-allotments. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full,                shares of common stock will be outstanding after this offering.

Unless we specifically state otherwise and except for our historical consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, all information in this prospectus assumes the completion of the GPC Separation and the Corporate Reorganization prior to the closing of this offering and assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock solely to cover overallotments.

 

34


SUMMARY HISTORICAL AND UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

Set forth below are summary historical financial and other data. The consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and the consolidated statements of income data and the consolidated statements of cash flows data for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 have been derived from our annual consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2017 has been derived from our financial records which are not included in this prospectus, and has been prepared on the same basis as our consolidated financial statements. The unaudited consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2020 and the unaudited consolidated statements of income data and the unaudited consolidated statements of cash flows data for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019 have been derived from our interim condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Except as described below, the interim condensed consolidated financial statements were prepared on a basis consistent with that used in preparing our annual consolidated financial statements and include all normal and recurring adjustments considered necessary for a fair statement of our financial position and results of operations for the interim periods. The summary financial data may not be indicative of our future performance as a public company. It should be read in conjunction with the discussion in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data” and the annual consolidated financial statements and corresponding notes and the interim condensed consolidated financial statements and corresponding notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The GPC Group is included in our summary historical consolidated financial data presented below. Following the GPC Separation, which will occur prior to the closing of this offering, the GPC Group will no longer operate as one of our reportable segments and the results of the GPC Group for the periods prior to the GPC Separation will be presented as a discontinued operation in our historical financial statements beginning with the fiscal period that includes the completion of the GPC Separation.

Also set forth below are summary unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of income data for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019 and the year ended December 31, 2019, which assume that the GPC Separation, the Corporate Reorganization and this offering had occurred as of January 1, 2019. The summary unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2020 assumes that the GPC Separation, the Corporate Reorganization and this offering occurred as of June 30, 2020. The pro forma adjustments are based upon available information and assumptions that we believe are reasonable. The summary unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data does not purport to represent what the financial position or results of operations of the Group would have been if we had operated as a public company during the periods presented or if the transactions described therein had actually occurred as of the dates indicated, nor does it project the financial position at any future date or the results of operations for any future period. Please see the notes to the “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data” included elsewhere in this prospectus for a complete description of the adjustments reflected in the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data.

 

    Pro Forma     Historical  
    Six months
ended
June 30,
    Year ended
December 31,
    Six months
ended
June 30,
    Year ended December 31,  
    2020     2019     2019     2020     2019     2019     2018     2017  
    (In millions, except share and per share data)  

Statements of Income Data:

               

Net revenues(1)

  $ 2,319     $ 2,582     $ 5,191     $ 3,259     $ 3,594     $ 7,115     $ 7,395     $ 7,439  

Cost of sales

    (1,971     (2,149     (4,344     (2,755     (3,019     (5,999     (6,282     (6,086
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    348       433       847       504       575       1,116       1,113       1,353  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    (246     (238     (468     (330     (324     (639     (565     (599

Goodwill impairment charges

    —         —         (16     —         —         (16     (138     —    

Restructuring, asset impairment and other related charges

    (4     (6     (46     (13     (24     (96     (53     (101

Other income (expense), net(2)

          27       (7     (34     (33     (38
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

35


    Pro Forma     Historical  
    Six months ended
June 30,
    Year ended
December 31,
    Six months ended
June 30,
    Year ended December 31,  
    2020     2019     2019     2020     2019     2019     2018     2017  
    (In millions, except share and per share data)  

Operating income from continuing operations

          188       220       331       324       615  

Non-operating (expense) income, net

    33       (2     (13     33       (2     (13     41       (10

Interest expense, net

          (187     (228     (432     (412     (484
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from continuing operations before tax

          34       (10     (114     (47     121  

Income tax (expense) benefit

          59       (14     (54     16       218  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

        $ 93     $ (24   $ (168   $ (31   $ 339  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Per share:

               

Earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations

               

Basic

        $ 2.58     $ (0.70   $ (4.68   $ (0.92   $ 9.44  

Diluted

          2.58       (0.70     (4.68     (0.92     9.44  

Weighted average number of shares used in calculating earnings per share:

               

Basic

          35,708,019       35,708,019       35,708,019       35,708,019       35,708,019  

Diluted

          35,708,019       35,708,019       35,708,019       35,708,019       35,708,019  

Balance Sheet Data (as per period end):

               

Accounts receivable, less allowances for doubtful accounts

  $ 428       $ 691       $ 666     $ 699     $ 722  

Inventories

    766           903         894       896       911  

Total assets(3)

          12,260         16,175       16,169       16,385  

Accounts payable

    261           391         425       483       454  

Long-term debt, including current portion

          7,435         10,630       10,997       11,339  

Total equity

          2,037         2,082       1,785       1,599  

Cash Flow Data:

               

Net cash provided by (used in)

               

Operating activities

        $ 167     $ 240     $ 896     $ 963     $ 858  

Investing activities

          (208     (275     (4     (453     (364

Financing activities

          368       (20     (384     (360     (796

Other financial data:(4)

               

Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations (non-GAAP)

  $ 272     $ 341     $ 691     $ 463     $ 518     $ 1,038     $ 1,091     $ 1,294  

 

(1)

On January 1, 2018, we adopted Accounting Standards Update 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers and other related Accounting Standards Updates regarding Accounting Standards Codification Topic 606 (“ASC 606”), using the modified retrospective method. Results as of and for the year ended December 31, 2018 and periods thereafter are presented under ASC 606, while prior period amounts are not adjusted and continue to be reported under ASC 605, Revenue Recognition, the accounting standard in effect for those periods presented. Our adoption of ASC 606 resulted in immaterial adjustments to amounts recognized in our consolidated financial statements. For further details regarding the impact of the adoption of ASC 606, refer to Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies of our annual consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(2)

For the historical periods, Other income (expense), net, includes the related party management fee. For further information, refer to Note 18—Related Party Transactions in our annual consolidated financial statements and Note 17—Related Party Transactions in our interim condensed consolidated financial statements, each of which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. Following the closing of this offering, we will no longer be charged the related party management fee.

(3)

On January 1, 2019, we adopted Accounting Standards Update 2016-02, Leases and other related Accounting Standards Updates regarding Accounting Standards Codification Topic 842 (“ASC 842”), using the modified retrospective method without the recasting of comparative periods’ financial information, as permitted by the transition guidance. Results for the six months ended June 30, 2019 and as of and for the year ended December 31, 2019 and periods thereafter are presented under ASC 842, while prior period amounts are not adjusted and continue to be reported under ASC 840, Leases, the accounting standard in effect for those periods presented. For further details regarding the impact of the adoption of ASC 842, refer to Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies of our annual consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

36


Non-GAAP Financial Measures

 

(4)

It is management’s intent to provide non-GAAP financial measures to enhance the understanding of our GAAP financial information, and it should be considered in addition to, and not instead of, the financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our non-GAAP financial measure is presented along with the corresponding most directly comparable GAAP measure so as not to imply that more emphasis should be placed on the non-GAAP measure. The non-GAAP financial measure presented may be determined or calculated differently by other companies.

We define “Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations” as our net income (loss) from continuing operations calculated in accordance with GAAP, plus the sum of income tax expense, net interest expense, depreciation and amortization and further adjusted to exclude certain items of a significant or unusual nature, including but not limited to foreign exchange gains or losses on cash, related party management fees, unrealized gains or losses on derivatives, gains or losses on the sale of businesses and non-current assets, restructuring, asset impairment and other related charges, operational process engineering-related consultancy costs, non-cash pension income or expense and strategic review and transaction-related costs.

We have included Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations in this prospectus because it is a key measure used by our management team to evaluate our operating performance, generate future operating plans and make strategic decisions. Accordingly, we believe that Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management team and board of directors. In addition, our chief operating decision maker uses Adjusted EBITDA as the segment measure of performance for each of our reportable segments.

The following table presents a reconciliation of net income (loss) from continuing operations, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, to Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations for each of the periods indicated:

 

    Pro Forma     Historical  
    Six months
ended
June 30,
    Year ended
December 31,
    Six months
ended
June 30,
    Year ended
December 31,
 
    2020     2019     2019     2020     2019     2019     2018     2017  
    (In millions)  

Net income (loss) from continuing operations (GAAP)

                                          $ 93     $ (24   $ (168   $ (31   $ 339  

Income tax expense (benefit)

          (59     14       54       (16     (218

Interest expense, net

          187       228       432       412       484  

Depreciation and amortization

    141       131       273       259       253       516       523       534  

Goodwill impairment charges(a)

    —         —         16       —         —         16       138       —    

Restructuring, asset impairment and other related charges(b)

    4       6       46       13       24       96       53       101  

Loss (gain) on sale of businesses and non-current assets(c)

    —         11       22       1       6       21       31       22  

Non-cash pension (income) expense(d)

    (37     (2     6       (37     (2     6       (51     1  

Operational process engineering-related consultancy costs(e)

    9       13       27       9       13       27       14       12  

Related party management fee(f)

    —         —         —         8       8       16       16       17  

Strategic review and transaction-related costs(g)

    19       2       9       19       1       7       —         —    

Unrealized (gains) losses on derivatives(h)

    (2     (7     (4     (2     (7     (4     8       3  

Foreign exchange (gains) losses on cash(i)

      —           (28     —         8       (11     3  

Other

    (1     4       3       —         4       11       5       (4
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations (Non-GAAP)

  $ 272    

$

341

 

  $ 691     $ 463     $ 518     $ 1,038     $ 1,091     $ 1,294  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a)

Reflects goodwill impairment charges in respect of our closures operations in 2019, including dis-synergies associated with the sale of the North American and Japanese closures businesses in December 2019, and a goodwill impairment charge in 2018 in respect of the GPC Group. We will complete the GPC Separation prior to the closing of this offering. For further information, refer to Note 4—Impairment, Restructuring and Other Related Charges in our annual consolidated financial statements and Note 4—Impairment, Restructuring and Other Related Charges in our interim condensed consolidated financial statements, each of which is included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(b)

Reflects asset impairment, restructuring and other related charges associated with the remaining closures businesses that are not reported within discontinued operations and the ongoing rationalization of the manufacturing footprint in the GPC Group. For further information, refer to Note 4—Impairment, Restructuring and Other Related Charges in our annual consolidated financial statements and Note 4—Impairment, Restructuring and Other Related Charges in our interim condensed consolidated financial statements, each of which is included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

37


(c)

Reflects the loss from the sale of businesses and non-current assets, primarily in our Other segment. For further information, refer to Note 13—Other Expense, Net in our annual consolidated financial statements and Note 12—Other Income (Expense), Net in our interim condensed consolidated financial statements, each of which is included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(d)

Reflects the non-cash pension (income) expense related to our Reynolds Group Pension Plan, or “RGPP” (formerly the Pactiv Retirement Plan). For further information, refer to Note 12—Employee Benefits in our annual consolidated financial statements and Note 11—Employee Benefits in our interim condensed consolidated financial statements, each of which is included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(e)

Reflects the costs incurred to evaluate and improve the efficiencies of our manufacturing and distribution operations.

(f)

Reflects the related party management fee charged by Rank to us. For further information, refer to Note 18—Related Party Transactions in our annual consolidated financial statements and Note 17—Related Party Transactions in our interim condensed consolidated financial statements, each of which is included elsewhere in this prospectus. Following the closing of this offering, we will no longer be charged the related party management fee.

(g)

Reflects costs incurred for strategic reviews of our businesses, as well as costs related to this offering that cannot be offset against the expected proceeds of this offering.

(h)

Reflects the mark-to-market movements in our commodity and foreign exchange derivatives. For further information, refer to Note 11—Financial Instruments in our annual consolidated financial statements and Note 10—Financial Instruments in our interim condensed consolidated financial statements, each of which is included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(i)

Reflects foreign exchange (gains) losses on cash, primarily arising on U.S. dollar amounts held in non-U.S. dollar functional currency entities.

Supplemental Summary Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data

The summary historical consolidated financial data presented above includes the GPC Group. We will complete the GPC Separation prior to the closing of this offering, and the GPC Group will be presented as a discontinued operation in our historical financial statements beginning with the fiscal period that includes the completion of the GPC Separation. The GPC Separation has not yet been reflected as a discontinued operation in our historical consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following table presents supplemental summary unaudited pro forma income statement data for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019 and the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, as if GPC Group had been reflected as a discontinued operation for all periods presented. This information is presented in the columns captioned “Pro Forma – adjusted for the GPC Separation.” We believe the inclusion of this supplemental information will help investors assess the impact of the GPC Separation for all periods presented in the historical financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. Refer to “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data” for further details regarding the pro forma adjustments associated with presenting our consolidated income statement information on a pro forma basis as if the GPC Separation had occurred on January 1, 2017. The information in the columns captioned “Pro forma – adjusted for the GPC Separation” does not include the pro forma impact of the Corporate Reorganization, this offering, the repayment of certain indebtedness, as described in “Use of Proceeds”, the issuance of the IPO Grants and payment of certain one-time cash settled transaction bonuses.

 

38


Also set forth below in the columns captioned “Pro Forma” are the summary unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of income data for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019 and the year ended December 31, 2019, which assume that the GPC Separation, the Corporate Reorganization, this offering, the repayment of certain indebtedness (as described in “Use of Proceeds”) the issuance of the IPO Grants and payment of certain one-time cash settled transaction bonuses had occurred as of January 1, 2019.

 

    Pro Forma     Pro Forma – adjusted for the GPC Separation  
    Six months
ended
June 30,
    Year ended
December 31,
    Six months
ended
June 30,
    Year ended December 31,  
    2020     2019     2019     2020     2019     2019     2018     2017  
    (In millions, except share and per share data)  

Statements of Income Data:

               

Net revenues(1)

  $ 2,319     $ 2,582     $ 5,191     $ 2,319     $ 2,582     $ 5,191     $ 5,308     $ 5,292  

Cost of sales

    (1,971     (2,149     (4,344     (1,971     (2,149     (4,344     (4,464     (4,265
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    348       433       847       348       433       847       844       1,027  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    (246     (238     (468     (246     (237     (466     (394     (417

Goodwill impairment charges

    —         —         (16     —         —         (16     —         —    

Restructuring, asset impairment and other related charges

    (4     (6     (46     (4     (6     (46     (18     (90

Other income (expense), net

          31       (9     (29     (15     (38
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income from continuing operations

          129       181       290       417       482  

Non-operating (expense) income, net

    33       (2     (13     33       (2     (13     41       (10

Interest expense, net

          (188     (228     (433     (414     (478
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from continuing operations before tax

          (26     (49     (156     44       (6

Income tax (expense) benefit

               
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

          $       $       $       $    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other financial data:(2)

               

Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations (non-GAAP)

  $ 272     $ 341     $ 691     $ 272     $ 341     $ 691     $ 737     $ 892  

 

(1)

Refer to footnote (1) of the summary historical financial and other data above for information related to the impact of the adoption of ASC 606.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

 

(2)

It is management’s intent to provide non-GAAP financial measures to enhance the understanding of our GAAP financial information, and these measures should be considered in addition to, and not instead of, the financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our non-GAAP financial measure is presented along with the corresponding most directly comparable GAAP measure so as not to imply that more emphasis should be placed on the non-GAAP measure. The non-GAAP financial measure presented may be determined or calculated differently by other companies.

We define “Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations” as our net income (loss) from continuing operations calculated in accordance with GAAP, plus the sum of income tax expense, net interest expense, depreciation and amortization and further adjusted to exclude certain items of a significant or unusual nature, including but not limited to foreign exchange gains or losses on cash, related party management fees, unrealized gains or losses on derivatives, gains or losses on the sale of businesses and non-current assets, restructuring, asset impairment and other related charges, operational process engineering-related consultancy costs, non-cash pension income or expense and strategic review and transaction-related costs.

We have included Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations in this prospectus because it is a key measure used by our management team to evaluate our operating performance, generate future operating plans and make strategic decisions. Accordingly, we believe that Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management team

 

39


and board of directors. In addition, our chief operating decision maker uses Adjusted EBITDA as the segment measure of performance for each of our reportable segments.

The following table presents a reconciliation of net income (loss) from continuing operations, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, to Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations for each of the periods indicated:

 

    Pro Forma     Pro Forma – adjusted for the
GPC Separation
 
    Six months
ended
June 30,
    Year ended
December 31,
    Six months
ended
June 30,
    Year ended
December 31,
 
    2020     2019     2019     2020     2019     2019     2018     2017  
    (In millions)  

Net income (loss) from continuing operations (GAAP)

               

Income tax expense (benefit)

               

Interest expense, net

          188       228       433       414       478  

Depreciation and amortization

    141       131       273       141       131       273       271       277  

Goodwill impairment charges(a)

    —         —         16       —         —         16       —         —    

Restructuring, asset impairment and other related charges(b)

    4       6       46       4       6       46       18       90  

Loss (gain) on sale of businesses and non-current assets(c)

    —         11       22       —         11       22       18       28  

Non-cash pension (income) expense(d)

    (37     (2     6       (37     (2     6       (51     1  

Operational process engineering-related consultancy costs(e)

    9       13       27       9       13       27       14       12  

Related party management fee(f)

    —         —         —         5       5       10       11       11  

Strategic review and transaction-related costs(g)

    19       2       9       19       1       7       —         —    

Unrealized (gains) losses on derivatives(h)

    (2     (7     (4     (2     (7     (4     8       3  

Foreign exchange (gains) losses on cash(i)

      —           (28     —         8       (11     2  

Other

    (1     4       3       (1     4       3       1       (4
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations (Non-GAAP)

  $ 272     $ 341     $ 691     $ 272     $ 341     $ 691     $ 737     $ 892  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a)

Reflects goodwill impairment charges in respect of our closures operations in 2019, including dis-synergies associated with the sale of the North American and Japanese closures businesses in December 2019. For further information, refer to Note 4—Impairment, Restructuring and Other Related Charges in our annual consolidated financial statements and Note 4—Impairment, Restructuring and Other Related Charges in our interim condensed consolidated financial statements, each of which is included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(b)

Reflects asset impairment, restructuring and other related charges associated with the remaining closures businesses that are not reported within discontinued operations. For further information, refer to Note 4—Impairment, Restructuring and Other Related Charges in our annual consolidated financial statements and Note 4—Impairment, Restructuring and Other Related Charges in our interim condensed consolidated financial statements, each of which is included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(c)

Reflects the loss from the sale of businesses and non-current assets, primarily in our Other segment. For further information, refer to Note 13—Other Expense, Net in our annual consolidated financial statements and Note 12—Other Income (Expense), Net in our interim condensed consolidated financial statements, each of which is included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(d)

Reflects the non-cash pension (income) expense related to our RGPP. For further information, refer to Note 12—Employee Benefits in our annual consolidated financial statements and Note 11—Employee Benefits in our interim condensed consolidated financial statements, each of which is included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(e)

Reflects the costs incurred to evaluate and improve the efficiencies of our manufacturing and distribution operations.

(f)

Reflects the related party management fee charged by Rank to us. For further information, refer to Note 18—Related Party Transactions in our annual consolidated financial statements and Note 17—Related Party Transactions in our interim condensed consolidated financial statements, each of which is included elsewhere in this prospectus. Following the closing of this offering, we will no longer be charged the related party management fee.

(g)

Reflects costs incurred for strategic reviews of our businesses, as well as costs related to this offering that cannot be offset against the expected proceeds of this offering.

 

40


(h)

Reflects the mark-to-market movements in our commodity and foreign exchange derivatives. For further information, refer to Note 11—Financial Instruments in our annual consolidated financial statements and Note 10—Financial Instruments in our interim condensed consolidated financial statements, each of which is included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(i)

Reflects foreign exchange (gains) losses on cash, primarily on U.S. dollar amounts held in non-U.S. dollar functional currency entities.

 

41


RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risks and all of the other information set forth in this prospectus before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. In such case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. The risks discussed below are not the only risks we face. Additional risks or uncertainties not currently known to us, or that we currently deem immaterial, may also have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, prospects, results of operations or cash flows. We cannot assure you that any of the events discussed in the risk factors below will not occur.

Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry

Our business is impacted by fluctuations in raw material, energy and freight costs, including the impact of tariffs, trade and similar matters.

Fluctuations in raw material costs can adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Raw material costs represent a significant portion of our cost of sales. The primary raw materials used in our products are plastic resins (principally polylactic acid, polyvinyl chloride, polypropylene, polyethylene, polystyrene and polyethylene terephthalate), aluminum, fiber (principally recycled newsprint, raw wood and wood chips) and paperboard (principally cartonboard and cupstock).

The prices of many of our raw materials have fluctuated significantly in recent years. Raw material price fluctuations are generally due to movements in commodity market prices although some raw materials, such as wood, may be affected by local market conditions (including weather) as well as the commodity market. We typically do not enter into long-term purchase contracts that provide for fixed prices for our principal raw materials. While we regularly enter into hedging agreements for some of our raw materials and energy sources, such as resin (or components thereof), natural gas and diesel, to minimize the impact of such fluctuations, these hedging agreements do not cover all of our needs, and hedging may reduce the positive impact we may otherwise receive when raw material prices decline.

In addition, over the last several years, there has been a trend toward consolidation among suppliers of many of our principal raw materials, and we expect that this trend will continue. Consolidation among our key suppliers could enhance their ability to increase prices, forcing us to pay more for such raw materials. We may be unable to pass on such cost increases to customers which could result in lower margins or lost sales.

Although many of our customer pricing agreements include raw material cost pass-through mechanisms, which mitigate the impact of changes in raw material costs, the contractual price changes do not occur simultaneously with raw material price changes. Due to differences in timing between purchases of raw materials and sales to customers, there is often a “lead-lag” effect during which margins are negatively impacted in periods of rising raw material costs and positively impacted in periods of falling raw material costs. Moreover, many of our sales are not covered by such pass-through mechanisms, and while we also use price increases, whenever possible, to mitigate the effect of raw material cost increases for customers that are not subject to raw material cost pass-through agreements, we often are not able to pass on cost increases to our customers on a timely basis, if at all, and consequently do not always recover the lost margin resulting from the cost increases. Additionally, an increase in the selling prices for the products we produce resulting from a pass-through of increased raw material costs or freight costs could have an adverse impact on the volume of units we sell.

In addition to our dependence on primary raw materials, we are also dependent on different sources of energy for our operations, such as coal, fuel oil, electricity and natural gas. For example, Beverage Merchandising is susceptible to price fluctuations in natural gas as it incurs significant natural gas costs to convert raw wood and wood chips to liquid packaging board. In addition, if some of our large energy contracts

 

42


were to be terminated for any reason or not renewed upon expiration, or if market conditions were to substantially change resulting in a significant increase in the price of coal, fuel oil, electricity and/or natural gas, we may not be able to find alternative, comparable suppliers or suppliers capable of providing coal, fuel oil, electricity and/or natural gas on terms or in amounts satisfactory to us. As a result of any of these events, our business, financial condition and operating results may suffer.

We are also dependent on third parties for the transportation of both our raw materials and other products that we purchase for our operations and the products that we sell to our customers. In certain jurisdictions, we are exposed to import duties and freight costs, the latter of which is influenced by carrier availability and the fluctuating costs of oil and other transportation costs.

The cost of raw materials and other goods and services required to operate our business are also impacted by governmental actions, such as tariffs and trade sanctions. For example, the recent imposition by the U.S. government of tariffs on products imported from certain countries and trade sanctions against certain countries have introduced greater uncertainty with respect to U.S. trade policies, which have impacted the cost of certain raw materials, including aluminum and resin, and other goods and services required to operate our business. Major developments in trade relations, including the imposition of new or increased tariffs by the United States and/or other countries, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We operate in highly competitive markets.

We operate in highly competitive markets. The following companies, among others, compete with us: Dart Container Corporation, Huhtamäki Oyj, Berry Global Group, Inc., Genpak LLC, Sonoco, Paper Excellence Group, Stora Enso Oyj, Amcor plc, Sealed Air Corporation, Silgan Holdings, SIG Combibloc and Elopak. Some of our competitors have significantly higher market shares in select product lines than we do globally or in the geographic markets in which we compete. Some of our competitors offer a more specialized variety of materials and concepts in select product lines and may serve more geographic regions through various distribution channels. Some of our competitors may have lower costs or greater financial and other resources than we do and may be less adversely affected than we are by price declines or by increases in raw material costs or otherwise may be better able to withstand adverse economic or market conditions.

In addition to existing competitors, we also face the threat of competition from new entrants to our markets. To the extent there are new entrants, increasing or even maintaining our market shares or margins may be more difficult. In addition to other suppliers of similar products, our business also faces competition from products made from other substrates. The prices that we can charge for our products are therefore constrained by the availability and cost of substitutes.

In addition, we are subject to the risk that local competitors following lower social responsibility standards may enter the market with lower compliance, labor and other costs than ours, and we may not be able to compete with such companies for the most price-conscious customers.

The combination of these market influences has created a competitive environment in which product pricing (including volume rebates and other items impacting net pricing), quality and service are key competitive factors. Our customers continuously evaluate their suppliers, often resulting in downward pricing pressure and increased pressure to continuously introduce and commercialize innovative new products, improve quality and customer service and maintain strong relationships with our customers. We may lose customers in the future, which would adversely affect our business and results of operations. These competitive pressures could result in reduced net revenues and profitability and limit our ability to recover cost increases through price increases and, unless we are able to control our operating costs, our gross margin may be adversely affected.

 

43


Our business could be harmed by changes in consumer lifestyle, eating habits, nutritional preferences and health-related and environmental or sustainability concerns.

Many of our products are used by consumers in connection with food or beverage products. Any reduction in consumer demand for those products as a result of lifestyle, environmental, nutritional or health considerations could have a significant impact on our customers and, as a result, on our financial condition and results of operations. This includes the demand for the products that we make, as well as demand for our customer’s products. For example, certain of our products are used for dairy and fresh juice. Sales of those products have generally declined over recent years, requiring us to find new markets for our products. Additionally, there is increasing concern about the environmental impact of the manufacturing, shipping and/or use of single-use food packaging and foodservice products. For instance, some U.S. municipalities and states and certain other countries have proposed or enacted legislation prohibiting or restricting the sale and use of certain foodservice products and requiring them to be replaced with recyclable or compostable alternatives. Product stewardship and resource sustainability concerns, including the recycling of products and product packaging and restrictions on the use of potentially harmful materials in products, have received increased attention in recent years and are likely to play an increasing role in brand management and consumer purchasing decisions. In addition, changes in consumer lifestyle may result in decreasing demand for certain of our products. Our financial position and results of operations might be adversely affected to the extent that such environmental or sustainability concerns, prohibitions or restrictions on disposable packaging and products or changes in consumer lifestyle reduce demand for our products.

If we fail to maintain satisfactory relationships with our major customers, our results of operations could be adversely affected.

Many of our customers are large and possess significant market leverage, which results in significant downward pricing pressure and often constrains our ability to pass through price increases. We sell the majority of our products under multi-year agreements with customers, although some of these agreements may be terminated at the convenience of the customer on short notice; the balance of our products are sold on a purchase order basis without any commitment from the customers to purchase any quantity of products in the future. If our major customers reduce purchasing volumes or stop purchasing our products, our business and results of operations would likely be adversely affected. It is possible that we will lose customers in the future, which may adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Over the last several years, there has been a trend toward consolidation among our customers in the food and beverage industry and in the retail and foodservice industries, and we expect that this trend will continue. Consolidation among our customers could increase their ability to apply price pressure, and thereby force us to reduce our selling prices or lose sales, which would impact our results of operations. Following a consolidation, our customers in the food and beverage industry may also close production facilities or switch suppliers, while our customers in the retail industry may close stores, reduce inventory or switch suppliers of consumer products. Any of these actions could adversely impact the sales of our products.

In fiscal year 2019, our top ten customers accounted for 37% of our pro forma net revenues. The loss of any of our significant customers could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Loss of any of our key manufacturing equipment or facilities or equipment failure could have an adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

While we manufacture most of our products in a number of diversified facilities, a loss of the use of all or a portion of any of our key manufacturing facilities due to an accident, labor issues, weather conditions, pandemics, terrorism, natural disaster or otherwise, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations. Certain of our products are produced at only one or at a small number of

 

44


facilities, increasing the risks associated with a loss of use of such facilities. Facilities may from time to time be impacted by adverse weather and other natural events, and the prolonged loss of a key manufacturing facility due to such events could have a material adverse effect on our business. In addition, certain of our equipment requires significant effort to maintain and repair, and prolonged down-time due to key equipment failure or loss could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We depend on a small number of suppliers for our raw materials and any interruption in our supply of raw materials would harm our business and financial performance.

Some of our key raw materials are sourced from a single supplier or a relatively small number of suppliers. As a consequence, we are dependent on these suppliers for an uninterrupted supply of our key raw materials. Such supply could be disrupted for a wide variety of reasons, many of which are beyond our control. We have written contracts with some but not all of our key suppliers, and many of our written contracts can be terminated on short notice or include force majeure clauses that would excuse the supplier’s failure to supply in certain circumstances. An interruption in the supply of raw materials for an extended period of time could have an adverse impact on our business and results of operations.

The COVID-19 pandemic and associated responses could adversely impact our business and results of operations.

The COVID-19 pandemic has significantly impacted economic activity and markets throughout the world. In response, governmental authorities have implemented numerous measures in an attempt to contain the virus, such as travel bans and restrictions, quarantines, “stay-at-home” orders and business shutdowns. The pandemic and the measures instituted by governmental authorities and associated responses to the COVID-19 pandemic could adversely impact our business and results of operations in a number of ways, including but not limited to:

 

   

impacts on our operations, including total or partial shutdowns of one or more of our manufacturing, warehousing or distribution facilities, including but not limited to, as a result of illness, government restrictions or other workforce disruptions;

 

   

the failure of third parties on which we rely, including but not limited to those that supply our raw materials and other necessary operating materials, co-manufacturers and independent contractors, to meet their obligations to us, or significant disruptions in their ability to do so;

 

   

a strain on our supply chain, which could result from continued increased retailer and consumer demand for our products;

 

   

a disruption to our distribution capabilities or to our distribution channels, including those of our suppliers, manufacturers, logistics service providers or distributors;

 

   

new or escalated government or regulatory responses in markets in which we manufacture, sell or distribute our products, or in the markets of third parties on which we rely, which could prevent or disrupt our business operations;

 

   

higher employee compensation costs, as well as incremental costs associated with newly added health screenings, temperature checks and enhanced cleaning and sanitation protocols to protect our employees;

 

   

significant reductions or volatility in demand for one or more of our products, which may be caused by, among other things: lower customer demand as a result of the temporary inability of consumers to purchase items that use our products due to illness, quarantine or other travel restrictions, or financial hardship; customers modifying their inventory, fulfillment or shipping practices; governmental restrictions and business closings; or pantry-loading activity or other changes in buying patterns;

 

   

local, regional, national or international economic slowdowns; and

 

   

volatility in the net liability for our pension plans, with the value of plan assets and liabilities impacted by changes in financial markets.

 

45


The ultimate impact depends on the severity and duration of the current COVID-19 pandemic and actions taken by governmental authorities and other third parties in response, each of which is uncertain, rapidly changing and difficult to predict. Any of these disruptions could adversely impact our business and results of operations. In addition, these and other impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic could have the effect of heightening many of the other risk factors disclosed in this prospectus.

We are subject to governmental regulation and we may incur material liabilities under, or costs in order to comply with, existing or future laws and regulations.

Many of our products come into contact with food and beverages, and the manufacture, packaging, labeling, storage, distribution, advertising and sale of such products are subject to various laws designed to protect human health and the environment. For example, in the United States, many of our products are regulated by the Food and Drug Administration (including applicable current good manufacturing practice regulations), and our product claims and advertising are regulated by the Federal Trade Commission. Most states have agencies that regulate in parallel to these federal agencies. Liabilities under, and/or costs of compliance, and the impact on us of any non-compliance with any such laws and regulations could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, changes in the laws and regulations which we are subject to could impose significant limitations and require changes to our business, which in turn may increase our compliance expenses, make our business more costly and less efficient to conduct and compromise our growth strategy.

We are subject to increasingly stringent environmental, health and safety laws, regulations and permits, and we could incur significant costs in complying with, or liabilities and obligations related to, such laws, regulations and permits.

We are subject to various federal, state/provincial, local and international environmental, health and safety laws, regulations and permits, which have tended to become more stringent over time. Among other things, these laws and regulations govern the emission or discharge of materials into the environment (including air, water or ground), the use, storage, treatment, disposal, management and releases of, and exposure to, hazardous substances and wastes, the health and safety of our employees and the end-users of our products, protection of wildlife and endangered species, wood harvesting and the materials used in and the recycling of our products. Violations of these laws and regulations or of any conditions contained in any environmental permit can result in substantial fines or penalties, injunctive relief, requirements to install pollution or other controls or equipment, civil and criminal sanctions, permit revocations and/or facility shutdowns. Moreover, we may be directly impacted by the risks and costs to us, our customers and our vendors of the effects of climate change, greenhouse gases, and the availability of energy and water resources. These risks include the potentially adverse impact on forestlands, which are a key resource in the production of some of our products, increased product costs and a change in the types of products that customers purchase. We also face risks arising from the increased public focus, including by governmental and nongovernmental organizations, on these and other environmental sustainability matters, such as packaging and waste, deforestation, and land use.

We are and have been involved in the remediation of current, former and third party sites, and could be held jointly and severally liable for the costs of investigating and remediating, and damages resulting from, present and past releases of hazardous substances and wastes at any site we have ever owned, leased, operated or used as a treatment or disposal site, including releases by prior owners or operators of sites we currently own or operate. We could also be subject to third-party claims for property or natural resource damage, personal injury or nuisance or otherwise as a result of violations of or liabilities under environmental laws, regulations and permits or in connection with releases of hazardous or other substances or wastes. In addition, changes in, or new interpretations of, existing laws, regulations, permits or enforcement policies, the discovery of previously unknown contamination, or the imposition of other environmental, health and safety liabilities or obligations in the future, including additional investigation or other obligations with respect to any potential health hazards of our products or business activities or the imposition of new permit requirements, may lead to additional

 

46


compliance or other costs that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Moreover, as environmental issues, such as climate change, have become more prevalent, federal, state and local governments, as well as foreign governments, have responded, and are expected to continue to respond, with increased legislation and regulation, which could negatively affect us. For example, the United States Environmental Protection Agency is regulating certain greenhouse gas emissions under existing laws such as the Clean Air Act, and various countries have adopted the Paris Agreement, which aims to keep global temperature rise to well below 2 degrees Celsius using various national pledges to reduce greenhouse gas emissions. These and other international, foreign, federal, regional and state climate change initiatives may cause us to incur additional direct costs in complying with new environmental legislation or regulations, such as costs to upgrade or replace equipment, as well as increased indirect costs resulting from our suppliers, customers or both incurring additional compliance costs that could get passed through to us or impact product demand.

Government regulations and judicial decisions affecting products we produce or the products contained in the products we produce could significantly reduce demand for our products.

A number of governmental authorities, both in the United States and abroad, have considered, and are expected to consider, legislation aimed at reducing the amount of materials incapable of being recycled or composted. Programs have included, for example, banning or restricting certain types of products, mandating certain rates of recycling and/or the use of recycled materials, imposing deposits or taxes on single-use items (often plastic) and requiring retailers or manufacturers to take back packaging used for their products. Such legislation, as well as voluntary initiatives similarly aimed at reducing the level of single-use packaging waste, could reduce demand for our products. Some consumer products companies, including some of our customers, have responded to these governmental initiatives and to perceived environmental or sustainability concerns of consumers by using only recyclable or compostable containers.

In addition, changes to health and food safety regulations could increase costs and may also have a material adverse effect on our net revenues if, as a result, the public’s attitude towards our products or the end-products for which we provide packaging is substantially affected.

We may not be able to achieve some or all of the benefits that we expect to achieve from our capital investment, restructuring and other cost savings programs.

We regularly review our business to identify opportunities to reduce our costs. When we identify such opportunities, we may develop a capital investment, restructuring or other cost savings program to attempt to capture those savings. We may not be able to realize some or all of the cost savings we expect to achieve in the future as a result of our capital investment, restructuring and other cost savings programs in the time frame we anticipate. A variety of factors could cause us not to realize some of the expected cost savings, including, among others, delays in the anticipated timing of activities related to our cost savings programs, lack of sustainability in cost savings over time, unexpected costs associated with operating our business, and lack of ability to eliminate duplicative back office overhead and redundant selling, general and administrative functions, obtain procurement related savings, rationalize our distribution and warehousing networks, rationalize manufacturing capacity and shift production to more economical facilities and avoid labor disruptions in connection with any integration, particularly in connection with any headcount reduction.

We are affected by seasonality and cyclicality.

Demand for certain of our products is moderately seasonal. Our Foodservice and Food Merchandising operations peak during the summer and fall months in North America when the favorable weather, harvest and holiday season lead to increased consumption, resulting in greater levels of sales in the second and third quarters. Beverage Merchandising’s customers are principally engaged in providing products that are generally less

 

47


sensitive to seasonal effects, although Beverage Merchandising does experience some seasonality as a result of increased consumption of milk by school children during the North American academic year, resulting in a greater level of carton product sales in the first and fourth quarters. In addition, the market for some of our products can be cyclical and sensitive to changes in general business conditions, industry capacity, consumer preferences and other factors. We have no control over these factors and they can significantly influence our financial performance.

Loss of our key management and other personnel, or an inability to attract new management and other personnel, could impact our business.

We depend on our senior executive officers and other key personnel to operate our business and on our in-house technical experts to develop new products and technologies and to service our customers. The loss of any of these officers or other key personnel could adversely affect our operations. Competition is intense for qualified employees among companies that rely heavily on engineering and technology, and the loss of qualified employees or an inability to attract, retain and motivate additional highly skilled employees required for the operation and expansion of our business could hinder our ability to successfully conduct research and development activities or develop and support marketable products.

Uncertain global economic conditions could have an adverse effect on our business and financial performance.

General economic downturns in our key geographic regions and globally can adversely affect our business operations, demand for our products and our financial results. The current global economic challenges, including relatively high levels of unemployment in certain areas in which we operate, low economic growth and difficulties associated with managing rising debt levels and related economic volatility in certain economies, could put pressure on the global economy and our business. When challenging economic conditions exist, our customers may delay, decrease or cancel purchases from us, and may also delay payment or fail to pay us altogether. Suppliers may have difficulty filling our orders and distributors may have difficulty getting our products to customers, which may affect our ability to meet customer demands, and result in a loss of business. Weakened global economic conditions may also result in unfavorable changes in our product prices and product mix and lower profit margins. All of these factors could have a material adverse effect on demand for our products, our cash flow, financial condition and results of operations.

Supply of faulty or contaminated products could harm our reputation and business.

Although we have control measures and systems in place to ensure the maximum safety and quality of our products is maintained, the consequences of not being able to do so, due to accidental or malicious raw material contamination, or due to supply chain contamination caused by human error or faulty equipment, could be severe. Such consequences may include adverse effects on consumer health, reputation, loss of customers and market share, financial costs or loss of revenue. If any of our products are found to be defective, we could be required to recall such products, which could result in adverse publicity, significant expenses and a disruption in sales and could affect our reputation and that of our products. Although we maintain product liability insurance coverage, potential product liability claims may exceed the amount of insurance coverage or potential product liability claims may be excluded under the terms of the policy. In addition, if any of our competitors or customers supply faulty or contaminated products to the market, or if manufacturers of the end-products that utilize our products produce faulty or contaminated products, our industry, or our end-products’ industries, could be negatively impacted, which could have adverse effects on our business.

The widespread use of social media and networking sites by consumers has greatly increased the speed and accessibility of information dissemination. Negative publicity, posts or comments on social media or networking sites about us, whether accurate or inaccurate, or disclosure of non-public sensitive information about us, could be widely disseminated through the use of social media. Such events, if they were to occur, could harm our image and adversely affect our business, as well as require resources to rebuild our reputation.

 

48


Currency exchange rate fluctuations could adversely affect our results of operations.

Our business is exposed to fluctuations in exchange rates. Although our reporting currency is U.S. dollars, we operate in multiple countries and transact in a range of currencies in addition to U.S. dollars. In addition, we are exposed to exchange rate risk as a result of sales, purchases, assets and borrowings (including intercompany borrowings) that are denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of the respective entities. Where possible, we try to minimize the impact of exchange rate fluctuations by transacting in local currencies so as to create natural hedges. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in protecting against these risks. Under certain circumstances in which we are unable to naturally offset our exposure to these currency risks, we may enter into derivative transactions to reduce such exposures. Nevertheless, exchange rate fluctuations may either increase or decrease our net revenues and expenses as reported in U.S. dollars. Given the volatility of exchange rates, we may not be able to manage our currency transaction risks effectively, and volatility in currency exchange rates may materially adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.

The global scope of our operations and our corporate and financing structure may expose us to potentially adverse tax consequences.

We are subject to taxation in, and subject to the tax laws and regulations of, multiple jurisdictions as a result of the global scope of our operations and our corporate and financing structure. We are also subject to intercompany pricing laws, including those relating to the flow of funds between our companies pursuant to, for example, purchase agreements, licensing agreements or other arrangements. Adverse developments in these laws or regulations, or any change in position regarding the application, administration or interpretation of these laws or regulations in any applicable jurisdiction, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, the tax authorities in any applicable jurisdiction, including the United States, may disagree with the positions we have taken or intend to take regarding the tax treatment or characterization of any of our transactions, including the tax treatment or characterization of our indebtedness. If any applicable tax authorities, including the U.S. tax authorities, were to successfully challenge the tax treatment or characterization of any of our transactions, it could result in the disallowance of deductions, the imposition of withholding taxes on internal deemed transfers or other consequences that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may not be successful in obtaining, maintaining and enforcing our intellectual property rights, including our unpatented proprietary knowledge and trade secrets, or in avoiding claims that we infringed on the intellectual property rights of others.

In addition to relying on the patent, copyright and trademark rights granted under the laws of the United States and other jurisdictions, we rely on unpatented proprietary knowledge and trade secrets and employ various methods, including confidentiality agreements with employees and third parties, to protect our knowledge and trade secrets. However, these precautions and our patents, copyrights and trademarks may not afford complete protection against infringement, misappropriation or other violation of our rights by third parties, and there can be no assurance that others will not independently develop the knowledge protected by our trade secrets or develop products that compete with ours despite not infringing, misusing or otherwise violating our intellectual property rights. Patent, copyright and trademark rights are territorial; thus, the protection they provide will only extend to those countries in which we have been issued patents and have registered trademarks or copyrights. Even so, the laws of certain countries do not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as do the laws of the United States.

We believe that we have sufficient intellectual property rights to allow us to conduct our business without incurring liability to third parties. However, we or our products may nonetheless infringe on the intellectual property rights of third parties, or we may determine in the future that we require a license or other rights to intellectual property rights held by third parties. Such a license or other rights may not be available to us on commercially reasonable terms or at all, in which case we may be prevented from using, providing or

 

49


manufacturing certain products, services or brands as we see fit. In addition, we may be subject to claims asserting infringement, misappropriation or other violation of third parties’ intellectual property rights seeking damages, the payment of royalties or licensing fees and/or injunctions against the sale of our products or other aspects of our business. If we are found to have infringed, misused or otherwise violated the intellectual property rights of others, we could be forced to pay damages, cease use of such intellectual property rights or, if we are given the opportunity to continue to use the intellectual property rights of others, we could be required to pay a substantial amount for continued use of those rights. Even if we are not found to infringe, misappropriate, or otherwise violate a third party’s intellectual property rights, we could incur material expense to defend against such claims and we could incur significant costs associated with discontinuing to use, provide or manufacture certain products, services or brands, and such defense could be protracted and costly regardless of its outcome. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Furthermore, we cannot be certain that the intellectual property rights we do obtain and rely on will not be challenged or invalidated in the future. In the event of such a challenge, we could incur significant costs to defend our rights, even if we are ultimately successful. We also may not be able to prevent current and former employees, contractors and other parties from breaching confidentiality agreements and misappropriating trade secrets or other proprietary information. It is possible that third parties may copy or otherwise obtain and use our information and proprietary technology without authorization or otherwise infringe on our intellectual property rights. Infringement of our intellectual property rights may adversely affect our results of operations and make it more difficult for us to establish a strong market position in countries which may not afford adequate protection of intellectual property rights. Furthermore, others may develop technologies that are similar or superior to our technologies, duplicate our technologies or design around our patents, and steps taken by us to protect our technologies may not prevent infringement or misappropriation of such technologies. Additionally, we have licensed, and may license in the future, patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets and other intellectual property rights to third parties. While we attempt to ensure that our intellectual property rights are protected when entering into business relationships, third parties may take actions that could materially and adversely affect our rights or the value of our intellectual property rights or reputation. If necessary, we also rely on litigation to enforce our intellectual property rights and contractual rights, and, if not successful, we may not be able to protect the value of our intellectual property rights. Any litigation could be protracted and costly and could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations regardless of its outcome.

If we are unable to develop new products or stay abreast of changing technology in our industry, our profits may decline.

We operate in mature markets that are subject to high levels of competition. Our future performance and growth depends on innovation and our ability to successfully develop or license capabilities to introduce new products and product innovations or enter into or expand into adjacent product categories, sales channels or countries. Our ability to quickly innovate in order to adapt our products to meet changing customer demands is essential, especially in light of eCommerce and direct-to-consumer channels significantly reducing the barriers for even small competitors to quickly introduce new products directly to customers. The development and introduction of new products require substantial and effective research and development and demand creation expenditures, which we may be unable to recoup if the new products do not gain widespread market acceptance.

In addition, effective and integrated systems are required for us to gather and use consumer data and information to successfully market our products. New product development and marketing efforts, including efforts to enter markets or product categories in which we have limited or no prior experience, have inherent risks, including product development or launch delays. These could result in us not being the first to market and the failure of new products to achieve anticipated levels of market acceptance. If product introductions or new or expanded adjacencies are not successful, costs associated with these efforts may not be fully recouped and our results of operations could be adversely affected. In addition, if sales generated by new products cause a decline in sales of our existing products, our financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. Even if we are successful in increasing market share within particular product categories, a decline in

 

50


the markets for such product categories could have a negative impact on our financial results. In addition, in the future, our growth strategy may include expanding our international operations, which could be subject to foreign market risks, including, among others, foreign currency fluctuations, economic or political instability and the imposition of tariffs and trade restrictions, which could adversely affect our financial results.

Our business is subject to frequent and sometimes significant changes in technology, and if we fail to anticipate or respond adequately to such changes, or do not have sufficient capital to invest in these developments, our profits may decline. Our future financial performance will depend in part upon our ability to develop new products and to implement and utilize technology successfully to improve our business operations. We cannot predict all the effects of future technological changes. The cost of implementing new technologies could be significant, and our ability to potentially finance these technological developments may be adversely affected by our debt servicing requirements or our inability to obtain the financing we require to develop or acquire competing technologies.

We face risks associated with certain pension obligations.

We have pension plans that cover many of our employees, former employees and employees of formerly affiliated businesses. Certain of these pension plans are defined benefit pension plans pursuant to which the participants receive defined payment amounts regardless of the value or investment performance of the assets held by such plans. Deterioration in the value of plan assets, including equity and debt securities, resulting from a general financial downturn or otherwise, or a change in the interest rate used to discount the projected benefit obligations, could cause an increase in the underfunded status of our defined benefit pension plans, thereby increasing our obligation to make contributions to the plans, which in turn would reduce the cash available for our business.

Our largest pension plan is the RGPP, of which Pactiv became the sponsor when Pactiv Corporation (now Pactiv LLC, our subsidiary) was spun-off from Tenneco Inc. in 1999. This plan covers certain of our employees as well as employees (or their beneficiaries) of certain companies previously owned by Tenneco Inc. but not owned by us. As a result, while persons who have never been our employees do not currently accrue benefits under the plan, the total number of individuals/beneficiaries covered by this plan is much larger than if only our personnel were participants. For this reason, the impact of the pension plan on our net income and cash from operations is greater than the impact typically found at similarly sized companies. Changes in the following factors can have a disproportionate effect on our results of operations compared with similarly sized companies: (i) interest rate used to discount projected benefit obligations, (ii) governmental regulations related to funding of retirement plans, (iii) financial market performance, and (iv) revisions to mortality tables as a result of changes in life expectancy.

As of December 31, 2019, the RGPP was underfunded by approximately $654 million and subsequent adverse financial market performance has increased this deficit. During the six months ended June 30, 2020, the plan liability has increased by $211 million as a result of a decrease in the discount rate and the fair value of RGPP assets decreased by $92 million. We expect to make a $121 million contribution to the RGPP in 2020. Future contributions to our pension plans (including the RGPP) will be dependent on future plan asset returns and interest rates and are highly sensitive to changes. Such future contributions will reduce the cash otherwise available to operate our business and could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

Our insurance may not adequately protect us against business and operating risks.

We maintain insurance for some, but not all, of the potential risks and liabilities associated with our business. For some risks, we may not obtain insurance if we believe the cost of available insurance is excessive in relation to the risks presented. As a result of market conditions, premiums and deductibles for certain insurance policies can increase substantially, and in some instances, certain insurance policies are economically unavailable or available only for reduced amounts of coverage. For example, we are not fully insured against all

 

51


risks associated with pollution, contamination and other environmental incidents or impacts. Moreover, we may not be able to maintain adequate insurance in the future at rates we consider reasonable or to obtain or renew insurance against certain risks. We maintain a high deductible or self-insured retention on many of the risks that we do insure, and we would bear the cost or loss to the extent of the high deductible and self-insured retention. Any significant uninsured liability, or our high deductible or self-insured retention, may require us to pay substantial amounts which would adversely affect our cash position and results of operations.

We may be involved in a number of legal proceedings that could result in substantial liabilities for us.

We are involved in several legal proceedings. It is difficult to predict with certainty the cost of defense or the outcome of these proceedings and their impact on our business, including remedies or damage awards. The outcomes of these legal proceedings and other contingencies could require us to take or refrain from taking certain actions, which actions or inactions could adversely affect our operations or could require us to pay substantial amounts of money or restrict our operations. If liabilities or fines resulting from these proceedings are substantial or exceed our expectations, our business, financial condition or results of operations may be adversely affected.

We may pursue and execute acquisitions, which, if not successful, could adversely affect our business.

We may pursue acquisitions of product lines or businesses from third parties. Acquisitions involve numerous risks, including difficulties in the assimilation of the operations, technologies, services and products of the acquired product lines or businesses, estimation and assumption of liabilities and contingencies, personnel turnover and the diversion of management’s attention from other business operations. We may be unable to successfully integrate and manage certain product lines or businesses that we may acquire in the future, or be unable to achieve anticipated benefits or cost savings from acquisitions in the time frame we anticipate, or at all.

Employee slowdowns, strikes and similar actions could have a material adverse effect on our business and operations.

As of December 31, 2019, approximately 33% of our employees were subject to collective bargaining agreements or are represented by work councils. The transportation and delivery of raw materials to our manufacturing facilities and of our products to our customers by workers that are members of labor unions is critical to our business. In many cases, before we take significant actions with respect to our production facilities, such as workforce reductions or closures, we must reach agreement with applicable labor unions and employee works councils. We may not be able to successfully negotiate any such agreements or new collective bargaining agreements on satisfactory terms in the future. The failure to maintain satisfactory relationships with our employees and their representatives, or prolonged labor disputes, slowdowns, strikes or similar actions, could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Our hedging activities may result in significant losses and in period-to-period earnings volatility.

We regularly enter into hedging transactions to limit our exposure to raw material and energy price risks. Our commodity hedges are primarily related to resin, natural gas, ethylene, propylene, benzene, diesel and polyethylene. If our hedging strategies prove to be ineffective or if we fail to effectively monitor and manage our hedging activities, we could incur significant losses which could adversely affect our financial position and results of operations, and we could experience significant fluctuations in our earnings from period to period. Factors that could affect the impact and effectiveness of our hedging activities include the accuracy of our operational forecasts of raw material and energy needs and volatility of the commodities and raw materials pricing markets.

 

52


Goodwill, intangible assets and other long-lived assets are material components of our balance sheet and impairments of such balances, and future other impairment charges, could have a significant impact on our financial results.

We have recorded a significant amount of goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets in our consolidated financial statements resulting from our acquisitions. We test the carrying value of goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment at least annually and whenever events or circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. The estimates and assumptions about future results of operations and cash flows made in connection with the impairment testing could differ from future actual results of operations and cash flows. Any resulting impairment charge, although non-cash, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial position.

Our historical financial results also include other asset impairment charges. These charges have arisen from a variety of events including decisions to exit certain businesses and ceasing to use certain equipment prior to the end of its useful life. Future asset impairment charges could arise as a result of changes in our business strategy or changes in the intention to use certain assets. Any resulting impairment charge, although non-cash, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial position.

We have significant debt, which could adversely affect our financial condition and ability to operate our business.

Upon the closing of this offering and the use of the proceeds as described in “Use of Proceeds”, we expect to have approximately $        million of outstanding indebtedness. For a description of this indebtedness, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources.” Our debt level and related debt service obligations:

 

   

require us to dedicate significant cash flow to the payment of principal of, and interest on, our debt, which will reduce the funds we have available for other purposes, including working capital, capital expenditures and general corporate purposes;

 

   

may limit our flexibility in planning for or reacting to changes in our business and market conditions or in funding our strategic growth plan;

 

   

impose on us financial and operational restrictions; and

 

   

expose us to interest rate risk on our debt obligations bearing interest at variable rates.

These restrictions could adversely affect our financial condition and limit our ability to successfully implement our growth strategy.

In addition, we may need additional financing to support our business and pursue our growth strategy, including for strategic acquisitions. Our ability to obtain additional financing, if and when required, will depend on investor demand, our operating performance, the condition of the capital markets and other factors. We cannot assure you that additional financing will be available to us on favorable terms when required, or at all. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of equity, equity-linked or debt securities, those securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of our common stock, and, in the case of equity and equity-linked securities, our existing stockholders may experience dilution.

Borrowings under our Credit Agreement are at variable rates of interest and we may incur additional variable interest rate indebtedness in the future. This exposes us to interest rate risk, and any interest rate swaps we enter into in order to reduce interest rate volatility may not fully mitigate our interest rate risk. If interest rates were to increase, our debt service obligations on the variable rate indebtedness would increase even if the amount borrowed remained the same, and our net income and cash flows, including cash available for servicing our indebtedness, will correspondingly decrease.

 

53


Certain of our long-term indebtedness bears interest at variable interest rates, primarily based on LIBOR, which may be subject to regulatory guidance and/or reform that could cause interest rates under our current or future debt agreements to fluctuate or cause other unanticipated consequences.

The U.K. Financial Conduct Authority, which regulates LIBOR, announced that it intends to stop encouraging or requiring banks to submit rates for the calculation of LIBOR after 2021. It is unclear whether LIBOR will cease to exist or if new methods of calculating LIBOR will be established such that it continues to exist after 2021. Similarly, it is not possible to predict whether LIBOR will continue to be viewed as an acceptable market benchmark, what rate or rates may become acceptable alternatives to LIBOR, or what effect these changes in views or alternatives may have on financial markets for LIBOR-linked financial instruments. If LIBOR ceases to exist or if the methods of calculating LIBOR change from their current form, interest rates on our current or future indebtedness may be adversely affected or we may need to renegotiate the terms of our debt agreements that utilize LIBOR as a factor in determining the applicable interest rate to replace LIBOR with the new standard that is established, if any, or to otherwise agree with the trustees or agents under such facilities or instruments on a new means of calculating interest.

Breaches of our information systems security measures could disrupt our internal operations.

We depend on information technology for processing and distributing information in our business, including to and from our customers and suppliers. This information technology is subject to theft, damage or interruption from a variety of sources, including malicious computer viruses, security breaches, defects in design, natural disasters, terrorist attacks, power and/or telecommunication failures, employee malfeasance or human or technical errors. Additionally, we can be at risk if a customer’s or supplier’s information technology system is attacked or compromised. Cybersecurity incidents have increased in number and severity, and it is expected that these trends will continue. We have taken measures to protect our data and to protect our computer systems from attack but these measures may not prevent unauthorized access to our systems or theft of our data. If we or third parties with whom we do business were to fall victim to cyber-attacks or experience other cybersecurity incidents, such incidents could result in unauthorized access to, disclosure or loss of or damage to company, customer or other third party data; theft of confidential data including personal information and intellectual property; loss of access to critical data or systems; and other business delays or disruptions. If these events were to occur, we may incur substantial costs or suffer other consequences that negatively impact our operations and financial results.

We are subject to stringent privacy laws, information security policies and contractual obligations governing the use, processing, and cross-border transfer of personal information.

We receive, generate and store significant and increasing volumes of sensitive information, such as personally identifiable information. We face a number of risks relative to protecting this critical information, including loss of access risk, inappropriate use or disclosure, inappropriate modification, and the risk of our being unable to adequately monitor, audit and modify our controls over our critical information. This risk extends to the third-party vendors and subcontractors we use to manage this sensitive data.

We are subject to a variety of local, state, national and international laws, directives and regulations that apply to the collection, use, retention, protection, disclosure, transfer and other processing of personal data in the different jurisdictions in which we operate. For example, California enacted the California Consumer Privacy Act (“CCPA”) which creates individual privacy rights for California consumers and increases the privacy and security obligations of entities handling certain personal data. The CCPA went into effect on January 1, 2020, and the California Attorney General may bring enforcement actions for violations beginning July 1, 2020. The CCPA has been amended from time to time, and it remains unclear what, if any, further modifications will be made to this legislation or how it will be interpreted. In addition to fines and penalties imposed upon violators, some state laws, including the CCPA, also afford private rights of action to individuals who believe their personal information has been misused. The interplay of federal and state laws may be subject to varying

 

54


interpretations by courts and government agencies, creating complex compliance issues for us and data we receive, use and share, potentially exposing us to additional expense, adverse publicity and liability. Legal requirements relating to the collection, storage, handling, and transfer of personal information and personal data continue to evolve and may result in ever-increasing public scrutiny and escalating levels of enforcement, sanctions and increased costs of compliance.

Compliance with applicable data protection laws and regulations could also require us to change our business practices and compliance procedures in a manner adverse to our business. Penalties for violations of these laws vary, but can be substantial. Moreover, complying with these various laws could require us to take on more onerous obligations in our contracts, restrict our ability to collect, use and disclose data, or in some cases, impact our ability to operate in certain jurisdictions. In addition, we rely on third party vendors to collect, process and store data on our behalf and we cannot guarantee that such vendors are in compliance with all applicable data protection laws and regulations. Our or our vendors’ failure to comply with applicable data protection laws and regulations could result in government enforcement actions (which could include civil or criminal penalties), private litigation and/or adverse publicity and could negatively affect our operating results and business. Claims that we have violated individuals’ privacy rights, failed to comply with data protection laws, or breached our contractual obligations or privacy policies, even if we are not found liable, could be expensive and time consuming to defend, could result in adverse publicity and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We have a history of net losses from continuing operations and may not achieve or maintain profitability in the future.

We have a history of significant net losses from continuing operations, including a net loss of $168 million for fiscal year 2019. We may not be able to achieve or maintain profitability for the current or any future fiscal year. We may incur significant losses in the future for a number of reasons, including due to the other risks described in this prospectus, and we may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications and delays and other unknown events. In addition, as a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. As a result, our operations may not achieve profitability in the future and, even if we do achieve profitability, we may not be able to maintain or increase it.

Risks Relating to Our Common Stock and this Offering

There may not be an active, liquid trading market for our common stock.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our common stock. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in our company will lead to the development of a trading market on Nasdaq or how liquid that market may become. If an active trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty selling any of our common stock that you purchase. The initial public offering price of our common stock was determined by negotiation between us and the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail following the closing of this offering. The market price of shares of our common stock may decline below the initial public offering price, and you may not be able to resell your shares of our common stock at or above the initial public offering price.

We expect that our common stock price will fluctuate significantly, and you may not be able to resell your common stock at or above the initial public offering price.

The trading price of our common stock is likely to be volatile and subject to wide price fluctuations in response to various factors, including those described above in “—Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry.” In addition, the trading volume in our common stock may fluctuate and cause significant price variations to occur. If the market price of our common stock declines significantly, you may be unable to resell your common stock at or above the initial public offering price, if at all. In addition to the factors described above in “—Risks

 

55


Relating to Our Business and Industry,” some of the factors that could negatively affect our share price or result in fluctuations in the price or trading volume of our common stock include:

 

   

market conditions in the broader stock market in general, or in our industry in particular;

 

   

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly financial and operating results;

 

   

introduction of new products and services by us or our competitors;

 

   

issuance of new or changes in securities analysts’ reports or recommendations;

 

   

our inability to meet the financial estimates of analysts who follow our company;

 

   

strategic actions by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions, restructurings, significant contracts, joint marketing relationships, joint ventures or capital commitments;

 

   

sales of large blocks of our common stock;

 

   

additions or departures of key personnel;

 

   

changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles;

 

   

perceptions of the investment opportunity associated with our common stock relative to other investment alternatives;

 

   

the public reactions to our press releases, other public announcements and filings with the SEC;

 

   

any increased indebtedness we may incur in the future;

 

   

regulatory developments;

 

   

actions by institutional stockholders;

 

   

litigation and governmental investigations; and

 

   

economic and political conditions or events.

These and other factors may cause the market price and demand for our common stock to fluctuate substantially, which may limit or prevent investors from readily selling their shares of common stock and may otherwise negatively affect the liquidity of our common stock. The stock market in general has from time to time experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations, including in recent months. In addition, in the past, when the market price of a stock has been volatile, holders of that stock have instituted securities class action litigation against the company that issued the stock. If any of our stockholders brought a lawsuit against us, we could incur substantial costs defending the lawsuit. Such a lawsuit could also divert the time and attention of our management from our business.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or they publish inaccurate or unfavorable reports about our business, the price of our common stock and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business, our market and our competitors. We do not have any control over these analysts. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our shares of common stock or change their opinion of our common stock, our common stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause our common stock price or trading volume to decline.

Substantial future sales by PFL or others of our common stock, or the perception that such sales may occur, could depress the price of our common stock.

Following the closing of this offering, PFL will control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. Subject to the restrictions described in the paragraph below, future sales of PFL’s shares in the

 

56


public market will be subject to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933 (“Securities Act”) for so long as PFL is deemed to be our affiliate, unless the shares to be sold are registered with the SEC. We do not know whether or when PFL will sell shares of our common stock following this offering. The sale by PFL or others of a substantial number of shares of our common stock after this offering, or a perception that such sales could occur, could significantly reduce the market price of our common stock. Subject to the lock-up agreements discussed below, we are not restricted from issuing additional common stock, including any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, common stock or any substantially similar securities. The perception of a potential sell-down by PFL could depress the market price of our common stock and make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate.

Upon the closing of this offering, except as otherwise described herein, all shares of common stock that are being offered hereby will be freely tradable without restriction, assuming they are not held by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. In addition, we intend to grant registration rights to PFL, pursuant to which PFL will have the right to demand that we register common stock held by PFL under the Securities Act as well as the right to demand that we include any such common stock in any registration statement that we file with the SEC, subject to certain exceptions. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Registration Rights.” Any common stock registered pursuant to the registration rights agreement described in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” will be freely tradable in the public market, subject to applicable lock-up periods, if any. In addition, in connection with this offering, we, our directors and our executive officers and PFL have each agreed, subject to certain exceptions, to be subject to a 180-day lock-up restriction. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Lock-up Agreements.” Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and                  may waive these restrictions at their discretion. The market price of our common stock may decline significantly when this lock-up restriction lapses.

Investors purchasing common stock in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution as a result of this offering and any future equity issuances.

The initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock. Dilution is the difference between the initial public offering price per share of common stock and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of common stock after this offering. If you purchase shares of common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the amount of $         per share of common stock. In addition, if we issue additional equity securities in the future, including to our employees and directors under our equity incentive plan, investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering will experience additional dilution. See “Dilution.”

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of our company more difficult, limit attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management and limit the market price of our common stock.

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in our management as they will include provisions that:

 

   

require at least 662/3% of the votes that all of our stockholders would be entitled to cast in an annual election of directors in order to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws from and after the date on which PFL and all other entities beneficially owned by Mr. Graeme Richard Hart or his estate, heirs, executor, administrator or other personal representative, or any of his immediate family members or any trust, fund or other entity which is controlled by his estate, heirs, any of his immediate family members or any of their respective affiliates (PFL and all of the foregoing, collectively, the “Hart Entities”) and any other transferee of all of the outstanding shares of common stock held at any time by the Hart Entities which are transferred other than pursuant to a widely distributed public sale (“Permitted Assigns”) beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding shares of our common stock;

 

57


   

provide for a staggered board from and after the date on which the Hart Entities or Permitted Assigns beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding shares of our common stock;

 

   

eliminate the ability of our stockholders to call special meetings of stockholders from and after the date on which the Hart Entities or Permitted Assigns beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding shares of our common stock;

 

   

prohibit stockholder action by written consent, instead requiring stockholder actions to be taken solely at a duly convened meeting of our stockholders, from and after the date on which the Hart Entities or Permitted Assigns beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding shares of our common stock;

 

   

permit our board of directors, without further action by our stockholders, to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of preferred stock, the rights of which may be greater than the rights of our common stock;

 

   

restrict the forum for certain litigation against us to Delaware; and

 

   

establish advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at annual stockholder meetings.

These provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors, which is responsible for appointing the members of our management. As a result, these provisions may adversely affect the market price and market for our common stock if they are viewed as limiting the liquidity of our stock. These provisions may also make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us in the future, and, as a result, our stockholders may be limited in their ability to obtain a premium for their shares of common stock. See “Description of Capital Stock.”

Furthermore, in connection with this offering, we will enter into a stockholders agreement with PFL. The stockholders agreement will provide PFL with the right to nominate a certain number of directors to our board of directors so long as the Hart Entities beneficially own at least 10% of the outstanding shares of our common stock. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders Agreement.”

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our bylaws; or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the exclusive forum provision will not apply to any claim to enforce any liability or duty created by the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”) or the Securities Act and for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will also provide that unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act or the federal forum provision.

The choice of forum provision and federal forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees. Alternatively, if a court

 

58


were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, while the Delaware Supreme Court ruled in March 2020 that federal forum selection provisions purporting to require claims under the Securities Act be brought in federal court were “facially valid” under Delaware law, there is uncertainty as to whether other courts will enforce our federal forum provision. If the federal forum provision is found to be unenforceable, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters. The federal forum provision may also impose additional litigation costs on stockholders who assert the provision is not enforceable or invalid.

Transformation into a listed public company will increase our costs and may disrupt the regular operations of our business.

Since 2006, we have operated as a privately owned company and we expect to incur additional legal, regulatory, finance, accounting, investor relations and other administrative expenses as a result of having publicly traded common stock. While we are currently in compliance with portions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), including Sections 302 and 906 as it relates to our preparation of historical financial statements in accordance with IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”), we will be required under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules adopted by the SEC and Nasdaq, to implement specified corporate governance practices that currently do not apply to us as a voluntary filer.

We are currently a voluntary filer and not subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the SEC. Historically, we have prepared and filed financial statements in accordance with IFRS to fulfil reporting requirements for certain of our borrowings. Upon the closing of this offering, we will become obligated to file with the SEC annual and quarterly information and other reports. We will also be required to ensure that we have the ability to prepare financial statements, in accordance with GAAP, on a timely basis that fully comply with all SEC reporting requirements and maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting.

The additional demands associated with being a public company may disrupt regular operations of our business by diverting the attention of some of our senior management team away from revenue producing activities to management and administrative oversight, adversely affecting our ability to attract and complete business opportunities and increasing the difficulty in both retaining professionals and managing and growing our businesses. Additionally, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance. We may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. In addition, failure to comply with any laws or regulations applicable to us as a public company may result in legal proceedings and/or regulatory investigations, and may cause reputational damage. Any of these effects could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Failure to maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act could have a material adverse effect on our business and reputation.

We are currently a voluntary filer that has historically prepared our financial statements in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. We are currently in compliance with portions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, including Sections 302 and 906 as it relates to our historical financial reports, however, as a voluntary filer, our independent registered public accounting firm has not audited our assessment of the effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting.

Upon completion of this offering, we will be required to comply with all of the SEC’s rules, including the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act which will require our independent registered public accounting firm to audit our assessment of the effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting.

 

59


If we are not able to meet all of the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act with adequate compliance, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue an adverse opinion due to ineffective internal controls over financial reporting, and we may be subject to sanctions or investigation by regulatory authorities, such as the SEC. Moreover, any material weakness or other deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting may impede our ability to file timely and accurate reports with the SEC. Any of the above could cause a negative reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of confidence in the reliability of our financial statements. In addition, we may be required to incur costs in improving our internal control system and the hiring of additional personnel. Any such action could negatively affect our results of operations and cash flows.

We intend to pay regular dividends on our common stock, but our ability to do so may be limited.

Following the closing of this offering, we intend to pay cash dividends on our common stock on a quarterly basis, subject to the discretion of our board of directors and our compliance with applicable law, and depending on our results of operations, capital requirements, financial condition, business prospects, contractual restrictions, restrictions imposed by applicable laws and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant. See “Dividend Policy.”

Our ability to pay dividends may also be restricted by the terms of our existing debt agreements, or any future debt or preferred equity securities. Our dividend policy entails certain risks and limitations, particularly with respect to our liquidity. By paying cash dividends rather than investing that cash in our business or repaying any outstanding debt, we risk, among other things, slowing the expansion of our business, having insufficient cash to fund our operations or make capital expenditures or limiting our ability to incur borrowings. Our board of directors will periodically review the cash generated from our business and the capital expenditures required to finance our growth plans and determine whether to modify the amount of regular dividends and/or declare any periodic special dividends. There can be no assurance that our board of directors will not reduce the amount of regular cash dividends or cause us to cease paying dividends altogether.

Risks Relating to Our Relationships with PFL, RCPI, GPC and Rank

PFL controls the direction of our business and PFL’s concentrated ownership of our common stock will prevent you and other stockholders from influencing significant decisions.

Upon the closing of this offering, PFL will own, and control the voting power of, approximately         % of our outstanding shares of common stock (or approximately         % if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock is exercised in full). As long as PFL continues to control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock, it will generally be able to determine the outcome of all corporate actions requiring stockholder approval, including the election and removal of directors.

PFL and its affiliates engage in a broad spectrum of activities. In the ordinary course of their business activities, PFL and its affiliates may engage in activities where their interests may not be the same as, or may conflict with, the interests of our other stockholders. Investors in this offering will not be able to affect the outcome of any stockholder vote while PFL controls the majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. As a result, PFL will be able to control, directly or indirectly and subject to applicable law, the composition of our board of directors, which in turn will be able to control all matters affecting us, including, among others:

 

   

any determination with respect to our business direction and policies, including the appointment and removal of officers and directors;

 

   

the adoption of amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation;

 

   

any determinations with respect to mergers, business combinations or disposition of assets;

 

60


   

compensation and benefit programs and other human resources policy decisions;

 

   

the payment of dividends on our common stock; and

 

   

determinations with respect to tax matters.

In addition, the concentration of PFL’s ownership could also discourage others from making tender offers, which could prevent stockholders from receiving a premium for their common stock.

Because PFL’s interests may differ from ours or from those of our other stockholders, actions that PFL takes with respect to us, as our controlling stockholder, may not be favorable to us or our other stockholders, including holders of our common stock.

We have entered, and may continue to enter, into certain related party transactions. There can be no assurance that we could not have achieved more favorable terms if such transactions had not been entered into with related parties, or that we will be able to maintain existing terms in the future.

In connection with the distributions of our interests in RCPI and in GPC to our shareholder, PFL, we have, or prior to closing of this offering, will enter into various transactions with related parties including, among others:

 

   

five-year supply agreements under which we sell certain products (primarily tableware) to RCPI, and purchase certain products (primarily aluminum foil containers and roll foil) from RCPI;

 

   

a warehousing and freight services agreement pursuant to which we provide certain logistics services to RCPI;

 

   

a lease of part of our corporate headquarters in Lake Forest, Illinois and another lease for part of our facility in Canandaigua, New York to RCPI;

 

   

a tax matters agreement with each of RCPI and GPC;

 

   

a transition services agreement pursuant to which we will continue to provide certain administrative services to RCPI, including information technology service; accounting, treasury, financial reporting and transaction support; human resources; procurement; tax, legal and compliance related services; and other corporate services, and we will receive certain services from RCPI, including human resources; compliance; and procurement, in each case for up to 24 months from February 2020;

 

   

a transition services agreement with GPC pursuant to which we will, upon GPC’s request, provide certain administrative services to GPC for up to 24 months from August 4, 2020;

 

   

an IT license usage agreement with Rank and GPC, pursuant to which we will continue to receive usage rights under certain IT-related license and contractual arrangements which are held by certain of our affiliates and provide usage rights to certain of our affiliates under certain IT-related license and contractual arrangements held by us;

 

   

an agreement with our affiliate, Beverage Packaging Holdings I (“BPH I”), to indemnify BPH I for certain losses that BPH I may suffer in connection with a guarantee of a property lease that BPH I provided to a third party landlord in connection with the divestment of a business by the Group; and

 

   

a transition services agreement with Rank pursuant to which Rank will, upon our request, provide certain administrative and support services to us for up to 24 months, and we will, upon Rank’s request, provide certain administrative and support services to them for up to 24 months.

While we believe that all such transactions have been negotiated on an arm’s length basis and contain commercially reasonable terms, we may have been able to achieve more favorable terms had such transactions been entered into with unrelated parties. In addition, while goods and services are being provided to us by related parties, our operational flexibility to modify or implement changes with respect to such goods or services or the amounts we pay or receive for them may be limited.

 

61


Potential conflicts of interest or disputes may arise between us and RCPI or GPC in connection with these related party agreements, or relating to our past or future relationships in several areas including tax, employee benefits, intellectual property rights, indemnification and other matters. Furthermore, conflicts of interest may arise in connection with business opportunities that may be attractive to us and RCPI or GPC. In the event of a dispute under any of these related party agreements, RCPI’s and GPC’s interests may not align with ours and the resolution of any such disputes may be adverse to us, or less favorable to us than we might achieve if we were not dealing with a related party, and our ability to enforce our contractual rights may be limited.

There can be no assurance that such present or any future transactions, and any potential disputes that may arise in connection with them, individually or in the aggregate, will not have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations, or that we could not have achieved more favorable terms if such transactions had not been entered into with related parties.

It is also likely that we may enter into related party transactions in the future. Although material related party transactions that we may enter into will be subject to approval or ratification of a designated committee of our board of directors (which will initially be the audit committee) or other committee designated by our board of directors made up solely of independent directors, there can be no assurance that such transactions, individually or in the aggregate, will not have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations, or that we could not have achieved more favorable terms if such transactions had not been entered into with related parties.

The related party transactions we have entered into, which are described in this prospectus, are of varying durations and may be amended upon agreement of the parties. PFL will have the ability to determine the outcome of matters requiring stockholder approval, cause or prevent a change of control, and change the composition of our board of directors. For so long as we are controlled by PFL, we may be unable to negotiate renewals or amendments to these agreements, if required, on terms as favorable to us as those we would be able to negotiate with an unaffiliated third party. For additional information, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Our ability to operate our business effectively may suffer if we do not establish independent financial, administrative, and other support functions, and we cannot assure you that the transitional services Rank has agreed to provide us will be sufficient for our needs.

Historically, we have relied on financial, administrative and other resources of Rank to assist in operating our business. In conjunction with our anticipated separation from Rank, we intend to establish our own financial, administrative and other support functions or contract with third parties to replace the assistance Rank has provided us. Prior to the closing of this offering, we will enter into an agreement with Rank under which, upon our request, Rank will provide certain administrative and support services to us, such as financial, insurance, IT, tax, human resources, M&A transaction support and legal and corporate secretarial services for up to 24 months, and we will, upon request, provide certain support services to Rank for up to 24 months. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Transactions to be Entered into in Connection with this Offering” for a description of these services. These services and data access controls may not be sufficient to meet our needs. After our agreement with Rank expires, we may not be able to obtain these services at prices or on terms that are as favorable. Any failure or significant downtime in our own financial, administrative or other support functions or in Rank’s financial, administrative or other support functions during the transitional period could negatively impact our results of operations.

If PFL sells a controlling interest in our company to a third party in a private transaction, you may not realize any change-of-control premium on shares of our common stock and we may become subject to the control of a presently unknown third party.

Upon the closing of this offering, PFL will own, and control the voting power of, approximately     % of our outstanding shares of common stock (or approximately     % if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock is exercised in full). PFL will have the ability, should it choose to do so, to sell some or

 

62


all of its shares of our common stock in a privately negotiated transaction, which, if sufficient in size, could result in a change of control of our company.

The ability of PFL to privately sell its shares of our common stock, with no requirement for a concurrent offer to be made to acquire all of the shares of our common stock that will be publicly traded hereafter, could prevent you from realizing any change-of-control premium on your shares of our common stock that may otherwise accrue to PFL on its private sale of our common stock. Additionally, if PFL privately sells its significant equity interest in our company, we may become subject to the control of a presently unknown third party. Such third party may have conflicts of interest with those of other stockholders. In addition, if PFL sells a controlling interest in our company to a third party, our liquidity could be impaired, our outstanding indebtedness may be subject to acceleration and our commercial agreements and relationships could be impacted, all of which may adversely affect our ability to run our business as described herein and may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

We will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the rules of Nasdaq and, as a result, will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. You will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.

Upon the closing of this offering, PFL will continue to control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of Nasdaq. Under these rules, a listed company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including:

 

   

the requirement that a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors;

 

   

the requirement that our compensation committee and our nominating and corporate governance committee be composed entirely of independent directors; and

 

   

the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of our compensation committee and our nominating and corporate governance committee.

While PFL controls a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock, we intend to rely on these exemptions and, as a result, will not have a majority of independent directors on our board of directors or a compensation committee or a nominating and corporate governance committee consisting entirely of independent directors. Upon the closing of this offering, we expect that three of our five directors will not qualify as “independent directors” under the applicable rules of Nasdaq. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of Nasdaq.

We may be liable for significant taxes if the distributions of RCPI or of GPC to PFL are determined to be taxable transactions.

In February 2020, prior to the initial public offering of shares of common stock of RCPI, we effected certain distributions to transfer the interests of RCPI to PFL in a manner that was intended to qualify as tax-free to PFL, us, and Reynolds Group Holdings Inc. (“RGHI”) under Sections 368(a)(1)(D) and 355 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). In addition, prior to the closing of this offering we will complete certain distributions to transfer the interests of GPC to PFL in a manner that is intended to qualify as tax-free to PFL, us and RGHI under Section 355 of the Code.

We have received a tax opinion as to the tax treatment of the RCPI distribution and will receive, prior to closing of this offering, a tax opinion as to the tax treatment of the GPC distribution. These tax opinions rely on certain facts, assumptions, representations and undertakings from Mr. Hart, RCPI or GPC, as applicable, and us

 

63


regarding the past and future conduct of PTVE’s, and RCPI’s or GPC’s, as applicable, respective businesses and other matters. If any of these facts, assumptions, representations or undertakings is incorrect or not satisfied, we may not be able to rely on the tax opinions and could be subject to significant tax liabilities with respect to the RCPI or GPC distributions. Notwithstanding the tax opinions, the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) could determine on audit that the RCPI or GPC distributions are taxable if it determines that any of the facts, assumptions, representations or undertakings are not correct or have been violated or if it disagrees with the conclusions in the opinions, or for other reasons, including as a result of certain significant changes in the stock ownership of PTVE, RCPI or GPC, as applicable, or RGHI. If the RCPI or GPC distributions are determined to be taxable for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we could be liable for significant U.S. federal income tax liabilities.

We entered into a Tax Matters Agreement with RCPI in connection with the RCPI distribution (the “RCPI Tax Matters Agreement”) and will, prior to closing of this offering, enter into a Tax Matters Agreement with GPC in connection with the GPC distribution (the “GPC Tax Matters Agreement” and, together with the RCPI Tax Matters Agreement, the “Tax Matters Agreements”). Under the Tax Matters Agreements, RCPI or GPC, as applicable, will generally be required to indemnify us against taxes incurred with respect to the RCPI distribution or the GPC distribution, respectively, that arise as a result of, among other things, (i) a breach of any representation made under the Tax Matters Agreements, including those provided in connection with an opinion of tax counsel, or (ii) RCPI or GPC, as applicable, taking or failing to take, as the case may be, certain actions, in each case that result in the distributions failing to meet the requirements for tax-free treatment under the Code. In the event that RCPI or GPC fails to indemnify us in accordance with the Tax Matters Agreements, we would bear such tax liability.

In order to preserve the tax-free treatment of the RCPI and the GPC distributions, our ability to engage in certain corporate transactions for a two-year period after the distributions will be limited.

To preserve the tax-free treatment for U.S. federal income tax purposes of the RCPI and the GPC distributions, we will be limited in our ability to enter into acquisition, merger, liquidation, sale and stock redemption transactions with respect to our stock for the two-year period following each of these distributions. While we are under no contractual obligations, effecting certain such transactions could violate the representations and undertakings we made in connection with the opinions of tax counsel and could result in significant tax liabilities to us. These limitations may restrict our ability to pursue certain strategic transactions or other transactions that would otherwise be in our best interest or that might increase the value of our business. We will not be limited in our ability to acquire other businesses for cash consideration.

RCPI and GPC may compete with us, and their competitive positions in certain markets may constrain our ability to build and maintain partnerships.

We may face competition from a variety of sources, including RCPI and GPC, today and in the future. For example, while we do have supply agreements in place with RCPI, each of RCPI and GPC may still compete with us in certain products and/or in certain channels. In addition, while RCPI and GPC do not currently manufacture or sell products that compete with our products in the channels in which we sell our products, they each may do so in the future, including as a result of acquiring a company that manufactures products which compete with ours. RCPI and GPC may have acquired know-how from their previous affiliation with our business, which could give them significant competitive advantages should they decide to engage in the type of business we conduct, which may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Although RCPI has historically sold the products (primarily tableware and cups) that it purchases from us in the retail channel, and we sell such products in the foodservice business-to-business channel, after the termination of the supply agreement with RCPI, it could seek to sell such products in the foodservice channel or otherwise compete with us. As our customer, RCPI has information about products, including pricing, and, as one of our former operating segments, GPC has knowledge of our business that could provide RCPI and GPC with competitive advantages.

 

64


In addition, we may partner with companies that compete with RCPI and GPC in certain markets. Our prior affiliation with RCPI and GPC may affect our ability to effectively partner with these companies. These companies may favor our competitors because of our relationships with RCPI and GPC.

Mr. Hart may have conflicts of interest with the holders of our shares of common stock or us in the future.

Upon the closing of this offering, Mr. Hart will indirectly own and control a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock, and the actions he is able to undertake as our controlling shareholder may differ from or adversely affect the interests of our other shareholders. Pursuant to the stockholders agreement to be entered into upon the closing of this offering, Mr. Hart has the power to nominate a majority of the directors to our board of directors for so long as the Hart Entities beneficially own more than 40% of our common stock, enabling Mr. Hart to control our legal and capital structure and operations, subject to applicable law. The stockholders agreement also provides that so long as PFL holds at least 5% of the Company’s shares, Mr. Hart will be entitled to receive access to certain of the Company’s information and also to routinely consult and advise senior management with respect to the Company’s business and financial matters, with the Company agreeing to give consideration to Mr. Hart’s advice and proposals. The stockholders agreement also provides Mr. Hart with certain consent rights for so long as PFL holds at least 40% of the Company’s shares. Additionally, Mr. Hart is in the business of making investments in companies and may from time to time acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete, directly or indirectly, with us. Mr. Hart may also pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us.

Conflicts of interest may arise because certain of our directors will hold a management or board position with PFL or other affiliated entities.

One of our directors is also a director of PFL and two of our directors are also directors of other entities affiliated with Mr. Hart. The interests of these directors in PFL and other entities affiliated with Mr. Hart and us could create, or appear to create, conflicts of interest with respect to decisions involving both us and PFL and other entities affiliated with Mr. Hart that could have different implications for PFL and other entities affiliated with Mr. Hart and us. These decisions could, for example, relate to:

 

   

disagreement over corporate opportunities;

 

   

competition between us, PFL and other Hart-affiliated entities;

 

   

employee retention or recruiting;

 

   

our dividend policy; and

 

   

the services and arrangements from which we benefit as a result of our relationships with PFL and other entities affiliated with Mr. Hart.

Conflicts of interest could also arise if we enter into any new agreements with PFL and other entities affiliated with Mr. Hart in the future, or if PFL and other entities affiliated with Mr. Hart decide to compete with us in any of our product categories. The presence of directors or officers of entities affiliated with PFL and other entities affiliated with Mr. Hart on our board of directors could create, or appear to create, conflicts of interest and conflicts in allocating their time with respect to matters involving both us and any one of them, or involving us and PFL and other entities affiliated with Mr. Hart, that could have different implications for any of these entities than they do for us. Provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will be in effect prior to the closing of this offering address corporate opportunities that are presented to our directors who are also directors or officers of PFL and other entities affiliated with Mr. Hart and certain of their subsidiaries. See “Description of Capital Stock.” We cannot assure you that our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will adequately address potential conflicts of interest or that potential conflicts of interest will be resolved in our favor or that we will be able to take advantage of corporate opportunities presented to individuals

who are directors of both us and PFL and other entities affiliated with Mr. Hart. As a result, we may be precluded from pursuing certain advantageous transactions or growth initiatives.

 

65


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

We have made statements under the captions “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Business,” and in other sections of this prospectus that are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify these statements by forward-looking words such as “may,” “might,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential” or “continue,” the negative of these terms and other comparable terminology. These forward-looking statements, which are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions about us, may include projections of our future financial performance, our anticipated growth strategies, anticipated trends in our business and anticipated growth in the markets served by our business. These statements are only predictions based on our current expectations and projections about future events. There are important factors that could cause our actual results, level of activity, performance or achievements to differ materially from the results, level of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements, including those factors discussed under the caption entitled “Risk Factors.” You should specifically consider the numerous risks outlined under “Risk Factors.” These risks include, among others, those related to:

 

   

future costs of raw materials, energy and freight, including the impact of tariffs, trade sanctions and similar matters;

 

   

competition in the markets in which we operate;

 

   

changes in consumer lifestyle, eating habits, nutritional preferences and health-related and environmental and sustainability concerns;

 

   

failure to maintain satisfactory relationships with our major customers;

 

   

the impact of a loss of any of our key manufacturing facilities;

 

   

the uncertain economic, operational and financial impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic;

 

   

compliance with, and liabilities related to, environmental, health and safety laws, regulations and permits;

 

   

impact of government regulations and judicial decisions affecting products we produce or the products contained in the products we produce;

 

   

our dependence on suppliers of raw materials and any interruption to our supply of raw materials;

 

   

our ability to realize the benefits of our capital investment, restructuring and other cost savings programs; and

 

   

seasonality and cyclicality.

Although we believe the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, level of activity, performance or achievements. Moreover, neither we nor any other person assumes responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of any of these forward-looking statements. We are under no duty to update any of these forward-looking statements after the date of this prospectus to conform our prior statements to actual results or revised expectations.

 

66


USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering will be approximately $         million, or approximately $         million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, assuming an initial public offering price at the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $         million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

We currently intend to use the net proceeds we receive, including any from the underwriters exercising their option to purchase additional shares of common stock, to repay certain indebtedness, consisting of our                     .

 

67


DIVIDEND POLICY

Following the closing of this offering and subject to legally available funds, we intend to pay quarterly cash dividends on our common stock. For fiscal year 2021, we expect to pay a quarterly cash dividend of $         per share. However, we expect the initial dividend for the quarter ending on                 , 2020 to be a prorated cash dividend for the period beginning on the first day of trading of our common stock on Nasdaq and ending on the last day of that period. We expect this initial dividend to be approximately $         per share. This initial dividend is expected to be paid in, 2020. Thereafter, the quarterly dividend will be paid subsequent to the close of each fiscal quarter.

Any declaration and payment of future dividends to holders of our common stock will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on many factors, including general and economic conditions, our financial condition and operating results, our available cash and current and anticipated cash needs, capital requirements, contractual, legal, tax and regulatory restrictions, including restrictive covenants contained in our financing agreements, and such other factors as our board of directors may deem relevant. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Common Stock and this Offering—We intend to pay regular dividends on our common stock, but our ability to do so may be limited.”

Under Delaware law, dividends may be payable only out of surplus, which is calculated as our net assets less our liabilities and our capital, or, if we have no surplus, out of our net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year.

 

68


CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash, cash equivalents and capitalization as of June 30, 2020:

 

   

on an actual basis; and

 

   

on a pro forma basis to reflect:

 

   

the completion of the GPC Separation;

 

   

the completion of the Corporate Reorganization;

 

   

the sale by us of                  shares of common stock in this offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, representing the receipt of $         million in net proceeds after deducting the underwriting discount and the estimated offering expenses payable by us, as well as the application of such net proceeds as described in “Use of Proceeds”; and

 

   

the issuance of the IPO Grants and payment of certain one-time cash settled transaction bonuses.

The pro forma information set forth in the table below is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. This table should be read in conjunction with “Use of Proceeds,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our annual and interim consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     June 30,
2020
(In millions except
share and per
share data)
 
     Actual     Pro
forma
 

Cash and cash equivalents(1)

   $ 1,609     $                
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Debt, including current and long-term:

    

Securitization Facility

   $ 378     $  

Credit Agreement

     3,443    

Notes:

    

Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes due 2021

     745        

5.125% Senior Secured Notes due 2023

     1,591    

7.000% Senior Notes due 2024

     792    

Pactiv Debentures:

    

7.950% Debentures due 2025

     272       272  

8.375% Debentures due 2027

     198       198  

Other

     16       14  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt

   $ 7,435     $    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity:

    

Common stock (Historical: 35,708,019 shares issued and outstanding with no par value; Pro forma: $0.001 par value per share,                 shares authorized,                 shares issued and outstanding)

        

Additional paid in capital

     55    

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (624  

Retained earnings

     2,603    

Non-controlling interests

     3       3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity(1)

   $ 2,037     $    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 9,472     $    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

69


 

(1)

As described in “Use of Proceeds,” we intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to repay certain indebtedness. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share of common stock, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) total equity and would decrease (increase) total debt by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) total equity and would decrease (increase) total debt by approximately $         million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

70


DILUTION

If you invest in shares of our common stock, your investment will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of common stock and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of common stock after this offering. Dilution results from the fact that the per share offering price of the shares of common stock is substantially in excess of the pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share after this offering.

Our net tangible book value (deficit) as of June 30, 2020 was $         million or $         per share of common stock after giving pro forma effect to the GPC Separation and the Corporate Reorganization. Net tangible book value (deficit) represents total tangible assets less total liabilities. Tangible assets represent total assets excluding goodwill and other intangible assets. Net tangible book value (deficit) per share represents net tangible book value (deficit) divided by the aggregate number of shares of common stock outstanding immediately prior to this offering (after giving pro forma effect to the GPC Separation and the Corporate Reorganization).

After giving further effect to the sale by us of the shares of our common stock in this offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and the receipt and application of the net proceeds, our pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) as of June 30, 2020 would have been $         million or $         per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) to the existing stockholder of $         per share and an immediate dilution to new investors of $         per share. Dilution per share represents the difference between the price per share to be paid by new investors for the shares of our common stock sold in this offering and the pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share immediately after this offering. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price

   $                    

Pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of June 30, 2020 (after giving effect to the GPC Separation and the Corporate Reorganization)

   $    

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share attributable to the existing stockholder

  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share after offering

  
  

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors

   $    
  

 

 

 

The following table sets forth, on a pro forma basis, as of June 30, 2020, the number of shares of our common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid, or to be paid, and the average price per share paid, or to be paid, by the existing stockholder and by the new investors, at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us:

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price
Per Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent  

Existing stockholder

               $                             $                

New investors

                          

Total

               $                 $    

The foregoing tables assume no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock.

 

71


SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table presents our selected historical consolidated financial data. The consolidated statement of income data and summary cash flow data for each of the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, are derived from our annual consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated statement of income data and summary cash flow data for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the unaudited consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, are derived from our financial records which are not included in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 and for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 was prepared on the same basis as our consolidated financial statements, except as described in the footnotes to the table.

The unaudited consolidated statement of income data and summary cash flow data for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019, and the unaudited consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2020, have been derived from our interim condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The interim condensed consolidated financial statements as of June 30, 2020 and for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019 were prepared on the same basis as our annual consolidated financial statements. In our opinion, such financial statements include all normal and recurring adjustments considered necessary for a fair statement of the financial information set forth in those statements.

The GPC Group is included in our selected historical consolidated financial data presented below. Following the GPC Separation, which will occur prior to the closing of this offering, the GPC Group will no longer operate as one of our reportable segments and the results of the GPC Group for the periods prior to the GPC Separation will be presented as a discontinued operation in our historical financial statements beginning with the fiscal period that includes the completion of the GPC Separation.

 

72


Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our results in any future period. You should read the following selected historical consolidated financial data together with our consolidated annual and interim financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the “Capitalization,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data,” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” sections of this prospectus.

 

    Six months ended
June 30,
    Year ended December 31,  
    2020     2019     2019     2018     2017     2016     2015  
  (In millions, except per share amounts)  

Statement of Income Data:

 

Net revenues(1),(2),(3)

  $ 3,259     $ 3,594     $ 7,115     $ 7,395     $ 7,439     $  7,601     $ 8,163  

Cost of sales(3)

    (2,755     (3,019     (5,999     (6,282     (6,086     (6,176     (6,725
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    504       575       1,116       1,113       1,353       1,425       1,438  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    (330     (324     (639     (565     (599     (700     (614

Goodwill impairment charges(4)

                (16     (138                  

Restructuring, asset impairment and other related charges(5)

    (13     (24     (96     (53     (101     (83     (19

Other income (expense), net(6)

    27       (7     (34     (33     (38     (25     (31
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income from continuing operations

    188       220       331       324       615       617       774  

Non-operating income (expense), net

    33       (2     (13     41       (10     (7     5  

Interest expense, net

    (187     (228     (432     (412     (484     (870     (1,153
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before tax

    34       (10     (114     (47     121       (260     (374

Income tax benefit (expense)

    59       (14     (54     16       218       76       28  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

  $ 93     $ (24   $ (168   $ (31   $ 339     $ (184   $ (346
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations

  $ 2.58     $ (0.70   $ (4.68   $ (0.92   $ 9.44     $ (5.18   $ (9.72

Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations (non-GAAP)(7)

  $ 463     $ 518     $ 1,038     $ 1,091     $ 1,294     $ 1,339     $ 1,327  

Balance Sheet Data (as of end of period):

             

Accounts receivable, net

  $ 691       $ 666     $ 699     $ 722     $ 655     $ 728  

Inventories

    903         894       896       911       867       886  

Total assets(8)

    12,260         16,175       16,169       16,385       16,708       18,370  

Accounts payable

    391         425       483       454       471       423  

Long-term debt, including current portion

    7,435         10,630       10,997       11,339       12,056       13,696  

Total equity

    2,037         2,082       1,785       1,599       826       763  

Cash Flow Data:

             

Net cash provided by (used in):

             

Operating activities

  $ 167     $ 240     $ 896     $ 963     $ 858     $ 1,007     $ 892  

Investing activities

    (208     (275     (4     (453     (364     (165     3,811  

Financing activities

    368       (20     (384     (360     (796     (1,871     (4,382

 

(1)

Our net revenues are derived primarily from sales of our foodservice and food merchandising products and our fresh cartons to third-party customers, primarily in the United States and the rest of North America. Revenues are reported net of estimated sales incentives. Our financial statements also present revenue from the sale of plastic containers for consumer products. This revenue was generated by the GPC Group.

 

73


(2)

On January 1, 2018, we adopted ASC 606, using the modified retrospective method for all contracts not completed as of the date of adoption. The adoption resulted in changes in accounting policies and immaterial adjustments to the amounts recognized in the consolidated financial statements, including the cumulative impact to retained earnings at January 1, 2018. See Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in our annual consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the impact of the adoption of ASC 606. Results as of and for the year ended December 31, 2018 and periods thereafter are presented under ASC 606, while prior period amounts are not adjusted and continue to be reported under ASC 605, Revenue Recognition, the accounting standard in effect for those periods.

 

(3)

Effective February 4, 2020, the Group distributed its interest in RCPI to PFL. The RCPI distribution occurred prior to and in connection with the initial public offering of shares of common stock of RCPI, which was completed on February 4, 2020. Following the distribution of RCPI on February 4, 2020, the Group continues to sell to and purchase products from Reynolds Consumer Products in the ordinary course of business. Our Food Merchandising segment continues to sell certain finished products to Reynolds Consumer Products and our Foodservice segment continues to purchase products from them. These transactions arise under agreements that expire on December 31, 2024 but may be renewed between the parties. Effective February 4, 2020 and thereafter, these transactions are related party transactions and are recognized within our net revenues and cost of sales. For further details, refer to Note 17—Related Party Transactions in our interim condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Prior to February 4, 2020, these transactions with Reynolds Consumer Products were intercompany transactions, and are presented in continuing operations with the offsetting activity presented in discontinued operations. Within our consolidated statement of income data, our continuing operations have recognized revenue of $171 million and $141 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively, and $280 million, $316 million, $302 million, $336 million and $363 million for the years ended December, 2019, 2018, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, from sales to Reynolds Consumer Products. Within our cost of sales, we have recognized purchases of $63 million and $78 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively, and $149 million, $161 million, $148 million, $143 million and $170 million for the years ended December, 2019, 2018, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

(4)

Reflects goodwill impairment charges in respect of our closures operations in 2019, including dis-synergies associated with the sale of the North American and Japanese closures businesses in December 2019, and an impairment charge in 2018 in respect of the GPC Group. We will complete the GPC Separation prior to the closing of this offering.

 

(5)

Restructuring, asset impairment and other related charges include asset impairment charges of $70 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 related to the remaining closures businesses, as a result of dis-synergies associated with the sale of the North American and Japanese closures businesses in December 2019, and the ongoing rationalization of the manufacturing footprint in the GPC Group. For further information in relation to the impairment expenses, refer to Note 4—Impairment, Restructuring and Other Related Charges in our annual consolidated financial statements and Note 4—Impairment, Restructuring and Other Related Charges in our interim condensed consolidated financial statements, each of which is included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

(6)

Other income (expense), net includes related party management fees of $8 million and $8 million in the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively, and $16 million, $16 million, $17 million, $26 million and $41 million in the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, which are permitted by our financing agreements. For further information, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions,” and Note 18—Related Party Transactions of our annual consolidated financial statements and Note 17—Related Party Transactions of our interim condensed consolidated financial statements, each of which is included elsewhere in this prospectus. Following the closing of this offering, we will no longer be charged the related party management fee.

 

(7)

We define “Adjusted EBITDA” from continuing operations as our net income (loss) from continuing operations calculated in accordance with GAAP, plus the sum of income tax expense, net interest expense,

 

74


 

depreciation and amortization and further adjusted to exclude certain items of a significant or unusual nature, including but not limited to foreign exchange gains or losses on cash, related party management fees, unrealized gains or losses on derivatives, gains or losses on the sale of businesses and non-current assets, restructuring, asset impairment and other related charges, operational process engineering-related consultancy costs, non-cash pension income or expense and strategic review and transaction-related costs.

We have included Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations in this prospectus because it is a key measure used by our management team to evaluate our operating performance, generate future operating plans and make strategic decisions. Accordingly, we believe that Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management team and board of directors. In addition, our chief operating decision maker uses Adjusted EBITDA as the segment measure of performance for each of our reportable segments.

The following table presents a reconciliation of net income (loss) from continuing operations, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, to Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations for each of the periods indicated:

 

    Six months
ended June 30,
    Year ended December 31,  
      2020         2019       2019     2018     2017     2016     2015  
    (In millions)  

Net income (loss) from continuing operations (GAAP)

  $ 93     $ (24   $ (168   $ (31   $ 339     $ (184   $ (346

Income tax (benefit) expense

    (59     14       54       (16     (218     (76     (28

Interest expense, net

    187       228       432       412       484       870       1,153  

Depreciation and amortization

    259       253       516       523       534       555       556  

Goodwill impairment charges(a)

                16       138                    

Restructuring, asset impairment and other related charges(b)

    13       24       96       53       101       83       19  

Loss (gain) on sale of businesses and non-current assets(c)

    1       6       21       31       22       (1     (1

Non-cash pension (income) expense(d)

    (37     (2     6       (51     1       64       (11

Operational process engineering-related consultancy costs(e)

    9       13       27       14       12       21       18  

Related party management fee(f)

    8       8       16       16       17       26       41  

Strategic review and transaction-related costs(g)

    19       1       7                      

Unrealized (gains) losses on derivatives(h)

    (2     (7     (4     8       3       (8     (82

Foreign exchange (gains) losses on cash(i)

    (28           8       (11     3             (7

Other

          4       11       5       (4     (11     15  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations (Non-GAAP)

  $ 463     $ 518     $ 1,038     $ 1,091     $ 1,294     $ 1,339     $ 1,327  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (a)

Reflects goodwill impairment charges in respect of our closures operations in 2019, including dis-synergies associated with the sale of the North American and Japanese closures businesses in December 2019, and an impairment charge in 2018 in respect of the GPC Group. We will complete the GPC Separation prior to the closing of this offering. For further information, refer to Note 4—Impairment, Restructuring and Other Related Charges in our annual consolidated financial statements and Note 4—Impairment, Restructuring and Other Related Charges in our interim condensed consolidated financial statements, each of which is included elsewhere in this prospectus.

  (b)

Reflects asset impairment, restructuring and other related charges associated with the remaining closures businesses that are not reported within discontinued operations and the ongoing rationalization of the manufacturing footprint in the GPC Group. For further information, refer to Note 4—Impairment, Restructuring and Other Related Charges in our annual consolidated financial statements and Note 4—

 

75


 

Impairment, Restructuring and Other Related Charges in our interim condensed consolidated financial statements, each of which is included elsewhere in this prospectus.

  (c)

Reflects the loss or gain from the sale of businesses and non-current assets, primarily in our Other segment. For further information, refer to Note 13—Other Expense, Net in our annual consolidated financial statements and Note 12—Other Income (Expense), Net in our interim condensed consolidated financial statements, each of which is included elsewhere in this prospectus.

  (d)

Reflects the non-cash pension (income) expense related to our RGPP benefit plan. For further information, refer to Note 12—Employee Benefits in our annual consolidated financial statements and Note 11—Employee Benefits in our interim condensed consolidated financial statements, each of which is included elsewhere in this prospectus.

  (e)

Reflects the costs incurred to evaluate and improve the efficiencies of our manufacturing and distribution operations.

  (f)

Reflects the related party management fee charged by Rank to us. For further information, refer to Note 18—Related Party Transactions in our annual consolidated financial statements and Note 17—Related Party Transactions in our interim condensed consolidated financial statements, each of which is included elsewhere in this prospectus. Following the closing of this offering, we will no longer be charged the related party management fee.

  (g)

Reflects costs incurred for strategic reviews of our businesses, as well as costs related to this offering that cannot be offset against the expected proceeds of this offering.

  (h)

Reflects the mark-to-market movements in our commodity and foreign exchange derivatives. For further information, refer to Note 11—Financial Instruments in our annual consolidated financial statements and Note 10—Financial Instruments in our interim condensed consolidated financial statements, each of which is included elsewhere in this prospectus.

  (i)

Reflects foreign exchange (gains) losses on cash, primarily arising on U.S. dollar amounts held in non-U.S. dollar functional currency entities.

 

(8)

On January 1, 2019, we adopted ASC 842, using the modified retrospective method without the recasting of comparative periods’ financial information, as permitted by the transition guidance. Results for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019 and as of and for the year ended December 31, 2019 are presented under ASC 842, while prior period amounts are not adjusted and continue to be reported under ASC 840, Leases, the accounting standard in effect for those periods. See Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in our annual consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the impact of the adoption of ASC 842.

 

76


UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data of the Group consist of unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of income for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019 and for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, and an unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2020. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements and the related notes should be read in conjunction with “Use of Proceeds,” “Capitalization,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions,” and our audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of income for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019 and for the year ended December 31, 2019 give effect to the Pro Forma Transactions (as defined below) as if the Pro Forma Transactions had occurred or had become effective as of January 1, 2019. The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet gives effect to the Pro Forma Transactions as if the Pro Forma Transactions had occurred or had become effective as of June 30, 2020.

Effective February 4, 2020, the Group distributed its interest in RCPI to PFL. The RCPI distribution occurred prior to and in connection with the initial public offering of shares of common stock of RCPI, which was completed on February 4, 2020. As a result, the business comprising RCPI has been presented as a discontinued operation in our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. We will complete the GPC Separation prior to the closing of this offering in order for the GPC Group business to be excluded from the Group prior to the closing of this offering. The results of the GPC Group for the periods prior to the GPC Separation will be presented as a discontinued operation in our consolidated financial statements beginning with the fiscal period that includes the completion of the GPC Separation. The GPC Separation has not yet been reflected as a discontinued operation in our historical consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. As a result, we have also presented unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of income for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 to present our results from continuing operations without the GPC Group, as if the GPC Separation had occurred on January 1, 2017.

The pro forma adjustments are based upon available information and certain assumptions that we believe are reasonable. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements are for illustrative and informational purposes only and do not purport to represent what our financial position or results of operations would have been if the Pro Forma Transactions had actually occurred as of the dates indicated, nor does it project our financial position at any future date or our results of operations or cash flows for any future period.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of income and balance sheet have been derived from the historical annual consolidated and interim condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements have been prepared to reflect adjustments to our historical consolidated financial statements that are: (1) directly attributable to the Pro Forma Transactions, (2) factually supportable and (3) with respect to the unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of income, expected to have a continuing impact on our results.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of income for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019 and for the year ended December 31, 2019, and the unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2020 give effect to the following pro forma transactions (“Pro Forma Transactions”):

 

   

the GPC Separation, comprising the following transactions which will occur prior to the closing of this offering:

 

   

the legal release of the GPC Group from its obligations under the Credit Agreement, and the legal release of the GPC Group from the guarantees of certain of the notes issued by subsidiaries of the Company;

 

77


   

the execution of the GPC TSA pursuant to which we will, upon GPC’s request, provide certain administrative services to GPC for up to 24 months, which is described in greater detail in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions;”

 

   

the entry by the GPC Group into the New GPC Borrowings, the net proceeds of which were received by us; and

 

   

the distribution of all of the shares in GPC to PFL in consideration for the buy-back of          of our outstanding shares which will be canceled upon completion of the buy-back;

 

   

the Corporate Reorganization, comprising the following transactions which will occur prior to the closing of this offering:

 

   

the repayment of certain borrowings;

 

   

the conversion into a corporation incorporated in the state of Delaware;

 

   

the execution of the Rank TSA pursuant to which Rank will, upon our request, provide certain administrative and support services to us for up to 24 months, and we will, upon Rank’s request, provide certain administrative and support services to them for up to 24 months which is described in greater detail in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions;”

 

   

the settlement of related party balances with Rank and its subsidiaries; and

 

   

the consummation of the Stock Split;

 

   

the sale by us of shares of common stock in this offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, representing the receipt of $         million in net proceeds after deducting the underwriting discount and the estimated offering expenses payable by us;

 

   

the repayment of certain indebtedness, as described in “Use of Proceeds”; and

 

   

the issuance of the IPO Grants and payment of certain one-time cash settled transaction bonuses.

In connection with this offering, we will establish the Incentive Plan for purposes of granting stock-based compensation awards to certain of our senior management, to our non-executive directors and to certain employees, to incentivize their performance and align their interests with ours. The maximum number of shares of common stock initially available for issuance under the equity incentive awards granted pursuant to the Incentive Plan is expected to equal         shares. Upon the granting of stock-based compensation awards, and the vesting of such awards, we will recognize stock-based compensation expense. Historically, we have not granted any stock-based compensation awards, other than the IPO Grants described elsewhere in this prospectus. No adjustment has been made for these future equity incentive plan awards because the timing and amount of the awards to be granted is uncertain.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of income also include certain non-recurring items that we have incurred in connection with the GPC Separation, the Corporate Reorganization and this offering, including costs related to legal, accounting and other professional fees. We have incurred costs totaling $12 million during the six months ended June 30, 2020 and $6 million during the year ended December 31, 2019 which have not been eliminated from the unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of income. We estimate that an additional $             million to $             million of these costs will be incurred in 2020. We expect all of these costs to be expensed, as incurred. The amount of these estimated costs could increase or decrease materially and the timing of when they are incurred could change. These estimated additional non-recurring transaction costs that we expect to incur are not reflected in our unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements as such amounts are estimates and not factually supportable.

 

78


Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated

Balance Sheet As of June 30, 2020

(In Millions, Except Share and Per Share Data)

 

    Historical
Consolidated
    GPC
Separation(a)
    Pro Forma
Group
after GPC
Separation
    All Other Pro
Forma
Adjustments
    Pro
Forma
 

Assets

         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 1,609     $          (b)    $                 $                   $                

Accounts receivable, net

    691       (263     428       —         428  

Inventories

    903       (137     766       —         766  

Other current assets

    173           (2 )(i)   

Related party receivables

    63       —         63       (14 )(g)      49  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

    3,439          

Property, plant and equipment, net

    2,443       (780     1,663       —         1,663  

Operating lease right-of-use assets, net

    359       (118     241       —         241  

Goodwill

    3,025       (1,259     1,766       —         1,766  

Intangible assets, net

    2,404       (1,286     1,118       —         1,118  

Deferred income taxes

    10           —      

Related party receivable

    330       —         330       (330 )(g)      —    

Other noncurrent assets

    198       (21     177      

Noncurrent assets held for sale or distribution

    52       (11     41       —         41  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 12,260     $       $       $       $    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

         

Accounts payable

  $ 391     $ (130   $ 261     $ —       $ 261  

Related party payables

    48       —         48       (39 )(g)      9  

Current portion of long-term debt

    417       —         417      

Current portion of operating lease liabilities

    83       (28     55       —         55  

Income taxes payable

    17           —      

Accrued and other current liabilities

    451       (87     364      
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    1,407          

Long-term debt

    7,018       (2     7,016      

Long-term operating lease liabilities

    298       (95     203       —         203  

Deferred income taxes

    600           —      

Long-term employee benefit obligations

    701       (7     694       —         694  

Other noncurrent liabilities

    199       (58     141       —         141  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

  $ 10,223     $       $       $       $    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Common stock (Historical: 35,708,019 shares issued and outstanding with no par value; Pro forma: Common stock,         shares authorized, $             par value, shares issued and outstanding)

    —         —   (c)      —         —         —    

Additional paid in capital

    55       (c)       

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (624     (c)        —      

Retained earnings

    2,603       (c)       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity attributable to PTVE common stockholders

    2,034          

Non-controlling interests

    3       —         3       —         3  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

    2,037          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

  $ 12,260     $       $       $       $    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data.

 

79


Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of

Income For the Six Months Ended

June 30, 2020

(In Millions, Except Share and Per Share Data)

 

     Historical
Consolidated
    GPC
Separation(d)
    Pro Forma
Group
after GPC
Separation
    All Other Pro
Forma
Adjustments
    Pro Forma  

Net revenues

   $ 3,259     $ (940   $ 2,319     $ —       $ 2,319  

Cost of sales

     (2,755     784       (1,971     —         (1,971
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     504       (156     348       —         348  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     (330     84       (246     —   (g)      (246

Restructuring, asset impairment and other related charges

     (13     9       (4     —         (4

Other expense, net

     27       4       31      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income from continuing operations

     188       (59     129      

Non-operating income, net

     33       —         33       —         33  

Interest expense, net

     (187     (1     (188    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before tax

     34       (60     (26    

Income tax benefit (expense)

     59          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

   $ 93       $       $       $    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations:

          

Basic

   $ 2.58           $    

Diluted

   $ 2.58           $    

Weighted average shares outstanding:

          

Basic

     35,708,019          

Diluted

     35,708,019          

 

 

See accompanying Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data.

 

80


Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of

Income For the Six Months Ended

June 30, 2019

(In Millions, Except Share and Per Share Data)

 

     Historical
Consolidated
    GPC
Separation(d)
    Pro Forma
Group
after GPC
Separation
    All Other Pro
Forma
Adjustments
    Pro Forma  

Net revenues

   $ 3,594     $ (1,012   $ 2,582     $ —       $ 2,582  

Cost of sales

     (3,019     870       (2,149     —         (2,149
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     575       (142     433               —               433  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     (324     87       (237     (1 )(g)      (238

Restructuring, asset impairment and other related charges

     (24     18       (6     —         (6

Other expense, net

     (7     (2     (9    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income from continuing operations

     220       (39     181      

Non-operating expense, net

     (2     —         (2     —         (2

Interest expense, net

     (228     —         (228    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from continuing operations before tax

     (10     (39     (49    

Income tax expense

     (14        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income from continuing operations

   $ (24       $       $    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations:

          

Basic

   $ (0.70         $    

Diluted

   $ (0.70         $    

Weighted average shares outstanding:

          

Basic

     35,708,019          

Diluted

     35,708,019          

 

 

See accompanying Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data.

 

81


Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of

Income For the Year Ended

December 31, 2019

(In Millions, Except Share and Per Share Data)

 

     Historical
Consolidated
    GPC
Separation(d)
    Pro Forma
Group
after GPC
Separation
    All Other Pro
Forma
Adjustments
    Pro Forma  

Net revenues

   $ 7,115     $ (1,924   $ 5,191     $ —       $ 5,191  

Cost of sales

     (5,999     1,655       (4,344     —         (4,344
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     1,116       (269     847               —                 847  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     (639     173       (466     (2 )(g)      (468

Goodwill impairment charges

     (16     —         (16     —         (16

Restructuring, asset impairment and other related charges

     (96     50       (46     —         (46

Other expense, net

     (34     5       (29    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income from continuing operations

     331       (41     290      

Non-operating expense, net

     (13     —         (13     —         (13

Interest expense, net

     (432     (1     (433    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from continuing operations before tax

     (114     (42     (156    

Income tax expense

     (54        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income from continuing operations

   $ (168       $                   $                
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations:

          

Basic

   $ (4.68         $    

Diluted

   $ (4.68         $    

Weighted average shares outstanding:

          

Basic

     35,708,019          

Diluted

     35,708,019          

 

See accompanying Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data.

 

82


Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of

Income For the Year Ended

December 31, 2018

(In Millions, Except Share and Per Share Data)

 

     Historical
Consolidated
    GPC
Separation(d)
    Pro Forma Group
after GPC
Separation
 

Net revenues

   $ 7,395     $ (2,087   $ 5,308  

Cost of sales

     (6,282     1,818       (4,464
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     1,113       (269     844  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     (565     171       (394

Goodwill impairment charges

     (138     138       —    

Restructuring, asset impairment and other related charges

     (53     35       (18

Other expense, net

     (33     18       (15
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income from continuing operations

     324       93       417  

Non-operating income, net

     41       —         41  

Interest expense, net

     (412     (2     (414
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from continuing operations before tax

     (47     91       44  

Income tax expense

     16      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income from continuing operations

   $ (31   $       $    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations:

      

Basic

   $ (0.92     $    

Diluted

   $ (0.92     $    

Weighted average shares outstanding:

      

Basic

     35,708,019      

Diluted

     35,708,019      

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of

Income For the Year Ended

December 31, 2017

(In Millions, Except Share and Per Share Data)

 

     Historical
Consolidated
    GPC
Separation(d)
    Pro Forma Group
after GPC
Separation
 

Net revenues

   $ 7,439     $ (2,147   $ 5,292  

Cost of sales

     (6,086     1,821       (4,265
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     1,353       (326     1,027  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     (599     182       (417

Restructuring, asset impairment and other related charges

     (101     11       (90

Other expense, net

     (38     —         (38
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income from continuing operations

     615       (133 )       482  

Non-operating expense, net

     (10     —         (10

Interest expense, net

     (484     6       (478
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before tax

     121       (127     (6

Income tax benefit (expense)

     218      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

   $ 339       $    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations:

      

Basic

   $ 9.44       $    

Diluted

   $ 9.44       $    

Weighted average shares outstanding:

      

Basic

     35,708,019      

Diluted

     35,708,019      

See accompanying Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data.

 

83


Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data

GPC Separation

Prior to the closing of this offering, we will complete the GPC Separation. The pro forma adjustments resulting from the GPC Separation are described in notes (a) to (d). The GPC Separation has not yet been reflected in our historical consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2020 and the unaudited pro forma statements of income for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019 and the year ended December 31, 2019 have been adjusted to reflect the GPC Separation. The GPC Group will be treated as a discontinued operation upon the date of the distribution of all of the shares in GPC to PFL. Accordingly, additional unaudited pro forma statements of income have been provided for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 in order to provide pro forma presentation of our results of continuing operations without the GPC Group.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements have been prepared to reflect the continuing operations of the Group after giving effect to reflecting the GPC Group as a discontinued operation and therefore do not reflect what our or the GPC Group’s financial position or results of operations would have been on a stand-alone basis and are not necessarily indicative of ours or the GPC Group’s future financial condition or results of operations. The information in the GPC Separation column in the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements was derived from our accounting records as of June 30, 2020 and for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019 and for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017.

(a)    Adjustments to assets and liabilities

These pro forma adjustments reflect the distribution to PFL of the assets and liabilities attributable to the GPC Group.

(b)    Adjustments to cash and cash equivalents

On August 4, 2020, GPC Group incurred $1,985 million of long-term debt under the New GPC Borrowings. The proceeds of the New GPC Borrowings, net of transaction costs, were returned to us by way of settling intercompany balances and a distribution. We used the net proceeds, plus available cash, to repay certain of our outstanding borrowings, as more fully described in note (f) below. At the time of the GPC Separation, the obligations under the New GPC Borrowings and $     million of cash will be included in the assets and liabilities attributable to the GPC Group distributed to PFL.

The following table presents the pro forma adjustments to cash and cash equivalents associated with the GPC Separation:

 

     (In millions)  

Cash received from the net proceeds of the New GPC Borrowings

   $             

Cash in GPC Group at the time of the GPC Separation

  
  

 

 

 

Net adjustment to cash and cash equivalents

   $    
  

 

 

 

(c)    Adjustments to equity

Prior to the closing of this offering, we will distribute all of the shares in GPC to PFL in consideration for the buy-back of        million, or     %, of our outstanding shares which will be canceled upon completion of the buy-back. The reduction in common stock represents the par value of the cancelled shares. In accordance with our accounting policy, the reduction in additional paid in capital is limited to the shares retired as a percentage of total shares outstanding prior to the distribution with the residual balance presented as a reduction to retained earnings.

 

84


The following table presents the adjustments to our equity after giving effect to the GPC Separation:

 

     Common
stock
     Additional
paid in
capital
     Accumulated
other
comprehensive
loss
     Retained
earnings
 
     (in millions)  

Share buy-back

   $ —        $            $ —        $        

Transfer of GPC Group’s defined benefit plan accumulated other comprehensive loss into retained earnings

     —          —          

Transfer of GPC Group’s cumulative currency translation adjustment into retained earnings

     —          —                            
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net adjustment

   $ —        $            $            $        

(d)    Income statement adjustments

These pro forma adjustments reflect the elimination of the external revenues and direct expenses of the GPC Group. These adjustments include certain costs incurred by us that are attributable to the revenue-producing activities of the discontinued operation and are not expected to continue to be incurred by us after the distribution date, including transaction costs incurred by us related to the GPC Separation. These adjustments do not reflect the allocation of any general corporate overhead costs to the GPC Group. These amounts include a portion of the historical related party management fee attributable to the GPC Group that will no longer be incurred by us after the GPC Group has been distributed to PFL. The income tax expense adjustment has been determined using the “with-and-without method.”

GPC transition services agreement

In connection with the GPC Separation, we entered into the GPC TSA pursuant to which we will, upon GPC’s request, provide certain services to GPC, including financial reporting and transaction support; tax, legal and compliance related services and other services for a period of up to 24 months. These services will be consistent with the services provided by us to GPC prior to the GPC Separation, and charges will be at forecasted cost or current cost plus a margin. No adjustment is reflected in our unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements in relation to services that may be provided under the GPC TSA, as such amounts will ultimately depend upon the actual assistance requested which is not factually supportable.

All other Pro Forma Adjustments

(e)    Cash and Cash Equivalents

In preparation for this offering, using a combination of cash on hand and cash received from the net proceeds of the New GPC Borrowings, we repaid $2,244 million of borrowings, as described in note (f).

In connection with this offering, we will use cash to settle related party payables with Rank and its subsidiaries. Furthermore, we will use the net proceeds from this offering to repay additional indebtedness, as described in “Use of Proceeds.”

 

85


The following table presents the pro forma adjustments to cash and cash equivalents:

 

     (In millions)  

Cash paid to repay borrowings in July 2020 and August 2020, as described in (f)

   $ (2,244

Cash paid to repay additional borrowings, as described in (f)

  

Cash paid to settle related party payables, as described in (g)

     (28

Cash received from the issuance of      shares at      per share, net of      issuance costs, as described in (i)

  

Cash paid for costs associated with issuance of shares, as described in (i)

  
  

 

 

 

Net adjustment to cash and cash equivalents

   $        
  

 

 

 

(f)    Repayment of Borrowings

These pro forma adjustments reflect the repayment of                    , including the impact on interest expense. The repayment reflects the combination of repayments that occurred in July 2020 and August 2020 and the further repayment of borrowings using the net proceeds from this offering. For further information, see “Use of Proceeds.”

The following table presents the pro forma adjustments to long-term debt:

 

     (In millions)  

Repayment and extinguishment of the Securitization Facility

   $ (380

Repayment and extinguishment of the Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes due 2021

     (749

Repayment and extinguishment of the European term loan under the Credit Agreement

     (265

Partial repayment of the U.S. term loan under the Credit Agreement

     (700

Partial repayment of the 7.000% Senior Notes due 2024

     (150
  

 

 

 

Total repayments in July 2020 and August 2020

     (2,244

Repayment of     

  

Write-off of unamortized deferred financing transaction costs associated with the borrowings repaid

  
  

 

 

 

Net adjustment to long-term debt, presented as the current portion of $     million and the non-current portion of $ million

   $        
  

 

 

 

The $     million adjustment to deferred financing transaction costs associated with borrowings repaid has been recognized in the unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet as a reduction to retained earnings. Refer to note (i) below.

The following table presents the pro forma adjustments to interest expense, net associated with the pro forma adjustments to long-term debt described above and the pro forma adjustment arising from the forgiveness of the noncurrent related party receivable described below at note (g).

 

     Six months
ended June 30,
2020
    Six months
ended June 30,
2019
    Year ended
December 31,
2019
 
     (In millions)  

Interest expense – Securitization Facility

   $ 6     $ 9     $ 16  

Interest expense – Credit Agreement

      

Interest expense – Notes

      

Amortization of deferred financing transaction costs

      

Interest income, related parties

     (6     (8     (15
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net adjustment to interest expense, net

   $           $           $        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

86


(g)    Operational Changes and Corporate Reorganization Adjustments

Removal of historical related party management fee

Our historical consolidated statements of income include a related party management fee. For further information refer to Note 18—Related Party Transactions of our annual consolidated financial statements and Note 17—Related Party Transactions of our interim condensed consolidated financial statements, each of which is included elsewhere in this prospectus. In connection with this offering, the related party management fee will cease to be incurred, and no fee will be paid in respect of the year ending December 31, 2020. The adjustments to the unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of income reflect a reduction in other expense, net of $5 million for each of the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019, and $10 million for the year ended December 31, 2019.

Settlement of certain related party payables and receivables

As part of the Corporate Reorganization, we will settle a portion of our related party payables and receivables, representing amounts outstanding with Rank and its subsidiaries. Trade related party payables and receivables with RCPI will remain outstanding and will be settled in the normal course of business. Pro forma adjustments have been recognized in the unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet to: (i) reduce related party payables and cash by $28 million and (ii) reduce related party payables and receivables by $11 million and $14 million, respectively, with a corresponding adjustment to reduce retained earnings by $3 million.

Forgiveness of the noncurrent related party receivable

As part of the Corporate Reorganization, we will forgive the $330 million outstanding balance of the noncurrent related party receivable. A pro forma adjustment has been recognized in the unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet to reduce the noncurrent related party receivable due from Rank with a corresponding reduction in retained earnings.

A pro forma adjustment has been recognized in the unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of income to remove related party interest income of $6 million and $8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively, and $15 million for the year ended December 31, 2019.

Rank transition services agreement

In connection with this offering, we will enter into the Rank TSA pursuant to which Rank will, upon our request, provide certain administrative and support services to us, including financial reporting, consulting and compliance services, insurance and IT handover services, tax consulting services, treasury, human resources, administrative, relationship support and compensation management services, M&A transaction support services and legal and corporate secretarial support, and related services for up to 24 months, to be charged at an agreed hourly rate plus any third party costs. We will also provide certain support services to Rank, including IT support, human resources, administrative support and office space to a small number of Rank’s North American employees, and legal support for a period of up to 24 months. These services will be consistent with the services provided by us to Rank prior to this offering and will be charged at an agreed hourly rate plus any third party costs. In addition, we will provide, at Rank’s request, certain historical tax and financial information to enable Rank to prepare certain of its tax and financial reports.

No adjustment is reflected in our unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements in relation to services that may be provided under the Rank TSA, as such amounts will ultimately depend upon the actual assistance requested which is not factually supportable.

Restricted stock unit awards—IPO Grants

Adjustments to the unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet and the unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of income have been made related to the granting of restricted stock units to certain of our employees at the closing of this offering. The IPO Grants are classified as an equity settled stock based payment arrangement and will vest on a pro rata basis over a three-year period commencing from the closing date of this offering.

 

87


The adjustments to the unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of income reflect an increase in selling, general and administrative expenses of less than $1 million in the six months ended June 30, 2020, $1 million in the sixth months ended June 30, 2019, and $2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019.

An adjustment of $1 million has been recognized in the unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2020 to increase additional paid in capital and reduce retained earnings to recognize a pro rata portion of the compensation expense based on service performed as of the date of this offering.

Cash transaction bonus

In connection with this offering, certain members of our management will be entitled to a one-time cash settled transaction bonus. Entitlement to the bonus is contingent upon the individual’s ongoing employment at the time of payment. The aggregate $10 million bonus will be paid in two installments, 50% will be paid 30 days after the closing of this offering and 50% will be paid six months after the closing of this offering. The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet includes an adjustment of $8 million to accrued and other current liabilities to recognize a pro rata portion of this liability based on service performed as of the date of this offering, with a corresponding reduction to retained earnings.

(h)    Resulting Tax Effects

Adjustments to the unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of income have been made to reflect the income tax expense for the items described in (e) through (g) above, calculated at the U.S. federal statutory rate of 21% and the blended state rate of 4%.

We have recognized in our historical consolidated financial statements a partial valuation allowance against the deferred tax asset for deferred interest deductions which have been carried forward. For further details, refer to Note 16—Income Taxes in our annual consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The pro forma balance sheet as of June 30, 2020 does not reflect any re-assessment of the valuation allowance in relation to deferred interest deductions as a result of the pro forma adjustments to interest expense, changes in taxable income arising from the CARES Act or the GPC Separation, or any of the other pro forma adjustments. It is possible that adjustments to the valuation allowance will be required once we have completed our evaluation of the impacts from the matters noted above and those adjustments could be material.

(i)    Changes in Equity

The proceeds from this offering reflect the issuance of                    shares at $         per share (being the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), net of $         million of transaction costs, of which $2 million was incurred prior to June 30, 2020 and is included in other current assets in the historical consolidated balance sheet.

The following table presents the adjustments to our equity after giving effect to the Corporate Reorganization, the offering and the associated use of proceeds.

 

     Common
stock
     Additional
paid in
capital
     Accumulated
other
comprehensive
loss
     Retained
earnings
 
     (in millions)  

Net proceeds from this offering

   $            $            $ —        $ —    

Write-off of unamortized deferred financing transaction costs, as described in (f)

     —          —          —       

Write-off of certain related party receivables, net, as described in (g)

     —          —          —          (3

Forgiveness of non-current related party receivable, as described in (g)

     —          —          —          (330

Cash transaction bonus, as described in (g)

     —          —          —          (8

IPO Grants, as described in (g)

     —                    —          (1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net adjustment to total equity attributable to PTVE common stockholders

   $            $            $ —        $        
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

88


(j)    Pro Forma Earnings Per Share

Pro forma earnings per share has been calculated based on the number of shares assumed to be outstanding, assuming such shares were outstanding for the full periods presented. The following table sets forth the computation of unaudited pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share:

 

     Six months ended
June 30, 2020
     Six months ended
June 30, 2019
     Year ended
December 31, 2019
 
     (in millions, except for share and per share data)  

Pro forma net income from continuing operations

   $            $            $            

Pro forma weighted average shares of common stock outstanding, following the GPC Separation and Corporate Reorganization—basic

        

Pro forma adjustment to reflect the assumed issuance of common stock in this offering

        

Pro forma adjustment for the weighted average number of vested shares associated with the IPO Grants—basic

        
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding used in computing pro forma net income from continuing operations per share—basic

        

Pro forma adjustment for the weighted average number of shares outstanding associated with the IPO Grants—diluted

        
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding used in computing pro forma net income from continuing operations per share—diluted

        
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro forma net income from continuing operations per share—basic

   $        $        $    

Pro forma net income from continuing operations per share—diluted

        

 

89


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto and the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data and notes thereto, each included elsewhere in this prospectus, as well as the information presented under “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data” and “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data.” This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are subject to risk, uncertainties and other factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed elsewhere in this prospectus. See in particular “Special Note Regarding Forward–Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors.”

Overview

We are a leading manufacturer and distributor of fresh foodservice and food merchandising products and fresh beverage cartons in North America. We produce a broad range of products that protect, package and display fresh food and beverages for consumers who want to eat or drink fresh, prepared or ready-to-eat food and beverages conveniently and with confidence. We supply our products to a broad and diversified mix of companies, including FSRs and QSRs, foodservice distributors, supermarkets, grocery and healthy eating retailers, other food stores, food and beverage producers and food processors. We operate primarily in North America, with 86% of our pro forma net revenues in fiscal year 2019 coming from the United States and 8% of our pro forma net revenues in fiscal year 2019 coming from Canada and Mexico, combined.

Prior to the GPC Separation, the GPC Group, a designer and manufacturer of value-added, custom blow-molded plastic containers for branded consumer products, also operated as one of our reportable segments. Following the GPC Separation, which will occur prior to the closing of this offering, the GPC Group will qualify as a discontinued operation and will no longer be a consolidated business of the Group. Although the GPC Group will no longer operate as one of our reportable segments, it is included as a reportable segment in our historical consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, and we have included a summary of its operations in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations to facilitate an understanding of our historical financial information. For supplemental information regarding our consolidated financial performance on a pro forma basis as if the GPC Group had been presented as a discontinued operation for all periods presented see “—Results of Operations—Supplemental Disclosure.”

Following the GPC Separation, which will occur prior to the closing of this offering, our operations will consist of manufacturing and selling products through three reportable segments organized across three broad categories:

 

   

Foodservice. Our Foodservice segment manufactures a broad range of products that enable consumers to eat and drink what they want, where they want and when they want with convenience. Products include food containers, hot and cold cups, lids, dinnerware and other products which make eating on-the-go more enjoyable and easy to do. Foodservice’s customer base includes chain restaurants, FSRs, established and emerging QSRs, distributors, institutional foodservice (e.g. airports, schools and hospitals) and convenience stores.

 

   

Food Merchandising. Our Food Merchandising segment manufactures products that protect and attractively display food while preserving freshness. Products include clear rigid-display containers, containers for prepared and ready-to-eat food, trays for meat and poultry and molded fiber cartons. Food Merchandising’s customers include supermarkets, grocery and healthy eating retailers and other food stores as well as meat, egg, agricultural and CPG processors.

 

   

Beverage Merchandising. Our Beverage Merchandising segment manufactures cartons for fresh refrigerated beverage products, primarily serving dairy (including plant-based, organic and specialties), juice and other specialty beverage end-markets. Products include integrated fresh carton systems, which include printed cartons with high-impact graphics, spouts and filling machines. Beverage Merchandising

 

90


 

also produces fiber-based LPB for its internal requirements and to sell to other fresh beverage carton manufacturers, as well as a range of paper-based products which it sells to paper and packaging converters. Beverage Merchandising’s customers include dairy, juice and specialty beverage producers, cup, plate and container manufacturers, and other beverage carton manufacturers.

Trends and Factors Impacting Our Performance

We believe that our performance and future success depend on a number of factors that present significant opportunities for us but also pose risks and challenges, including those discussed below and in the section of this prospectus titled “Risk Factors.”

Changes in Consumer Demand

Our sales are driven by consumer buying habits in the markets that our customers serve and by the volume of sales made from our customers to consumers. Consequently, we are exposed to changes in consumer demand patterns and customer requirements in numerous industries. Changes in consumer preferences for products in the industries that we serve or the packaging formats in which such products are delivered, whether as a result of changes in cost, convenience or health, environmental and social concerns and perceptions, may result in a decline in the demand for certain of our products. For example, certain of our products are used for dairy and fresh juice, and as sales of those beverages have generally declined over recent years, we have had to find new markets for these products. On the other hand, changing preferences for products and packaging formats may also result in increased demand for other products we manufacture. For instance, the growth in consumer preference for organic meat, poultry and free-range eggs outpaces the growth in consumer preference for conventional meat, poultry and standard eggs. Organic meat, poultry and eggs are often packaged in PET or molded fiber, which may drive a shift from polystyrene foam packaging for these products toward higher value PET and molded fiber substrates.

Enhancements in Automation to Control Fluctuations in Labor Costs and Availability

As labor costs rise and as the availability of labor fluctuates, we have focused on increasing automation to reduce our reliance on labor. Since 2017, we have experienced declines in our net income (loss) from continuing operations and Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations due to a number of what we believe to be temporary factors that include increased labor costs due to labor shortages in 2018. The conditions that drove the increased labor costs have subsided. Nonetheless, to address the labor shortages and to decrease total labor costs, we have implemented automation programs. We commenced a systematic automation program in 2017 to lower labor costs, eliminate repetitive tasks and increase efficiency, which we expect to complete by the end of 2020. Our automation strategy includes implementing end of production line automation and palletizing, introducing automated vehicles, changing work flow and work cells to streamline processes and integrating COBOTs with our employees. Although we have automated a portion of our operations, we are committed to further investments in automation, including recent initiatives focused on the automation of repetitive manual tasks to increase operating efficiency and consistency, while protecting ourselves from fluctuations in the cost and availability of labor.

Sustainability

Interest in environmental sustainability has increased over the past decade, and we expect that sustainability will play an increasing role in customer and consumer purchasing decisions. There have been recent concerns about the environmental impact of single-use products and products made from plastic, particularly polystyrene foam. Governmental authorities in the United States and abroad continue to implement legislation aimed at reducing the amount of plastic and other wastes incapable of being recycled or composted. Such legislation, as well as voluntary initiatives similarly aimed at reducing the level of single-use packaging waste, could reduce demand for certain of our products. In addition state and local bans on polystyrene foam foodservice packaging may drive a shift to the use of higher value substrates, such as paper, molded fiber, PP and PET.

 

91


Some consumer products companies, including some of our customers, have responded to these governmental initiatives and to perceived environmental or sustainability concerns of consumers by using only recyclable or compostable containers. As our customers may shift towards purchasing more sustainable products, we have focused much of our innovation efforts around sustainability. Across our business, we believe we are well positioned to benefit from growth in fiber-based, recycled, recyclable and compostable packaging. For instance, in Foodservice, we continue to develop and introduce new products under the EarthChoice brand. In Food Merchandising, we are the largest producer of molded fiber egg cartons in the United States and believe we are positioned to benefit from shifts toward fiber and away from foam polystyrene. Our Food Merchandising segment continues to produce new sustainable product innovations, such as our recycled PET meat and poultry trays and egg cartons. In Beverage Merchandising, we continue to develop new fiber-based beverage cartons.

We intend to continue sustainability innovation to ensure that we are at the leading edge of recyclability, renewability and compostability in order to offer our customers environmentally sustainable choices. For fiscal year 2019, approximately 65% of our pro forma net revenues were derived from products made with recycled, recyclable or renewable materials, and our goal is 100% by 2030.

We expect to incur additional capital expenditures and research and development costs as a result of developing these products and/or increasing manufacturing of existing sustainable products.

Food Safety

Food safety remains a top concern among our customers and consumers, and packaging plays a critical role in keeping food safe. Within food processing and retail, consumers increasingly value enhanced packaging features such as tamper-evident containers to ensure freshness and food safety. Within foodservice, providers value tamper-evident packaging due to increased customer concerns around food quality and safety. In addition, the growth of food delivery is creating a greater need for tamper-evident seals and packaging formats to ensure consumer safety. We expect that the desire for safe packaging will play an increasing role in customer purchasing decisions and create significant new product opportunities for us.

Raw Materials and Energy Prices

Our results of operations, and the gross profits corresponding to each of our segments, are impacted by changes in the costs of our raw materials and energy prices. The primary raw materials used to manufacture our products are plastic resins, fiber (principally raw wood and wood chips) and paperboard (principally cartonboard and cupstock). We also use commodity chemicals, steel and energy, including fuel oil, electricity, natural gas and coal, to manufacture our products.

The cost of our raw materials can also be affected by tariffs, trade sanctions and similar matters that affect international commerce. For instance, the U.S. government has announced tariffs on various materials, including certain types of resins. In response to these actions, other governments have proposed or imposed tariffs on U.S. goods. The impact of these actions, and possible future actions, on our business remains uncertain. At this time, we do not believe that these matters as they currently exist will have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations, but this has been a rapidly changing area and the full effect of these actions may not be known for some time.

 

92


Historical index prices of resin from June 2018 through June 2020 are shown in the chart below. This chart presents index prices and does not represent the prices at which we purchase resin.

 

* In Q1 2020, there was a non-market index price reduction due to a change in the methodology of IHS Inc.

Resin prices have historically fluctuated with changes in the prices of crude oil and natural gas, as well as changes in refining capacity and the demand for other petroleum-based products.

The prices of raw wood and wood chips may fluctuate due to external conditions such as weather, product scarcity and commodity market fluctuations and changes in governmental policies and regulations.

Purchases of most of our raw materials are based on negotiated rates with suppliers, which are tied to published indices. Typically, we do not enter into long-term purchase contracts that provide for fixed quantities or prices for our principal raw materials. For Beverage Merchandising, most raw materials and other input costs are purchased on the spot market.

Changes in raw material prices impact our results of operations. Revenue is directly impacted by changes in raw material costs as a result of raw material cost pass-through mechanisms in many of the customer pricing agreements entered into by our segments. Generally, the contractual price adjustments do not occur simultaneously with commodity price fluctuations, but rather on a mutually agreed upon schedule. Due to differences in timing between purchases of raw materials and sales to customers, there is often a lead-lag effect, during which margins are negatively impacted in the short term when raw material costs increase and positively impacted in the short term when raw material costs decrease. Historically, the average lag time in implementing raw material cost pass-through mechanisms has been approximately three months.

We use price increases, where possible, to mitigate the effects of raw material cost increases for customers that are not subject to raw material cost pass-through agreements.

The prices for some of our raw materials, particularly resins, and the prices that we pay to purchase aluminum products have fluctuated significantly in recent years. Prices for raw wood and wood chips have fluctuated less than the prices of resins. Raw wood and wood chips are typically purchased from sources close to our mills and, as a result, prices are established locally based on factors such as local competitive conditions and weather conditions. Management expects continued volatility in raw material prices and such volatility may impact our results of operations.

 

93


Our segments are also sensitive to energy-related cost movements, particularly those that affect transportation and utility costs. In particular, our Beverage Merchandising segment is susceptible to price fluctuations in natural gas, as this segment incurs significant natural gas costs to convert raw wood and wood chips to paper products and liquid packaging board. Historically, we have been able to mitigate the effect of higher energy-related costs with productivity improvements and other cost reductions. Furthermore, energy costs (excluding transportation costs) are generally included in Beverage Merchandising’s indexed customer contracts.

We use various strategies to manage cost exposures on certain raw material purchases with the objective of obtaining more predictable costs for these commodities. From time to time we enter into hedging agreements for some of our raw materials and energy sources to minimize the impact of price fluctuations. We generally enter into commodity financial instruments or derivatives to hedge commodity prices primarily related to resin, diesel and natural gas. Although we continue to take steps to minimize the impact of the volatility of raw material prices through commodity hedging, fixed supplier pricing, reducing the lag time in contractual raw material cost pass-through mechanisms and entering into additional indexed customer contracts that include raw material cost pass-through provisions, these efforts may prove to be inadequate.

Competitive Environment

The markets in which we sell our products historically have been, and continue to be, highly competitive. Areas of competition include service, innovation, quality and price. While we have long-term relationships with many of our customers, the underlying contracts may be re-bid or renegotiated from time to time, and we may not be successful in renewing on favorable terms or at all, as pricing and other competitive pressures may occasionally result in the loss of a customer relationship. The loss of business from our larger customers, or the renewal of business on less favorable terms, may have a significant impact on our operating results.

Commitment to Cost Reduction

In light of continuing margin pressure throughout the packaging industry, we have programs in place that are designed to reduce costs, improve productivity and increase profitability. We intend to reduce our operational costs by implementing a series of cost reduction programs as part of our SPMO initiatives. Our SPMO initiatives include increasing productivity through automation, improving operations through a number of digital initiatives and integrating our supply chain. We have targeted up to approximately $32 million of total annual cost savings from this program.

Seasonality

Our business does not experience high seasonality due to the complementary nature of the seasonal effects on our segments, though portions of our business are moderately seasonal. Our Foodservice and Food Merchandising operations peak during the summer and fall months in North America when the favorable weather, harvest and holiday season lead to increased consumption, resulting in greater levels of sales in the second and third quarters. Beverage Merchandising’s customers are principally engaged in providing products that are generally less sensitive to seasonal effects, although Beverage Merchandising does experience some seasonality as a result of increased consumption of milk by school children during the North American academic year, resulting in a greater level of carton product sales in the first and fourth quarters.

Impact of COVID-19

On March 11, 2020, the COVID-19 outbreak was declared a pandemic by the World Health Organization, which recommended containment and mitigation measures worldwide. Our operations, sales, and, to a lesser extent, our supply chain have been impacted by the pandemic, and we expect that impact to continue.

 

94


Although many jurisdictions implemented, for various periods of time, stay-at-home, closures or similar measures designed to limit the spread of COVID-19, resulting in the temporary closing of many businesses, these orders include exemptions for “essential businesses.” All of our operations fall within those exemptions and have remained open. Some of our facilities, however, operate in communities that have had high incident rates of COVID-19, resulting in many persons out sick or in quarantine, which has impacted production at some plants. We have implemented several policies designed to protect our employees and our customers including screening employees for all symptoms of COVID-19 (including increased temperature checking), ensuring social distancing is observed, providing physical barriers and personal protective equipment where employees work closely together, tracking and tracing of COVID-19 positive employees to identify close contacts and locations frequented, engagement of third-party vendors to deep-clean and sanitize facilities and enhancing pay and leave policies to ensure employees experiencing symptoms of COVID-19 stay at home. While certain of these measures taken have increased our costs, we remain committed to adapting our policies and procedures to ensure the safety of our employees and compliance with federal, state and local regulations while the pandemic continues.

We have taken actions to reduce non-essential spending, including the furlough of certain of our employees, reducing working capital in areas affected by lower sales and reducing non-essential capital spending. We estimate that we will realize approximately $12 million in annual savings from plant fixed cost reductions, $20 million in annual savings from selling, general and administrative expense reduction and $19 million in annual savings from other cost reduction initiatives. Additionally, we plan to invest approximately $9 million in high-return capital investments to rebalance our manufacturing operations and shift focus towards products with increased demand due to the COVID-19 pandemic.

The COVID-19 pandemic had a significant impact on our results of operations in the second quarter of 2020, particularly in our Foodservice segment, with lesser impacts in our Food Merchandising, Beverage Merchandising and Graham Packaging segments. Our Foodservice segment has experienced a significant decline in net revenue due to the closure or reduced activity of restaurants. Our Foodservice customers have begun adapting to COVID-19 restrictions and changes in consumer behavior by offering more take-out and online ordering options. Consistent with the easing of restrictions, towards the latter part of the second quarter of 2020 we experienced an increase in volumes and net revenues in our Foodservice segment. Our Food Merchandising segment has experienced a strong market demand for many of our products such as meat trays as people continue to eat more at home, while there has been a decline in demand for other products, such as bakery and snack containers typically used in many of the group gatherings that were either canceled or scaled back during the second quarter. Within our Beverage Merchandising segment, sales of fresh beverage cartons have remained relatively constant with declines in sales of school milk cartons being offset by higher demand in the retail segment, while sales in the paper markets have declined due to a decrease in demand of printed publications and advertising. Our Graham Packaging segment has experienced a minimal net positive impact with an increase in demand for containers used for food, beverages and disinfectants offset by a decrease in demand for containers used in automotive markets as a result of people driving less.

While our results of operations are starting to recover from the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, we expect that the COVID-19 pandemic will continue to negatively impact our results of operations in future periods as the macroeconomic environment changes and consumer behavior continues to evolve. Based on data currently available, we expect the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business to be less significant in the third quarter of 2020 as compared to its impact in the prior quarter. However, the general effects of the COVID-19 pandemic continue to change and remain unpredictable. We make no assurances as to the future results of our business.

In facilities that manufacture, warehouse and distribute products with softening demand, we have taken measures to reduce spending and production accordingly. To date, we have not experienced significant issues within our supply chain, including the sourcing of materials and logistics service providers. However, this may change the longer the pandemic continues.

 

95


We believe the increased demand for certain of our products results from more people eating at home and increased cleaning due to the pandemic. We cannot predict if, or for how long, such increased demand will continue. For those products with decreased demand, we do not expect to recover the sales lost during the pandemic, and certain industries we serve, primarily the restaurant industry, are experiencing severe impacts and may not return to pre-pandemic strength for a significant period of time. The duration of the COVID-19 pandemic remains unknown, and its ongoing impact on our operations may not be consistent with our experiences to date.

In addition, we have experienced volatility in the net liability for our pension plans, with the value of plan assets and liabilities impacted by changes in financial markets in connection with the COVID-19 pandemic. See “Risk Factors—We face risks associated with certain pension obligations.”

On a pro forma basis, as of June 30, 2020, we had $         million of cash and cash equivalents on hand and $         million available for drawing under our revolving credit facility. Following our repayment of borrowings as part of the Corporate Reorganization, our next significant near term maturity of outstanding borrowings is the U.S. term loan under our Credit Agreement, which matures in February 2023. Our revolving credit facility, which is currently used for letters of credit, matures in August 2021. We do not currently anticipate that the COVID-19 pandemic will materially impact our liquidity over the next 12 months.

At this time, we are unable to predict with any certainty the nature, timing or magnitude of any changes in future sales and/or earnings attributable to the spread of COVID-19. See “Risk Factors.”

CARES Act

The CARES Act was enacted in March 2020. Retroactive provisions of the CARES Act entitle us to utilize additional deferred interest deductions, which lower our taxable income for the year ended December 31, 2019. The CARES Act also increases the allowable interest deductions for the year ending December 31, 2020. As a result of the CARES Act, we recognized a tax benefit in the six months ended June 30, 2020 of $90 million in respect of adjusting our taxable income for the year ended December 31, 2019. This estimate will be updated when our U.S. federal and state tax returns for the year ended December 31, 2019 are finalized and filed.

Post-Offering Public Company Expenses

As a public company, we will be implementing additional procedures and processes for the purpose of addressing the standards and requirements applicable to public companies. In particular, we expect our accounting, legal and personnel-related expenses and directors’ and officers’ insurance costs to increase as we establish more comprehensive compliance and governance functions, establish, maintain and review internal controls over financial reporting in accordance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and prepare and distribute periodic reports in accordance with SEC rules. Our financial statements following this offering will reflect the impact of these expenses.

In addition, in connection with this offering, we intend to establish the Incentive Plan for purposes of granting stock-based compensation awards to certain of our senior management, to our non-executive directors and to certain employees, to incentivize their performance and align their interests with ours. The maximum number of shares of common stock initially available for issuance under the Incentive Plan is expected to equal                shares, which includes                shares of common stock underlying restricted stock units expected to be issued pursuant to the IPO Grants. Upon the granting of stock-based compensation awards, and the vesting of such awards, we will recognize stock-based compensation expense. Accordingly, we expect to recognize a stock compensation charge of approximately $            million in the quarter in which this offering is consummated. Historically, we have not granted any stock-based compensation awards.

 

96


Items Affecting Comparability

Debt Obligations

As of June 30, 2020, we had $7,435 million of indebtedness ($10,630 million as of December 31, 2019), consisting of total indebtedness net of unamortized transaction costs and original issue discounts. This debt requires a portion of cash flow from operations to be used for the payment of principal and interest, exposes us to the risk of increased interest rates on our floating rate debt and may restrict our ability to obtain additional financing.

GPC Distribution

The GPC Group currently operates as one of our reportable segments. Following the GPC Separation, which will occur prior to the closing of this offering, the GPC Group will qualify as a discontinued operation and will no longer be a consolidated business of the Group. Although the GPC Group will no longer operate as one of our reportable segments, it is included as a reportable segment in our historical consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, and we have included a summary of its operations in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations to facilitate an understanding of our historical financial information.

Discontinued Operations

The operations of both RCPI and our former North American and Japanese closures business are presented as discontinued operations for all periods presented. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the assets and liabilities of RCPI are presented in assets held for sale or distribution and liabilities held for sale or distribution. As of December 31, 2018, the assets and liabilities of our former North American and Japanese closures operations are presented in assets held for sale or distribution and liabilities held for sale or distribution.

Although the GPC Group is included as a reportable segment in our historical financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, the results of the GPC Group for the periods prior to the GPC Separation will be presented as a discontinued operation in our historical financial statements beginning with the fiscal period that includes the completion of the GPC Separation. For supplemental summary unaudited pro forma information as if the GPC Group had not been included in our results from continuing operations for all periods presented, refer to “Results of Operations — Supplemental Disclosure.”

Elevated Past Capital Expenditures

In the last two years, our level of pro forma capital expenditures has been elevated due to our strategic and growth initiatives and certain extraordinary maintenance capital expenditures. In the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 we made $335 million of pro forma capital expenditures (consisting of $119 million of productivity capital expenditures, $69 million of growth capital expenditures and $147 million of maintenance capital expenditures) and $301 million of pro forma capital expenditures (consisting of $112 million of productivity capital expenditures, $98 million of growth capital expenditures and $91 million of maintenance capital expenditures), respectively. We estimate that our normalized annual capital expenditures for our business in its current state, once the strategic investment program has concluded, is approximately $230 million. Certain of our strategic and growth initiatives are likely to continue through our fiscal year 2020 and into 2021. After these initiatives are completed, we expect our capital expenditures to return to a more normalized level, with approximately 50% being targeted for maintenance spending.

 

97


Components of the Consolidated Statements of Income

Net Revenues

Our revenues are derived primarily from the sale of our products to third parties, net of any sales incentives. Sales incentives include volume rebates and early payment discounts. Revenue is recognized when control over products transfers to our customers, which generally occurs upon delivery or shipment of the products.

Cost of Sales

Cost of sales consists primarily of the cost of materials, packaging, labor and overhead associated with our manufacturing operations. Also included within cost of sales are the freight and logistics-related costs of delivering our products to our customers.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of general and administrative costs associated with all of our non-manufacturing personnel. The general and administrative costs include wages, benefits, travel expenses, legal fees, research and development costs and any professional fees or consulting services.

Goodwill Impairment Charges

Goodwill impairment charges consist of non-cash charges for the amount by which the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds fair value.

Restructuring, Asset Impairment and Other Related Charges

Impairment charges consist of non-cash charges associated with the write-down of long-lived assets, including indefinite life intangible assets other than goodwill, and disposal groups to their estimated recoverable amount. Restructuring and other related costs consist of charges associated with initiatives to achieve cost savings in areas such as rationalizing manufacturing operations and eliminating duplicative administrative functions. These costs include employee termination costs and facility exit costs.

Other Income (Expense), Net

Other income (expense), net includes foreign exchange gains or losses on cash, losses on the sale of businesses which do not represent discontinued operations and a historical related party management fee. Following the closing of this offering, we will no longer be charged the related party management fee.

Non-Operating (Expense) Income, Net

Non-operating (expense) income, net includes the non-service cost component of net periodic defined benefit pension plans and other postretirement benefit plans.

Interest Expense, Net

Interest expense, net consists primarily of interest on external debt, losses on extinguishment of debt and the changes in foreign currency exchange on intercompany borrowings, net of external and related party interest income.

Income Tax (Expense) Benefit

Income tax (expense) benefit consists of an estimate of federal, state and foreign income taxes based on enacted tax rates, as adjusted for allowable credits, deductions and uncertain tax positions.

 

98


Income From Discontinued Operations, Net of Income Taxes

Income from discontinued operations consists of the operating income of our former North American and Japanese closures operations which we sold in December 2019, and the loss on the disposal, and the operating income of RCPI which we distributed to our shareholder in February 2020.

How We Assess the Performance of Our Business

In addition to financial measures determined in accordance with GAAP, we make use of the non-GAAP financial measure Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations in evaluating our consolidated past results and our consolidated future prospects.

Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations

Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations is defined as net income from continuing operations calculated in accordance with GAAP, plus the sum of income tax expense, net interest expense, depreciation and amortization and further adjusted to exclude certain items of a significant or unusual nature, including but not limited to foreign exchange gains or losses on cash, related party management fees, unrealized gains or losses on derivatives, gains or losses on the sale of businesses and non-current assets, restructuring, asset impairment and other related charges, operational process engineering-related consultancy costs, non-cash pension income or expense and strategic review and transaction-related costs.

We present Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations because it is a key measure used by our management team to evaluate our operating performance, generate future operating plans and make strategic decisions. Accordingly, we believe that Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management team and board of directors. In addition, our chief operating decision maker uses Adjusted EBITDA of each reportable segment to evaluate the operating performance of such segments.

The following is a reconciliation of our net income from continuing operations, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, to Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations for each of the periods indicated:

 

     Historical  
     Six months
ended
June 30,
    Year ended
December 31,
 
     2020     2019     2019     2018     2017  
     (In millions)  

Net income (loss) from continuing operations—GAAP

   $ 93   $ (24   $ (168   $ (31   $ 339  

Income tax (benefit) expense

     (59 )     14       54       (16     (218

Interest expense, net

     187       228       432       412       484  

Depreciation and amortization

     259       253       516       523       534  

Goodwill impairment charges(1)

     —       —       16       138       —  

Restructuring, asset impairment and other related charges(2)

     13       24       96       53       101  

Loss on sale of businesses and non-current assets(3)

     1       6       21       31       22  

Non-cash pension (income) expense (4)

     (37     (2     6       (51     1  

Operational process engineering-related consultancy costs(5)

     9       13       27       14       12  

Related party management fee(6)

     8       8       16       16       17  

Strategic review and transaction-related costs(7)

     19       1       7       —         —    

Unrealized (gains) losses on derivatives(8)

     (2     (7     (4     8       3  

Foreign exchange (gains) losses on cash(9)

     (28     —       8       (11     3  

Other

     —       4       11       5       (4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations (Non-GAAP)

   $ 463     $ 518     $ 1,038     $ 1,091     $ 1,294  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Reflects goodwill impairment charges in respect of our closures operations in 2019, including dis-synergies associated with the sale of the North American and Japanese closures businesses in December 2019, and an

 

99


 

impairment charge in 2018 in respect of the GPC Group. We will complete the GPC Separation prior to the closing of this offering. For further information, refer to Note 4—Impairment, Restructuring and Other Related Charges in our annual consolidated financial statements and Note 4—Impairment, Restructuring and Other Related Charges in our interim condensed consolidated financial statements, each of which is included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(2)

Reflects asset impairment, restructuring and other related charges associated with the remaining closures businesses that are not reported within discontinued operations and the ongoing rationalization of the manufacturing footprint in the GPC Group. For further information, refer to Note 4—Impairment, Restructuring and Other Related Charges in our annual consolidated financial statements and Note 4—Impairment, Restructuring and Other Related Charges in our interim condensed consolidated financial statements, each of which is included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(3)

Reflects the loss from the sale of businesses and non-current assets, primarily in our Other segment. For further information, refer to Note 13—Other Expense, Net in our annual consolidated financial statements and Note 12—Other Income (Expense), Net in our interim condensed consolidated financial statements, each of which is included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(4)

Reflects the non-cash pension (income) expense related to our RGPP benefit plan. For further information, refer to Note 12—Employee Benefits in our annual consolidated financial statements and Note 11—Employee Benefits in our interim condensed consolidated financial statements, each of which is included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(5)

Reflects the costs incurred to evaluate and improve the efficiencies of our manufacturing and distribution operations.

(6)

Reflects the related party management fee charged by Rank to us. For further information, refer to Note 18—Related Party Transactions in our annual consolidated financial statements and Note 17—Related Party Transactions in our interim condensed consolidated financial statements, each of which is included elsewhere in this prospectus. Following the closing of this offering, we will no longer be charged the related party management fee.

(7)

Reflects costs incurred for strategic reviews of our businesses, as well as costs related to this offering that cannot be offset against the expected proceeds of this offering.

(8)

Reflects the mark-to-market movements in our commodity and foreign exchange derivatives. For further information, refer to Note 11—Financial Instruments in our annual consolidated financial statements and Note 10—Financial Instruments in our interim condensed consolidated financial statements, each of which is included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(9)

Reflects foreign exchange (gains) losses on cash, primarily arising on U.S. dollar amounts held in non-U.S. dollar functional currency entities.

Results of Operations

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Detailed comparisons of revenue and results are presented in the discussions of the operating segments, which follow our consolidated results discussion.

Reportable Segment Net Revenue and Adjusted EBITDA

 

(In millions)    Foodservice      Food
Merchandising
     Beverage
Merchandising
     Graham
Packaging
 

Net revenues

           

2019

   $ 2,160      $ 1,388      $ 1,606      $ 1,924  

2018

     2,137        1,419        1,603        2,087  

2017

     2,056        1,398        1,562        2,147  

Adjusted EBITDA

           

2019

   $ 336      $ 223      $ 196      $ 339  

2018

     318        231        231        350  

2017

     377        280        259        397  

 

100


Six Months Ended June 30, 2020 Compared with the Six Months Ended June 30, 2019

Total Group

 

     For the six months ended June 30,  
(In millions, except for %)    2020     % of
revenue
    2019     % of
revenue
    Change     % change  

Net revenues

   $ 3,259       100   $ 3,594       100   $ (335     (9 )% 

Cost of sales

     (2,755     (85 )%      (3,019     (84 )%      264       9
  

 

 

     

 

 

       

Gross profit

     504       15     575       16     (71     (12 )% 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     (330     (10 )%      (324     (9 )%      (6     (2 )% 

Restructuring, asset impairment and other related charges

     (13     —       (24     (1 )%      11       46

Other income (expense), net

     27       1     (7     —       34       NM (1) 
  

 

 

     

 

 

       

Operating income from continuing operations

     188       6     220       6     (32     (15 )% 

Non-operating income (expense), net

     33       1     (2     —       35       NM (1) 

Interest expense, net

     (187     (6 )%      (228     (6 )%      41       18
  

 

 

     

 

 

       

Income (loss) from continuing operations before tax

     34       1     (10     —       44       NM (1) 

Income tax benefit (expense)

     59       2     (14     —       73       NM (1) 
  

 

 

     

 

 

       

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

     93       3     (24     (1 )%      117       NM (1) 

Income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

     4       NM (1)      138       NM (1)      (134     (97 )% 
  

 

 

     

 

 

       

Net income

   $ 97       NM (1)    $ 114       NM (1)    $ (17     NM (1) 
  

 

 

     

 

 

       

Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations(2)

   $ 463       14   $ 518       14   $ (55     (11 )% 
  

 

 

     

 

 

       

 

(1)

Not meaningful.

(2)

Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations is a non-GAAP measure. See “—How We Assess the Performance of Our Business” for details, including a reconciliation between net income and Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations.

Components of Change in Reportable Segment Net Revenues for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2020 Compared with the Six Months Ended June 30, 2019

 

     Price/Mix     Volume     Dispositions     FX     Total  

Net Revenues

     (3 )%      (6 )%      —       —       (9 )% 

By reportable segment:

          

Foodservice

     (3 )%      (16 )%      —       —       (19 )% 

Food Merchandising

     4     (2 )%      —       (1 )%      1

Beverage Merchandising

     (2 )%      (3 )%      —       —       (5 )% 

Graham Packaging

     (6 )%      1     (1 )%      (1 )%      (7 )% 

Net Revenues. Net revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2020 decreased by $335 million, or 9%, to $3,259 million compared to the six months ended June 30, 2019. The decrease was primarily due to lower sales volume in our Foodservice, Beverage Merchandising and Food Merchandising segments, largely due to the unfavorable impact from the COVID-19 pandemic, as well as lower pricing in our Foodservice, Beverage Merchandising and Graham Packaging segments, mainly due to lower raw material costs passed through to customers.

 

101


Cost of Sales. Cost of sales for the six months ended June 30, 2020 decreased by $264 million, or 9%, to $2,755 million compared to the six months ended June 30, 2019. The decrease was primarily due to lower sales volume and lower raw material costs, partially offset by higher manufacturing costs.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2020 increased by $6 million, or 2%, to $330 million, compared to the six months ended June 30, 2019. The increase was primarily due to higher strategic review costs, partially offset by lower employee costs.

Restructuring, Asset Impairment and Other Related Charges. Restructuring, asset impairment and other related charges for the six months ended June 30, 2020 decreased by $11 million to $13 million compared to the six months ended June 30, 2019. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease of $15 million in asset impairment charges related to the Graham Packaging segment as a result of the manufacturing footprint rationalization initiatives during 2019, partially offset by an increase of $4 million in asset impairment charges related to the Food Merchandising segment. We will complete the GPC Separation prior to the closing of this offering. For additional information regarding impairment, restructuring and other related charges, refer to Note 4—Impairment, Restructuring and Other Related Charges of our interim condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Other Income (Expense), Net. Other income, net for the six months ended June 30, 2020 changed by $34 million to $27 million of income compared to $7 million of expense for the six months ended June 30, 2019. The change is primarily attributable to a favorable change of $28 million in foreign exchange gains, largely on U.S. dollar cash balances held by entities with a non-U.S. dollar functional currency, and a decrease in losses on sale of businesses and other non-current assets.

Non-operating Income (Expense), Net. Non-operating income, net for the six months ended June 30, 2020 changed by $35 million to $33 million of income, compared to $2 million of expense for the six months ended June 30, 2019. The change was primarily due to a decrease of $21 million in interest cost on benefit plans, largely as a result of a decrease in interest rates, and an increase of $14 million in the expected return on pension plan assets.

Interest Expense, Net. Interest expense, net for the six months ended June 30, 2020 decreased by $41 million, or 18%, to $187 million, compared to the six months ended June 30, 2019. The decrease was primarily due to a $24 million reduction in interest expense on our Credit Agreement and a $12 million reduction in interest expense on our notes. The lower interest expense on our Credit Agreement reflects a reduction in the underlying LIBO reference rate on the U.S. term loan, which was 0.18% as of June 30, 2020 compared to 2.40% as of June 30, 2019. The decrease in interest expense on our notes is attributable to the repayment of $345 million of the 6.875% notes in November 2019.

Income Tax (Expense) Benefit. We recognized an income tax benefit of $59 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020, on income from continuing operations before tax of $34 million, compared to tax expense of $14 million for the six months ended June 30, 2019, on a loss from continuing operations before tax of $10 million. The unusual effective tax rate during the six months ended June 30, 2020 was primarily attributable to the combination of the enactment of the CARES Act in March 2020 and the mix of book income and losses among the jurisdictions in which we operate. The unusual effective tax rate during the six months ended June 30, 2019 included the establishment of an additional valuation allowance, primarily in relation to the deductibility of interest expense, and the mix of income and losses among the various jurisdictions in which we operate.

Income from Discontinued Operations, Net of Income Taxes. Income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes for the six months ended June 30, 2020 decreased by $134 million, or 97%, to $4 million, compared to the six months ended June 30, 2019. The six months ended June 30, 2020 include approximately one month of operations for the Reynolds Consumer Products business whereas the prior period includes six months of operations of both Reynolds Consumer Products and the disposed closures businesses. The income

 

102


from discontinued operations in the six months ended June 30, 2020 also includes the finalization of the working capital adjustment on the sale of the closures businesses. For more information, refer to Note 3—Discontinued Operations of our interim condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Adjusted EBITDA from Continuing Operations. Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations for the six months ended June 30, 2020 decreased by $55 million, or 11%, to $463 million, compared to the six months ended June 30, 2019. The decrease was primarily due to lower sales volume due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, lower pricing mainly due to lower costs passed through to customers and higher manufacturing costs. These items were partially offset by favorable material costs, net of lower costs passed through to customers and lower logistics costs.

Segment Information

Foodservice

 

     For the six months ended June 30,  
(In millions, except for %)    2020     2019     Change     % change  

Total segment net revenues

   $ 878     $ 1,084     $ (206     (19 )% 

Segment Adjusted EBITDA

     89       173       (84     (49 )% 

Segment Adjusted EBITDA Margin

     10     16    

Total Segment Net Revenues. Foodservice total segment net revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2020 decreased by $206 million, or 19%, to $878 million compared to the six months ended June 30, 2019. The decrease was primarily due to lower sales volume due to market contraction from the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, as well as lower pricing primarily due to lower raw material costs passed through to customers.

Adjusted EBITDA. Foodservice Adjusted EBITDA for the six months ended June 30, 2020 decreased by $84 million, or 49%, to $89 million compared to the six months ended June 30, 2019. The decrease was primarily due to lower sales volume due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, higher manufacturing costs due to measures put in place to continue to operate during the pandemic and lower production, as well as an unfavorable impact from raw material hedges. These items were partially offset by lower logistics costs due to lower sales volume and favorable freight rates.

Food Merchandising

 

     For the six months ended June 30,  
(In millions, except for %)    2020     2019     Change      % change  

Total segment net revenues

   $ 692     $ 686     $ 6        1

Segment Adjusted EBITDA

     114       105       9        9

Segment Adjusted EBITDA Margin

     16     15     

Total Segment Net Revenues. Food Merchandising total segment net revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2020 increased by $6 million, or 1%, to $692 million compared to the six months ended June 30, 2019. The increase was primarily due to favorable pricing, partially offset by lower sales volume and an unfavorable currency impact. The lower sales volume was primarily driven by lower demand from certain large customers that had increased inventory levels due to accelerated purchases in the fourth quarter of 2019 and an unfavorable net impact from the COVID-19 pandemic.

Adjusted EBITDA. Food Merchandising Adjusted EBITDA for the six months ended June 30, 2020 increased $9 million, or 9%, to $114 million compared to the six months ended June 30, 2019. The increase was primarily due to favorable material costs, net of lower costs passed through to customers and higher pricing, partially offset by an unfavorable foreign currency impact and lower sales volume.

 

103


Beverage Merchandising

 

     For the six months ended June 30,  
(In millions, except for %)    2020     2019     Change     % change  

Total segment net revenues

   $ 745     $ 787     $ (42     (5 )% 

Segment Adjusted EBITDA

     87       97       (10     (10 )% 

Segment Adjusted EBITDA Margin

     12     12    

Total Segment Net Revenues. Beverage Merchandising total segment net revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2020 decreased by $42 million, or 5%, to $745 million compared to the six months ended June 30, 2019. The decrease was primarily due to lower sales volume and lower pricing due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.

Adjusted EBITDA. Beverage Merchandising Adjusted EBITDA for the six months ended June 30, 2020 decreased by $10 million, or 10%, to $87 million compared to the six months ended June 30, 2019. The decrease was primarily due to increased manufacturing costs due to production inefficiencies and mill production outage timing, as well as lower pricing and lower sales volume due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. These items were partially offset by lower raw material costs, driven by wood supply as markets have returned to historical normalized levels from prior year weather-related increases.

Graham Packaging

 

     For the six months ended June 30,  
(In millions, except for %)    2020     2019     Change     % change  

Total segment net revenues

   $ 940     $ 1,012     $ (72     (7 )% 

Segment Adjusted EBITDA

     187       173       14       8

Segment Adjusted EBITDA Margin

     20     17    

Total Segment Net Revenues. Graham Packaging total segment net revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2020 decreased by $72 million, or 7%, to $940 million compared to the six months ended June 30, 2019. The decrease was primarily due to lower pricing, mainly due to lower raw material costs passed through to customers, an unfavorable foreign currency impact and the impact of business divestitures.

Adjusted EBITDA. Graham Packaging Adjusted EBITDA for the six months ended June 30, 2020 increased $14 million, or 8%, to $187 million compared to the six months ended June 30, 2019. The increase was primarily due to lower raw material costs, net of lower raw material costs passed through to customers and lower manufacturing costs, partially offset by a decline in pricing due to contractual price movements.

 

104


Year Ended December 31, 2019 Compared with the Year Ended December 31, 2018

Total Group

 

     For the year ended December 31,  
(In millions, except for %)    2019     % of
revenue
    2018     % of
revenue
    Change     % change  

Net revenues

   $ 7,115       100   $ 7,395       100   $ (280     (4 )% 

Cost of sales

     (5,999     (84 )%      (6,282     (85 )%      283       5
  

 

 

     

 

 

       

Gross profit

     1,116       16     1,113       15     3       —  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     (639     (9 )%      (565     (8 )%      (74     (13 )% 

Goodwill impairment charges

     (16     —       (138     (2 )%      122       88

Restructuring, asset impairment and other related charges

     (96     (1 )%      (53     (1 )%      (43     (81 )% 

Other expense, net

     (34     —       (33     —       (1     (3 )% 
  

 

 

     

 

 

       

Operating income from continuing operations

     331       5     324       4     7       2

Non-operating (expense) income, net

     (13     —       41       1     (54     (132 )% 

Interest expense, net

     (432     (6 )%      (412     (6 )%      (20     (5 )% 
  

 

 

     

 

 

       

Loss from continuing operations before tax

     (114     (2 )%      (47     (1 )%      (67     (143 )% 

Income tax (expense) benefit

     (54     (1 )%      16       —       (70     NM (1) 
  

 

 

     

 

 

       

Net loss from continuing operations

     (168     (2 )%      (31     —       (137     NM (1) 

Income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

     258       NM (1)      312       NM (1)      (54     (17 )% 
  

 

 

     

 

 

       

Net income

   $ 90       NM (1)    $ 281       NM (1)    $ (191     (68 )% 
  

 

 

     

 

 

       

Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations(2)

   $ 1,038       15   $ 1,091       15   $ (53     (5 )% 
  

 

 

     

 

 

       

 

(1)

Not meaningful.

(2)

Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations is a non-GAAP measure. See “—How We Assess the Performance of Our Business” for details, including a reconciliation between net income from continuing operations and Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations.

Components of Change in Reportable Segment Net Revenues for the Year Ended December 31, 2019 Compared with the Year Ended December 31, 2018

 

     Price/Mix     Volume     Dispositions     FX     Total  

Net Revenues

     (1 )%      (2 )%      (1 )%      —       (4 )% 

By reportable segment:

          

Foodservice

     (2 )%      3     —       —       1

Food Merchandising

     1     (3 )%      —       —       (2 )% 

Beverage Merchandising

     3     (2 )%      —       (1 )%      —  

Graham Packaging

     (2 )%      (4 )%      (1 )%      (1 )%      (8 )% 

Net Revenues. Net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2019 decreased by $280 million, or 4%, to $7,115 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease was primarily due to lower sales volume primarily in Graham Packaging, Food Merchandising and Beverage Merchandising, the impact of divestitures of non-core businesses, and lower pricing primarily due to lower raw material costs passed through to customers.

Cost of Sales. Cost of sales for the year ended December 31, 2019 decreased by $283 million, or 5%, to $5,999 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease was primarily due to lower raw material costs, lower sales volume and the impact of divestitures of non-core businesses, partially offset by higher manufacturing and logistics costs.

 

105


Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2019 increased by $74 million, or 13%, to $639 million, compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was primarily due to higher employee-related costs of $52 million and a $13 million increase in operational consultancy costs.

Goodwill Impairment Charges. Goodwill impairment charges for the year ended December 31, 2019 decreased by $122 million to $16 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The goodwill impairment charge during the year ended December 31, 2019 arose in relation to our remaining closures business. The goodwill impairment charge during the year ended December 31, 2018 arose in relation to the Graham Packaging segment. We will complete the GPC Separation prior to the closing of this offering.

Restructuring, Asset Impairment and Other Related Charges. Restructuring, asset impairment and other related charges for the year ended December 31, 2019 increased by $43 million to $96 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was primarily due to $33 million of higher asset impairment charges related to our remaining closures business and higher restructuring costs within the Graham Packaging segment. We will complete the GPC Separation prior to the closing of this offering. For additional information regarding impairment, restructuring and other related charges, refer to Note 4—Impairment, Restructuring and Other Related Charges of our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Other Expense, Net. Other expense, net for the year ended December 31, 2019 increased by $1 million to $34 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase is primarily attributable to a $19 million unfavorable change in foreign exchange rates on cash and a $6 million unfavorable change in the loss on the sale of investments, partially offset by a $10 million decline in loss on sale of businesses and other assets.

Non-operating (Expense) Income, Net. Non-operating expense, net for the year ended December 31, 2019 changed by $54 million to $13 million, compared to non-operating income, net of $41 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The change was primarily due to a decrease of $32 million in the expected return on pension plan assets, primarily as a result of a lower fair value of plan assets. In addition, plan settlements increased by $16 million.

Interest Expense, Net. Interest expense, net for the year ended December 31, 2019 increased by $20 million, or 5%, to $432 million, compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was primarily due to an unfavorable change of $23 million in the fair value of an interest rate swap derivative.

Income Tax (Expense) Benefit. We recognized income tax expense of $54 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, on a loss from continuing operations before tax of $114 million, compared to a tax benefit of $16 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, on a loss from continuing operations before tax of $47 million. The unusual effective tax rate during the year ended December 31, 2019 was primarily attributable to a $100 million increase in our valuation allowance and the mix of income and losses in the jurisdictions in which we operate, partially offset by a $57 million refund request in respect of amended tax returns in which we have claimed a foreign tax credit in lieu of a foreign tax deduction. The $100 million increase in our valuation allowance was primarily attributable to lower expected future taxable income as a result of the tax-free distribution of RCPI. The unusual effective tax rate during the year ended December 31, 2018 included the impact of non-deductible expenses, including a portion of the goodwill impairment charge. For further information, including a reconciliation of income tax expense, refer to Note 16—Income Taxes of our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Income from Discontinued Operations, Net of Income Taxes. Income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2019 decreased by $54 million, or 17%, to $258 million, compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The year ended December 31, 2019 included impairment charges of $40 million and a loss on disposal of $30 million on the sale of the closures operations in North America and Japan.

 

106


Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations. Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2019 decreased by $53 million, or 5%, to $1,038 million, compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease was driven by higher manufacturing and logistics costs, higher employee-related costs and lower sales volume, partially offset by favorable raw material costs, net of lower raw material costs passed through to customers.

Segment Information

Foodservice

 

     For the year ended December 31,  
(In millions, except for %)    2019     2018     Change      % change  

Total segment net revenues

   $ 2,160     $ 2,137     $ 23        1

Segment Adjusted EBITDA

     336       318       18        6

Segment Adjusted EBITDA Margin

     16     15     

Total Segment Net Revenues. Foodservice total segment net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2019 increased by $23 million, or 1%, to $2,160 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was primarily due to higher volume across all sales channels, except to foodservice distributors which declined slightly, partially offset by lower pricing primarily due to lower raw material costs passed through to customers.

Adjusted EBITDA. Foodservice Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2019 increased $18 million, or 6%, to $336 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was primarily due to favorable raw material costs, net of lower costs passed through to customers, higher sales volume and favorable manufacturing costs partially offset by increased employee-related expenses and higher logistics costs.

Food Merchandising

 

     For the year ended December 31,  
(In millions, except for %)    2019     2018     Change     % change  

Total segment net revenues

   $ 1,388     $ 1,419     $ (31     (2 )% 

Segment Adjusted EBITDA

     223       231       (8     (3 )% 

Segment Adjusted EBITDA Margin

     16     16    

Total Segment Net Revenues. Food Merchandising total segment net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2019 decreased by $31 million, or 2%, to $1,388 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease was primarily due to lower volume, primarily to retail distributors, partially offset by favorable pricing, net of the impact of product mix.

Adjusted EBITDA. Food Merchandising Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2019 decreased $8 million, or 3%, to $223 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease was primarily due to increased manufacturing costs and higher employee-related costs, partially offset by favorable raw material costs, net of lower costs passed through to customers.

Beverage Merchandising

 

     For the year ended December 31,  
(In millions, except for %)    2019     2018     Change     % change  

Total segment net revenues

   $ 1,606     $ 1,603     $ 3       —  

Segment Adjusted EBITDA

     196       231       (35     (15 )% 

Segment Adjusted EBITDA Margin

     12     14    

 

107


Total Segment Net Revenues. Beverage Merchandising total segment net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2019 increased by $3 million, to $1,606 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was primarily due to higher pricing in LPB and paper products, partially offset by lower sales volume.

Adjusted EBITDA. Beverage Merchandising Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2019 decreased $35 million, or 15%, to $196 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease was due to higher manufacturing costs from production inefficiencies, higher raw material costs and higher employee-related costs, partially offset by higher pricing to customers.

Graham Packaging

 

     For the year ended December 31,  
(In millions, except for %)    2019     2018     Change     % change  

Total segment net revenues

   $ 1,924     $ 2,087     $ (163     (8 )% 

Segment Adjusted EBITDA

     339       350       (11     (3 )% 

Segment Adjusted EBITDA Margin

     18     17    

Total Segment Net Revenues. Graham Packaging total segment net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2019 decreased by $163 million, or 8%, to $1,924 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease was primarily due to lower sales volume, lower pricing primarily due to lower costs passed through to customers, an unfavorable foreign currency impact and the impact of strategic business exits.

Adjusted EBITDA. Graham Packaging Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2019 decreased $11 million, or 3%, to $339 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease was primarily due to lower sales volume, pricing concessions on existing business and higher employee-related costs, partially offset by lower raw material costs, net of lower costs passed through to customers.

 

108


Year Ended December 31, 2018 Compared with the Year Ended December 31, 2017

Total Group

 

     For the year ended December 31,  
(In millions, except for %)    2018     % of
revenue
    2017     % of
revenue
    Change     % change  

Net revenues

   $ 7,395       100   $ 7,439       100   $ (44     (1 )% 

Cost of sales

     (6,282     (85 )%      (6,086     (82 )%      (196     (3 )% 
  

 

 

     

 

 

       

Gross profit

     1,113       15     1,353       18     (240     (18 )% 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     (565     (8 )%      (599     (8 )%      34       6

Goodwill impairment charges

     (138     (2 )%      —         —       (138     NM (1) 

Restructuring, asset impairment and other related charges

     (53     (1 )%      (101     (1 )%      48       48

Other expense, net

     (33     —       (38     (1 )%      5       13
  

 

 

     

 

 

       

Operating income from continuing operations

     324       4     615       8     (291     (47 )% 

Non-operating income (expense), net

     41       1     (10     —       51       NM (1) 

Interest expense, net

     (412     (6 )%      (484     (7 )%      72       15
  

 

 

     

 

 

       

(Loss) income from continuing operations before tax

     (47     (1 )%      121       2     (168     (139 )% 

Income tax benefit

     16       —       218       3     (202     (93 )% 
  

 

 

     

 

 

       

Net (loss) income from continuing operations

     (31     —       339       5     (370     (109 )% 

Income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

     312       NM (1)      257       NM (1)      55       21
  

 

 

     

 

 

       

Net income

   $ 281       NM (1)    $ 596       NM (1)    $ (315     (53 )% 
  

 

 

     

 

 

       

Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations(2)

   $ 1,091       15   $ 1,294       17   $ (203     (16 )% 
  

 

 

     

 

 

       

 

(1)

Not meaningful.

(2)

Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations is a non-GAAP measure. See “—How We Assess the Performance of Our Business” for details, including a reconciliation between net income from continuing operations and Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations.

Components of Change in Reportable Segment Net Revenues for the Year Ended December 31, 2018 Compared with the Year Ended December 31, 2017

 

     Price/Mix      Volume     Dispositions     FX     Total  

Net Revenues

     4      (2 )%      (3 )%      —       (1 )% 

By reportable segment:

           

Foodservice

     3      1     —       —       4

Food Merchandising

     3      (1 )%      —       —       2

Beverage Merchandising

     3      —       —       —       3

Graham Packaging

     4      (5 )%      (2 )%      —       (3 )% 

Net Revenues. Net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2018 decreased by $44 million, or 1%, to $7,395 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2017. The decrease was primarily due to the impact of divestitures of non-core businesses and lower sales volume primarily in Graham Packaging and Food Merchandising, mostly offset by higher pricing across all segments, largely as a result of the pass-through of higher raw material costs to customers.

 

109


Cost of Sales. Cost of sales for the year ended December 31, 2018 increased by $196 million, or 3%, to $6,282 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2017. The increase was primarily due to higher raw material, manufacturing and logistics costs. These increases were partially offset by the impact of divestitures of non-core businesses.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2018 decreased by $34 million, or 6%, to $565 million, compared to the year ended December 31, 2017. The decrease was primarily due to lower employee-related costs, lower depreciation and amortization expenses and lower expenses driven by business divestitures.

Goodwill Impairment Charges. Goodwill impairment charges for the year ended December 31, 2018 were $138 million, and arose in relation to the Graham Packaging segment. We will complete the GPC Separation prior to the closing of this offering. For additional information regarding the goodwill impairment charge, refer to Note 4—Impairment, Restructuring and Other Related Charges of our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Restructuring, Asset Impairment and Other Related Charges. Impairment, restructuring and other related charges for the year ended December 31, 2018 decreased by $48 million to $53 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2017. The decrease was primarily due to lower asset impairment charges of $46 million. During the year ended December 31, 2017, we incurred $72 million of asset impairment charges related to the exit of various operations that are not included our reportable segments. This decrease was partially offset by higher asset impairment charges during the year ended December 31, 2018 in relation to the Graham Packaging segment. We will complete the GPC Separation prior to the closing of this offering. For additional information regarding impairment, restructuring and other related charges, refer to Note 4—Impairment, Restructuring and Other Related Charges of our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Other Expense, Net. Other expense, net for the year ended December 31, 2018 decreased by $5 million, or 13%, to $33 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2017. The change is primarily attributable to a $14 million favorable change in foreign exchange rates on cash, partially offset by a $9 million increase in the loss on the disposal of businesses and other assets.

Non-operating (Expense) Income, Net. Non-operating expense, net for the year ended December 31, 2018 changed by $51 million to non-operating income of $41 million, compared to non-operating expense of $10 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. The change was primarily due to the combination of a $31 million decrease in defined benefit plan settlements and a $27 million decrease in the interest cost of our benefit plans.

Interest Expense, Net. Interest expense, net for the year ended December 31, 2018 decreased by $72 million, or 15%, to $412 million, compared to the year ended December 31, 2017. Coupon payments on our notes and debentures decreased by $34 million reflecting the reduction in outstanding principal, partially offset by an increase of $20 million in interest expense on our Credit Agreement as a result of changes in the underlying LIBOR benchmark interest rate. In addition, interest expense, net decreased due to a $40 million favorable change in foreign exchange rates and a decrease of $20 million in other items including a loss on extinguishment of debt in 2017.

Income Tax (Expense) Benefit. We recognized a tax benefit of $16 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, on a loss from continuing operations before tax of $47 million, compared to a tax benefit of $218 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, on income from continuing operations before tax of $121 million. The unusual effective tax rate during the year ended December 31, 2018 included the impact of non-deductible expenses, including a portion of the goodwill impairment charge. The unusual effective tax rate during the year ended December 31, 2017 was primarily attributable to the impact of the December 2017 changes in U.S. federal tax law. For further information, including a reconciliation of income tax expense, refer to Note 16—Income Taxes of our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

110


Income from Discontinued Operations, Net of Income Taxes. Income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2018 increased by $55 million, or 21%, to $312 million, compared to the year ended December 31, 2017. The increase was primarily attributable to the benefit of the lower U.S. federal tax rate of 21% during the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to 35% during the year ended December 31, 2017.

Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations. Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2018 decreased by $203 million, or 16%, to $1,091 million, compared to the year ended December 31, 2017. The decrease was driven by higher manufacturing and logistics costs, lower sales volume and higher raw material costs, net of additional costs passed through to customers, partially offset by lower employee-related expenses.

Segment Information

Foodservice

 

     For the year ended December 31,  
(In millions, except for %)    2018     2017     Change     % change  

Total segment net revenues

   $ 2,137     $ 2,056     $ 81      

Segment Adjusted EBITDA

     318       377       (59     (16)

Segment Adjusted EBITDA Margin

     15     18    

Total Segment Net Revenues. Foodservice total segment net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2018 increased by $81 million, or 4%, to $2,137 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2017. The increase was primarily due to higher pricing, largely as a result of the pass-through of raw material costs to customers, net of product mix impacts, as well as increased sales volume to QSR and FSR customers.

Adjusted EBITDA. Foodservice Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2018 decreased $59 million, or 16%, to $318 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2017. The decrease was primarily due to higher manufacturing costs driven by production inefficiencies primarily due to labor shortages, higher logistics costs and higher material costs, net of increased costs passed through to customers, partially offset by increased volume.

Food Merchandising

 

     For the year ended December 31,  
(In millions, except for %)    2018     2017     Change     %change  

Total segment net revenues

   $ 1,419     $ 1,398     $ 21      

Segment Adjusted EBITDA

     231       280       (49     (18)

Segment Adjusted EBITDA Margin

     16     20    

Total Segment Net Revenues. Food Merchandising total segment net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2018 increased by $21 million, or 2%, to $1,419 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2017. The increase was primarily due to higher pricing, largely as a result of the pass-through of input costs to customers, net of product mix impacts. This increase was partially offset by the impact of lower sales volume across most of our sales channels.

Adjusted EBITDA. Food Merchandising Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2018 decreased $49 million, or 18%, to $231 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2017. The decrease was primarily due to higher manufacturing costs due to labor shortages, higher logistics costs, lower sales volume and higher material costs, net of increased costs passed through to customers.

 

111


Beverage Merchandising

 

     For the year ended December 31,  
(In millions, except for %)    2018     2017     Change     % change  

Total segment net revenues

   $ 1,603     $ 1,562     $ 41      

Segment Adjusted EBITDA

     231       259       (28     (11)

Segment Adjusted EBITDA Margin

     14     17    

Total Segment Net Revenues. Beverage Merchandising total segment net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2018 increased by $41 million, or 3%, to $1,603 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was primarily due to higher pricing and favorable product mix, partially offset by lower sales volume.

Adjusted EBITDA. Beverage Merchandising Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2018 decreased $28 million, or 11%, to $231 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2017. The decrease was primarily due to higher manufacturing and logistics costs, partially offset by higher pricing and lower employee-related costs.

Graham Packaging

 

     For the year ended December 31,  
(In millions, except for %)    2018     2017     Change     %change  

Total segment net revenues

   $ 2,087     $ 2,147     $ (60     (3 )% 

Segment Adjusted EBITDA

     350       397       (47     (12 )% 

Segment Adjusted EBITDA Margin

     17     18    

Total Segment Net Revenues. Graham Packaging total segment net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2018 decreased by $60 million, or 3%, to $2,087 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2017. The decrease was primarily due to lower sales volume, strategic business exits and pricing concessions on existing business, partially offset by higher material costs passed through to customers.

Adjusted EBITDA. Graham Packaging Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2018 decreased $47 million, or 12%, to $350 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2017. The decrease was primarily due to lower sales volume, higher manufacturing and logistics costs, and pricing concessions on existing business, partially offset by lower employee-related costs.

Results of Operations – Supplemental Disclosure

The discussion of our results of operations above includes amounts that are attributable to the operations of Graham Packaging, one of our reportable segments. The GPC Separation, which will occur prior to the closing of this offering, will trigger the presentation of Graham Packaging as a discontinued operation in our future consolidated financial statements beginning with the period in which the distribution of the net assets and operations of the Graham Packaging business is made to PFL. The GPC Separation has not yet been reflected as a discontinued operation in our historical consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. Set forth below is a supplemental consolidated management’s discussion and analysis on our pro forma results of operations from continuing operations for the six months ended June 30, 2020 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2019, for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018, and for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to the year ended December 31, 2017, as if the GPC Separation had occurred on January 1, 2017. Refer to “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data” for further details regarding the pro forma adjustments associated with presenting our historical financial information as if the Graham Packaging business had not been included in our results from continuing

 

112


operations for all periods presented. This supplemental disclosure also includes reconciliations of our pro forma net income (loss) from continuing operations to our pro forma Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations. The following information may not be indicative of our actual results of operations had the GPC Separation occurred on January 1, 2017.

Six Months Ended June 30, 2020 Compared with the Six Months Ended June 30, 2019

Pro Forma Group after giving effect to the GPC Separation

 

     Pro Forma for the six months ended June 30,  
(In millions, except for %)    2020     % of
revenue
    2019     % of
revenue
    Change     % change  

Net revenues

   $ 2,319       100   $ 2,582       100   $ (263     (10 )% 

Cost of sales

     (1,971     (85 )%      (2,149     (83 )%      178       8
  

 

 

     

 

 

       

Gross profit

     348       15     433       17     (85     (20 )% 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     (246     (11 )%      (237     (9 )%      (9     (4 )% 

Restructuring, asset impairment and other related charges

     (4     —       (6     —       2       33

Other income (expense), net

     31       1     (9     —       40       NM (1) 
  

 

 

     

 

 

       

Operating income from continuing operations

     129       6     181       7     (52     (29 )% 

Non-operating income (expense), net

     33       1     (2     —       35       NM (1) 

Interest expense, net

     (188     (8 )%      (228     (9 )%      40       18
  

 

 

     

 

 

       

(Loss) income from continuing operations before tax

     (26     (1 )%      (49     (2 )%      23       47

Income tax (expense) benefit

            
  

 

 

     

 

 

       

Net loss from continuing operations

   $         $           $    
  

 

 

     

 

 

       

Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations(2)

   $ 272       12   $ 341       13   $ (69     (20 )% 
  

 

 

     

 

 

       

 

(1)

Not meaningful.

(2)

Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations is a non-GAAP measure. See “—Pro Forma Group after GPC Separation—Adjusted EBITDA from Continuing Operations” for details, including a reconciliation between net income (loss) from continuing operations and Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations.

Components of Change in Reportable Segment Net Revenues for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2020 Compared with the Six Months Ended June 30, 2019

 

     Price/Mix     Volume     Dispositions     FX     Total  

Net Revenues

     (1 )%      (9 )%      —       —       (10 )% 

By reportable segment:

          

Foodservice

     (3 )%      (16 )%      —       —       (19 )% 

Food Merchandising

     4     (2 )%      —       (1 )%      1

Beverage Merchandising

     (2 )%      (3 )%      —       —       (5 )% 

Net Revenues. Net revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2020 decreased by $263 million, or 10%, to $2,319 million compared to the six months ended June 30, 2019. The decrease was primarily due to lower sales volume in our Foodservice, Beverage Merchandising and Food Merchandising segments, largely due to the unfavorable impact from the COVID-19 pandemic, as well as lower pricing in our Foodservice and Beverage Merchandising segments, mainly due to lower raw material costs passed through to customers.

 

113


Cost of Sales. Cost of sales for the six months ended June 30, 2020 decreased by $178 million, or 8%, to $1,971 million compared to the six months ended June 30, 2019. The decrease was primarily due to lower sales volume and lower raw material costs, partially offset by higher manufacturing costs.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2020 increased by $9 million, or 4%, to $246 million compared to the six months ended June 30, 2019. The increase was primarily due to higher strategic review costs, partially offset by lower employee costs.

Restructuring, Asset Impairment and Other Related Charges. Restructuring, asset impairment and other related charges for the six months ended June 30, 2020 decreased by $2 million, or 33%, to $4 million compared to the six months ended June 30, 2019. The change reflects different initiatives across our segments. For additional information regarding impairment, restructuring and other related charges, refer to Note 4—Impairment, Restructuring and Other Related Charges of our interim condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Other Income (Expense), Net. Other income, net for the six months ended June 30, 2020 changed by $44 million to $35 million of income compared to $9 million of expense for the six months ended June 30, 2019. The change is primarily attributable to a favorable change of $28 million in foreign exchange gains, largely on U.S. dollar cash balances held by entities with a non-U.S. dollar functional currency, and a decrease in losses on sale of businesses and other non-current assets.

Non-operating Income (Expense), Net. Non-operating income, net for the six months ended June 30, 2020 changed by $35 million to $33 million of income, compared to $2 million of expense for the six months ended June 30, 2019. The change was primarily due to a decrease of $21 million in interest cost on benefit plans, largely as a result of a decrease in interest rates, and an increase of $14 million in the expected return on pension plan assets.

Interest Expense, Net. Interest expense, net for the six months ended June 30, 2020 decreased by $40 million, or 18%, to $188 million, compared to the six months ended June 30, 2019. The decrease was primarily due to a $24 million reduction in interest expense on our Credit Agreement and a $12 million reduction in interest expense on our notes. The lower interest expense on our Credit Agreement reflects a reduction in the underlying LIBO reference rate on the U.S. term loan, which was 0.18% as of June 30, 2020 compared to 2.40% as of June 30, 2019. The decrease in interest expense on our notes is attributable to the repayment of $345 million of the 6.875% notes in November 2019.

Income Tax (Expense) Benefit. We recognized an income tax benefit of $             million for the six months ended June 30, 2020, on a loss from continuing operations before tax of $26 million, compared to tax expense of $             million for the six months ended June 30, 2019, on a loss from continuing operations before tax of $49 million. The effective tax rate during the six months ended June 30, 2020 was primarily attributable to             . The effective tax rate during the six months ended June 30, 2019 was primarily attributable to             .

Adjusted EBITDA from Continuing Operations. Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations for the six months ended June 30, 2020 decreased by $69 million, or 20%, to $272 million compared to the six months ended June 30, 2019. The decrease was primarily due to lower sales volume due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, lower pricing mainly due to lower costs passed through to customers and higher manufacturing costs. These items were partially offset by favorable material costs, net of lower costs passed through to customers and lower logistics costs.

 

114


Year Ended December 31, 2019 Compared with the Year Ended December 31, 2018

Pro Forma Group after giving effect to the GPC Separation

 

    Pro Forma for the year ended December 31,  
(In millions, except for %)   2019     % of
revenue
    2018     % of
revenue
    Change     % change  

Net revenues

  $ 5,191       100   $ 5,308       100   $ (117     (2 )% 

Cost of sales

    (4,344     (84 )%      (4,464     (84 )%      120       3
 

 

 

     

 

 

       

Gross profit

    847       16     844       16     3       —  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    (466     (9 )%      (394     (7 )%      (72     (18 )% 

Goodwill impairment charges

    (16     —       —         —       (16     NM (1) 

Restructuring, asset impairment and other related charges

    (46     (1 )%      (18     —       (28     NM (1) 

Other expense, net

    (29     (1 )%      (15     —       (14     (93 )% 
 

 

 

     

 

 

       

Operating income from continuing operations

    290       6     417       8     (127     (30 )% 

Non-operating (expense) income, net

    (13     —       41       1     (54     NM (1) 

Interest expense, net

    (433     (8 )%      (414     (8 )%      (19     (5 )% 
 

 

 

     

 

 

       

(Loss) income from continuing operations before tax

    (156     (3 )%      44       1     (200     NM (1) 

Income tax (expense) benefit

           
 

 

 

     

 

 

       

Net loss from continuing operations

  $         $         $      
 

 

 

     

 

 

       

Adjusted EBITDA from Continuing Operations(2)

  $ 691       13   $ 737       14   $ (46     (6 )% 
 

 

 

     

 

 

       

 

(1)

Not meaningful.

(2)

Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations is a non-GAAP measure. See “—Pro Forma Group after GPC Separation—Adjusted EBITDA from Continuing Operations” for details, including a reconciliation between net income (loss) from continuing operations and Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations.

Components of Change in Reportable Segment Net Revenues for the Year Ended December 31, 2019 Compared with the Year Ended December 31, 2018

 

     Price/Mix     Volume     Dispositions     FX     Total  

Net Revenues

     —       (1 )%      (1 )%      —       (2 )% 

By reportable segment:

          

Foodservice

     (2 )%      3     —       —       1

Food Merchandising

     1     (3 )%      —       —       (2 )% 

Beverage Merchandising

     3     (2 )%      —       (1 )%      —  

Net Revenues. Net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2019 decreased by $117 million, or 2%, to $5,191 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease was primarily due to lower sales volume primarily in Food Merchandising and Beverage Merchandising and the impact of divestitures of non-core businesses.

Cost of Sales. Cost of sales for the year ended December 31, 2019 decreased by $120 million, or 3%, to $4,344 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease was primarily due to lower raw material costs, lower sales volume and the impact of divestitures of non-core businesses, partially offset by higher manufacturing and logistics costs.

 

115


Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2019 increased by $72 million, or 18%, to $466 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was primarily due to higher employee-related costs of $45 million and a $13 million increase in operational consultancy costs.

Goodwill Impairment Charges. During the year ended December 31, 2019, we recognized a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $16 million. This impairment arose in relation to our remaining closures business. There was no goodwill impairment during the year ended December 31, 2018.

Restructuring, Asset Impairment and Other Related Charges. Restructuring, asset impairment and other related charges for the year ended December 31, 2019 increased by $28 million to $46 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was primarily due to higher asset impairment charges related to our remaining closures business. For additional information regarding impairment, restructuring and other related charges, refer to Note 4—Impairment, Restructuring and Other Related Charges of our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Other Expense, Net. Other expense, net for the year ended December 31, 2019 increased by $14 million to $29 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase is primarily attributable to a $20 million unfavorable change in foreign exchange rates on cash, partially offset by a $5 million favorable change in the loss on sale of investments.

Non-operating (Expense) Income, Net. Non-operating expense, net for the year ended December 31, 2019 changed by $54 million to $13 million, compared to non-operating income, net of $41 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The change was primarily due to a decrease of $32 million in the expected return on pension plan assets, primarily as a result of a lower fair value of plan assets. In addition, plan settlements increased by $16 million.

Interest Expense, Net. Interest expense, net for the year ended December 31, 2019 increased by $19 million, or 5%, to $433 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was primarily due to an unfavorable change of $23 million in the fair value of an interest rate swap derivative.

Income Tax (Expense) Benefit. We recognized income tax expense of $             million for the year ended December 31, 2019, on a loss from continuing operations before tax of $156 million, compared to tax expense of $             million for the year ended December 31, 2018, on income from continuing operations before tax of $44 million. The effective tax rate during the year ended December 31, 2019 was primarily attributable to             . The effective tax rate during the year ended December 31, 2018 was primarily attributable to             .

Adjusted EBITDA from Continuing Operations. Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2019 decreased by $46 million, or 6%, to $691 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease was driven by higher manufacturing, employee-related and logistics costs and lower sales volume, partially offset by favorable raw material costs, net of lower raw material costs passed through to customers.

 

116


Year Ended December 31, 2018 Compared with the Year Ended December 31, 2017

Pro Forma Group after giving effect to the GPC Separation

 

    Pro Forma for the year ended December 31,  
(In millions, except for %)   2018     % of
revenue
    2017     % of
revenue
    Change     % change  

Net revenues

  $ 5,308       100   $ 5,292       100   $ 16      

Cost of sales

    (4,464     (84 )%      (4,265     (81 )%      (199     (5 )% 
 

 

 

     

 

 

       

Gross profit

    844       16     1,027       19     (183     (18 )% 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    (394     (7 )%      (417     (8 )%      23       6

Restructuring, asset impairment and other related charges

    (18         (90     (2 )%      72       80

Other expense, net

    (15         (38     (1 )%      23       61
 

 

 

     

 

 

       

Operating income from continuing operations

    417       8     482       9     (65     (13 )% 

Non-operating income (expense), net

    41       1     (10         51       NM (1) 

Interest expense, net

    (414     (8 )%      (478     (9 )%      64       13
 

 

 

     

 

 

       

Income (loss) from continuing operations before tax

    44       1     (6         50       NM (1) 

Income tax (expense) benefit

                             
 

 

 

     

 

 

       

Net loss from continuing operations

           
 

 

 

     

 

 

       

Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations(2)

  $ 737       14   $ 892       17   $ (155     (17 )% 
 

 

 

     

 

 

       

 

(1)

Not meaningful.

(2)

Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations is a non-GAAP measure. See “—Pro Forma Group after GPC Separation—Adjusted EBITDA from Continuing Operations” for details, including a reconciliation between net income (loss) from continuing operations and Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations.

Components of Change in Reportable Segment Net Revenues for the Year Ended December 31, 2018 Compared with the Year Ended December 31, 2017

 

     Price/Mix      Volume     Dispositions     FX      Total  

Net Revenues

     3          (3 )%          

By reportable segment:

            

Foodservice

     3      1              4

Food Merchandising

     3      (1 )%               2

Beverage Merchandising

     3                   3

Net Revenues. Net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2018 increased by $16 million to $5,308 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2017. The increase was primarily due to higher pricing across all segments, largely as a result of the pass-through of higher raw material costs to customers, offset by the impact of divestitures of non-core businesses.

Cost of Sales. Cost of sales for the year ended December 31, 2018 increased by $199 million, or 5%, to $4,464 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2017. The increase was primarily due to higher raw material, manufacturing and logistics costs. These increases were partially offset by the impact of divestitures of non-core businesses.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2018 decreased by $23 million, or 6%, to $394 million compared to the year ended

 

117


December 31, 2017. The decrease was primarily due to lower employee-related costs, lower depreciation and amortization expenses and lower expenses driven by business divestitures.

Restructuring, Asset Impairment and Other Related Charges. Restructuring, asset impairment and other related charges for the year ended December 31, 2018 decreased by $72 million to $18 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2017. During the year ended December 31, 2017, we incurred $72 million of asset impairment charges related to the exit of various operations that are not included our reportable segments. For additional information regarding impairment, restructuring and other related charges, refer to Note 4—Impairment, Restructuring and Other Related Charges of our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Other Expense, Net. Other expense, net for the year ended December 31, 2018 decreased by $23 million, or 61%, to $15 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2017. The change is primarily attributable to a $13 million favorable change in foreign exchange rates on cash and a $9 million reduction in the loss on the disposal of businesses and other assets.

Non-operating Income (Expense), Net. Non-operating income, net for the year ended December 31, 2018 changed by $51 million to $41 million, compared to non-operating expense, net of $10 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. The change was primarily due to the combination of a $31 million decrease in defined benefit plan settlements and a $27 million decrease in the interest cost of our benefit plans.

Interest Expense, Net. Interest expense, net for the year ended December 31, 2018 decreased by $64 million, or 13%, to $414 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2017. Interest expense on our notes and debentures decreased by $34 million reflecting the reduction in outstanding principal, partially offset by an increase of $20 million in interest expense on our Credit Agreement as a result of changes in the underlying LIBOR benchmark interest rate. In addition, interest expense, net decreased due to a $33 million favorable change in foreign exchange rates and a decrease of $20 million in other items including a loss on extinguishment of debt in 2017.

Income Tax (Expense) Benefit. We recognized income tax expense of $             million for the year ended December 31, 2018, on income from continuing operations before tax of $44 million, compared to tax expense of $             million for the year ended December 31, 2017, on a loss from continuing operations before tax of $6 million. The effective tax rate during the year ended December 31, 2018 was primarily attributable to                 . The unusual effective tax rate during the year ended December 31, 2017 was primarily attributable to the impact of the December 2017 changes in U.S. federal tax law. For further information, including a reconciliation of income tax expense, refer to Note 16—Income Taxes of our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Adjusted EBITDA from Continuing Operations. Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2018 decreased by $155 million, or 17%, to $737 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2017. The decrease was driven by higher manufacturing and logistics costs and higher raw material costs, net of higher costs passed through to customers, partially offset by favorable pricing, net of product mix, and lower employee-related expenses.

 

118


Pro Forma Group after giving effect to the GPC Separation—Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations

The following is a reconciliation of our net income from continuing operations, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, to Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations for each of the periods indicated, on a pro forma basis as if the Graham Packaging business had been presented as a discontinued operation for all periods presented. See “—How We Assess the Performance of Our Business” for details of the definition of Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations and why we present this non-GAAP measure.

 

     Pro Forma—adjusted for the GPC
Separation
 
     Six months ended
June 30,
    Year ended
December 31,
 
     2020     2019     2019     2018     2017  
     (In millions)  

Net income (loss) from continuing operations—GAAP

   $       $       $       $       $    

Income tax (benefit) expense

          

Interest expense, net

     188       228       433       414       478  

Depreciation and amortization

     141       131       273       271       277  

Goodwill impairment charges(1)

     —         —         16       —         —    

Restructuring, asset impairment and other related charges(2)

     4       6       46       18       90  

Loss on sale of businesses and non-current assets(3)

     —         11       22       18       28  

Non-cash pension (income) expense (4)

     (37     (2     6       (51     1  

Operational process engineering-related consultancy costs(5)

     9       13       27       14       12  

Related party management fee(6)

     5       5       10       11       11  

Strategic review and transaction-related costs(7)

     19       1       7       —         —    

Unrealized (gains) losses on derivatives(8)

     (2     (7     (4     8       3  

Foreign exchange (gains) losses on cash(9)

     (28     —         8       (11     2  

Other

     (1     4       3       1       (4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations (Non-GAAP)

   $ 272     $ 341     $ 691     $ 737     $ 892  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Reflects goodwill impairment charges in respect of our closures operations in 2019, including dis-synergies associated with the sale of the North American and Japanese closures businesses in December 2019. For further information, refer to Note 4—Impairment, Restructuring and Other Related Charges in our annual consolidated financial statements and Note 4—Impairment, Restructuring and Other Related Charges in our interim condensed consolidated financial statements, each of which is included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(2)

Reflects asset impairment, restructuring and other related charges associated with the remaining closures businesses that are not reported within discontinued operations. For further information, refer to Note 4—Impairment, Restructuring and Other Related Charges in our annual consolidated financial statements and Note 4—Impairment, Restructuring and Other Related Charges in our interim condensed consolidated financial statements, each of which is included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(3)

Reflects the loss from the sale of businesses and non-current assets, primarily in our Other segment. For further information, refer to Note 13—Other Expense, Net in our annual consolidated financial statements and Note 12—Other Income (Expense), Net in our interim condensed consolidated financial statements, each of which is included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(4)

Reflects the non-cash pension (income) expense related to our RGPP. For further information, refer to Note 12—Employee Benefits in our annual consolidated financial statements and Note 11—Employee Benefits in our interim condensed consolidated financial statements, each of which is included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(5)

Reflects the costs incurred to evaluate and improve the efficiencies of our manufacturing and distribution operations.

(6)

Reflects the related party management fee charged by Rank to us. For further information, refer to Note 18—Related Party Transactions in our annual consolidated financial statements and Note 17—Related

 

119


 

Party Transactions in our interim condensed consolidated financial statements, each of which is included elsewhere in this prospectus. Following the closing of this offering, we will no longer be charged the related party management fee.

(7)

Reflects costs incurred for strategic reviews of our businesses, as well as costs related to this offering that cannot be offset against the expected proceeds of this offering.

(8)

Reflects the mark-to-market movements in our commodity and foreign exchange derivatives. For further information, refer to Note 11—Financial Instruments in our annual consolidated financial statements and Note 10—Financial Instruments in our interim condensed consolidated financial statements, each of which is included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(9)

Reflects foreign exchange (gains) losses on cash, primarily on U.S. dollar amounts held in non-U.S. dollar functional currency entities.

Historical Cash Flows

Six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019

The following table discloses our cash flows for the periods presented:

 

     For the six months ended
June 30,
 
(In millions)    2020     2019  

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 167     $ 240  

Net cash used in investing activities

     (208     (275

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     368       (20
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, excluding the effect of exchange rates changes

   $ 327     $ (55
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash provided by operating activities

Net cash provided by operating activities decreased by $73 million, or 30%, to $167 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 compared to $240 million for the six months ended June 30, 2019. The decrease is primarily attributable to the change in cash provided by operating activities from our discontinued operations, which decreased from an inflow of $92 million during the six months ended June 30, 2019 to a net outflow of $14 million during the six months ended June 30, 2020. The closures operations were sold in December 2019 and RCP was distributed on February 4, 2020. Excluding the contribution from discontinued operations, net cash provided by operating activities increased by $33 million, or 22%, to $181 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 compared to $148 million for the six months ended June 30, 2019. This $33 million increase in net cash provided by operating activities is primarily attributable to favorable changes in accounts receivable and inventories, partly offset by lower cash earnings. These changes were primarily as a result of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.

Cash used in investing activities

Net cash used in investing activities decreased by $67 million, or 24%, to $208 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 compared to $275 million for the six months ended June 30, 2019. The decrease is primarily attributable to the change in cash used in investing activities by our discontinued operations, which decreased by $55 million, to $5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 compared to $60 million for the six months ended June 30, 2019 as a result of the sale of the closures operations in December 2019 and the distribution of RCP on February 4, 2020. Excluding the impact of discontinued operations, net cash used in investing activities decreased by $12 million, or 6%, to $203 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 compared to $215 million for the six months ended June 30, 2019. The reduction in cash used in investing activities was primarily due to lower capital expenditures as a result of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.

 

120


Cash used in financing activities

Net cash provided by financing activities was $368 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 compared to cash used in financing activities of $20 million for the six months ended June 30, 2019. The cash provided by financing activities was primarily attributable to the incurrence of $3,616 million of debt, net of transaction costs, by RCP immediately prior to its distribution, net of our repayment of $3,215 million of our pre-existing debt and $31 million of cash held by RCP at the time of its distribution.

Years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017

The following table discloses our cash flows for the years presented:

 

     For the year ended
December 31,
 
(In millions)    2019     2018     2017  

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 896     $ 963     $ 858  

Net cash used in investing activities

     (4     (453     (364

Net cash used in financing activities

     (384     (360     (796
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, excluding the effect of exchange rates changes

   $ 508     $ 150     $ (302
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash provided by operating activities

Net cash from operating activities decreased by $67 million, or 7%, to $896 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $963 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease was driven by unfavorable changes in working capital, driven by lower accounts payable due to the timing of payments, partially offset by lower inventories and accounts receivable due to initiatives to decrease inventory levels and improve accounts receivable turnover. This unfavorable change in working capital was partially offset by $45 million of lower cash tax payments, net of refunds. Discontinued operations contributed $461 million and $419 million of cash provided by operating activities for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Net cash from operating activities increased by $105 million, or 12%, to $963 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to $858 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. The increase was driven by favorable working capital fluctuations resulting from focused measures to decrease inventories and to improve accounts receivable turnover, a decrease of $53 million in cash tax payments, net of refunds, partially due to the U.S. tax legislative changes in 2017 and a decrease of $25 million in interest payments due to a reduction of outstanding principal borrowings. Discontinued operations contributed $419 million and $348 million of cash provided by operating activities for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Cash used in investing activities

Net cash used in investing activities decreased by $449 million, or 99%, to $4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to $453 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The reduction in cash used in investing activities was primarily due to a $479 million increase in cash received from the disposal of businesses. During the year ended December 31, 2019, we received $597 million of cash, net of cash disposed, from the sale of our discontinued closures businesses, partially offset by an increase of $37 million in acquisitions of property, plant and equipment. During the year ended December 31, 2019, cash outflows for the acquisition of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets increased to $629 million compared to $592 million during the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase in capital expenditures reflects our continued investment in automation, digital manufacturing and an integrated supply chain model. Cash used in investing activities in 2019 and 2018 include $151 million and $116 million, respectively, related to discontinued operations.

 

121


Net cash used in investing activities increased by $89 million, or 24%, to $453 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to $364 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. The increase reflects a $179 million increase in capital expenditures made during 2018, partially offset by a $74 million increase in proceeds received from the disposal of businesses. The increase in additions to property, plant and equipment reflects investments made in 2018 related to automation projects within the manufacturing facilities, digital manufacturing and an integrated supply chain model in our continuing businesses. Cash used in investing activities in 2018 and 2017 include $116 million and $85 million, respectively, related to discontinued operations.

Cash used in financing activities

Net cash used in financing activities increased by $24 million, or 7%, to $384 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $360 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase in cash used in financing activities was primarily attributable to additional voluntary repayments of borrowings using cash on hand. During the year ended December 31, 2019 we voluntarily repaid $345 million of our 6.875% senior secured notes due 2021, compared to a voluntary repayment of $300 million of the 6.875% senior secured notes due 2021 during the year ended December 31, 2018.

Net cash used in financing activities decreased by $436 million, or 55%, to $360 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to $796 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. The decrease in net cash used in financing activities was primarily due to lower repayments of borrowings during the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to the year ended December 31, 2017. We made a voluntary repayment of $300 million of the 6.875% senior secured notes due 2021 during the year ended December 31, 2018. The repayments during the year ended December 31, 2017 included a combination of $445 million of voluntary repayments and $300 million of repayments on maturity.

GPC Separation

The summarized annual and interim historical cash flow information presented above includes amounts that are attributable to the operations of Graham Packaging. From and after the GPC Separation, other than amounts arising under separation related arrangements (refer to “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions”), our statement of cash flows will not include amounts attributable to Graham Packaging.

During the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, Graham Packaging generated cash from operating activities of $             million, $             million and $             million, respectively, and used cash in investing activities of $157 million, $93 million and $99 million, respectively, primarily related to the acquisition of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets. During the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, none of our cash flows used in financing activities were attributable to Graham Packaging.

During the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019, Graham Packaging generated cash from operating activities of $             million and $             million, respectively, and used cash in investing activities of $89 million and $67 million, respectively, primarily related to the acquisition of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets. During the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019, none of our cash flows related to financing activities were attributable to Graham Packaging.

As part of the GPC Separation, Graham Packaging has entered into the New GPC Borrowings. The proceeds from these borrowings, net of transaction costs, have been returned to us by way of settling intercompany balances and a distribution. We used these net proceeds, plus available cash, to reduce the principal amount of our outstanding borrowings by $2,244 million. This repayment of borrowings occurred in July 2020 and August 2020. This reduction in borrowings will reduce our interest expense, and consequently have a favorable impact on our cash from operating activities. For further details regarding the pro forma impact of the repayment of borrowings refer to “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data”.

 

122


Quarterly Results and Seasonality

Portions of our business are moderately seasonal. Our Foodservice and Food Merchandising operations peak during the summer and fall months in North America when the favorable weather, harvest and holiday season lead to increased consumption, resulting in greater levels of sales in the second and third quarters. Beverage Merchandising’s customers are principally engaged in providing products that are generally less sensitive to seasonal effects, although Beverage Merchandising does experience some seasonality as a result of increased consumption of milk by school children during the North American academic year, resulting in a greater level of carton product sales in the first and fourth quarters.

The following table sets forth quarterly data for each of the periods presented. In management’s opinion, the data below has been prepared on the same basis as the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and reflects all normal and recurring adjustments considered necessary for a fair statement of this data. The results of historical periods are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for a full year or any future period. The following quarterly financial data should be read in conjunction with our annual consolidated financial statements and related notes and our interim condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes, each of which is included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Three months
ended
June 30,
    Three months
ended
March 31,
    Three months
ended
December 31,
    Three months
ended
September 30,
    Three months
ended
June 30,
    Three months
ended
March 31,
 
    2020     2020     2019     2019     2019     2019  
    (In millions)  

Statements of Income Data:

           

Net revenues.

  $ 1,569     $ 1,690     $ 1,740     $ 1,781     $ 1,806     $ 1,788  

Cost of sales

    (1,316     (1,439     (1,470     (1,510     (1,500     (1,519
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    253       251       270       271       306       269  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    (162     (168     (169     (146     (165     (159

Goodwill impairment charges

                      (16            

Restructuring, asset impairment and other related charges

    (5     (8     (18     (54     (18     (6

Other (expense) income, net

 

 

 

 

(48

 

    75       (23     (4     (4     (3
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income from continuing
operations

    38       150       60       51       119       101  

Non-operating income (expense), net

    16       17       (10     (1     (1     (1

Interest expense, net

    (87     (100     (121     (83     (119     (109
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from continuing operations before tax

  $ (33   $ 67     $ (71   $ (33   $ (1   $ (9
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our principal sources of liquidity are our existing cash resources and cash flow from operations. In addition, we may utilize borrowing capacity under our revolving credit facility and local working capital facilities. As of December 31, 2019, in addition to our cash and cash equivalents and availability under our Securitization Facility, we had $247 million available for drawing under our revolving credit facility, which matures in August 2021. The Securitization Facility was repaid and terminated in connection with the Corporate Reorganization.

 

123


As of June 30, 2020, we had $7,435 million of total indebtedness. On a pro forma basis, as of June 30, 2020, we had $             million of total indebtedness. On a pro forma basis, our 2020 annual cash interest obligations on our Credit Agreement, the 2023 Notes and the 2024 Notes (the 2024 Notes together with the 2023 Notes, the “Notes”), the Pactiv Debentures and our other indebtedness are expected to be approximately $            million, assuming interest on our floating rate debt continues to accrue at the current interest rates. As of June 30, 2020, the interest rate on our U.S. term loan was 3.96%.

On a pro forma basis, as of June 30, 2020, we had $             million of cash and cash equivalents on hand and $             million available for drawing under our revolving credit facility. We believe that our existing cash resources, projected cash flows generated from operations together with our borrowing availability under our revolving credit facility are sufficient to fund our principal debt payments, interest expense, our working capital needs and our expected capital expenditures for the next twelve months. Following our repayment of borrowings as part of the Corporate Reorganization, our next significant near term maturity of borrowings is the U.S. term loan under our Credit Agreement which matures in February 2023. Our revolving credit facility, which is currently used for letters of credit, matures in August 2021. We currently anticipate incurring between $            million and $            million of capital expenditures during fiscal year 2020. We do not currently anticipate that the COVID-19 pandemic will materially impact our liquidity over the next 12 months.

Our ability to borrow under our revolving credit facility or our local working capital facilities or to incur additional indebtedness may be limited by the terms of such indebtedness or other indebtedness, including the Credit Agreement and the Notes. The Credit Agreement and the indentures governing the Notes generally allow subsidiaries of PTVE to transfer funds in the form of cash dividends, loans or advances within the Group.

Under the Credit Agreement, we may incur additional indebtedness either by satisfying certain incurrence tests or by incurring such additional indebtedness under certain specific categories of permitted debt. Incremental senior secured indebtedness under the Credit Agreement and senior secured or unsecured notes in lieu thereof are permitted to be incurred up to an aggregate principal amount of $750 million subject to pro forma compliance with the Credit Agreement’s total secured leverage ratio covenant. In addition, we may incur incremental senior secured indebtedness under the Credit Agreement and senior secured notes in an unlimited amount as long as our total secured leverage ratio does not exceed 4.50 to 1.00 on a pro forma basis and (in the case of incremental senior secured indebtedness under the Credit Agreement only) we are in pro forma compliance with the Credit Agreement’s total secured leverage ratio covenant. The incurrence of unsecured indebtedness, including the issuance of senior notes, and unsecured subordinated indebtedness is also permitted if the fixed charge coverage ratio is at least 2.00 to 1.00 on a pro forma basis.

Under the indentures governing the Notes, we may incur additional indebtedness either by satisfying certain incurrence tests or by incurring such additional indebtedness under certain specific categories of permitted debt. Indebtedness may be incurred under the incurrence tests if the fixed charge coverage ratio is at least 2.00 to 1.00 on a pro forma basis and, (i) under the indenture governing the 2023 Notes, the liens securing first lien secured indebtedness do not exceed a 4.50 to 1.00 senior secured first lien leverage ratio and (ii) under the indenture governing the 2024 Notes, the liens securing secured indebtedness do not exceed a 4.50 to 1.00 secured leverage ratio.

For further information regarding the terms of our Notes and Credit Agreement, refer to Note 9—Debt in our annual consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

124


Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our material contractual obligations as of December 31, 2019, on a historical basis. As detailed in the notes to the table, subsequent to December 31, 2019 we have repaid $            million of principal outstanding on our borrowings:

 

(In millions)    Total      Less than
one year
     One to three
years
     Three to five
years
     Greater than
five years
 

Long-term debt(1), (2)

   $ 12,129      $ 4,037      $ 1,508      $ 6,044      $ 540  

Operating lease liabilities(3)

     406        91        148        97        70  

Contributions for other post-employment benefit obligations

     51        3        6        6        36  

Unconditional capital expenditure obligations

     185        185        —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations

   $ 12,771      $ 4,316      $ 1,662      $ 6,147      $ 646  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

On February 4, 2020, we repaid $3,119 million of principal and $54 million of accrued interest, which is presented in the less than one year column in the table above. In January 2020, we repaid a total of $38 million of principal of various other external borrowings. In July 2020 and August 2020, we repaid a combined total of $2,244 million of various other external borrowings consisting of (i) the repayment and termination of our Securitization Facility in July 2020, (ii) the repayment and termination of the European term loan under our Credit Agreement in August 2020, (iii) the repayment of $700 million of the U.S. term loan under our Credit Agreement in August 2020 and (iv) the repayment of $150 million of our 7.000% Senior Notes due 2024 in August 2020. For further details, refer to Note 9—Debt in our annual consolidated financial statements and Note 19—Subsequent Events in our interim condensed consolidated financial statements, each of which is included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(2)

Total obligations for long-term debt consist of the principal amounts and fixed and floating rate interest obligations, including the cash flows associated with interest rate swap derivatives. The exchange rate on euro-denominated borrowings and the interest rates on the floating rate debt balances not covered by interest rate swaps have been assumed to be the same as the rates in effect as of December 31, 2019. As of December 31, 2019, the interest rates on our floating rate debt not covered by interest rate swaps were 4.55% in respect of the U.S. term loan and 3.25% in respect of the European term loan under our Credit Agreement and 3.51% under our Securitization Facility. As of December 31, 2019, the euro-to-U.S. dollar exchange rate was 1:1.12.

(3)

Total repayments of operating leases exclude short-term leases which were not significant in the aggregate.

As of June 30, 2020, our liabilities for pensions and uncertain tax positions totaled $682 million. The ultimate timing of these liabilities cannot be determined; therefore, we have excluded these amounts from the contractual obligations table above. We expect to make a $121 million contribution to the RGPP in 2020. Expected contributions during the year ending December 31, 2020 for all other defined benefit plans are estimated to be up to $5 million. Future contributions will be dependent on future plan asset returns and interest rates and are highly sensitive to changes.

We are required to make annual prepayments of term loans with up to 50% of excess cash flow (which will be reduced to 25% or 0% if specified senior secured first lien leverage ratios are met) as determined in accordance with the Credit Agreement. No excess cash flow prepayments were made in 2018 or 2019 or will be due in 2020 for the year ended December 31, 2019.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Other than short-term leases entered into in the normal course of business, we have no material off-balance sheet obligations.

 

125


Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

In the normal course of business, we are subject to risks from adverse fluctuations in interest and foreign currency exchange rates and commodity prices. We manage these risks through a combination of an appropriate mix between variable rate and fixed rate borrowings, interest rate swaps and natural offsets of foreign currency receipts and payments, supplemented by forward foreign currency exchange contracts and commodity derivatives. Derivative contracts are not used for trading or speculative purposes. The extent to which we use derivative instruments is dependent upon our access to them in the financial markets, the costs associated with entering into such arrangements and our use of other risk management methods, such as netting exposures for foreign currency exchange risk and establishing sales arrangements that permit the pass-through of changes in commodity prices to customers. Our objective in managing our exposure to market risk is to limit the impact on earnings and cash flow.

Interest Rate Risk

We had significant debt commitments outstanding as of December 31, 2019. These on-balance sheet financial instruments, to the extent they accrue interest at variable interest rates, expose us to interest rate risk. Our interest rate risk arises primarily on significant borrowings that are denominated in U.S. dollars drawn under our Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes, our Credit Agreement and our Securitization Facility and in euros drawn under our Credit Agreement. As of December 31, 2019, the Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes accrued interest at a floating rate with no floor. As of December 31, 2019, the Credit Agreement included interest rate floors of 0.0% per annum on the U.S. and European term loans and the revolving loan. As of December 31, 2019, the Securitization Facility accrued interest at a floating rate with a 0.0% floor. The Securitization Facility was repaid and terminated in connection with the Corporate Reorganization.

The underlying rate for our Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes due 2021 was the three-month Dollar LIBO Rate. As of December 31, 2019, the applicable three-month Dollar LIBO Rate was 2.00%. In July 2016, we entered into a $750 million interest rate swap agreement to mitigate the interest rate risk exposure of the Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes due 2021. While we have elected not to adopt hedge accounting, the economic effect of this derivative is that the effective interest rate on the Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes due 2021 is fixed at 4.670% from October 15, 2016. The Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes due 2021 were repaid in connection with the Corporate Reorganization and the interest rate swap was terminated.

The underlying rates for our Credit Agreement are the one-month LIBOR and EURIBOR, and as of December 31, 2019 the applicable rates were 1.80% and (0.44)%, respectively. Based on our outstanding debt commitments as of December 31, 2019, a one-year timeframe and all other variables, in particular foreign currency exchange rates, remaining constant, a 100 basis point increase in interest rates would result in a $32 million increase in interest expense on the U.S. term loan and a $2 million increase in interest expense on the European term loan under our Credit Agreement. A 100 basis point decrease in interest rates would result in a $32 million decrease in interest expense on the U.S. term loan and would have no impact on interest expense for the European term loan due to the EURIBOR floor under our Credit Agreement. The European term loan was repaid and all obligations under this tranche of our Credit Agreement were terminated in connection with the Corporate Reorganization.

Interest rates may fluctuate if LIBOR ceases to exist or if new methods of calculating LIBOR will be established. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry—Certain of our long-term indebtedness bears interest at variable interest rates, primarily based on LIBOR, which may be subject to regulatory guidance and/or reform that could cause interest rates under our current or future debt agreements to fluctuate or cause other unanticipated consequences.”

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk

As a result of our international operations, we are exposed to foreign currency exchange risk arising from sales, purchases, assets and borrowings that are denominated in currencies other than the functional currencies of

 

126


the respective entities. We are also exposed to foreign currency exchange risk on certain intercompany borrowings between certain of our entities with different functional currencies.

In accordance with our treasury policy, we take advantage of natural offsets to the extent possible. On a limited basis, we use contracts to hedge residual foreign currency exchange risk arising from receipts and payments denominated in foreign currencies. We generally do not hedge our exposure to translation gains or losses in respect of our non-U.S. dollar functional currency assets or liabilities. Additionally, when considered appropriate, we may enter into forward exchange contracts to hedge foreign currency exchange risk arising from specific transactions. We had no foreign currency derivative contracts as of December 31, 2019.

Commodity Risk

We are exposed to commodity and other price risk principally from the purchase of resin, natural gas, electricity, raw wood, wood chips and diesel. We use various strategies to manage cost exposures on certain material purchases with the objective of obtaining more predictable costs for these commodities. We generally enter into commodity financial instruments or derivatives to hedge commodity prices related to resin (and its components), diesel and natural gas.

We enter into futures and swaps to reduce our exposure to commodity price fluctuations. These derivatives are implemented to either (a) mitigate the impact of the lag in timing between when material costs change and when we can pass through these changes to our customers or (b) fix our input costs for a period. The following table provides the details of our commodity derivative contracts as of December 31, 2019.

 

Type

  Unit of measure   Contracted volume   Contracted price range   Contracted date
of maturity

Natural gas swaps

  Million BTU   4,334,903   $2.33 - $2.86   Feb. 2020 - Dec. 2020

Ethylene

  Pound   2,152,533   $0.29 - $0.29   Jan. 2020 - Apr. 2020

Polymer-grade propylene swaps

  Pound   52,015,428   $0.36 - $0.41   Jan. 2020 - Jul. 2020

Benzene swaps

  U.S. liquid gallon   7,775,862   $2.23 - $2.49   Feb. 2020 - Sep. 2020

Diesel swaps

  U.S. liquid gallon   1,391,644   $3.02 - $3.26   Jan. 2020 - Dec. 2020

Low-density polyethylene swaps

  Pound   12,000,000   $0.84 - $0.84   Jan. 2020 - Dec. 2020

High density polyethylene swaps

  Pound   8,250,000   $0.79 - $0.79   Jan. 2020 - Nov. 2020

The fair values of commodity derivative contracts are derived from inputs based on quoted market prices or traded exchange market prices and represent the estimated amounts that we would pay or receive to terminate the contracts. As of December 31, 2019, the estimated fair values of the outstanding commodity derivative contracts were a net liability of $4 million. During the year ended December 31, 2019, we recognized a $4 million unrealized gain in cost of sales in the consolidated statement of income related to commodity derivatives.

A 10% upward (downward) movement in the price curve used to value the commodity derivative contracts, applied as of December 31, 2019, would have resulted in a change of less than $1 million in the unrealized gain recognized in the consolidated statement of income, assuming all other variables remain constant.

Critical Accounting Policies, Estimates and Assumptions

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and related notes. These assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of net revenues and expenses during

 

127


the reporting period. Estimates and assumptions are used for, but not limited to: (i) reserves for employee benefits and benefit plan assumptions; (ii) long-lived and indefinite-lived asset valuations, impairment and recoverability assessments; (iii) depreciable lives of assets and useful lives of intangible assets; and (iv) income tax reserves and valuation allowances. Estimates are revised as additional information becomes available. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

The most critical accounting policies and estimates are those that are most important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations and require us to make the most difficult and subjective judgments, often estimating the outcome of future events that are inherently uncertain. Our most critical accounting policies and estimates are related to our defined benefit pension plans, goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, other long-lived assets and income taxes. A summary of our significant accounting policies and use of estimates is contained in Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies of our annual consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Employee Benefit Plans—Defined benefit retirement plans

We have several non-contributory defined benefit retirement plans. Our defined benefit pension obligations are concentrated in the RGPP, which, as of December 31, 2019, represented 94% of our defined benefit plan liability. We assumed this plan in a business combination in 2010. As a result, while persons who are not current employees do not accrue benefits under this plan, the total number of beneficiaries covered by this plan is much larger than if it only provided benefits to our current and retired employees.

We measure changes in funded status using actuarial models which utilize an attribution approach that generally spreads individual events either over the estimated service lives of the remaining employees in the plan or, for plans where participants will not earn additional benefits by rendering future service, over the plan participants’ estimated remaining lives.

Net pension and postretirement benefit income or expense is actuarially determined using assumptions which include expected long term rates of return on plan assets, discount rates and mortality rates. We use a mix of actual historical rates, expected rates and external data to determine the assumptions used in the actuarial models. While we believe that our assumptions are reasonable and appropriate, significant differences in actual experience or inaccuracies in assumptions may materially affect our benefit plan obligations and future benefit plan expense.

The discount rates utilized to measure the pension obligations use the yield on corporate bonds that are denominated in the currency in which the benefits will be paid, that have maturity dates approximating the terms of our obligations and are based on the yield on high-quality bonds. Our largest U.S. plan benefit obligation is highly sensitive to changes in the discount rate. As of December 31, 2019, holding all other assumptions constant: (i) a one-half percentage point decrease (increase) in the discount rate would increase (decrease) the defined benefit obligation by approximately $220—$240 million; (ii) a one-half percentage point increase (decrease) in the discount rate would increase (decrease) pension cost by approximately $13—$14 million; and (iii) a one-half percentage point decrease (increase) in the expected long-term return on plan assets would increase (decrease) pension cost by approximately $19 million.

Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

We test goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment on an annual basis in the fourth quarter and whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. We may perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount.

 

128


Goodwill

Our reporting units for goodwill impairment testing purposes are Foodservice, Food Merchandising, Beverage Merchandising and the remaining components of our former closures business. Historically, our reporting units for goodwill impairment testing also included Graham Packaging. No instances of impairment were identified during the 2019 annual impairment review. Our Foodservice, Food Merchandising and Beverage Merchandising reporting units had fair values that significantly exceeded their recorded carrying values. However, future changes in the judgments, assumptions and estimates that are used in the impairment testing for goodwill as described below could result in significantly different estimates of the fair values. In the past, we have recognized impairment charges in respect of other businesses which we no longer own, including an impairment charge of $16 million during the year ended December 31, 2019 in relation to the reporting unit comprised of the remaining components of our former closures business and $138 million in respect of the operations of the GPC Group in 2018. While there was no additional impairment of goodwill recognized as a result of the 2019 annual impairment test, a reasonably possible unexpected deterioration in financial performance or adverse change in the earnings multiple may result in an additional impairment charge. The operations of the GPC Group will be presented as a discontinued operation when this business is distributed to PFL prior to the closing of this offering.

In our evaluation of goodwill impairment, we have the option to first assess qualitative factors such as the maturity and stability of the reporting unit, the magnitude of the excess fair value over carrying value from the prior year’s impairment testing, other reporting unit operating results as well as new events and circumstances impacting the operations at the reporting unit level. If the result of a qualitative test indicates a potential for impairment, a quantitative test is performed, wherein we compare the estimated fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value. Excluding the GPC Group impairment charge referred to above, in all other instances where a quantitative test was performed, the estimated fair value exceeded the carrying value of the reporting unit and none of our current reporting units were at a risk of failing the quantitative test during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017. If the estimated fair value of any reporting unit had been less than its carrying value, an impairment charge would have been recorded for the amount by which the reporting unit’s carrying amount exceeds its fair value.

To determine the fair value of a reporting unit as part of our quantitative test, we use a capitalization of earnings method under the income approach. Under this approach, we estimate the forecasted Adjusted EBITDA of each reporting unit and capitalize this amount using an earnings multiple. The Adjusted EBITDA amounts are consistent with those we use in our internal planning, which gives consideration to actual business trends experienced and the long-term business strategy. The selection of a capitalization multiple incorporates consideration of comparable entity trading multiples within the same industry and recent sale and purchase transactions. Changes in such estimates or the application of alternative assumptions could produce different results.

Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

Our indefinite-lived intangible assets consist primarily of certain trademarks. We test indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment on an annual basis in the fourth quarter and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. If the carrying amount of such asset exceeds its estimated fair value, an impairment charge is recorded for the difference between the carrying amount and the estimated fair value. When a quantitative test is performed we use a relief from royalty computation under the income approach to estimate the fair value of our trademarks. This approach requires significant judgments in determining (i) the estimated future revenue from the use of the asset; (ii) the relevant royalty rate to be applied to these estimated future cash flows; and (iii) the appropriate discount rates applied to those cash flows to determine fair value. Changes in such estimates or the use of alternative assumptions could produce different results. No instances of impairment were identified during the 2019 annual impairment review in respect of the trademark assets attributable to our segments. Each of our indefinite-lived intangible assets had

 

129


fair values that significantly exceeded their recorded carrying values. An impairment charge of $8 million was recognized in 2018 related to the trademark assets attributable to our former Graham Packaging segment. The operations of the GPC Group will be presented as a discontinued operation when this business is distributed to PFL prior to the closing of this offering.

Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets, including finite-lived intangible assets, are reviewed for possible impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances occur that indicate that the carrying amount of an asset (or asset group) may not be recoverable. Our impairment review requires significant management judgment, including estimating the future success of product lines, future sales volumes, revenue and expense growth rates, alternative uses for the assets and estimated proceeds from the disposal of the assets. We review business plans for possible impairment indicators. Impairment occurs when the carrying amount of the asset (or asset group) exceeds its estimated future undiscounted cash flows. When impairment is indicated, an impairment charge is recorded for the difference between the asset’s carrying value and its estimated fair value. Depending on the asset, estimated fair value may be determined either by use of a discounted cash flow model or by reference to estimated selling values of assets in similar condition. The use of different assumptions would increase or decrease the estimated fair value of assets and would increase or decrease any impairment measurement.

Income Taxes

Significant judgment is required in determining our worldwide income tax provision. In the ordinary course of an international business, there are many transactions and calculations where the ultimate tax outcome is uncertain. Some of these uncertainties arise from examinations in various jurisdictions and assumptions and estimates used in evaluating the need for a valuation allowance.

We are subject to income taxes in both the United States and numerous foreign jurisdictions. We compute our provision for income taxes using the asset and liability method, under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and for operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the currently enacted tax rates that are expected to apply to taxable income for the years in which those tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. Significant judgments are required in order to determine the realizability of these deferred tax assets. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, we evaluate all significant available positive and negative evidence, including historical operating results, estimates of future taxable income and the existence of prudent and feasible tax planning strategies. Changes in the expectations regarding the realization of deferred tax assets have in the past materially impacted our reported tax expense, and future changes in expectations could materially impact income tax expense in future periods. One of our largest deferred tax assets is generated from book to tax differences related to the treatment of interest expense, for which the deductibility for tax purposes is deferred. The future recoverability of this deferred tax asset is based on forecasted taxable income which includes the reversal of existing taxable temporary differences. The distribution of RCPI in February 2020 resulted in a significant reduction in taxable temporary differences and, consequently, forecasted taxable income, reducing the estimated recoverability of the deferred tax benefit related to interest expense. As a result, during the year ended December 31, 2019, we increased our deferred tax asset valuation allowance.

We continuously review issues raised in connection with all ongoing examinations and open tax years to evaluate the adequacy of our tax liabilities. We evaluate uncertain tax positions under a two-step approach. The first step is to evaluate the uncertain tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination based on its technical merits. For those positions that meet the recognition criteria, the second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than fifty percent likely of being realized. We believe our recorded tax liabilities are adequate to cover all open tax years based on our assessment. This assessment relies on estimates and assumptions and involves significant judgments about future events. To the extent that our view as to the outcome of these matters changes, we will adjust income tax expense in the period in which such determination is made. We classify interest and penalties related to income taxes as income tax expense.

 

130


Recent Accounting Pronouncements

New accounting guidance that we have recently adopted, as well as accounting guidance that has been recently issued but not yet adopted by us, is included in Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies of our annual consolidated financial statements and of our interim condensed consolidated financial statements, each of which is included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

131


BUSINESS

Overview

We help make today’s convenience-oriented lifestyle possible by making products that give people the freedom to eat and drink fresh food and beverages safely anytime and anywhere.

We are the largest manufacturer and distributor of fresh foodservice and food merchandising products and fresh beverage cartons in North America (as measured by revenue). We produce a broad range of on-trend and feature rich products that protect, package and display fresh food and beverages for consumers who want to eat or drink fresh, prepared or ready-to-eat food and beverages conveniently and with confidence. Consumers use our products every day in restaurants, coffee shops, supermarkets, grocery stores and their homes and we estimate that our products are used by people in the United States approximately 5 billion times per week. We support consumers’ active, on-the-go lifestyle with a variety of products that are used daily by people who want to eat and drink fresh food and beverages on-the-go, take-out or at home. Our products range from food containers, plates and bowls, hot and cold cups, lids, wraps and cutlery to meat and poultry trays, egg cartons and reclosable fresh beverage cartons. Our products are made from a diverse range of substrates, including resins, bio-resins, plant and paper-based fiber and aluminum. We believe that the breadth of our product offering and our best-in-class technological and material engineering capabilities provide us with a competitive advantage by giving us the ability to offer or develop products to meet a broad range of customer needs and specifications. These capabilities are a part of the value proposition we offer our customers that help make us a “one-stop-shop” for customers with a wide range of fresh food and beverage packaging requirements. We believe our product development, material engineering and technology innovation initiatives enable us to commercialize new products that provide a consistent and meaningful contribution to both our product offering and revenue. Our objective is to generate 25% of our net revenues each year from products developed or re-engineered within the prior three years. We are a market leader in our industry. Approximately 80% of our total pro forma net revenues for 2019 were from products for which we held a #1, #2 or #3 U.S. market share position.

We supply our products to a broad and diversified mix of companies, including FSRs and QSRs, foodservice distributors, supermarkets, grocery and healthy eating retailers, other food stores, food and beverage producers, food packers and food processors. Based on management data, in 2019, we were the #1 supplier to many of our customers across our product categories in the aggregate, including four of the five largest foodservice distributors, eight of the ten largest supermarket chains, three of the four largest dairies, and the three largest QSR groups. We were also the #1, #2 or #3 packaging supplier to six of the eight largest meat and poultry processors. Our customers range from large blue-chip multinational companies to national and regional companies to small local businesses. We have developed strong and longstanding relationships with our customers. We have been supplying the vast majority of our customers for many years, and our relationships with our top ten customers average over 19 years. We have a diverse business with no single customer representing more than 10% of our pro forma net revenues for fiscal year 2019. We believe our strategic customer partnerships, which are built on our “one-stop-shop” product, service and value offering, differentiate us from our competitors. Sales contracts for our products are in many cases long-term and generally contain cost pass-through mechanisms for raw materials, and may contain pass-through mechanisms for freight and other variable costs that mitigate the impact of cost volatility on our profitability.

We participate in the North American foodservice packaging, retail and food processor packaging and liquid carton containers industry, which has grown at a CAGR of approximately 4% over the last five years. Because people always need to eat and drink without regard to economic conditions, the markets we serve have historically been recession-resilient. The foodservice and food merchandising end market categories we participate in have grown consistently over the last five years, with foodservice having grown at a CAGR of approximately 3% and food merchandising having grown at a CAGR of approximately 4% during that period. Foodservice refers to products used in restaurants and for away-from-home eating and drinking. Food Merchandising refers to products for fresh, prepared and ready-to-eat foods sold through supermarkets, grocery and other food stores for consumption on-the-go or at home. Beverage Merchandising refers to cartons and

 

132


related products for refrigerated dairy, juice and specialty beverages sold in retail outlets and used in school lunches. Our industry is supported by strong demographic profiles and consumer preference trends that have increased demand for the convenient, easy-to-use, reclosable and highly reliable products we make. Our products protect, display and keep food and beverages fresh and help consumers eat and drink safely, easily and with confidence. Millions of people use our products every day. Consumers also increasingly want products that are made using sustainable materials. For fiscal year 2019, approximately 65% of our pro forma net revenues were derived from products made with recycled, recyclable or renewable materials, and our goal is 100% by 2030.

We operate primarily in North America, with 86% of our pro forma net revenues in fiscal year 2019 coming from the United States and 8% of our pro forma net revenues in fiscal year 2019 coming from Canada and Mexico, combined. We also operate internationally, including through joint ventures, with manufacturing facilities located in fast-growing emerging markets including Southeast Asia and the Middle East. In total we have approximately 15,000 employees.

We have well-invested nationwide manufacturing operations that, as of December 31, 2019, include 46 manufacturing and 27 distribution facilities. We have approximately 900 production lines and we manufacture approximately 115 billion units each year. Over the last two fiscal years, we invested approximately $374 million in pro forma capital expenditures in a number of strategic initiatives focused on growth and productivity. These initiatives involve automation, operational efficiency and the development and launch of new products to further enhance our value proposition and product offering for customers, streamline and further reduce the cost of our manufacturing and distribution of products and capitalize on growth opportunities in the markets we serve. Over 98% of the products we sell in the United States are manufactured in the United States, and we believe our strategically located RMCs and proprietary logistic software provide freight advantages and certainty of supply for our customers. We have flexible manufacturing capabilities that enable us to quickly shift production at low cost to meet customers’ changing needs. We believe that our unique low-cost distribution model and short supply chain relative to our competitors are highly valued by our customers.

Our unique value proposition drives our longstanding strategic relationships with our customers in a number of ways through our products, our services for customers, our manufacturing and our distribution model and our experienced employees who are dedicated to maintaining our customers’ trust. We offer one of the broadest ranges of products in our markets available from a single source, and we manufacture our products from a wide range of materials to meet customer needs. This allows us to be a “one-stop-shop” with just-in-time fulfillment that simplifies and increases the efficiency of our customers’ purchasing. We make the procurement process easier for our customers with proprietary tools like the VPA, which enable us to work with customers to select tailored product solutions. We also work closely with customers to design innovative products that meet their specific and changing requirements and help differentiate their brands. As a result of our broad material, manufacturing and design capabilities, we are able to create products and consistently and reliably fulfill our customers’ needs across a wide range of product categories. We believe our value-added service for customers creates logistic and supply chain savings for them. Our nationwide hub-and-spoke distribution system makes it possible for customers to purchase a range of products in one order from a single location and thereby increase the load factor for shipping and reduce their supply chain costs. We enjoy high levels of customer satisfaction with our products and service. We believe that the combination of these unique attributes creates significant value for our customers, a strategic competitive advantage for us and high barriers to entry for adjacent industry participants.

We strive to operate with respect for the environment, and we are committed to sustainability across three key areas: our product portfolio, our manufacturing and supply chain and our communities. We offer environmentally sustainable solutions across nearly all of our product lines today, supporting our customers’ own sustainability goals. We are focused on increasing our use of recycled and renewable materials and making our

products recyclable or compostable. For example, through our EarthChoice brand, we offer a robust line of sustainable foodservice products. Since the start of 2019, we have launched, or expect to launch by the end of 2020, over 70 new items across many of our product categories under our proprietary EarthChoice brand. As of

 

133


December 31, 2019, the EarthChoice product line included more than 250 products. We currently offer a recyclable or sustainable product for nearly every product category that we manufacture, and we have the product offering and material technology to move customers to alternative substrates. Additionally, our entire line of fresh beverage cartons are made using sustainable fiber-based materials. We have focused on reducing our carbon footprint in the manufacturing and distribution of our products. Substantially all of the products we sell in North America are manufactured by us in the United States, unlike some of our competitors. Since 2015, we have achieved a 12% reduction in absolute energy consumption, resulting in a 10% reduction in greenhouse gases. We put safety first, value our people and communities and operate in a manner that is inspiring and empowering and makes our business sustainable in the long run. We never compromise our values in the face of market forces.

Our focus on growing and recession-resilient end markets, well-invested manufacturing platforms, efficient manufacturing and distribution, innovation, long-term customer relationships and contractual cost pass-through mechanisms allow us to maintain an attractive financial profile with steady, organic revenue growth, robust margins and significant cash flows. In fiscal year 2019, we generated $5.2 billion in pro forma net revenues, $             million in pro forma net income and $691 million in pro forma Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations.

Strategic Initiative Management

We have a culture that constantly seeks to improve the way we work throughout our business, from our products to our manufacturing and distribution processes to the way we work with our customers. We continually seek to optimize our business through comprehensive business reviews, ideation and targeted strategic initiatives. The review process, identification of focus areas, development of actionable improvement programs and implementation and monitoring of these initiatives are coordinated and managed by our SPMO. Our strategic initiatives are grouped into six key areas: growth; value-added customer service; profitable innovation; cost reduction; the integration of Beverage Merchandising and sustainability.

 

•  Growth:

   Drive growth of our products and support our customers while maintaining our commitment to quality, reliability, service and safety

•  Value-added customer service:

   Proactively implement new ways to serve our customers and continually seek to refine our value proposition for customers

•  Profitable innovation:

   Reinforce our existing product portfolio with new and on-trend products

•  Cost reduction:

   Optimize our processes to drive increased profitability and cash flow through automation, digital transformation and streamlining our manufacturing and supply chain

•  Integration of Beverage Merchandising:

   Capitalize on commercial and cost synergies from integration of the Beverage Merchandising business

•  Sustainability:

   Maintain and grow the broadest sustainable product offering in the industry with a focus on our “Four R’s” of “Reduce,” “Recycle,” “Renew,” and “Reuse”. For fiscal year 2019, approximately 65% of our pro forma net revenues were derived from products made with recycled, recyclable or renewable materials, and our goal is 100% by 2030.

Within each of these categories, we have a number of specific initiatives that we believe will improve our business, including: our automation and digital transformation initiatives; growth of our sustainable product offerings; reduction of our carbon footprint in our manufacturing and distribution processes; and our cost

reduction programs. We believe it is critical to embrace new technology and we have made significant investment across our business to accelerate growth and optimization opportunities. We rigorously track and measure the progress and results of each of our initiatives. We are focused on long-term planning and

 

134


goal-setting strategies as well as our near term operating results. We believe our strategic initiatives help drive our revenue growth, increase our market share and increase our margins.

Our SPMO’s initiatives drive our collective, cross-functional and company-wide efforts to increase growth and profitability across our business. The systematic approach championed by our SPMO includes collaborative partnerships across our segments, regular meetings with top executives and rigorous measurement of initiatives and progress against internal benchmarks. The SPMO’s initiatives have yielded significant results both on the top and bottom line. Our strategic initiatives also include internal goals for innovation. Our objective is to generate 25% of our revenue each year from new products introduced within the prior three years. In fiscal year 2019, 20% of our pro forma net revenues were generated from products that were less than three years old. The SPMO and its initiatives will continue to impact the way we work on a daily basis.

Our Segments

We are the largest producer of fresh food and fresh beverage packaging in North America (as measured by revenue). Our operations consist of manufacturing and selling products through three reportable segments: Foodservice; Food Merchandising; and Beverage Merchandising. The pie charts below show the breakdown of our pro forma net revenues for fiscal year 2019 by our segments, geography and products.

 

          FY2019 pro forma net

          revenues by segment

    

FY2019 pro forma net

revenues by product

  

  FY2019 pro forma net

  revenues by geography

 

 

*   Other represents residual businesses that do not represent a reportable segment.

Foodservice

Foodservice is the #1 manufacturer of foodservice products in North America (as measured by revenue). Foodservice generated $2.2 billion in net revenues and $336 million in Adjusted EBITDA (a 16% Adjusted EBITDA margin) for fiscal year 2019 and has grown its net revenues at a 2.5% CAGR from December 31, 2017 through December 31, 2019.

Foodservice provides a broad range of convenient, on-the-go products that let consumers eat and drink the fresh food and beverages that they want, where they want and when they want with confidence. We manufacture food containers, hot and cold cups, lids, plates, bowls, cutlery and straws, wraps and cafeteria trays.

 

135


Foodservice has a large customer base that includes chain restaurants, FSRs, established and emerging QSRs, distributors, institutional foodservices (e.g. airports, schools and hospitals) and convenience stores. We serve our customers nationwide, regionally or locally, depending on their needs.

We operate in the $22 billion North American foodservice packaging industry. The industry is forecast to grow at a CAGR of approximately 3% to 4% during the five-year period from 2019 through 2024. We believe that key growth drivers in the North American foodservice market include increased demand for fresh prepared foods and beverages that can be consumed safely and easily on-the-go; growing consumer demand for eat-at-home and order-in food delivery options; increasing catering and event services; and the shift toward higher value and feature-rich formats (e.g. tamper-evident and reclosable containers) and higher priced eco-friendly products and substrates.

Foodservice offers one of the broadest selections of foodservice products in North America and was the largest producer of foodservice packaging in North America in 2019 (as measured by revenue). Foodservice held a #1, #2 or #3 U.S. market share position in almost all of its product categories in 2019. The segment is well positioned to grow with today’s “eat anywhere/anytime” lifestyle trends and is aligned with the grab-and-go, away-from-home and eat-at-home preferences of consumers, rapidly expanding food delivery services and emerging QSRs, the trend toward fresh, ready-to-eat and prepared foods and the increasing consumer demand for sustainable products and products that protect against contamination. Since the start of 2019, we have launched, or expect to launch prior to the end of 2020, over 70 new items across many of our product categories under our proprietary EarthChoice brand. Our EarthChoice brand of products offers a robust line of sustainable packaging for customers looking for alternatives to traditional products. Foodservice provides significant value for customers through its “one-stop-shop” product and service offering, packaging solutions that align with today’s consumer preferences and by providing consistent and reliable quality.

The pie charts below show the breakdown of net revenues in our Foodservice segment for fiscal year 2019 by type of customer, by product and by geography.

 

    FY 2019 net revenues by

    customer type

    

FY 2019 net revenues by

product

  

FY 2019 net revenues by

geography

 

 

136


Food Merchandising

Food Merchandising is a leading North American manufacturer of solutions that package, protect and display food and keep it safe from contamination. Food Merchandising generated $1.4 billion in net revenues and $223 million in Adjusted EBITDA (a 16% Adjusted EBITDA margin) for fiscal year 2019 and its net revenues had a CAGR of (0.4)% from December 31, 2017 through December 31, 2019.

We manufacture containers for delicatessen, bakery, produce and snack food applications; microwaveable containers for fresh, prepared and ready-to-eat food; and trays for meat, poultry and eggs.

 

Food Merchandising’s extensive list of customers includes supermarkets, grocery and healthy eating retailers and other food stores as well as meat, egg, agricultural and consumer packaged goods (“CPG”) processors. We serve our customers nationwide, regionally or locally, depending on their needs.

We operate in the $9 billion North American food merchandising industry. This industry is forecast to grow at a CAGR of approximately 3% during the five-year period from 2019 through 2024. We believe that key growth drivers in North American food merchandising include increased consumption of fresh produce, meat, poultry, prepared foods and baked goods; increased demand for display-ready fresh food; the shift toward smaller containers, as well as fiber-based and higher value packaging formats (e.g. higher cost meat and poultry trays for organic and specialty products) and the proliferation of products designed to meet unique functional needs such as tamper-evident and reclosable containers.

Food Merchandising has the broadest range of products and packaging solutions in North America. Over 85% of its net revenues for 2019 were from products for which it held a #1, #2 or #3 U.S. market share position. The segment is aligned with increasing customers’ demand for packaging solutions that protect and display fresh food, fresh prepared, already-cooked and ready-to-cook foods. We believe that Food Merchandising provides a compelling value proposition to customers, packages that consumers like and trust and products that meet high standards with rapid turnaround times. Product innovation is focused on high-growth emerging companies where our products help deliver our customers’ brands.

 

137


The pie charts below show the breakdown of net revenues in our Food Merchandising segment for fiscal year 2019 by type of customer, by product and by geography.

 

FY 2019 net revenues by

customer type

    

FY 2019 net revenues by

product

  

FY 2019 net revenues by

geography

 

Beverage Merchandising

Beverage Merchandising is a leading manufacturer of fresh cartons for refrigerated beverage products in North America and certain portions of Southeast Asia, primarily serving dairy (including plant-based, organic and specialties), “good-for-you” juice and other specialty beverage end-markets. Beverage Merchandising generated $1.6 billion in net revenues and $196 million in Adjusted EBITDA (a 12% Adjusted EBITDA margin) for fiscal year 2019 and has grown its net revenues at a 1.4% CAGR from December 31, 2017 through December 31, 2019.

Based on management data, Beverage Merchandising is the only integrated producer of fresh beverage cartons in North America that offers customers a “one-stop-shop” carton solution, which we refer to as the TPSS. Beverage Merchandising manufactures and supplies integrated fresh carton systems, which include printed cartons with high-impact graphics, spouts and filling machinery. Beverage Merchandising also produces fiber-based LPB for its internal requirements and to sell to other fresh beverage carton manufacturers, as well as a range of paper-based products which it sells to paper and packaging converters. Based on management data, in 2019 Beverage Merchandising held a #1 U.S. and Canada market share position in its key beverage product categories: high-barrier LPB used for gable-top cartons; printed fiber-based beverage cartons; and high-speed filling machinery.

 

Beverage Merchandising’s key customers include national and regional dairy, juice and specialty beverage producers, cup, plate and container manufacturers and other beverage carton manufacturers.

We primarily operate in the $1 billion North American fresh beverage carton industry. The North American fresh beverage carton industry is forecast to grow at a CAGR of approximately 1% during the five-year period

 

138


from 2019 through 2024. Key growth drivers in North American fresh beverage cartons include increased demand for fresh, plant-based, organic and other specialty dairy products and specialty beverages, the displacement of other packaging formats by recyclable fiber-based cartons and the trend toward smaller size containers of one-half gallon or less. We also operate in growing emerging markets in Asia, including China, Korea, Malaysia and Taiwan and in the Middle East, including Israel, Morocco and Saudi Arabia through our joint ventures. We believe the Asian and Middle Eastern markets we serve are forecast to grow annually at approximately 5% and 3%, respectively, during the four-year period from 2020 through 2024. The growth in demand for the products we manufacture in emerging markets is driven by a growing middle class and urbanization.

One-hundred percent of our product offering is environmentally sustainable and fiber-based (excluding filling machinery and spouts) and our cartons are recyclable. We believe that Beverage Merchandising is well positioned to capitalize on consumer trends that favor fresh, conveniently-sized refrigerated beverage containers made with fiber-based materials that meet the demanding health, safety, speed and reliability requirements of customers and regulators. In addition, we believe our TPSS provides customers with a low cost solution and excellent customer service. We believe our market positions, our total systems approach, our manufacturing capabilities and our technical support and other services for customers give us a competitive advantage.

Beverage Merchandising has historically been operated and managed as a separate and independent reportable segment from our Foodservice and Food Merchandising segments. Beverage Merchandising’s leading position in fresh cartons for specialty dairy and juice gives us leadership in another “good-for-you” department around the outside of the supermarket and complements our existing leadership positions with food retailers in meat and poultry trays, fiber egg packaging, bakery and snack containers and fruit and produce containers. We believe the integration of the businesses will generate new product opportunities that capitalize on Beverage Merchandising’s fiber manufacturing and material science capabilities. We are targeting significant commercial benefits from this planned integration. We believe that by combining Beverage Merchandising with Foodservice and Food Merchandising, we will be able to provide a broader range of essential fiber-based packaging solutions for our customers. We also expect that the integration will help reduce cost by allowing us to use previously discarded materials, reduce procurement costs through combined purchasing and achieve potential cost savings through the integration of fiber and board materials.

The pie charts below show the breakdown of net revenues in our Beverage Merchandising segment for fiscal year 2019 by type of customer, by product and by geography.

 

    FY 2019 net revenues by

    customer type

  

FY 2019 net revenues

by product

  

FY 2019 net revenues

by geography

 

 

139


Our Products

We provide a wide range of products to serve convenience-oriented consumers by making it possible for them to eat and drink the fresh food and beverages that they want, when they want and where they want. Our products range from food containers, plates and bowls, hot and cold cups, lids, wraps and cutlery to meat and poultry trays, egg cartons and reclosable fresh beverage cartons. We make products that are convenient, reliable and offer consumers features like reclosability and tamper evidence. Our products help make daily life easier for consumers by reducing the time and hassle of cleaning up. We held a #1, #2 or #3 U.S. market share position in product categories that represent approximately 80% of our total pro forma net revenues in 2019.

Our Strengths

Unrivalled product and substrate breadth for on-the-go food and beverage consumption

We manufacture the broadest range of foodservice, food merchandising and beverage merchandising products in the North American market. We offer over 13,000 unique SKUs made from a diverse range of

substrates, including resins, bio-resins, plant and paper-based fiber and aluminum. We believe our extensive product offering is part of what makes us the “one-stop-shop” for our customers by providing them the ability to switch between our products and various substrates to meet evolving customer and consumer preferences.

Our material science expertise and state-of-the-art product design and testing capabilities enable us to engineer high-performing materials and create new and innovative products to meet the demanding requirements of our customers and the preferences of consumers as well as to increase food safety. We use our material science expertise to focus on sustainability, performance and material savings. We have an industry-leading analytical lab and dedicated technology center in Canandaigua, New York where we develop innovative resin blending and compounding formulations and processes and new engineered materials using paper/fiber substrates. We also have an innovation center in Bedford Park, Illinois where we have on-site design, testing, prototyping and production capabilities. These unique material and product design capabilities allow us to partner with our customers to rapidly develop and commercialize new and innovative solutions that further increase the value we provide our customers.

Our products are formulated and fabricated in compliance with all applicable food laws and regulations. In addition, our production facilities are independently audited for adherence to good manufacturing practices. All Beverage Merchandising converting facilities have received SQF (“Safe Quality Food”) certification, and 23 Foodservice and Food Merchandising facilities have achieved BRC (“British Retail Consortium”) certification for meeting globally-recognized standards related to food safety and quality.

We believe we offer the most extensive selection of eco-friendly fresh food and beverage products in North America that are manufactured from recycled, recyclable or renewable materials and we continue to grow our offering of sustainable products with new bio-resin and fiber-based offerings. We offer customers environmentally-friendly alternatives across nearly all of our products and categories today and we believe our EarthChoice brand is the largest eco-friendly foodservice brand with one of the broadest product lines in the North American foodservice industry.

Market leading positions across a broad range of products

We are the largest producer of fresh food and fresh beverage packaging in North America (as measured by revenue). We held a #1, #2 or #3 U.S. market share position in product categories that represent approximately 80% of our total pro forma net revenues in 2019. Our scale and broad product offering, efficient low-cost nationwide manufacturing and hub-and-spoke distribution capabilities, together with the various services, efficiencies and reliability we offer customers, create our unique and compelling value proposition. We believe that our market leading positions in almost every product category in North America provide pricing power and

 

140


purchasing leverage and help generate strong margins. Foodservice held a #1, #2 or #3 U.S. market share position in almost all of its product categories in 2019. Over 85% of Food Merchandising’s net revenues for 2019 were from product categories in which it held a #1, #2 or #3 U.S. market share position. Based on management data, Beverage Merchandising is the only integrated fresh beverage carton producer in North America and it held a #1 U.S. and Canada market share position in its key beverage product categories: high-barrier LPB used for gable-top cartons; printed fiber-based beverage cartons; and high speed filling machinery. We believe our market positions and scale are a significant competitive advantage and would be difficult for any competitor to replicate.

 

Growing consumer-oriented end markets

We serve customers in the fresh foodservice, fresh food merchandising and fresh beverage carton markets and we are well positioned to benefit from growth trends in each of these markets. Our businesses are aligned

 

141


with secular growth in demand for convenient, on-the-go fresh food and beverages and for products made from sustainable materials. The graph below sets forth the historical and expected growth in the addressable North American market served by our three reportable segments:

 

 

The addressable North American Foodservice market is valued at approximately $22 billion and is expected to grow at a CAGR of 4.2% during the five-year period from 2019 through 2024. We believe the breadth of our fresh, convenience-oriented and sustainable packaging solutions positions us to benefit from the key trends driving growth in the foodservice market. Consumers are increasingly eating food prepared away-from-home, as evidenced by the growing popularity of online delivery, take-out, drive-thru, emerging QSR brands and catering and events services. There has been a significant shift toward away-from-home eating, with away-from-home consumer spending increasing to 54% of total U.S. consumer food spending in 2018, compared to only 48% in 2000. We expect away-from-home’s percentage of overall consumer food spending to continue to increase in the future. Online food delivery transactions are expected to grow approximately 10% per annum through 2024. We believe growth in on-the-go hot and cold beverage consumption will drive increased consumption of our cups, lids and straws. In addition, we believe favorable demand trends in many of our other product categories, such as growing demand for chef-inspired packaged food and restaurant-prepared foods, will also drive increased consumption of our foodservice products. Consumer preference is shifting toward higher-priced and eco-friendly fiber-based substrates, and we believe consumers are increasingly considering the quality and sustainability of food and beverage packaging when selecting restaurants for delivery, take-out and drive-thru orders. Increased demand for lightweight packaging with value-add and safety features, such as enhanced tamper evidence, is also an important growth driver in the foodservice market. We believe our extensive selection of on-the-go and sustainable products with innovative features positions us to benefit from these growth trends and earn higher margins from the sale of these products.

The addressable North American Food Merchandising market is valued at approximately $9 billion and is expected to grow at a CAGR of 3.1% during the five-year period from 2019 through 2024. We believe our expansive selection of innovative and sustainable packaging solutions positions us to benefit from market trends driving growth in the North American food merchandising market. Consumption of fresh produce, meat, poultry, prepared food and baked goods in North America is increasing. Consumer preference is shifting toward fiber-based packaging and smaller product formats. Consumers increasingly want to be able to see the food they buy while being assured of its safety and they increasingly want food that is fresh and ready-to-eat. In addition, the North American food merchandising market is projected to grow as consumers shift toward higher value and

 

142


feature-rich formats (e.g. innovative tamper-evident containers and recycled PET meat and poultry trays for

organic and specialty products) and with the proliferation of proprietary products designed to meet unique functional needs for customers, such as meat and poultry trays that are engineered to be packed and wrapped at high speeds. We believe we are positioned to benefit from these trends due to our wide-ranging product offerings and our ability to design and develop innovative on-trend products that meet evolving consumer preferences and the specific requirements of our customers.

The addressable North American Beverage Merchandising market is valued at approximately $1 billion and is expected to grow at a CAGR of 0.6% during the five-year period from 2019 through 2024. We believe demand for fresh beverage cartons will increase as consumer preference shifts toward fresh, refrigerated, organic and plant-based dairy and smaller product formats (i.e. cartons that are one-half gallon or smaller). We believe that demand will also increase as consumer preference shifts toward convenient, sustainable and visually-attractive printed fiber beverage cartons from alternative formats. We believe that a growing middle class and urbanization trends in emerging markets in Asia position us to continue benefitting from international growth as well. We believe our broad range of sustainable, fiber-based beverage packaging will allow us to benefit from these trends.

An important trend affecting all three of our business segments is the growing preference of consumers for fresh and prepared food and fresh beverages. Almost every product we make across our three segments is specifically designed for fresh food and beverages and we expect to benefit from the consumer’s desire to increasingly eat and drink fresh. Whether consumers eat at home or away-from-home, we believe we are well-positioned to cater to their preferences. The following graphs set forth the expected growth in the U.S. away from-home meals market and the U.S. online food delivery market during the five-year period from 2019 to 2024.

 

Compelling value proposition backs longstanding strategic partnerships with blue chip customer base

Our customer relationships across leading FSRs and QSRs, foodservice distributors, supermarkets, grocery and healthy eating retailers, other food stores, fresh food and beverage producers, food packers and food processors are based on a long history of trust. We believe we have developed strong long-term partnerships with a diverse group of blue-chip customers due to our compelling value proposition driven by our broad range of products, the range of substrates we manufacture products from, our national distribution network and our ability to quickly design and manufacture innovative custom solutions.

 

143


We believe our “one-stop-shop” model offers our customers significant commercial, logistics and cost advantages. Our breadth of products and nationwide network of regional mixing centers means we can partner with customers anywhere in the United States and meet their wide-ranging food and beverage packaging needs. We offer our customers the ability to work with one salesperson, place one order with one customer service representative and receive one shipment, thereby improving efficiencies and lowering working capital. Customers are able to minimize supply chain and logistics costs by shipping with full truck loads from our distribution centers rather than shipping from multiple locations or overseas with our competitors.

We partner with our customers to develop new product designs that help them market their brands. Through our leading production technology and material science expertise, we are able to rapidly develop on-trend new products with features that meet the evolving preferences of consumers. As a result, we serve a critical role in developing and differentiating iconic food and beverage brands for our customers with consumers.

Customers rely on our products to help protect their brands by keeping food and beverages safe and fresh. Whether it is a hot coffee cup with the iconic logo of one of our national Foodservice customers or Food Merchandising’s clear containers that let consumers see the fresh salads and fruit at their supermarket, our products are integral to consumers’ everyday lifestyles. Each one of Beverage Merchandising’s fresh beverage filling machines safely and reliably fills approximately 1 million cartons each week for our customers without leakage or spoilage, which is critical to protecting their brands. Customers depend on the quality, reliability and performance of our products for critical applications like these and many others. Our customers trust us with their brand reputation each time they use our products.

We have also invested in programs that allow us to better serve our clients by improving the procurement process. Our VPA tool helps customers navigate our extensive product offering and directs them toward the products that best fit their packaging needs.

We believe these value-added services differentiate us from our competitors and strengthen our position as a leading strategic partner with our customer base.

Examples of our customers by segment:

 

 

Foodservice

 

 

 

    

 

  

 

Food Merchandising

 

 

 

    

 

  

 

Beverage Merchandising

 

Well-invested, nationwide footprint and unique distribution model enhances competitive position

We have a large well-invested, manufacturing base and a hub-and-spoke distribution network in the United States and the international geographies in which we operate. The majority of our assets are in the United States, which allows us to provide an extensive offering of products manufactured in the United States to our customers.

 

144


We believe our manufacturing footprint and distribution network provides us a competitive advantage in each of our segments. Foodservice is the only manufacturer in the United States with an extensive nationwide hub-and-spoke distribution network, which enables customers to buy across our entire product offering. Food Merchandising is a low cost U.S. manufacturer with well-invested facilities that are within close proximity to our customer base. We have an unrivalled product offering in the North American foodservice and food merchandising markets and a “one-face-to-the-customer” service model. This service model uses one sales representative per account to produce one order which is supported by one customer service representative that is responsible for one shipment with one invoice. We believe Beverage Merchandising is uniquely positioned in the U.S. and in the emerging markets we serve as the only producer that manufactures fresh beverage cartons, filling machinery and LPB, which we believe positions us as a low cost solution with excellent customer service.

We have made manufacturing flexibility a priority in our investment of capital. We are able to offer substrates and product lines to match changing market needs efficiently and at low cost. This enables us to scale production to match the requirements of our customers and trends in the market, including for example, increasing our use of recycled and recyclable material to produce a greater number of sustainable products and earn higher margins from the sale of these products. We have strategically invested in flexible manufacturing assets that can be quickly converted to produce alternative products. Our broad manufacturing base includes approximately 900 production lines and we manufacture approximately 115 billion units each year. We believe the flexibility of our manufacturing capabilities across our large asset base is a competitive advantage.

Foodservice has 16 manufacturing plants. Food Merchandising has 24 manufacturing plants. Foodservice and Food Merchandising share the use of 26 warehouses and 8 regional mixing centers. Beverage Merchandising has 6 U.S. beverage carton manufacturing plants, 7 international beverage carton manufacturing plants (including 3 plants in our joint ventures), 2 filling machinery plants, 3 extrusion plants, 2 integrated LPB and paper mills and 3 chip mills. Each of our manufacturing plants is managed by a manufacturing director, and we utilize lean operating practices and information technology to measure performance against objective metrics to optimize manufacturing efficiency and reduce cost. We estimate that it would require more than $11.6 billion to replicate our manufacturing assets, and we believe it would be exceedingly difficult to recreate our proprietary manufacturing know-how and in-house developed technologies that enable us to produce the broad range of high-quality products we efficiently manufacture, distribute and sell to customers. In addition, it would be difficult to construct comparable manufacturing facilities across the breadth of our locations and capabilities.

We have made significant investments in our manufacturing plant network, including approximately $636 million in pro forma capital expenditures over the last two fiscal years, approximately $374 million of which has been invested in growth and productivity initiatives. These investments have centered on automation, operational efficiencies and innovation for value-add and eco-friendly product offerings. Recent investments include capacity expansions, increased process speed, yield improvements and new processes and capabilities. We believe that these investments will help drive future growth in net income from continuing operations and Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations.

Sustainability focus is aligned with today’s consumer preferences and our customers’ goals

We offer a broad range of sustainable products that are made with recycled, recyclable, renewable or compostable materials. We manufacture an eco-friendly alternative across nearly our entire range of products and offer products made from seven different types of sustainable substrates. Through our state-of-the-art production technology and material science experience, we have the ability to develop new value-add and sustainable materials and solutions. We believe we are well positioned to benefit from changing consumer preferences for more environmentally sustainable products. In fiscal year 2019, approximately 65% of our pro forma net revenue came from products made from recycled, recyclable or renewable materials. In addition, based on third-party industry research and management estimates, the global addressable market for sustainable packaging is estimated to grow at a 5-10% CAGR through 2025.

 

145


In addition, many of our customers have publicly-stated goals to increase the use of sustainable products. A significant portion of our new product and material innovations are geared toward developing sustainable products for our customers. As current customers using traditional materials look to switch to more sustainable alternatives, we are well-positioned to quickly and effectively support them. With a high percentage of our net revenue coming from products that are made from recyclable or other sustainable materials, we are helping our customers achieve their own sustainability goals.

Foodservice offers a rapidly growing selection of sustainable products through our EarthChoice brand. Food Merchandising is the leading North American producer of fiber-based egg packaging. The portfolio includes over 250 products, each with at least one of our four environmental attributes:

 

   

Reduce: We reduce the use of petroleum-based materials by incorporating other materials, such as minerals and plant-based starches, into select EarthChoice products.

 

   

Recycle: We manufacture products that include post-consumer recycled materials and actively engage in initiatives to expand recycling of foodservice packaging.

 

   

Renew: We utilize renewable resources and promote initiatives to broaden composting of foodservice packaging.

 

   

Reuse: We design products that may be washed and reused by consumers.

Beverage Merchandising’s reclosable fresh beverage packaging consists entirely of sustainable fiber-based cartons (excluding spouts). Our cartons are recyclable and are made with over 70% renewable material. We hold third-party certifications from Forest Stewardship Council, the Programme for the Endorsement of Forest Certification and the Sustainable Forestry Initiative which demonstrate our commitment to responsible wood procurement and chain-of-custody procedures.

In addition to our use of recycled and renewable materials, we also support efforts to expand opportunities for consumers to recycle or compost our products, notably as one of the founding members of the Carton Council, Paper Recovery Alliance, Plastics Recovery Group, Foam Recycling Coalition and the Paper Cup Alliance. We have demonstrated our commitment to use more recycled plastic by joining the Association for Plastic Recyclers’ Demand Champions program. We engage with the composting industry through the U.S. Composting Council, and a growing number of our products are certified compostable by the Biodegradable Products Institute. We are a longstanding member of the Sustainable Packaging Coalition, an industry working group dedicated to a more robust environmental vision for packaging.

We are working to limit our environmental impact by reducing greenhouse gas emissions, increasing energy efficiency and minimizing waste going to landfills. For example, nearly 60% of the energy we use in Beverage Merchandising to make paper comes from biomass, a renewable energy source, and we generate solar energy for local communities near our Canton, North Carolina mill. In addition, we consistently optimize our freight routes in order to lower fuel consumption, and we recycle internally almost all our plastic processing scrap in manufacturing our own products and we recycle externally our paper scrap, which reduces material going to landfills.

Demonstrated track record of new product development

We have a proven history of product innovation, including the introduction of new products and the addition of innovative features to existing products. We have introduced over 3,800 new products, including over 500 new sustainable products within the last 5 years. Innovation is a core capability we are proud of and a key focus area going forward as we strive to enhance our product portfolio, drive growth and increase margins.

We have significant intellectual property and proprietary know-how. We hold over 400 patents related to product design, utility and material formulations.

 

146


Our primary focus areas for product innovation are the development of packaging with new value-add features, engineering new materials that improve the performance of our products and commercializing new environmentally-friendly packaging solutions. Both consumer preferences and the requirements of our customers continually evolve and we strive to develop new value-add features and products to meet those needs. Through our long-standing customer relationships, we gain valuable insight into our customers’ needs and are able to identify, engineer and develop the optimal products for them. Functionality, quality, material savings, brand marketing and safety are key drivers in our product development. Examples of our product innovations include reclosable beverage cartons, proprietary SecuriTESMART tamper-evident containers, strawless lids, compostable cutlery and recycled PET containers.

In Foodservice, our product innovation initiatives are focused on developing new products made from sustainable materials. Since the start of 2019, we have launched, or expect to launch by the end of 2020, over 70 new items across many of our product categories under our EarthChoice brand. In Food Merchandising, our product innovation is focused on rapidly growing emerging companies for whom packaging helps deliver their brand. In Beverage Merchandising, we have developed a variety of carton designs to help beverage manufacturers differentiate their products and generate stronger brand recognition. Our barrier board technology allows our customers to achieve longer shelf life for their products as well as protecting against the loss of vitamins and other nutrients.

In 2019, on a pro forma basis, we spent a total of $22 million on research and development efforts. We have dedicated technology and innovation facilities, and we employ personnel focused on product development, material innovation and process improvement. We maintain a robust pipeline of potential new projects related to new products, materials and process improvements, and we currently have over 150 active projects across our three segments. Examples of the commercialization of our research and development projects include:

 

   

New products: Our new EarthChoice line of compostable plates and bowls and our new dual color polypropylene hinged lid line of containers

 

   

New materials: Foamed PET, next-generation CPET and polyethylene-free cup stock

 

   

Process improvements: Increased use of RPET in PET products and improved thermoforming processes that will enable us to use alternative materials and increase output

 

 

 

147


 

Attractive financial profile with strong free cash flow generation

We have an attractive financial profile with strong free cash flow generation. Our large and growing end markets, unrivalled North American manufacturing and distribution network, effective raw material cost pass-throughs and active cost management result in high margins and strong free cash flow generation. The majority of our net revenues are pursuant to long-term customer contracts that include resin and other raw material cost pass-through provisions, and many of our contracts include cost pass-through provisions for other cost components, including freight, energy, labor and cost of living. The contractual pass-through mechanisms ensure that substantially all increases and decreases in the cost of resin are passed on to customers, which mitigates the effect of resin price movements on our profitability. We also effectively manage our raw material costs by leveraging our significant purchasing scale to obtain favorable pricing with our diversified supplier base.

We intend to use the proceeds of this offering to repay a portion of our existing indebtedness and, in the long-term, we expect to use a portion of our available free cash flow to further delever our balance sheet. While we have operated the business with significantly higher leverage in the past, we intend to significantly delever our balance sheet using the net proceeds of this offering, plus cash on hand, and we are focused on further deleveraging our balance sheet in the long-term to achieve a target leverage ratio of approximately 3.0x net debt (defined as total principal amount of debt less cash and cash equivalents) to Adjusted EBITDA.

Recession-resilient Financial Profile

The data presented in the graphs below represent the respective segment measure of performance, derived from separate financial statements not included in this prospectus. Pactiv Foodservice / Food Packaging was a segment of Pactiv Inc., prior to our acquisition of Pactiv Inc. in 2010, and is substantially consistent with the aggregation of our currently reported Foodservice and Food Merchandising segments. This data was prepared in accordance with GAAP applicable at the time of the issuance of the financial statements of Pactiv Inc. from which it was derived. Evergreen was one of our reportable segments for the periods presented and is consistent with our currently reported Beverage Merchandising segment. This data was prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) applicable at the time of the issuance of the financial statements of the RGHL Group from which it was derived.

 

 

148


We believe our participation in recession-resilient food and beverage end markets helps us maintain a strong financial profile for each of our segments throughout the economic cycle. Regardless of the economic environment, consumers will continue to eat and drink and our products keep their food and beverages safe and fresh. For example, as illustrated in the chart above, during the 2008-2009 recession the financial performance of Pactiv Foodservice / Food Packaging and Evergreen improved while the S&P 500 decreased by approximately 24% during that same two year period.

Our strong financial profile is also driven by our long-term contracts with customers that average approximately three years in length and that contain raw material, energy, freight and other variable costs pass-through mechanisms. We have secured long-term contracts with many of our major customers, and together these contracts represented a total of 55% of our pro forma net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2019. Of the total net revenues generated pursuant to these contracts in 2019, 60% was covered by specific and effective cost pass-through mechanisms that insulate us to a substantial extent from fluctuations in raw material and other variable costs. We expect the combination of long-term contracts with our customers and the pass-through mechanisms in many of these contracts will lead to greater certainty of future net revenues and help reduce the volatility of our net income (loss) from continuing operations and Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations.

World-class management team

We have a committed team of talented management, led by John McGrath, our Chief Executive Officer, who has over 35 years in the industry. The rest of our leadership team averages over 20 years of industry experience.

Our management team is focused on their vision for the Group, which includes a culture of innovation, excelling at quality and service, creating relied-on products that are part of people’s lives, minimizing our impact on the environment and constantly evolving the business to meet customers’ needs. Our management team’s key accomplishments include integrating, developing and growing the Group with a strong ethics-driven and safety-focused culture while still achieving a leading market share and strong financial results. In addition, we attribute our lower than industry standard employee turnover rates to our collaborative, trustworthy company culture and our unwavering commitment to safety and to our approximately 15,000 employees. Our strong management team is well positioned to effectively manage the business into the future with a depth of talented and dedicated employees already primed to lead the next generation of the Group.

 

149


Our Strategy

Continue to capitalize on our industry leading position and grow with our customers

We participate in large and growing food and beverage markets with strong market penetration. We have market leading positions in many of the product categories that we participate in and have developed longstanding strategic partnerships with our customers. We offer our customers a broad and innovative selection of product solutions across a wide range of substrates. We provide a wide range of value-added services to our customers. We believe our extensive manufacturing and distribution network makes us one of the lowest cost and most flexible manufacturers in our industry. We have the capability to meet the demanding and evolving product, material and performance requirements of our customers. We are positioned to supply customers in fast-growing markets, such as fresh and prepared food delivery, healthy eating retailing and plant-based dairy substitutes, and

in emerging market geographies. We believe we offer our customers a unique and compelling value proposition. These factors and our focus on offering a high quality portfolio of food and beverage packaging products provide tremendous value to our customers and continue to drive growth.

Target profitable growth through new and innovative products

Our demonstrated track record of product innovation has in our view helped differentiate us from our competitors and gain business with customers. Our product innovation drives incremental growth and margin within the product categories in which we compete. We intend to use our broad manufacturing capabilities, product development know-how and material science expertise to continue to add to our product offering and to enter adjacent product categories across our segments.

We believe there are significant opportunities in the markets we serve for us to develop new products. We are developing products with increased functionality and innovative features to help our customers improve the fresh, prepared and ready-to-eat products they offer to consumers. We are also developing products to build consumers’ point of sale awareness of our customers’ brands. Additionally, we believe increasing environmental awareness, sustainability and safety concerns of consumers will continue to create significant new product opportunities for us. We expect these and other new opportunities will generate higher margins and incremental profitable growth for us.

In Foodservice, we are introducing new compostable plates and bowls made from internally sourced proprietary fiber board, compostable cutlery and straws made from plant-based resins, two-piece polypropylene container systems and strawless lids made from recyclable resins. In Food Merchandising, we are introducing recycled PET meat trays, recycled PET foam egg cartons, recycled PET thermoformed containers, ovenable CPET containers and recycled PET hinged-lid containers with proprietary tamper-evident hinge features under the SecuriTESMART tamper-evident line. In Beverage Merchandising, we have introduced our SmartPak line of sustainable beverage cartons and we are developing a poly-free fiber board for use in paper cups and cartons, which we believe will be a major product innovation.

Execute on operational excellence, grow our business and reduce cost

Since 2017, we have experienced headwinds in our operations due to a variety of factors, many of which we believe have subsided or which we are actively addressing through strategic capital initiatives that we believe also position the Company for future growth. We believe the declines in our Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations we have experienced during this period are largely attributable to temporary factors that include: increased labor costs of $73 million due to labor shortages in 2018; increased freight and logistics costs of $74 million primarily driven by a shortage of truck drivers in 2018; increased raw material costs driven primarily by inclement weather that affected Beverage Merchandising’s primary source of wood raw materials in 2019 of $33 million; and operational issues driving higher costs of $19 million at our two Beverage Merchandising mills in 2018 and 2019. As a result of certain other headwinds, we have also experienced additional costs totaling $56 million since 2017. The conditions that drove the increased freight, raw material and labor costs have

 

150


subsided. Nonetheless, to address the labor shortages, we have implemented automation programs to decrease total labor costs. At our Beverage Merchandising mills, we have invested in our assets and our systems to increase our operational efficiency. These and other initiatives are part of the 4-year strategic investment program that we began in 2018 and plan on completing by the end of fiscal year 2021.

Over the two year period ended December 31, 2019, we invested approximately $374 million in pro forma capital expenditures in a number of strategic initiatives to grow our business and reduce cost. These strategic initiatives involve automation, operational efficiency and the development and launch of new products and capabilities. We believe these initiatives will further enhance our value proposition and product offering for customers, streamline and further reduce the cost of our manufacturing and distribution of products and position us to capitalize on growth opportunities in the markets we serve.

We have targeted a weighted average long-term payback of approximately two years for these strategic capital investments. We define long-term payback as the number of years of targeted benefit to Adjusted EBITDA required to equal the amount of our investment.

The table below summarizes the capital costs we have incurred on these projects, the expected payback periods, the Adjusted EBITDA benefits we have achieved through December 31, 2019 and June 30, 2020 and the total targeted Adjusted EBITDA benefit. Included in the $374 million of total 2018-2019 strategic investments is approximately $228 million we invested in growth initiatives and approximately $146 million we invested in a series of initiatives that we believe will increase the efficiency of our operations and further reduce our costs. As the data in the table shows, for the 12 months ended June 30, 2020 initiatives that we have implemented at our Foodservice, Food Merchandising and Beverage Merchandising segments have realized Adjusted EBITDA benefits of $47 million, $24 million and $8 million, respectively.

 

(in millions, unless otherwise indicated)

   Capex      Long-term
payback
     Adjusted
EBITDA
benefit
realized
during 12
months
ended
December 31,
2019
     Adjusted
EBITDA
benefit
realized
during
12
months
ended
June 30,
2020
     Targeted
total
annual
Adjusted
EBITDA
benefit
 

Business Growth

              

Foodservice

   $ 54        ~ 2 years      $ 10      $ 14        *  

Food Merchandising

     42        ~ 2 years        8        11        *  

New product & material innovation

 

           

Foodservice

   $ 38        ~ 2 years      $ 13      $ 12        *  

Food Merchandising

     13        ~ 2 years        2        7        *  

Automation

              

Foodservice

   $ 56        ~ 2 years      $ 13      $ 15      $ 26  

Food Merchandising

     13        ~ 2 years        3        3        6  

Digital transformation

              

Foodservice

   $ 35        ~ 2 years      $ 3      $ 4      $ 12  

Food Merchandising

            ~ 2 years        2        2        2  

Integrated supply chain

              

Foodservice

   $ 25        ~ 2 years        —        $ 2      $ 14  

Food Merchandising

     19        ~ 2 years        —          2        10  

Cost reduction

              

Foodservice

   $ 17        *        —          —          *  

Food Merchandising

     17        *        —          —          *  

Beverage Merchandising

     46        ~ 4 years        3        8        18  
  

 

 

    

 

 

          
   $ 374        ~ 2 years           
  

 

 

    

 

 

          

 

151


 

*

Targeted total annual Adjusted EBITDA benefit amounts for these initiatives have been omitted from the table above because the Adjusted EBITDA benefits for these initiatives are not entirely within our control.

Note: We define long-term payback as the number of years of targeted benefit to Adjusted EBITDA required to equal the amount of our investment.

We intend to invest approximately $287 million over the two year period ended December 31, 2021 in what we believe are high return new strategic initiatives or to complete strategic investments in process. In the six months ended June 30, 2020, we invested approximately $59 million of this $287 million total amount of capital expenditures. Included in the $287 million of total targeted 2020-2021 strategic investments is approximately $145 million we plan to invest in growth initiatives and approximately $142 million that we plan to invest in a series of initiatives that will increase the efficiency of our operations and further reduce our costs. We have targeted a weighted average long-term payback for these investments of approximately two years. The table below summarizes our 2020-2021 strategic capital investments and the long-term payback we estimate for those investments.

 

(in millions, unless otherwise indicated)

   Capex      Expected
payback
period
     Targeted
total annual
Adjusted
EBITDA
benefit
 

Business Growth

        

Foodservice

   $ 23        ~ 2 years        *  

Food Merchandising

     34        ~ 4 years        *  

New product & material innovation

        

Foodservice

   $ 37        ~ 4 years        *  

Food Merchandising

     18        ~ 1 year        *  

Beverage Merchandising integration

        

Foodservice

   $ 34        ~ 1 year        *  

Cost reduction

        

Foodservice

   $ 44        ~ 3 years      $ 13  

Food Merchandising

     30        ~ 4 years        7  

Beverage Merchandising

     68        ~ 2 years        32  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    
   $ 287        ~ 2 years     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

*

Targeted total annual Adjusted EBITDA benefit amounts for these initiatives have been omitted from the table above because the Adjusted EBITDA benefits for these initiatives are not entirely within our control.

Note: We define long-term payback as the number of years of targeted benefit to Adjusted EBITDA required to equal the amount of our investment.

As discussed above, we are making strategic investments in a number of targeted programs to further improve our operations, grow our business, and reduce our costs with the goal of increasing the Adjusted EBITDA of our reportable segments. Details of the strategic initiatives include:

 

   

Business Growth Initiatives. Beginning in 2018, we launched a number of business growth initiatives which are primarily focused on increasing production capacity, speeding up production lines and adding new manufacturing process capabilities. Through December 31, 2019, we invested approximately $96 million in these initiatives and have targeted a long-term total payback of approximately 2 years for these initiatives for both the Foodservice and Food Merchandising segments. For the 12 months ended June 30, 2020, we have realized Adjusted EBITDA benefits from these initiatives of $14 million for the Foodservice segment and $11 million for the Food Merchandising segment. We anticipate realizing the remainder of the total targeted Adjusted EBITDA benefit in subsequent periods. In the 2020-21 period, we intend to invest $57 million in business growth initiatives and are targeting a long-term total payback of approximately 2 years for these initiatives for the Foodservice segment and approximately 4 years for the Food Merchandising segment.

 

152


   

New Product and Material Innovation. In 2018, we also launched a series of initiatives to develop new innovative products and materials. These initiatives are primarily focused on developing products with new shapes, sizes and features, products made using new substrates and growing our line of sustainable products. Through December 31, 2019, we invested approximately $50 million in these initiatives and have targeted a long-term total payback of approximately 2 years for these initiatives for both the Foodservice and Food Merchandising segments. For the 12 months ended June 30, 2020, we have realized Adjusted EBITDA benefits from these initiatives of $12 million for the Foodservice segment and $7 million for the Food Merchandising segment. We anticipate realizing the remainder of the total targeted Adjusted EBITDA benefit in subsequent periods. In the 2020-21 period, we intend to invest $55 million in new product and material innovation initiatives and are targeting a long-term total payback of approximately 4 years for these initiatives for the Foodservice segment and approximately 1 year for the Food Merchandising segment.

 

   

Increase productivity through automation: We continue to invest in automating manual tasks to increase operating efficiency and safety. We commenced a systematic automation program in 2017 to lower labor costs and eliminate repetitive tasks, which we expect to complete by the end of 2020. Our automation strategy includes implementing end of production line automation and palletizing, introducing automated vehicles, changing work flow and work cells to streamline processes and integrating collaborative robots (“COBOTs”) with our employees. We estimate that phase 1 of our system automation program will require approximately $88 million of capital expenditures and we have targeted a total payback of approximately 2 years. Through December 31, 2019, we invested $69 million in automation initiatives. We have targeted approximately $26 million of total Adjusted EBITDA benefit through cost savings from this program for the Foodservice segment and approximately $6 million of total Adjusted EBITDA benefit through cost savings for the Food Merchandising segment. For the 12 months ended June 30, 2020, we have realized Adjusted EBITDA benefits from these initiatives of $15 million for the Foodservice segment and $3 million for the Food Merchandising segment. We anticipate realizing the remainder of the total targeted Adjusted EBITDA benefit in subsequent periods.

 

   

Improve operations through digital transformation: We have launched a number of digital initiatives to significantly improve our operational efficiency and effectiveness, including our Factory Asset Intelligence program, our fast analytics program, our Resin Procurement Optimization Tool (“RPOT”) and our Virtual Packaging Assistant (“VPA”) for customers. The factory asset intelligence program was designed to target productivity increases of 10% across our manufacturing facilities. We have implemented the program at two facilities and have established a dedicated team to help implement the program at additional sites and at a significantly reduced cost. Our fast analytics program enables us to obtain and analyze data, which helps us make real-time decisions to improve the operation, efficiency and speed of decision-making throughout many aspects of the business. RPOT lowers cost by optimizing our resin purchase plan based on demand, manufacturing constraints, commodity cost forecasts and supply constraints. Our proprietary VPA helps customers select the products that best fit their packaging needs. These initiatives are helping us build our integrated, data-driven culture to transform our operations through digitally-connected people, assets and processes. Through December 31, 2019, we invested $35 million in digital transformation initiatives. We have targeted approximately $12 million of total Adjusted EBITDA benefit through cost savings from this program for the Foodservice segment and approximately $2 million of total Adjusted EBITDA benefit through cost savings for the Food Merchandising segment. For the 12 months ended June 30, 2020, we have realized Adjusted EBITDA benefits from these initiatives of $4 million for the Foodservice segment and $2 million for the Food Merchandising segment. We anticipate realizing the remainder of the total targeted Adjusted EBITDA benefit in subsequent periods.

 

   

Reduce costs through an integrated supply chain: We are integrating our supply chain by implementing production planning, transportation management and warehouse management software. We are increasing our operational efficiency through interlocking task management and other initiatives that will improve throughput and productivity. These programs will improve supply chain management, reduce inventory and drive out cost. Through December 31, 2019, we invested $44 million in integrated supply chain

 

153


 

initiatives. We have targeted approximately $14 million of total targeted Adjusted EBITDA benefit through cost savings from this program for the Foodservice segment and approximately $10 million of total targeted Adjusted EBITDA benefit for the Food Merchandising segment. For the 12 months ended June 30, 2020, we have realized Adjusted EBITDA benefits from these initiatives of $2 million for the Foodservice segment and $2 million for the Food Merchandising segment. We anticipate realizing the remainder of the total targeted Adjusted EBITDA benefit in subsequent periods.

 

   

Other Cost Savings Initiatives: We have launched a number of programs focused on improving the performance and earnings of our two Beverage Merchandising LPB mills. We have also launched a series of local productivity programs intended to offset inflation. Our Operator Driven Reliability, or ODR, program focuses our operators on optimizing lubrication, managing vibration and ensuring precision alignment, with the goal of reducing production variability and improving productivity. We have new personnel initiatives focused on recruitment, increased training and employee certification along with increased support from our suppliers and technical experts. We are installing a predictive analytics and visualization system at our Canton, North Carolina mill to optimize quality and speed. A number of small capital expenditure projects have commenced or are under consideration, in each case with the intention of lowering cost and/or improving productivity in certain sub-processes within our mills, such as white liquor optimization and bark boiler natural gas conversion. Through December 31, 2019, we invested $80 million in cost reduction initiatives and have targeted a long-term total payback of approximately 4 years for these initiatives. For the 12 months ended June 30, 2020, we have realized Adjusted EBITDA benefits from these initiatives of $8 million for the Beverage Merchandising segment. We anticipate realizing the remainder of the total targeted Adjusted EBITDA benefit in subsequent periods. In the 2020-21 period, we intend to invest $142 million in additional cost reduction initiatives, including further mill operational improvements, phase 2 of our automation program and other cost reduction initiatives and are targeting a long-term total payback of approximately 3 years for these initiatives for the Foodservice segment, approximately 4 years for the Food Merchandising segment and approximately 2 years for the Beverage Merchandising segment.

In addition to the strategic investment program described above, we have implemented a series of operating initiatives to improve our operating performance. These operating initiatives focus on effective pricing, speed of changeovers, labor management, total maintenance cost and offsetting inflation. These initiatives do not require any significant capital expenditures and are expected to help improve our operating efficiency.

Integrate Beverage Merchandising

Beverage Merchandising has historically been operated and managed as an individual reportable segment, separate from Foodservice and Food Merchandising. Beverage Merchandising’s leading position in fresh cartons for specialty dairy and juice gives us leadership in another “good-for-you” department around the outside of the supermarket and complements our existing leadership positions with food retailers in meat and poultry trays, fiber egg packaging, bakery and snack containers and fruit and produce containers. We believe the integration of the businesses will generate new product opportunities that capitalize on Beverage Merchandising’s fiber manufacturing and material science capabilities. We will leverage Beverage Merchandising’s fiber capabilities and Foodservice and Food Merchandising’s resources to create innovative customized products. For example, we have launched a line of fully compostable paper plates and bowls under the EarthChoice brand, which combines the strengths of Beverage Merchandising’s barrier board manufacturing technology and Foodservice’s go-to-market expertise.

We believe we can complete the integration with limited capital expenditures. We plan to invest approximately $34 million to capitalize on commercial opportunities created by the integration of the businesses, such as the development of new products like paper hot cup sleeves, paper tray liners, paper bags and other paper foodservice products. We believe these investments have an attractive payback period and will help drive future growth.

 

154


Focus on sustainability as a growth opportunity

We view sustainability as a growth opportunity. We offer one of the broadest lines of eco-friendly products for fresh food and beverages in the North American market to support our customers’ sustainability goals and meet consumers’ demands. Unlike some other industry participants, most of our environmentally friendly products are produced in the United States.

We believe we are well positioned to benefit from trends toward sustainable products. Consumers increasingly prefer products which are made from recycled, recyclable or renewable materials. Consumers are also often willing to pay more for food and beverage items made from environmentally-friendly substrates, which result in sales with higher profitability for us.

Across our business, we believe we are well positioned to benefit from growth in fiber-based, recycled, recyclable and compostable packaging. We currently offer a recyclable or sustainable product for nearly every product category that we manufacture and we have the product offering and material technology to move customers to alternative substrates. Many of our customers have publicly-stated goals to increase the use of sustainable products and we are committed to launching new and innovative sustainable product lines for our customers. In Foodservice, we continue to develop and introduce new products under the EarthChoice brand, which includes a comprehensive sustainable portfolio of products made with bio-resins, fiber, recyclable PET and mineral filled polypropylene. In Food Merchandising, we are the largest producer of molded fiber egg cartons in the United States and believe we are positioned to benefit from shifts toward fiber and away from foam polystyrene. Our Food Merchandising segment continues to produce new sustainable product innovations, such as our recycled PET meat trays and egg cartons. In Beverage Merchandising, we continue to develop new fiber-based beverage cartons, such as our SmartPak line of sustainable cartons. We are reducing our carbon footprint by increasing our recycled resin content, growing our fiber-based product offering and using recyclable resins and materials, such as infinitely-recyclable aluminum.

We actively manage our portfolio of products to capitalize on material substitution opportunities to improve Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations. For fiscal year 2019, approximately 65% of our pro forma net revenues, or approximately $3.4 billion, were derived from products made with recycled, recyclable or renewable materials. The approximately $3.4 billion of pro forma net revenues during fiscal year 2019 was comprised of approximately $965 million of pro forma net revenues from sales of recycled and recyclable PET and polypropylene, approximately $2.055 billion of pro forma net revenues from sales of molded fiber and paper products and approximately $380 million of pro forma net revenues from sales of other recyclable and compostable materials. We are committed to our goal of achieving 100% of sales from recycled, recyclable or renewable materials by 2030.

Carefully evaluate and pursue highly accretive acquisitions

Given the breadth of our product offering, multiple business platforms in fresh food and beverage merchandising and the scale of our manufacturing, distribution and customer network, we believe we are well positioned to grow through strategic acquisitions within our industry. Furthermore, we believe we have a competitive advantage over our peers in mergers and acquisitions due to our historical acquisition track record and ability to leverage our scale to generate incremental synergies versus our peers.

We are an experienced consolidator with a proven track record of successfully integrating our acquired companies to capture synergies and broaden our product offering. We intend to continue to apply a selective and disciplined acquisition strategy that focuses on enhancing our scale, product diversity and geographic reach, while bolstering our financial performance through synergies and additional cash generation. In addition, we may also divest non-core assets from time to time.

 

155


Environmental, Social and Governance Commitments

Environmental

Through our sustainable product offering and efficient manufacturing processes, we intend to reduce our impact on the environment. Since 2015, we have achieved a 12% reduction in absolute energy consumption, which resulted in a 10% reduction in greenhouse gas emissions. Our recyclable and compostable product offering helps reduce the amount of our products that end up in landfills. In the last four years, approximately 65% of Pactiv’s waste has been recycled each year. We are dedicated to meeting the highest standards of sustainability. For example, 100% of Beverage Merchandising’s fiber meets the SFI Fiber Sourcing standards for sustainable fiber.

We currently offer a wide variety of sustainable products offered through our leading EarthChoice brand or under our customers’ brands. While we are proud of the fact that 65% of our pro forma net revenues are currently derived from materials that are recyclable, recycled or renewable, we are focused on reaching our goal of 100% by 2030.

In addition, we support efforts to expand opportunities for consumers to recycle or compost our products, notably as one of the founding members of the Carton Council, Paper Recovery Alliance, Plastics Recovery Group, Foam Recycling Coalition and the Paper Cup Alliance. We have demonstrated our commitment to use more recycled plastic by joining the Association for Plastic Recyclers’ Demand Champions program. We engage with the composting industry through the U.S. Composting Council, and a growing number of our products are certified compostable by the Biodegradable Products Institute. We are a longstanding member of the Sustainable Packaging Coalition, an industry working group dedicated to a more robust environmental vision for packaging. We hold third-party certifications from Forest Stewardship Council, the Programme for the Endorsement of Forest Certification and the Sustainable Forestry Initiative which demonstrate our commitment to responsible wood procurement and chain-of-custody procedures. We plan to publish our first comprehensive sustainability report, cataloguing our extensive sustainability initiatives and metrics, during the third quarter of 2020.

Social

We are committed to engaging our employees and communities through a variety of social initiatives centered around safety, leadership and community involvement. Safety is a core value and affects everything we do. Our manufacturing facilities have achieved safety metrics that are approximately three times better than industry average in 2019. We had a total recordable incidence rate of 1.14 compared to the industry average of 3.20, a total lost time rate of 0.83 compared to the industry average of 1.93, and a total lost workday rate of 0.35 compared to an industry average of 0.93. In addition to our safety-oriented culture, we invest in the health and well-being of our employees, as evidenced by the approximately $30 million of investments in employee comfort and convenience initiatives in our facilities since the beginning of 2019.

We are committed to values of respect for our people and our communities and we focus on attracting and retaining a diverse workforce. For example, we engage our communities and provide leadership opportunities for our employees through our Operations Leadership Development Program and our Leadership Advisory Council. Our Operations Leadership Development Program recruits Junior Military Officers and puts them through an intensive training program to fast-track their transition into manufacturing and logistics leadership roles. Thirty-one candidates have successfully completed or are currently enrolled in this program and seven are currently Plant Managers or Warehouse Operations Managers. Our Leadership Advisory Council identifies high performing and high potential employees. We also provide these employees with the executive mentorship and guidance needed for them to excel, and we provide them with leadership and strategy development training. This program has been highly successful, with two of our CEO’s direct reports having participated in the program.

Governance

We have implemented a strong, independent governance program. The composition of our board of directors reflects our commitment to independence. Of the seven members of the board, four are independent members, including two women. The chairman of our board of directors is also an independent member.

 

156


History

PTVE was incorporated under the name Reynolds Group Holdings Limited in 2006. Prior to the closing of this offering, we will convert into a corporation incorporated in the state of Delaware with the name Pactiv Evergreen Inc. PTVE acquired various food service and beverage merchandising related businesses, including Evergreen, RCPI, Closure Systems International (“CSI”), Pactiv and GPC. We sold most of CSI in 2019. RCPI (except for its foodservice business which was combined with Pactiv) was distributed to our stockholder in February 2020 and GPC will be distributed to PFL prior to the closing of this offering. Our current business comprises our Pactiv business and our Evergreen business, which were operated separately until 2019, when they were combined under a unified management structure.

Each of our businesses has a long heritage and a history of innovation and product development. Pactiv was originally part of Tenneco Packaging Inc. In November 1999, Tenneco Packaging Inc. (which was renamed Pactiv Corporation) was spun-off from Tenneco Inc. In November 2010, we acquired Pactiv and combined the Pactiv foodservice business with our Reynolds foodservice businesses in Pactiv and transferred Pactiv’s consumer products business to RCPI. In May 2011, we acquired Dopaco Inc., which was added to our Pactiv business, and have subsequently acquired and sold various smaller businesses. Beverage Merchandising’s predecessor was established in 1946 when International Paper Company (“IPC”) entered the beverage packaging business. Over the years, the business was responsible for many breakthroughs in beverage carton packaging, including the introduction of PE coated cartons and barrier board technology. IPC’s beverage packaging business included fresh beverage converting facilities, a fresh filling machine manufacturing facility and the Pine Bluff, Arkansas mill. In January 2007, we acquired IPC’s beverage packaging business and renamed it Evergreen. In July 2007, Evergreen acquired Blue Ridge Paper Products, Inc.

Our Industry

We primarily operate in the North American foodservice, foodservice packaging, retail and food processor packaging and liquid carton containers industry, which had a combined market size of approximately $32 billion in 2019.

Foodservice refers broadly to products used in restaurants and for away-from-home eating and drinking. Food Merchandising refers broadly to products for fresh, prepared and ready-to-eat, on-the-go or eat-at-home foods sold through supermarkets, grocery and other food stores. Beverage Merchandising refers broadly to cartons and related products for refrigerated fresh dairy, juice and specialty beverages sold in retail outlets and used in school lunches.

Foodservice

The North American foodservice market was approximately $22 billion in 2019. The market grew at a CAGR of 3.0% during the four-year period from 2015 through 2019 and is expected to grow at a CAGR of 4.2% during the five-year period from 2019 through 2024.

 

157


The addressable foodservice market we serve includes containers, cups, lids, plates and bowls, utensils, wraps and cafeteria trays.

 

     Total estimated
size
($ in billions)
Year ended
December 31,
2019
     2015 – 2019
market CAGR
    2019 – 2024
forecasted
market CAGR
 

Containers

   $ 10.1        4.0     5.8

Cups

   $ 5.9        1.5     2.6

Lids

   $ 0.9        1.0     3.5

Plates and bowls

   $ 1.1            0.5

Utensils

   $ 0.7        3.0     2.1

Film and foil wraps

   $ 1.5        3.9     3.6

Cafeteria trays

   $ 0.2        3.1     7.1

 

Note: Information above represents North American market only. Category market size based on third party study. Excludes paper bags.

We believe that key growth drivers in the North American foodservice market include increased demand for fresh food and beverages that can be consumed safely and easily on-the-go; growing consumer demand for take-out, eat-at-home and order-in food delivery options; increasing catering and event services; and the shift toward higher value and feature-rich formats (e.g. tamper-evident and reclosable containers) and higher priced eco-friendly products and substrates.

Food Merchandising

The addressable North American food merchandising market was valued at approximately $9 billion in 2019. The market grew at a CAGR of 4.3% during the four-year period from 2015 through 2019 and is expected to grow at a CAGR of 3.1% during the five-year period from 2019 through 2024.

The North American food merchandising market we serve includes meat and poultry trays, bakery and snack containers, prepared food trays, egg cartons and fruit and produce containers.

 

     Total estimated
size
($ in billions)
Year ended
December 31,
2019
     2015 – 2019
market CAGR
    2019 – 2024
forecasted
market CAGR
 

Meat and poultry trays / containers

   $ 2.1        2.6     2.2

Bakery trays / containers

   $ 1.2        4.8     2.8

Prepared food trays

   $ 2.2        5.2     3.7

Egg cartons

   $ 0.5        3.1     2.8

Fruit / produce trays / containers

   $ 1.5        6.0     4.6

 

Note: Information above represents North American market only. Category market size based on third party study. Excludes other trays / containers.

We believe that key growth drivers in North American food merchandising include increased consumption of fresh produce, meat, poultry, prepared foods and baked goods; increased demand for display-ready fresh food; the shift toward smaller containers as well as fiber-based and higher value packaging formats (e.g. higher cost meat and poultry trays for organic and specialty products) and the proliferation of products designed to meet unique functional needs such as tamper-evident and reclosable containers.

 

158


Beverage Merchandising

The addressable North American beverage merchandising market was valued at approximately $1 billion in 2019. The market had a CAGR of (0.2)% in the four-year period from 2015 through 2019 and is expected to grow at a CAGR of 0.6% during the five-year period from 2019 through 2024.

The North American beverage merchandising market we serve includes fresh beverage cartons, fiber products and filling machinery.

 

     Total estimated
size
($ in billions)
Year ended
December 31,
2019
     2015 – 2019
market CAGR
    2019 – 2024
forecasted

market CAGR
 

Fresh beverage cartons

   $ 1.1        (0.2 )%      0.6

 

Note: Information above represents North American market only and does not include Beverage Merchandising’s international markets. Category market size based on third party study. CAGR assumes no pricing change.

We believe key growth drivers in North American beverage merchandising include increased demand for fresh, plant-based, organic and other specialty dairy products and specialty beverages, the displacement of other packaging formats by recyclable fiber-based cartons and the trend toward smaller size containers of one-half gallon or less.

We also operate in growing emerging markets in Asia, including China, Korea, Malaysia and Taiwan and in the Middle East, Israel, Morocco and Saudi Arabia through our joint ventures. We believe the Asian and Middle Eastern markets we serve are forecast to grow annually at approximately 5% and 3%, respectively, during the four-year period 2020 through 2024. The growth in demand for the products we manufacture in emerging markets is driven by a growing middle class and urbanization.

Customers

We supply our products to a broad and diversified mix of companies, including FSRs and QSRs, foodservice distributors, supermarkets, grocery and healthy eating retailers, other food stores, food and beverage producers and food processors. Based on management data, in 2019 we were the #1 supplier to many of our customers across our product categories in the aggregate, including four of the five largest foodservice distributors, eight of the ten largest supermarket chains, three of the four largest dairies, and the three largest QSR groups. We were also the #1, #2 or #3 packaging supplier to six of the eight largest meat and poultry processors. Our customers range from large blue-chip multinational companies to national and regional companies to small local businesses. Food Merchandising’s extensive list of customers includes supermarkets, grocery and healthy eating retailers and other food stores as well as meat, egg, agricultural and CPG processors. We serve our customers nationwide, regionally or locally, depending on their needs. Beverage Merchandising’s key customers include national and regional dairy, juice and specialty beverage producers, cup, plate and container manufacturers and other beverage carton manufacturers. We have a diverse business with no single customer representing more than 10% of our pro forma net revenues for fiscal year 2019. In fiscal year 2019, our top ten customers accounted for 37% of our pro forma net revenues.

Our contracts with customers average approximately three years in length and generally contain mechanisms to pass through changes in raw material costs, and may contain pass-through mechanisms for freight and other variable costs. We have secured long-term contracts with many of our major customers, and together these contracts represented a total of 55% of our pro forma net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2019. Of the total net revenues generated pursuant to these contracts in fiscal year 2019, 60% was covered by specific cost pass-through mechanisms that insulate us to a substantial extent from fluctuations in raw materials and certain other variable costs.

 

159


Marketing and Sales

Our Foodservice and Food Merchandising segments primarily use a direct sales force to sell to foodservice and retail customers and also utilize third-party brokers for selected products and accounts. Our marketing and sales effort is premised on the “one-face-to-the-customer” value proposition which offers our customers the ability to work with one salesperson, place one order with one customer service representative and receive one shipment, thereby improving efficiencies and lowering working capital. In addition to the sales professionals and customer service representatives, the sales organization includes marketing teams and an internal logistics and transportation team.

Our Beverage Merchandising segment’s sales and marketing staff coordinates and performs all customer interaction activities, including sales, marketing and technical services. Beverage Merchandising reaches its large and diversified customer base primarily through a direct field sales force. Beverage Merchandising’s customer service representatives are responsible for processing sales orders, expediting production and liaising with customers on order status. Machine service technicians, paper technicians and field service engineers work closely with key account managers to satisfy customers’ needs.

New Product Development

Our material science expertise and state-of-the-art product design and testing capabilities enable us to engineer and create new and innovative products to meet the requirements of our customers and preferences of consumers while increasing food safety. We have an analytical lab and dedicated technology center in Canandaigua, New York where we develop innovative resin blending and compounding formulations and processes and new engineered materials using paper/fiber substrates. We also have an innovation center in Bedford Park, Illinois where we have on-site design, testing, prototyping and production capabilities. These facilities support and accommodate the full range of research, formulation, design and testing requirements related to customer-driven applications, including design studios, analytical and quality test laboratories, pilot operations for new materials and technology development, test kitchens, rapid prototyping modules and commercial tooling fabrication operations. Research and development costs, on a pro forma basis, were $22 million, $19 million and $16 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

These unique material and product design capabilities allow us to partner with our customers to rapidly develop and commercialize new and innovative solutions that further increase the value-add we provide our customers. Examples of our product innovations include reclosable beverage cartons, proprietary tamper-evident containers, strawless lids, compostable cutlery and recycled PET containers. We continue to actively develop new products, primarily focusing on developing packaging with new value-add features, engineering new materials that improve the performance of our products and commercializing new environmentally-friendly packaging solutions.

Competition

Foodservice and Food Merchandising have an unrivaled product offering in North America and a leading customer value proposition exemplified by their “one-stop-shop,” “one-face-to-the-customer” and nationwide hub-and-spoke distribution models. Foodservice is a leading manufacturer of food containers, hot and cold cups, lids, plates, bowls, cutlery and straws, wraps and cafeteria trays. Food Merchandising is a leading manufacturer of containers for delicatessen, bakery, produce and snack foods applications, containers for prepared and ready-to-eat food and trays for meat, poultry and eggs. Based on management data, Beverage Merchandising is the only integrated producer of fresh beverage cartons in North America that offers customers a “one-stop-shop” carton solution, which we refer to as the TPSS. Beverage Merchandising manufactures and supplies integrated fresh carton systems, which include printed cartons with high-impact graphics, spouts and filling machinery. Beverage Merchandising also produces fiber-based LPB to sell to its fresh beverage manufacturing competitors.

 

160


We believe our TPSS differentiates us from our North American competitors and helps us to secure increased volumes and better terms with our customers and a large share of the North American market.

We believe that due to our extensive nationwide footprint and breadth of our product line, we have no single competitor that competes with us across all regions and all product lines in North America. The following companies, among others, compete with us: Dart Container Corporation, Huhtamäki Oyj, Berry Global Group, Inc., Genpak LLC, Sonoco, Paper Excellence Group, Stora Enso Oyj, Amcor plc, Sealed Air Corporation, Silgan Holdings, SIG Combibloc and Elopak.

The markets in which we sell our products historically have been, and continue to be, highly competitive. Competition in our industry is based on a number of factors including price, service, quality and product offering. While we have long-term relationships with many of our customers, the underlying contracts may be re-bid or renegotiated from time to time, and we may not be successful in renewing on favorable terms or at all, as pricing and other competitive pressures may occasionally result in the loss of a customer relationship.

Seasonality

Portions of our business are moderately seasonal. Our Foodservice and Food Merchandising operations peak during the summer and fall months in North America when the favorable weather, harvest and holiday season lead to increased consumption, resulting in greater levels of sales in the second and third quarters. Beverage Merchandising’s customers are principally engaged in providing products that are generally less sensitive to seasonal effects, although Beverage Merchandising does experience some seasonality as a result of increased consumption of milk by school children during the North American academic year, resulting in a greater level of carton product sales in the first and fourth quarters.

Manufacturing and Distribution

The majority of our manufacturing assets are in the United States, which allows us to provide an extensive offering of products manufactured in the United States to our customers. We believe our manufacturing footprint and distribution network provide us with a competitive advantage in each of our segments. Foodservice is the only manufacturer in the industry with an extensive nationwide hub-and-spoke distribution network, which enables customers to buy across our entire product offering. Food Merchandising is a low cost U.S. manufacturer with well-invested facilities that are within close proximity to our customer base. We have an unrivaled product offering in the North American foodservice and food merchandising markets and a “one-face-to-the-customer” service model. This service model uses one sales representative per account to produce one order which is supported by one customer service representative that is responsible for one shipment with one invoice. We believe Beverage Merchandising is uniquely positioned in the U.S. and in the emerging markets we serve as the only producer that manufactures fresh beverage cartons, filling machinery and LPB.

We have made manufacturing flexibility a priority in our investment of capital. We are able to offer substrates and product lines to match changing market needs efficiently and at low cost. This enables us to scale production to match the requirements of our customers and trends in the market, including for example, increasing our use of recycled and recyclable material to produce a greater number of sustainable products. We believe the flexibility of our manufacturing capabilities across our large asset base is a competitive advantage.

Foodservice has 16 manufacturing plants. Food Merchandising has 24 manufacturing plants. Foodservice and Food Merchandising share the use of 26 warehouses and 8 regional mixing centers. Beverage Merchandising has 6 U.S. beverage carton manufacturing plants, 7 international beverage carton manufacturing plants (including 3 plants in our joint ventures), 2 filling machinery plants, 3 extrusion plants, 2 integrated LPB and paper mills and 3 chip mills. Each of our manufacturing plants is managed by a manufacturing director, and we utilize lean operating practices and information technology to measure performance against objective metrics to optimize manufacturing efficiency and reduce cost.

 

161


We have made significant investments in our manufacturing plant network, including approximately $810 million in strategic pro forma capital expenditures over the last three years. These investments have centered on automation, operational efficiencies and innovation for value-add and eco-friendly product offerings. In connection with these investments, we have targeted up to approximately $94 million of aggregate annual cost savings, of which $16 million have been realized as of December 31, 2019. We believe that these investments will reduce our costs and also increase our productivity.

We utilize two distribution models: our direct model and our regional mixing center distribution model. We ship direct from our manufacturing sites to customers that order large quantities of a limited range of items. We serve customers that order an extensive range of products through our eight regional mixing centers. Together, our two distribution models comprise our nationwide hub-and-spoke distribution system. We utilize both distribution models to serve our Foodservice customers, including FSRs, QSRs and institutional customers, and our Food Merchandising customers, including supermarkets and food processors. In Beverage Merchandising, we ship direct to our customers, including dairies, juice and specialty beverage producers as well as other beverage carton manufacturers. The combination of these two distribution models enables us to optimize service, efficiency and cost for our customers and for us and increases our profitability.

Raw Materials and Suppliers

We have a diverse supplier base, and are not reliant on any single supplier for the majority of our primary raw materials, including plastic resins, fiber and paperboard. In fiscal year 2019, on a pro forma basis, the total value of raw materials we consumed was approximately $2.2 billion and represented 52% of our total pro forma cost of sales, excluding depreciation and amortization. Plastic resins accounted for 48% of raw material consumed, on a pro forma basis, for fiscal year 2019, while fiber collectively accounted for 21%. We also purchase raw material additives, secondary packaging materials and finished products for resale. We source a significant majority of our resin requirements from domestic suppliers. We have a track record of actively managing and/or successfully passing along to customers raw material price fluctuations. We also enter into hedging agreements at the request of certain customers who want to mitigate the risk of changes in raw material costs in their product pricing.

Centralized purchasing enables us to leverage the global purchasing power of our operations and reduces our dependence on any one supplier. We generally enter into short-term contracts or purchase raw materials on a purchase order basis to take advantage of market conditions. In certain instances, we purchase selected finished goods from third-party suppliers to supplement capacity and source specialty items.

Product Quality Management and Product Safety

Quality and safety are cornerstones of our business. Our commitment to quality and safety has driven the strong and longstanding relationships we have with our customers, as our customers know they can rely on our products to protect fresh food and beverages and help consumers stay safe.

Our segments each maintain quality procedures through strong corporate leadership, comprehensive integrated quality controls across manufacturing operations, collaboration with suppliers and contract manufacturers, analytical capabilities and physical property testing. We have continuous improvement programs focused on cost reduction, productivity enhancements and improving product quality.

Furthermore, our manufacturing operations are designed to meet or exceed product safety requirements through disciplined control of primary materials and traceability of products. We review our facilities regularly for full compliance, and appropriate remediation procedures are taken if necessary. Our high workforce engagement and industry leading safety rates at plants reflect our commitment to the safety and well-being of our employees. We have a “safety-first” culture, with safety being a top priority in all aspects of our business. We

 

162


had an average Occupational Health and Safety Administration Recordable Incident Rate of 0.78 for the last three years in our Foodservice and Food Merchandising segments (as compared to an industry average in 2018 of 3.1 for Converted Paper Product Manufacturing and 3.9 for All Other Plastics Manufacturing), and an average Recordable Incident Rate of 0.68 for the last three years in our Beverage Merchandising segment (as compared to an industry average in 2018 of 2.7).

Intellectual Property

We have significant intellectual property and proprietary know-how. We have a significant number of registered trademarks and hold over 400 patents related to product design, utility and material formulations, which, along with our trade secrets and manufacturing know-how, help support our ability to add value within the market and sustain our competitive advantages. We have invested a considerable amount of resources in developing proprietary products and manufacturing capabilities, and we employ various methods, including confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements with third parties, employees and consultants, to protect our intellectual property. While in the aggregate our patents are of material importance to us, we believe that we are not dependent upon any single patent or group of patents. Similarly, while we believe that we are not dependent upon any single trademark or group of trademarks, our trademarks are of material importance to us in the aggregate, and our EarthChoice and SmartPak® trademarks and branding are becoming increasingly significant as we expand our environmentally-friendly product lines.

Other than licenses for commercially available software, we do not believe that any of our licenses from third parties are material to us taken as a whole. We do not believe that any of our licenses to intellectual property rights granted to third parties are material to us taken as a whole.

Employees

As of June 30, 2020, we employed 15,033 people. Approximately 33% of our employees are covered by collective labor agreements. We have not experienced any significant union-related work stoppages over the last ten years. We believe our relationships with our employees and labor unions are satisfactory.

Information Systems

We predominantly utilize commonplace commercially available third-party technology and systems to support our operations, including for financial reporting, inventory management, customer and supply chain management and category management.

A common enterprise resource planning (“ERP”) ecosystem is used by our facilities for operations, procurement, receiving, warehousing, inventory management and order processing. In addition, in our mills we use best in industry manufacturing execution systems (“MES”) that are specifically designed and configurable to streamline and optimize the unique processes of the pulp and paper industry. Our ERP/MES environment is fully integrated, providing us with the ability to transact with customers and vendors seamlessly, optimize manufacturing in support of our demand signals and order cycles, efficiently process orders and shipments and manage inventory. We also use targeted information technology systems and analytics to support business intelligence and processes across our sales channels, including in relation to trade management, industry trends, demand forecasting and segment planning and reporting.

We continue to innovate and invest in information systems and technology to enhance the customer experience, drive sales and create operating efficiencies. Over the last ten years, we have transitioned the facilities we have acquired to our common technology, and added modern analysis systems that provide us additional functionality and scalability in order to better support operational and financial decision-making, using

 

163


the latest data management technology. These investments also include a specific focus on in-plant real-time analysis in support of differentiated operational efficiency and production quality. We believe our existing systems are scalable to support future growth.

In addition, we have launched a number of digital initiatives designed to significantly improve our operational efficiency and effectiveness, including our Factory Asset Intelligence program, our fast analytics program, RPOT and VPA. These initiatives are helping us build our integrated, data-driven culture to transform our operations through digitally-connected people, assets and processes.

Principal Properties

Our corporate headquarters are located in Lake Forest, Illinois. Currently, we own 44 properties in the United States and 13 internationally, and lease or license 48 properties in the United States and 21 internationally. This includes 63 manufacturing facilities and 34 warehouses which comprise our global production and distribution network.

We believe that all of our properties are in good operating condition and are suitable to adequately meet our current needs.

Regulatory

Our business is subject to regulations governing products that may contact food. We are also subject to various federal, state, local and international environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, and associated permits, which are subject to renewal, modification and revocation. Among other things, these laws and regulations govern the emission or discharge of materials into the environment (including air, water or ground), climate change, the use, storage, treatment, disposal, management and releases of, and exposure to, hazardous substances and wastes, the health and safety of our employees and the end-users of our products, protection of wildlife and endangered species, wood harvesting and the materials used in and the recycling of our products. We have implemented compliance programs and procedures designed to achieve compliance with applicable laws and regulations.

In addition, a number of governmental authorities, both in the United States and abroad, have considered, and are expected to consider, legislation aimed at reducing the amount of plastic waste. For instance, some U.S. municipalities and states and certain other countries have proposed or enacted legislation prohibiting or restricting the sale and use of single-use food packaging and foodservice products and requiring them to be replaced with recyclable or compostable alternatives. We have developed a broad line of eco-friendly products, including products made from recycled, recyclable and renewable materials, and we actively monitor such legislative actions and, where appropriate, adjust our product offering in response to such laws.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we are a party to various claims, charges and litigation matters arising in the ordinary course of business. Management and legal counsel regularly review the probable outcome of such proceedings. We have established reserves for legal matters that are probable and estimable, and at June 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019 and 2018, these reserves were not significant. While we cannot feasibly predict the outcome of these matters with certainty, we believe, based on examination of these matters, experience to date and discussions with counsel, that the ultimate liability, individually or in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

164


MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

We are currently reviewing the composition of our board of directors and our committees in light of this offering. In subsequent filings with the SEC, we will update any relevant disclosure herein as appropriate. The following table presents the names of the executive officers and directors that we intend to have in place at the closing of this offering.

 

Name

  

Age

    

Position

Executive Officers

     
John McGrath      62      Chief Executive Officer
Michael Ragen      49      Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer
John Rooney      57      President, Beverage Merchandising
Tim Levenda      52      President, Foodservice
Eric Wulf      39      President, Food Merchandising

Directors

     
Allen Hugli      57      Director
John McGrath      62      Director
LeighAnne Baker      61      Director Nominee
Michael King      41      Director Nominee
Rolf Stangl      49      Director Nominee
Felicia Thornton      56      Director Nominee
Jonathan Rich      65      Director Nominee and Chairman of the Board of Directors

Executive Officers

John McGrath

Mr. McGrath has been a member of our board of directors since August 2020 and has served as our Chief Executive Officer since                 . Mr. McGrath served as the Chief Executive Officer and the President of Pactiv from 2010 to 2020. Prior to becoming Chief Executive Officer of Pactiv, Mr. McGrath served as Vice President of Sales, Marketing and Product Development for Pactiv’s foodservice and food packaging division. Formerly, Mr. McGrath served as the general manager of Pactiv’s food processor business and prior to that, Vice President of Logistics. He has also held various positions in sales, marketing and product development throughout his career. Mr. McGrath is the past chairman of the Foodservice Packaging Institute. Mr. McGrath is currently a member of the board of directors of OmniMax International, Inc. Mr. McGrath was selected to serve on our board of directors because of the perspective, management, leadership experience and operational expertise in our business.

Mr. McGrath received an MBA from Northwestern University and a Bachelor of Science majoring in Engineering from the United States Military Academy at West Point.

Michael Ragen

Mr. Ragen has served as our Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer since                 . From October 2018 to                 , Mr. Ragen served as Chief Operating and Financial Officer of Pactiv, and as Chief Financial Officer since 2014. Prior to joining Pactiv in 2014, Mr. Ragen served as an executive for Rank from 2012 to 2014, held various roles with AB Mauri from 2004 to 2011 and with Burns, Philp & Company Limited from 1994 to 2004.

Mr. Ragen is a CPA certified by the Australian Society of CPAs and received a Bachelor of Business from the University of Technology, Sydney.

 

165


John Rooney

Mr. Rooney has served as the President of Beverage Merchandising since                 . Mr. Rooney served as the Chief Executive Officer of Evergreen from                  to                 . He also served as Chief Executive Officer of the combined operations of Evergreen and our former Graham Packaging and Closures segments from early 2016 to late 2018 and Chief Executive Officer of Graham Packaging from November 2015 to late 2018. He also served as Chief Executive Officer of Evergreen from May 2011 to June 2016. Mr. Rooney has worked at Evergreen since 1991 in a number of progressive leadership assignments including Plant Manager, International Marketing, Business Integration and General Manager of Evergreen Packaging Equipment.

Mr. Rooney received an MBA from Penn State University and a Bachelor of Science majoring in Chemistry from the University of Connecticut.

Tim Levenda

Mr. Levenda has served as the President of Foodservice since September 2019. From December 2014 to September 2019, he served as Senior Vice President, Foodservice. Mr. Levenda first joined Pactiv in 2007 as Executive Director, Sales, following Pactiv’s acquisition of Prairie Packaging LLC, where he served as Executive Director, Sales since 2000, and Regional Sales Manager from 1998 to 2000. Mr. Levenda worked as a Regional Sales Manager for Marcal Paper Mills from 1992 to 1998, and in various roles at Coca-Cola Bottling Company of Chicago from 1990 to 1992.

Mr. Levenda received a Bachelor of Arts majoring in Economics from Wabash College.

Eric Wulf

Mr. Wulf has served as the President of Food Merchandising since March 2020. From August 2019 to March 2020, he served at Pactiv as the President of Food Packaging, and previously as Vice President, Food Packaging from July 2014 to August 2019. Mr. Wulf joined Pactiv in 2003 as a Customer Account Representative and has held various other roles including Territory Account Manager, Associate Product Manager, Product Manager, and Business Manager. He serves as Vice Chairman on the Board of Directors for Foodservice Packaging Institute.

Mr. Wulf received an MBA from Northwestern University, and a Bachelor of Science majoring in Computer Engineering from Iowa State University.

Directors (who are not Executive Officers)

Allen Hugli

Mr. Hugli has been a member of our board of directors since January 2020. Mr. Hugli served as the Chief Financial Officer of PTVE from                  to                 . He currently serves as Chief Financial Officer and a director of Rank and a director of other entities owned by Mr. Hart. He has been a senior executive of Rank since 1993. Mr. Hugli previously held positions in financial management and audit practices in Australia, Canada and New Zealand. Mr. Hugli was selected to serve on our board of directors because of his finance, accounting and senior management experience.

Mr. Hugli received a Bachelor of Commerce (Honours) from Queen’s University at Kingston. Mr. Hugli holds a CPA CA designation from the Chartered Professional Accountants of Canada.

LeighAnne Baker

Ms. Baker is expected to join our board of directors upon the listing of our shares of common stock on Nasdaq. Ms. Baker currently serves on the board of directors, the compensation committee and the stakeholder

 

166


and enterprise risk committee of ABM Industries Inc. Ms. Baker previously served as Chief Human Resources Officer of Cargill, Inc. from 2014 to 2020. Prior to joining Cargill, Ms. Baker served as Chief Human Resources Officer at Hertz Global Holdings and Reynolds and Reynolds Company. She also held numerous leadership positions in operations and human resources at The Timken Company. Ms. Baker was selected to serve on our board of directors because of her experience as a senior executive and board member for public and private corporations across multiple industries.

Ms. Baker received a Master of Science in Management from the Graduate School of Business at Stanford University, an MBA from Ashland University and a Bachelor of Arts majoring in Mathematics from Capital University.

Michael King

Mr. King is expected to join our board of directors upon the listing of our shares of common stock on Nasdaq. Mr. King has served as the Chief Executive Officer and President of our former Graham Packaging segment since December 2018. He also served as President of Graham Packaging from April 2017 to November 2018. Prior to Graham Packaging, Mr. King was President of FRAM Group from August 2015 to April 2017. Mr. King has held various leadership positions including Global Vice President of Sales and Marketing at Graham Packaging, Global Sales Director at Graham Packaging, Global Vice President and General Manager of TI Automotive Fuel Systems Division and Global Director of Sales and Engineering at TI Automotive Fuel Systems. He began his career as an engineer with Lear Corporation. Mr. King was selected to serve on our board of directors because of his industry and management experience.

Mr. King received a Bachelor of Science degree in Polymer Chemistry (Plastics) from Ferris State University.

Rolf Stangl

Mr. Stangl is expected to join our board of directors upon the listing of our shares of common stock on Nasdaq. Mr. Stangl has served as Chief Executive Officer of SIG Combibloc Group AG since 2008. Prior to becoming Chief Executive Officer of SIG, Mr. Stangl held a number of positions within SIG, including Head of Corporate Development and M&A, Chief Executive Officer of SIG Beverage (a division subsequently divested), and Chief Market Officer. Previously, he was an Investment Director for small and mid-cap buyouts at a family office in London, and a Senior Consultant with Roland Berger Strategy Consultants in Germany. Mr. Stangl was selected to serve on our board of directors because of his industry and management experience.

Mr. Stangl received a Bachelor of Business Administration from ESC Reims & ESB Reutlingen.

Felicia Thornton

Ms. Thornton is expected to join our board of directors upon the listing of our shares of common stock on Nasdaq. Ms. Thornton currently serves as Vice Chairman of the board of directors of 99 Cents Only Stores, Inc., having previously held executive positions within the company since 2015, including Interim Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer. Formerly, Ms. Thornton served as Co-Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer and President of Demoulas Super Markets, Inc., Chief Executive Officer of Knowledge Universe Education Holdings and Chief Financial Officer of Albertson’s Inc. Ms. Thornton also currently serves on the board of directors of Convergint Technologies LLC, CoolSys, Inc. and Floor & Decor Holdings, Inc. Ms. Thornton is a fellow of the National Association of Corporate Directors and a member of the Latino Corporate Director Association. Ms. Thornton was selected to serve on our board of directors because of her extensive finance, corporate strategy, M&A, integration and board experience.

Ms. Thornton received an MBA from the University of Southern California and a Bachelor of Science majoring in Economics from Santa Clara University.

 

167


Jonathan Rich

Mr. Rich is expected to join and serve as chairman of our board of directors upon the listing of our shares of common stock on Nasdaq. Mr. Rich has served as Chief Executive Officer of Lumileds since 2019 and served as Chairman of the Board of Directors of Lumileds in 2019. Formerly, Mr. Rich served as Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors of Berry Global Corporation from 2010 to 2018, and as President, Chief Executive Officer and member of the Board of Director of Momentive from 2007 to 2010. Prior to that, he held positions with Goodyear Tire and Rubber Company, first as President of the Global Chemicals business and subsequently as President of Goodyear’s North American Tire Division. Mr. Rich spent his formative years at General Electric, first as a research scientist at GE Global Research and then in a series of management positions with GE Plastics. Mr. Rich previously served on the Board of Directors of PLZ Aeroscience and Hexion LLC. Mr. Rich was selected to serve on our board of directors because of his industry and board experience.

Mr. Rich received a Ph.D. in Chemistry from the University of Wisonsin-Madison and a Bachelor of Science majoring in Chemistry from Iowa State University.

Board Structure

Upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors will consist of seven members.

In connection with this offering, we will enter into a stockholders agreement with PFL. Among other things, the stockholders agreement will provide PFL with the right to nominate a certain number of directors so long as the Hart Entities beneficially own at least 10% of the outstanding shares of our common stock. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders Agreement.”

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that, prior to the first date on which the Hart Entities or any Permitted Assigns beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding shares of our common stock, all directors will stand for election each year at our annual meeting of stockholders. From and after such date, our board of directors will be divided into three classes serving staggered three-year terms, with one class standing for election each year. At each annual meeting of stockholders, directors will be elected to succeed the class of directors whose terms have expired. This classification of our board of directors could have the effect of increasing the length of time necessary to change the composition of a majority of the board of directors. In general, at least two annual meetings of stockholders will be necessary for stockholders to effect a change in a majority of the members of the board of directors.

Director Independence

We are a “controlled company” under the rules of Nasdaq. As a result, we qualify for exemptions from, and have elected not to comply with, certain corporate governance requirements under the rules. Even though we are a controlled company, we are required to comply with the rules of the SEC and Nasdaq relating to the membership, qualifications and operations of the audit committee, as disclosed below.

The rules of Nasdaq define a “controlled company” as a company of which more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors is held by an individual, a group or another company. Upon the closing of this offering, PFL will own, and control the voting power of,                  shares of our common stock, representing     % of the total outstanding shares of common stock (or approximately     % if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full). Through its control of shares of common stock representing a majority of the votes entitled to be cast in the election of directors, PFL will control the vote to

 

168


elect all of our directors. Accordingly, we will qualify as a “controlled company” and will be able to rely on the controlled company exemption from the director independence requirements of Nasdaq relating to the board of directors, the compensation committee and the nominating and corporate governance committee. If we cease to be a controlled company and the common stock continues to be listed on Nasdaq, we will be required to comply with these requirements by the date our status as a controlled company changes or within specified transition periods applicable to certain provisions, as the case may be.

Our board of directors has determined that Ms. LeighAnne Baker, Mr. Rolf Stangl, Ms. Felicia Thornton and Mr. Jonathan Rich are independent directors under Nasdaq rules.

Role of Board of Directors in Risk Oversight

Our Chief Executive Officer, other executive officers and other members of our management team regularly report to the non-executive directors and the audit committee to discuss any financial, legal, cybersecurity or regulatory risks, to ensure effective and efficient oversight of our activities and to assist in proper risk management and the ongoing evaluation of management controls. The internal audit department reports functionally and administratively to our Chief Financial Officer and directly to the audit committee. We believe that the leadership structure of our board of directors provides appropriate risk oversight of our activities given the controlling interests held by PFL.

Board Committees

Audit Committee

The members of our audit committee are Ms. Felicia Thornton, Ms. LeighAnne Baker and Mr. Allen Hugli. Ms. Thornton will serve as the chair of our audit committee. The composition of our audit committee meets the requirements for independence under the current Nasdaq listing standards and SEC rules and regulations. Each member of our audit committee is financially literate. In addition, our board of directors has determined that Felicia Thornton is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in Item 407(d)(5)(ii) of Regulation S-K promulgated under the Securities Act. This designation does not impose any duties, obligations or liabilities that are greater than those which are generally imposed on members of our audit committee and our board of directors. Our audit committee is directly responsible for, among other things:

 

   

selecting a firm to serve as the independent registered public accounting firm to audit our financial statements;

 

   

ensuring the independence of the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

approving the planned scope and timing, and discussing the findings, of the audit with the independent registered public accounting firm, and reviewing, with management and that firm, our interim and year-end operating results;

 

   

establishing procedures for employees to anonymously submit concerns about questionable accounting or auditing matters;

 

   

considering the adequacy of our internal controls and internal audit function;

 

   

reviewing and approving related person transactions and those that require disclosure; and

 

   

approving or, as permitted, pre-approving all audit and non-audit services to be provided by the independent registered public accounting firm.

 

169


Compensation Committee

The members of our compensation committee are Ms. LeighAnne Baker, Mr. Allen Hugli and Mr. Jonathan Rich. Ms. Baker will serve as the chair of our compensation committee. Our compensation committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

   

recommending to our board of directors for determination, the compensation of our executive officers;

 

   

administering our stock and equity incentive plans;

 

   

reviewing and evaluating, or making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to, incentive compensation and equity plans; and

 

   

reviewing our overall compensation philosophy.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

The members of our nominating and corporate governance committee are Mr. Allen Hugli, Mr. Jonathan Rich and Mr. Rolf Stangl. Mr. Hugli will serve as the chair of our nominating and corporate governance committee. Our nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

   

identifying and recommending candidates for membership on our board of directors;

 

   

reviewing and approving the compensation of our directors;

 

   

reviewing and recommending our corporate governance guidelines and policies;

 

   

reviewing and considering proposed waivers of the code of conduct for directors and executive officers and making recommendations to our board of directors;

 

   

overseeing the process of evaluating the performance of our board of directors; and

 

   

assisting our board of directors on corporate governance matters.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

In connection with this offering, our board of directors will adopt a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and other executive and senior financial officers. Upon the closing of this offering, the full text of our code of business conduct and ethics will be posted on the investor relations section of our website. We intend to disclose future amendments to our code of business conduct and ethics, or any waivers of such code, on our website or in public filings.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers has served as a member of a compensation committee (or if no committee performs that function, the board of directors) of any other entity that has an executive officer serving as a member of our board of directors.

 

170


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Introduction

This Compensation Discussion and Analysis section describes our compensation approach and programs for our named executive officers (“NEOs”) for the year ended December 31, 2019. Except as otherwise indicated, the information in this section relates to the compensation of our NEOs, and the principles underlying our executive compensation policies, in respect of fiscal year 2019.

John McGrath was appointed Chief Executive Officer of PTVE on                 , 2020. Michael Ragen was appointed Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer of PTVE on                 , 2020. Allen Hugli, Chief Financial Officer of Rank, served as Chief Financial Officer of PTVE prior to Mr. Ragen’s appointment but Mr. Hugli has never been an employee of the Group. Mr. Hugli was primarily paid by Rank, an entity that was not part of the Group prior to this offering and will not be part of the Group subsequent to this offering. Mr. Hugli continues to receive this amount even though he no longer provides services to the Group, and will not provide services subsequent to this offering (other than in his capacity as a director of PTVE, for which he will receive no compensation). Additionally, none of the compensation Mr. Hugli received from Rank was recharged to the Group. Mr. Hugli received a small portion of his salary from Pactiv Canada Inc. (an entity that is part of the Group) prior to this offering, which he will continue to receive from another entity outside of the Group following this offering.

Our NEOs for 2019 were:

 

   

Thomas Degnan, Chief Executive Officer, PTVE

 

   

John McGrath, Chief Executive Officer, Pactiv

 

   

Michael Ragen, Chief Financial Officer, Pactiv

 

   

Lance Mitchell, Chief Executive Officer, RCPI

 

   

John Rooney, Chief Executive Officer, Evergreen

Mr. Degnan is not an employee of the Group, and will not serve as an executive officer of PTVE following this offering; his compensation disclosed in the following discussion reflects the proportion of such compensation costs that is attributable to the services he performed for the Group and which has been recharged to the Group.

Mr. Mitchell is the Chief Executive Officer of RCPI. RCPI was part of the Group throughout 2019. Effective February 4, 2020, the Group distributed its interest in RCPI to PTVE’s shareholder, PFL. The distributions occurred prior to the initial public offering of shares of common stock of RCPI, which was completed on February 4, 2020. Mr. Mitchell is not an executive officer and will not be an executive officer of the Group following this offering.

The following discussion relates to the compensation of our NEOs for 2019 whose compensation is disclosed below, as well as the overall principles underlying our executive compensation policies. For the reasons stated above, many aspects of the following discussion are not applicable to Mr. Degnan, and only relate to Mr. Mitchell for the period prior to February 4, 2020.

Our Compensation Objectives and Philosophy

Throughout 2019, PTVE was a wholly-owned subsidiary of PFL, and as such our compensation objectives reflected the expectations of our sole shareholder. These objectives included attracting and retaining top talent, motivating and rewarding the performance of senior executives in support of achievement of strategic, financial

 

171


and operating performance objectives and ensuring that our total compensation packages are competitive in comparison to those offered by our peers. Our NEOs (with the exception of Mr. Degnan), as well as our employees generally, have participated in compensation and benefits plans and programs and we will continue a number of these plans and programs following this offering. These plans and programs are intended to align our compensation programs with our business objectives, promote good corporate governance and seek to achieve our compensation objectives.

To ensure that management’s interests are aligned with those of our stockholders and to motivate and reward individual initiative and effort, our executive compensation program will emphasize a pay-for-performance compensation philosophy so that attainment of enterprise-wide, operating segments’ and individual performance goals are rewarded. Through the use of performance-based plans that emphasize attainment of enterprise-wide and/or operating segment goals, we seek to foster teamwork and commitment to performance. The introduction of tools such as equity ownership and long-term equity-based incentive compensation programs, discussed below, is important to ensure that the efforts of management are consistent with the objectives of our stockholders.

Risk Assessment of Compensation Programs

We do not believe that our compensation arrangements, including financial performance measures used to determine short-term and long-term incentive payout amounts, will provide our executives with an incentive to engage in business activities or other behavior that would expose us or our stockholders to excessive risks that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect.

Executive Compensation Process

Role of the Group’s Executives and the Compensation Committee Going Forward

In connection with our public offering, Mr. Degnan, in consultation with the sole shareholder, established our initial compensation and benefits programs as a public company and approved initial compensation for our executive officers and senior executives, including our NEOs, after the offering. To assist in this task, PTVE engaged Pearl Meyer & Partners, LLC (“Pearl Meyer”), an independent compensation consultant, to provide an analysis of base salary, short-term incentive (“STI”) compensation and long-term incentive (“LTI”) compensation for senior executives with similar responsibilities, including positions within business groups which are within the companies in the Benchmark Comparison Group (defined below). We also directed Pearl Meyer to compare the Group’s executive officers’ compensation by percentile ranking to the compensation received by officers in comparable positions at Benchmark Comparison Group companies, discussed below.

We have established a compensation committee of directors (the “Compensation Committee”) who, following the closing of this offering, will assume responsibility for determining our compensation philosophy, structuring our compensation and benefits programs and determining appropriate payments and awards to our executive officers, including our NEOs after this offering. The Compensation Committee will also be responsible for implementing, monitoring and evaluating our executive compensation philosophy and objectives and overseeing the compensation program for senior executives. The Compensation Committee’s responsibilities and authority are described fully in its charter.

 

172


Role of the Independent Compensation Consultant and Our Peer Group

In conjunction with this offering, we have identified a group of peer companies which we will use as our benchmark for compensation matters (“Benchmark Comparison Group”). The Benchmark Comparison Group will be reviewed from time to time by our Compensation Committee. The Benchmark Comparison Group includes the following companies:

 

•    AptarGroup,Inc.

 

•    Avery Dennison Corporation

 

•    BerryGlobal Group, Inc.

 

•    Clearwater Paper Corporation

 

•    CrownHoldings, Inc.

 

•    Graphic Packaging Holding Company

 

•    Greif,Inc.

  

•  P.H. Glatfelter Company

 

•  Packaging Corporation of America

 

•  Sealed Air Corporation

 

•  Silgan Holdings Inc.

 

•  Sonoco Products Company

 

•  Tupperware Brands Corporation

 

•  Verso Corporation

The criteria considered in selecting peer companies for the Benchmark Comparison Group include the following:

 

   

size, as measured by revenue, market capitalization and enterprise value;

 

   

industry category, including packaging materials, packaging products and packaging solutions; and

 

   

competition for sources of talent.

Role of Management

Subsequent to this offering, our CEO will make recommendations to the Compensation Committee for base salary, STI and LTI compensation and any other elements of our compensation program for each executive officer (other than the CEO, whose compensation is determined solely by the Compensation Committee). Our CEO will also provide recommendations to the Compensation Committee on other elements of our compensation program for senior executives, including, for example, the design and metrics under our STI and LTI programs. While the Compensation Committee will consider the CEO’s recommendations with respect to the compensation of such executive officers, the Compensation Committee independently evaluates the recommendations and makes all final compensation decisions relating to the executive officers.

In the case of compensation for employees below the most senior level, the Compensation Committee will delegate certain authority to our management to make determinations in accordance with the philosophy and principles established by the Compensation Committee.

 

173


Elements of Compensation

The components of executive compensation for our NEOs, and the primary objectives of each, are summarized in the chart below:

 

Compensation Element

  

Description

  

Form

  

Objective

Base salary    Fixed based on level of responsibility, experience, tenure and qualifications    Cash   

•  Support talent attraction and retention

STI Compensation (Annual Incentive Program)    Variable based on the achievement of annual financial metrics    Cash   

•  Link pay and performance

 

•  Drive the achievement of short-term business objectives

LTI Compensation    Variable based on the achievement of longer-term goals and stockholder value creation    Cash and equity (for 2019, LTI compensation was in the form of cash only)   

•  Support talent attraction and retention

 

•  Link pay and performance

 

•  Drive the achievement of longer-term goals

 

•  Align with stockholder interests

Other Compensation and Benefits Programs    Employee health, welfare and retirement benefits   

Group medical benefits

 

Life and disability insurance

 

401(k) plan participation

 

Nonqualified deferred compensation plan and the Reynolds Group Pension Plan

  

•  Support talent attraction and retention

PTVE has been a wholly-owned subsidiary of PFL, and executive compensation has been set based on the expectations of our sole shareholder. As a result of this offering, PTVE will become a stand-alone organization and will adopt programs that it feels, considering the advice from its consultants, are appropriate for a publicly-traded company. Comparisons with the Benchmark Comparison Group (and compensation survey data where applicable) have been undertaken to recognize the increased independence of the NEOs and to adopt compensation programs that are more consistent with the public company market.

Because of the ability of our NEOs to directly influence our overall performance, and consistent with our philosophy of linking pay to performance, the compensation programs will allocate a significant portion of compensation paid to our NEOs to both short-term and long-term performance-based incentive programs. In addition, as an employee’s responsibility and ability to affect our financial results increases, base salary becomes a relatively smaller component of total compensation while long-term and at-risk incentive compensation becomes a larger component of total compensation. See “—2019 Summary Compensation Table.”

The following discussions on Base Salary, Annual Incentive Compensation, Long-Term Incentive Compensation, and Other Compensation – Retirement and Welfare Benefits are not applicable to Mr. Degnan, who does not receive compensation from the Group, although he is eligible to participate in the Group’s health and welfare plans. The compensation shown in the tables below reflects the proportion of Mr. Degnan’s compensation costs attributable to the services he has performed for the Group and that was charged back to the Group in the applicable periods.

Base Salary

Base salaries are set at competitive levels necessary to attract and retain top-performing senior executives, including our NEOs, and are intended to compensate senior executives for their job responsibilities and level of

 

174


experience. PTVE has set a total compensation goal at approximately the 50th percentile of the Benchmark Comparison Group (and, where it is possible to do so, the overall general industry), adjusted to reflect each executive’s individual performance and contributions. Additionally, going forward the Compensation Committee will attempt to set each of the elements of total compensation at or around the 50th percentile of the Benchmark Comparison Group, taking into account general industry data. However, as there were certain elements of compensation not available to the Group when it was wholly-owned by PFL, such as equity-based compensation, the Compensation Committee recognizes that it will take time before all of the individual elements of total compensation can reach the 50th percentile goal. In certain cases, including when an executive is recruited from another company or where it is otherwise appropriate to retain or incentivize an executive, the base salary may exceed the levels indicated in order to attract, and ultimately retain, the executive.

Annual Incentive Compensation

Our annual incentive program was designed to provide an opportunity for our senior executives, including our NEOs, to earn an annual incentive, paid in cash, based on the achievement of certain financial targets and strategic priorities. An executive’s incentive target is a percentage of his or her base salary. The table below discloses the annual incentive targets for each NEO.

 

Name

   Incentive Target (%)  

Thomas Degnan

     N/A  

John McGrath

     150

Michael Ragen

     50

Lance Mitchell

     115

John Rooney

     125

Actual payments made in respect of the year ended December 31, 2019 for the NEOs who participated in these plans are disclosed in the “—2019 Summary Compensation Table” section below.

2019 AIP Design

The annual incentive program for 2019 (the “2019 AIP”) was designed to motivate our senior executives to achieve annual financial and other business goals based on our strategic, financial and operating performance objectives. For our senior executives, 90% of the payout under the 2019 AIP was determined by the senior executive’s respective business unit’s (i.e., historically, Evergreen, Pactiv or RCPI) Adjusted EBITDA year over year growth (“Adjusted EBIDTA Growth”). The remaining 10% was measured by the respective business unit’s working capital achievements. Accordingly, the Evergreen, Pactiv and RCPI operations were all treated as separate from each other for purposes of the 2019 AIP. Based on the combined Adjusted EBITDA Growth and working capital results, a participant could earn up to 200% of the target value. Additionally, an individual’s calculated payout amount could be increased or decreased at management’s discretion to take into account his or her performance and contribution to the Group. These 2019 Adjusted EBITDA Growth and working capital results reflect amounts that were reported by PTVE as part of its IFRS reporting.

The Adjusted EBITDA Growth component was calculated on a scale where the threshold payout was 25% of the incentive target upon achievement of 90% Adjusted EBITDA Growth. The percentage payout increases on a non-linear scale with award payouts of 100% of target upon achievement of 101% Adjusted EBITDA Growth and award payouts capped at 200% of target upon achievement of 108% Adjusted EBITDA Growth. The working capital achievements component was based on the achievement of discrete projects particular to each of the executive’s respective business units.

Evergreen’s Adjusted EBITDA Growth result was less than 90%, and the working capital targets were not achieved. For the business as a whole, Mr. Degnan, in consultation with our sole shareholder, awarded a discretionary pool of 25% of the target value. In the context of a group reorganization occurring in December

 

175


2018, Mr. Rooney was guaranteed a minimum 2019 AIP award equal to his target incentive value, and accordingly was awarded 100% of target value.

 

Metric

   2019
Adjusted EBITDA
Actual ($m)
     2019
Adjusted EBITDA
Growth (% of
prior year)
    Payout
Attainment

(%)
    Weight
(%)
    Final
Payout

(%)
 

Evergreen Adjusted EBITDA Growth

     201        88     0     90     0

Evergreen Working Capital

          0     10     0

Evergreen Total

              0

Evergreen Discretionary Award

              25

Based on Pactiv’s Adjusted EBITDA Growth and achievement of working capital targets in 2019, the calculated payment was 104% of target, based on the following factors:

 

Metric

   2019
Adjusted EBITDA
Actual ($m)
     2019
Adjusted EBITDA
Growth (% of
prior year)
    Payout
Attainment

(%)
    Weight
(%)
    Final
Payout

(%)
 

Pactiv Adjusted EBITDA Growth

     586        102     107     90     96

Pactiv Working Capital

          75     10     8

Pactiv Total

              104

Based on RCPI’s Adjusted EBITDA Growth and achievement of working capital targets in 2019, the calculated payment was 122% of target, based on the following factors:

 

Metric

   2019
Adjusted EBITDA
Actual ($m)
     2019
Adjusted EBITDA
Growth (% of
prior year)
    Payout
Attainment

(%)
    Weight
(%)
    Final
Payout

(%)
 

RCPI Adjusted EBITDA Growth

     664        103     122     90     110

RCPI Working Capital

          122     10     12

RCPI Total

              122

Long-Term Incentive Compensation

A small number of key executives participate in a cash-based long-term incentive program (“PTVE LTIP”) designed to provide the participants an opportunity to earn incentive awards tied to sustained Adjusted EBITDA Growth over a three-year term. Pursuant to the PTVE LTIP, participants receive a grant at the beginning of a three-year performance period that can be earned over such period in annual installments based upon the attainment of certain Adjusted EBITDA Growth metrics set at the beginning of the period. Each grant will provide for a “Target Opportunity Award” (based on a percentage of base salary) that can be achieved over the three-year period. The performance results achieved in the first year of the three-year period will establish the total amount of the award (which is expressed as a percentage of the Target Opportunity Award) that can be payable over the specified three-year period. If the executive’s respective business unit does not meet the performance threshold level in the first year, the participant is no longer eligible to earn any amount over the three-year period. If the threshold is met in the first year, the participant will receive the first payment, but the second and third payments depend on business results in the second and third years.

Each of Evergreen, Pactiv and RCPI had the same overall LTIP design, but was measured against the Adjusted EBITDA Growth specific to its own operations. Accordingly, Evergreen, Pactiv and RCPI operations were treated as separate from each other for purposes of the PTVE LTIP. A participant is not eligible to receive any award if they are not employed by the Group at the time the award is paid. See the “—2019 Summary Compensation Table” section below for the amounts earned in 2019 pursuant to grants made in 2017, 2018 and 2019 under the PTVE LTIP.

 

176


The 2019 grant, covering the years 2019-2021, was based on Adjusted EBITDA Growth with potential payouts ranging from an award of 25% of the target value for 90% Adjusted EBITDA Growth, 100% of the target value for 103% Adjusted EBITDA Growth and a maximum of 125% of the target value for 108% Adjusted EBITDA Growth.

The Evergreen Adjusted EBITDA Growth result for 2019 was less than 90%, so participants are no longer eligible to earn any amount from this grant.

Pactiv’s Adjusted EBITDA Growth result for 2019 was 102% Adjusted EBITDA Growth which translated to a payout equal to 91% of the target value. Therefore, a participant’s Target Opportunity Award for the 2019 grant for Pactiv is multiplied by 91%, and the result is the maximum that can be earned for the 2019 grant over the three-year period. One-third of such amount was paid in early 2020 in respect of 2019, and one-third will be available to be earned in respect of each of 2020 and 2021 contingent on the performance targets being met in such years.

RCPI’s Adjusted EBITDA Growth result for 2019 was 103% Adjusted EBITDA Growth which translated to a payout equal to 101% of the target value. Therefore, a participant’s Target Opportunity Award for the 2019 grant is multiplied by 101%, and the result is the maximum that can be earned for the 2019 grant over the three-year period. One-third of such amount was paid in early 2020 in respect of 2019, and one-third will be available to be earned in respect of each of 2020 and 2021 contingent on the performance targets being met in such years.

A final, 2020 grant has been issued under the PTVE LTIP to participants. We will not be issuing any further grants under the PTVE LTIP after this offering.

Other Compensation—Retirement and Welfare Benefits

Retirement and welfare benefit programs are a necessary element of the total compensation package to ensure a competitive position in attracting and retaining a committed workforce. Participation in these programs is not tied to performance.

Our specific contribution levels to these programs are reviewed annually to maintain a competitive position while considering costs.

 

   

Employee Savings Plan: All non-union employees in the United States, including our NEOs except for Mr. Degnan, are eligible to participate in a tax-qualified retirement savings plan under Section 401(k) of the Code. There are two such plans: Pactiv and corporate employees of the Group participate in one, and Evergreen employees participate in the other. For both plans, PTVE makes a 2% non-elective contribution and matching contributions of 100% of the first 6% of an employee’s elective deferral contribution. Prior to the RCPI Distribution, RCPI employees also participated in a separate plan.

 

   

Reynolds Group Pension Plan (“RGPP”) (formerly known as the Pactiv Retirement Plan): Certain employees, including Mr. McGrath, have frozen benefits under the RGPP.

 

   

Welfare Plans: Our executives are also eligible to participate in our broad-based health and welfare plans (including medical, dental, vision, life insurance and disability plans) under the same terms and conditions as other employees.

Executive Benefits and Perquisites

Employees of the Group who are at a designated salary grade or above may defer up to 50% of their salary and up to 80% of their bonus each year into a nonqualified deferred compensation plan, which is a tax-deferred plan. There are two such plans: Pactiv and corporate employees participate in one, and Evergreen employees participate in the other. The Group also makes contributions to these plans mirroring percentage contributions

 

177


made to the applicable 401(k) plans. Under the deferred compensation plans, the deferred amounts will be paid upon an employee’s “separation from service” or a specified date elected by the employee. This program is intended to promote retention by providing a long-term savings opportunity on a tax-efficient basis. The amounts deferred are unsecured obligations of the Group, receive no preferential standing and are subject to the same risks as any of the Group’s other unsecured obligations.

The Group provides certain of its senior management with limited perquisites and other personal benefits, including reimbursement of relocation costs. Additionally, the Group purchases tickets to various cultural, charitable, civic, entertainment and sporting events for business development and relationship building purposes, and to maintain its involvement in communities in which the Group operates and its employees live. Occasionally, its employees, including its NEOs, make personal use of tickets that would not otherwise be used for business purposes. The Compensation Committee will periodically review the levels of perquisites and other personal benefits provided to our NEOs. The Compensation Committee intends to maintain only those perquisites and other benefits that it determines to be necessary components of total compensation and that are not inconsistent with stockholder interests.

Mr. Degnan was also provided with a car allowance by an entity outside of the Group and is permitted personal use of an aircraft owned by an entity outside of the Group. Mr. Degnan receives two forms of life insurance benefits: he receives the benefit of the term life insurance made available to employees of the Group and Rank Group North America Inc., Mr Degnan’s employing entity, and Mr. Degnan’s employing entity also pays the cost of an individual term life executive policy, with a fixed lump sum benefit. Costs associated with Mr. Degnan’s car allowance, personal use of the aircraft and life insurance benefits are recharged to the Group.

Attributed costs of the personal benefits described above for our NEOs for the year ended December 31, 2019 are included in the column entitled “All Other Compensation” of the 2019 Summary Compensation Table.

Compensation Programs Following this Offering

The Group has established STI and LTI programs for fiscal year 2020. The STI program for fiscal year 2020 follows the same structure as the 2019 AIP and will allow participants, including our NEOs, to earn cash awards (determined as a percentage of the participant’s base salary) based on the Group’s attainment of Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations Growth (90%) and working capital (10%) goals in fiscal year 2020 as a whole or for the relevant segment, as applicable. The targets and threshold levels for these performance metrics were set by Mr. Degnan, in consultation with our sole shareholder in the first quarter of 2020.

We believe that a significant portion of each senior executive’s compensation should be dependent on long term value created for our stockholders. In conjunction with this offering, the Group will implement an LTI program, which will be designed to align the awards for the senior executives with the results achieved for stockholders, and will consist of restricted stock or restricted stock unit (“RSU”) awards and performance share awards. The restricted stock or RSUs will generally vest over a three-year period, with 1/3 vesting each year. The performance shares will be earned at the end of a three-year period based on the attainment of specified performance metrics, which include earnings per share and Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations, over the three-year period.

Omnibus Incentive Plan

PTVE has adopted the Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Incentive Plan”), which will be effective in connection with the closing of this offering. The purpose of the Incentive Plan is to motivate and reward our employees, directors, consultants and advisors to perform at the highest level and to further our best interests and those of our shareholders.

Shares Available. Subject to adjustment, the Incentive Plan permits us to make awards of up to 5% of our common stock issued and outstanding after the closing of this offering (assuming the underwriters’ option to

 

178


purchase additional shares of common stock is exercised in full). Additionally, the number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under the Incentive Plan may increase automatically on the first day of each fiscal year following the effective date of the Incentive Plan by an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 1% of outstanding shares on December 31 of the immediately preceding fiscal year or (ii) such number of shares as determined by our board of directors in its discretion. If any award issued under the Incentive Plan is cancelled, forfeited, or otherwise terminates or expires unexercised, such shares may again be issued under the Incentive Plan. In the event that an adjustment is necessary in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Incentive Plan, as a result of any dividend (other than ordinary cash dividends) or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, shares or other securities), recapitalization, share split (share subdivision), reverse share split (share consolidation), reorganization, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase or exchange of shares or other securities of the Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to acquire shares or other securities of the Company, issuance of shares pursuant to the anti-dilution provisions of securities of the Company, or other similar corporate transaction or event affecting the shares, or of changes in applicable laws, regulations or accounting principles, our Compensation Committee shall, subject to compliance with Sections 409A and 457A of the Code, adjust equitably any or all of (i) the number and type of shares (or other securities) which thereafter may be made the subject of awards, (ii) the number and type of shares (or other securities) subject to outstanding awards, (iii) the grant, acquisition or exercise price of awards or, if deemed appropriate, make provision for a cash payment to the holder of an outstanding award or (iv) the terms and conditions of any outstanding awards, including the performance criteria of any performance awards.

Administration. Our Compensation Committee will administer the Incentive Plan and determine the following items:

 

   

select the participants to whom awards may be granted;

 

   

determine the type or types of awards to be granted under the Incentive Plan;

 

   

determine the number of shares to be covered by awards;

 

   

determine the terms and conditions of any award and prescribe the form of award agreement;

 

   

determine whether, to what extent and under what circumstances awards may be settled or exercised in cash, shares, other awards, other property, net settlement, or any combination thereof, or canceled, forfeited or suspended, and the method or methods by which awards may be settled, exercised, canceled, forfeited or suspended;

 

   

determine whether, to what extent and under what circumstances amounts payable with respect to an award shall be deferred;

 

   

amend or modify outstanding awards or award agreements;

 

   

correct any defect, supply any omission and reconcile any inconsistency in the Incentive Plan or any award, in the manner and to the extent it will deem desirable to carry the Incentive Plan into effect;

 

   

interpret and administer the terms of the Incentive Plan, any award agreement and any agreement related to any award; and

 

   

make any other determination and take any other action that it deems necessary or desirable to administer the Incentive Plan.

To the extent not inconsistent with applicable law, our Compensation Committee may delegate to one or more of our officers some or all of the authority under the Incentive Plan, including the authority to grant all types of awards authorized under the Incentive Plan.

Eligibility. Generally, all employees, directors, consultants or other advisors of the Group or any of our affiliates will be eligible to receive awards.

 

179


Forms of Awards. Awards under the Incentive Plan may include one or more of the following types: (i) stock options, (ii) share appreciation rights (“SAR”), (iii) restricted stock awards, (iv) RSU awards, (v) performance awards, (vi) other cash-based awards and (vii) other stock-based awards.

 

   

Stock Options. Options are rights to purchase a specified number of shares of our common stock at a price fixed by our Compensation Committee, but not less than the fair market value on the date of grant. Options generally expire no later than ten years after the date of grant. Options will become exercisable at such time and in such installments as our Compensation Committee will determine.

 

   

SARs. An SAR entitles the holder to receive, upon exercise, an amount equal to any positive difference between the fair market value of one share of our common stock on the date an SAR is exercised and the exercise price, multiplied by the number of shares of common stock with respect to which an SAR is exercised. Our Compensation Committee will have the authority to determine whether the amount to be paid upon exercise of an SAR will be paid in cash, common stock or a combination of cash and common stock.

 

   

Restricted Stock Awards. Restricted stock awards provide for a specified number of shares of our common stock subject to a restriction against transfer during a period of time or until performance measures are satisfied, as established by our Compensation Committee. Unless otherwise set forth in the agreement relating to a restricted stock award, the holder has all the rights of a shareholder, including voting rights, the right to receive dividends and the right to participate in any capital adjustment applicable to all holders of common stock; provided, however, that our Compensation Committee may determine that distributions with respect to shares of common stock will be reinvested in additional shares of common stock and will be subject to the same restrictions as the shares of common stock with respect to which such distribution was made.

 

   

RSU Awards. An RSU award is a right to receive a specified number of shares of our common stock (or the fair market value thereof in cash, or any combination of our common stock and cash, as determined by our Compensation Committee), subject to the expiration of a specified restriction period and/or the achievement of any performance measures selected by our Compensation Committee, consistent with the terms of the Incentive Plan. The RSU award agreement will specify whether the award recipient is entitled to receive dividend equivalents with respect to the number of shares of our common stock subject to the award. Prior to the settlement of an RSU award in our common stock, the award recipient will have no rights as a shareholder of our Company with respect to our common stock subject to the award.

 

   

Performance Awards. Performance awards are awards whose final value or amount, if any, is determined by the degree to which specified performance measures have been achieved during a performance period set by our Compensation Committee. Payment may be made in the form of cash, shares, other awards, or a combination thereof, as specified by our Compensation Committee.

 

   

Other Cash-Based Awards. Our Compensation Committee is authorized, subject to limitations under applicable law, to grant such other awards that may be denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, or related to, cash on such terms and conditions as set by our Compensation Committee.

 

   

Other Stock-Based Awards. Our Compensation Committee is authorized, subject to limitations under applicable law, to grant other types of awards that may be denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, or related to, shares or factors that may influence the value of shares.

An award agreement may contain additional terms and restrictions, including vesting conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Incentive Plan, as our Compensation Committee may determine.

No Repricing. Except as provided in the adjustment provision of the Incentive Plan, no action will directly or indirectly, through cancellation and regrant or any other method, reduce, or have the effect of reducing, the exercise price of any option or an SAR established at the time of grant thereof without approval of our stockholders.

 

180


Director Pay Cap. Subject to the adjustment provision of the Incentive Plan, an individual who is a non-employee director may not receive awards, in cash or otherwise, for any calendar year that total more than $750,000 in the aggregate.

Termination of Employment or Service and Change in Control. Our Compensation Committee will determine the effect of a termination of employment or service on outstanding awards, including whether the awards will vest, become exercisable, settle, be paid or be forfeited. In the event of a change in control, all outstanding awards shall immediately vest and settle, and, with respect to options and SARs, shall become fully exercisable, and any performance criteria to which any such award is subject will be deemed to be satisfied at target.

Amendment and Termination. Subject to certain restrictions, our board of directors may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate the Incentive Plan at any time. Our Compensation Committee may also amend the related award documents. However, subject to the adjustment and change in control provisions of the Incentive Plan, any such action that would materially adversely affect the rights of a holder of an outstanding award may not be taken without the holder’s consent, except to the extent that such action is taken to cause the Incentive Plan to comply with applicable law, stock market or exchange rules and regulations, or accounting or tax rules and regulations, or to impose any “clawback” or recoupment provisions on any outstanding awards in accordance with the Incentive Plan.

Executive Retention and Transaction Bonus Agreements

Cash and equity retention agreements were entered into with certain of the Group’s NEOs and other key executives, including Messrs. McGrath, Ragen and Rooney. RCPI entered into cash and equity retention agreements with Mr. Mitchell. The retention agreements were implemented to further ensure leadership continuity, and the objectives are to retain executives through the initial public offerings and beyond. Awards under the retention agreements are summarized below. Transaction bonus agreements were also entered into with Messrs. McGrath, Ragen and Rooney.

Cash Retention Agreements: Two cash retention agreements were entered into with each of Messrs. McGrath and Rooney and one with each of Messrs. Ragen and Mitchell. The retention amounts are paid in one, two or three installments. Under the retention bonus agreements, the total potential transaction bonus amounts are $3,100,000 for Mr. McGrath, $980,000 for Mr. Ragen, $2,400,000 for Mr. Rooney and $1,550,000 for Mr. Mitchell.

If the executive resigns or is terminated for cause before the end of the retention period, the executive must repay any installments which have already been paid to him. For Messrs. McGrath and Rooney, a portion of their total retention bonus amounts ($1,550,000 for Mr. McGrath and $800,000 for Mr. Rooney) will accelerate upon a sale or disposition of more than 50% of the equity interests of PTVE.

Restricted Stock Units: In conjunction with this offering, RSUs of PTVE will be issued to Messrs. Ragen and Rooney. The RSUs will vest over a three-year period, with 1/3 vesting after 12 months, 1/3 vesting after 24 months and 1/3 vesting after 36 months. The executive must be an employee of the Group on the applicable vesting date to receive the shares.

Transaction Bonus Agreements: Pursuant to the transaction bonus agreement, Messrs. McGrath, Ragen and Rooney are entitled to a bonus upon the closing of this offering, 50% of which will be paid 30 days after the closing of this offering and 50% of which will be paid six months after the closing of this offering, as long as the executive remains employed as of the payment date. Under the transaction bonus agreements, the total potential transaction bonus amounts are $2,325,000 for Mr. McGrath, $980,000 for Mr. Ragen and $2,000,000 for Mr. Rooney. Messrs. Mitchell and Ragen entered into transaction bonus agreements in connection with RCPI’s IPO (with equivalent terms to the agreements with Messrs. McGrath, Ragen and Rooney in connection with this offering). The total transaction bonus amount for Mr. Mitchell and Mr. Ragen under those agreements is $1,782,500 and $270,000, respectively.

 

181


Employment Agreements

The Group has entered into employment agreements with Messrs. McGrath, Ragen and Rooney, and RCPI entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Mitchell. Key elements of these agreements are outlined below. Mr. Degnan does not have an employment agreement with any entity. Receipt of the below-described payments and benefits is conditioned upon the executive’s execution and non-revocation of a release of claims in favor of the Company.

 

Employee

   Base Salary      Incentive
Target (1)
    

Severance

  

Restrictive

Covenants (2)

John McGrath

   $ 1,550,000        150   

•  12 months’ base salary plus target annual incentive upon a termination without “cause” (as defined in the applicable employment agreement) (3)

 

•  24 months’ base salary plus target annual incentive if there is a qualifying termination following a “Sale of Business” (4)

 

•  12 months of COBRA continuation coverage (or a lump-sum cash payment equal to COBRA premiums in lieu of such coverage)

   Yes

Michael Ragen

   $ 980,000        50   

•  12 months’ base salary plus prorated target annual incentive upon a termination without “cause”

 

•  24 months’ base salary plus target annual incentive if there is a qualifying termination following a “Sale of Business” (4)

 

•  12 months of COBRA continuation coverage (or a lump-sum cash payment equal to COBRA premiums in lieu of such coverage)

   Yes

Lance Mitchell

   $ 1,550,000        115   

•  12 months’ base salary plus prorated target annual incentive upon a termination without “cause”

 

•  24 months’ base salary plus a prorated target annual incentive if there is a qualifying termination following a “Sale of Business” (4)

 

•  12 months of COBRA continuation coverage (or a lump-sum cash payment equal to COBRA premiums in lieu of such coverage)

   Yes

 

182


Employee

   Base Salary      Incentive
Target (1)
    

Severance

  

Restrictive

Covenants(2)

John Rooney

   $ 1,600,000        125   

•  12 months’ base salary upon a termination without “cause”

 

•  24 months’ base salary plus prorated target annual incentive if there is a qualifying termination following a “Sale of Business” (4)

 

•  12 months of COBRA continuation coverage (or a lump-sum cash payment equal to COBRA premiums in lieu of such coverage)

   Yes

 

(1)

Incentive target is percentage of base salary.

(2)

Restrictive covenants include non-competition and non-solicitation covenants during employment and for one year following termination of employment for any reason.

(3)

Pursuant to a letter memorandum dated July 16, 2019, Mr. McGrath’s severance entitlement will also include a reimbursement of Mr. McGrath’s lease payments ($4,550 per month) for the remainder of the lease term through June 2021 if there is a Sale of Business and Mr. McGrath is terminated for any reason other than for cause prior to December 31, 2020. If Mr. McGrath continues his employment through December 31, 2021 (or June 30, 2022, if his term is extended by PTVE), Mr. McGrath will be eligible for severance in the amount of $1,575,000 paid in equal installments over a 12-month period in the event he resigns or retires.

(4)

Increased severance provided if within 12 months following a “Sale of Business,” (as defined in the applicable employment agreement), the employee is terminated without “cause,” (as defined in the applicable employment agreement), or resigns following a material reduction in his or her remuneration or scope of duties (a “qualifying termination”). Severance is paid in equal installments over the applicable severance period.

Tax and Accounting Implications

Tax Considerations of Our Executive Compensation: Section 162(m) of the Code generally limits the tax deductibility of annual compensation paid by public companies for certain executive officers to $1 million. Although our Compensation Committee is mindful of the benefits of tax deductibility when determining executive compensation, the Compensation Committee may approve compensation that will not be fully-deductible in order to ensure competitive levels of total compensation for our executive officers.

Accounting for Our Stock-Based Compensation: We will account for stock-based payments, including grants under each of our equity compensation plans, in accordance with the requirements of FASB ASC Topic 718.

2019 Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation paid to our NEOs during the year ended December 31, 2019 in respect of the services rendered to the Group.

 

183


In the case of Mr. Degnan, the amounts reported represent what has been recharged to the Group by his employing entity. Mr. Degnan did not receive any compensation directly from the Group during this period, and did not participate in the 2019 AIP, PTVE LTIP, or PTVE pension or retirement savings programs outlined below.

 

Name and Principal
Position

  Year     Salary
($)
    Bonus(1)
($)
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation(2)
($)
    Changes in
Pension Value
and

Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings(3)
($)
    All Other
Compensation(4)
($)
    Total
($)
 

Thomas Degnan
CEO, PTVE

    2019       7,155,000       N/A       N/A       N/A       324,619       7,479,619  

John McGrath
CEO, Pactiv

    2019       1,550,000       3,100,000       3,337,066       181,410       168,564       8,337,040  

Michael Ragen
CFO, Pactiv

    2019       980,000       980,000       933,952       —         90,490       2,984,442  

Lance Mitchell
CEO, RCPI

    2019       1,550,000       1,550,000       3,429,903       —         168,564       6,698,467  

John Rooney
CEO, Evergreen

    2019       1,600,000       2,400,000       2,000,000       —         210,119       6,210,119  

 

(1)

The values reflected in this column represent amounts awarded pursuant to one-time retention bonuses as more fully described in the section entitled “—Executive Retention and Transaction Bonus Agreements— Cash Retention Agreements.”

(2)

This column represents the NEO’s payouts under the 2019 AIP and the PTVE LTIP as described above in the sections entitled “—Annual Incentive Compensation—2019 AIP Design” and “—Long-Term Incentive Compensation.”

Awards under the 2019 AIP are as shown in the table below.

 

Name

   AIP Target
Percentage
(%)
     Payment From AIP
($)
 

Thomas Degnan

     N/A        N/A  

John McGrath

     150%        2,413,350  

Michael Ragen

     50%        508,620  

Lance Mitchell

     115%        2,174,650  

John Rooney

     125%        2,000,000  

Awards and payments under the PTVE LTIP are set forth in the tables below. The first table shows the Target Opportunity Award for each NEO and results achieved (expressed as a percentage). That amount (the Target Opportunity Award times the performance percentage) sets the maximum amount that can be earned for such grant, payable over three years with years two and three contingent on the business meeting its performance goals. The second table shows the payouts (and in future years, potential payouts) for each of the grants.

 

Name

   2017
($)
     2017
%
     2018
($)
     2018
%
     2019
($)
     2019
%
 

Thomas Degnan

     N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A  

John McGrath

     1,400,000        97%        1,500,000        —%        1,550,000        91%  

Michael Ragen

     624,750        97%        640,500        —%        735,000        91%  

Lance Mitchell

     1,300,000        92%        1,400,000        72%        1,550,000        101%  

John Rooney

     1,500,000        83%        1,600,000        —%        1,600,000        —%  

 

184


Name

   2017
($)
     2018
($)
     2019
($)
     2020(a)
($)
     2021(a)
($)
 

Thomas Degnan

              

2017 Grant

     N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A  

2018 Grant

     N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A  

2019 Grant

     N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A  

John McGrath

              

2017 Grant

     454,067        —          454,066        

2018 Grant

        —          —          —       

2019 Grant

           469,650        469,650        469,650  

Michael Ragen

              

2017 Grant

     202,627        —          202,627        

2018 Grant

        —          —          —       

2019 Grant

           222,705        222,705        222,705  

Lance Mitchell

              

2017 Grant

     399,100        399,100        399,100        

2018 Grant

        334,320        334,320        334,320     

2019 Grant

           521,833        521,833        521,833  

John Rooney

              

2017 Grant

     414,500        414,500        —          

2018 Grant

        —          —          —       

2019 Grant

           —          —          —    

 

(a)

Payouts for 2020 and 2021 are contingent on Pactiv and Evergreen, respectively, meeting performance goals for such years.

 

(3)

Mr. McGrath receives benefits under the RGPP. In 2019, there was an increase in the value of plan benefits for Mr. McGrath of $181,410. The applicable nonqualified deferred compensation plan assets are entirely invested in mutual funds. Accordingly, none of the applicable investment earnings from those plans are regarded as above market earnings. The full investment earnings for fiscal year 2019 are disclosed in the “2019 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation” table.

 

(4)

We make contributions to 401(k) plans, the Reynolds Services Inc. Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan and the Evergreen Packaging Group Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan. The applicable amounts for fiscal year 2019 year were as follows. Mr. Degnan did not participate in these programs.

 

Name

   Contributions
To 401(k)
Plan ($)
     Contributions To
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Plan ($)
 

Thomas Degnan

     N/A        N/A  

John McGrath

     22,400        142,600  

Michael Ragen

     22,400        64,563  

Lance Mitchell

     22,400        142,600  

John Rooney

     22,400        182,758  

Other benefits reported under All Other Compensation include group life insurance and wellness credits. For Mr. Degnan, benefits also include a car allowance in the amount of $66,780, the incremental costs associated with the personal use of an aircraft owned by an entity outside of the Group in the amount of $68,659, and a gross-up of the premiums under the group term life insurance plan and Mr. Degnan’s individual term life executive policy in the amount of $189,179. Health and welfare benefits are not reported to the extent these benefits are generally available to all other salaried and non-union hourly employees.

 

185


2019 Grants of Plan-Based Awards

The following table sets forth information concerning grants of plan-based awards made to the NEOs who participated in the 2019 AIP and PTVE LTIP during the year ended December 31, 2019. Mr. Degnan did not participate in these programs.

 

         Estimated Future Payouts Under
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards
 

Name

   Grant Date   Award Type    Threshold
($)
     Target
($)
     Maximum
($)
 

Thomas Degnan

   January 1, 2019   2019 AIP      N/A        N/A        N/A  
   January 1, 2019   PTVE LTIP      N/A        N/A        N/A  

John McGrath

   January 1, 2019 (1)   2019 AIP      581,250        2,325,000        4,650,000  
   January 1, 2019 (2)   PTVE LTIP      387,500        1,550,000        1,937,500  

Michael Ragen

   January 1, 2019 (1)   2019 AIP      122,500        490,000        980,000  
   January 1, 2019 (2)   PTVE LTIP      183,750        735,000        918,750  

Lance Mitchell

   January 1, 2019 (1)   2019 AIP      445,625        1,782,500        3,565,000  
   January 1, 2019 (2)   PTVE LTIP      387,500        1,550,000        1,937,500  

John Rooney

   January 1, 2019 (1)   2019 AIP      500,000        2,000,000        4,000,000  
   January 1, 2019 (2)   PTVE LTIP      400,000        1,600,000        2,000,000  

 

(1)

Represents the threshold, target and maximum awards set for the 2019 AIP. The actual amount paid for 2019 to each NEO under the 2019 AIP is included in the 2019 Summary Compensation Table under the column titled “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation.” The target value represents the NEO’s target percentage multiplied by the eligible earnings for the year ended December 31, 2019.

(2)

Represents the threshold, target and maximum awards set for the PTVE LTIP. The actual amount paid for 2019 to each NEO under the PTVE LTIP is included in the 2019 Summary Compensation Table under the column titled “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation.” The target value is the amount which was communicated to the NEO at the beginning of the 2019 grant cycle for the PTVE LTIP.

There have been no equity-based compensation programs and consequently there were no outstanding equity awards as of December 31, 2019. We intend to adopt, subject to the approval of our shareholder, the Incentive Plan as described above in the section entitled “Compensation Programs Following This Offering—Omnibus Incentive Plan” in connection with this offering.

2019 Pension Benefits

The following table sets forth information with respect to each plan that provides for payments or other benefits at, following or in connection with retirement.

 

Name

   Plan Name      Number of Years
Credited Service
(#)
     Present Value of
Accumulated
Benefit
($)
     Payments
During Last
Fiscal Year
($)
 

Thomas Degnan

     N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A  

John McGrath

     RGPP        16.09        1,182,024        —    

Michael Ragen

     —          —          —          —    

Lance Mitchell

     —          —          —          —    

John Rooney

     —          —          —          —    

 

186


Mr. McGrath has legacy entitlements under the RGPP, an ERISA-qualified defined benefit plan maintained by the Group. Mr. McGrath’s legacy entitlements include a final average pay provision and a cash balance provision. The benefit formula for the final average pay provision under normal retirement is a monthly amount equal to 55% of final average compensation, multiplied by a fraction of the number of years of participation (not exceeding 35 years) divided by 35. Final average pay accruals were frozen as of October 31, 2010. The benefit formula for the cash balance provision was a monthly contribution credit of between 2.5% and 5% of compensation for that month (with the specific percentage based on age), plus an interest credit added each month. Cash balance accruals were frozen as of December 31, 2011.

2019 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

In 2019, the Group maintained nonqualified deferred compensation plans that allowed participants to defer portions of their compensation. The purpose of these plans is to allow such persons to defer receipt of such compensation, and therefore the tax obligations arising from such compensation, to a date elected by the participant. The following table sets forth information with respect to each NEO’s participation in such a plan. A description of the non-qualified deferred compensation plans is set forth above in the section entitled “—Other Compensation-Retirement and Welfare Benefits—Executive Benefits and Perquisites.” Mr. Degnan did not participate in these Group non-qualified deferred compensation plans.

 

Name

   Executive
Contributions
in Last FY (1)
($)
     Group
Contributions

in Last FY
($)
     Aggregate
Earnings in
Last FY

($)
     Aggregate
Withdrawals/
Distributions
($)
     Aggregate
Balance at
Last FY
($)
 

Thomas Degnan

     N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A  

John McGrath

     861,335        142,600        484,213        —          3,728,607  

Michael Ragen

     148,862        64,563        51,861        —          451,497  

Lance Mitchell

     223,479        142,600        201,821        —          1,690,784  

John Rooney

     356,000        182,758        189,790        430,519        1,978,042  

 

(1)

Contributions represent the deferred portion of each NEO’s base salary and bonus amounts. The value in this column is also included in the “2019 Summary Compensation Table” and “2019 Grants of Plan-Based Awards.”

 

187


Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

The employment agreements with the NEOs include severance in the event the employee is terminated without cause and enhanced severance if, within 12 months following a Sale of Business, the NEO is terminated without cause or resigns following a material reduction in his or her remuneration or scope of duties (“Good Reason”). The following table sets forth the expected benefits to be received by each NEO in each of these termination scenarios. This table assumes a termination date of December 31, 2019. Mr. Degnan did not have an agreement with the Group that provides for potential payments upon termination or a change in control. None of the employment agreements provide for severance or benefits solely upon a change in control or in the event of a termination for any reason other than as described above. The receipt of the severance benefits set forth below is subject to the execution and non-revocation of a release of claims in favor of the Group and compliance with restrictive covenants.

 

     Termination without
Cause Not in
Connection with a
Change in Control
($)
     Termination without
Cause or Resignation
for Good Reason
in Connection  with
a Change in
Control ($)
 

John McGrath

     

Cash (1)

     3,875,000        5,425,000  

Other Benefits (2)

     8,308        8,308  

Michael Ragen

     

Cash (1)

     1,470,000        2,450,000  

Other Benefits (2)

     11,592        11,592  

Lance Mitchell

     

Cash (1)

     3,332,500        4,882,500  

Other Benefits (2)

     10,278        10,278  

John Rooney

     

Cash (1)

     1,600,000        5,200,000  

Other Benefits (2)

     17,403        17,403  

 

(1)

Under their employment agreements, in connection with a qualifying termination of employment, the NEOs would have received severance payments equivalent to 12 months’ base salary. Additionally, Mr. McGrath would receive his target annual incentive bonus and Messrs. Ragen and Mitchell would receive their prorated target annual incentive bonus. If a qualifying termination occurs within 12 months following a Sale of Business (as defined in the employment agreements), the NEOs would have received severance payments equivalent to 24 months’ base salary. Severance is paid in equal installments over the applicable severance period. Additionally, Messrs. McGrath and Ragen would receive their target annual incentive bonus and Messrs. Mitchell and Rooney would receive their prorated target annual incentive bonus. Finally, Mr. McGrath would be entitled to a reimbursement of his lease payments for the remainder of the lease term through June 2021 if he was terminated for any reason other than for cause following a Sale of Business. His entitlement to a reimbursement of the lease payments is not included in the table above.

(2)

In connection with a qualifying termination of employment, whether or not in connection with a Sale of Business, the NEOs would have continued to receive benefits under (or benefits comparable to) their respective health and welfare plans for 12 months; however, the employee may elect to receive a lump-sum cash payment equal to COBRA premiums in lieu of the health insurance coverage.

Director Compensation

Our directors did not receive any compensation for their service in their capacity as a director in the year ended December 31, 2019.

Following the closing of this offering, we intend to implement a new director compensation program for our independent directors, which includes all directors except for those directors who are officers or full-time

 

188


employees of the Group or directors or employees of entities associated with Mr. Hart. Our independent directors will be eligible to receive the following annual retainers and annual equity compensation grants:

 

   

Board member: $230,000, of which $100,000 will be an annual cash retainer and $130,000 will be in the form of an annual grant of RSUs.

 

   

Chairman of the Board: $115,000, of which $50,000 will be an annual cash retainer and $65,000 will be in the form of an annual grant of RSUs, in addition to the $230,000 in board member payments and grants described above.

 

   

Chairs of our Audit Committee, our Compensation Committee and our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee: $20,000, as an annual cash retainer.

 

   

Members of our Audit Committee, our Compensation Committee and our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee (other than the Chairman of the Board): $10,000, as an annual cash retainer.

RSUs will be granted pursuant to the Incentive Plan. Directors who are also full-time officers or employees of the Group will receive no additional compensation for serving as directors. As explained above in the section entitled “—Compensation Programs Following this Offering— Omnibus Incentive Plan—Director Pay Cap,” an individual who is a non-employee director may not receive awards, in cash or otherwise, for any calendar year that total more than $750,000 in the aggregate.

We will also reimburse all of our directors for their reasonable expenses incurred in attending meetings of our board of directors or committees, and have entered into Indemnification Agreements with our directors. Our directors will also be entitled to indemnification, as further described in the section entitled “Description of Capital Stock—Limitation of Liability of Directors and Officers.”

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers has served as a member of a compensation committee (or if no committee performs that function, the board of directors) of any other entity that has an executive officer serving as a member of our board of directors.

 

189


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

We describe below transactions and series of similar transactions, during our last three fiscal years or currently proposed, to which we were a party or will be a party, in which:

 

   

the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and

 

   

any of our directors, executive officers or beneficial holders of more than 5% of any class of our capital stock had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Other than as described below, there have not been, nor are there any currently proposed, transactions or series of similar transactions meeting this criteria to which we have been or will be a party other than compensation arrangements, which are described where required under “Management—Board Structure” and “Executive Compensation.”

Historical Transactions with Related Parties

Prior to this offering, we have operated as part of PFL’s broader corporate organization rather than as a standalone public company. Historically, related entities have performed or supported various corporate services for us, and we have engaged in various transactions with such related parties. The previous arrangements include those described below.

Supply, Warehousing and Freight Arrangements

Pactiv and RCPI have entered into supply arrangements to continue to purchase products from and sell products to each other, primarily aluminum foil, aluminum foil containers and tableware products. These agreements will expire on December 31, 2024.

Pactiv and RCPI have entered into a warehousing and freight services agreement pursuant to which Pactiv will store certain of RCPI’s finished goods in its warehouses and to provide certain freight services. The term of the warehousing services under the agreement varies by location. The term of the freight services under the agreement expires on various dates, with a final termination date of December 31, 2024.

Rank Services Agreement

Our financing agreements permit the payment to related parties of management, consulting, monitoring and advising fees of up to 1.5% of the Group’s Adjusted EBITDA (as defined in the financing agreements) for the previous year (the “related party management fee”). The related party management fee is paid pursuant to a services agreement with Rank (the “Rank Services Agreement”).

During the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, the Group recognized an expense of $29 million, $28 million and $31 million, respectively, in relation to the management fee. These amounts include $13 million, $12 million and $14 million, respectively, which have been presented in discontinued operations.

Prior to the closing of this offering, the Rank Services Agreement described above with Rank will be terminated and we will no longer be charged a management fee.

Transfer of New Zealand Tax Losses

During the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, the Group paid $2 million, $3 million and $1 million, respectively, to entities related to Mr. Hart for the transfer of New Zealand tax losses to offset income taxes payable. These payments represent the value of the acquired tax losses.

After the closing of this offering, we will no longer acquire tax losses from related parties.

 

190


Recharges for Other Costs

During the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, the Group incurred expenses of $24 million, $18 million and $21 million, respectively, in relation to costs that were incurred by related parties on our behalf and subsequently recharged to us. These charges are for various costs including services provided, financing and other activities, and are charged pursuant to a separate services agreement with Rank. As part of becoming a public company, we are developing internal resources to perform the services previously recharged to us. Prior to the closing of this offering, this services agreement will be terminated and the recharges described above will be discontinued.

Prior to the closing of this offering, we will enter into the Rank TSA, under which, upon our request, Rank will provide administrative and support services to us for up to 24 months to be charged at an agreed hourly rate.

Transition Services Agreements with RCPI and GPC

We have entered into two Transition Services Agreements (“TSAs”) with RCPI and one TSA with GPC:

 

   

A TSA with RCPI pursuant to which we will continue to provide certain administrative and support services to RCPI, including information technology service; accounting, treasury, financial reporting and transaction support; human resources; procurement; tax, legal and compliance related services; and other corporate services. These services will be consistent with administrative services provided by us to RCPI prior to the IPO of RCPI, and the charges are at forecasted cost or current cost plus margin. In addition, RCPI will provide certain services to us, consistent with services provided by RCPI to us prior to the IPO of RCPI, which are also charged at current cost plus margin. The term of this TSA runs to February 2022, although certain of the services terminate before that date.

 

   

A TSA for RCPI’s Red Bluff, California and Huntersville, North Carolina facilities, acquired from Pactiv in 2019, pursuant to which Pactiv provides certain services to RCPI, including tooling and engineering support, financial services, procurement services, and environmental, health and safety services, charged at an agreed rate. The term of this TSA runs to November 2020.

 

   

A TSA with GPC pursuant to which we will continue to provide certain administrative services to GPC to be charged at forecasted cost or current cost plus margin, including information technology services; accounting, treasury, financial reporting and transaction support services; human resources services; procurement services; tax, internal audit, legal, regulatory and trade compliance services; and other corporate services for up to 24 months from August 4, 2020. In addition, GPC will provide certain services to us, consistent with services provided by GPC to us prior to this offering, which will be charged at agreed hourly rates or at current cost plus margin.

IT License Usage Agreement

We have entered into an IT License Usage Agreement with Rank and GPC, pursuant to which we will continue to: (i) receive usage rights under certain IT-related license and contractual arrangements which are held by certain of our affiliates; and (ii) provide usage rights to certain of our affiliates under certain IT-related license and contractual arrangements held by us, each in consideration for pass-through costs for consumption or license maintenance based on each party’s proportionate use of these IT licenses or services. The IT License Usage Agreement will continue in relation to each license or contract until the earlier of: (i) expiration or termination of the relevant license agreement or contract; (ii) the date on which we cease to qualify for usage rights as an affiliate of the relevant license holder or contract counterparty, or the date our affiliates cease to qualify for such usage rights in respect of licenses or contracts held by us (as applicable); or (iii) the effective date that we or the relevant license holder terminates this arrangement by written notice no less than 6 months prior to the next anniversary of the commencement date of the relevant IT-related license or contractual arrangement (such termination to be effective on the next anniversary of the commencement date).

 

191


Leases

RCPI leases its corporate headquarters in Lake Forest, Illinois from Pactiv. RCPI occupies approximately 70,000 square feet at market rent with a term of ten years, which began on January 1, 2020, with two five-year renewal options. RCPI also leases at market rent approximately 26,000 square feet in our Canandaigua, New York facility for certain research and development activities. The Canandaigua lease began on January 1, 2020 and has a term of five years, provided RCPI has the right to terminate the lease on six months’ notice.

Tax Sharing Agreement with GPC

We entered into a tax sharing agreement with GPC, effective January 1, 2020, that addressed the allocation of tax liability and certain other related matters. The GPC Group will be included in the consolidated U.S. federal tax return of which RGHI is the parent company (the “RGHI Tax Group”) until the completion of the GPC distribution. As a member of the RGHI Tax Group and pursuant to the tax sharing agreement, the GPC Group computed its provision for U.S. income taxes on a separate company basis using tax elections made by RGHI. Pursuant to the tax sharing agreement and using tax elections made by RGHI, GPC was required to make payments to and entitled to receive payments from RGHI that generally approximated the amounts the GPC Group would have paid to or received from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service had it not been a member of the RGHI Tax Group but instead had been a separate taxpayer. The GPC Group was also a part of group tax returns filed by RGHI in certain U.S. state jurisdictions, and the terms of the tax sharing agreement also applied to state payments to, and refunds from, these jurisdictions. The tax sharing agreement will, prior to closing of this offering, be terminated in connection with the GPC distributions and replaced by the GPC Tax Matters Agreement, described below.

Tax Matters Agreements

Allocation of taxes

As discussed above under “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry—We may be liable for significant taxes if the distributions of RCPI or of GPC to PFL are determined to be taxable transactions,” we entered into the RCPI Tax Matters Agreement in connection with the RCPI distribution and will, prior to the closing of this offering, enter into the GPC Tax Matters Agreement in connection with the GPC distribution. These Tax Matters Agreements govern the parties’ respective rights, responsibilities and obligations with respect to tax liabilities and benefits, tax attributes, the preparation and filing of tax returns, payment of taxes due, the control of audits and other tax proceedings and other matters regarding taxes. None of the parties’ obligations under the Tax Matters Agreements will be limited in amount or subject to any cap.

Preservation of the tax-free status of the RCPI and the GPC distributions

Pursuant to the Tax Matters Agreements, each of RCPI and GPC agree to certain covenants that contain restrictions intended to preserve the tax-free status of the RCPI distribution and the GPC distribution, respectively. RCPI and GPC may take certain actions otherwise prohibited by these covenants if they obtain and provide to us a ruling from the IRS or an opinion from a tax advisor recognized as an expert in federal income tax and acceptable to us, in each case, to the effect that such action should not jeopardize the tax-free status of the RCPI distribution or the GPC distribution, as applicable, or if we consent to waive such requirements. Under the Tax Matters Agreements, RCPI or GPC, as applicable, will generally be required to indemnify us against taxes incurred with respect to the RCPI distribution or the GPC distribution, respectively, that arise as a result of, among other things, (i) a breach of any representation made under a Tax Matters Agreement, including those provided in connection with an opinion of tax counsel, or (ii) RCPI or GPC, as applicable, taking or failing to take, as the case may be, certain actions, in each case that result in the distributions failing to meet the requirements for tax-free treatment under the Code. These indemnifications will apply even if RCPI or GPC, as applicable, is permitted to take an action that would otherwise have been prohibited under the tax-related covenants because it obtains an opinion, IRS ruling or our consent (as described above).

 

192


Related Party Non-Current Receivable

We were previously party to a loan agreement with Rank under which Rank was able to request and, with our agreement, receive one or more advances. Advances were unsecured and repayable on demand. Advances due from Rank accrued interest at a rate based on the average 90 day New Zealand bank bill rate, set quarterly, plus a margin of 3.25%. Interest was only charged or accrued if demanded by us.

In May 2019, Rank repaid $5 million of the related party loan receivable balance, and PTVE repaid $5 million of outstanding related party balances due to Rank. For the year ended December 31, 2019, interest was charged at 4.40% to 5.15%, and for the year ended December 31, 2018, interest was charged at 5.16% to 5.26%. As of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, $339 million and $328 million, respectively, inclusive of capitalized interest, was outstanding under the loan.

This outstanding balance under the loan agreement was forgiven in connection with the Corporate Reorganization and, upon closing of this offering, there will be no outstanding related party balances due to or from Rank.

Transactions to be Entered into in Connection with this Offering

Transition Services Agreement with Rank

We will enter into a TSA with Rank pursuant to which Rank will, upon our request, continue to provide certain administrative and support services to us, including financial reporting, consulting and compliance services, insurance and IT handover services, tax consulting services, treasury, human resources, administrative, relationship support and compensation management services, M&A transaction support services and legal and corporate secretarial support, and related services for up to 24 months, to be charged at an agreed hourly rate plus any third party costs. We will also provide certain support services to Rank, including IT support, human resources, administrative support and office space to a small number of Rank’s North American employees, and legal support for a period of up to 24 months. These services will be consistent with the services provided by us to Rank prior to this offering and will be charged at an agreed hourly rate plus any third party costs. In addition, we will provide, at Rank’s request, certain historical tax and financial information to enable Rank to prepare certain of its tax and financial reports as well as legal support services.

Stockholders Agreement

In connection with this offering, we will enter into a stockholders agreement with PFL. Among other things, the stockholders agreement will provide PFL with the right to nominate a certain number of directors to our board of directors, so long as the Hart Entities beneficially own at least 10% of the outstanding shares of our common stock. The stockholders agreement will also provide PFL with the ability to assign its board nomination and other rights to Permitted Assigns at any time.

The stockholders agreement will provide that, subject to compliance with applicable law and Nasdaq rules, for so long as the Hart Entities beneficially own at least 50% of our common stock then outstanding, PFL shall be entitled to nominate the total number of directors comprising the entire board of directors; for so long as the Hart Entities beneficially own at least 40%, but less than 50%, of our common stock then outstanding, PFL shall be entitled to nominate a majority of directors to our board of directors; for so long as the Hart Entities beneficially own at least 30%, but less than 40%, of our common stock then outstanding, PFL shall be entitled to nominate 40% of the directors to our board of directors; for so long as the Hart Entities beneficially own at least 20%, but less than 30%, of our common stock then outstanding, PFL shall be entitled to nominate 25% of the directors to our board of directors; and for so long as the Hart Entities beneficially own at least 10%, but less than 20%, of our common stock then outstanding, PFL shall be entitled to nominate 10% of the directors to our board of directors. For purposes of calculating the number of directors that PFL is entitled to nominate pursuant to the formula outlined above, any fractional amounts would be rounded up to the nearest whole number and the

 

193


calculation would be made on a pro forma basis, taking into account any increase in the size of our board of directors. In the case of a vacancy on our board of directors created by the removal or resignation of an individual selected for nomination by PFL, the stockholders agreement will require us to nominate another individual selected by PFL.

In addition, the stockholders agreement will provide that for so long as the Hart Entities beneficially own at least 10% of the outstanding shares of our common stock, the Hart Entities are entitled to nominate, pursuant to the formula outlined above, members of the compensation committee, the nominating and corporate governance committee and the audit committee of our board of directors, except to the extent that such membership would violate applicable securities laws or rules. The stockholders agreement will provide that so long as the Hart Entities hold over 5% of the Company’s shares, the Hart Entities will be entitled to receive access to certain of the Company’s information and also to routinely consult and advise senior management with respect to the Company’s business and financial matters, with the Company agreeing to give consideration to Mr. Hart’s advice and proposals.

In addition, for so long as the Hart Entities beneficially own at least 40% of the outstanding shares of our common stock, the Hart Entities shall be entitled to certain consent rights, including, the right to consent to:

 

   

any change in the size of the Board of directors;

 

   

the incurrence of indebtedness aggregating more than $50 million, subject to certain exceptions;

 

   

the issuance of additional shares of any class of the Company’s capital stock exceeding $50 million in any single issuance or an aggregate amount of $100 million during a calendar year, subject to certain exceptions;

 

   

other than in the ordinary course of business with vendors, customers and suppliers, the acquisition or disposition of assets exceeding $50 million in any single transaction or $100 million in the aggregate during a calendar year;

 

   

hiring or terminating our Chief Executive Officer or our Chief Financial Officer; and

 

   

capital expenditures in excess of $25 million in any calendar year.

The Hart Entities will also have consent rights with respect to the release of any information or press releases concerning our business, results of operations or financial condition (including earnings releases), reports, notices, proxy statements, registration statements, prospectus or any other information prepared by the Company for release to financial analysts or investors.

The Stockholders Agreement will also contain certain restrictions intended to preserve the tax-free status of the RCPI distribution and the GPC distribution. Under the agreement, we will be barred from taking any action, or failing to take any action, where such action or failure to act adversely affects or could reasonably be expected to adversely affect the tax-free status of these distributions, for all relevant time periods. These covenants will also restrict us from entering into discussions relating to any secondary offering of our stock during the time period ending one year after the date of the GPC distribution. In addition, during the time period ending two years after the date of the GPC distribution, these covenants will include, among others, specific restrictions on our:

 

   

discontinuing the active conduct of our trade or business;

 

   

issuance or sale of stock or other securities (including securities convertible into our stock but excluding certain compensatory arrangements) in excess of 45% of our then-outstanding shares of common stock, in the aggregate;

 

   

amending our certificate of incorporation (or other organizational documents) or taking any other action, whether through a stockholder vote or otherwise, affecting the voting rights of our common stock; and

 

   

entering into certain corporate transactions that could jeopardize the tax-free status of the distributions.

 

194


In addition, for so long as the Hart Entities beneficially own at least 40% of the outstanding shares of our common stock, the Hart Entities will be entitled to provide investment oversight over the assets of our pension plans and to nominate or remove members of the Company’s pension plan investment committee. We will appoint or remove all persons proposed by the Hart Entities to our pension plan investment committee and will not amend or terminate the pension plan committee charter without the prior written consent of the Hart Entities.

The rights granted to the Hart Entities to nominate directors are additive to and not intended to limit in any way the rights that PFL may have to nominate, elect or remove our directors under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, bylaws or Delaware law.

Indemnification Agreement

We have entered into an agreement with our affiliate, Beverage Packaging Holdings I (“BPH I”), to indemnify BPH I for certain losses that BPH I may suffer in connection with a guarantee of a property lease that BPH I provided to a third party landlord in connection with the divestment of a business by the Group.

Policies and Procedures for Transactions with Related Parties

In connection with this offering, we have adopted a written policy that our executive officers, directors, nominees for election as a director, beneficial owners of 5% or more of our common stock and any members of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons are not permitted to enter into a related party transaction with us without the approval or ratification of a designated committee of our board of directors (which will initially be the audit committee) or other committee designated by our board of directors made up solely of independent directors. Any request for us to enter into a transaction with an executive officer, director, nominee for election as a director, beneficial owner of 5% or more of our common stock or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons, in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and such person would have a direct or indirect interest, must be presented to our audit committee or other committee of independent directors for review to determine whether the related party involved has a direct or indirect material interest in the transaction. In reviewing any such proposal, our audit committee or other committee of independent directors are to consider the relevant facts of the transaction, including the risks, costs and benefits to us and whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances.

 

195


PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership of our common stock as of                 , 2020 (as adjusted to give effect to the Corporate Reorganization), by:

 

   

each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to own beneficially 5% or more of our common stock;

 

   

each of the directors and NEOs individually; and

 

   

all directors and executive officers as a group.

The number of shares of common stock outstanding after this offering includes                 shares of common stock being offered for sale by us in this offering and assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each listed stockholder is: 1900 W. Field Court, Lake Forest, Illinois, 60045. To our knowledge, except as indicated in the footnotes to this table and pursuant to applicable community property laws, the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock.

 

     Shares
Beneficially Owned Before
This Offering
     Shares
Beneficially Owned After
This Offering (1)
 
               Common Stock                            Common Stock              

Name and Address of
Beneficial Owner

   Number      %      Number      %  

5% Stockholder

           

PFL(2)

           

Named Executive Officers and Directors

           

Thomas Degnan

     —          —          

John McGrath

     —          —          

Michael Ragen

     —          —          

Lance Mitchell

     —          —          

John Rooney

     —          —          

Allen Hugli

     —          —          

Michael King

     —          —          

LeighAnne Baker

     —          —          

Rolf Stangl

     —          —          

Felicia Thornton

     —          —          

Jonathan Rich

     —          —          

All executive officers and directors as a group (thirteen persons)

           

 

(1)

Assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. See “Underwriting.”

(2)

PFL is a wholly-owned subsidiary of PHL, which is wholly-owned by Mr. Hart. The principal business address of PFL, PHL and Mr. Hart is c/o Rank Group Limited, Floor 9, 148 Quay Street, Auckland, 1010 New Zealand.

 

196


DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following descriptions are summaries of the material terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws. Reference is made to the more detailed provisions of, and the descriptions are qualified in their entirety by reference to, these documents, copies of which will be filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and applicable law.

General

Upon the closing of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide for one class of common stock. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will authorize shares of undesignated preferred stock, the rights, preferences and privileges of which may be designated from time to time by our board of directors.

Following the closing this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of                  shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share and                  shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share.

Common Stock

Common stock outstanding. Prior to the closing of this offering (after giving effect to the Corporate Reorganization) there were                  shares of common stock outstanding. Upon the closing of this offering, there will be                  shares of common stock outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, after giving effect to the sale of the shares of common stock offered hereby. All outstanding shares of common stock are fully paid and non-assessable, and the shares of common stock to be issued upon the closing of this offering will be fully paid and non-assessable.

Voting rights. The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by the stockholders.

Dividend rights. Holders of shares of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends when, as and if declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefor, subject to preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding preferred stock. See “Dividend Policy.”

Rights upon liquidation. In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of common stock will be entitled to share equally, identically and ratably in all assets remaining after the payment of any liabilities, liquidation preferences and accrued or declared but unpaid dividends, if any, with respect to any outstanding preferred stock.

Other rights. Our common stock is not entitled to preemptive rights and is not subject to conversion, redemption or sinking fund provisions.

Preferred Stock

Our board of directors has the authority to issue preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof, including dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, redemption prices, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series, without further vote or action by the stockholders.

The issuance of preferred stock may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of the Company without further action by the stockholders and may adversely affect the voting and other rights of the holders of common stock. At present, we have no plans to issue any of the preferred stock.

 

197


Election and Removal of Directors

Our board of directors will consist of between five and eleven directors. The exact number of directors will be fixed from time to time by resolution of the board. Upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors will consist of seven directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that, prior to the first date on which the Hart Entities or any Permitted Assigns no longer beneficially own more than 50% of the outstanding shares of our common stock, any director may be removed, with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of shares representing a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors. From and after such date, no director may be removed, except for cause with the affirmative vote of shares representing a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors. Any vacancy occurring on the board of directors and any newly created directorship may be filled only by a board resolution approved by a majority of the remaining directors in office.

Staggered Board

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that, prior to the first date on which the Hart Entities or any Permitted Assigns no longer beneficially own more than 50% of the outstanding shares of our common stock, all directors will stand for election each year at our annual meeting of stockholders. From and after such date, our board of directors will be divided into three classes serving staggered three-year terms, with one class standing for election each year. At each annual meeting of stockholders, directors will be elected to succeed the class of directors whose terms have expired. This classification of our board of directors could have the effect of increasing the length of time necessary to change the composition of a majority of the board of directors. In general, at least two annual meetings of stockholders will be necessary for stockholders to effect a change in a majority of the members of the board of directors.

Limits on Written Consents

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our bylaws provide that from and after the date on which the Hart Entities or Permitted Assigns no longer beneficially own more than 50% of the outstanding shares of our common stock, holders of our common stock will not be able to act by written consent without a meeting.

Stockholder Meetings

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our bylaws provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by our Chief Executive Officer, the chairman of our board of directors, a majority of the directors, or stockholders holding more than 50% of the voting power of our outstanding common stock (which ability of stockholders to call special meetings will terminate once the Hart Entities or Permitted Assigns no longer beneficially own more than 50% of the outstanding shares of our common stock). Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our bylaws will specifically deny any power of any other person to call a special meeting.

Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation

The provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may be amended only by the affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the voting power of our outstanding shares of voting stock, for as long as the Hart Entities or Permitted Assigns beneficially own more than 50% of the outstanding shares of our common stock. From and after the date on which the Hart Entities or Permitted Assigns no longer beneficially own more than 50% of the outstanding shares of our common stock, the affirmative vote of holders of at least 662/3% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of common stock will be required to amend provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

 

198


Amendment of Bylaws

Our bylaws may generally be altered, amended or repealed, and new bylaws may be adopted, with:

 

   

the affirmative vote of a majority of directors present at any regular or special meeting of the board of directors called for that purpose; or

 

   

the affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the voting power of our outstanding shares of voting stock for as long as the Hart Entities or Permitted Assigns beneficially own more than 50% of the outstanding shares of our common stock. From and after the date on which the Hart Entities or Permitted Assigns no longer beneficially own more than 50% of the outstanding shares of our common stock, the affirmative vote of holders of at least 662/3% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of common stock will be required to amend provisions of our bylaws.

Other Limitations on Stockholder Actions

Our bylaws will also impose some procedural requirements on stockholders who wish to:

 

   

make nominations in the election of directors;

 

   

propose that a director be removed;

 

   

propose any repeal or change in our bylaws; or

 

   

propose any other business to be brought before an annual or special meeting of stockholders.

Under these procedural requirements, in order to bring a proposal before a meeting of stockholders, a stockholder must deliver timely notice of a proposal pertaining to a proper subject for presentation at the meeting to our corporate secretary along with the following:

 

   

a description of the business or nomination to be brought before the meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting;

 

   

the stockholder’s name and address;

 

   

any material interest of the stockholder in the proposal;

 

   

the number of shares beneficially owned by the stockholder and evidence of such ownership;

 

   

the names and addresses of all persons with whom the stockholder is acting in concert and a description of all arrangements and understandings with those persons, and the number of shares such persons beneficially own;

 

   

a description of any agreement or arrangement that has been entered into, the effect or intent of which is to create or mitigate loss to, manage risk or benefit of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of, such stockholder with respect to the Company’s securities; and

 

   

representations (i) that the stockholder is a holder of record entitled to vote and intends to appear in person or by proxy at such meeting to bring such business before the meeting and (ii) as to whether such stockholder intends to deliver a proxy statement to holders of the required voting power to approve the proposal or otherwise solicit proxies in support of the proposal.

To be timely, a stockholder must generally deliver notice:

 

   

in connection with an annual meeting of stockholders, not less than 120 nor more than 180 days prior to the date on which the annual meeting of stockholders was held in the immediately preceding year, but in the event that the date of the annual meeting is more than 30 days before or more than 60 days after the anniversary date of the preceding annual meeting of stockholders, a stockholder notice will be timely if

 

199


 

received by us no earlier than 120 days prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of (1) 70 days prior to the date of the annual meeting and (2) the 10th day following the day on which we first publicly announce the date of the annual meeting; or

 

   

in connection with the election of a director at a special meeting of stockholders, a stockholder notice will be timely if received by us (1) not earlier than 150 days prior to the date of the special meeting nor (2) later than the later of (a) 120 days prior to the date of the special meeting or (b) the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of the special meeting of the stockholders is first made.

In order to submit a nomination for our board of directors, a stockholder must also submit any information with respect to the nominee that we would be required to include in a proxy statement, as well as certain other information. If a stockholder fails to follow the required procedures, the stockholder’s proposal or nominee will be ineligible and will not be voted on by our stockholders.

Limitation of Liability of Directors and Officers

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that no director will be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except as required by applicable law, as in effect from time to time. Currently, Delaware law requires that liability be imposed for the following:

 

   

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to our company or our stockholders;

 

   

any act or omission not in good faith or which involved intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; and

 

   

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

As a result, neither we nor our stockholders have the right, through stockholders’ derivative suits on our behalf, to recover monetary damages against a director for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, including breaches resulting from grossly negligent behavior, except in the situations described above.

Our bylaws will provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, we will indemnify any officer or director of our company against all damages, claims and liabilities arising out of the fact that the person is or was our director or officer, or served any other enterprise at our request as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary. We will reimburse the expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by a person indemnified by this provision when we receive an undertaking to repay such amounts if it is ultimately determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified by us. Amending this provision will not reduce our indemnification obligations relating to actions taken before an amendment.

Forum Selection

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be the sole and exclusive forum for:

 

   

any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf;

 

   

any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees or our stockholders;

 

200


   

any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

   

any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine.

In each such case subject to such Court of Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants therein.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the exclusive forum provision will not apply to any claim to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act.

Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the foregoing forum selection provisions. Although we believe these provisions will benefit us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware and federal law for the specified types of actions and proceedings, the provisions may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors, officers, employees and agents. The enforceability of similar exclusive forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that, in connection with one or more actions or proceedings described above, a court could rule that this provision in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation is inapplicable or unenforceable.

Delaware Business Combination Statute

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law prevents an “interested stockholder,” which is defined generally as a person owning 15% or more of a corporation’s voting stock, or any affiliate or associate of that person, from engaging in a broad range of “business combinations” with the corporation for three years after becoming an interested stockholder unless:

 

   

the board of directors of the corporation had previously approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder’s becoming an interested stockholder;

 

   

upon the closing of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder’s becoming an interested stockholder, that person owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, other than statutorily excluded shares; or

 

   

following the transaction in which that person became an interested stockholder, the business combination is approved by the board of directors of the corporation and holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock not owned by the interested stockholder.

A Delaware corporation may elect in its certificate of incorporation or bylaws not to be governed by this particular Delaware law. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, we will opt out of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law and will therefore not be subject to Section 203.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Some Provisions

Some provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws could make the following more difficult:

 

   

acquisition of control of us by means of a proxy contest or otherwise, or

 

   

removal of our incumbent officers and directors.

 

201


These provisions, as well as our ability to issue preferred stock, are designed to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection give us the potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us, and that the benefits of this increased protection outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging those proposals, because negotiation of those proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Listing

We intend to apply to list our common stock on Nasdaq under the symbol “PTVE.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for the common stock is American Stock & Transfer Trust Company, LLC.

 

202


MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR

NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK

The following are the material U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock acquired in this offering by a “Non-U.S. Holder” that does not own, and has not owned, actually or constructively, more than 5% of our common stock. You are a Non-U.S. Holder if for U.S. federal income tax purposes you are a beneficial owner of our common stock that is:

 

   

a nonresident alien individual;

 

   

a foreign corporation; or

 

   

a foreign estate or trust.

You are not a Non-U.S. Holder if you are a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition, or if you are a former citizen or former resident of the United States for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If you are such a person, you should consult your tax adviser regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock.

If you are a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and your activities.

This discussion is based on the Code, administrative pronouncements, judicial decisions and final, temporary and proposed Treasury regulations, changes to any of which subsequent to the date of this prospectus may affect the tax consequences described herein, possibly with retroactive effect. This discussion does not describe all of the tax consequences that may be relevant to you in light of your particular circumstances, including alternative minimum tax and Medicare contribution tax consequences and does not address any aspect of state, local or non-U.S. taxation, or any taxes other than income and estate taxes. You should consult your tax adviser with regard to the application of the U.S. federal tax laws to your particular situation, as well as any tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, local or non-U.S. taxing jurisdiction.

Dividends

Distributions of cash or other property will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits, they will constitute a return of capital, which will first reduce your basis in our common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of our common stock, as described below under “—Gain on Disposition of Our Common Stock.”

Dividends paid to you generally will be subject to withholding tax at a 30% rate or a reduced rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty. In order to obtain a reduced rate of withholding (subject to the discussion below under “—FATCA”), you will be required to provide a properly executed applicable IRS Form W-8 certifying your entitlement to benefits under a treaty.

If dividends paid to you are effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by you in the United States), you will generally be taxed on the dividends in the same manner as a U.S. person. In this case, you will be exempt from the withholding tax discussed in the preceding paragraph, although you will be required to provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI in order to claim an exemption from withholding. You should consult your tax adviser with respect to other U.S. tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock, including the possible imposition of a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or a lower treaty rate) if you are a corporation.

 

203


Gain on Disposition of Our Common Stock

Subject to the discussions below under “—Information Reporting and Backup Withholding” and “—FATCA,” you generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax on gain realized on a sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by you in the United States), or

 

   

we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation,” as defined in the Code, at any time within the five-year period preceding the disposition or your holding period, whichever period is shorter, and our common stock has ceased to be regularly traded on an established securities market prior to the beginning of the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs.

We believe that we are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a United States real property holding corporation.

If you recognize gain on a sale or other disposition of our common stock that is effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by you in the United States), you will generally be taxed on such gain in the same manner as a U.S. person. You should consult your tax adviser with respect to other U.S. tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock, including the possible imposition of a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or a lower treaty rate) if you are a corporation.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Information returns are required to be filed with the IRS in connection with payments of dividends on our common stock. Unless you comply with certification procedures to establish that you are not a U.S. person, information returns may also be filed with the IRS in connection with the proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our common stock. You may be subject to backup withholding on payments on our common stock or on the proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our common stock unless you comply with certification procedures to establish that you are not a U.S. person or otherwise establish an exemption. Your provision of a properly executed applicable IRS Form W-8 certifying your non-U.S. status will permit you to avoid backup withholding. Amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules are not additional taxes and may be refunded or credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

FATCA

Provisions of the Code commonly referred to as “FATCA” require withholding of 30% on payments of dividends on our common stock, as well as of gross proceeds of dispositions of our common stock, to “foreign financial institutions” (which is broadly defined for this purpose and in general includes investment vehicles) and certain other non-U.S. entities unless various U.S. information reporting and due diligence requirements (generally relating to ownership by U.S. persons of interests in or accounts with those entities) have been satisfied, or an exemption applies. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify these requirements. Under proposed regulations the preamble to which states that taxpayers may rely on the proposed regulations until final regulations are issued, this withholding tax will not apply to the gross proceeds from the sale, exchange, redemption or other taxable disposition of our common stock. If FATCA withholding is imposed, a beneficial owner that is not a foreign financial institution generally may obtain a refund of any amounts withheld by filing a U.S. federal income tax return (which may entail significant administrative burden). You should consult your tax adviser regarding the effects of FATCA on your investment in our common stock.

 

204


Federal Estate Tax

Individual Non-U.S. Holders and entities the property of which is potentially includible in such an individual’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes (for example, a trust funded by such an individual and with respect to which the individual has retained certain interests or powers), should note that, absent an applicable treaty exemption, our common stock will be treated as U.S.-situs property subject to U.S. federal estate tax.

 

205


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. Furthermore, because only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to existing contractual and legal restrictions on resale as described below, there may be sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after the restrictions lapse. This may adversely affect the prevailing market price and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Upon the closing of this offering, we will have                  shares of common stock outstanding (or                  shares, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full). Of these shares, the                  shares of common stock, or                  shares of common stock if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, sold in this offering will be freely transferable without restriction or registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by one of our existing “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The shares of common stock issued pursuant to the IPO Grants will be subject to vesting conditions. The                  shares of common stock held by PFL upon the closing of this offering are “restricted shares” as defined in Rule 144. Restricted shares may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144 of the Securities Act. As a result of the contractual 180-day lock-up period described below and the provisions of Rules 144, these shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

Number of Shares

  

Date

   On the date of this prospectus.
   After 180 days from the date of this prospectus (subject to volume limitations).

Rule 144

In general, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who has beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell such securities, provided that (i) such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale and (ii) we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. Persons who have beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least six months but who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three month period only a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

 

   

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately                  shares immediately after this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares; or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the                  during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale;

provided, in each case, that we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. Such sales both by affiliates and by non-affiliates must also comply with the manner of sale, current public information and notice provisions of Rule 144 to the extent applicable.

Registration Statement on Form S-8

We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all of the shares of common stock subject to issuance under the Incentive Plan and the IPO Grants, which will be adopted in

 

206


connection with this offering. We expect to file this registration statement as promptly as possible after the closing of this offering. Any such Form S-8 registration statement will automatically become effective upon filing. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market, subject to vesting or transfer restrictions that may be applicable to such awards. We expect that the registration statement on Form S-8 relating to the IPO Grants and the Incentive Plan, which will be adopted in connection with this offering, will cover approximately                  shares of common stock.

Registration Rights

In connection with this offering, we will enter into an agreement that will provide that PFL will be entitled to various rights with respect to the registration of the offer and sale of the shares it holds under the Securities Act. If the offer and sale of these shares is registered, these shares will become freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares purchased by affiliates. The registration rights agreement that we intend to enter into with PFL will not provide for any cash penalties, or any other penalties, resulting from delays in registering the shares held by PFL.

Lock-up Agreements

We, our directors, our executive officers and PFL have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, without the prior written consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. See “Underwriting” for a description of the lock-up agreements applicable to our shares.

 

207


UNDERWRITING

Under the terms and subject to the conditions in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters named below, for whom Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. are acting as representatives, the following respective number of shares of common stock:

 

Name

   Number of
Shares
 

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

                       

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

  

BofA Securities, Inc.

  

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

  

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

  

BMO Capital Markets Corp.

  

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

  

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

  

Academy Securities, Inc.

  

Loop Capital Markets LLC

  

Samuel A. Ramirez & Company, Inc.

  

Siebert Williams Shank & Co., LLC

  
  

 

 

 

Total

  
  

 

 

 

The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters are obligated to purchase all the shares of common stock in this offering if any are purchased, other than those shares covered by the option to purchase additional shares described below. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or this offering may be terminated.

We have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase on a pro rata basis up to                  additional shares of common stock from us at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions. The option may be exercised only to cover any over-allotments of common stock.

The underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock initially at the public offering price on the cover page of this prospectus and to selling group members at that price less a selling concession of up to $         per share. After the initial public offering the representatives may change the public offering price and selling concession. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

The following table summarizes the compensation and estimated expenses we will pay.

 

     Per Share      Total  
     Without
Option
     With
Option
     Without
Option
     With
Option
 

Underwriting discounts and commissions

   $                        $                        $                        $                    

Expenses payable

   $        $        $        $    

We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expenses of up to $         related to clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA. The underwriters have also agreed to reimburse us for certain of our expenses incurred by us with respect to this offering.

We have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, that we will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, without the prior written consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

 

208


Our executive officers and directors and PFL have agreed that they will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, enter into a transaction that would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock, whether any of these transactions are to be settled by delivery of our common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, without, in each case, the prior written consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions.

We intend to apply to list our common stock on Nasdaq, under the symbol “PTVE.”

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price was determined by negotiations between us and the representatives and will not necessarily reflect the market price of the common stock following this offering. The principal factors that were considered in determining the initial public offering price included:

 

   

the information presented in this prospectus and otherwise available to the underwriters;

 

   

the history of, and prospects for, the industry in which we will compete;

 

   

the ability of our management;

 

   

the prospects for our future earnings;

 

   

the present state of our development, results of operations and our current financial condition;

 

   

the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering; and

 

   

the recent market prices of, and the demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies.

We cannot assure you that the initial public offering price will correspond to the price at which the common stock will trade in the public market subsequent to this offering or that an active trading market for the common stock will develop and continue after this offering.

In connection with this offering the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids.

 

   

Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.

 

   

Over-allotment involves sales by the underwriters of shares in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase, which creates a syndicate short position. The short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase in the option to purchase additional shares. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in the option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares and/or purchasing shares in the open market.

 

   

Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares. If the underwriters sell more shares than could be covered by the option to purchase additional shares, a naked short position, the position can only be

 

209


 

closed out by buying shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase shares in this offering.

 

   

Penalty bids permit the representatives to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the common stock originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.

These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on                  or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more of the underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering and one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering may distribute prospectuses electronically. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the underwriters and selling group members that will make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full-service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. These investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Certain affiliates of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and certain of the other underwriters have preexisting lending relationships with the Group and certain of their respective affiliates. Furthermore, an affiliate of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, is the administrative agent and a lender and issuing bank under the Credit Agreement.

Selling Restrictions

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

 

210


Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area and the United Kingdom (each a “Member State”), no securities have been offered or will be offered to the public in that Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the securities which has been approved by the competent authority in that Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation, except that offers of securities may be made to the public in that Member State at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Regulation:

 

  (a)

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the Prospectus Regulation;

 

  (b)

to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

  (c)

in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation,

provided that no such offer of securities shall require the Issuer or any Manager to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any securities in any Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any securities, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

Each of the underwriters severally represents, warrants and agrees as follows:

 

  (a)

it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (FSMA)) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the securities in circumstances in which Section 21 of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

 

  (b)

it has complied with, and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the securities in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Canada

The securities may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the securities must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

 

211


Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended) and accordingly, will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan, or for the benefit of any Japanese Person or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to any Japanese Person, except in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines promulgated by relevant Japanese governmental or regulatory authorities in effect at the relevant time. For the purposes of this paragraph, “Japanese Person” shall mean any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

The securities may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the securities or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company or the securities have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of securities will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority, or FINMA, and the offer of securities has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or CISA. The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

The securities may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance, or (ii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the depositary securities may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to depositary securities which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of securities may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the securities be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than:

 

  (i)

to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the ‘‘SFA’’),

 

212


  (ii)

to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275, of the SFA, or

 

  (iii)

otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the securities are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

  (a)

a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

  (b)

a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the securities pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

  (a)

to an institutional investor or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

 

  (b)

where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

 

  (c)

where the transfer is by operation of law;

 

  (d)

as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or

 

  (e)

as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia

This prospectus is not a formal disclosure document and has not been, nor will be, lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission. It does not purport to contain all information that an investor or their professional advisers would expect to find in a prospectus or other disclosure document (as defined in the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia)) for the purposes of Part 6D.2 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia) or in a product disclosure statement for the purposes of Part 7.9 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia), in either case, in relation to the securities. The securities are not being offered in Australia to “retail clients” as defined in sections 761G and 761GA of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia). This offering is being made in Australia solely to “wholesale clients” for the purposes of section 761G of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia) and, as such, no prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document in relation to the securities has been, or will be, prepared.

This prospectus does not constitute an offer in Australia other than to persons who do not require disclosure under Part 6D.2 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia) and who are wholesale clients for the purposes of section 761G of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia). By submitting an application for the securities, you represent and warrant to us that you are a person who does not require disclosure under Part 6D.2 and who is a wholesale client for the purposes of section 761G of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia). If any recipient of this prospectus is not a wholesale client, no offer of, or invitation to apply for, the securities shall be deemed to be made to such recipient and no applications for such securities will be accepted from such recipient. Any offer to a recipient in Australia, and any agreement arising from acceptance of such offer, is personal and may only be accepted by the recipient. In addition, by applying for the securities you undertake to us that, for a period of 12 months from the date of issue of the securities, you will not transfer any interest in the securities to any person in Australia other than to a person who does not require disclosure under Part 6D.2 and who is a wholesale client.

 

213


Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The securities to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered should conduct their own due diligence on the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

 

214


LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the issuance of the shares of capital stock offered hereby and certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for us by Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP. The underwriters have been represented by Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP.

EXPERTS

The financial statements as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the common stock offered hereby. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. For further information with respect to the Company and its common stock, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits and any schedules filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to are not necessarily complete and in each instance, if such contract or document is filed as an exhibit, reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, each statement being qualified in all respects by such reference. The SEC maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information we have filed electronically with the SEC.

As a result of this offering, we will be required to file periodic reports and other information with the SEC. We also maintain a website at www.pactivevergreen.com. Our website and the information contained therein or connected thereto shall not be deemed to be incorporated into this prospectus or the registration statement of which it forms a part.

We intend to make available to our stockholders annual reports containing consolidated financial statements audited by an independent registered public accounting firm.

 

215


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Consolidated Financial Statements

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Annual Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December  31, 2019, 2018 and 2017

     F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017

     F-4  

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018

     F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Equity for the years ended December  31, 2019, 2018 and 2017

     F-6  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December  31, 2019, 2018 and 2017

     F-7  

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-8  

Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income (unaudited) for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019

     F-54  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (unaudited) for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019

     F-55  

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets (unaudited) as of June  30, 2020 and December 31, 2019

     F-56  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Equity (unaudited) for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019

     F-57  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (unaudited) for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019

     F-58  

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

     F-60  

 

F-1


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholder and Board of Directors of Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Reynolds Group Holdings Limited and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Change in Accounting Principle

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for leases in 2019.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Chicago, Illinois

June 2, 2020, except for the effects of the distribution described in Note 3 and the segment change described in Note 17, as to which the date is August 20, 2020

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2009.

 

F-2


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Consolidated Statements of Income

For the Years Ended December 31

(in millions, except per share amounts)

 

     2019     2018     2017  

Net revenues

   $ 7,115     $ 7,395     $ 7,439  

Cost of sales

     (5,999     (6,282     (6,086
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     1,116       1,113       1,353  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     (639     (565     (599

Goodwill impairment charges

     (16     (138     —    

Restructuring, asset impairment and other related charges

     (96     (53     (101

Other expense, net

     (34     (33     (38
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income from continuing operations

     331       324       615  

Non-operating (expense) income, net

     (13     41       (10

Interest expense, net

     (432     (412     (484
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from continuing operations before tax

     (114     (47     121  

Income tax (expense) benefit

     (54     16       218  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income from continuing operations

     (168     (31     339  

Income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

     258       312       257  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     90       281       596  

Net loss (income) attributable to non-controlling interests

     1       (2     (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Reynolds Group Holdings Limited common stockholder

   $ 91     $ 279     $ 594  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per share attributable to Reynolds Group Holdings Limited common stockholder:

      

From continuing operations-basic and diluted

   $ (4.68   $ (0.92   $ 9.44  

From discontinued operations-basic and diluted

     7.23       8.74       7.20  

Total-basic and diluted

     2.55       7.82       16.64  

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

For the Years Ended December 31

(in millions)

 

     2019      2018     2017  

Net income

   $ 90      $ 281     $ 596  

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of income taxes:

       

Currency translation adjustments

     88        (40     103  

Defined benefit plans

     124        (52     75  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     212        (92     178  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

     302        189       774  

Comprehensive loss (income) attributable to non-controlling interests

     1        (2     (2
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income attributable to Reynolds Group Holdings Limited common stockholder

   $ 303      $ 187     $ 772  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Consolidated Balance Sheets

As of December 31

(in millions, except share amounts)

 

     2019     2018  

Assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 1,189     $ 704  

Accounts receivable, less allowances for doubtful accounts of $4 and $5

     666       699  

Inventories

     894       896  

Other current assets

     147       183  

Assets held for sale or distribution

     808       965  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     3,704       3,447  

Property, plant and equipment, net

     2,475       2,422  

Operating lease right-of-use assets, net

     300       —    

Goodwill

     3,026       3,044  

Intangible assets, net

     2,493       2,660  

Deferred income taxes

     23       26  

Related party receivables

     339       328  

Other noncurrent assets

     181       132  

Noncurrent assets held for sale or distribution

     3,634       4,110  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 16,175     $ 16,169  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

    

Accounts payable

   $ 425     $ 483  

Related party payables

     30       33  

Current portion of long-term debt

     3,587       455  

Current portion of operating lease liabilities

     71       —    

Income taxes payable

     16       10  

Accrued and other current liabilities

     509       519  

Liabilities held for sale or distribution

     259       401  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     4,897       1,901  

Long-term debt

     7,043       10,542  

Long-term operating lease liabilities

     247       —    

Deferred income taxes

     555       464  

Long-term employee benefit obligations

     737       887  

Other noncurrent liabilities

     183       198  

Noncurrent liabilities held for sale or distribution

     431       392  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 14,093     $ 14,384  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 14)

    

Equity

    

Common stock (35,708,019 issued and outstanding shares with no par value. Refer to Note 19)

     —         —    

Additional paid in capital

     103       103  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (518     (689

Retained earnings

     2,494       2,362  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity attributable to Reynolds Group Holdings Limited common stockholder

     2,079       1,776  

Non-controlling interests

     3       9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

     2,082       1,785  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 16,175     $ 16,169  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Consolidated Statements of Equity

(in millions)

 

    Common
Stock
    Additional
Paid In
Capital
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Retained
Earnings
    Non-controlling
Interests
    Total
Equity
 

Balance as of December 31, 2016

  $   —       $ 103     $ (775   $ 1,489     $ 9     $ 826  

Net income

    —         —         —         594       2       596  

Other comprehensive income, net of income taxes

    —         —         178       —         —         178  

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

    —         —         —         —         (1     (1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2017

  $ —       $ 103     $ (597   $ 2,083     $ 10     $ 1,599  

Net income

    —         —         —         279       2       281  

Other comprehensive loss, net of income taxes

    —         —         (92     —         —         (92

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

    —         —         —         —         (3     (3
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2018

  $ —       $ 103     $ (689   $ 2,362     $ 9     $ 1,785  

Cumulative impact of adopting ASU 2018-02

    —         —         (41     41       —         —    

Net income (loss)

    —         —         —         91       (1     90  

Other comprehensive income, net of income taxes

    —         —         212       —         —         212  

Disposition of non-controlling interest

    —         —         —         —         (4     (4

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

    —         —         —         —         (1     (1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2019

  $ —       $ 103     $ (518   $ 2,494     $ 3     $ 2,082  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

For the Years Ended December 31

(in millions)

 

     2019     2018     2017  

Cash provided by (used in) operating activities

      

Net income

   $ 90     $ 281     $ 596  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to operating cash flows:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     643       653       672  

Deferred income taxes

     98       (27     (256

Unrealized (gains) losses on derivatives

     (13     22       —    

Goodwill impairment charges

     25       138       —    

Other asset impairment charges

     106       40       86  

Loss on disposal of businesses and other assets

     42       24       16  

Non-cash portion of employee benefit obligations

     27       (20     25  

Non-cash portion of operating lease expense

     108       —         —    

Other non-cash items, net

     (3     (2     (3

Change in assets and liabilities:

      

Accounts receivable, net

     19       (1     (109

Inventories

     19       (83     (151

Other current assets

     29       (5     1  

Accounts payable

     (118     48       (5

Operating lease payments

     (106     —         —    

Income taxes payable

     (53     32       2  

Accrued and other current liabilities

     (37     (38     (62

Other assets and liabilities

     25       (75     79  

Employee benefit obligation contributions

     (5     (24     (33
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     896       963       858  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash provided by (used in) investing activities

      

Acquisition of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets

     (629     (592     (413

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

     23       21       5  

Disposal of businesses, net of cash disposed

     597       118       44  

Proceeds from related party loan repayment

     5       —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (4     (453     (364
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash provided by (used in) financing activities

      

Long-term debt proceeds

     —         —         452  

Long-term debt repayments

     (381     (352     (1,221

Deferred financing transaction costs on long-term debt

     —         —         (10

Premium on redemption of long-term debt

     —         (3     (11

Other financing activities

     (3     (5     (6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

     (384     (360     (796
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

     —         (7     6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

     508       143       (296

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash as of beginning of the year

     786       643       939  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash as of end of the year

   $ 1,294     $ 786     $ 643  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash are comprised of:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 1,189     $ 704     $ 535  

Cash and cash equivalents classified as assets held for sale or distribution

     102       79       102  

Restricted cash included within other current assets

     3       3       6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash as of December 31

   $ 1,294     $ 786     $ 643  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash paid:

      

Interest

   $ 619     $ 619     $ 644  

Income taxes

     98       143       196  

Significant non-cash investing and financing activities

Refer to Note 10—Leases for details of non-cash additions to operating lease right-of-use assets, net as a result of changes in operating lease liabilities. Refer to Note 18—Related Party Transactions for details of significant non-cash investing and financing activities with related parties.

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1—Nature of Operations and Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements comprise the accounts of Reynolds Group Holdings Limited (“RGHL”) and its subsidiaries (“we”, “us”, “our” or the “Group”). These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

We are a manufacturer and supplier of consumer food and beverage packaging products, primarily in North America. We report our business in four reportable segments: Foodservice, Food Merchandising, Beverage Merchandising and Graham Packaging. Our Foodservice segment manufactures a broad range of products that enable consumers to eat and drink where they want and when they want with convenience. Our Food Merchandising segment manufactures products that protect and attractively display food while preserving freshness. Our Beverage Merchandising segment manufactures cartons for fresh refrigerated beverage products, primarily serving dairy (including plant-based, organic and specialties), juice and other specialty beverage end-markets. Our Graham Packaging segment is a designer and manufacturer of value-added, custom blow molded plastic containers for consumer products.

Unless otherwise indicated, information in these notes to the consolidated financial statements relates to our continuing operations. Certain of our operations have been presented as discontinued. We present businesses that represent components as discontinued operations when the components either meet the criteria as held for sale or are sold or distributed and their disposal represents a strategic shift that has, or will have, a major effect on our operations and financial results. As discussed in Note 3—Discontinued Operations, we are reporting the assets, liabilities, results of operations and supplemental cash flow information of substantially all of our Closures business, sold in December 2019, and all of our former Reynolds Consumer Products segment, distributed in February 2020, as discontinued operations for all periods presented. Sales from our continuing operations to our discontinued operations previously eliminated in consolidation are included in net revenues within operating income from continuing operations. The net revenues were $280 million, $316 million and $302 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

As of December 31, 2019, our consolidated balance sheet presents current liabilities in excess of current assets due to $3,137 million of borrowings which mature in October 2020 being classified as a current liability. As detailed in Note 9—Debt, in conjunction with the initial public offering (“IPO”) of Reynolds Consumer Products Inc. (“RCPI”), these borrowings were repaid in February 2020, resulting in current assets exceeding current liabilities.

Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Although our current estimates contemplate current conditions and how we expect them to change in the future, as appropriate, it is reasonably possible that actual conditions could be worse than anticipated in those estimates, which could materially affect our results of operations and balance sheet. Among other effects, such changes could result in future impairments of goodwill, intangibles and long-lived assets, and adjustments to reserves for employee benefits and income taxes.

 

F-8


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Foreign Operations

Our consolidated financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars, which is our reporting currency. We translate the results of operations of our subsidiaries with functional currencies other than the U.S. dollar using average exchange rates during each period and translate balance sheet accounts using exchange rates at the end of each period. We record currency translation adjustments as a component of equity within accumulated other comprehensive loss and transaction gains and losses in other expense, net in our consolidated statements of income. Foreign currency translation balances reported within accumulated other comprehensive loss are recognized in the consolidated statements of income when the operation is disposed of or substantially liquidated.

Variable Interest Entities

Variable interest entities (“VIEs”) are primarily entities that lack sufficient equity to finance their activities without additional financial support from other parties or whose equity holders, as a group, lack one or more of the following characteristics: (a) direct or indirect ability to make decisions, (b) obligation to absorb expected losses or (c) right to receive expected residual returns. VIEs must be evaluated quantitatively and qualitatively to determine the primary beneficiary, which is the reporting entity that has (a) the power to direct activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and (b) the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. The primary beneficiary is required to consolidate the VIE for financial reporting purposes. To determine a VIE’s primary beneficiary, we perform a qualitative assessment to determine which party, if any, has the power to direct activities of the VIE and the obligation to absorb losses and or receive its benefits. This assessment involves identifying the activities that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and determine whether we, or another party, has the power to direct those activities.

We have a variable interest in one VIE related to our non-recourse factoring arrangements in which receivables are sold from certain of our operations to a special purpose trust (“SPE”) in exchange for cash. We are the sole beneficiary of the SPE. The SPE is considered to be a VIE and we are its primary beneficiary as we have the power to direct its activities and the right to receive its benefits. We have consolidated the results, assets and liabilities of this SPE for all years presented in these financial statements. As a result of consolidating the SPE, we continue to recognize the trade receivables and external borrowings of this entity with respective carrying values of $789 million (including $264 million presented within assets held for sale or distribution) and $420 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2019 and $835 million (including $292 million presented within assets held for sale or distribution) and $420 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2018. The obligations of the SPE are non-recourse to us and only the assets of the SPE can be used to settle those obligations.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include demand deposits with banks and all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less. We maintain our bank accounts with a relatively small number of high quality financial institutions.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are stated net of allowances for doubtful accounts and primarily include trade receivables. No single customer comprised more than 10% of our consolidated net revenues or consolidated accounts receivable in 2019, 2018 or 2017. Specific customer provisions are made when a review of outstanding amounts, utilizing information about customer creditworthiness and current economic trends, indicates that collection is doubtful. In addition, provisions are made at differing rates, based upon the age of the receivable and our historical collection experience.

 

F-9


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Inventories

Inventories include raw materials, supplies, direct labor and manufacturing overhead associated with production and are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value, utilizing the first-in, first-out method. In evaluating net realizable value, appropriate consideration is given to obsolescence, excessive inventory levels, product deterioration and other factors.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses, if any. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Machinery and equipment are depreciated over periods ranging from 3 to 25 years and buildings and building improvements over periods ranging from 20 to 50 years. Maintenance and repair costs are charged to expense as incurred. Major overhauls that extend the useful lives of existing assets are capitalized. When assets are retired or disposed, the cost and accumulated depreciation are eliminated and the resulting profit or loss is recognized in cost of sales in our results of operations.

Long-Lived Assets

Finite-lived intangible assets, which primarily consist of customer relationships and technology, are stated at historical cost and amortized using the straight-line method (which reflects the pattern of how the assets’ economic benefits are consumed) over the assets’ estimated useful lives which range from 6 to 25 years and 3 to 10 years, respectively.

We assess potential impairments to our long-lived assets if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. In those circumstances, we perform an undiscounted cash flow analysis to determine if an impairment exists. When testing for asset impairment, we group assets and liabilities at the lowest level for which cash flows are separately identifiable. An impaired asset is written down to its estimated fair value based upon the most recent information available. Estimated fair market value is generally measured by discounting estimated future cash flows or using a capitalization of earnings methodology. Long-lived assets which are part of a disposal group are presented as held for sale and are recorded at the lower of the carrying value or the fair market value less the estimated cost to sell.

Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

We test goodwill for impairment on an annual basis in the fourth quarter and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of goodwill may not be recoverable. For certain reporting units, we may perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. As part of this assessment, we consider various factors, including the excess of prior year estimates of fair value compared to carrying value, the effect of market or industry changes and the reporting units’ actual results compared to projected results. Based on this qualitative analysis, if we determine that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is greater than its carrying value, no further impairment testing is performed. For the remaining reporting units, we compare each reporting unit’s fair value to its carrying value. Estimating the fair value of individual reporting units requires us to make assumptions and estimates regarding our future plans and industry and economic conditions. The key assumptions associated with determining the estimated fair value are forecasted Adjusted EBITDA (as defined in Note 17—Segment Information) and a relevant earnings multiple. If the carrying value of a reporting unit’s net assets exceeds its fair value, we would recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value.

 

F-10


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Our indefinite-lived intangible assets consist primarily of certain trade names. We test indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment on an annual basis in the fourth quarter and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. If potential impairment risk exists for a specific asset, we quantitatively test it for impairment by comparing its estimated fair value with its carrying value. We determine estimated fair value using the relief-from-royalty method, using key assumptions including planned revenue growth rates, market-based discount rates and estimates of royalty rates. If the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value, we consider the asset impaired and reduce its carrying value to the estimated fair value.

Revenue Recognition

Our revenues are primarily derived from the sale of packaging products to customers. Revenue is recognized when performance obligations are satisfied, in an amount reflecting the consideration we expect to receive. We consider the promise to transfer products to be our sole performance obligation. If the consideration agreed to in a contract includes a variable amount, we estimate the amount of consideration we expect to receive in exchange for transferring the promised goods to the customer using an expected value method. Our main sources of variable consideration are customer rebates and cash discounts. We base these estimates on anticipated performance and our best judgment at the time to the extent that it is probable that a significant reversal of revenue recognized will not occur. Estimates are monitored and adjusted each period until the incentives are realized. There are no material instances where variable consideration is constrained and not recorded at the initial time of sale.

Generally, our revenue is recognized at the time of shipment, when title and risk of loss pass to the customer. A small number of our contracts are for sales of products which are customer specific and cannot be repurposed. Revenue for these products is recognized over time based on costs incurred plus a reasonable profit. This revenue represents approximately 2% of our net revenues and has a relatively short period of time between the goods being manufactured and shipped to customers. Shipping and handling fees billed to a customer are recorded on a gross basis in net revenues with the corresponding shipping and handling costs included in cost of sales in the concurrent period as the revenue is recorded. Any taxes collected on behalf of government authorities are excluded from net revenues. We do not receive non-cash consideration for the sale of goods nor do we grant payment financing terms greater than one year. We do not incur any significant costs to obtain a contract.

See Note 17—Segment Information for information regarding the disaggregation of revenue by products and geography.

Our revenue recognition for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 reflects the requirements of ASC 606 Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which was adopted as of January 1, 2018. We elected to adopt the requirements of ASC 606 using the modified retrospective method. As such, the cumulative effect of applying the standard was recognized as of January 1, 2018. We elected to apply this method to all contracts that were not completed at the date of initial application. The adoption resulted in changes in accounting policies and immaterial adjustments to the amounts recognized in our consolidated financial statements, including the cumulative impact to retained earnings as of January 1, 2018.

We consider purchase orders, which in some cases are governed by master supply agreements, to be the contracts with a customer. Key sales terms, such as pricing and quantities ordered, are established frequently, so most customer arrangements and related sales incentives have a duration of one year or shorter. We generally do not have any unbilled receivables at the end of a period.

 

F-11


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Prior to January 1, 2018, we recognized revenue when the sales price was determinable and the risks and rewards of ownership had transferred to the customer as determined by the shipping terms. Revenues were recorded net of sales incentives, which were based on historical experience.

Restructuring Costs

We incur restructuring costs when we take action to exit or significantly curtail a part of our operations or change the deployment of assets or personnel. A restructuring charge can consist of an impairment of affected assets, severance costs associated with reductions to our workforce, costs to terminate an operating lease or contract and charges for legal obligations from which no future benefit will be derived. Such restructuring activities are recorded when management has committed to an exit or reorganization plan and when termination benefits are probable and can be reasonably estimated based on circumstances at the time the restructuring plan is approved by management or when termination benefits are communicated. The accrual of both severance and exit costs requires the use of estimates. Though we believe that our estimates accurately reflect the anticipated costs, actual results may be different from the original estimated amounts.

Leases

We determine if an arrangement is a lease or a service contract at inception. Where an arrangement is a lease we determine if it is an operating lease or a finance lease. Subsequently, if the arrangement is modified, we re-evaluate our classification. We have no significant finance leases.

Beginning January 1, 2019, at lease commencement, we record a lease liability and corresponding right-of-use (“ROU”) asset in accordance with ASC 842 Leases. Lease liabilities represent the present value of our future lease payments over the expected lease term which includes options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain those options will be exercised. We have elected to include lease and non-lease components in determining our lease liability for all leased assets. Non-lease components are generally services that the lessor provides for the entity associated with the leased asset. For those leases with payments based on an index, the lease liability is determined using the index at lease commencement. Lease payments based on increases in the index subsequent to lease commencement are recognized as variable lease expense as they occur. The present value of our lease liability is determined using our incremental borrowing rate at lease inception. ROU assets represent our right to control the use of the leased asset during the lease and are generally recognized in an amount equal to the lease liability. Over the lease term we use the effective interest rate method to account for the lease liability as lease payments are made and the ROU asset is amortized to earnings in a manner that results in a straight-line expense recognition in our consolidated statements of income. An ROU asset and lease liability are not recognized for leases with an initial term of 12 months or less and we recognize lease expense for these leases on a straight-line basis over the lease term. For the year ended December 31, 2019, lease expense of $84 million was recorded in cost of sales and $5 million in selling, general and administrative expenses in our consolidated statements of income. All operating lease cash payments are recorded within cash flows from operating activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows. We test ROU assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstance indicate that the asset may be impaired. Our lease agreements do not include significant restrictions, covenants or residual value guarantees.

Prior to January 1, 2019 we classified leases at inception date, or upon modification, as either a capital lease or an operating lease in accordance with ASC 840 Leases. Our lease portfolio consisted primarily of operating leases wherein rental payments were expensed on a straight-line basis over their respective lease term.

 

F-12


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Employee Benefit Plans

We record annual income and expense amounts relating to our defined benefit pension plans and other post-employment benefit (“OPEB”) plans based on calculations which include various actuarial assumptions, including discount rates, mortality, assumed rates of return, compensation increases, turnover rates and healthcare cost trend rates. We review our actuarial assumptions on an annual basis and make modifications to the assumptions based on current rates and trends when it is deemed appropriate to do so. The effect of modifications on the value of plan obligations and assets is recognized immediately within other comprehensive income (loss) and amortized into non-operating expense, net over future periods. We believe that the assumptions utilized in recording our obligations under our plans are reasonable based on our experience, market conditions and input from our actuaries and investment advisors. See Note 12—Employee Benefits for additional information.

Financial Instruments

We are exposed to interest rate risk related to variable rate borrowings and price risk related to forecasted purchases of certain commodities that we primarily use as raw materials. From time to time we may enter into derivative financial instruments to mitigate certain risks. We are not a party to leveraged derivatives and, by policy, do not use financial instruments for speculative purposes.

We record derivative financial instruments on a gross basis and at fair value in our consolidated balance sheets in other current assets, other noncurrent assets or accrued and other current liabilities depending on their duration. Cash flows from derivative instruments are classified as operating activities in our consolidated statements of cash flows based on the nature of the derivative instrument. Historically, we have not elected to use hedge accounting. Accordingly, any unrealized gains or losses (mark-to-market impacts) and realized gains or losses are recorded in cost of sales, for commodity derivatives, and interest expense, net, for interest rate derivatives, in our consolidated statements of income.

Income Taxes

Our income tax expense includes amounts payable or refundable for the current year, the effects of deferred taxes and impacts from uncertain tax positions. We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial statement and tax basis of our assets and liabilities, tax loss carryforwards and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply in the years in which those differences are expected to reverse.

The realization of certain deferred tax assets is dependent on generating sufficient taxable income in the appropriate jurisdiction prior to the expiration of the carryforward periods. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some portion, or all, of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. When assessing the need for a valuation allowance, we consider any carryback potential, future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences (including liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits), future taxable income and tax planning strategies.

We recognize tax benefits in our consolidated financial statements from uncertain tax positions only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained based on the technical merits of the position. The amount we recognize is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon resolution. Future changes related to the expected resolution of uncertain tax positions could affect tax expense in the period when the change occurs.

 

F-13


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures

Certain assets and liabilities are required to be recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Certain other assets are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. Fair value is determined based on the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. Our assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are presented in Note 11—Financial Instruments. Assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis include long-lived assets held and used, long-lived assets held for sale or distribution, goodwill and other intangible assets. The fair value of cash and cash equivalents, accounts and other receivables, accounts payable, related party payables and accrued and other current liabilities approximate their carrying values due to the short-term nature of these instruments. The three-tier value hierarchy, which prioritizes valuation methodologies based on the reliability of the inputs, is:

 

   

Level 1—Valuations based on quoted prices for identical assets and liabilities in active markets.

 

   

Level 2—Valuations based on observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

 

   

Level 3—Valuations based on unobservable inputs reflecting our own assumptions, consistent with reasonably available assumptions made by other market participants.

Recently Adopted Accounting Guidance

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), which outlined a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue. The core principle is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of control over promised goods or services to a customer in an amount that reflects the consideration the entity expects to be entitled to receive in exchange for the goods or services. The ASU also requires additional quantitative and qualitative disclosures. In 2016 and 2017, the FASB issued several ASUs that clarified matters such as principal versus agent (gross versus net) revenue presentation considerations and clarified the guidance for identifying performance obligations within a contract. The FASB also issued two ASUs providing technical corrections, narrow scope exceptions and practical expedients to clarify and improve the implementation of the new revenue recognition guidance. We adopted the guidance as of January 1, 2018 using the modified retrospective approach for all contracts not completed as of the date of adoption, resulting in immaterial adjustments to the amounts recognized in our consolidated financial statements, including the cumulative impact to retained earnings as of January 1, 2018.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The ASU revises existing U.S. GAAP and outlines a new model for lessors and lessees to use in accounting for lease contracts. The guidance requires lessees to recognize an ROU asset and a lease liability on the balance sheet for all leases, with the exception of short-term leases. Lessees will classify leases as either operating (resulting in straight-line expense recognition) or finance (resulting in a front-loaded expense pattern). In July 2018, the FASB issued an ASU which allows for an alternative transition approach, which would not require adjustments to comparative prior-period amounts. Topic 842 and all related ASUs are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted. We adopted the new standard on January 1, 2019 on a modified retrospective basis using a simplified transition approach, with no adjustment made to our prior period consolidated financial statements. We elected to apply the package of practical expedients, including not reassessing whether expired or existing contracts contained leases, the classification of those leases and initial direct costs for any existing

 

F-14


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

leases. We also elected to exclude short-term leases (term of 12 months or less) from the balance sheet presentation. The most significant impact from adopting the standard is the initial recognition of ROU assets and operating lease liabilities on our consolidated balance sheet. Upon adoption, we recorded ROU assets (adjusted for prepaid and deferred rent) and operating lease liabilities of $322 million and $331 million, respectively, representing the present value of future lease payments with terms greater than 12 months.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments, with the objective of reducing the existing diversity in practice with respect to how certain cash flow items are classified in the statement of cash flows. The ASU is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, with early adoption permitted. We adopted the standard on January 1, 2017 and it had no impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment, which eliminates the requirement to determine the fair value of individual assets and liabilities of a reporting unit to measure goodwill impairment. Goodwill impairment testing is now performed by comparing the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying amount and recognizing an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds fair value. The new standard is effective for goodwill impairment tests in annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019, and should be applied on a prospective basis, with early adoption permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. We early adopted this guidance on January 1, 2017 and it had no material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In March 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-07, Compensation—Retirement Benefits (Topic 715): Improving the Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost, which amended the income statement presentation of the components of net periodic benefit cost for an entity’s sponsored defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans. The amendment requires entities to present the current service cost component with other current compensation costs in the income statement within income from operations and present the other components outside of income from operations. The amendment is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. We adopted this amendment retrospectively on January 1, 2018 and have presented the service cost in cost of sales and selling, general and administrative expenses and the other components of net periodic benefit cost in non-operating expense, net in our consolidated statements of income.

In February 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-02, Income Statement-Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income. This guidance permits companies to reclassify to retained earnings the tax effects stranded in accumulated other comprehensive loss as a result of the U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017. The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted. We adopted the standard on January 1, 2019 which resulted in a reclassification of $41 million of income tax benefit from accumulated other comprehensive loss into retained earnings.

Accounting Guidance Issued But Not Yet Adopted as of December 31, 2019

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments and subsequent amendments to the initial guidance: ASU 2019-04, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326), Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815), and Financial Instruments—Codification Improvements (Topic 825), ASU 2019-05, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses—Targeted Transition Relief (Topic 326) and ASU 2019-11, Codification Improvements, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326). These ASUs modify the impairment model to

 

F-15


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

use an expected loss methodology in place of the currently used incurred loss methodology, which may result in earlier recognition of losses related to financial instruments. These ASUs are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted, and require a cumulative effect adjustment to the balance sheet upon adoption. The adoption of these standards will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework—Change to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement, which modifies the disclosure requirements for fair value measurements by removing, modifying and adding certain disclosures. This ASU is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. The requirements of this guidance are expected to impact our disclosure but have no impact on the measurement and recognition of amounts in our consolidated financial statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-14, Compensation—Retirement Benefits—Defined Benefit Plans—General (Subtopic 715-20) Disclosure - Framework—Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Defined Benefit Plans. The ASU modifies the disclosure requirements for employers that sponsor defined benefit pension or other postretirement plans. The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, with early adoption permitted. We are currently evaluating the requirements of this guidance, which are expected to impact our disclosures but are not expected to impact the measurement and recognition of amounts in our consolidated financial statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That is a Service Contract, which aligns the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs for internal-use software. This ASU is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted. The adoption of this standard will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes, which is intended to simplify various aspects related to accounting for income taxes. This ASU removes certain exceptions to the general principles in Topic 740 and also clarifies and amends existing guidance to improve consistent application. This ASU is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2020, with early adoption permitted. We are currently assessing the impact of this standard on our consolidated financial statements.

Note 3—Discontinued Operations

Our discontinued operations comprise substantially all of our Closures business and all of our former Reynolds Consumer Products business.

On September 30, 2019, we determined that our North American and Japanese closures businesses met the criteria to be classified as a discontinued operation and, as a result, their historical financial results have been reflected in our consolidated financial statements as a discontinued operation and their assets and liabilities have been classified as assets and liabilities held for sale. We ceased recording depreciation and amortization on these assets from September 30, 2019. We did not allocate any general corporate overhead to this discontinued operation. On December 20, 2019, we completed the sale of our North American and Japanese closures businesses to a third party. These operations represented substantially all of our Closures business. We received preliminary cash proceeds of $611 million. These proceeds are subject to further adjustment associated with differences between

 

F-16


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

estimated and final amounts as of completion, in respect of balances such as cash, indebtedness and working capital, each as defined in the sale agreement and are expected to be settled within approximately one year. Based on the preliminary sales proceeds, the related book values of the net assets disposed of and the effect of the release of accumulated other comprehensive loss, we recognized a loss of $30 million on the sale of the North American and Japanese closures businesses in the year ended December 31, 2019, which is reported within net income from discontinued operations in our consolidated statements of income.

On February 4, 2020, we distributed our interest in the operations that represented our former Reynolds Consumer Products business to our shareholder, Packaging Finance Limited (“PFL”). The distribution was effected in a tax-free manner. The distribution occurred prior to and in preparation for the IPO of shares of common stock of RCPI, which was completed on February 4, 2020. To effect the distribution of RCPI, we bought back 35,791,985 of our shares from PFL, in consideration of us transferring all of our shares in RCPI to PFL. On February 4, 2020, we determined that our former Reynolds Consumer Products business met the criteria to be classified as a discontinued operation and, as a result, its historical financial results have been reflected in our consolidated financial statements as a discontinued operation and its assets and liabilities have been classified as assets and liabilities held for distribution. We did not allocate any general corporate overhead to this discontinued operation.

Immediately prior to its distribution and the IPO, Reynolds Consumer Products incurred $2,475 million of term loan borrowings under its new post-IPO credit facilities and $1,168 million of borrowings under an IPO settlement facility. Reynolds Consumer Products repaid the IPO settlement facility with the net proceeds from the IPO on February 4, 2020. We have not provided any guarantees or security in relation to Reynolds Consumer Products’ external borrowings. The cash proceeds from these new credit facilities, net of transaction costs and original issue discount, along with cash on-hand, were used to settle various intercompany balances between Reynolds Consumer Products and us.

Income from discontinued operations was as follows:

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
         2019             2018             2017      
     (in millions)  

Net revenues

   $ 3,150     $ 3,267     $ 3,088  

Cost of sales

     (2,144     (2,295     (2,098
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     1,006       972       990  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     (390     (331     (346

Goodwill impairment charges

     (9     —         —    

Restructuring, asset impairment and other related charges

     (33     (4     (4

Interest expense, net(1)

     (189     (180     (201

Other expense, net

     (5     (15     (14
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes from discontinued operations

     380       442       425  

Income tax expense

     (92     (130     (168
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income from discontinued operations, before loss on disposal

     288       312       257  

Loss on disposal, net of income taxes

     (30     —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income from discontinued operations

   $ 258     $ 312     $ 257  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

This balance is primarily attributable to interest expense and amortization of deferred transaction costs in respect of our 5.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2020. These notes were repaid in conjunction with the distribution of RCPI.

 

F-17


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The income from discontinued operations includes depreciation and amortization expenses of $146 million, $131 million and $140 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

The income from discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2019 includes a goodwill impairment charge of $9 million arising from the assessment of the recoverable amount of goodwill for our closures reporting unit as well as an asset impairment charge of $31 million relating to the write-down of the closures disposal group to its estimated recoverable amount, which is included in restructuring, asset impairment and other related charges in the above table.

We have no significant continuing involvement in relation to the sold North American and Japanese closures businesses.

Subsequent to February 2020, we will continue to trade with Reynolds Consumer Products in the ordinary course of business. Our Food Merchandising segment will continue to sell certain finished products to Reynolds Consumer Products and our Foodservice segment will continue to purchase products from them. These transactions arise under agreements that expire on December 31, 2024, but may be renewed between the parties at this time.

Within the consolidated financial statements, our continuing operations have recognized revenue of $280 million, $316 million and $302 million for the years end December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively, in respect of sales to Reynolds Consumer Products. Within our cost of sales from continuing operations, we have recognized purchases from Reynolds Consumer Products of $149 million, $161 million and $148 million, respectively.

Assets and liabilities held for sale or distribution in relation to our discontinued operations were as follows:

 

     As of December 31,  
       2019          2018    
     (in millions)  

Cash and cash equivalents(1)

   $ 102      $ 79  

Accounts receivable, net

     269        338  

Inventories

     418        515  

Other current assets

     19        33  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets held for sale or distribution

   $ 808      $ 965  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

   $ 537      $ 635  

Operating lease right-of-use assets, net

     42        —    

Goodwill

     1,913        2,205  

Intangible assets, net

     1,123        1,256  

Other noncurrent assets

     8        9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total noncurrent assets held for sale or distribution

   $ 3,623      $ 4,105  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accounts payable

   $ 134      $ 227  

Income taxes payable

     —          30  

Accrued and other current liabilities

     125        144  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities held for sale or distribution

   $ 259      $ 401  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term operating lease liabilities

   $ 35      $ —    

Deferred income taxes

     326        327  

Long-term employee benefit obligations

     51        50  

Other noncurrent liabilities

     19        15  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total noncurrent liabilities held for sale or distribution

   $ 431      $ 392  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-18


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

(1)

Cash and cash equivalents reflect historical balances reported by the discontinued operations as of the balance sheet date. The cash and cash equivalents balance at the time of the disposal of the North American and Japanese closures businesses was $9 million. The cash and cash equivalents balance at the time of the distribution of Reynolds Consumer Products was $31 million.

Noncurrent assets held for sale or distribution as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 also included $11 million and $5 million, respectively, related to our Graham Packaging segment.

Cash flows from discontinued operations were as follows:

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
         2019             2018             2017      
     (in millions)  

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 461     $ 419     $ 348  

Net cash used in investing activities

     (151     (116     (85

Net cash used in financing activities

     —         (1     (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash from discontinued operations

   $ 310     $ 302     $ 262  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Note 4—Impairment, Restructuring and Other Related Charges

During the year ended December 31, 2019, we recorded the following impairment, restructuring and other related charges:

 

     Goodwill
impairment
     Other asset
impairment
     Employee
terminations
     Other
restructuring
charges
     Total  
     (in millions)  

Foodservice

   $   —        $ 1      $ 1      $   —        $ 2  

Food Merchandising

     —          4        —          —          4  

Graham Packaging

     —          33        9        8        50  

Other

     16        37        3        —          56  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 16      $ 75      $ 13      $ 8      $ 112  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2019, we recorded non-cash impairment charges of $53 million, comprising $29 million in respect of property, plant and equipment, $16 million in respect of goodwill, $5 million in respect of operating lease ROU assets and $3 million in respect of customer relationships, in relation to the remaining closures businesses which are reported above in Other. Following these impairments, the remaining carrying values of property, plant and equipment, goodwill, operating lease ROU assets and customer relationships were $17 million, $6 million, $3 million and $4 million, respectively. The impairments arose as a result of various commercial dis-synergies triggered by the separation of these remaining businesses from the closures operations that were sold, as discussed in Note 3—Discontinued Operations. The estimated recoverable amounts, or fair value, were determined based on a capitalization of earnings methodology, using Adjusted EBITDA expected to be generated multiplied by an earnings multiple. The key assumptions in developing Adjusted EBITDA include management’s assessment of future trends in the industry and are based on both external and internal sources. The forecasted 2019 Adjusted EBITDA for the remaining closures operations was prepared using certain key assumptions including selling prices, sales volumes and costs of raw materials. Earnings multiples reflect recent sale and purchase transactions and comparable company trading multiples in the same industry. These estimates represent a Level 3

 

F-19


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

measurement in the fair value hierarchy, which includes inputs that are not based on observable market data. For certain of the remaining closures operations, there is no difference between the carrying value and the recoverable amount. Accordingly, a reasonably possible unexpected deterioration in financial performance or adverse change in the earnings multiple may result in a further impairment of goodwill.

We also recorded non-cash impairment charges of $33 million, related to obsolete property, plant and equipment and operating lease ROU assets arising from the ongoing rationalization of our manufacturing footprint in Graham Packaging, and an aggregate of $5 million relating to obsolete property, plant and equipment in respect of our Foodservice and Food Merchandising segments. The aggregate of the remaining carrying values of the assets impaired at Graham Packaging, Foodservice and Food Merchandising was $3 million.

For the year ended December 31, 2019, we recorded restructuring charges of $13 million for employee termination costs. These charges primarily relate to the rationalization of our manufacturing footprint in Graham Packaging. The restructuring charges reported in Other represent additional employee termination costs for residual operations in South America.

In conjunction with the restructuring initiatives described above, we may also incur implementation costs which are directly attributable to the restructuring activities, however, they do not qualify for accounting treatment as exit or disposal activities. These costs include incidental expenses such as those related to the closure of facilities. During the year ended December 31, 2019, Graham Packaging incurred $8 million of implementation costs in relation to the ongoing manufacturing footprint rationalization. These costs are primarily associated with exiting existing facilities and reinstalling certain plant and equipment at other facilities.

The restructuring associated with the Graham Packaging footprint optimization initiative is ongoing. As of December 31, 2019, the cumulative amount of restructuring and related expenses associated with this initiative was $33 million. No further employee termination costs are expected in relation to the previously announced termination plans. We are continuing to evaluate additional opportunities in relation to this initiative, which may trigger additional impairments, employee terminations and other restructuring changes.

The Foodservice restructuring initiative that commenced during the year ended December 31, 2019 is complete. No further significant expense is expected.

The various restructuring initiatives in Other have been implemented. No further employee termination costs are expected in relation to the previously announced initiatives.

During the year ended December 31, 2018, we recorded the following impairment, restructuring and other related charges:

 

     Goodwill
impairment
     Other asset
impairment
     Employee
terminations
     Other
restructuring
charges
     Total  
     (in millions)  

Foodservice

   $   —        $ 6      $   —        $   —        $ 6  

Food Merchandising

     —          1        —          1        2  

Graham Packaging

     138        29        5        1        173  

Other

     —          4        5        1        10  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 138      $ 40      $ 10      $ 3      $ 191  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-20


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

For the year ended December 31, 2018, we recorded non-cash impairment charges of $167 million relating to Graham Packaging, comprising $138 million in respect of goodwill, $21 million in respect of property, plant and equipment and $8 million in respect of Graham Packaging’s indefinite-life trade name. Following these impairments at Graham Packaging, the remaining carrying values of goodwill, property, plant and equipment and the indefinite-life trade name were $1,260 million, $6 million and $243 million, respectively. The recognition of the goodwill impairment charge was triggered by the lower than expected performance of Graham Packaging during the year ended December 31, 2018, particularly during the three months ended December 31, 2018, and lower near term earnings expectations based upon the finalization of the annual budget process. The estimated recoverable amount as of December 31, 2018 and 2019 represents a Level 3 measurement in the fair value hierarchy, which includes inputs that are not based on observable market data. The primary unobservable input is expected future earnings. The key assumptions in developing the forecasted Adjusted EBITDA include management’s assessment of future trends in the segment’s industry and are based on both external and internal sources. The forecasted Adjusted EBITDA has been prepared using certain key assumptions including selling prices, sales volumes and costs of raw materials. The assumptions are developed from management’s annual budget process. Earnings multiples reflect recent sale and purchase transactions and comparable company EBITDA trading multiples in the same industry. As a result of the impairment, the carrying value of the Graham Packaging reporting unit was the same as its recoverable amount as of December 31, 2018. While there was no additional impairment of goodwill recognized as a result of the 2019 annual impairment test, a reasonably possible unexpected deterioration in financial performance or adverse change in the earnings multiple may result in an additional impairment charge. The lower earnings expectations as of December 31, 2018 also triggered the impairment charges in respect of property, plant and equipment and the trade name.

Our Foodservice and Food Merchandising segments recorded non-cash impairment charges in the aggregate of $7 million relating to obsolete property, plant and equipment. The non-cash impairment charge of $4 million in Other was primarily associated with the disposal of an operation in Argentina. The aggregate of the remaining carrying value of the assets impaired at Foodservice, Food Merchandising and the disposal group was less than $1 million.

For the year ended December 31, 2018, we recorded restructuring charges of $10 million for employee termination costs. These charges primarily relate to the ongoing rationalization of our manufacturing footprint in Graham Packaging and the disposal of an operation in Argentina, reported in Other.

During the year ended December 31, 2017, we recorded the following impairment, restructuring and other related charges:

 

     Goodwill
impairment
     Other asset
impairment
     Employee
terminations
     Other
restructuring
charges
     Total  
     (in millions)  

Foodservice

   $   —        $ 6      $   —        $ 4      $ 10  

Food Merchandising

     —          1        —          3        4  

Beverage Merchandising

     —          —          2        —          2  

Graham Packaging

     —          7        4        —          11  

Other

     —          72        2        —          74  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ —        $ 86      $ 8      $ 7      $ 101  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2017, we recorded non-cash impairment charges of $72 million following decisions to exit various operations that are not included in our reportable segments. This includes a charge of

 

F-21


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

$41 million in relation to the impairment of the carrying value of a business that was presented as held for sale as of December 31, 2017, and subsequently sold in 2018. Subsequent to these impairments, the carrying value of the disposal group that was sold in 2018 was $114 million, and the carrying value of the other assets that were impaired was less than $1 million. Additionally, we recorded non-cash asset impairment charges of $14 million relating to property, plant and equipment that was either obsolete or the carrying value was not supported by estimated future cash flows. The aggregate of the remaining carrying value of the impaired property, plant and equipment was less than $1 million.

For the year ended December 31, 2017, we recorded restructuring charges of $8 million for employee termination costs. These charges primarily relate to the rationalization of our manufacturing footprint in Graham Packaging, the streamlining of administrative functions within our Beverage Merchandising segment and the rationalization of other operations in South America.

Other restructuring charges of $7 million during year ended December 31, 2017, represent implementation costs associated with exiting manufacturing facilities.

The following tables summarize the changes to our restructuring liability for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018:

 

     December 31,
2018
     Charges to
earnings
     Cash
paid
    Non-cash
other
    December 31,
2019
 
     (in millions)  

Employee termination costs

   $ 2      $ 13      $ (9   $ (3   $ 3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2      $ 13      $ (9   $ (3   $ 3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     December 31,
2017
     Charges to
earnings
     Cash
paid
    Non-cash
other
    December 31,
2018
 
     (in millions)  

Employee termination costs

   $ 4      $ 10      $ (10   $ (2   $ 2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 4      $ 10      $ (10   $ (2   $ 2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

We expect to settle our restructuring liability within twelve months.

Note 5—Inventories

The components of inventories consisted of the following:

 

     As of December 31,  
       2019          2018    
     (in millions)  

Raw materials

   $ 213      $ 234  

Work in progress

     131        145  

Finished goods

     468        445  

Spare parts

     82        72  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Inventories

   $ 894      $ 896  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-22


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note 6—Property, Plant and Equipment, Net

Property, plant and equipment, net consisted of the following:

 

     As of December 31,  
       2019         2018    
     (in millions)  

Land and land improvements

   $ 115     $ 131  

Buildings and building improvements

     751       754  

Machinery and equipment

     4,538       4,299  

Construction in progress

     351       314  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, at cost

     5,755       5,498  

Less: accumulated depreciation

     (3,280     (3,076
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

   $ 2,475     $ 2,422  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation expense was $350 million, $353 million and $362 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively, of which $330 million, $334 million and $334 million was recognized in cost of sales and $20 million, $19 million and $28 million was recognized in selling, general and administrative expenses, respectively.

See Note 4—Impairment, Restructuring and Other Related Charges for further discussion.

Note 7—Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill by reportable segment was as follows:

 

    Foodservice(1)     Food
Merchandising(1)
    Beverage
Merchandising
    Graham
Packaging
    Other     Total  
    (in millions)  

Balance as of December 31, 2017

  $ 924     $ 770     $ 66     $ 1,404     $ 24     $ 3,188  

Dispositions

    —         —         —         (3     —         (3

Impairment

    —         —         —         (138     —         (138

Foreign exchange and other adjustments

    —         —         —         (3     —         (3
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2018

    924       770       66       1,260       24       3,044  

Dispositions

    —         —         —         —         (2     (2

Impairment

    —         —         —         —         (16     (16
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2019

  $ 924     $ 770     $ 66     $ 1,260     $ 6     $ 3,026  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated impairment losses

  $   —       $   —       $   —       $ 138     $ 16     $ 154  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

The information presented above reflects the retrospective application of the March 2020 change in segments. See Note 17—Segment Information for further details.

Other includes operations which do not meet the quantitative threshold for reportable segments.

See Note 4—Impairment, Restructuring and Other Related Charges for further discussion regarding impairments.

 

F-23


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Intangible assets, net consisted of the following:

 

     As of December 31, 2019      As of December 31, 2018  
     Gross
carrying
amount
     Accumulated
amortization
    Net      Gross
carrying
amount
     Accumulated
amortization
    Net  
     (in millions)  

Finite-lived intangible assets

               

Customer relationships

   $ 2,508      $ (1,071   $ 1,437      $ 2,511      $ (947   $ 1,564  

Technology

     529        (339     190        530        (299     231  

Other

     34        (24     10        32        (23     9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total finite-lived intangible assets

     3,071        (1,434     1,637        3,073        (1,269     1,804  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Indefinite-lived intangible assets

               

Trademarks

     798        —         798        798        —         798  

Other

     58        —         58        58        —         58  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total indefinite-lived intangible assets

     856        —         856        856        —         856  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total intangible assets

   $ 3,927      $ (1,434   $ 2,493      $ 3,929      $ (1,269   $ 2,660  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortization expense for intangible assets was $166 million, $170 million and $172 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively, of which $39 million, $42 million and $42 million, respectively, was recognized in cost of sales and $127 million, $128 million and $130 million, respectively, was recognized in selling, general and administrative expenses.

For the next five years, we estimate annual amortization expense as follows:

 

     (in millions)  

2020

   $ 164  

2021

     158  

2022

     147  

2023

     146  

2024

     146  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 761  
  

 

 

 

Note 8—Accrued and Other Current Liabilities

Accrued and other current liabilities consisted of the following:

 

     As of December 31,  
       2019          2018    
     (in millions)  

Accrued personnel costs

   $ 146      $ 134  

Accrued interest

     115        125  

Other(1)

     248        260  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accrued and other current liabilities

   $ 509      $ 519  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Other includes items such as accruals for customer rebates and allowances, freight and utilities.

 

F-24


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note 9—Debt

As of December 31, 2019, we were in compliance with all of our covenants.

Debt consisted of the following:

 

     As of December 31,  
       2019         2018    
     (in millions)  

Securitization Facility

   $ 420     $ 420  

Credit Agreement

     3,487       3,528  

Notes:

    

5.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2020

     3,137       3,137  

6.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2021

     —         345  

Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes due 2021

     750       750  

5.125% Senior Secured Notes due 2023

     1,600       1,600  

7.000% Senior Notes due 2024

     800       800  

Pactiv Debentures:

    

7.950% Debentures due 2025

     276       276  

8.375% Debentures due 2027

     200       200  

Other

     15       17  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total principal amount of borrowings

     10,685       11,073  

Deferred financing transaction costs

     (46     (66

Original issue discounts, net of premiums

     (9     (10
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     10,630       10,997  

Less: current portion

     (3,587     (455
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt

   $ 7,043     $ 10,542  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Securitization Facility

On March 22, 2017, we entered into a new $600 million securitization facility (the “Securitization Facility”). Proceeds of $452 million and cash were used to repay and extinguish all amounts outstanding under the previous securitization facility and pay transaction fees and expenses. The Securitization Facility matures on March 22, 2022. The amount that can be borrowed is calculated by reference to a funding base determined by the amount of eligible trade receivables. The Securitization Facility is secured by all of the assets of the borrower, which are primarily the eligible trade receivables and cash. The terms of the arrangement do not result in the derecognition of the trade receivables. The Securitization Facility has an interest rate equal to one-month LIBOR with a 0% floor, plus a margin of 1.75% per annum. In January 2020, in connection with the distribution of Reynolds Consumer Products to PFL, the Securitization Facility was reduced to $450 million and the outstanding borrowings were reduced to $397 million.

 

F-25


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Credit Agreement

Certain members of our Group are parties to a senior secured credit agreement dated August 5, 2016 as amended (the “Credit Agreement”). The Credit Agreement comprises the following term and revolving tranches:

 

    Currency   Maturity date     Value drawn or
utilized as of
December 31,
2019
(in millions)
    Applicable interest rate as of
December 31, 2019
 

Term Tranches

       

U.S. term loans

  $     February 5, 2023       3,215       LIBOR (floor of 0.000%) + 2.750%

European term loans

      February 5, 2023       242       EURIBOR (floor of 0.000%) + 3.250%  

Revolving Tranche(1)

       

U.S. Revolving Loans

  $     August 5, 2021       55       —    

 

(1)

The Revolving Tranche represents a $302 million facility. The amount utilized is in the form of bank guarantees and letters of credit.

On February 7, 2017, we entered into an incremental assumption agreement and incurred $3,315 million and €249 million of term loans thereunder. The proceeds of these incremental term loans were used to repay in full the outstanding U.S. and European term loans under the Credit Agreement. This resulted in a 0.25% per annum reduction in the margin applicable to the outstanding U.S. and European term loans to 3.000% per annum and 3.500% per annum, respectively, in each case with a step down based on achieving certain ratings, and a reduction in the LIBOR floor of the U.S. term loans by 100 basis points to 0.000% per annum. This amendment resulted in a loss on extinguishment of less than $1 million. On September 29, 2017, the interest rate margin applicable to the outstanding U.S. and European term loans was reduced by 0.25% per annum to 2.750% per annum and 3.250% per annum, respectively, due to certain upgrades in our credit rating.

The weighted average contractual interest rates related to our U.S. term loans as of December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, were 5.03%, 4.74% and 3.48%, respectively. The weighted average contractual interest rates related to our European term loans as of December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, were 3.25%, 3.25% and 3.70%, respectively. The effective interest rates of our debt obligations under the Credit Agreement are not materially different from the contractual interest rates.

Certain members of our Group have guaranteed on a senior basis the obligations under the Credit Agreement and related documents to the extent permitted by law. The guarantors have granted security over substantially all of their assets to support the obligations under the Credit Agreement. This security is expected to be shared on a first priority basis with the note holders under the Senior Secured Notes.

Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement may be voluntarily repaid in whole or in part and must be mandatorily repaid in certain circumstances. The borrowers also make quarterly amortization payments of 0.25% of the principal amount of term loans outstanding on February 7, 2017. The borrowers are required to make annual prepayments of term loans with up to 50% of excess cash flow (which will be reduced to 25% or 0% if specified senior secured first lien leverage ratios are met) as determined in accordance with the Credit Agreement. No excess cash flow prepayments were due in 2019 or are due in 2020 for the year ended December 31, 2019.

The Credit Agreement contains customary covenants which restrict us from certain activities including, among other things, incurring debt, creating liens over assets, selling or acquiring assets and making restricted

 

F-26


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

payments, in each case except as permitted under the Credit Agreement. In addition, total assets of the non-guarantor companies (excluding intra-group items but including investments in subsidiaries) are required to be 25% or less of the adjusted consolidated total assets as of the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of RGHL for which financial statements are available, and the aggregate of the EBITDA of the non-guarantor companies is required to be 25% or less of the consolidated EBITDA for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of RGHL for which financial statements are available, in each case calculated in accordance with the Credit Agreement (the “Guarantor Coverage Test”) which may differ from the measure of Adjusted EBITDA as disclosed elsewhere in our consolidated financial statements. If we are unable to meet the Guarantor Coverage Test, we will be required to add additional subsidiary guarantors as necessary to satisfy such requirements.

The Credit Agreement also contains a total secured leverage ratio covenant not to exceed 5.00 to 1.00 on a pro forma basis. This covenant applies if the aggregate revolving credit exposure (excluding any exposure in respect of undrawn letters of credit) as of the last day of a fiscal quarter exceeds 35% of the total commitments under the revolving credit facility on such day.

Notes

Outstanding Notes, as of December 31, 2019, are summarized below:

 

    

Maturity date

   Interest payment dates

5.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2020

  October 15, 2020    April 15 and October 15

Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes due 2021(1)

  July 15, 2021    January 15, April 15, July 15 and October 15

5.125% Senior Secured Notes due 2023(2)

  July 15, 2023    January 15 and July 15

7.000% Senior Notes due 2024

  July 15, 2024    January 15 and July 15

 

(1)

The Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes due 2021 were issued at an issue price of 99.000% and have an interest rate equal to the three-month Dollar LIBOR plus 3.500% reset quarterly. In July 2016, we entered into an interest rate swap agreement to mitigate the interest rate risk exposure of the Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes due 2021. While we have elected not to adopt hedge accounting, the economic effect of this derivative is that the effective interest rate on the Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes due 2021 is 4.670% from October 15, 2016.

(2)

$250 million aggregate principal amount of 5.125% Senior Secured Notes due 2023 were issued at an issue price of 103.500%.

The effective interest rates of our debt obligations under the Notes are not materially different from the contractual interest rates.

On November 15, 2019, we repaid the remaining $345 million aggregate principal amount of the outstanding 6.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2021 at a redemption price of 100.000% plus accrued and unpaid interest. The repayment of these borrowings resulted in a $1 million loss on extinguishment of debt.

On February 15, 2018, we repaid $300 million aggregate principal amount of the outstanding 6.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2021 at a redemption price of 101.146% plus accrued and unpaid interest. The repayment of these borrowings resulted in a $3 million loss on extinguishment of debt.

 

F-27


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Assets pledged as security for borrowings

The shares in Beverage Packaging Holdings I (“BP I”) (a wholly owned subsidiary of RGHL) have been pledged as collateral to support the obligations under the Credit Agreement and the Senior Secured Notes. In addition, RGHL, BP I and certain subsidiaries of BP I have pledged substantially all of their assets as collateral to support the obligations under the Credit Agreement and the Senior Secured Notes.

Guarantee and security arrangements

All of the guarantors of the Credit Agreement have guaranteed the obligations under the Notes to the extent permitted by law.

The guarantors have granted security over substantially all of their assets to support the obligations under the Senior Secured Notes. This security is expected to be shared on a first priority basis with the creditors under the Credit Agreement.

Notes indentures restrictions

The respective indentures governing the Notes all contain customary covenants which restrict us from certain activities including, among other things, incurring debt, creating liens over assets, selling assets and making restricted payments, in each case except as permitted under the respective indentures governing the Notes.

Early redemption option and change in control provisions

Under the respective indentures governing the Notes, we can, at our option, elect to redeem the Notes under terms and conditions specified in the respective indentures. Under the respective indentures governing the Notes, in certain circumstances which would constitute a change in control, the holders of the Notes have the right to require us to repurchase the Notes at a premium.

Pactiv Debentures

As of December 31, 2019, we had outstanding the following debentures (together, the “Pactiv Debentures”):

 

     

Maturity date

  

Semi-annual interest payment dates

7.950% Debentures due 2025

   December 15, 2025    June 15 and December 15

8.375% Debentures due 2027

   April 15, 2027    April 15 and October 15

The effective interest rates of our debt obligations under the Pactiv Debentures are not materially different from the contractual interest rates.

On January 15, 2018, we repaid upon maturity all of the $16 million aggregate principal amount outstanding of the 6.400% debentures due 2018 plus accrued and unpaid interest.

The Pactiv Debentures are not guaranteed by any member of our Group and are unsecured.

The indentures governing the Pactiv Debentures contain a negative pledge clause limiting the ability of certain of our entities, subject to certain exceptions, to (i) incur or guarantee debt that is secured by liens on “principal manufacturing properties” (as such term is defined in the indentures governing the Pactiv Debentures) or on the capital stock or debt of certain subsidiaries that own or lease any such principal manufacturing property and (ii) sell and then take an immediate lease back of such principal manufacturing property.

 

F-28


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The 8.375% Debentures due 2027 may be redeemed at any time at our option, in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus a make-whole premium, if any, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of the redemption.

Other borrowings

As of December 31, 2019, in addition to the Securitization Facility, the Credit Agreement, the Notes and the Pactiv Debentures, we had a number of unsecured working capital facilities extended to certain of our operating companies. These facilities bear interest at floating or fixed rates.

As of December 31, 2019, we had local working capital facilities in a number of jurisdictions which are secured by the collateral under the Credit Agreement and the Senior Secured Notes and by certain other assets. These facilities rank pari passu with the obligations under the Credit Agreement and under the Senior Secured Notes.

Other borrowings include finance lease obligations of $15 million and $17 million as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Scheduled Maturities

Below is a schedule of required future repayments on our debt outstanding as of December 31, 2019:

 

     (in millions)  

2020

   $ 3,596  

2021

     788  

2022

     39  

2023

     4,980  

2024

     801  

Thereafter

     481  
  

 

 

 

Total principal amount of borrowings

   $ 10,685  
  

 

 

 

January 2020 debt repayments

In January 2020, we completed the process to offer to certain lenders the net proceeds from the sale of our North American and Japanese closures businesses, and repaid an aggregate of $38 million of borrowings, at face value plus accrued and unpaid interest. Refer to Note 3—Discontinued Operations for further details.

Repayment of 5.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2020

On February 4, 2020, we repaid in full all of the $3,137 million aggregate principal amount outstanding of our 5.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2020 at face value plus accrued and unpaid interest. The repayment of these borrowings resulted in a $3 million loss on extinguishment of debt.

 

F-29


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Fair value of our long-term debt:

The fair value of our long-term debt as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 is a Level 2 fair value measurement. Below is a schedule of carrying values and fair values of our debt outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 2018:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2019      2018  
     Carrying
value
     Fair
value
     Carrying
value
     Fair
value
 
     (in millions)  

Securitization Facility

   $ 418      $ 420      $ 417      $ 420  

Credit Agreement

     3,476        3,487        3,512        3,528  

Notes:

           

5.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2020

     3,130        3,144        3,123        3,129  

6.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2021

     —          —          343        344  

Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes due 2021

     739        753        737        749  

5.125% Senior Secured Notes due 2023

     1,591        1,641        1,589        1,520  

7.000% Senior Notes due 2024

     791        828        789        756  

Pactiv Debentures:

           

7.950% Debentures due 2025

     272        311        272        274  

8.375% Debentures due 2027

     198        220        198        193  

Other

     15        15        17        17  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 10,630      $ 10,819      $ 10,997      $ 10,930  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest expense, net:

Interest expense, net consisted of the following:

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
         2019             2018             2017      
     (in millions)  

Interest expense:

      

Securitization Facility

   $ 17     $ 16     $ 13  

Credit Agreement

     174       166       146  

Notes

     194       199       222  

Pactiv Debentures

     39       39       50  

Interest income, related party(1)

     (15     (17     (17

Interest income, other

     (14     (5     (3

Amortization of deferred transaction costs

     12       12       11  

Derivative losses (gains)

     21       (2     (2

Net foreign currency exchange (gains) losses

     (4     (8     32  

Other(2)

     8       12       32  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense, net(3)

   $ 432     $ 412     $ 484  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Refer to Note 18—Related Party Transactions for additional information.

(2)

Other includes loss on extinguishment of debt, the write-off of third-party fees incurred in relation to modification of debt arrangements and premium on redemption of long-term debt.

(3)

Amounts presented in the above table exclude interest expense and amortization of deferred transaction costs in respect of our 5.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2020. Such amounts are presented within discontinued operations as these notes were required to be repaid in conjunction with the distribution of RCPI.

 

F-30


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note 10—Leases

We lease certain buildings and plant and equipment. Our leases have reasonably assured remaining lease terms of up to 23 years. Certain leases include options to renew for up to 20 years. At lease inception, we determine the lease term by assuming the exercise of those renewal options that are reasonably certain. Some leases have variable payments, however, because they are not based on an index or rate, they are not included in the measurement of ROU assets and operating lease liabilities. Variable payments for real estate leases relate primarily to common area maintenance, insurance, taxes and utilities associated with the properties. Variable payments for equipment leases relate primarily to hours, miles, or other quantifiable usage factors, which are not determinable at the time the lease agreement is entered into. These variable payments are expensed as incurred. The discount rate applied to our leases in determining the present value of lease payments is our incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at the commencement date. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded in our consolidated balance sheets and we recognize lease expense for these leases on a straight-line basis over the lease term. As of December 31, 2019, there were no material lease transactions that we have entered into but had not yet commenced.

Lease costs consisted of the following:

 

     For the Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2019  
     (in millions)  

Operating lease costs

   $ 87  

Variable lease costs

     11  

Short-term lease costs

     22  
  

 

 

 

Total lease costs

   $ 120  
  

 

 

 

Future lease payments under non-cancellable leases under the new lease accounting rules (ASC 842) that went into effect on January 1, 2019 were as follows:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2019  
     (in millions)  

2020

   $ 91  

2021

     81  

2022

     67  

2023

     57  

2024

     40  

2025 and thereafter

     70  
  

 

 

 

Total undiscounted lease payments

     406  

Less: amounts representing interest

     (88
  

 

 

 

Present value of lease obligations

   $ 318  
  

 

 

 

Weighted average remaining lease term

     5.2 years  

Weighted average discount rate

     7.08

During the year ended December 31, 2019, new leases resulted in the recognition of ROU assets and corresponding lease liabilities of $83 million. During the year ended December 31, 2019, cash flows from operating activities include $91 million of payments for operating lease liabilities.

 

F-31


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Comparative Period Disclosures under Topic 840

Rent expense for buildings and plant and equipment was $100 million and $96 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

As of December 31, 2018, future minimum rental commitments under operating leases were as follows:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2018  
     (in millions)  

2019

   $ 90  

2020

     72  

2021

     57  

2022

     42  

2023

     31  

2024 and thereafter

     48  
  

 

 

 

Total lease payments

   $ 340  
  

 

 

 

Note 11—Financial Instruments

Fair Value of Derivative Instruments:

We had the following derivative instruments recorded at fair value in our consolidated balance sheets:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2019     2018  
     Asset
derivatives
     Liability
derivatives
    Asset
derivatives
     Liability
derivatives
 
     (in millions)  

Interest rate swap derivatives

   $ 7      $   —       $ 28      $   —    

Commodity swap contracts

     1        (5     1        (9
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total fair value

   $ 8      $ (5   $ 29      $ (9
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Recorded in:

          

Other current assets

   $ 6      $ —       $ 12      $ —    

Other noncurrent assets

     2        —         17        —    

Accrued and other current liabilities

     —          (5     —          (9
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total fair value

   $ 8      $ (5   $ 29      $ (9
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Our derivatives comprise interest rate and commodity swaps and are all Level 2 financial assets and liabilities. Our derivatives are valued using an income approach based on the observable market index prices less the contract rate multiplied by the notional amount or based on pricing models that rely on market observable inputs such as commodity prices. Our calculation of the fair value of these financial instruments takes into consideration the risk of non-performance, including counterparty credit risk. The majority of our derivative contracts do not have a legal right of set-off. We manage the credit risk in connection with our derivatives by limiting the amount of exposure with each counterparty and monitoring the financial condition of our counterparties.

During the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, an unrealized gain of $4 million, an unrealized loss of $8 million and an unrealized loss of $3 million, respectively, was recognized in cost of sales.

 

F-32


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following table provides the detail of outstanding commodity derivative contracts as of December 31, 2019:

 

Type

  Unit of measure   Contracted volume   Contracted price
range
  Contracted date of
maturity

Natural gas swaps

  million BTU   4,334,903   $2.33 - $2.86   Feb 2020 - Dec 2020

Ethylene

  pound   2,152,533   $0.29 - $0.29   Jan 2020 - Apr 2020

Polymer-grade propylene swaps

  pound   52,015,428   $0.36 - $0.41   Jan 2020 - Jul 2020

Benzene swaps

  U.S. liquid gallon   7,775,862   $2.23 - $2.49   Feb 2020 - Sep 2020

Diesel swaps

  U.S. liquid gallon   1,391,664   $3.02 - $3.26   Jan 2020 - Dec 2020

Low-density polyethylene swaps

  pound   12,000,000   $0.84 - $0.84   Jan 2020 - Dec 2020

High-density polyethylene swaps

  pound   8,250,000   $0.79 - $0.79   Jan 2020 - Nov 2020

Note 12—Employee Benefits

Our employee benefits comprise defined benefit pension plans, OPEB plans, defined contribution plans and multi-employer plans.

Defined Benefit Pension and OPEB Plans

We make contributions to defined benefit pension plans which define the level of pension benefit an employee will receive on retirement. The majority of our net pension plan liabilities are in the United States and subject to governmental regulations relating to the funding of retirement plans.

Our largest pension plan is the Reynolds Group Pension Plan (“RGPP”), which was assumed in a 2010 acquisition. This plan covers certain of our employees. It also covers former employees and employees of employers formerly related to the entity that we acquired in 2010. As a result, while persons who were not our employees do not accrue benefits under the plan, the total number of individuals/beneficiaries covered by this plan is much larger than if only our employees were participants. The RGPP comprises 99% and 97% of our present value of pension plan obligations and 100% and 98% of the fair value of plan assets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Accordingly, we have provided aggregated disclosures in respect of our plans on the basis that the plans are not exposed to materially different risks.

We generally fund our retirement plans equal to the annual minimum funding requirements specified by government regulations covering each plan. During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, we made pension plan contributions of $5 million and $24 million, respectively. We expect to make a $121 million contribution to the RGPP during the year ending December 31, 2020. Expected contributions during the year ending December 31, 2020 for all other defined benefit pension plans are estimated to be $5 million. Expected contributions during the year ending December 31, 2020 for OPEB plans are estimated to be $3 million. Future contributions will be dependent on future plan asset returns and interest rates and are highly sensitive to changes.

 

F-33


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Obligations, assets and funded status

The following table sets forth changes in benefit obligations and the fair value of plan assets for our defined benefit pension and OPEB plans:

 

     Pension Benefits     OPEB  
     As of December 31,  
       2019         2018         2019         2018    
     (in millions)  

Change in benefit obligations:

        

Projected benefit obligations of January 1

   $ 4,347     $ 4,815     $ 47     $ 54  

Service cost

     7       8       —         —    

Interest cost

     175       168       2       2  

Benefits paid

     (297     (294     (1     (3

Settlements

     (197     (5     —         —    

Divestitures

     (5     (42     —         —    

Actuarial losses (gains)

     457       (302     3       (6

Other(1)

     36       (1     —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Projected benefit obligation as of December 31

   $ 4,523     $ 4,347     $ 51     $ 47  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in plan assets:

        

Fair value of plan assets as of January 1

   $ 3,500     $ 3,981     $ —       $ —    

Actual return on plan assets

     789       (176     —         —    

Employer contributions

     5       24       —         —    

Benefits paid

     (297     (294     —         —    

Settlements

     (197     (5     —         —    

Divestitures

     —         (29     —         —    

Other(1)

     30       (1     —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets as of December 31

   $ 3,830     $ 3,500     $   —       $   —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Funded status as of December 31

   $ (693   $ (847   $ (51   $ (47
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes $28 million for the assumption of a plan from a former related party which was merged into our RGPP plan.

Our defined benefit pension and OPEB obligations were included in our consolidated balance sheets as follows:

 

     Pension Benefits     OPEB  
     As of December 31,  
       2019         2018         2019         2018    
     (in millions)  

Accrued and other current liabilities

   $ (4   $ (4   $ (3   $ (3

Long-term employee benefit obligations

     (689     (843     (48     (44
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ (693   $ (847   $ (51   $ (47
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-34


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Portions of our defined benefit pension and OPEB obligations have been recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss (“AOCL”) as follows:

 

     Pension Benefits     OPEB  
     As of December 31,  
       2019         2018         2019         2018    
     (in millions)  

Net actuarial losses (gains)

   $ 240     $ 409     $ (8   $ (12

Deferred income tax (benefit) expense

     (58     (142     3       4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 182     $ 267     $ (5   $ (8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The funded status of our defined benefit pension and OPEB plans with accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets was as follows:

 

     Pension Benefits     OPEB  
     As of December 31,  
       2019         2018         2019         2018    
     (in millions)  

Plan assets

   $ 3,820     $ 3,500     $ —       $ —    

Projected benefit obligation

     4,513       4,347       51       47  

Accumulated benefit obligation

     4,507       4,331       51       47  

(Under) Funded Status

        

Projected benefit obligation

   $ (693   $ (847   $ (51   $ (47

Accumulated benefit obligation

     (687     (831     (51     (47

Net periodic defined benefit pension and OPEB costs consisted of the following:

 

     Pension Benefits     OPEB  
     For the Years Ended December 31,  
       2019         2018         2017         2019         2018          2017    
     (in millions)  

Service cost

   $ 7     $ 8     $ 8     $   —       $   —        $ 1  

Interest cost

     175       168       195       2       2        2  

Expected return on plan assets(1)

     (182     (214     (222     —         —          —    

Amortization of actuarial (gains) losses(2)

     1       1       2       (1     —          —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ongoing net periodic benefit cost (income)

     1       (37     (17     1       2        3  

One-time expense due to settlements(3)

     18       2       34       —         —          (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net periodic benefit cost (income)

   $ 19     $ (35   $ 17     $ 1     $ 2      $ 2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

We have elected to use the actual fair value of plan assets as the market-related value in the determination of the expected return on plan assets.

(2)

Actuarial gains and losses are amortized using a corridor approach. The gain/loss corridor is equal to 10 percent of the greater of the benefit obligation and the market-related value of assets. Gains and losses in excess of the corridor are amortized over the estimated expected service period for active plans. For inactive plans, such as the RGPP, they are amortized over the estimated life expectancy of the plan participants. Expected amortization over the next fiscal year is less than $1 million.

(3)

One-time expense due to settlements primarily resulted from RGPP’s lump-sum buyouts of certain plan participants in 2019 and 2017.

 

F-35


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

All of the amounts in the table above, other than service cost, were recorded in non-operating expense, net in our consolidated statements of income.

Net periodic defined benefit cost (income) for pension benefits and OPEB costs have been recognized in our consolidated statements of income as follows:

 

     Pension Benefits      OPEB  
     For the Years Ended December 31,  
       2019          2018         2017          2019          2018          2017    
     (in millions)  

Cost of sales

   $ 4      $ 5     $ 5      $ —        $      $  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     3        3       3        —                 1  

Non-operating expense, net

     12        (43     9        1        2        1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net periodic benefit cost (income)

   $ 19      $ (35   $ 17      $ 1      $ 2      $ 2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amounts recognized in other comprehensive income in relation to our continuing operations were as follows:

 

     Pension Benefits     OPEB  
     For the Years Ended December 31,  
       2019         2018         2017         2019         2018         2017    
     (in millions)  

Net actuarial (gains) losses arising during the year(1)(2)

   $ (150   $ 77     $ (83   $ 3     $ (6   $ 1  

Recognized net actuarial gains (losses)(3)

     (19     (3     (36     1       —         1  

Deferred income tax expense (benefit)(4)

     84       (16     42       (1     2       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recognized in other comprehensive income, net of tax

   $ (85   $ 58     $ (77   $ 3     $ (4   $ 2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Net of AOCL reclassified upon sale of business. Refer to Note 15—Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss for further details.

(2)

The net actuarial gains of $150 million on our pension plans during the year ended December 31, 2019 were primarily attributable to asset returns, partially offset by a decrease in the discount rate. The net actuarial losses of $77 million on our pension plans during the year ended December 31, 2018 were primarily attributable to lower asset returns, partially offset by an increase in the discount rate. The net actuarial gains of $83 million on our pension plans during the year ended December 31, 2017 were primarily attributable to asset returns, partially offset by a decrease in the discount rate.

(3)

Comprises amortization of actuarial gains (losses) and one-time expense due to settlements.

(4)

Includes the cumulative impact of adopting ASU 2018-02 on January 1, 2019.

We used the following weighted-average assumptions to determine our RGPP defined benefit pension and our OPEB obligations:

 

     RGPP Pension Benefits     OPEB  
     As of December 31,  
        2019           2018           2019           2018     

Discount rate

     3.17     4.31     3.22     4.35

Rate of compensation increase

     3.00     3.00     N/A       N/A  

 

F-36


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

We used the following weighted-average assumptions to determine our RGPP net defined benefit pension and our OPEB costs:

 

     RGPP Pension Benefits     OPEB  
     For the Years Ended December 31,  
       2019         2018         2017         2019         2018         2017    

Discount rate

     4.31     3.64     4.12     4.35     3.66     3.66

Rate of compensation increase

     3.00     3.00     3.00     N/A       N/A       N/A  

Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets

     5.35     5.62     5.74     N/A       N/A       N/A  

Healthcare cost trend rate

     N/A       N/A       N/A       7.20     8.19     7.19

The discount rate used reflects the expected future cash flows based on plan provisions and participant data as of the beginning of the plan year. The expected future cash flows for our U.S. pension plan are discounted by the Aon Hewitt above median yield curve for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018. The yield curve is a hypothetical AA yield curve comprised of a series of annualized individual discount rates. The expected long-term return on our U.S. pension plan assets was developed as a weighted average rate based on the target asset allocation of the plan and the long-term capital market assumptions. The overall return for each asset class was developed by combining a long-term inflation component and the associated real rates. The development of the capital market assumptions utilized a variety of methodologies, including, but not limited to, historical analysis, expected economic growth outlook and market yield analysis.

Our estimated future benefit payments for our defined benefit pension and OPEB plans were as follows:

 

     As of December 31,  
     Pension Benefits      OPEB  
     (in millions)  

2020

   $ 316      $ 3  

2021

     315        3  

2022

     312        3  

2023

     308        3  

2024

     300        3  

2025-2029

     1,400        16  

Plan assets

Our investment strategy for the plan assets is to manage the assets in relation to the liabilities in order to pay retirement benefits to plan participants over the life of the plan. This is accomplished by identifying and managing the exposure to various market risks, diversifying investments across various asset classes and earning an acceptable long-term rate of return consistent with an acceptable amount of risk while considering the liquidity needs of the plan.

 

F-37


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The target asset allocation for the RGPP is 60% equities, 30% fixed income and 10% alternative investments, which includes real estate. The following table presents summarized details of plan assets. Further details regarding the fair value hierarchy of these assets are presented below.

 

     As of December 31,  
        2019            2018     
     (in millions)  

Equity securities

   $ 2,422      $ 2,146  

Corporate bonds

     866        654  

Property

     439        429  

Other

     103        271  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total pension plan assets

   $ 3,830      $ 3,500  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accounting guidance on fair value measurements specifies a fair value hierarchy based upon the observability of inputs used in valuation techniques. The following is a description of the valuation methods and assumptions we use to estimate the fair value of investments.

 

   

Common Stocks, and Exchange Traded and Mutual Funds—The fair values of common stocks and exchange traded and mutual funds are determined by obtaining quoted prices on nationally and internationally recognized securities exchanges (Level 1 inputs).

 

   

Fixed Income Securities—Corporate bonds are valued based on yields currently available on comparable securities of issuers with similar credit ratings (Level 2 inputs). When quoted prices are not available for identical or similar bonds, the bond is valued using matrix pricing, a mathematical technique widely used in the industry to value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for the specific securities but rather by relying on the securities’ relationship to other benchmark quoted securities (Level 2 inputs).

 

   

Collective Trusts and Pooled Separate Account—The fair value of participation units owned by the RGPP in collective trusts and pooled separate account are based on the net asset values per unit as reported by the fund managers as of the plan’s financial statement dates and recent transaction prices.

 

   

Limited Partnerships—The fair value is calculated based on the fair value of underlying securities, which include investments in equity of privately held companies as well as publicly traded companies. In general, fair values of publicly traded companies are based on the closing price quoted on a public exchange as of the last day of the reporting period. Fair values of privately held companies are based on reviewing the price of recent transactions or by calculating the fair value using a variety of industry-accepted techniques.

 

F-38


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

We had the following allocation of defined benefit pension plan assets:

 

   

Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical

Assets

    Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
    Measured at Net              
    (Level 1)     (Level 2)     (Level 3)     Asset Value(1)     Total  
    As of December 31,  
    2019     2018     2019     2018     2019     2018     2019     2018     2019     2018  
RGPP   (in millions)  

Common stocks

  $ 1,079     $ 750     $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 1,079     $ 750  

Corporate bonds

    —         —         772       515       —         —         —         —         772       515  

Collective trusts—equities

    —         —         —         —         —         —         1,337       1,359       1,337       1,359  

Collective trusts/pooled separate account—real estate

    —         —         —         —         —         —         358       339       358       339  

Collective trusts—money market

    —         —         —         —         —         —         100       257       100       257  

Other(2)

    88       126       —         —         —         6       81       87       169       219  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total RGPP

    1,167       876       772       515       —         6       1,876       2,042       3,815       3,439  

Other plans

    11       59       2       2       —         —         2       —         15       61  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total pension plan assets

  $ 1,178     $ 935     $ 774     $ 517     $ —       $ 6     $ 1,878     $ 2,042     $ 3,830     $ 3,500  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Per ASU 2015-07, certain investments that are measured at fair value using the net asset value per share practical expedient have not been categorized in the fair value hierarchy. The fair value amounts presented in this table are intended to permit reconciliation of the fair value hierarchy to the total value of the plan assets.

(2)

Consisted primarily of exchange traded and mutual funds and limited partnerships.

Defined Contribution Plans

We sponsor various defined contribution plans. Our expense relating to defined contribution plans was $47 million, $45 million and $46 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Multi-employer plans—withdrawal liabilities

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, we have recognized a liability of $49 million and $52 million, respectively, in respect of our future obligations arising from the withdrawal from multi-employer pension plans. We expect to make payments of approximately $4 million annually over the next 16 years in respect of these obligations.

Note 13—Other Expense, Net

Other expense, net consisted of the following:

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
         2019             2018             2017      
     (in millions)  

Related party Management Fee(1)

   $ 16     $ 16     $ 17  

Loss on sale of businesses and noncurrent assets(2)

     21       31       22  

Other

     (3     (14     (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other expense, net

   $ 34     $ 33     $ 38  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-39


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

(1)

See Note 18—Related Party Transactions for additional information.

(2)

During the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, we have sold and closed various businesses that were primarily included in our Other segment and do not meet the criteria for discontinued operations. As part of these transactions we have reclassified amounts from accumulated other comprehensive loss and recognized these as part of the loss on sale. Refer to Note 15—Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss for further details. These transactions included the sale during the year ended December 31, 2018 of certain closures operations combined with a Graham Packaging operation in the Asia Pacific region, for total consideration of $114 million. The carrying value of this disposal group was written down to its recoverable amount during the year ended December 31, 2017. Refer to Note 4—Impairment, Restructuring and Other Related Charges for further details.

Note 14—Commitments and Contingencies

Management fee

Our financing agreements permit the payment of a Management Fee to related parties for management, consulting, monitoring and advisory services of up to 1.5% of the Group’s Adjusted EBITDA (as defined in the financing agreements) for the previous year. The Credit Agreement permits us to pay an additional Management Fee of up to $22 million in respect of the 2009 and 2010 financial years. No amount has been accrued in respect of the remaining 2009 and 2010 permitted Management Fee of up to $22 million.

Other matters

We are from time to time party to litigation, legal proceedings and tax examinations arising from our operations. Most of these matters involve allegations of damages against us relating to employment matters, personal injury and commercial or contractual disputes. We record estimates for claims and proceedings that constitute a present obligation when it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate of such obligation can be made. While it is not possible to predict the outcome of any of these matters, based on our assessment of the facts and circumstances, we do not believe any of these matters, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on our balance sheet, results of operations or cash flows. However, actual outcomes may differ from those expected and could have a material effect on our balance sheet, results of operations or cash flows in a future period. Except for amounts provided, there were no legal proceedings pending other than those for which we have determined that the possibility of a material outflow is remote.

As part of the agreements for the sale of various businesses, we have provided certain warranties and indemnities to the respective purchasers as set out in the respective sale agreements. These warranties and indemnities are subject to various terms and conditions affecting the duration and total amount of the indemnities. As of December 31, 2019, we are not aware of any material claims under these agreements that would give rise to an additional liability. However, if such claims arise in the future, they could have a material effect on our balance sheet, results of operations and cash flows.

 

F-40


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note 15—Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

The following table summarizes the changes in our balances of each component of AOCL:

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
       2019         2018         2017    
     (in millions)  

Currency translation adjustments:

      

Balance as of beginning of year

   $ (442   $ (402   $ (505
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Currency translation adjustments

     14       (63     78  

Amounts reclassified from AOCL(1)

     74       23       25  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     88       (40     103  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of end of year

   $ (354   $ (442   $ (402
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Defined benefit plans:

      

Plans associated with continuing operations

      

Balance as of beginning of year

   $ (259   $ (205   $ (280
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net actuarial gain (loss) arising during year

     146       (83     79  

Deferred tax (expense) benefit on net actuarial gain (loss)

     (34     18       (29

(Gains) and losses reclassified from AOCL:

      

Amortization of experience loss

     —         1       2  

Defined benefit plan settlement losses

     18       2       33  

Reclassification upon sale of business(2)

     1       12       3  

Deferred tax (expense) benefit on reclassifications(3)

     (5     (4     (13
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     126       (54     75  

Cumulative impact of adopting ASU 2018-02

     (44     —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of end of year

   $ (177   $ (259   $ (205
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Plans held for sale or distribution

      

Balance as of beginning of year

   $ 12     $ 10     $ 10  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net actuarial gain (loss) arising during year

     (5     5       1  

Deferred tax (expense) benefit on net actuarial gain (loss)

     1       (1     —    

(Gains) and losses reclassified from AOCL:

      

Amortization of actuarial gain(4)

     (2     (2     (2

Reclassification upon sale of business(4)

     5       —         —    

Deferred tax (expense) benefit on reclassifications(3)

     (1     —         1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     (2     2       —    

Cumulative impact of adopting ASU 2018-02

     3       —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of end of year

   $ 13     $ 12     $ 10  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

AOCL

      

Balance as of beginning of year

   $ (689   $ (597   $ (775

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     212       (92     178  

Cumulative impact of adopting ASU 2018-02

     (41     —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of end of year

   $ (518   $ (689   $ (597
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

In the year ended December 31, 2019, $56 million of this amount relates to the release of currency translation adjustments upon the sale of our North American and Japanese closures businesses and is

 

F-41


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

recorded in income from discontinued operations. The remaining amounts are recorded within other expense, net in our consolidated statements of income.

(2)

Reclassifications upon sale of businesses within continuing operations are recorded in other expense, net.

(3)

Taxes reclassified to income are recorded in income tax (expense) benefit.

(4)

Reclassifications associated with plans held for sale or distribution are recorded in income (loss) from discontinued operations.

Note 16—Income Taxes

The components of income (loss) from continuing operations before income tax were as follows:

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
       2019         2018         2017    
     (in millions)  

(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes:

      

New Zealand

   $ 12     $ 100     $ (10

United States

     (87     (155     112  

Other

     (39     8       19  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total (loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes

   $ (114   $ (47   $ 121  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Significant components of income tax (expense) benefit from continuing operations were as follows:

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
       2019         2018         2017    
     (in millions)  

Current

      

New Zealand

   $ (8   $ (11   $ (4

United States

     63       18       (76

Other

     (21     (21     (30
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current income tax benefit (expense)

     34       (14     (110
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred

      

New Zealand

     (4     1       24  

United States

     (91     27       292  

Other

     7       2       12  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred income tax (expense) benefit

     (88     30       328  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income tax (expense) benefit

   $ (54   $ 16     $ 218  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-42


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

A reconciliation of income taxes computed at the New Zealand statutory income tax rate of 28% to our income tax (expense) benefit was as follows:

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
       2019         2018         2017    
     (in millions)  

Income tax benefit (expense) using the New Zealand tax rate of 28%

   $ 32     $ 13     $ (34

Effect of tax rates in foreign jurisdictions

     (34     (12     (14

Non-deductible expenses and permanent differences

     (3     (25     (37

Tax exempt income and income at a reduced tax rate

     3       5       7  

Goodwill impairment

     (1     (20     —    

Currency translation adjustment

     (2     (1     25  

Domestic manufacturing deduction

     —         —         5  

Withholding tax

     (6     (9     (6

Deemed mandatory repatriation

     —         —         (5

Tax rate modifications

     (1     46       356  

Change in valuation allowance

     (100     (17     (80

Tax on unremitted earnings

     1       (4     6  

Tax uncertainties

     (2     27       (4

Over (under) provided in prior periods

     (2     16       (3

Foreign tax credit

     57       —         —    

Other

     4       (3     2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income tax (expense) benefit

   $ (54   $ 16     $ 218  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2019, we amended prior years’ federal income tax returns to claim a foreign tax credit in lieu of a foreign tax deduction. A current tax benefit of $57 million has been recognized for the resulting refund claim. The related receivable has been recorded in other noncurrent assets.

In December 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Act”) went into effect. For the year ended December 31, 2017, we recorded the following adjustments on a provisional basis, reflecting the estimated impact of the Act.

The reduction in the U.S. federal tax rate from 35% to 21% resulted in a tax benefit of $356 million related to the remeasurement of net deferred tax liabilities that is recognized in the consolidated statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2017. In addition, we recognized tax expense of $5 million for the liability arising from the deemed mandatory repatriation of earnings associated with the introduction of a participation exemption tax system. During the year ended December 31, 2018, we finalized these provisionally determined amounts. There were no significant changes to any previously determined provisional amounts.

Our foreign earnings in the United States and certain other jurisdictions are considered permanently reinvested and therefore we do not accrue income taxes on these earnings. We have not provided income taxes on approximately $368 million of earnings that are considered permanently reinvested.

 

F-43


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities

Deferred income taxes result from temporary differences between the amount of assets and liabilities recognized for financial reporting and tax purposes as well as tax attributes such as tax loss and tax credit carryforwards. The components of our net deferred income tax liability were as follows:

 

     As of December 31,  
       2019         2018    
     (in millions)  

Deferred tax assets

    

Employee benefits

   $ 183     $ 247  

Operating lease liabilities

     76       —    

Inventory

     16       14  

Reserves

     18       20  

Tax losses

     327       350  

Tax credits

     75       20  

Interest

     392       367  

Other

     12       8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     1,099       1,026  

Valuation allowance

     (530     (421
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets net of valuation allowance

     569       605  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities

    

Intangible assets

     (731     (751

Property, plant and equipment

     (298     (281

Operating lease right-of-use assets

     (72     —    

Other

     —         (11
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (1,101     (1,043
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liabilities

   $ (532   $ (438
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tax loss and tax credit carryforwards, presented on a gross basis, were as follows:

 

     As of December 31,  
        2019            2018     
     (in millions)  

Tax loss carryforwards

     

Expires within 5 years

   $ 291      $ 252  

Expires after 5 years or indefinite expiration

     1,557        1,696  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total tax loss carryforwards

   $ 1,848      $ 1,948  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Tax credit carryforwards

     

Expires within 5 years

   $ 65      $ 10  

Expires after 5 years or indefinite expiration

     10        10  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total tax credit carryforwards

   $ 75      $ 20  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets related to interest, tax loss carryovers, and tax credit carryovers are available to offset future taxable earnings. We have provided a valuation allowance to reduce the carrying value of certain of these deferred tax assets, as we have concluded that, based on the available evidence, it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be fully realized. Valuation allowances were $530 million and $421 million as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

 

F-44


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following table reflects changes in valuation allowance for the respective periods:

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
       2019         2018         2017    
     (in millions)  

Balance at the beginning of the year

   $ 421     $ 429     $ 528  

Expense (benefit)

     100       17       80  

Expiration of tax losses

     —         —         (191

Transfers to held for sale or distribution

     (49     1       —    

Foreign tax rate movements

     55       —         —    

Currency translation adjustments and other

     3       (26     12  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of the year

   $ 530     $ 421     $ 429  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The changes in our valuation allowance during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2017 are primarily attributable to changes in our assessment of recoverability in relation to deferred interest deductions. The additional valuation allowance during the year ended December 31, 2017 arose from legislative changes restricting our ability to utilize the interest deductions. The additional valuation allowance during the year ended December 31, 2019 arose from changes in expected future taxable income as a result of the tax-free distribution of Reynolds Consumer Products on February 4, 2020. See Note 3—Discontinued Operations.

Uncertain Tax Positions

ASC 740 prescribes a recognition threshold of more-likely-than not to be sustained upon examination as it relates to the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements. Our policy is to include interest and penalties related to gross unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense.

The following table summarizes the activity related to our gross unrecognized tax benefits:

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
       2019         2018         2017    
     (in millions)  

Balance at beginning of the year

   $ 18     $ 48     $ 34  

Increase associated with tax positions taken during the current year

     5       1       —    

Increase (decrease) associated with positions taken during a prior year

     (1     (31     16  

Lapse of statute of limitations

     (1     —         (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending unrecognized tax benefits

   $ 21     $ 18     $ 48  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits have been recorded in income tax expense. Interest expense accrued (reversed) for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 was $1 million, ($2) million, and $2 million, respectively.

Each year we file income tax returns in the various national, state and local income taxing jurisdictions in which we operate. In each jurisdiction our income tax returns are subject to examination and possible challenge by the tax authorities. Although ultimate timing is uncertain, the net amount of tax liability for unrecognized tax benefits may change within the next twelve months due to changes in audit status, settlements of tax assessments and other events.

 

F-45


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Tax years 2015 and forward remain subject to audit by Inland Revenue in New Zealand, and tax years 2016 and forward remain subject to examination in the U.S. by the IRS. Currently, our 2016 and 2017 U.S. federal income tax returns are being audited by the IRS. In addition, we are currently subject to routine tax examinations in other jurisdictions.

Note 17—Segment Information

ASC 280 Segment Reporting establishes the standards for reporting information about segments in financial statements. In applying the criteria set forth in ASC 280 and in conjunction with the distribution of our former Reynolds Consumer Products segment, as of March 31, 2020, we have realigned our reportable segments. As a result of this, we have determined that we have four reportable segments: Foodservice, Food Merchandising, Beverage Merchandising and Graham Packaging. These reportable segments reflect the change in our operating structure and the manner in which our Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) assesses information for decision-making purposes.

The key factors used to identify these reportable segments are the organization and alignment of our internal operations and the nature of our products. This reflects how our CODM monitors performance, allocates capital and makes strategic and operational decisions. Our reportable segments are described as follows:

Foodservice

Foodservice manufactures a broad range of products that enable consumers to eat and drink where they want and when they want with convenience. Foodservice manufactures food containers, hot and cold cups and lids, tableware items and other products which make eating on-the-go more enjoyable and easy to do.

Food Merchandising

Food Merchandising manufactures products that protect and attractively display food while preserving freshness. Food Merchandising products include clear rigid-display containers, containers for prepared and ready-to-eat food, trays for meat and poultry and molded fiber cartons.

Beverage Merchandising

Beverage Merchandising manufactures cartons for fresh refrigerated beverage products, primarily serving dairy (including plant-based, organic and specialties), juice and other specialty beverage end-markets. Beverage Merchandising manufactures and supplies integrated fresh carton systems, which include printed cartons, spouts and filling machinery. It also produces fiber-based liquid packaging board for its internal requirements and to sell to other fresh beverage carton manufacturers, as well as a range of paper-based products which it sells to paper and packaging converters.

Graham Packaging

Graham Packaging is a designer and manufacturer of value-added, custom blow-molded plastic containers for consumer products.

Other

In addition to our reportable segments, we have other operating segments which do not meet the threshold for presentation as a reportable segment. These operating segments include the remaining components of our former closures business, which generate revenue from the sale of caps and closures, and are presented as Other in the reconciliation between total reportable segment amounts and the equivalent consolidated measure.

 

F-46


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Unallocated

Unallocated includes corporate costs, primarily relating to group wide functions such as finance, tax and legal and the effects of the RGPP.

Information by Segment

We present reportable segment adjusted EBITDA (“Adjusted EBITDA”) as this is the financial measure by which management and our CODM allocate resources and analyze the performance of our reportable segments.

Adjusted EBITDA represents each segment’s earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization and is further adjusted to exclude certain items of a significant or unusual nature, including but not limited to, related party management fees, unrealized gains or losses on derivatives, gains or losses on the sale of businesses and noncurrent assets, impairment charges, restructuring, asset impairment and other related charges, operational process engineering-related consultancy costs, non-cash pension income or expense and strategic review and transaction-related costs.

Segment assets represent trade receivables, inventory and property, plant and equipment.

The accounting policies applied by each segment are the same as those described in Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.

 

     Foodservice      Food
Merchandising
     Beverage
Merchandising
     Graham
Packaging
     Reportable
segment
total
 
     (in millions)  

2019

  

Net revenues

   $ 2,160      $ 1,388      $ 1,483      $ 1,924      $ 6,955  

Intersegment revenues

     —          —          123        —          123  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total reportable segment net revenues

     2,160        1,388        1,606        1,924        7,078  

Adjusted EBITDA

     336        223        196        339        1,094  

Depreciation and amortization

     112        90        61        243        506  

Capital expenditures

     138        55        80        172        445  

Total assets

     1,090        727        972        1,133        3,922  

 

     Foodservice      Food
Merchandising
     Beverage
Merchandising
     Graham
Packaging
     Reportable
segment
total
 
     (in millions)  

2018

  

Net revenues

   $ 2,137      $ 1,419      $ 1,504      $ 2,087      $ 7,147  

Intersegment revenues

     —          —          99        —          99  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total reportable segment net revenues

     2,137        1,419        1,603        2,087        7,246  

Adjusted EBITDA

     318        231        231        350        1,130  

Depreciation and amortization

     109        88        62        252        511  

Capital expenditures

     157        75        73        135        440  

Total assets

     1,017        701        910        1,206        3,834  

 

F-47


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

     Foodservice      Food
Merchandising
     Beverage
Merchandising
     Graham
Packaging
     Reportable
segment
total
 
     (in millions)  

2017

  

Net revenues

   $ 2,056      $ 1,398      $ 1,448      $ 2,147      $ 7,049  

Intersegment revenues

     —          —          114        —          114  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total reportable segment net revenues

     2,056        1,398        1,562        2,147        7,163  

Adjusted EBITDA

     377        280        259        397        1,313  

Depreciation and amortization

     105        92        57        257        511  

Capital expenditures

     50        55        67        140        312  

The following table presents a reconciliation of reportable segment Adjusted EBITDA to consolidated U.S. GAAP income from continuing operations before income taxes:

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
        2019           2018           2017     
     (in millions)  

Reportable segment Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 1,094     $ 1,130     $ 1,313  

Other

     11       17       37  

Unallocated

     (67     (56     (56
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     1,038       1,091       1,294  

Adjustments to reconcile to U.S. GAAP (loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes

 

Depreciation and amortization

     (516     (523     (534

Interest expense, net

     (432     (412     (484

Goodwill impairment charges

     (16     (138     —    

Restructuring, asset impairment and other related charges

     (96     (53     (101

Loss on sale of businesses and noncurrent assets

     (21     (31     (22

Non-cash pension (expense) income

     (6     51       (1

Operational process engineering-related consultancy costs

     (27     (14     (12

Related party Management Fee

     (16     (16     (17

Strategic review and transaction-related costs

     (7     —         —    

Unrealized gains (losses) on derivatives

     4       (8     (3

Other

     (19     6       1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from continuing operations before tax

   $ (114   $ (47   $ 121  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table presents a reconciliation of reportable segment depreciation and amortization to consolidated depreciation and amortization from continuing operations:

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
       2019          2018          2017    
     (in millions)  

Reportable segment depreciation and amortization

   $ 506      $ 511      $ 511  

Other

     10        12        23  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization from continuing operations

   $ 516      $ 523      $ 534  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-48


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following table presents a reconciliation of reportable segment capital expenditures to consolidated capital expenditures:

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
       2019          2018          2017    
     (in millions)  

Reportable segment capital expenditures

   $ 445      $ 440      $ 312  

Other

     6        6        10  

Unallocated

     6        8        3  

Discontinued operations

     172        138        88  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Capital expenditures

   $ 629      $ 592      $ 413  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table presents a reconciliation of reportable segment assets to consolidated assets:

 

     As of December 31,  
       2019          2018    
     (in millions)  

Reportable segment assets

   $ 3,922      $ 3,834  

Other

     65        132  

Unallocated(1)

     12,188        12,203  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 16,175      $ 16,169  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Unallocated includes unallocated assets, which are comprised of cash and cash equivalents, other current assets, assets held for sale or distribution, entity-wide property, plant and equipment, operating lease ROU assets, goodwill, intangible assets, deferred income taxes, related party receivables and other noncurrent assets.

 

F-49


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Information in Relation to Products

Net revenues by product line are as follows:

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
        2019           2018           2017     
     (in millions)  

Foodservice

      

Cups and lids

   $ 906     $ 844     $ 814  

Containers

     792       805       779  

Dinnerware

     207       209       198  

Other

     255       279       265  

Food Merchandising

      

Meat trays

     353       355       346  

Bakery/snack/produce/fruit containers

     311       308       309  

Prepared food trays

     174       168       160  

Egg cartons

     98       97       100  

Dinnerware

     307       339       326  

Other

     145       152       157  

Beverage Merchandising

      

Cartons for fresh beverage products

     812       799       774  

Liquid packaging board

     446       438       453  

Paper products

     348       366       335  

Graham Packaging

      

Food and beverage plastic containers

     1,356       1,443       1,487  

All other plastic containers

     568       644       660  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reportable segment net revenues

     7,078       7,246       7,163  

Other / Unallocated

      

Other

     160       248       390  

Inter-segment eliminations

     (123     (99     (114
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenues

   $ 7,115     $ 7,395     $ 7,439  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

For all product lines, there is a relatively short time period between the receipt of the order and the transfer of control over the goods to the customer.

Geographic Data

Geographic data for net revenues (recognized based on location of our business operations) and long-lived assets (representing property, plant and equipment) are as follows:

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
        2019            2018            2017     
     (in millions)  

Net revenues:

        

United States

   $ 6,148      $ 6,291      $ 6,159  

Rest of North America

     478        493        495  

Other

     489        611        785  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net revenues

   $ 7,115      $ 7,395      $ 7,439  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-50


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

     As of December 31,  
       2019          2018    
     (in millions)  

Long-lived assets

     

United States

   $ 2,202      $ 2,111  

Rest of North America

     84        83  

Other

     189        228  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-lived assets

   $ 2,475      $ 2,422  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note 18—Related Party Transactions

Our parent is PFL, the ultimate parent is Packaging Holdings Limited and the ultimate shareholder is Mr. Graeme Hart.

The related party entities and types of transactions we entered into with them are detailed below. All related parties detailed below have a common ultimate shareholder, except for the joint ventures.

 

     Transaction value for the
year ended December 31,
    Balance
outstanding
as of
December 31,
 
       2019         2018         2017         2019         2018    
     (in millions)  

Balances and transactions with joint ventures

          

Included in other current assets

         $ 8     $ 12  

Sale of goods and services(a)

   $ 26     $ 28     $ 22      

Balances and transactions with other entities controlled by Mr. Graeme Hart

          

Included in other current assets

           —         1  

Recharges

     4       7       6      

Included in related party receivables(b)

           339       328  

Interest income

     15       17       17      

Included in related party payables

           (30     (33

Recharges(c)

     (24     (18     (21    

Management Fee(d)

     (29     (28     (31    

Tax loss transfer

     (2     (3     (1    

Transactions with discontinued operations

          

Sale of goods(e)

     280       316       302      

Purchase of goods(e)

     (149     (161     (148    

 

(a)

All transactions with joint ventures are settled in cash. Sales of goods and services are negotiated on a cost-plus basis allowing a margin ranging from 3% to 6%. All amounts are unsecured, non-interest bearing and repayable on demand.

(b)

This loan accrues interest, if we demand it, at a rate based on the average 90-day New Zealand bank bill rate, set quarterly, plus a margin of 3.25%. During the year ended December 31, 2019, interest was charged at 4.40% to 5.15% (2018: 5.16% to 5.26%; 2017: 5.16% to 5.25%). Interest is payable annually and is recognized in income as accrued. The loan is unsecured and repayable on demand. In 2017, $24 million of the related party loan receivable was settled, and by way of a payment direction, we repaid $23 million of outstanding related party trade payables and $1 million of outstanding related party borrowings.

 

F-51


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(c)

Represents certain costs paid on our behalf that were subsequently recharged to us. These charges are for various costs incurred including services provided, financing and other activities. All amounts are unsecured, non-interest bearing and settled on normal trade terms.

(d)

Our financing agreements permit the payment of a Management Fee to related parties for management, consulting, monitoring and advising services of up to 1.5% of our Adjusted EBITDA (as defined in the financing agreements) for the previous year. Of these amounts, $16 million, $16 million and $17 million in the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively, has been recorded in other expense, net, and the remaining balance has been presented in discontinued operations.

(e)

Represents revenues and cost of sales recognized by our continuing operations in respect of sales to and purchases from Reynolds Consumer Products. Refer to Note 3—Discontinued Operations.

Note 19—Earnings per Share

A reconciliation of the number of shares used for our earnings (loss) per share calculation was as follows:

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
       2019         2018         2017    
     (in millions, except share and per share amounts)  

Net income (loss) attributable to Reynolds Group Holdings Limited common stockholder

      

From continuing operations

   $ (167   $ (33   $ 337  

From discontinued operations

     258       312       257  

Total

     91       279       594  

Weighted average number of shares outstanding—basic and diluted(1)

     35,708,019       35,708,019       35,708,019  

Earnings (loss) per share attributable to Reynolds Group Holdings Limited common stockholder

      

From continuing operations—basic and diluted

   $ (4.68   $ (0.92   $ 9.44  

From discontinued operations—basic and diluted

     7.23       8.74       7.20  

Total—basic and diluted

     2.55       7.82       16.64  

 

(1)

The weighted average number of shares outstanding reflects 71,500,004 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, adjusted for the buy back and cancellation of 35,791,985 shares, which occurred in conjunction with the distribution of RCPI on February 4, 2020 and has been retroactively reflected as a reverse stock split for all periods presented.

Note 20—Subsequent Events

Except as described below, there have been no events subsequent to December 31, 2019 which would require accrual or disclosure in these consolidated financial statements. Subsequent events have been evaluated through June 2, 2020, the date these consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

COVID-19

On March 11, 2020, the COVID-19 outbreak was declared a pandemic by the World Health Organization, which recommended containment and mitigation measures worldwide.

The outbreak and the response of governmental and public health organizations in dealing with the pandemic is restricting general activity levels within the community, the economy and certain operations of our

 

F-52


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

business. While we continue to operate, the scale and duration of these developments remain uncertain as of the date of this report. Our results of operations and financial condition are likely to be impacted through the duration of the pandemic. However, estimating the impact on our manufacturing facilities and employees, supply chain and customer demand is subject to significant uncertainty associated with both the duration and the spread of the pandemic. As such, there could be material impacts on our financial condition and results of operations in future periods.

The financial statements have been prepared based upon conditions existing at December 31, 2019 and considering those events occurring subsequent to that date that provide evidence of conditions that existed at the end of the reporting period. As the outbreak of COVID-19 occurred after December 31, 2019, its impact is considered an event that is indicative of conditions that arose after the reporting period and accordingly, no adjustments have been made to the financial statements as of December 31, 2019 for the impacts of COVID-19.

CARES Act

The Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security (“CARES”) Act was enacted in March 2020. Retroactive provisions of the CARES Act entitle us to utilize additional deferred interest deductions, which lower our taxable income for the year ended December 31, 2019. The CARES Act also increases the allowable interest deductions for the year ending December 31, 2020. As a result of the CARES Act, subsequent to December 31, 2019 we recognized a tax benefit in the quarter ended March 31, 2020 of $81 million in respect of adjusting our taxable income for the year ended December 31, 2019.

 

F-53


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income

(in millions, except per share amounts)

(unaudited)

 

     For the Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
     2020     2019  

Net revenues (includes related party net revenues of $171 and $141. Refer to Note 17)

   $ 3,259     $ 3,594  

Cost of sales

     (2,755     (3,019
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     504       575  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     (330     (324

Restructuring, asset impairment and other related charges

     (13     (24

Other income (expense), net

     27       (7
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income from continuing operations

     188       220  

Non-operating income (expense), net

     33       (2

Interest expense, net

     (187     (228
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before tax

     34       (10

Income tax benefit (expense)

     59       (14
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

     93       (24

Income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

     4       138  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     97       114  

Net income attributable to non-controlling interests

     (1     (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Reynolds Group Holdings Limited common stockholder

   $ 96     $ 113  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per share attributable to Reynolds Group Holdings Limited common stockholder:

    

From continuing operations—basic and diluted

   $ 2.58     $ (0.70

From discontinued operations—basic and diluted

     0.11       3.86  

Total—basic and diluted

     2.69       3.16  

See accompanying notes to the condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-54


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

(in millions)

(unaudited)

 

     For the Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
     2020     2019  

Net income

   $ 97     $ 114  

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of income taxes:

    

Currency translation adjustments

     (95     17  

Defined benefit plans

     —         (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income

     (95     16  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

     2       130  

Comprehensive loss (income) attributable to non-controlling interests

     —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income attributable to Reynolds Group Holdings Limited common stockholder

   $ 2     $ 130  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-55


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in millions, except share amounts)

(unaudited)

 

     As of
June 30,
2020
    As of
December 31,
2019
 

Assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 1,609     $ 1,189  

Accounts receivable, less allowances for doubtful accounts of $6 and $4

     691       666  

Inventories

     903       894  

Related party receivables

     63       —    

Other current assets

     173       147  

Assets held for sale or distribution

     —         808  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     3,439       3,704  

Property, plant and equipment, net

     2,443       2,475  

Operating lease right-of-use assets, net

     359       300  

Goodwill

     3,025       3,026  

Intangible assets, net

     2,404       2,493  

Deferred income taxes

     10       23  

Related party receivables

     330       339  

Other noncurrent assets

     198       181  

Noncurrent assets held for sale or distribution

     52       3,634  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 12,260     $ 16,175  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

    

Accounts payable

   $ 391     $ 425  

Related party payables

     48       30  

Current portion of long-term debt

     417       3,587  

Current portion of operating lease liabilities

     83       71  

Income taxes payable

     17       16  

Accrued and other current liabilities

     451       509  

Liabilities held for sale or distribution

     —         259  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     1,407       4,897  

Long-term debt

     7,018       7,043  

Long-term operating lease liabilities

     298       247  

Deferred income taxes

     600       555  

Long-term employee benefit obligations

     701       737  

Other noncurrent liabilities

     199       183  

Noncurrent liabilities held for sale or distribution

     —         431  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 10,223     $ 14,093  

Commitments and contingencies (Note 13)

    

Equity

    

Common stock (35,708,019 issued and outstanding shares with no par value. Refer to Note 18)

     —         —    

Additional paid in capital

     55       103  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (624     (518

Retained earnings

     2,603       2,494  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity attributable to Reynolds Group Holdings Limited common stockholder

     2,034       2,079  

Non-controlling interests

     3       3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

     2,037       2,082  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 12,260     $ 16,175  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-56


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Equity

(in millions)

(unaudited)

 

    Common
Stock
    Additional
Paid In
Capital
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Retained
Earnings
    Non-controlling
Interests
    Total
Equity
 

For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2019

           

Balance as of December 31, 2018

  $   —       $ 103     $ (689   $ 2,362     $ 9     $ 1,785  

Cumulative impact of adopting ASU 2018-02

    —         —         (41     41       —         —    

Net income

    —         —         —         113       1       114  

Other comprehensive income, net of income taxes

    —         —         16       —         —         16  

Disposition of non-controlling interest

    —         —         —         —         (4     (4

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

    —         —         —         —         (1     (1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of June 30, 2019

  $ —       $ 103     $ (714   $ 2,516     $ 5     $ 1,910  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2020

           

Balance as of December 31, 2019

  $ —       $ 103     $ (518   $ 2,494     $ 3     $ 2,082  

Net income

    —         —         —         96       1       97  

Other comprehensive loss, net of income taxes

    —         —         (95     —         —         (95

Distribution of Reynolds Consumer Products (1)

    —         (48     (11     13       —         (46

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

    —         —         —         —         (1     (1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of June 30, 2020

  $ —       $ 55     $ (624   $ 2,603     $ 3     $ 2,037  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Refer to Note 3—Discontinued Operations.

See accompanying notes to the condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-57


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in millions)

(unaudited)

 

     For the Six
Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2020     2019  

Cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    

Net income

   $ 97     $ 114  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to operating cash flows:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     267       322  

Deferred income taxes

     5       19  

Unrealized gains on derivatives

     (1     (14

Other asset impairment charges

     1       18  

(Gain) loss on disposal of businesses and other assets

     (13     6  

Non-cash portion of employee benefit obligations

     (30     6  

Non-cash portion of operating lease expense

     53       54  

Other non-cash items, net

     (2     (2

Change in assets and liabilities:

    

Accounts receivable, net

     4       (158

Inventories

     (47     (106

Other current assets

     13       28  

Accounts payable

     —         24  

Operating lease payments

     (50     (51

Income taxes payable

     (74     (2

Accrued and other current liabilities

     (124     (9

Other assets and liabilities

     68       (9
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     167       240  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash provided by (used in) investing activities

    

Acquisition of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets

     (217     (291

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

     —         13  

Disposal of businesses, net of cash disposed

     9       (2

Other investing activities

     —         5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (208     (275
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    

Proceeds from Reynolds Consumer Products borrowings

     3,640       —    

Long-term debt repayments

     (3,215     (18

Payment of Reynolds Consumer Products deferred financing transaction costs

     (24     —    

Cash held by Reynolds Consumer Products at the time of distribution

     (31     —    

Other financing activities

     (2     (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     368       (20
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

     (7     1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

     320       (54

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash as of beginning of the period

     1,294       786  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash as of end of the period

   $ 1,614     $ 732  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash are comprised of:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 1,609     $ 665  

Cash and cash equivalents classified as assets held for sale or distribution

     —         63  

Restricted cash included within other current assets

     5       4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash as of June 30

   $ 1,614     $ 732  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash paid:

    

Interest

   $ 235     $ 309  

Income taxes

     16       49  

See accompanying notes to the condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-58


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in millions)

(unaudited)

 

Significant non-cash investing and financing activities

During the six months ended June 30, 2020, we repurchased and canceled 35,791,985 shares from Packaging Finance Limited (“PFL”) in exchange for transferring 100% of the shares in Reynolds Consumer Products Inc. (“RCPI”) to PFL. Refer to Note 3—Discontinued Operations. Refer to Note 17—Related Party Transactions for details of significant non-cash investing and financing activities with related parties.

During the six months ended June 30, 2019, we recognized operating lease right-of-use assets of $359 million and operating lease liabilities of $370 million upon the adoption of the new lease accounting requirements on January 1, 2019. In addition, $113 million and $41 million of right-of-use assets and lease liabilities were recorded during the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

 

 

See accompanying notes to the condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-59


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(unaudited)

Note 1—Nature of Operations and Basis of Presentation

The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements comprise the accounts of Reynolds Group Holdings Limited (“RGHL”) and its subsidiaries (“we”, “us”, “our” or the “Group”).

We are a manufacturer and supplier of consumer food and beverage packaging products, primarily in North America. We report our business in four reportable segments: Foodservice, Food Merchandising, Beverage Merchandising and Graham Packaging. Our Foodservice segment manufactures a broad range of products that enable consumers to eat and drink where they want and when they want with convenience. Our Food Merchandising segment manufactures products that protect and attractively display food while preserving freshness. Our Beverage Merchandising segment manufactures cartons for fresh refrigerated beverage products, primarily serving dairy (including plant-based, organic and specialties), juice and other specialty beverage end-markets. Our Graham Packaging segment is a designer and manufacturer of value-added, custom blow molded plastic containers for consumer products.

These condensed consolidated financial statements are unaudited and presented in U.S. dollars. They have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) for interim financial information. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by U.S. GAAP for complete financial statements. Our condensed consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2019 has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements as of that date. Our condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto for the year ended December 31, 2019, which include a complete set of footnote disclosures, including our significant accounting policies. In our opinion, these condensed consolidated financial statements include all normal and recurring adjustments considered necessary for a fair statement of our results of operations, financial position and cash flows for the periods presented. However, our results of operations for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for a full fiscal year or for any other future period. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Unless otherwise indicated, information in these notes to the condensed consolidated financial statements relates to our continuing operations. Certain of our operations have been presented as discontinued. We present businesses that represent components as discontinued operations when the components either meet the criteria as held for sale or are sold or distributed and their disposal represents a strategic shift that has, or will have, a major effect on our operations and financial results. As discussed in Note 3—Discontinued Operations, the assets, liabilities, results of operations and supplemental cash flow information of substantially all of our Closures business, sold in December 2019, and all of our former Reynolds Consumer Products (“RCP”) segment, distributed in February 2020, are presented as discontinued operations for all periods presented. Sales from our continuing operations to our discontinued operations previously eliminated in consolidation have been recast as external revenues and are included in net revenues within operating income from continuing operations. Refer to Note 17—Related Party Transactions for further information.

Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the condensed consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Although our current estimates contemplate current conditions and how we expect

 

F-60


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(unaudited)

 

them to change in the future, as appropriate, it is reasonably possible that actual conditions could differ from what was anticipated in those estimates, which could materially affect our results of operations and balance sheet. Among other effects, such changes could result in future impairments of goodwill, intangibles and long-lived assets, and adjustments to reserves for employee benefits and income taxes.

The estimated recoverable amounts associated with asset impairments recognized in both periods presented represents a Level 3 measurement in the fair value hierarchy, which includes inputs that are not based on observable market data.

During the year ended December 31, 2018, we recognized an impairment expense in respect of goodwill at Graham Packaging. Based on our assessment of goodwill recoverability for the year ended December 31, 2019, no further impairment of goodwill at Graham Packaging was identified. However, the estimated recoverable amount of Graham Packaging exceeds the carrying value of this business by only a limited amount. While no triggering events for a further impairment were identified during the six months ended June 30, 2020, a reasonably possible unexpected deterioration in financial performance or adverse change in the earnings multiple may result in a further impairment in a future period.

Although our current estimates contemplate current conditions, including the impact of the novel coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic, and how we expect them to change in the future, as appropriate, it is reasonably possible that actual conditions could differ from what was anticipated in those estimates, which could materially affect our results of operations and financial condition. On March 11, 2020, the COVID-19 outbreak was declared a pandemic by the World Health Organization, which recommended containment and mitigation measures worldwide. The outbreak and the response of governmental and public health organizations in dealing with the pandemic included restricting general activity levels within communities, the economy and operations of our customers. We have experienced a significant impact to our results of operations as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, and it may also have additional far-reaching impacts on many aspects of our operations including the impact on customer behaviors, business and manufacturing operations, our employees, and the market in general. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic ultimately impacts our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and liquidity may differ from management’s current estimates due to inherent uncertainties regarding the duration and further spread of the outbreak, actions taken to contain the virus, as well as, how quickly and to what extent normal economic and operating conditions can resume.

Share Repurchases

When accounting for a share repurchase and retirement of shares, including in connection with transactions that are deemed to be a reverse stock split, we record the repurchase as a reduction of common stock and additional paid in capital. The reduction in common stock represents the par value of the canceled shares, and the reduction in additional paid in capital is the lower of the excess of the repurchase amount over the par value of the repurchased shares or the pro rata portion of additional paid in capital, based on the number of shares retired as a percentage of total shares outstanding prior to the repurchase. Any residual excess of the repurchase amount over the reduction in additional paid in capital is presented as a reduction to retained earnings.

Variable Interest Entities

We have a variable interest in one variable interest entity (“VIE”) related to our non-recourse factoring arrangements in which receivables are sold from certain of our operations to a special purpose trust (“SPE”) in exchange for cash. We are the sole beneficiary of the SPE. The SPE is considered to be a VIE and we are its

 

F-61


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(unaudited)

 

primary beneficiary as we have the power to direct its activities and the right to receive its benefits. We have consolidated the results, assets and liabilities of this SPE for all periods presented in these condensed consolidated financial statements. As a result of consolidating the SPE, we continue to recognize the trade receivables and external borrowings of this entity with carrying values of $608 million and $380 million, respectively, as of June 30, 2020 and $789 million (including $264 million presented within assets held for sale or distribution) and $420 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2019. The obligations of the SPE are non-recourse to us and only the assets of the SPE can be used to settle those obligations.

Recently Adopted Accounting Guidance

In June 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments and subsequent amendments to the initial guidance: ASU 2019-04, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326), Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815), and Financial Instruments—Codification Improvements (Topic 825), ASU 2019-05, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses—Targeted Transition Relief (Topic 326), ASU 2019-11, Codification Improvements, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326) and ASU 2020-03, Codification Improvements to Financial Instruments. These ASUs modify the impairment model to use an expected loss methodology in place of the currently used incurred loss methodology, which may result in earlier recognition of losses related to financial instruments. These ASUs are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted, and require a cumulative effect adjustment to the balance sheet upon adoption. We adopted these standards on January 1, 2020 and they had no material impact on our condensed consolidated financial statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework—Change to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement, which modifies the disclosure requirements for fair value measurements by removing, modifying and adding certain disclosures. This ASU is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. We adopted this guidance on January 1, 2020 and it had no material impact on our condensed consolidated financial statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That is a Service Contract, which aligns the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs for internal-use software. This ASU is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted. We adopted this standard on January 1, 2020 and it had no material impact on our condensed consolidated financial statements.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes, which is intended to simplify various aspects related to accounting for income taxes. This ASU removes certain exceptions to the general principles in Topic 740 and also clarifies and amends existing guidance to improve consistent application. This ASU is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2020, with early adoption permitted. We early adopted this guidance on January 1, 2020. Certain components of this guidance were adopted on a prospective basis. The remaining components were adopted on a modified retrospective basis and had no material impact on our condensed consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

 

F-62


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(unaudited)

 

Accounting Guidance Issued But Not Yet Adopted

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-14, Compensation—Retirement Benefits—Defined Benefit Plans—General (Subtopic 715-20) Disclosure - Framework—Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Defined Benefit Plans. The ASU requires sponsors of defined benefit pension or other postretirement plans to provide additional disclosures, including a narrative description of reasons for any significant gains or losses impacting the benefit obligation for the period. It also eliminates certain previous disclosure requirements. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, with early adoption permitted, and must be applied on a retrospective basis to all periods presented. The requirements of this guidance are expected to impact our disclosures but have no impact on the measurement and recognition of amounts in our condensed consolidated financial statements.

In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, Reference Rate Reform—Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting (Topic 848). This ASU provides temporary optional expedients and exceptions to the guidance on contract modifications and hedge accounting to ease the financial reporting burdens of the expected market transition from LIBOR and other interbank offered rates to alternative reference rates. This ASU is effective upon issuance and generally can be applied through the end of calendar year 2022. We are currently evaluating the impact and whether we plan to adopt the optional expedients and exceptions provided under this new standard.

Note 3—Discontinued Operations

Our discontinued operations comprise substantially all of our Closures business and all of our former RCP business.

On September 30, 2019, we determined that our North American and Japanese closures businesses met the criteria to be classified as a discontinued operation and, as a result, their historical financial results have been reflected in our condensed consolidated financial statements as a discontinued operation. We ceased recording depreciation and amortization on these assets from September 30, 2019. We did not allocate any general corporate overhead to this discontinued operation. On December 20, 2019, we completed the sale of our North American and Japanese closures businesses to a third party. These operations represented substantially all of our Closures business. We received preliminary cash proceeds of $611 million. These proceeds were subject to further adjustment associated with differences between estimated and final amounts as of completion, in respect of balances such as cash, indebtedness and working capital, each as defined in the sale agreement. In June 2020, these adjustments were finalized and we received additional cash sale proceeds of $8 million.

On February 4, 2020, we distributed our interest in the operations that represented our former RCP business to our shareholder, PFL. The distribution was effected in a tax-free manner. The distribution occurred prior to and in preparation for the initial public offering (“IPO”) of shares of common stock of RCPI, which was completed on February 4, 2020. To effect the distribution of RCP, we bought back 35,791,985 of our shares from PFL, in consideration of us transferring all of our shares in RCPI to PFL. On February 4, 2020, we determined that our former RCP business met the criteria to be classified as a discontinued operation and, as a result, its historical financial results have been reflected in our condensed consolidated financial statements as a discontinued operation and its assets and liabilities have been classified as assets and liabilities held for distribution as of December 31, 2019. We did not allocate any general corporate overhead to this discontinued operation.

 

F-63


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(unaudited)

 

The following is a summary of the assets and liabilities distributed on February 4, 2020:

 

     As of
February 4,
2020
 
     (in millions)  

Assets

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 31  

Current assets

     699  

Noncurrent assets

     3,630  
  

 

 

 
     4,360  

Liabilities

  

Current liabilities

     1,467  

Noncurrent liabilities

     2,847  
  

 

 

 
     4,314  
  

 

 

 

Net assets distributed

   $ 46  
  

 

 

 

Immediately prior to its distribution and the IPO, RCP incurred $2,475 million of term loan borrowings under its new post-IPO credit facilities and $1,168 million of borrowings under an IPO settlement facility, which was subsequently repaid with the net proceeds from the IPO on February 4, 2020. We have not provided any guarantees or security in relation to RCP’s external borrowings. The cash proceeds from these new credit facilities, net of transaction costs and original issue discount, along with cash on-hand, were used to settle various intercompany balances between RCP and us.

Income from discontinued operations includes the results of RCP through to February 4, 2020 and the results of both RCP and Closures for the six months ended June 30, 2019 and was as follows:

 

     For the Six
Months Ended

June 30,
 
     2020     2019  
     (in millions)  

Net revenues

   $ 174     $ 1,527  

Cost of sales

     (119     (1,061
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     55       466  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     (38     (176

Restructuring, asset impairment and other related charges

     —         (2

Interest expense, net (1)

     (23     (95

Other income (expense), net

     1       (4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes from discontinued operations

     (5     189  

Income tax expense

     (5     (51
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income from discontinued operations, before gain on disposal

     (10     138  

Gain on disposal, net of income taxes

     14       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income from discontinued operations

   $ 4     $ 138  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

This balance is primarily attributable to interest expense and amortization of deferred transaction costs in respect of our 5.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2020, and the $5 million loss on extinguishment of debt from the repayment of the notes on February 4, 2020, in conjunction with the distribution of RCP.

 

F-64


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(unaudited)

 

The income from discontinued operations includes depreciation and amortization expenses of $8 million and $69 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

We have no significant continuing involvement in relation to the sold North American and Japanese closures businesses.

Subsequent to February 4, 2020, we continue to trade with RCP in the ordinary course of business. These transactions arise under agreements that expire on December 31, 2024, but may be renewed between the parties at this time. Refer to Note 17—Related Party Transactions.

Assets and liabilities held for sale or distribution in relation to our discontinued operations were as follows:

 

     As of
December 31, 2019
 
     (in millions)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 102  

Accounts receivable, net

     269  

Inventories

     418  

Other current assets

     19  
  

 

 

 

Total current assets held for sale or distribution

   $ 808  
  

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

   $ 537  

Operating lease right-of-use assets, net

     42  

Goodwill

     1,913  

Intangible assets, net

     1,123  

Other noncurrent assets

     8  
  

 

 

 

Total noncurrent assets held for sale or distribution

   $ 3,623  
  

 

 

 

Accounts payable

   $ 134  

Accrued and other current liabilities

     125  
  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities held for sale or distribution

   $ 259  
  

 

 

 

Long-term operating lease liabilities

   $ 35  

Deferred income taxes

     326  

Long-term employee benefit obligations

     51  

Other noncurrent liabilities

     19  
  

 

 

 

Total noncurrent liabilities held for sale or distribution

   $ 431  
  

 

 

 

Noncurrent assets held for sale or distribution as of both June 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019 also included $11 million related to our Graham Packaging segment. In addition, noncurrent assets held for sale or distribution as of June 30, 2020 included $41 million which was not part of any of our reportable segments.

 

F-65


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(unaudited)

 

Cash flows from discontinued operations were as follows:

 

     For the Six
Months Ended

June 30,
 
     2020     2019  
     (in millions)  

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

   $ (14   $ 92  

Net cash used in investing activities

     (5     (60

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     478       (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash from discontinued operations

   $ 459     $ 30  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Note 4—Impairment, Restructuring and Other Related Charges

During the six months ended June 30, 2020, we recorded the following impairment, restructuring and other related charges:

 

     Other asset
impairment
     Employee
terminations
     Other
restructuring
charges
     Total  
     (in millions)  

Foodservice

   $ 1      $   —        $ 1      $ 2  

Beverage Merchandising

     —          1        —          1  

Graham Packaging

     1        3        5        9  

Other

     —          1        —          1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2      $ 5      $ 6      $ 13  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the six months ended June 30, 2020, we recorded non-cash impairment charges of $2 million relating to obsolete property, plant and equipment and $5 million for employee termination costs. Of these costs, $4 million are related to the rationalization of our manufacturing footprint in Graham Packaging. In addition, Graham Packaging incurred $5 million of implementation costs primarily associated with exiting existing facilities and reinstalling certain plant and equipment at other facilities. Following these impairments, the remaining carrying values of the assets impaired were less than $1 million.

The restructuring associated with the Graham Packaging footprint optimization initiative is ongoing. As of June 30, 2020, the cumulative amount of restructuring and related expenses associated with this initiative was $41 million. No further employee termination costs are expected in relation to the previously announced termination plans. We are continuing to evaluate additional opportunities in relation to this initiative, which may trigger additional impairments, employee terminations and other restructuring changes.

 

F-66


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(unaudited)

 

During the six months ended June 30, 2019, we recorded the following impairment, restructuring and other related charges:

 

     Other asset
impairment
     Employee
terminations
     Other
restructuring
charges
     Total  
     (in millions)  

Food Merchandising

   $ 4      $   —        $   —        $ 4  

Graham Packaging

     16        1        1        18  

Other

     —          2        —          2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 20      $ 3      $ 1      $ 24  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the six months ended June 30, 2019, we recorded non-cash impairment charges of $20 million, comprising $16 million relating to obsolete property, plant and equipment and operating lease right-of-use assets arising from the rationalization of our manufacturing footprint in Graham Packaging and $4 million relating to obsolete property, plant and equipment in Food Merchandising. Following these impairments, the remaining carrying values of the assets impaired were $4 million for Graham Packaging and less than $1 million for Food Merchandising. We also recorded facility exit costs of $1 million in Graham Packaging.

The following tables summarize the changes to our restructuring liability for the six months ended June 30, 2020:

 

     December 31,
2019
     Charges to
earnings
     Cash paid     June 30,
2020
 
     (in millions)  

Employee termination costs

   $ 3      $ 5      $ (4   $ 4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3      $ 5      $ (4   $ 4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

We expect to settle our restructuring liability within twelve months.

Note 5—Inventories

The components of inventories consisted of the following:

 

     As of
June 30,
2020
     As of
December 31,
2019
 
     (in millions)  

Raw materials

   $ 189      $ 213  

Work in progress

     120        131  

Finished goods

     507        468  

Spare parts

     87        82  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Inventories

   $ 903      $ 894  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-67


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(unaudited)

 

Note 6—Property, Plant and Equipment, Net

Property, plant and equipment, net consisted of the following:

 

     As of
June 30,
2020
    As of
December 31,
2019
 
     (in millions)  

Land and land improvements

   $ 108     $ 115  

Buildings and building improvements

     722       751  

Machinery and equipment

     4,665       4,538  

Construction in progress

     330       351  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, at cost

     5,825       5,755  

Less: accumulated depreciation

     (3,382     (3,280
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

   $ 2,443     $ 2,475  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation expense was $175 million and $169 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively, of which $163 million and $162 million was recognized in cost of sales and $12 million and $7 million was recognized in selling, general and administrative expenses, respectively.

Note 7—Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill by reportable segment was as follows:

 

     Foodservice (1)      Food
Merchandising (1)
     Beverage
Merchandising
     Graham
Packaging
    Other      Total  
     (in millions)  

Balance as of December 31, 2019

   $ 924      $ 770      $ 66      $ 1,260     $ 6      $ 3,026  

Foreign exchange

     —          —          —          (1     —          (1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of June 30, 2020

   $ 924      $ 770      $ 66      $ 1,259     $ 6      $ 3,025  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accumulated impairment losses

   $   —        $   —        $   —        $ 138     $ 16      $ 154  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

The information presented above reflects the retrospective application of the March 2020 change in segments. See Note 16—Segment Information for further details.

Other includes operations which do not meet the quantitative threshold for reportable segments.

 

F-68


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(unaudited)

 

Intangible assets, net consisted of the following:

 

     As of June 30, 2020      As of December 31, 2019  
     Gross
carrying
amount
     Accumulated
amortization
    Net      Gross
carrying
amount
     Accumulated
amortization
    Net  
     (in millions)  

Finite-lived intangible assets

               

Customer relationships

   $ 2,490      $ (1,122   $ 1,368      $ 2,508      $ (1,071   $ 1,437  

Technology

     529        (359     170        529        (339     190  

Other

     34        (24     10        34        (24     10  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total finite-lived intangible assets

     3,053        (1,505     1,548        3,071        (1,434     1,637  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Indefinite-lived intangible assets

               

Trademarks

     798        —         798        798        —         798  

Other

     58        —         58        58        —         58  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total indefinite-lived intangible assets

     856        —         856        856        —         856  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total intangible assets

   $ 3,909      $ (1,505   $ 2,404      $ 3,927      $ (1,434   $ 2,493  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortization expense for intangible assets was $84 million and $84 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively, of which $21 million and $20 million, respectively, was recognized in cost of sales and $63 million and $64 million, respectively, was recognized in selling, general and administrative expenses.

Note 8—Accrued and Other Current Liabilities

Accrued and other current liabilities consisted of the following:

 

     As of
June 30, 2020
     As of
December 31, 2019
 
     (in millions)  

Accrued personnel costs

   $ 139      $ 146  

Accrued interest

     76        115  

Other(1)

     236        248  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accrued and other current liabilities

   $ 451      $ 509  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Other includes items such as accruals for customer rebates and allowances, freight and utilities.

 

F-69


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(unaudited)

 

Note 9—Debt

As of June 30, 2020, we were in compliance with all of our covenants.

Debt consisted of the following:

 

     As of
June 30, 2020
    As of
December 31, 2019
 
     (in millions)  

Securitization Facility

   $ 380     $ 420  

Credit Agreement

     3,452       3,487  

Notes:

    

5.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2020

     —         3,137  

Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes due 2021

     749       750  

5.125% Senior Secured Notes due 2023

     1,599       1,600  

7.000% Senior Notes due 2024

     800       800  

Pactiv Debentures:

    

7.950% Debentures due 2025

     276       276  

8.375% Debentures due 2027

     200       200  

Other

     16       15  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total principal amount of borrowings

     7,472       10,685  

Deferred financing transaction costs

     (31     (46

Original issue discounts, net of premiums

     (6     (9
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     7,435       10,630  

Less: current portion

     (417     (3,587
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt

   $ 7,018     $ 7,043  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Refer to Note 19 - Subsequent Events for details of debt transactions subsequent to June 30, 2020.

Securitization Facility

The $450 million securitization facility (the “Securitization Facility”) matures on March 22, 2022. The amount that can be borrowed is calculated by reference to a funding base determined by the amount of eligible trade receivables. Prior to its distribution, RCP ceased to participate in our Securitization Facility, and consequently in January 2020, the size of this facility was reduced from $600 million to $450 million and the outstanding borrowings were reduced to $397 million. The Securitization Facility is secured by all of the assets of the borrower, which are primarily the eligible trade receivables and cash. The terms of the arrangement do not result in the derecognition of the trade receivables. The Securitization Facility has an interest rate equal to one-month LIBOR with a 0.0% floor, plus a margin of 1.75% per annum.

 

F-70


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(unaudited)

 

Credit Agreement

Certain members of our Group are parties to a senior secured credit agreement dated August 5, 2016 as amended (the “Credit Agreement”). The Credit Agreement comprises the following term and revolving tranches:

 

    Currency     Maturity date     Value drawn or
utilized as of
June 30, 2020
(in millions)
   

Applicable interest rate as of
June 30, 2020

Term Tranches

       

U.S. term loans

  $                 February 5, 2023       3,187     LIBOR (floor of 0.000%) + 2.750%

European term loans

                 February 5, 2023       236     EURIBOR (floor of 0.000%) + 3.250%

Revolving Tranche(1)

       

U.S. Revolving Loans

  $                 August 5, 2021       47     —  

 

(1)

The Revolving Tranche represents a $302 million facility. The amount utilized is in the form of bank guarantees and letters of credit.

The weighted average contractual interest rates related to our U.S. term loans as of June 30, 2020 and 2019, were 3.96% and 5.24%, respectively. The weighted average contractual interest rates related to our European term loans as of June 30, 2020 and 2019, were 3.25% and 3.25%, respectively. The effective interest rates of our debt obligations under the Credit Agreement are not materially different from the contractual interest rates.

Certain members of our Group have guaranteed on a senior basis the obligations under the Credit Agreement and related documents to the extent permitted by law. The guarantors have granted security over substantially all of their assets to support the obligations under the Credit Agreement. This security is expected to be shared on a first priority basis with the note holders under the Senior Secured Notes.

Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement may be voluntarily repaid in whole or in part and must be mandatorily repaid in certain circumstances. The borrowers also make quarterly amortization payments of 0.25% of the principal amount of the term loans outstanding on February 7, 2017. The borrowers are required to make annual prepayments of term loans with up to 50% of excess cash flow (which will be reduced to 25% or 0% if specified senior secured first lien leverage ratios are met) as determined in accordance with the Credit Agreement. No excess cash flow prepayments were due in 2019 for the year ended December 31, 2018 or are due in 2020 for the year ended December 31, 2019.

In connection with the distribution of RCP on February 4, 2020, the relevant legal entities within RCP were released as borrowers under the Credit Agreement and released as guarantors of the Credit Agreement. In connection with such releases, the security granted by such entities was also released. Other than these releases, the guarantee and security arrangements and covenants under the Credit Agreement are unchanged from December 31, 2019.

In January 2020, we repaid $18 million of borrowings under the Credit Agreement with the net proceeds from the sale of our North American and Japanese closures businesses.

 

F-71


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(unaudited)

 

Notes

Outstanding Notes, as of June 30, 2020, are summarized below:

 

   

Maturity date

 

Interest payment dates

Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes due 2021(1)

  July 15, 2021   January 15, April 15, July 15 and October 15

5.125% Senior Secured Notes due 2023(2)

  July 15, 2023   January 15 and July 15

7.000% Senior Notes due 2024

  July 15, 2024   January 15 and July 15

 

(1)

The Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes due 2021 were issued at an issue price of 99.000% and have an interest rate equal to three-month U.S. LIBOR plus 3.500% reset quarterly. In July 2016, we entered into an interest rate swap agreement to mitigate the interest rate risk exposure of the Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes due 2021. While we have elected not to adopt hedge accounting, the economic effect of this derivative is that the effective interest rate on the Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes due 2021 is 4.670% from October 15, 2016.

(2)

$250 million aggregate principal amount of 5.125% Senior Secured Notes due 2023 were issued at an issue price of 103.500%.

The effective interest rates of our debt obligations under the Notes are not materially different from the contractual interest rates.

In January 2020, we repaid (i) $18 million aggregate principal amount of 5.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2020; (ii) $1 million aggregate principal amount of Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes due 2021; and (iii) $1 million aggregate principal amount of 5.125% Senior Secured Notes due 2023, at face value plus accrued and unpaid interest, with the net proceeds from the sale of our North American and Japanese closures businesses.

On February 4, 2020, we repaid in full all of the $3.1 billion aggregate principal amount outstanding of our 5.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2020 at face value plus accrued and unpaid interest. The repayment of these borrowings resulted in a $5 million loss on extinguishment of debt. Refer to Note 3—Discontinued Operations.

Assets pledged as security for borrowings

The shares in Beverage Packaging Holdings I (“BP I”) (a wholly owned subsidiary of RGHL) have been pledged as collateral to support the obligations under the Credit Agreement and the Senior Secured Notes. In addition, RGHL, BP I and certain subsidiaries of BP I have pledged substantially all of their assets as collateral to support the obligations under the Credit Agreement and the Senior Secured Notes.

Guarantee and security arrangements

All of the guarantors of the Credit Agreement have guaranteed the obligations under the Notes to the extent permitted by law.

The guarantors have granted security over substantially all of their assets to support the obligations under the Senior Secured Notes. This security is expected to be shared on a first priority basis with the creditors under the Credit Agreement.

 

F-72


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(unaudited)

 

Additional information regarding the Notes

As a result of the distribution of RCP on February 4, 2020, the relevant legal entities within RCP were released as guarantors of the Notes. In connection with such releases, the security granted by such entities was also released. Other than these releases, the guarantee and security arrangements, indenture restrictions, early redemption options and change in control provisions for the Notes are unchanged from December 31, 2019.

Pactiv Debentures

As of June 30, 2020, we had outstanding the following debentures (together, the “Pactiv Debentures”):

 

    

Maturity date

  

Semi-annual interest payment dates

7.950% Debentures due 2025

   December 15, 2025    June 15 and December 15

8.375% Debentures due 2027

   April 15, 2027    April 15 and October 15

The effective interest rates of our debt obligations under the Pactiv Debentures are not materially different from the contractual interest rates.

Other borrowings

As of June 30, 2020, in addition to the Securitization Facility, the Credit Agreement, the Notes and the Pactiv Debentures, we had a number of unsecured working capital facilities extended to certain of our operating companies. These facilities bear interest at floating or fixed rates.

As of June 30, 2020, we had local working capital facilities in a number of jurisdictions which are secured by the collateral under the Credit Agreement and the Senior Secured Notes and by certain other assets. These facilities rank pari passu with the obligations under the Credit Agreement and under the Senior Secured Notes.

Other borrowings include finance lease obligations of $14 million and $15 million as of June 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively.

Scheduled maturities

Below is a schedule of required future repayments on our debt outstanding as of June 30, 2020:

 

     (in millions)  

2020

   $ 400  

2021

     789  

2022

     39  

2023

     4,962  

2024

     801  

Thereafter

     481  
  

 

 

 

Total principal amount of borrowings

   $ 7,472  
  

 

 

 

 

F-73


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(unaudited)

 

Fair value of our long-term debt

The fair value of our long-term debt as of June 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019 is a Level 2 fair value measurement. Below is a schedule of carrying values and fair values of our debt outstanding as of June 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019:

 

     June 30, 2020      December 31, 2019  
     Carrying value      Fair value      Carrying value      Fair value  
     (in millions)  

Securitization Facility

   $ 378      $ 380      $ 418      $ 420  

Credit Agreement

     3,443        3,452        3,476        3,487  

Notes:

           

5.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2020

     —          —          3,130        3,144  

Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes due 2021

     745        743        739        753  

5.125% Senior Secured Notes due 2023

     1,591        1,610        1,591        1,641  

7.000% Senior Notes due 2024

     792        812        791        828  

Pactiv Debentures:

           

7.950% Debentures due 2025

     272        301        272        311  

8.375% Debentures due 2027

     198        218        198        220  

Other

     16        16        15        15  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 7,435      $ 7,532      $ 10,630      $ 10,819  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest expense, net

Interest expense, net consisted of the following:

 

     For the Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2020     2019  
     (in millions)  

Interest expense:

    

Securitization Facility

   $ 6     $ 9  

Credit Agreement

     66       90  

Notes

     87       99  

Pactiv Debentures

     19       19  

Interest income, related party (1)

     (7     (8

Interest income, other

     (5     (6

Amortization of deferred transaction costs (2)

     9       6  

Derivative losses

     14       17  

Net foreign currency exchange gains

     (7     (1

Other

     5       3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense, net (3)

   $ 187     $ 228  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Refer to Note 17 - Related Party Transactions for additional information.

(2)

The 2020 amount includes an adjustment of $5 million related to prior periods.

(3)

Amounts presented in the above table exclude interest expense and amortization of deferred transaction costs in respect of our 5.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2020 and the $5 million loss on extinguishment of debt from the repayment of the notes. Such amounts are presented within discontinued operations as these notes were required to be repaid in conjunction with the distribution of RCP.

 

F-74


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(unaudited)

 

Note 10—Financial Instruments

Fair Value of Derivative Instruments

We had the following derivative instruments recorded at fair value in our condensed consolidated balance sheets:

 

     As of
June 30, 2020
    As of
December 31, 2019
 
     Asset
derivatives
     Liability
derivatives
    Asset
derivatives
     Liability
derivatives
 
     (in millions)  

Interest rate swap derivatives

   $   —        $ (7   $ 7      $   —    

Commodity swap contracts

     2        (4     1        (5
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total fair value

   $ 2      $ (11   $ 8      $ (5
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Recorded in:

          

Other current assets

   $ 2      $   —       $ 6      $ —    

Other noncurrent assets

     —          —         2        —    

Accrued and other current liabilities

     —          (9     —          (5

Other noncurrent liabilities

     —          (2     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total fair value

   $ 2      $ (11   $ 8      $ (5
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Our derivatives comprise interest rate and commodity swaps and are all Level 2 financial assets and liabilities. Our derivatives are valued using an income approach based on the observable market index prices less the contract rate multiplied by the notional amount or based on pricing models that rely on market observable inputs such as commodity prices. Our calculation of the fair value of these financial instruments takes into consideration the risk of non-performance, including counterparty credit risk. The majority of our derivative contracts do not have a legal right of set-off. We manage the credit risk in connection with our derivatives by limiting the amount of exposure with each counterparty and monitoring the financial condition of our counterparties.

During the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019, unrealized gains of $2 million and $7 million, respectively, were recognized in cost of sales.

The following table provides the detail of outstanding commodity derivative contracts as of June 30, 2020:

 

Type

   Unit of measure    Contracted
volume
   Contracted
price range
   Contracted date of
maturity

Natural gas swaps

   million BTU    2,635,505    $2.33 - $2.77    Aug 2020 - Nov 2021

Polymer-grade propylene swaps

   pound    49,659,218    $0.29 - $0.36    Jul 2020 - Dec 2020

Benzene swaps

   U.S. liquid gallon    3,977,432    $1.08 - $2.61    Aug 2020 - Apr 2021

Diesel swaps

   U.S. liquid gallon    1,913,206    $2.41 - $3.26    Jul 2020 - May 2021

Low-density polyethylene swaps

   pound    6,000,000    $0.52    Jul 2020 - Dec 2020

High-density polyethylene swaps

   pound    3,750,000    $0.45    Jul 2020 - Nov 2020

Ethylene swaps

   pound    2,915,000    $0.26    Jul 2020 - Apr 2021

 

F-75


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(unaudited)

 

Note 11—Employee Benefits

Net periodic benefit income (cost) for defined benefit pension plans and other post-employment benefit plans consisted of the following:

 

     For the Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2020     2019  
     (in millions)  

Service cost

   $ (3   $ (4

Interest cost

     (70     (91

Expected return on plan assets

     103       89  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net periodic benefit income (cost)

   $ 30     $ (6
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit income (cost) for defined benefit pension plans and other post-employment benefit plans has been recognized in our condensed consolidated statements of income as follows:

 

     For the Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2020     2019  
     (in millions)  

Cost of sales

   $   —       $ (2

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     (3     (2

Non-operating income (expense), net

     33       (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net periodic benefit income (cost)

   $ 30     $ (6
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Note 12—Other Income (Expense), Net

Other income (expense), net consisted of the following:

 

     For the Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2020     2019  
     (in millions)  

Related party Management Fee(1)

   $ (8   $ (8

Loss on sale of businesses and noncurrent assets

     (1     (6

Foreign exchange gains (losses) on cash(2)

     28       —    

Transition service agreement income(1)

     10       1  

Other

     (2     6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net

   $ 27     $ (7
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

See Note 17 - Related Party Transactions for additional information.

 

F-76


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(unaudited)

 

(2)

Primarily arose from holding U.S. dollars in non-U.S. dollar functional currency entities.

Note 13—Commitments and Contingencies

Management fee

Our financing agreements permit the payment of a Management Fee to related parties for management, consulting, monitoring and advisory services of up to 1.5% of the Group’s Adjusted EBITDA (as defined in the financing agreements) for the previous year. The Credit Agreement permits us to pay an additional Management Fee of up to $22 million in respect of the 2009 and 2010 financial years. No amount has been accrued in respect of the remaining 2009 and 2010 permitted Management Fee of up to $22 million.

Other matters

We are from time to time party to litigation, legal proceedings and tax examinations arising from our operations. Most of these matters involve allegations of damages against us relating to employment matters, personal injury and commercial or contractual disputes. We record estimates for claims and proceedings that constitute a present obligation when it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate of such obligation can be made. While it is not possible to predict the outcome of any of these matters, based on our assessment of the facts and circumstances, we do not believe any of these matters, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on our balance sheet, results of operations or cash flows. However, actual outcomes may differ from those expected and could have a material effect on our balance sheet, results of operations or cash flows in a future period. Except for amounts provided, there were no legal proceedings pending other than those for which we have determined that the possibility of a material outflow is remote.

As part of the agreements for the sale of various businesses, we have provided certain warranties and indemnities to the respective purchasers as set out in the respective sale agreements. These warranties and indemnities are subject to various terms and conditions affecting the duration and total amount of the indemnities. As of June 30, 2020, we are not aware of any material claims under these agreements that would give rise to an additional liability. However, if such claims arise in the future, they could have a material effect on our balance sheet, results of operations and cash flows.

 

F-77


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(unaudited)

 

Note 14—Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

The following table summarizes the changes in our balances of each component of accumulated other comprehensive loss (“AOCL”):

 

     For the Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
     2020     2019  
     (in millions)  

Currency translation adjustments:

    

Balance as of beginning of period

   $ (354   $ (442
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Currency translation adjustments

     (95     10  

Amounts reclassified from AOCL

     —         7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income

     (95     17  

Distribution of RCP(1)

     2       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of end of period

   $ (447   $ (425
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Defined benefit plans:

    

Plans associated with continuing operations

    

Balance as of beginning of period

   $ (177   $ (259
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cumulative impact of adopting ASU 2018-02

     —         (44
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of end of period

   $ (177   $ (303
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Plans held for sale or distribution

    

Balance as of beginning of period

   $ 13     $ 12  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Gains) and losses reclassified from AOCL:

    

Amortization of actuarial gain(2)

     —         (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive loss

     —         (1

Cumulative impact of adopting ASU 2018-02

     —         3  

Distribution of RCP(3)

     (13     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of end of period

   $ —       $ 14  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

AOCL

    

Balance as of beginning of period

   $ (518   $ (689

Other comprehensive (loss) income

     (95     16  

Cumulative impact of adopting ASU 2018-02

     —         (41

Distribution of RCP(1)(3)

     (11     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of end of period

   $ (624   $ (714
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Currency translation adjustment reclassifications associated with the distribution of RCP are recorded directly to additional paid in capital.

(2)

Reclassifications associated with plans held for sale or distribution are recorded in income from discontinued operations.

(3)

Defined benefit plan reclassifications associated with the distribution of RCP are recorded directly to retained earnings.

 

F-78


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(unaudited)

 

Note 15—Income Taxes

The effective tax rates for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019 represent our estimate of the effective rates expected to be applicable for the respective full fiscal years, adjusted for any discrete events which are recorded in the period that they occur.

During the six months ended June 30, 2020, we recognized a tax benefit of $59 million on income from continuing operations before tax of $34 million. The resulting effective tax rate is primarily attributable to the enactment of the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security (“CARES”) Act in March 2020, which entitled us to utilize additional deferred interest deductions. Retroactive provisions of the CARES Act enable us to utilize additional allowable interest deductions, which lowers taxable income for both the year ended December 31, 2019 and the year ending December 31, 2020. We have recognized in the six months ended June 30, 2020 a tax benefit of $90 million in respect of our taxable income for the year ended December 31, 2019.

During the six months ended June 30, 2019, we recognized tax expense of $14 million on a loss from continuing operations before tax of $10 million. The resulting effective tax rate reflects the combination of additional valuation allowances, primarily in relation to the deductibility of interest expense, and the mix of book income and losses among the various jurisdictions in which we operate.

Note 16—Segment Information

ASC 280 Segment Reporting establishes the standards for reporting information about segments in financial statements. In applying the criteria set forth in ASC 280 and in conjunction with the distribution of our former RCP segment, as of March 31, 2020, we have realigned our reportable segments. As a result of this, we have determined that we have four reportable segments: Foodservice, Food Merchandising, Beverage Merchandising and Graham Packaging. These reportable segments reflect the change in our operating structure and the manner in which our Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) assesses information for decision-making purposes.

The key factors used to identify these reportable segments are the organization and alignment of our internal operations and the nature of our products. This reflects how our CODM monitors performance, allocates capital and makes strategic and operational decisions. Our reportable segments are described as follows:

Foodservice

Foodservice manufactures a broad range of products that enable consumers to eat and drink where they want and when they want with convenience. Foodservice manufactures food containers, hot and cold cups and lids, tableware items and other products which make eating on-the-go more enjoyable and easy to do.

Food Merchandising

Food Merchandising manufactures products that protect and attractively display food while preserving freshness. Food Merchandising products include clear rigid-display containers, containers for prepared and ready-to-eat food, trays for meat and poultry and molded fiber cartons.

Beverage Merchandising

Beverage Merchandising manufactures cartons for fresh refrigerated beverage products, primarily serving dairy (including plant-based, organic and specialties), juice and other specialty beverage end-markets. Beverage

 

F-79


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(unaudited)

 

Merchandising manufactures and supplies integrated fresh carton systems, which include printed cartons, spouts and filling machinery. It also produces fiber-based liquid packaging board for its internal requirements and to sell to other fresh beverage carton manufacturers, as well as a range of paper-based products which it sells to paper and packaging converters.

Graham Packaging

Graham Packaging is a designer and manufacturer of value-added, custom blow-molded plastic containers for consumer products.

Other

In addition to our reportable segments, we have other operating segments which do not meet the threshold for presentation as a reportable segment. These operating segments include the remaining components of our former closures business, which generate revenue from the sale of caps and closures, and are presented as Other in the reconciliation between total reportable segment amounts and the equivalent consolidated measure.

Unallocated

Unallocated includes corporate costs, primarily relating to group wide functions such as finance, tax and legal and the effects of the Reynolds Group Pension Plan.

Information by Segment

We present reportable segment adjusted EBITDA (“Adjusted EBITDA”) as this is the financial measure by which management and our CODM allocate resources and analyze the performance of our reportable segments.

Adjusted EBITDA represents each segment’s earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization and is further adjusted to exclude certain items of a significant or unusual nature, including but not limited to, foreign exchange gains or losses on cash, related party management fees, unrealized gains or losses on derivatives, gains or losses on the sale of businesses and noncurrent assets, impairment charges, restructuring, asset impairment and other related charges, operational process engineering-related consultancy costs, non-cash pension income or expense and strategic review and transaction-related costs.

Segment assets represent trade receivables, inventory and property, plant and equipment.

 

     Foodservice      Food
Merchandising
     Beverage
Merchandising
     Graham
Packaging
     Reportable
segment
total
 
Six Months Ended June 30, 2020    (in millions)  

Net revenues

   $ 878      $ 692      $ 692      $ 940      $ 3,202  

Intersegment revenues

     —          —          53        —          53  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total reportable segment net revenues

     878        692        745        940        3,255  

Adjusted EBITDA

     89        114        87        187        477  

 

F-80


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(unaudited)

 

     Foodservice      Food
Merchandising
     Beverage
Merchandising
     Graham
Packaging
     Reportable
segment
total
 
Six Months Ended June 30, 2019    (in millions)  

Net revenues

   $ 1,084      $ 686      $ 722      $ 1,012      $ 3,504  

Intersegment revenues

     —          —          65        —          65  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total reportable segment net revenues

     1,084        686        787        1,012        3,569  

Adjusted EBITDA

     173        105        97        173        548  

Reportable segment assets consisted of the following:

 

     Foodservice      Food
Merchandising
     Beverage
Merchandising
     Graham
Packaging
     Reportable
segment
total
 
     (in millions)  

As of June 30, 2020

   $ 1,062      $ 725      $ 1,002      $ 1,180      $ 3,969  

As of December 31, 2019

     1,090        727        972        1,133        3,922  

The following table presents a reconciliation of reportable segment Adjusted EBITDA to consolidated U.S. GAAP income from continuing operations before income taxes:

 

     For the Six
Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2020     2019  
     (in millions)  

Reportable segment Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 477     $ 548  

Other

     4       6  

Unallocated

     (18     (36
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     463     518  

Adjustments to reconcile to U.S. GAAP income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

    

Depreciation and amortization

     (259     (253

Interest expense, net

     (187     (228

Foreign exchange gains on cash

     28       —    

Restructuring, asset impairment and other related charges

     (13     (24

Loss on sale of businesses and noncurrent assets

     (1     (6

Non-cash pension income

     37       2  

Operational process engineering-related consultancy costs

     (9     (13

Related party Management Fee

     (8     (8

Strategic review and transaction-related costs

     (19     (1

Unrealized gains on derivatives

     2       7  

Other

     —         (4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before tax

   $ 34     $ (10
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-81


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(unaudited)

 

The following table presents a reconciliation of reportable segment assets to consolidated assets:

 

     As of
June 30,
2020
     As of
December 31,
2019
 
     (in millions)  

Reportable segment assets

   $ 3,969      $ 3,922  

Other

     61        65  

Unallocated(1)

     8,230        12,188  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 12,260      $ 16,175  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Unallocated includes unallocated assets, which are comprised of cash and cash equivalents, other current assets, assets held for sale or distribution, entity-wide property, plant and equipment, operating lease right-of-use assets, goodwill, intangible assets, deferred income taxes, related party receivables and other noncurrent assets.

Information in Relation to Products

Net revenues by product line are as follows:

 

     For the Six
Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2020     2019  
     (in millions)  

Foodservice

    

Cups and lids

   $ 362     $ 449  

Containers

     362       391  

Dinnerware

     74       105  

Other

     80       139  

Food Merchandising

    

Meat trays

     194       171  

Dinnerware

     169       152  

Bakery/snack/produce/fruit containers

     143       158  

Prepared food trays

     62       82  

Egg cartons

     50       49  

Other

     74       74  

Beverage Merchandising

    

Cartons for fresh beverage products

     398       388  

Liquid packaging board

     204       226  

Paper products

     143       173  

Graham Packaging

    

Food and beverage plastic containers

     692       710  

All other plastic containers

     248       302  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reportable segment net revenues

     3,255       3,569  

Other / Unallocated

    

Other

     57       90  

Inter-segment eliminations

     (53     (65
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenues

   $ 3,259     $ 3,594  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-82


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(unaudited)

 

For all product lines, there is a relatively short time period between the receipt of the order and the transfer of control over the goods to the customer.

Note 17—Related Party Transactions

Our parent is PFL, the ultimate parent is Packaging Holdings Limited and the ultimate shareholder is Mr. Graeme Hart.

In addition to the distribution of RCPI to PFL, as described further in Note 3 - Discontinued Operations, the related party entities and types of transactions we entered into with them are detailed below. All related parties detailed below have a common ultimate shareholder, except for the joint ventures.

 

     Transaction value for the Six
Months Ended June 30,
    Balance outstanding as
of
 
     2020     2019     June 30,
2020
    December 31,
2019
 
     (in millions)  

Balances and transactions with joint ventures

        

Included in other current assets

       $ 11     $ 8  

Sale of goods and services(a)

   $ 18     $ 16      

Balances and transactions with other entities controlled by Mr. Graeme Hart

        

Included in current related party receivables

         63       —    

Sale of goods and services(b)

     171       141      

Transition services agreement and rental income(b)

     8       —        

Tax loss transfer(c)

     13       —        

Recharges(e)

     1       4      

Included in noncurrent related party receivables(d)

         330       339  

Interest income

     6       8      

Included in related party payables

         (48     (30

Purchase of goods(b)

     (63     (78    

Recharges(e)

     (10     (10    

Management Fee(f)

     (8     (13    

Tax loss transfer(c)

     (1     (2    

 

(a)

All transactions with joint ventures are settled in cash. Sales of goods and services are negotiated on a cost-plus basis allowing a margin ranging from 3% to 6%. All amounts are unsecured, non-interest bearing and repayable on demand.

(b)

Following the distribution of RCP on February 4, 2020, we continue to trade with them, selling and purchasing various goods and services under contractual arrangements that expire over a variety of periods through to 2024. Prior to February 4, 2020, our continuing operations recognized revenue and cost of sales in respect of sales to and purchases from RCP. Refer to Note 3—Discontinued Operations. As part of the separation process, we have entered into two lease arrangements with RCP and entered into a transition services agreement to provide ongoing agreed services to RCP, as requested.

(c)

Represents payments received or made for tax losses transferred between our entities and other entities controlled by Mr. Graeme Hart.

(d)

This loan accrues interest, if we demand it, at a rate based on the average 90-day New Zealand bank bill rate, set quarterly, plus a margin of 3.25%. During the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019, interest was charged at 3.458% to 4.275% and 4.962% to 5.149%, respectively. Interest is payable annually and is recognized in income as accrued. The loan is unsecured and repayable on demand.

 

F-83


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(unaudited)

 

(e)

Represents certain costs paid on our behalf that were subsequently recharged to us. These charges are for various costs incurred including services provided, financing and other activities. All amounts are unsecured, non-interest bearing and settled on normal trade terms.

(f)

Our financing agreements permit the payment of a Management Fee to related parties for management, consulting, monitoring and advising services of up to 1.5% of our Adjusted EBITDA (as defined in the financing agreements) for the previous year. Of these amounts, $8 million and $8 million in the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively, have been recorded in other income (expense), net, and the remaining balance has been presented in discontinued operations.

Note 18—Earnings per Share

A reconciliation of the number of shares used for our earnings (loss) per share calculation was as follows:

 

     For the Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2020      2019  
     (in millions, except share and
per share amounts)
 

Net income (loss) attributable to Reynolds Group Holdings Limited common stockholder

     

From continuing operations

   $ 92      $ (25

From discontinued operations

     4        138  

Total

     96        113  

Weighted average number of shares outstanding - basic and diluted(1)

     35,708,019        35,708,019  

Earnings (loss) per share attributable to Reynolds Group Holdings Limited common stockholder

     

From continuing operations - basic and diluted

   $ 2.58      $ (0.70

From discontinued operations - basic and diluted

     0.11        3.86  

Total - basic and diluted

     2.69        3.16  

 

(1)

The weighted average number of shares outstanding reflects 71,500,004 shares outstanding for the six months ended June 30, 2019, adjusted for the buy back and cancellation of 35,791,985 shares, which occurred in conjunction with the distribution of RCP on February 4, 2020 and has been retroactively reflected as a reverse stock split.

Note 19—Subsequent Events

Separate financing of Graham Packaging

On August 4, 2020, the legal entities that comprise the Graham Packaging segment (“GPC”) were designated as unrestricted subsidiaries under the Credit Agreement and the Notes and the relevant GPC entities were unconditionally released as a borrower under, and guarantors of, the Credit Agreement and unconditionally released as guarantors of the Notes. The security granted by such entities was also unconditionally released.

On August 4, 2020 GPC entered into a credit agreement (the “GPC Credit Agreement”), which provides for a $1,475 million senior secured term loan facility maturing in August 2027 and a $100 million revolving facility maturing in August 2025. The loans were fully drawn on August 4, 2020 and bear interest at LIBOR, subject to a 0.75% floor, plus a margin of 3.75%. The revolving facility has been utilized in the amount of approximately $4 million for letters of credit.

 

 

F-84


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(unaudited)

 

The obligations under the GPC Credit Agreement are guaranteed by certain subsidiaries in GPC and are secured by substantially all the assets of the borrower and the guarantors.

On August 4, 2020, GPC also issued $510 million of 7.125% senior notes maturing in August 2028 (together with the GPC term loans under the GPC Credit Agreement, the “GPC Borrowings”). The senior notes are guaranteed by the same entities that guarantee the obligations under the GPC Credit Agreement.

The terms of the GPC Borrowings restrict distributions of cash or assets from GPC to the rest of the Group. No entities outside of GPC have provided any guarantees or security in relation to the GPC Borrowings.

The net proceeds from the GPC Borrowings were distributed to certain of our non-GPC subsidiaries and were partially used to repay certain of the borrowings described below.

Repayment of borrowings

Subsequent to June 30, 2020, we repaid an aggregate of $2,094 million principal amount of borrowings, and we issued a conditional notice of redemption to redeem an additional $150 million of senior notes as described below.

On July 31, 2020, we repaid the $380 million of principal outstanding under the Securitization Facility and terminated this facility. The early repayment of these borrowings resulted in a loss on extinguishment of debt of $2 million in respect of the write-off of unamortized deferred financing transaction costs.

On August 4, 2020, we satisfied and discharged the $749 million aggregate principal amount outstanding under the Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes due 2021 at par. The early repayment of these notes resulted in a loss on extinguishment of debt of $4 million in respect of the write-off of unamortized deferred financing transaction costs and original issue discount. On August 7, 2020, we terminated and settled the outstanding interest rate swap related to the Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes Due 2021, resulting in the payment of $7 million to settle the liability.

On August 4, 2020, we repaid in full the €236 million ($265 million) of borrowings under the European Term Loan and all obligations under this tranche terminated. The early repayment of these borrowings resulted in a loss on extinguishment of debt of less than $1 million in respect of the write-off of unamortized deferred financing transaction costs.

On August 4, 2020, we repaid $700 million of borrowings under the U.S. Term Loans. The early repayment of these borrowings resulted in a loss on extinguishment of debt of $2 million in respect of the write-off of unamortized deferred financing transaction costs and original issue discount.

On July 30, 2020, we issued a conditional redemption notice to redeem $150 million aggregate principal amount of the 7.000% Senior Notes due 2024 at a price of 101.750%. The conditions for the redemption were satisfied on August 4, 2020 with the redemption scheduled to occur on August 29, 2020.

Other

On August 4, 2020, we announced that we have confidentially submitted a draft registration statement on Form S-1 to the SEC relating to our proposed IPO of our common stock. The number of shares to be offered and

 

F-85


Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(unaudited)

 

the price range for the proposed offering have not yet been determined. The IPO is expected to commence after the SEC completes its review process, subject to market and other conditions. If the IPO proceeds, our present intention is to convert into a Delaware corporation with the name Pactiv Evergreen Inc. Furthermore, immediately prior to such IPO, we will distribute to our shareholder, PFL, our Graham Packaging business. There is no assurance that the IPO will be completed.

Except as described above, there have been no events subsequent to June 30, 2020 which would require accrual or disclosure in these condensed consolidated financial statements. Subsequent events have been evaluated through August 20, 2020, the date these condensed consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

 

F-86


Pactiv evergreen


Through and including , 2020 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

Estimated expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, of the sale of our common stock, are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Amount to Be
Paid*
 

SEC registration fee

   $                

FINRA filing fee

  

Nasdaq listing fee

  

Transfer agent’s fees

  

Printing and engraving expenses

  

Legal fees and expenses

  

Accounting fees and expenses

  

Miscellaneous

  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $    
  

 

 

 

 

*

To be completed by amendment.

Each of the amounts set forth above, other than the registration fee and the FINRA filing fee, is an estimate.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a corporation may indemnify directors and officers as well as other employees and individuals against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any threatened, pending or completed actions, suits or proceedings in which such person is made a party by reason of such person being or having been a director, officer, employee or agent to the registrant. The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that Section 145 is not exclusive of other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. The registrant’s bylaws provides for indemnification by the registrant of its directors, officers and employees to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

The registrant has entered into indemnification agreements with each of its current directors and executive officers to provide these directors and executive officers additional contractual assurances regarding the scope of the indemnification set forth in the registrant’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws and to provide additional procedural protections. There is no pending litigation or proceeding involving a director or executive officer of the registrant for which indemnification is sought. Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) for unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. The registrant’s certificate of incorporation provides for such limitation of liability.

The registrant maintains standard policies of insurance under which coverage is provided (a) to its directors and officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act, and (b) to the registrant with respect to payments which may be made by the registrant to such officers and directors

 

II-1


pursuant to the above indemnification provision or otherwise as a matter of law. The proposed form of underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement provides for indemnification of directors and officers of the registrant by the underwriters against certain liabilities.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

None.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) The following exhibits are filed as part of this registration statement:

 

Exhibit
Number

    

Description

  1.1   

Form of Underwriting Agreement

  3.1     

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation

  3.2     

Amended and Restated By-Laws

  5.1   

Opinion of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

  10.1 †    

Form of Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement

  10.2      Master Supply Agreement, dated November 1, 2019 between Reynolds Consumer Products LLC, as Seller, and Pactiv LLC, as Buyer
  10.3      Master Supply Agreement, dated November 1, 2019 between Pactiv LLC, as Seller, and Reynolds Consumer Products LLC, as Buyer
  10.4      Warehousing and Freight Services Agreement, dated November 1, 2019 between Pactiv LLC and Reynolds Consumer Products LLC
  10.5      Transition Services Agreement, dated November 1, 2019 between Pactiv LLC and Reynolds Consumer Products LLC
  10.6      Form of Transition Services Agreement between Rank Group Limited and Pactiv Evergreen Inc.
  10.7      Amended and Restated Lease Agreement, dated January 1, 2020, between Pactiv LLC, as Landlord, and Reynolds Consumer Products LLC, as Tenant
  10.8 †    

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement of John McGrath, dated July 8, 2019

  10.9 †    

Retention Agreements of John McGrath, dated July 3, 2019

  10.10 †     Pactiv Transaction Success Bonus Letter for John McGrath, dated July 3, 2019, as amended on June 1, 2020
  10.11 †    

Modified Severance Agreement Memo for John McGrath, dated July 16, 2019

  10.12 †    

House Lease Memo for John McGrath, dated July 16, 2019

  10.13 †    

Employment Agreement of Michael Ragen, dated July 8, 2019

  10.14 †    

Retention Agreement of Michael Ragen, dated July 17, 2019

  10.15 †     Pactiv Transaction Success Bonus Letter for Michael Ragen, dated July 3, 2019, as amended on June 1, 2020
  10.16 †    

Restricted Stock Memo for Michael Ragen, dated July 8, 2019

  10.17 †    

Employment Agreement of John Rooney, dated February 20, 2017

  10.18 †    

Amendment to Employment Agreement of John Rooney, dated July 11, 2019

  10.19 †    

Retention Agreements of John Rooney, dated July 8, 2019

 

II-2


Exhibit
Number

    

Description

  10.20 †     Pactiv Transaction Success Bonus Letter for John Rooney, dated July 8, 2019, as amended on June 1, 2020
  10.21 †    

Restricted Stock Memo for John Rooney, dated July 8, 2019

  10.22 †    

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement of Lance Mitchell, dated July 8, 2019

  10.23 †    

Retention Agreement of Lance Mitchell, dated July 8, 2019

  10.24 †    

Reynolds Transaction Success Bonus Letter for Lance Mitchell, dated July 8, 2019

  10.25 †    

Restricted Stock Memo for Lance Mitchell, dated July 8, 2019

  10.26     

Form of Registration Rights Agreement between Packaging Finance Limited and Pactiv Evergreen Inc.

  10.27     

Form of Stockholders Agreement between Packaging Finance Limited and Pactiv Evergreen Inc.

  10.28     

Form of Tax Matters Agreement

  10.29     

Transition Services Agreement dated August 4, 2020 between Reynolds Group Holdings Inc. and Graham Packaging Company Inc.

  10.30     

IT License Usage Agreement dated August 4, 2020 between Rank Group Limited, Graham Packaging Company Inc. and Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

  10.31 †    

Reynolds Transaction Success Bonus Letter for Michael Ragen, dated July 3, 2019

  21.1     

List of subsidiaries

  23.1     

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

  23.2   

Consent of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)

  24.1     

Power of Attorney (included on signature page to the registration statement)

  99.1     

Consent of LeighAnne Baker to be named as a director nominee

  99.2     

Consent of Michael King to be named as a director nominee

  99.3     

Consent of Rolf Stangl to be named as a director nominee

  99.4     

Consent of Jonathan Rich to be named as a director nominee

  99.5     

Consent of Felicia Thornton to be named as a director nominee

 

Consists of a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

*

To be filed by amendment

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

None.

Item 17. Undertakings

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

(a) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions referenced in Item 14 of this registration statement, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the

 

II-3


payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered hereunder, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(b) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

    

Description

   Sequentially
Numbered Page
  1.1   

Form of Underwriting Agreement

  
  3.1     

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation

  
  3.2     

Amended and Restated By-Laws

  
  5.1   

Opinion of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

  
  10.1 †    

Form of Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement

  
  10.2      Master Supply Agreement, dated November 1, 2019 between Reynolds Consumer Products LLC, as Seller, and Pactiv LLC, as Buyer   
  10.3      Master Supply Agreement, dated November 1, 2019 between Pactiv LLC, as Seller, and Reynolds Consumer Products LLC, as Buyer   
  10.4      Warehousing and Freight Services Agreement, dated November 1, 2019 between Pactiv LLC and Reynolds Consumer Products LLC   
  10.5      Transition Services Agreement, dated November 1, 2019 between Pactiv LLC and Reynolds Consumer Products LLC   
  10.6      Form of Transition Services Agreement between Rank Group Limited and Pactiv Evergreen Inc.   
  10.7      Amended and Restated Lease Agreement, dated January 1, 2020, between Pactiv LLC, as Landlord, and Reynolds Consumer Products LLC, as Tenant   
  10.8 †     Amended and Restated Employment Agreement of John McGrath, dated July 8, 2019   
  10.9 †     Retention Agreements of John McGrath, dated July 3, 2019   
  10.10 †     Pactiv Transaction Success Bonus Letter for John McGrath, dated July 3, 2019, as amended on June 1, 2020   
  10.11 †     Modified Severance Agreement Memo for John McGrath, dated July 16, 2019   
  10.12 †     House Lease Memo for John McGrath, dated July 16, 2019   
  10.13 †     Employment Agreement of Michael Ragen, dated July 8, 2019   
  10.14 †     Retention Agreement of Michael Ragen, dated July 17, 2019   
  10.15 †     Pactiv Transaction Success Bonus Letter for Michael Ragen, dated July 3, 2019, as amended on June 1, 2020   
  10.16 †     Restricted Stock Memo for Michael Ragen, dated July 8, 2019   
  10.17 †     Employment Agreement of John Rooney, dated February 20, 2017   
  10.18 †     Amendment to Employment Agreement of John Rooney, dated July 11, 2019   
  10.19 †     Retention Agreements of John Rooney, dated July 8, 2019   
  10.20 †     Pactiv Transaction Success Bonus Letter for John Rooney, dated July 8, 2019, as amended on June 1, 2020   
  10.21 †     Restricted Stock Memo for John Rooney, dated July 8, 2019   
  10.22 †     Amended and Restated Employment Agreement of Lance Mitchell, dated July 8, 2019   
  10.23 †     Retention Agreement of Lance Mitchell, dated July 8, 2019   
  10.24 †     Reynolds Transaction Success Bonus Letter for Lance Mitchell, dated July 8, 2019   
  10.25 †     Restricted Stock Memo for Lance Mitchell, dated July 8, 2019   
  10.26      Form of Registration Rights Agreement between Packaging Finance Limited and Pactiv Evergreen Inc.   
  10.27      Form of Stockholders Agreement between Packaging Finance Limited and Pactiv Evergreen Inc.   
  10.28      Form of Tax Matters Agreement   
  10.29      Transition Services Agreement dated August 4, 2020 between Reynolds Group Holdings Inc. and Graham Packaging Company Inc.   

 

II-5


Exhibit
Number

    

Description

   Sequentially
Numbered Page
  10.30      IT License Usage Agreement dated August 4, 2020 between Rank Group Limited, Graham Packaging Company Inc. and Reynolds Group Holdings Limited   
  10.31 †     Reynolds Transaction Success Bonus Letter for Michael Ragen, dated July 3, 2019   
  21.1     

List of subsidiaries

  
  23.1     

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

  
  23.2   

Consent of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)

  
  24.1     

Power of Attorney (included on signature page to the registration statement)

  
  99.1     

Consent of LeighAnne Baker to be named as a director nominee

  
  99.2     

Consent of Michael King to be named as a director nominee

  
  99.3     

Consent of Rolf Stangl to be named as a director nominee

  
  99.4     

Consent of Jonathan Rich to be named as a director nominee

  
  99.5     

Consent of Felicia Thornton to be named as a director nominee

  

 

Consists of a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

*

To be filed by amendment

 

II-6


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the State of Delaware, on the 21st day of August, 2020.

 

PACTIV EVERGREEN INC.
By:  

/s/ John McGrath

  Name:       John McGrath
  Title:   Principal Executive Officer and Director

 

II-7


KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints John McGrath, Michael Ragen and Steven Karl, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement and any and all additional registration statements pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto each said attorney-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or either of them or their or his or her substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ John McGrath

John McGrath

  

Principal Executive Officer

and Director

  August 21, 2020

/s/ Michael Ragen

Michael Ragen

  

Principal Financial Officer

and Principal Accounting Officer

  August 21, 2020

/s/ Allen Hugli

Allen Hugli

  

Director

  August 21, 2020

 

II-8

EX-3.1

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

PACTIV EVERGREEN INC.

Pactiv Evergreen Inc. (the “Corporation”) is a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Corporation was incorporated under the name “Reynolds Group Holdings Limited” on May 30, 2006 under the Companies Act 1993 of New Zealand. Pursuant to the certificate of conversion filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on [•], the Corporation converted into a corporation incorporated in the State of Delaware with the name Pactiv Evergreen Inc. This amended and restated certificate of incorporation (“Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation”), which restates, integrates and further amends the provisions of the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on [•] in its entirety, was duly adopted by the board of directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) and the stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with the provisions of Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE 1.

NAME

The name of the corporation is Pactiv Evergreen Inc.

ARTICLE 2.

REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Service Company, 251 Little Falls Drive, Wilmington, Delaware 19808. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

ARTICLE 3.

PURPOSE AND POWERS

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (“Delaware Law”).


ARTICLE 4

CAPITAL STOCK

(A) Authorized Shares

1. Classes of Stock. The total number of shares of stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is [•], consisting of [•] shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Common Stock”), and [•] shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Preferred Stock”). Upon the effectiveness of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation dated [•] (the “Effective Time”), every share of the Corporation’s Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (“Old Common Stock”) will be automatically reclassified as, and converted into, [•] shares of Common Stock (the “Stock Split”). Any stock certificate that, immediately prior to the Effective Time, represented shares of Old Common Stock will, from and after the Effective Time, automatically and without the necessity of presenting the same for exchange, represent the number of shares of Common Stock as equals the product obtained by multiplying the number of shares of Old Common Stock represented by such certificate immediately prior to the Effective Time by [•]; provided that each person holding of record a stock certificate or certificates that represented shares of Old Common Stock shall receive, upon surrender of such certificate or certificates, a new certificate or certificates evidencing and representing the number of shares of Common Stock to which such person is entitled pursuant to the Stock Split.

2. Preferred Stock. The Board of Directors is hereby empowered, without any action or vote by the Corporation’s stockholders (except as may otherwise be provided by the terms of any class or series of Preferred Stock then outstanding), to authorize by resolution or resolutions from time to time the issuance of one or more classes or series of Preferred Stock and to fix the designations, powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other rights, if any, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, with respect to each such class or series of Preferred Stock and the number of shares constituting each such class or series, and to increase or decrease the number of shares of any such class or series to the extent permitted by Delaware Law.

(B) Voting Rights

Each holder of Common Stock, as such, shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held of record by such holder on all matters on which stockholders generally are entitled to vote; provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to any class or series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding classes or series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected class or series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such classes or series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to any class or series of Preferred Stock) or pursuant to Delaware Law.

 

2


ARTICLE 5.

BYLAWS

The Board of Directors shall have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws of the Corporation (the “Bylaws”). So long as the Stockholders’ Agreement among the Corporation and certain of its shareholders, dated as of [•] (the “Stockholders’ Agreement”), remains in effect, the Board of Directors shall not approve any amendment, alteration or repeal of any provision of these Bylaws, or the adoption of any new Bylaw, that would be contrary to or inconsistent with the then-applicable terms of the Stockholders’ Agreement.

From and after the first date on which Packaging Finance Limited (“PFL”) and all other entities beneficially owned by Mr. Graeme Richard Hart or his estate, heirs, executor, administrator or other personal representative, or any of his immediate family members or any trust, fund or other entity which is controlled by his estate, heirs, any of his immediate family members or any of their respective affiliates (PFL and all of the foregoing, collectively, the “Hart Entities”) and any other transferee of all of the outstanding shares of Common Stock held at any time by the Hart Entities which are transferred other than pursuant to a widely distributed public sale (“Permitted Assigns”) no longer beneficially own more than 50% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Corporation (the “Effective Date”), the stockholders may adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws only with the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than 662/3% of the voting power of all outstanding securities of the Corporation generally entitled to vote in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

Until the Effective Date, the stockholders may adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws only with the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than a majority of the total voting power of all outstanding securities of the Corporation.

ARTICLE 6.

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

(A) Power of the Board of Directors. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of Directors.

(B) Number of Directors. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors which shall constitute the Board of Directors shall, as of the date this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation becomes effective, be seven and, thereafter, shall be fixed exclusively by one or more resolutions adopted from time to time solely by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors.

 

3


(C) Election of Directors.

(1) Until the Effective Date, all of the directors will be elected annually at the annual meeting of stockholders.

(2) From and after the Effective Date, the directors shall be divided into three classes, designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Each class shall consist, as nearly as may be practicable, of one-third of the total number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors. Each director shall serve for a term ending on the date of the third annual meeting of stockholders next following the annual meeting at which such director was elected; provided that directors initially designated as Class I directors shall serve for a term ending on the date of the first annual meeting following such Effective Date, directors initially designated as Class II directors shall serve for a term ending on the second annual meeting following such Effective Date, and directors initially designated as Class III directors shall serve for a term ending on the date of the third annual meeting following such Effective Date. Immediately following the Effective Date, the Board of Directors is authorized to designate the directors then in office as Class I directors, Class II directors or Class III directors. In making such designation, the Board of Directors shall equalize, as nearly as possible, the number of directors in each class. In the event of any change in the number of directors, the Board of Directors shall apportion any newly created directorships among, or reduce the number of directorships in, such class or classes as shall equalize, as nearly as possible, the number of directors in each class. In no event will a decrease in the number of directors shorten the term of any incumbent director.

(3) Each director shall hold office until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal and, in the case of a classified board, for a term that shall coincide with the term of the class to which such director shall have been elected, and, subject to the then-applicable terms of the Stockholders’ Agreement.

(4) There shall be no cumulative voting in the election of directors. Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws so provide.

(D) Vacancies. Vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, removal or otherwise and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall, except as otherwise required by law, be filled solely by a majority vote of the directors then in office and entitled to vote thereon (although less than a quorum) or by the sole remaining director entitled to vote thereon, and each director so elected shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the term of the Class to which such director shall have been elected.

 

4


(E) Removal. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding and the then-applicable terms of the Stockholders’ Agreement:

(1) until the Effective Date, any director may be removed from office, with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than a majority of the total voting power of all outstanding securities of the Corporation generally entitled to vote in the election of directors, voting together as a single class; and

(2) from and after the Effective Date, no director may be removed from office by the stockholders except for cause with the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than a majority of the total voting power of all outstanding securities of the Corporation generally entitled to vote in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

(F) Preferred Stock Directors. Notwithstanding anything else contained herein, whenever the holders of one or more classes or series of Preferred Stock shall have the right, voting separately as a class or series, to elect directors, the election, term of office, filling of vacancies, removal and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of such class or series of Preferred Stock adopted by resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors pursuant to Article 4(A) hereto, and such directors so elected shall not be subject to the provisions of this Article 6 unless otherwise provided therein.

ARTICLE 7.

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

(A) Annual Meetings. An annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors to succeed those whose terms expire and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as the Board of Directors shall determine.

(B) Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by:

(1) the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation or the Chairman;

(2) the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Board of Directors; or

 

5


(3) until the Effective Date, special meetings of the stockholders may also be called by the Secretary of the Corporation at the request of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever holders of one or more classes or series of Preferred Stock shall have the right, voting separately as a class or series, to elect directors, such holders may call, pursuant to the terms of such class or series of Preferred Stock adopted by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors pursuant to Article 4(A) hereto, special meetings of holders of such Preferred Stock.

(C) Action by Written Consent. Subject to the rights of the holders of any class or series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, as may be set forth in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors pursuant to Article 4(A) hereto for such class or series of Preferred Stock, any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken:

(1) until the Effective Date, by written consent of the stockholders without a meeting; and

(2) from and after the Effective Date only upon the vote of stockholders at an annual or special meeting duly noticed and called in accordance with Delaware Law, as amended from time to time, and this Article 7 and may not be taken by written consent of stockholders without a meeting.

ARTICLE 8.

INDEMNIFICATION

(A) Limited Liability. A director of the Corporation shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware Law.

(B) Right to Indemnification.

(1) Each person (and the heirs, executors or administrators of such person) who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to, or is involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware Law. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article 8 shall also include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in connection with any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition to the fullest extent authorized by Delaware Law. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article 8 shall be a contract right.

 

6


(2) The Corporation may, by action of its Board of Directors, provide indemnification to such of the employees and agents of the Corporation to such extent and to such effect as the Board of Directors shall determine to be appropriate and authorized by Delaware Law.

(C) Insurance. The Corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss incurred by such person in any such capacity or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under Delaware Law.

(D) Nonexclusivity of Rights. The rights and authority conferred in this Article 8 shall not be exclusive of any other right that any person may otherwise have or hereafter acquire.

(E) Preservation of Rights. Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Article 8, nor the adoption of any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, nor, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware Law, any modification of law, shall adversely affect any right or protection of any person granted pursuant hereto existing at, or arising out of or related to any event, act or omission that occurred prior to, the time of such amendment, repeal, adoption or modification (regardless of when any proceeding (or part thereof) relating to such event, act or omission arises or is first threatened, commenced or completed).

ARTICLE 9.

AMENDMENTS

The Corporation reserves the right to amend this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, provided such amendment is approved by:

(1) until the Effective Date, the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than a majority of the total voting power of all outstanding securities of the Corporation, generally entitled to vote in the election of directors, voting together as a single class and all rights and powers conferred upon stockholders, directors and officers herein are granted subject to this reservation; or

(2) from and after the Effective Date, the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than 662/3% of the total voting power of all outstanding securities of the Corporation generally entitled to vote in the election of directors, voting together as a single class and all rights and powers conferred upon stockholders, directors and officers herein are granted subject to this reservation.

 

7


ARTICLE 10

CORPORATE OPPORTUNITY

To the fullest extent permitted by the laws of the State of Delaware, (a) the Corporation hereby renounces all interest and expectancy that it otherwise would be entitled to have in, and all rights to be offered an opportunity to participate in, any business opportunity that from time to time may be presented to (i) the Board of Directors or any Director, (ii) any stockholder, officer or agent of the Corporation, or (iii) any affiliate of any person or entity identified in the preceding clause (i) or (ii), but in each case excluding any such person in its capacity as an employee of the Corporation or its subsidiaries; (b) no holder of Common Stock or Preferred Stock (collectively, “Capital Stock”) and no Director that is not an employee of the Corporation or its subsidiaries will have any duty to refrain from (i) engaging in a corporate opportunity in the same or similar lines of business in which the Corporation or its subsidiaries from time to time is engaged or proposes to engage or (ii) otherwise competing, directly or indirectly, with the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries; and (c) if any holder of Capital Stock or any Director that is not an employee of the Corporation or its subsidiaries acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity both for such holder of Capital Stock or such Director or any of their respective affiliates, on the one hand, and for the Corporation or its subsidiaries, on the other hand, such holder of Capital Stock or Director shall have no duty to communicate or offer such transaction or business opportunity to the Corporation or its subsidiaries and such holder of Capital Stock or Director may take any and all such transactions or opportunities for itself or offer such transactions or opportunities to any other person or entity. The preceding sentence of this Article 10 shall not apply to any potential transaction or business opportunity that is expressly offered to a Director, who is not an employee of the Corporation or its subsidiaries, solely in his or her capacity as a Director.

To the fullest extent permitted by the laws of the State of Delaware, no potential transaction or business opportunity may be deemed to be a potential corporate opportunity of the Corporation or its subsidiaries unless (a) the Corporation and its subsidiaries would be permitted to undertake such transaction or opportunity in accordance with this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, (b) the Corporation and its subsidiaries at such time have sufficient financial resources to undertake such transaction or opportunity and (c) such transaction or opportunity would be in the same or similar line of business in which the Corporation and its subsidiaries are then engaged or a line of business that is reasonably related to, or a reasonable extension of, such line of business.

No holder of Capital Stock and no Director will be liable to the Corporation or its subsidiaries or stockholders for breach of any duty (contractual or otherwise) by reason of any activities or omissions of the types referred to in this Article 10, except to the extent such actions or omissions are in breach of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

 

8


ARTICLE 11

FORUM

Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (the “Court of Chancery”) shall be the sole and exclusive forum for any stockholder (including a beneficial owner) to bring (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, other employee or agent of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation, any director or the Corporation’s officers or employees arising pursuant to any provision of Delaware Law or this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation, any Director or the Corporation’s officers or employees governed by the internal affairs doctrine, except, as to each of clauses (i) through (iv) above, for any claim as to which the Court of Chancery determines that there is an indispensable party not subject to the jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery (and the indispensable party does not consent to the personal jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery within ten (10) days following such determination), which is vested in the exclusive jurisdiction of a court or forum other than the Court of Chancery, or for which the Court of Chancery does not have subject matter jurisdiction. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article 11.

The foregoing exclusive forum provision of this Article 11 shall not apply to any action brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction.

Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, subject to and contingent upon a final adjudication in the State of Delaware of the enforceability of such exclusive forum provision.

ARTICLE 12

The Corporation expressly elects not to be governed by Section 203 of the Delaware Law.

 

9


ARTICLE 13

MISCELLANEOUS

As used in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the following terms have the following meanings:

Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person. For the purpose of this definition, the term “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Person” means an individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association, trust or other entity or organization, including a government or political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof.

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation on this [•] day of [•].

 

 

Name: [•]
Title: Secretary
EX-3.2

Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

PACTIV EVERGREEN INC.

Dated as of [•]

* * * * *

ARTICLE 1

OFFICES

Section 1.01. Registered Office. The registered office of Pactiv Evergreen Inc. (the “Corporation”) shall be in the City of Wilmington, State of Delaware.

Section 1.02. Other Offices. The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

Section 1.03. Books. The books of the Corporation may be kept within or without the State of Delaware as the board of directors (the “Board of Directors”) may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE 2

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 2.01. Time and Place of Meetings. All meetings of stockholders shall be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, on such date and at such time as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors (or the chairman of the Board of Directors (the “Chairman”) in the absence of a designation by the Board of Directors).

Section 2.02. Annual Meetings. An annual meeting of stockholders, commencing with the year [•], shall be held for the election of directors and to transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

Section 2.03. Special Meetings. (a) Except as otherwise provided in the amended and restated certificate of incorporation filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on [•] (as the same may be further amended, restated, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Certificate of Incorporation”), special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by (a) the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation or the Chairman, (b) the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Board of Directors, or (c) until the first date on which Packaging Finance Limited (“PFL”) and all other entities beneficially owned by Mr. Graeme Richard Hart or his estate, heirs, executor, administrator or other personal representative, or any of his immediate family members or any


trust, fund or other entity which is controlled by his estate, heirs, any of his immediate family members or any of their respective affiliates (PFL and all of the foregoing, collectively, the “Hart Entities”) and any other transferee of all of the outstanding shares of common stock held at any time by the Hart Entities which are transferred other than pursuant to a widely distributed public sale (“Permitted Assigns”) no longer beneficially own more than 50% of the outstanding shares of common stock of the Corporation (the “Effective Date”), by the Secretary of the Corporation at the request of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock of the Corporation. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting.

(b) Business conducted at a special meeting shall be limited to the matters described in the applicable request for such special meeting and any other matters as the Board of Directors shall determine.

Section 2.04. Notice of Meetings and Adjourned Meetings; Waivers of Notice. (a) Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Unless otherwise provided by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (“Delaware Law”), such notice shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. The Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting may adjourn the meeting to another time or place (whether or not a quorum is present), and notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, are announced at the meeting at which such adjournment is made. At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation.

(b) A written waiver of any such notice signed by the person entitled thereto, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.


Section 2.05. Quorum. Unless otherwise provided under the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws and subject to Delaware Law, the presence, in person or by proxy, of the holders of a majority of the total voting power of all outstanding securities of the Corporation generally entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, except that when specified business is to be voted on by a class or series of securities voting as a class, the holders of a majority in voting power of the outstanding securities of such class or series shall constitute a quorum of such class or series for the transaction of business. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the chairman of the meeting or a majority in voting interest of the stockholders present in person or represented by proxy may adjourn the meeting without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified.

Section 2.06. Voting. (a) Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation and subject to Delaware Law, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each outstanding share of capital stock of the Corporation held by such stockholder. Any share of capital stock of the Corporation held by the Corporation shall have no voting rights. Except as otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the votes cast at the meeting on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Abstentions and broker non-votes shall not be counted as votes cast. Subject to the rights of the holders of any class or series of preferred stock to elect additional directors under specific circumstances, as may be set forth in the certificate of designations for such class or series of preferred stock, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors.

(b) Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to a corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy, appointed by an instrument in writing, subscribed by such stockholder or by his attorney thereunto authorized, or by proxy sent by cable, telegram or by any means of electronic communication permitted by law, which results in a writing from such stockholder or by his attorney, and delivered to the secretary of the meeting. No proxy shall be voted after three (3) years from its date, unless said proxy provides for a longer period.

Section 2.07. Action by Consent. Subject to the rights of the holders of any class or series of preferred stock then outstanding, as may be set forth in the certificate of designations for such class or series of preferred stock, any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken (a) until the Effective Date, by written consent of stockholders without a meeting and (b) from and after the Effective Date, only upon the vote of stockholders at an annual or special meeting duly noticed and called in accordance with Delaware Law and may not be taken by written consent of stockholders without a meeting.


Section 2.08. Organization. At each meeting of stockholders, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, if one shall have been elected, or in the Chairman’s absence or if one shall not have been elected, the director designated by the vote of the majority of the directors present at such meeting, shall act as chairman of the meeting. The Secretary (or in the Secretary’s absence or inability to act, the person whom the chairman of the meeting shall appoint secretary of the meeting) shall act as secretary of the meeting and keep the minutes thereof.

Section 2.09. Order of Business. The order of business at all meetings of stockholders shall be as determined by the chairman of the meeting.

Section 2.10. Nomination of Directors and Proposal of Other Business.

(a) Annual Meetings of Stockholders. (i) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors or the proposal of other business to be transacted by the stockholders at an annual meeting of stockholders may be made only (A) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto), (B) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof or (C) as may be provided in the certificate of designations for any class or series of preferred stock or (D) subject to the then-applicable terms of the Stockholders’ Agreement, among the Corporation and certain of its shareholders, dated as of [•] (the “Stockholders Agreement”), by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in paragraph (ii) of this Section 2.10(a) and at the time of the annual meeting, who shall be entitled to vote at the meeting and who complies with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.10(a), and, except as otherwise required by law, any failure to comply with these procedures shall result in the nullification of such nomination or proposal.

(ii) For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting of stockholders by a stockholder pursuant to clause (D) of paragraph (i) of this Section 2.10(a), the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation and any such proposed business (other than the nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors) must constitute a proper matter for stockholder action. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to, or mailed and received by, the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than 120 days nor more than 180 days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting of stockholders; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than 30 days prior to such anniversary date or delayed more than 60 days after such anniversary date then to be timely such notice must be received by the Corporation no earlier than 120 days prior to such annual meeting and no later than the later of 70 days prior to the date of the meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of the meeting was first made by the Corporation, provided, further, that, solely for the purposes of the notice requirements under this Section 2.10(a), with respect to the annual meeting of stockholders of the Company for [•], the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting of stockholders shall be deemed to be [•]. In no event shall the adjournment or postponement of any meeting, or any announcement thereof, commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.


(iii) A stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth (A) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director: (1) all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (as amended (together with the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder), the “Exchange Act”)) including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected; and (2) a reasonably detailed description of any compensatory, payment or other financial agreement, arrangement or understanding that such person has with any other person or entity other than the Corporation including the amount of any payment or payments received or receivable thereunder, in each case in connection with candidacy or service as a director of the Corporation (a “Third-Party Compensation Arrangement”), (B) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend these Bylaws, the text of the proposed amendment), the reasons for conducting such business and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made and (C) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made:

(1) the name and address of such stockholder (as they appear on the Corporation’s books) and any such beneficial owner;

(2) for each class or series, the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation that are held of record or are beneficially owned by such stockholder and by any such beneficial owner;

(3) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding between or among such stockholder and any such beneficial owner, any of their respective affiliates or associates, and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such nomination or other business;

(4) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (including, regardless of the form of settlement, any derivative, long or short positions, profit interests, forwards, futures, swaps, options, warrants, convertible securities, stock appreciation or similar rights, hedging transactions and borrowed or loaned shares) that has been entered into by or on behalf of, or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding that has been made, the effect or intent of which is to create or mitigate loss to, manage risk or benefit of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of, such stockholder or any such beneficial owner with respect to the Corporation’s securities;


(5) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to bring such nomination or other business before the meeting;

(6) a representation as to whether such stockholder or any such beneficial owner intends or is part of a group that intends to (i) deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the voting power of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve or adopt the proposal or to elect each such nominee and/or (ii) otherwise to solicit proxies from stockholders in support of such proposal or nomination;

(7) any other information relating to such stockholder, beneficial owner, if any, or director nominee or proposed business that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with the solicitation of proxies in support of such nominee or proposal pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act; and

(8) such other information relating to any proposed item of business as the Corporation may reasonably require to determine whether such proposed item of business is a proper matter for stockholder action.

If requested by the Corporation, the information required under clauses 2.10(a)(iii)(C)(2), (3) and (4) of the preceding sentence of this Section 2.10 shall be supplemented by such stockholder and any such beneficial owner not later than 10 days after the record date for the meeting to disclose such information as of the record date.

(b) Special Meetings of Stockholders. If the election of directors is included as business to be brought before a special meeting in the Corporation’s notice of meeting, then nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors at a special meeting of stockholders may be made, subject to the then-applicable terms of the Stockholders’ Agreement, by any stockholder who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Section 2.10(b) and at the time of the special meeting, who shall be entitled to vote at the meeting and who complies with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.10(b). For nominations to be properly brought by a stockholder before a special meeting of stockholders pursuant to this Section 2.10(b), the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation (A) not earlier than 150 days prior to the date of the special meeting nor (B) later than the later of 120 days prior to the date of the special meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of the special meeting was first made. A stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall comply with the notice requirements of Section 2.10(a)(iii).


(c) General. (i) To be eligible to be a nominee for election as a director, the proposed nominee must provide to the Secretary of the Corporation in accordance with the applicable time periods prescribed for delivery of notice under Section 2.10(a)(ii) or Section 2.10(b): (1) a completed D&O questionnaire (in the form provided by the secretary of the Corporation at the request of the nominating stockholder) containing information regarding the nominee’s background and qualifications and such other information as may reasonably be required by the Corporation to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a director of the Corporation or to serve as an independent director of the Corporation, (2) a written representation that, unless previously disclosed to the Corporation, the nominee is not and will not become a party to any voting agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity as to how such nominee, if elected as a director, will vote on any issue or that could interfere with such person’s ability to comply, if elected as a director, with his/her fiduciary duties under applicable law, (3) a written representation and agreement that, unless previously disclosed to the Corporation pursuant to Section 2.10(a)(iii)(A)(2), the nominee is not and will not become party to any Third-Party Compensation Arrangement and (4) a written representation that, if elected as a director, such nominee would be in compliance and will continue to comply with the Corporation’s corporate governance guidelines as disclosed on the Corporation’s website, as amended from time to time. At the request of the Board of Directors, any person nominated by the Board of Directors for election as a director shall furnish to the Secretary of the Corporation the information that is required to be set forth in a stockholder’s notice of nomination that pertains to the nominee.

(ii) No person shall be eligible to be nominated by a stockholder to serve as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.10. No business proposed by a stockholder shall be conducted at a stockholder meeting except in accordance with this Section 2.10.

(iii) The chairman of the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by these Bylaws or that business was not properly brought before the meeting, and if he/she should so determine, he/she shall so declare to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded or such business shall not be transacted, as the case may be. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.10, unless otherwise required by law, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to present a nomination or other proposed business, such nomination shall be disregarded or such proposed business shall not be transacted, as the case may be, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation and counted for purposes of determining a quorum. For purposes of this Section 2.10, to be considered a qualified representative of the stockholder, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or must be authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting of stockholders.


(iv) Without limiting the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.10, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 2.10; provided, however, that any references in these Bylaws to the Exchange Act are not intended to and shall not limit any requirements applicable to nominations or proposals as to any other business to be considered pursuant to this Section 2.10, and compliance with paragraphs (a)(i)(C) and (b) of this Section 2.10 shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations or submit other business (other than as provided in Section 2.10(c)(v)).

(v) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the notice requirements set forth herein with respect to the proposal of any business pursuant to this Section 2.10 shall be deemed satisfied by a stockholder if such stockholder has submitted a proposal to the Corporation in compliance with Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act, and such stockholder’s proposal has been included in a proxy statement that has been prepared by the Corporation to solicit proxies for the meeting of stockholders.

ARTICLE 3

DIRECTORS

Section 3.01. General Powers. Except as otherwise provided in Delaware Law or the Certificate of Incorporation, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

Section 3.02. Number, Election and Term of Office. (a) Subject to the Certificate of Incorporation and the then-applicable terms of the Stockholders’ Agreement the Board of Directors shall initially consist of not less than seven directors, with the exact number of directors to be determined from time to time solely by resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board.

(b) Until the Effective Date, all of the directors will be elected annually at the annual meeting of stockholders;

(c) From and after the Effective Date, the directors shall be divided into three classes, designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Each class shall consist, as nearly as may be practicable, of one-third of the total number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors. Each director shall serve for a term ending on the date of the third annual meeting of stockholders next following the annual meeting at which such director was elected; provided that directors initially designated as Class I directors shall serve for a term ending on the date of the first annual meeting following such Effective Date, directors initially designated as Class II directors shall serve for a term ending on the second annual meeting following such Effective Date, and directors initially designated as Class III directors shall serve for a term ending on the date of the third annual meeting following such Effective Date. Immediately following the Effective Date, the Board of Directors is authorized to designate the directors then in office as Class I directors, Class II directors or Class III directors. In making such designation, the Board


of Directors shall equalize, as nearly as possible, the number of directors in each class. In the event of any change in the number of directors, the Board of Directors shall apportion any newly created directorships among, or reduce the number of directorships in, such class or classes as shall equalize, as nearly as possible, the number of directors in each class. In no event will a decrease in the number of directors shorten the term of any incumbent director.

(d) Each director shall hold office until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal and, in the case of a classified board, for a term that shall coincide with the term of the class to which such director shall have been elected, and, subject to the then-applicable terms of the Stockholders’ Agreement. Directors need not be stockholders.

Section 3.03. Quorum and Manner of Acting. Unless the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws require a greater number, a majority of the Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors and, except as otherwise expressly required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, the act of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place (whether or not a quorum is present), notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Board of Directors may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat shall adjourn the meeting, from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 3.04. Time and Place of Meetings. The Board of Directors shall hold its meetings at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, and at such time as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors (or the Chairman of the Board of Directors in the absence of a determination by the Board of Directors).

Section 3.05. Annual Meeting. The Board of Directors shall meet for the purpose of organization, the election of officers and the transaction of other business, as soon as practicable after each annual meeting of stockholders, on the same day and at the same place where such annual meeting shall be held. Notice of such meeting need not be given. In the event such annual meeting is not so held, the annual meeting of the Board of Directors may be held at such place either within or without the State of Delaware, on such date and at such time as shall be specified in a notice thereof given as hereinafter provided in Section 3.07 herein or in a waiver of notice thereof signed by any director who chooses to waive the requirement of notice.

Section 3.06. Regular Meetings. After the place and time of regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall have been determined and notice thereof shall have been once given to each member of the Board of Directors, regular meetings may be held without further notice being given.


Section 3.07. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation and shall be called by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, President or the Secretary, on the written request of three directors. Notice of special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be given to each director at least 48 hours before the date of the meeting in such manner as is determined by the Board of Directors.

Section 3.08. Committees. Subject to the then-applicable terms of the Stockholders’ Agreement, the Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to the following matters: (a) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by Delaware Law to be submitted to the stockholders for approval or (b) adopting, amending or repealing any Bylaw of the Corporation. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

Section 3.09. Action by Consent. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions, are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

Section 3.10. Telephonic Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or such committee, as the case may be, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

Section 3.11. Resignation. Any director may resign from the Board of Directors at any time by giving notice to the Board of Directors or to the Secretary of the Corporation. Any such notice must be in writing or by electronic transmission to the Board of Directors or to the Secretary of the Corporation. The resignation of any director shall take effect upon receipt of notice thereof or at such later time as shall be specified in such notice; and unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.


Section 3.12. Vacancies. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, subject to the then-applicable terms of the Stockholders’ Agreement, vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, removal or otherwise and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall, except as otherwise required by law, be filled solely by a majority of the directors then in office (although less than a quorum) or by the sole remaining director, and each director so elected shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the term of the Class to which such director shall have been elected. If there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in accordance with Delaware Law. Subject to the then-applicable terms of the Stockholders’ Agreement, unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, when one or more directors shall resign from the Board of Directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have the power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office as provided in the filling of the other vacancies.

Section 3.13. Removal. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock then outstanding and the then-applicable terms of the Stockholders’ Agreement (a) until the Effective Date, any director may be removed from office, with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than a majority of the total voting power of all outstanding securities of the Corporation generally entitled to vote in the election of directors, voting together as a single class; and (b) from and after the Effective Date, no director may be removed from office by the stockholders except for cause with the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than a majority of the total voting power of all outstanding securities of the Corporation generally entitled to vote in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

Section 3.14. Compensation. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors or a committee of the Board of Directors shall have authority to fix the compensation of directors, including fees and reimbursement of expenses.

Section 3.15. Preferred Stock Directors. Notwithstanding anything else contained herein, whenever the holders of one or more classes or series of preferred stock shall have the right, voting separately as a class or series, to elect directors, the election, term of office, filling of vacancies, removal and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of the resolutions applicable thereto adopted by the Board of Directors pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation, and such directors so elected shall not be subject to the provisions of Sections 3.02, 3.12 and 3.13 of this Article 3 unless otherwise provided therein.


ARTICLE 4

OFFICERS

Section 4.01. Principal Officers. The principal officers of the Corporation shall be a Chairman, a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Chief Financial Officer, one or more Vice Presidents, a Treasurer and a Secretary who shall have the duty, among other things, to record the proceedings of the meetings of stockholders and directors in a book kept for that purpose. The Corporation may also have such other principal officers, including one or more Controllers, as the Board of Directors may in its discretion appoint. One person may hold the offices and perform the duties of any two or more of said offices, except that no one person shall hold the offices and perform the duties of President and Secretary.

Section 4.02. Appointment, Term of Office and Remuneration. The principal officers of the Corporation shall be appointed by the Board of Directors in the manner determined by the Board of Directors. Each such officer shall hold office until his or her successor is appointed, or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. The remuneration of all officers of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors. Any vacancy in any office shall be filled in such manner as the Board of Directors shall determine.

Section 4.03. Subordinate Officers. In addition to the principal officers enumerated in Section 4.01 herein, the Corporation may have one or more Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Controllers and such other subordinate officers, agents and employees as the Board of Directors may deem necessary, each of whom shall hold office for such period as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. The Board of Directors may delegate to any principal officer the power to appoint and to remove any such subordinate officers, agents or employees.

Section 4.04. Removal. Except as otherwise permitted with respect to subordinate officers, any officer may be removed, with or without cause, at any time, by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.

Section 4.05. Resignations. Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice to the Board of Directors (or to a principal officer if the Board of Directors has delegated to such principal officer the power to appoint and to remove such officer). Any such notice must be in writing. The resignation of any officer shall take effect upon receipt of notice thereof or at such later time as shall be specified in such notice; and unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 4.06. Powers and Duties. The officers of the Corporation shall have such powers and perform such duties incident to each of their respective offices and such other duties as may from time to time be conferred upon or assigned to them by the Board of Directors.


ARTICLE 5

CAPITAL STOCK

Section 5.01. Certificates For Stock; Uncertificated Shares. The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares or a combination of certificated and uncertificated shares. Any such resolution that shares of a class or series will only be uncertificated shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. Except as otherwise required by law, the rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated shares and the rights and obligations of the holders of shares represented by certificates of the same class and series shall be identical. Every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate representing the number of shares registered in certificate form signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by any two officers of such Corporation authorized to sign stock certificates. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. A Corporation shall not have power to issue a certificate in bearer form.

Section 5.02. Transfer Of Shares. Shares of the stock of the Corporation may be transferred on the record of stockholders of the Corporation by the holder thereof or by such holder’s duly authorized attorney upon surrender of a certificate therefor properly endorsed or upon receipt of proper transfer instructions from the registered holder of uncertificated shares or by such holder’s duly authorized attorney and upon compliance with appropriate procedures for transferring shares in uncertificated form, unless waived by the Corporation.

Section 5.03. Authority for Additional Rules Regarding Transfer. The Board of Directors shall have the power and authority to make all such rules and regulations as they may deem expedient concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificated or uncertificated shares of the stock of the Corporation, as well as for the issuance of new certificates in lieu of those which may be lost or destroyed, and may require of any stockholder requesting replacement of lost or destroyed certificates, bond in such amount and in such form as they may deem expedient to indemnify the Corporation, and/or the transfer agents, and/or the registrars of its stock against any claims arising in connection therewith.


ARTICLE 6

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 6.01. Fixing the Record Date. (a) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing such record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If the Board of Directors so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board of Directors determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided that the Board of Directors may in its discretion or as required by law fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall fix the same date or an earlier date as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting.

(b) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

Section 6.02. Dividends. Subject to limitations contained in Delaware Law and the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of capital stock of the Corporation, which dividends may be paid either in cash, in property or in shares of the capital stock of the Corporation.

Section 6.03. Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall commence on January 1 and end on December 31 of each year.

Section 6.04. Corporate Seal. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware”. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed, affixed or otherwise reproduced.

Section 6.05. Voting of Stock Owned by the Corporation. The Board of Directors may authorize any person, on behalf of the Corporation, to attend, vote at and grant proxies to be used at any meeting of stockholders of any corporation (except this Corporation) in which the Corporation may hold stock.

Section 6.06. Amendments. These Bylaws or any of them, may be altered, amended or repealed, or new Bylaws may be made, by the stockholders entitled to vote thereon at any annual or special meeting thereof or by the Board of Directors. Unless a higher percentage is required


by the Certificate of Incorporation as to any matter that is the subject of these Bylaws, all such amendments must be approved by (a) until the Effective Date, the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than a majority of the total voting power of all outstanding securities of the Corporation, generally entitled to vote in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, (b) from and after the Effective Date, the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than 662/3% of the total voting power of all outstanding securities of the Corporation, generally entitled to vote in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, or (c) a majority of the Board of Directors. So long as the Stockholders’ Agreement remains in effect, the Board of Directors shall not approve any amendment, alteration or repeal of any provision of these Bylaws, or the adoption of any new Bylaw, that would be contrary to or inconsistent with the then-applicable terms of the Stockholders’ Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment to the Stockholders’ Agreement (whether or not such amendment modifies any provision to the Stockholders’ Agreement to which these Bylaws are subject) shall be deemed an amendment of these Bylaws for purposes of this Section 6.06.

EX-10.1

Exhibit 10.1

FORM OF INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

(Delaware corporation)

This Indemnification Agreement (this “Agreement”), made and entered into as of the [•] day of [•], 2020, by and between Pactiv Evergreen Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and [•] (“Indemnitee”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve publicly-held corporations as directors or officers unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation.

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has determined that, in order to attract and retain qualified individuals, the Company will attempt to maintain on an ongoing basis, at its sole expense, liability insurance to protect persons serving the Company and its subsidiaries from certain liabilities. Although the furnishing of such insurance has been a customary and widespread practice among United States-based corporations and other business enterprises, the Company believes that, given current market conditions and trends, such insurance may be available to it in the future only at higher premiums and with more exclusions. At the same time, directors, officers, and other persons in service to corporations or business enterprises are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to, among other things, matters that traditionally would have been brought only against the Company or business enterprise itself.

WHEREAS, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company provide that the Company shall indemnify and advance expenses to all directors and officers of the Company in the manner set forth therein and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, and the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation provides for limitation of liability for directors. In addition, Indemnitee may be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“DGCL”) . The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the Board, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification.

 

1


WHEREAS, the uncertainties relating to such insurance and to indemnification have increased the difficulty of attracting and retaining such persons.

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining such persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Company’s stockholders and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future.

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified.

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Company and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

WHEREAS, Indemnitee does not regard the protection available under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws and insurance as adequate in the present circumstances, and may not be willing to serve as an officer or director of the Company without adequate protection, and the Company desires Indemnitee to serve in such capacity. Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that he be so indemnified.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

(a) As used in this Agreement:

Change of Control” means any one of the following circumstances occurring after the date hereof: (i) there shall have occurred an event required to be reported with respect to the Company in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or in response to any similar item or any similar schedule or form) under the Exchange Act, regardless of whether the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement; (ii) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) shall have become, without

 

2


prior approval of the Company’s Board by approval of at least a majority of the Continuing Directors, the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 15% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding voting securities (provided that, for purposes of this clause (ii), the term “person” shall exclude (x) the Company, (y) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and (z) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company); (iii) there occurs a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 51% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the Board or other governing body of such surviving entity; (iv) all or substantially all the assets of the Company are sold or disposed of in a transaction or series of related transactions; (v) the approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company; or (vi) the Continuing Directors cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board.

Continuing Director” means (i) each director on the Board on the date hereof, (ii) any new director whose election or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then still in office who were directors on the date hereof or whose election or nomination was so approved or (iii) any new director whose election or nomination was made pursuant to any shareholders agreements that the Company has entered into with any of its shareholders.

Corporate Status” means the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, trustee, general partner, managing member, fiduciary, Board’s committee member, employee or agent of the Company or of any other Enterprise.

Disinterested Director” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

Enterprise” means the Company and any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, trustee, general partner, managing member, fiduciary, Board’s committee member, employee or agent.

 

3


Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Expenses” means all direct and indirect costs (including attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcripts, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses) reasonably incurred in connection with (i) prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding or (ii) establishing or enforcing a right to indemnification under this Agreement, the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and/or Bylaws, applicable law or otherwise. Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent. For the avoidance of doubt, Expenses, however, shall not include any Liabilities.

Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporate law and neither currently is, nor in the five years previous to its selection or appointment has been, retained to represent (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements) or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

Liabilities” means any losses or liabilities, including any judgments, fines, excise taxes and penalties, penalties and amounts paid in settlement, arising out of or in connection with any Proceeding (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of any such judgments, fines, excise taxes and penalties, penalties or amounts paid in settlement).

Proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action, derivative action, suit, claim, counterclaim, cross claim, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether civil (including intentional and unintentional tort claims), criminal, administrative or investigative, including any appeal therefrom, and whether instituted by or on behalf of the Company or any other party, or any inquiry or investigation that Indemnitee in good faith believes might lead to the institution of any such action, suit or other proceeding hereinabove listed in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party, potential party, non-party witness or otherwise by reason of any Corporate Status of Indemnitee, or by reason of any action taken (or failure to act) by him or her or of any action (or failure to act) on his or her part while serving in any Corporate Status.

 

4


(b) For the purposes of this Agreement:

References to “Company” shall include, in addition to the resulting or surviving corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that if Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of such constituent corporation or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, then Indemnitee shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Agreement with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as Indemnitee would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

Reference to “other enterprise” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise tax assessed with respect to any employee benefit plan; references to “serving at the request of the Company” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Company” as referred to in this Agreement.

Reference to “including” shall mean “including, without limitation,” regardless of whether the words “without limitation” actually appear, references to the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular paragraph, subparagraph, section, subsection or other subdivision.

ARTICLE 2

SERVICES BY INDEMNITEE

Section 2.01. Services By Indemnitee. Indemnitee hereby agrees to serve or continue to serve, at the will of the Company, as a director or officer of the Company, for so long as Indemnitee is duly elected or appointed or until Indemnitee tenders his or her resignation or is removed.

 

5


ARTICLE 3

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 3.01. General. (a) The Company hereby agrees to and shall indemnify Indemnitee and hold Indemnitee harmless from and against any and all Expenses and Liabilities, in either case, actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. The Company’s indemnification obligations set forth in this Section 3.01 shall apply (i) in respect of Indemnitee’s past, present and future service in any Corporate Status and (ii) regardless of whether Indemnitee is serving in any Corporate Status at the time any such Expense or Liability is incurred.

For purposes of this Agreement, the meaning of the phrase “to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law” shall include, but not be limited to:

(i) to the fullest extent permitted by any provision of the DGCL, or the corresponding provision of any successor statute, and

(ii) to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the DGCL adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.

(b) Witness Expenses. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, he shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection therewith.

(c) Expenses as a Party Where Wholly or Partly Successful. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to the extent that Indemnitee is a party to (or a participant in) and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, in whole or in part, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding, but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

 

6


Section 3.02. Exclusions. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement and unless Indemnitee ultimately is successful on the merits with respect to any such claim, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee:

(a) for (i) an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law or (ii) any reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Exchange Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act);

(b) except as otherwise provided in Sections 6.01(e), prior to a Change of Control, in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee (other than any cross claim or counterclaim asserted by the Indemnitee), including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation or (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law;

(c) for conduct that is established by a final judgment not subject to further appeal to be in bad faith, knowingly fraudulent or deliberately dishonest or constituting willful misconduct (but only to the extent of such specific determination); or

(d) for conduct that is established by a final judgment not subject to further appeal as constituting a breach of Indemnitee’s duty of loyalty to the Company or resulting in any personal profit or advantage to which Indemnitee is not legally entitled.

For purposes of the foregoing sentence, a final judgment may be reached solely in the underlying proceeding.

 

7


ARTICLE 4

ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES; DEFENSE OF CLAIMS

Section 4.01. Advances. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall advance any Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding within ten (10) days after the receipt by the Company of each statement requesting such advance from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of any Proceeding. Advances shall be unsecured and interest free. Advances shall be made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay such amounts and without regard to Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement. Advances shall include any and all reasonable Expenses incurred pursuing an action to enforce this right of advancement, including Expenses incurred preparing and forwarding statements to the Company to support the advances claimed.

Section 4.02. Repayment of Advances or Other Expenses. Indemnitee agrees that Indemnitee shall reimburse the Company for all Expenses advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 4.01, in the event and only to the extent that it shall be determined by final judgment or other final adjudication under the provisions of any applicable law (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed) that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company for such Expenses.

Section 4.03. Defense of Claims. The Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense. The Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of any Proceeding with counsel consented to by Indemnitee (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) upon the delivery by the Company to Indemnitee of written notice of the Company’s election to do so. After delivery of such notice, consent to such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees or expenses of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to such Proceeding; provided that (i) Indemnitee shall have the right to employ separate counsel in respect of any Proceeding at Indemnitee’s expense and (ii) if (A) the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been previously authorized in writing by the Company or (B) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded upon the advice of counsel that there is a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of the defense of such Proceeding, then in each such case the fees and expenses of Indemnitee’s counsel shall be at the Company’s expense. The Company shall not settle any action, claim or Proceeding (in whole or in part) which would impose any Expense, judgment, fine, penalty or limitation on Indemnitee without Indemnitee’s prior written consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld. Indemnitee shall not settle any action, claim or Proceeding (in whole or in part) which would impose any Expense, judgment, fine, penalty or limitation on the Company without the Company’s prior written consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld.

 

8


ARTICLE 5

PROCEDURES FOR NOTIFICATION OF AND DETERMINATION OF ENTITLEMENT TO INDEMNIFICATION

Section 5.01. Notification; Request For Indemnification. (a) As soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by Indemnitee of written notice that he is a party to or a participant (as a witness or otherwise) in any Proceeding or of any other matter in respect of which Indemnitee intends to seek indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder, Indemnitee shall provide to the Company written notice thereof, including the nature of and the facts underlying the Proceeding. The omission by Indemnitee to so notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have to Indemnitee hereunder or otherwise.

(b) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall deliver to the Company a written request for indemnification, including therewith such information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to determine Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification hereunder. Such request(s) may be delivered from time to time and at such time(s) as Indemnitee deems appropriate in his or her sole discretion. Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification shall be determined according to Section 5.02 of this Agreement and applicable law.

Section 5.02. Determination of Entitlement. (a) Where there has been a written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 5.01(b), then as soon as is reasonably practicable (but in any event not later than 60 days) after final disposition of the relevant Proceeding, a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case: (i) if a Change of Control shall not have occurred, (A) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board, (B) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board, (C) if there are no such Disinterested Directors or, if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee; or (ii) if a Change of Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee. If it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten (10) days after such determination. Indemnitee shall reasonably cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or

 

9


entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification).

(b) If entitlement to indemnification is to be determined by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 5.02(a)(ii), such Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee, and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. If entitlement to indemnification is to be determined by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 5.02(a)(i)(C) (or if Indemnitee requests that such selection be made by the Board), such Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Company in which case the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising him or her of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either event, Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within 10 days after such written notice of selection shall have been received, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 1 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court of competent jurisdiction has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within 20 days after the later of submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 5.01(b) hereof and the final disposition of the Proceeding, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 5.02(a) hereof. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 6.01(a) of this Agreement, the Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

(c) The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of any Independent Counsel serving under this Agreement.

 

10


Section 5.03. Presumptions and Burdens of Proof; Effect of Certain Proceedings. (a) In making any determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 5.01(b) of this Agreement, and the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making by any person, persons or entity of any determination contrary to that presumption. Neither the failure of any person, persons or entity to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by any person, persons or entity that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(b) If the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 5.02 of this Agreement to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within the sixty (60) day period referred to in Section 5.02(a), the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided, however, that such 60-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional thirty (30) days, if the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time for the obtaining or evaluating of documentation and/or information relating thereto.

(c) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

(d) For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is in good faith reliance on the records or books of account of any Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of such

 

11


Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for such Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to such Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected by such Enterprise. The provisions of this Section 5.03(d) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which Indemnitee may be deemed or found to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.

(e) The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any other director, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, officer, agent or employee of any Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining any right to indemnification under this Agreement.

ARTICLE 6

REMEDIES OF INDEMNITEE

Section 6.01. Adjudication or Arbitration. (a) In the event of any dispute between Indemnitee and the Company hereunder as to entitlement to indemnification or advancement of Expenses (including where (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 5.02 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 4.01 of this Agreement, (iii) payment of indemnification pursuant to Section 3.01 of this Agreement is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, (iv) no determination as to entitlement to indemnification is timely made pursuant to Section 5.02 of this Agreement and no payment of indemnification is made within ten (10) days after entitlement is deemed to have been determined pursuant to Section 5.03(b)) or (v) a contribution payment is not made in a timely manner pursuant to Section 8.04 of this Agreement, then Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of his or her entitlement to such indemnification, contribution or advancement. Alternatively, in such case, Indemnitee, at his or her option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

(b) In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 5.02(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 6.01 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 6.01 the Company shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the

 

12


case may be, and the Company may not refer to or introduce into evidence any determination pursuant to Section 5.02(a) of this Agreement adverse to Indemnitee for any purpose. If Indemnitee commences a judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to this Section 6.01, Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any advances pursuant to Section 4.02 until a final determination is made with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification (as to which all rights of appeal have been exhausted or lapsed).

(c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 5.02(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 6.01, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d) The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 6.01 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

(e) The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law against all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten (10) days after the Company’s receipt of such written request) advance such Expenses to Indemnitee, which are reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any judicial proceeding or arbitration brought by Indemnitee for (i) indemnification or advances of Expenses by the Company (or otherwise for the enforcement, interpretation or defense of his or her rights) under this Agreement or any other agreement, including any other indemnification, contribution or advancement agreement, or any provision of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws now or hereafter in effect or (ii) recovery or advances under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy maintained by the Company, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, contribution, advancement or insurance recovery, as the case may be.

ARTICLE 7

DIRECTORSAND OFFICERS’ LIABILITY INSURANCE

Section 7.01. D&O Liability Insurance. To the extent that the Company maintains a policy or policies of insurance providing liability insurance for directors and officers of the Company in their capacities as such (and for any

 

13


capacity in which any director or officer of the Company serves any other Enterprise at the request of the Company), in respect of acts or omissions occurring while serving in such capacity, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies, in accordance with its or their terms, to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any other director or officer under such policy or policies.

Section 7.02. Evidence of Coverage. Upon request by Indemnitee, the Company shall provide copies of all policies of D&O Liability Insurance obtained and maintained in accordance with Section 7.01 of this Agreement. The Company shall promptly notify Indemnitee of any changes in such insurance coverage.

ARTICLE 8

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 8.01. Nonexclusivity of Rights. The rights of indemnification, contribution and advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled to under applicable law, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, the Company’s Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

Section 8.02. Insurance and Subrogation. (a) If, at the time the Company receives notice of a claim hereunder, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of such Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies. The failure or refusal of any such insurer to pay any such amount shall not affect or impair the obligations of the Company under this Agreement.

(b) In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

14


(c) The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable (or for which advancement is provided) hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has actually received such payment under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision.

Section 8.03 The Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, Board’s committee member, employee or agent of any other Enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement of Expenses from such Enterprise.

Section 8.04. Contribution. To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving rise to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

Section 8.05. Amendment. This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by a written instrument executed by or on behalf of each of the parties hereto. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit, restrict or reduce any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any act or omission, or any event occurring, prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in applicable law, whether by statute or judicial decision, (i) permits greater indemnification, contribution or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change or (ii) limits rights with respect to indemnification, contribution or advancement of Expenses, it is the intent of the parties hereto that the rights with respect to indemnification, contribution or advancement of Expenses in effect prior to such change shall remain in full force and effect to the extent permitted by applicable law.

Section 8.06. Waivers. The observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) by the party entitled to enforce such term only by a writing signed by the party against which such waiver is to be asserted. Unless otherwise

 

15


expressly provided herein, no delay on the part of any party hereto in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any waiver on the part of any party hereto of any right, power or privilege hereunder operate as a waiver of any other right, power or privilege hereunder nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege hereunder.

Section 8.07. Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the documents referred to herein constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the matters covered hereby, and any other prior or contemporaneous oral or written understandings or agreements with respect to the matters covered hereby are superseded by this Agreement, provided that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Company and applicable law, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

Section 8.08. Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

Section 8.09. Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing (which may be by facsimile transmission). All such notices, requests and other communications shall be deemed received on the date of receipt by the recipient thereof if received prior to 5:00 p.m. in the place of receipt and such day is a business day in the place of receipt. Otherwise, any such notice, request or communication shall be deemed not to have been received until the next succeeding business day in the place of receipt. The address for notice to a party is as shown on the signature page of this Agreement, or such other address as any party shall have given by written notice to the other party as provided above.

 

16


Section 8.10. Binding Effect. (a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director or officer of the Company.

(b) This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company, spouses, heirs, and executors, administrators, personal and legal representatives. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all, or a substantial part of the business or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

(c) The indemnification, contribution and advancement of Expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to this Agreement shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, administrators, legatees and assigns of such a person.

Section 8.11. Governing Law. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules.

Section 8.12. Consent To Jurisdiction. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 6.01(a) of this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware Court”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (iv) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

Section 8.13. Headings. The Article and Section headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the meaning or interpretation of any provisions hereof.

 

17


Section 8.14. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

Section 8.15. Use of Certain Terms. As used in this Agreement, the words “herein,” “hereof,” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular paragraph, subparagraph, section, subsection, or other subdivision. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns, pronouns and verbs shall include the plural and vice versa.

 

18


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered to be effective as of the date first above written.

 

PACTIV EVERGREEN INC.

By:

  _
 

Name:

 

Title:

Address: Pactiv Evergreen Inc.

1900 W. Field Court;

Lake Forest, Illinois 60045

Attention: [•]

E-mail: [•]

With a copy to:

Address: Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

450 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

Attention: Byron B. Rooney

E-mail: Byron.Rooney@davispolk.com

 

19


INDEMNITEE

_

Name:

 

20

EX-10.2

Exhibit 10.2

MASTER SUPPLY AGREEMENT

MASTER SUPPLY AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) dated November 1, 2019 (the “Effective Date”) between REYNOLDS CONSUMER PRODUCTS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company with its headquarters at 1900 West Field Court, Lake Forest, IL 60045 (“Seller”), and PACTIV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company with its headquarters at 1900 West Field Court, Lake Forest, IL 60045 (“Buyer”). Seller and Buyer are referred to individually at times as a “Party” and collectively at times as the “Parties”.

BACKGROUND

A.    Seller sells various types of products used in the consumer and food service markets.

B.    Buyer sells various types of products, including certain products of the type made by Seller, to its customers.

C.    The Parties are entering into this Agreement to establish the terms and conditions under which Seller may agree to sell specific products to Buyer, and Buyer may agree to purchase specific products from Seller for later resale by Buyer to its business customers.

AGREEMENT

1.    Term. The “Term” of this Agreement will commence on the Effective Date and will end on the earlier of: (a) the first anniversary of the expiration date of the last Purchase Schedule (as defined in this next Section); (b) a termination date elected by a Party in a written notice delivered to the other Party any time after the expiration of the last Purchase Schedule; or (c) a termination date elected by a Party in a written notice delivered to the other Party as provided in Subsection 11(d) of this Agreement. The rights and obligations of the Parties under this Agreement will survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement with respect to any (i) products purchased and sold under this Agreement during the Term and products sold after the Term for orders accepted during the Term; (ii) Confidential Information (as defined in Section 10 of this Agreement) disclosed or received by a Party during the Term; (iii) breach of this Agreement by a Party; (iv) any other statement, decision, act or omission of a Party concerning or related to this Agreement; (v) any Dispute (as defined in Section 11 of this Agreement) between the Parties concerning or related to this Agreement; (vi) products and other materials manufactured or maintained by Seller in inventory for sale to Buyer that Buyer is obligated to purchase under a Purchase Schedule; and (vii) any provision that expressly states that it will survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement.

2.    Scope. This Agreement will apply to all products sold by Seller to Buyer, and all products purchased by Buyer from Seller, during the Term unless the Parties expressly agree that this Agreement will not apply to a particular type of transaction in a separate written document signed by an officer of each Party. This Agreement will not require Seller to sell any type or quantity of a product to Buyer, nor will this Agreement required Buyer to purchase any type or quantity of a product from Seller, except as expressly provided by the Parties in a Purchase Schedule. The phrase “Purchase Schedule” will mean a written supplement to this Agreement signed by an officer of each Party which references this Agreement and which identities, among other terms and conditions, the specific types and quantities of products that will be purchased and sold by the Parties on terms and conditions in the schedule, the specifications for the identified products, the duration of the commitment period during which the Parties will be obligated to purchase and sell the identified products on the terms and conditions in the schedule, the prices of the identified products, any mechanisms for adjusting the prices of the identified products over the commitment period, and the facilities at which the identified products will be manufactured, stored and delivered by Seller. The Parties may add terms and conditions to, and amend the terms and conditions of, this Agreement in a Purchase Schedule, but any additional and amended terms and conditions in a Purchase Schedule supplementing and modifying this Agreement will only apply the specific products identified in that Purchase Schedule for its duration.


3.    Standard Operating Procedures. Over approximately the past eight years, the Parties have been supplying select Products to one another for use in the operation of their respective businesses within the United States of America, Canada and Mexico. The Parties developed and been following certain standard operating procedures in connecting with, among other topics, forecasting, production planning, ordering, delivering and resolving claims on the Products supplied to one another (the “Current SOPs”). The Parties will be updating their respective business systems over the next six months, and the updates to these business systems will require the Parties to modify the Current SOPs. Once the Parties have completed the updates to the business systems and agreed on the necessary modifications to the Current SOPs, the Parties will sign a written amendment to this Agreement appending the updated standard operating procedures (the “Updated SOPs”). Until the Parties have signed a written amendment appending the Updated SOPs, the parties will continue to follow the Current SOPs. The Parties will comply with the applicable SOPs in connection with the purchase and sale of products identified in a Purchase Schedule. The Parties may add terms and conditions to, and amend the terms and conditions of, the SOP in a Purchase Schedule, but any additional and amended terms and conditions in a Purchase Schedule supplementing and modifying the SOP will only apply the specific products identified in that Purchase Schedule for its duration.

4.    Order and Priority of Interpretation. In the event of any conflict, inconsistency or ambiguity between two or more provisions in this Agreement, including the provisions in its Exhibits and Purchase Schedules, the provisions in the documents will govern, supersede and control over one another in the following order of priority: (1st) a Purchase Schedule with regards to the purchase and sale of the specific products identified in that Purchase Schedule for its duration; (2nd) the SOP; (3rd) any Exhibit to this Agreement but only with regards to specific subject matter of the Exhibit; and (4th) the main body of this Agreement prior to the signature page.

5.    General Representations, Warranties and Covenants. A Party represents, warrant and covenants on the Effective Date and at all times during the Term that:

 

  a.

The Party is formed, registered, licensed and operating its business in compliance with the laws of the United States of America, its states and territories, and any districts, municipalities and other political subdivisions of the foregoing (“Applicable Laws”).

 

  b.

The Party is operating its business in compliance with a commercially reasonable code of ethics adopted by such Party.

 

  c.

The Party may enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement without being in conflict with, or in breach of, any other agreement of the Party.

 

  d.

The Party is solvent, is capable of paying its debts as and when they become due and is paying its debts as and when due.

 

  e.

The Party is not the subject of a criminal investigation nor a defendant in any criminal indictment, petition, complaint or proceeding that carries a potential sentence involving incarceration in excess of one year for any director or executive officer of the Party involved in the alleged criminal misconduct or a fine in excess of $100,000 USD.

A Party will promptly notify the other Party of any change in circumstance during the Term in which the Party is no longer in compliance with the foregoing general representations, warranties and covenants. An incident of actual, alleged or suspected non-compliance by a Party with a warranty under this Section being investigated, contested or corrected in good faith by the Party and which, regardless of outcome, will have no material adverse effect on the Party or its performance under this Agreement or on the other Party, will not be considered a breach of this clause. An incident of actual, alleged or suspected non-compliance by a Party of this Section or any other Section of this Agreement will be grounds for the other Party to demand adequate assurances of performance as provided by Section 2-609 of the Illinois Uniform Commercial Code. A Party will have ten (10) days to provide adequate assurances of performance to the other Party in a form acceptable to the other Party in its good faith discretion.


6.    Specific Product Warranties. Seller represents and warrants to Buyer that each product sold under this Agreement will at the time of delivery to Buyer:

 

  a.

Be in new, undamaged and unadulterated condition free of any defects in design, materials and manufacture. Seller is not making any representation or warranty under this clause with regards to the design of a product to the extent the design constitutes, incorporates or otherwise embodies intellectual property that Buyer has represented and warranted to Seller is owned by Buyer and which Buyer has licensed to Seller to manufacture the product for Buyer.

 

  b.

Have been manufactured and stored by Seller at a plant (and, if applicable under a Purchase Schedule, a warehouse) of Seller approved in the applicable Purchase Schedule prior to its delivery to Buyer.

 

  c.

Has been manufactured, packaged, labelled, sold and delivered by Seller, and may be sold by Buyer in interstate commerce, in compliance with Applicable Laws, including without limitation with food safety regulations issued by the United States Food and Drug Administration that are applicable to the product. Seller will not be in breach of this warranty because an Applicable Law prohibits, restricts or imposes a charge on a product in a district, municipality or other political subdivision of the United States of America or its states or territories.

 

  d.

Comply with the written specifications for the product identified in the applicable Purchase Schedule.

 

  e.

Be fit for the purpose of packaging, selling or use in consuming food subject to qualifications and instructions on the use of the product in the written specifications for the product identified in the applicable Purchase Schedule.

 

  f.

Be conveyed by Seller to Buyer with good and marketable title free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and claims arising by, through or under Seller.

 

  g.

Not infringe on any patent, trademark, copyright, trade secret or other the intellectual property of any third-party registered or otherwise recognized and enforceable under Applicable Law. Seller is not making any representation or warranty under this clause with regards to the design of a product to the extent the design constitutes, incorporates or otherwise embodies intellectual property that Buyer has represented and warranted to Seller is owned by Buyer and which Buyer has licensed to Seller to manufacture the product for Buyer.

 

  h.

Comply with any additional representations and warranties of Seller regarding the product in the applicable Purchase Schedule.

If a Buyer receives a product that fails to conform to these representations and warranties, the sole remedies of Buyer for the breach of warranty will be to: (1) reject and return the non-conforming product to Seller for a refund or credit, or a replacement conforming product, in the manner and time period provided in the SOP; (2) obtain reimbursement from Seller for actual, reasonable, substantiated out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Buyer in the recovery, return or disposal of a non-conforming product that is the subject of a mandatory product recall required under Applicable Laws or a voluntary withdrawal declared by Seller or approved by Seller (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed); and (3) obtain indemnification from Seller for any Indemnified Claim arising from or related to the non-conforming product as provided in Section 7.


7.    Indemnification.

 

  a.

A claim that a Party (referred to at times in this Section as an “Indemnifying Party”) is required to defend and indemnify the other Party (referred to at times in this Section as an “Indemnified Party”) under this Agreement is referred to at times in this Section as an “Indemnified Claim”. Defense and indemnification under this Section will include, without limitation, (1) paying or reimbursing the actual, reasonable, substantiated out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the investigation, defense and settlement of any civil, criminal or administrative action, suit, arbitration, mediation, hearing, audit, investigation or other proceeding threatened or commenced against an Indemnified Party on an Indemnified Claim (e.g., fees and expenses of attorneys, accountants, auditors, investigators, consulting experts, testifying experts and other consultants; fees and expenses of an arbitrator or mediator; filing fees and costs imposed by any court, administrative agency or other tribunal; etc.), and (2) satisfying any judgment, award, order, lien, levy, fine, penalty or other sanction imposed against an Indemnified Party on an Indemnified Claim.

 

  b.

Seller will defend and indemnify Buyer against: (1) any third-party claim for personal injury, damage to tangible property or other loss to the extent caused by any actual or alleged breach of this Agreement by Seller, including, without limitation, any product supplied by Seller which fails to conform to the representations and warranties in this Agreement; (2) any third-party claim for personal injury, damage to tangible property or other loss to the extent caused by any actual or alleged negligence or other legally culpable misconduct of Seller in the design, manufacture, storage, sale or delivery of any product sold by Seller under this Agreement or in the performance of other obligation of Seller under this Agreement; (3) any third-party claim for actual or alleged infringement of a product sold by Seller under this Agreement or its design, manufacture, storage, packaging, sale or delivery by Seller under this Agreement or in the performance of any other obligation of Seller under this Agreement (except to the extent that the infringement is based on intellectual property that that Buyer has represented and warranted to Seller that Buyer owns and that Buyer has licensed to Seller and that Seller has used in compliance with the license terms in supplying the product); (4) the threat or imposition of any fine, penalty or other sanction by a governmental authority on Buyer to the extent caused by any actual or alleged violation by Seller of Applicable Law; or (5) any other matter that Seller has agreed to defend and indemnify Buyer against under a Purchase Schedule.

 

  c.

Buyer will defend and indemnify Seller against: (1) any third-party claim for personal injury, damage to tangible property or other loss to the extent caused by any actual or alleged breach of this Agreement by Buyer; (2) any third-party claim for personal injury, damage to tangible property or other loss to the extent caused by any actual or alleged negligence or other legally culpable misconduct of Buyer in the purchase, storage, repackaging, resale or delivery of any product purchased from Seller under this Agreement or in the performance of other obligation of Buyer under this Agreement; (3) any third-party claim for actual or alleged infringement of a product sold by Seller under this Agreement or its design, manufacture, storage, sale or delivery by Seller under this Agreement or in the performance of any other obligation of Seller under this Agreement to the extent based on intellectual property that that Buyer has represented and warranted to Seller that Buyer owns and that Buyer has licensed to Seller and that Seller has used in compliance with the license term in supplying the product; (4) the threat or imposition of any fine, penalty or other sanction by governmental authority on Seller to the extent caused by any actual or alleged violation by Buyer of Applicable Law; or (5) any other matter that Buyer has agreed to defend and indemnify Seller against under a Purchase Schedule.

 

  d.

As a condition of receiving defense and indemnification under this Section for an Indemnified Claim, the Indemnified Party must:

 

  (1)

notify and tender the defense of an Indemnified Claim to the Indemnifying Party promptly after the Indemnified Party learns of the Indemnified Claim; and


  (2)

provide information and cooperation reasonably requested by the Indemnifying Party in the investigation, defense, settlement and satisfaction of the Indemnified Claim. An Indemnifying Party will reimburse the Indemnified Party of any reasonable, actual, substantiated out-of-pocket expense incurred in providing the requested information or cooperation.

 

  e.

If the Indemnifying Party accepts the tender of defense of an Indemnified Claim, with or without reservation, the Indemnifying Party will:

 

  (1)

promptly notify the Indemnified Party of the acceptance of the tender of defense of the Indemnified Claim.

 

  (2)

control the investigation, defense, settlement and satisfaction of the Indemnified Claim, including, without limitation, the selection of licensed, qualified and reputable attorneys and expert witnesses and all decisions over settlement and litigation strategy. The Indemnifying Party must act in good faith in exercising control over the investigation, defense, settlement and satisfaction of the Indemnified Claim.

 

  (3)

Provide information reasonably requested by the Indemnified Party regarding the investigation, defense, settlement and satisfaction of the Indemnified Claim

 

  f.

An Indemnifying Party, acting in good faith, may settle an Indemnified Claim for which it is responsible under this Agreement involving infringement on the intellectual property of a third-party by: (1) obtaining a license from the third-party allowing the required use of its intellectual property; (2) modifying a product, equipment or process in a manner which avoids infringing on the intellectual property of the third-party; or (3) voluntarily withdrawing the infringing product from the market and either refunding the amount paid by the Indemnified Party for the infringing product or replacing the infringing product with a non-infringing product.

 

  g.

The Parties may disagree on whether a claim is an Indemnified Claim under this Agreement, which Party should be considered the Indemnifying Party and Indemnified Party for an Indemnified Claim or whether each Party is partially liable for an Indemnified Claim and how liability for such an Indemnified Claim should be allocated between them. In these and other circumstances in which an actual or potential conflict of interest exists or arises between the Parties with regards to an alleged or agreed upon Indemnified Claim that would preclude their joint representation by a single defense counsel, the Parties will endeavor in good faith to attempt to resolve the conflict. If the Parties are able to resolve the actual or potential conflict of interest, the Parties will memorialize the agreed upon resolution in a written joint defense agreement signed by officers of each Party and their joint defense counsel. If the Parties are unable to resolve the actual or potential conflict of interest, each Party may independently and separately investigate, defend, settle and satisfy the claim subject to their right to pursue payment or reimbursement for costs incurred in doing so from the other Party as provided in this Agreement.

8.    Insurance. During the Term of this Agreement, each Party will maintain the following minimum types and amounts of insurance coverage during the Term of this Agreement:

 

  a.

Commercial General Liability Insurance. Occurrence based coverage with a combined single limit of at least $10,000,000 per occurrence and in the aggregate for premises and operations; products and completed operations; contractual liability coverage for indemnities of a Party contained within this Agreement; broad form property damage (including completed operations); explosion, collapse and underground hazards; and personal injury. Requires additional insured endorsement and waiver of subrogation endorsement.


  b.

Automobile Liability Insurance. Occurrence based coverage with a combined single limit of at least $10,000,000 per occurrence and in the aggregate for owned, non-owned, and hired automotive equipment of the Party. Requires additional insured endorsement and waiver of subrogation endorsement.

 

  c.

Workers’ Compensation Liability Insurance. Occurrence based coverage providing benefits in the minimal amount required by Applicable Law for workplace and work related injuries and illnesses to the employees of a Party, including, without limitation, Workers Compensation Acts of applicable U.S. States, the U.S. Longshoremen’s and Harbor Workers Compensation Act and the U.S. Jones Act. Requires alternate employer endorsement and waiver of subrogation endorsement.

 

  d.

Employers’ Liability Insurance. Occurrence based coverage with a limit of at least $10,000,000 per occurrence or any greater limits set by Applicable Law workplace and work related injuries and illnesses to the employees of a Party. Requires waiver of alternate employer endorsement.

 

  e.

Property Insurance. Coverage providing “all risk” property insurance at the replacement value of the machinery, equipment, fixtures, tools, materials and other property of the Party. “All risk” coverage will include, by way of example and not limitation, loss or damage resulting from earthquakes, floods, wind, fire or other natural or weather-related phenomenon. Requires waiver of subrogation endorsement.

All insurers of a Party on such policies must have at all times an A.M. Best financial rating of at least “A-Minus VII”. An insuring Party may satisfy the required minimum amounts of insurance through a primary policy and one or more excess policies. All insurance of an insuring Party must be “primary and non-contributory” with respect to any insurance that the other Party may maintain, but only with respect to the negligence or other legal liability of the insuring Party.

An insuring Party must deliver the following written evidence of the required insurance coverage to the other Party (Attention: Risk Management), or its designated insurance monitoring service, within ten (10) of written request and at least thirty (30) days in advance of the expiration of a then current policy term (if a declaration or endorsement is not available from an insurer at the time requested or required, an insuring Party will provide them as soon as the declaration or endorsement is available from the insurer):

 

  i.

Certificate of insurance confirming that the required insurance coverage and minimal limits are met for the extended, renewed or replacement policy term.

 

  ii.

Declaration pages of insurance policy (or a copy of the binder until the declaration pages are available) confirming that the required insurance coverage and minimal limits are met for the extended, renewed or replacement policy term.

 

  iii.

Copies of additional insured endorsements required for applicable policies in the name and for the benefit of: “[NAME OF OTHER PARTY], its parent, subsidiaries and affiliates; any lessors of the foregoing and any mortgagees, deed of trust beneficiaries and secured creditors of such lessors; and any successors and assignees of all of the foregoing.

 

  iv.

Copies of alternate employer endorsements and waiver of subrogation endorsements required for applicable policies in the name and for the benefit of: ““[NAME OF OTHER PARTY], its parent, subsidiaries and affiliates; any lessors of the foregoing and any mortgagees, deed of trust beneficiaries and secured creditors of such lessors; and any successors and assignees of all of the foregoing.


A Party may maintain any level of deductible on required insurance coverage allowed by Applicable Law. A Party may also self-insure any of the required insurance coverage, in whole or in part, if allowed by Applicable Law during any period that the Party maintains a tangible net worth in excess of $100 million USD and maintains a professionally managed and adequately reserved for and funded self-insurance program.

9.    Limitations on Liability.

 

  a.

Disclaimer of Representations and Warranties. Each Party: (1) disclaims all representations and warranties regarding its products, performance, supplied information or business, whether oral or written, express or implied, arising by operation of law or otherwise, including, without limitation, the implied warranty of merchantability and the implied warranty of fitness for a particular purpose, other than those express representations and warranties of the Party in this Agreement; (2) acknowledges that the Party has not relied on, and will not rely on, any representations and warranties of the other Party regarding its products, performance, supplied information or business, whether oral or written, express or implied, arising by operation of law or otherwise, other than those express representations and warranties of the other Party in this Agreement; and (3) waives any claim that the Party may have based, in whole or in part, on any representations and warranties of the other Party regarding its products, performance, supplied information or business, whether oral or written, express or implied, arising by operation of law or otherwise, other than those express representations and warranties of the other Party in this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Buyer is entitled to rely on (i) the descriptive information in transaction documents issued by either Party in the ordinary course of business during the Term identifying the ordered Products (e.g., the type and quantity of ordered products and scheduled date and location for delivery) and (ii) FDA guaranty letters and other similar written assurances in Seller’s standard forms certifying that a product complies with Applicable Laws issued by Seller to Buyers and other U.S. customers in the ordinance course of business during the Term.

 

  b.

Exclusion of Indirect Damages; Waiver of Claim for Insured Damage or Loss. A Party that breaches this Agreement will only be liable to the other Party for direct damages arising from the breach. Each Party waives any right to recover consequential, incidental, indirect, exemplary, punitive or any other types of indirect damages from the other Party for a breach of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the preceding sentences, this Subsection will not limit the liability of a Party for any amount or type of damages for: (1) the defense and indemnification of an Indemnified Claim on which the Party is the Indemnifying Party; (2) infringement by the Party on the intellectual property of the other Party; (3) the unauthorized disclosure or use by the Party of the Confidential Information of the other Party; (4) payment or reimbursement of any amount expressly required to be paid or reimbursed by the Party under a provision of this Agreement; or (5) the intentional misconduct of the Party in violation of Applicable Laws.

 

  c.

Force Majeure. A Party will not be considered in breach of this Agreement or liable to the other Party for any interruption or delay in performance under this Agreement to the extent caused by an event outside of the ability of the performing Party to foresee and avoid with the exercise of commercially reasonable efforts (such an event is referred to at times as an event of “Force Majeure”). Examples of events of Force Majeure include, without limitation: natural disasters; war; acts of terrorism; government action; accident; strikes, slowdowns and other labor disputes; shortages in or inability to obtain material, equipment, transportation or labor; any breach, negligence, criminal misconduct or other act or omission of any third-party; fire or other insured or uninsured casualty. A Party whose performance is interrupted or delayed by an event of Force Majeure will be excused from the interruption or delay in performance during the event of Force Majeure and for a commercially reasonable period of additional time after the event of Force Majeure that the Party needs to recover from the event of Force Majeure and restore performance. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Party will only be excused for an interruption or delay in performance under this Subsection for an event of Force Majeure only if the Party (1) promptly notifies the other Party of the event of Force Majeure and provides information reasonably requested by the other Party regarding the event of Force Majeure, the efforts undertaken by the


  Party to foresee and avoid interruption or delay in its performance before the occurrence of the event, to mitigate interruption or delay in performance during the event, and to recover from and restore performance following the event; and (2) the Party exercises commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate, recover from and restore performance following the event of Force Majeure. During, and while recovering from and restoring performance following, an event of Force Majeure, Seller will act in good faith in allocating its available manufacturing capacity to supply products to Buyer under this Agreement and any products to other customers of Seller. If an event of Force Majeure interrupts or delays Seller from supplying a product to Buyer under this Agreement in the quantities and timetable required by Buyer, Buyer may cancel any unfilled orders for the product with Seller and procure the required quantities of the product from one or more other sources until Seller has recovered from and restored its ability to perform following the event of Force Majeure. If the interruption or delay in the supply of a product to Buyer under this Agreement caused by an event of Force Majeure has exceeded, or is reasonably likely to exceed, thirty (30) days, Buyer may enter into longer term supply agreements or make other arrangements to procure the required quantities of the product from one or more other sources for a duration and on terms acceptable to Buyer in its good faith discretion. In such a circumstance, Buyer will not have to resume purchasing the product from Seller under this Agreement until Seller has recovered from and restored its ability to perform following the event of Force Majeure and the longer term agreements or other arrangements have expired or Buyer is able to end them without liability. This Subsection will not excuse nor extend a deadline by which a Party must pay an amount owed under this Agreement or Applicable Law or by which a Party must exercise any right or remedy under this Agreement or Applicable Law.

10.    Confidential Information and Other Intellectual Property.

 

  a.

The Parties anticipate exchanging Confidential Information (as defined in in the next Subsection) over the Term of this Agreement for the purpose of negotiating and entering into Purchase Schedules and amendments to this Agreement, transacting business with one in accordance with this Agreement and exercising their rights and performing their obligations under this Agreement (collectively referred to as the “Authorized Purpose”).

 

  b.

The phrase “Confidential Information” means information meeting all of the following criteria:

 

  1)

The information is a trade secret or other non-public, proprietary information owned by a Party or its direct and indirect subsidiaries under Applicable Law (this Party is referred to at times in this Section as the “Disclosing Party”); and

 

  2)

The other Party (referred to at times in this Section as the “Receiving Party”) requests such information from the Disclosing Party for the Authorized Purpose during the Term (i.e., neither Party wants unsolicited Confidential Information from the other Party); and

 

  3)

The Disclosing Party discloses such requested information to the Receiving Party during the Term either labelled as “Confidential” or words of similar intent, or describes the disclosed information in reasonable detail in a written notice to the Receiving Party delivered, either at the time of disclosure or within five (5) days of disclosure. If a Disclosing Party neglects to label or deliver timely written notice to the Receiving Party identifying the disclosed information as confidential in nature, the disclosed information will only be treated as Confidential Information under this Agreement if the Disclosing Party is able to demonstrate by clear and convincing evidence that the Receiving Party knew that the disclosed information was a trade secret or other non-public, proprietary information of the Disclosing Party at the time of disclosure.


The criteria in Clause (2) and Clause (3) will not apply to Confidential Information of a Disclosing Party observed or heard by a Receiving Party in a plant, warehouse, facility or system of the Disclosing Party. The existence and terms of this Agreement, and the existence, nature and extent of the business relationship between the Parties, will be considered the Confidential Information of each Party.

 

  c.

The phrase “Confidential Information” also means the Know-How of a Disclosing Party and its direct and indirect subsidiaries that a Receiving Party and its direct and indirect subsidiaries learned of, acquired or otherwise used prior to the Effective Date. The phrase “Know-How” means trade secret and other confidential, proprietary information of a Party or its Affiliate concerning the manufacture, storage, packaging, marketing, sale and delivery of its products. Examples of Know-How may be in the form of drawings, equipment specifications, formulae, formulations, guidelines, manuals, methods, plans, policies, procedures, processes, properties and applications of raw materials and products, tools, dies and molds. A Receiving Party and its direct and indirect subsidiaries may continue to use the Know-How of the Disclosing Party and its direct and indirect subsidiaries in the possession of the Receiving Party and its direct and indirect subsidiaries as of the Effective Date for the Authorized Purpose and in connection with the operation of the business of the Receiving Party and its direct and indirect subsidiaries. Nothing in this Subsection or any other provisions of this Agreement will obligate a Party to disclose or license the use of its Know-How of any kind and in any form arising, discovered, acquired or developed after the Effective Date to the other Party.

 

  d.

The phrase “Confidential Information” does not include, and there will not be any duties of confidentiality or other restrictions under this Agreement for, the following types of information:

 

  (1)

Information which is or becomes available as part of the public domain through any means other than as a result of a breach of this Agreement by the Receiving Party; or

 

  (2)

Information, other than Know-How received prior the Effective Date, which is known to the Receiving Party before the disclosure of the same information by the Disclosing Party; or

 

  (3)

Information which is or becomes available to the Receiving Party from a third-party who is not under any duty to preserve the confidentiality of such information; or

 

  (4)

Information which is furnished by the Disclosing Party to a third-party without imposing any duty on the third-party to preserve the confidentiality of such information; or

 

  (5)

Information which is independently developed by the Receiving Party without the use of or reliance on any trade secret or other non-public, proprietary information provided by the Disclosing Party as Confidential Information under this Agreement or under any prior agreement between the Parties; or

 

  (6)

Information that ceases to be a trade secret or other non-public, proprietary information of the Disclosing Party under applicable law through any means other than those enumerated above that does not involve nor result from a breach of this Agreement by the Receiving Party.

 

  e.

A Party may request and disclose Confidential Information in any form or medium. Confidential Information may include, without limitation, information concerning the assets, liabilities, financing, financial statements, ownership, goods, services, customers, suppliers, marketing, manufacturing, equipment, software, technology, supply chain, business strategies, plans, models, policies, methods, processes, formulae, specifications, drawings, schematics, software and technical know-how of a Disclosing Party. A Receiving Party will take all commercially reasonable actions required to safeguard the Confidential Information of a Disclosing Party in the possession of such Receiving Party against the unauthorized disclosure or use of the Confidential Information by other persons. A Receiving Party will promptly notify the Disclosing Party if the Receiving Party learns of any unauthorized disclosure or use of the Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party by any


  person. A Receiving Party will cooperate in good faith with the Disclosing Party to prevent any unauthorized disclosure or use of the Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party by any person.

 

  f.

A Receiving Party will not disclose nor use the Confidential Information of a Disclosing Party except as follows:

 

  (1)

A Receiving Party may disclose Confidential Information of a Disclosing Party on a “need to know” basis to the Representatives of the Receiving Party who require such information for the Authorized Purpose and in order for the Receiving Party and its Affiliates to comply with Applicable Laws, accounting standards and securities exchange requirements. Before making such a disclosure, the Receiving Party will advise the Representatives of the confidential nature of the information being shared and ensure that duties and restrictions are, or have been, imposed on the Representatives receiving the Confidential Information similar to those imposed on the Receiving Party under this Agreement. A Receiving Party will be liable for any breach of this Agreement by its Representatives. An “Affiliate” of a Party means a legal entity that owns and controls, or is owned and controlled by, or is under common ownership and control with, a Party (other than the other Party or any of its direct and indirect subsidiaries), with ownership and control of a legal entity being determined by the ownership of the majority voting interest in the legal entity. A “Representative” means the Affiliates of a Party and the directors, officers, managers, employees, accountants, attorneys, auditors and other agents and consultants of a Party and its Affiliates.

 

  (2)

A Receiving Party may disclose Confidential Information of a Disclosing Party to a court, governmental entity or any other person in order for the Receiving Party and its Affiliates to comply with Applicable Laws, accounting standards and securities exchange requirements. If legally permissible and reasonably possible, a Receiving Party will notify the Disclosing Party prior to disclosing its Confidential Information pursuant to this Section and cooperate in good faith with any lawful efforts by the Disclosing Party to avoid or limit the disclosure of its Confidential Information. A Receiving Party will not be obligated to incur any liability, expense or risk in extending such cooperation to a Disclosing Party. Based on legal advice of its attorney, a Receiving Party may disclose the Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party by any deadline established under an Applicable Law, accounting standard and securities exchange requirement.

 

  (3)

A Receiving Party may disclose and use the Confidential Information of a Disclosing Party to enforce or interpret this Agreement or any other agreement with the Disclosing Party in any arbitration, court or other legal proceeding. A Receiving Party may disclose and use this Confidential Information of a Disclosing Party to defend the Receiving Party or its Affiliates or their respective Representatives in any arbitration, court or other legal proceeding. In either circumstance, the Receiving Party will ensure that a protective order, agreement or other mechanism is in place to preserve the confidentiality of the Confidential Information.

 

  (4)

A Receiving Party and its Representatives may disclose and use the Confidential Information for any other purpose consented to by a Disclosing Party in a written notice signed by an officer of the Disclosing Party delivered to the Receiving Party.

 

  g.

In disclosing its Confidential Information to a Receiving Party, a Disclosing Party represents, warrants and covenants to the Receiving Party that:

 

  (1)

The Disclosing Party owns and has the right to disclose and authorize the use of Confidential Information as provided in this Agreement.


  (2)

The Receiving Party and its Representatives may use the Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party for the Authorized Purpose and other limited purposes provided in this Agreement.

 

  (3)

The Disclosing Party will indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Receiving Party and its Representatives against any claim of a third-party that the disclosure and use of the Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party as provided in this Agreement infringes on a patent, trademark, copyright, trade secret or other intellectual property of the third-party registered in or otherwise recognized and enforceable under Applicable Laws.

Except for the limited representations and warranties in this Section, a Disclosing Party disclaims all other representations and warranties of any kind related to its Confidential Information, whether express, implied or arising by operation of law, including the disclaimer, without limitation, of any representation and warranties concerning merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, truth, accuracy or completeness.

 

  h.

The rights and obligations of the Parties under this Section with regards to disclosed Confidential Information will continue:

 

  (1)

Until the earlier of (i) sixty (60) months from the date of disclosure to a Receiving Party or (ii) the date such information ceases to be considered Confidential Information under this Agreement, for Confidential Information that is not a trade secret of a Disclosing Party under Applicable Law; and

 

  (2)

Until Confidential Information that is a trade secret of a Disclosing Party under Applicable Law ceases to be a trade secret of the Disclosing Party under Applicable Law.

 

  i.

A Receiving Party will return or destroy all forms of Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party in the custody of the Receiving Party and its Representatives within ten (10) days of receipt of a written request from the Disclosing Party and after the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement. This will include, without limitation, all copies, records, documents and other information representing, comprising, containing, referencing or created based on Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Receiving Party and its Representatives may retain copies of Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party which (x) the Receiving Party and its Representatives are required to retain to comply with Applicable Laws, accounting standards and security exchange requirements (but only for the duration and in the manner so required for this limited purpose); or (y) have been archived in electronic form by the Receiving Party and its Representatives and which would be unduly burdensome for the Receiving Party and its Representatives to have to search for and delete the Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party.

 

  j.

Except for the limited right to disclose and use Confidential Information of a Disclosing Party for the Authorized Purpose and other purposes provided in the this Section and except for any license of intellectual property granted by a Disclosing Party to the Receiving Party in a Purchase Schedule, this Agreement does not grant a Receiving Party or its Representatives any right, title, interest or ownership in the Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party nor in any patent, trademark, copyright or other intellectual property of the Disclosing Party. As between the Parties during the Term, to be effective, the grant of any right, title, interest and ownership in and to any Confidential Information of Party or in an patents, trademarks, copyrights and other intellectual property of the Party must be in writing and signed by the chief executive officers of the Parties. During the Term, a Party will not develop intellectual property for, on behalf of, or in collaboration with, the other Party unless the Parties have entered into a Purchase Schedule or other separate written agreement signed by an officer of each Party.


11.    Dispute Resolution.

 

  a.

Negotiation. If a Party believes that the other Party has breached this Agreement or if there is a dispute between the Parties over the interpretation of this Agreement (a “Dispute”), the Parties will endeavor to resolve the Dispute through good faith negotiation for a period of thirty (30) days after a Party notifies the other Party of the Dispute and before either Party requests mediation or files litigation to resolve the Dispute.

 

  b.

Mediation. If the Parties have been unable to resolve a Dispute through good faith negotiation as provided in the prior Subsection, a Party may request that the Parties attempt to resolve the Dispute through mediation by notifying the other Party with a copy to JAMS. The Parties will attempt to select a mutually acceptable JAMS mediator within ten (10) days of the notice requesting mediation. The mediation will be held in Lake County or Cook County, Illinois within thirty (30) days of the notice requesting mediation before a JAMS mediator and in compliance with JAMS mediation guidelines. Each party will bear its own costs in preparing for and participating in the mediation and one-half of the fees and expenses charged by JAMS for conducting the mediation.

 

  c.

Litigation. If the Parties have been unable to resolve a Dispute through mediation as provided in the prior Subsection, a Party may file litigation against the other Party in a court of competent jurisdiction in the United States of America. With respect to litigation involving only the Parties or their Affiliates, the Parties irrevocably consent to the exclusive personal jurisdiction and venue of the U.S. federal and Illinois state courts of competent subject matter jurisdiction located in Lake County, Illinois or Cook County, Illinois and their respective higher courts of appeal for the limited purpose of resolving a Dispute, and the Parties waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any defense of inconvenient forum. The Parties waive any right to trial by jury as to any Disputes resolved through litigation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Party may file litigation to resolve a Dispute without undergoing either negotiation or mediation as provided in the prior Subsections for any Dispute involving: (i) infringement on intellectual property; (ii) the unauthorized use or disclosure of Confidential Information; or (iii) a request for a temporary restraining order, a preliminary or permanent injunction or any other type of equitable relief.

 

  d.

Remedies. Except as expressly limited in the preceding Subsections and the other provisions in this Agreement, a Party may immediately exercise any rights and remedies available to the Party under Applicable Law upon a breach of this Agreement by the other Party. A Party will not suspend performance under or terminate this Agreement or any accepted purchase order for a product being purchased and sold under this Agreement unless: (1) the other Party is in material breach of this Agreement and has either refused to cure the material breach or has failed to cure the material breach within thirty (30) day of its receipt of written notice of the failure; and (2) the Parties have been unable to resolve the Dispute related to the material breach through negotiation or mediation, or the breaching Party has refused or failed to attempt to resolve the Dispute through negotiation or mediation, as provided in this Section. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Party may suspend performance or terminate this Agreement or any accepted purchase order for a product being purchase and sold under this Agreement immediately on written notice to the other Party, and without providing the other Party an opportunity to cure the material breach or attempting to resolve a Dispute over the material breach by negotiation or mediation as provided in this Section, for a material breach by the other Party involving substantial harm to the reputation, goodwill and business of the non-breaching Party that cannot reasonably be avoided or fully redressed by providing the other Party an opportunity to cure the material breach.

 

  e.

Late Fees and Collection Costs. If Buyer fails to pay Seller an amount owed under this Agreement by the invoice due date, then Buyer will owe Seller: (i) the delinquent amount; and (ii) a late payment fee equal to two percent (2%) of the delinquent amount for each full or partial calendar month past the invoice due date that the delinquent amount remains unpaid. In addition, if Seller has to file


  litigation to collect the amount owed and Seller prevails in the litigation, Buyer will reimburse Seller for actual, reasonable, substantiated out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Seller in collecting the delinquent amount and accrued late payment fees on the delinquent amount. Under no circumstance will the late payment fee payable to Seller exceed the amount that a creditor may lawfully impose on a debtor on a delinquent amount under Applicable Law.

12.    Miscellaneous.

 

  a.

Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including its appended Exhibits and Purchase Schedules entered into during the Term, constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the sale of products by Seller to Buyer and the purchase of products by Buyer from Seller. This Agreement supersedes all prior and simultaneous representations, discussions, negotiations, letters, proposals, agreements and understandings, whether written or oral, with respect to this subject matter. This Agreement will not be binding on either Party unless and until signed by the chief executive officers of each Party. No handwritten or other addition, deletion or other modification to the printed portions of this Agreement will be binding upon either Party to this Agreement.

 

  b.

Amendments. A Party may not amend nor supplement the terms and conditions in this Agreement through the inclusion of additional or different terms and conditions in any quotation, purchase order, invoice, bill of lading, letter, email or other document or communication. This Section does not prevent the reliance on the descriptive information in transaction documents identifying the ordered Products (e.g., the type and quantity of ordered products and scheduled date and location for delivery). No amendment of this Agreement will be valid or effective unless made in writing and signed and exchanged by the chief executive officers of the Parties. A Party may approve or reject a request for an amendment in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

  c.

Waiver. The failure of either party to insist in any one or more instances upon strict performance of any of the provisions of this Agreement or to take advantage of any of its rights shall not operate as a continuing waiver of such rights. No right or obligation under this Agreement will be considered to have been waived by a Party unless such waiver is in writing and is signed by an officer of the waiving Party and delivered to the other Party. No consent to or waiver of a breach by either Party will constitute a consent to, waiver of, or excuse for any other, different, or subsequent breach by such Party.

 

  d.

Governing Law. This Agreement and all claims or causes of action arising out of or related to this Agreement shall be governed in all respects, including as to validity, interpretation and effect, by the laws of the State of Illinois and the United States of America, without giving effect to its principles or rules of conflict of laws. The United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods will not govern or otherwise be applicable to this Agreement.

 

  e.

Severability. If any term of provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof shall be found invalid, void or unenforceable by any government or governmental organization having jurisdiction over the subject matter, the remaining provisions, and any application thereof, shall nevertheless continue in full force and effect.

 

  f.

Assignment. This Agreement, its rights and obligations, is not assignable or transferable by either Party, in whole or in part, except with the prior written consent of the other Party, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, either Party may transfer and assign this Agreement to any of its affiliates or in connection with any merger, consolidation or sale of assets without the other Party’s prior consent provided (a) that any such assignment will not result in the assigning Party being released or discharged from any liability under this Agreement, and (b) the purchaser/assignee will expressly assume all obligations of the assigning Party under this Agreement. The assigning Party will provide the other Party with written


  notice of such assignment prior to or promptly following the effective date of such assignment. A change of control shall be deemed an assignment requiring consent hereunder provided that any transfer or assignment that results in Seller’s and Buyer’s current common parent, Reynolds Group Holdings Limited, ceasing to control either party shall not require consent of the other party. The restrictions in this Section will not preclude a Party for authorizing an Affiliate to purchase or sell a product on behalf of a Party under this Agreement. Subject to the foregoing, all of the terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assignees of the respective Parties.

 

  g.

Third Party Beneficiaries. Except as otherwise provided in a Purchase Schedule, there are no intended third-party beneficiaries of this Agreement.

 

  h.

Good Faith and Cooperation. Except where this Agreement states that a Party may expressly exercise a right or render a decision in its “sole and absolute discretion”, a Party will exercise its rights under this Agreement in its good faith business judgment. A Party will perform its obligations under this Agreement in a commercially reasonable manner consistent with industry practices and in compliance with Applicable Law. A Party will promptly take such actions, provide such information and sign such documents as the other Party may reasonably request to obtain the benefits and exercise the rights granted, and to perform the obligations imposed, under this Agreement.

 

  i.

Notices. Any notice required or permitted to be provided by a Party under this Agreement will be made to the notice address of the receiving Party set forth below or to an alternate notice address later designated by the receiving Party in accordance with this Subsection. Notices will be effective upon actual receipt by the receiving Party. An emailed notice will be effective against a receiving Party only if the Receiving Party acknowledge receipt of the emailed notice in a return notice to the notifying Party. A receiving Party agrees to acknowledge receipt of an email notice in good faith promptly following receipt. A Party may change its address for notice by giving notice to the other party Pursuant to this Subsection.

Address for notice to Buyer:

Pactiv LLC

1900 West Field Court

Lake Forest, IL 60045

Attn: John McGrath, Chief Executive Officer

Email: jmcgrath@pactiv.com

For any notice concerning default or termination, with a copy to:

Pactiv LLC

1900 West Field Court

Lake Forest, IL 60045

Attn: Steven R. Karl, General Counsel

Email: skarl@pactiv.com

Address for notices to Seller:

Reynolds Consumer Products LLC

1900 W. Field Court

Lake Forest, IL 60045

Attention: Lance Mitchell, Chief Executive Officer

Email: Lance.Mitchell@@ReynoldsBrands.com


For any notice concerning default or termination, with a copy to:

Reynolds Consumer Products LLC

1900 W. Field Court

Lake Forest, IL 60045

Attention: David Watson, General Counsel

Email: David.Watson@ReynoldsBrands.com

 

  j.

Independent Contractors. The relationship of the Parties established by this Agreement is that of independent contractors, and nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to: (a) give either Party the power to direct and control the day-to-day activities of the other Party, (b) establish the Parties as partners, joint ventures, co-owners or otherwise as participants in a joint or common undertaking, or (c) allow a Party to bind the other Party in any manner or otherwise create or assume any obligation on behalf of the other Party for any purpose whatsoever. A Party will not be considered an agent of the other Party.

 

  k.

Non-Exclusive Supply Relationship. Except as may be provided in a Purchase Schedule, the Agreement is not evidence of, nor does it create, any form of exclusive supply relationship between the Parties concerning the purchase and sale of products. Except as may be provided in a Purchase Schedule and for the types and quantities of products in an accepted purchase order, nothing in the Agreement obligates a Party to sell or purchase any specified volume, market share or other minimum level of products during the Term.

 

  l.

Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires, the following rules of construction will be applied to in the interpretation of the Agreement: (1) Headings are for convenience only and do not affect interpretation; (2) Singular includes the plural and vice-versa; (3) Gender includes all genders; (4) If a word or phrase is defined, its other grammatical forms have a corresponding meaning; (5) The meaning of general words is not limited by specific examples introduced by “includes”, “including” or “for example” or similar expressions; (6) The word “person” includes an individual, corporation, company, trust, partnership, limited partnership, unincorporated body, joint venture, consortium or other legal entity; (7) A reference in any Purchase Schedule or Exhibit to an Article, Section, Subsection or Clause is a reference to an Article, Section, Subsection or Clause in that Purchase Schedule or Exhibit unless otherwise identified; (8) Reference to a Purchase Schedule or Exhibit is a reference to a Schedule, Exhibit described, appended or otherwise identified in this Agreement; (9) A reference to conduct includes, without limitation, an omission, statement or undertaking, whether or not in writing; (10) A reference to a third-party is a reference to a person who is not a Party to this Agreement; (11) Where a period of time is specified for the performance of any act and dates from a given day or the day of an act or event, the period shall be exclusive of that date; and (12) the Parties agree that the Agreement is the product of negotiation between sophisticated parties and individuals, all of whom were or have been given the opportunity to be represented by counsel, and each of whom had an opportunity to participate in, and did participate in, negotiation of the terms hereof. Accordingly, the Parties acknowledge and agree that the Agreement is not a contract of adhesion and that ambiguities in the Agreement, if any, shall not be construed strictly or in favor of or against either Party, but rather shall be given a fair and reasonable construction.

 

  m.

Execution. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original as against the Party whose signature appears thereon, but all of which taken together shall constitute but one and the same instrument. Acceptance of this Agreement may be made by e-mail, mail or other commercially reasonable means showing the signatures of the chief executive officers of the Parties.


In witness whereof, Seller and Buyer have executed this Master Supply Agreement as of the Effective Date.

 

REYNOLDS CONSUMER PRODUCTS LLC, as Seller
By:  

/s/ Lance Mitchell

  Lance Mitchell
  Chief Executive Officer
PACTIV LLC, as Buyer
By:  

/s/ John McGrath

  John McGrath
  Chief Executive Officer
EX-10.3

Exhibit 10.3

MASTER SUPPLY AGREEMENT

MASTER SUPPLY AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) dated November 1, 2019 (the “Effective Date”) between REYNOLDS CONSUMER PRODUCTS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company with its headquarters at 1900 West Field Court, Lake Forest, IL 60045 (“Buyer”), and PACTIV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company with its headquarters at 1900 West Field Court, Lake Forest, IL 60045 (“Seller”). Seller and Buyer are referred to individually at times as a “Party” and collectively at times as the “Parties”.

BACKGROUND

A.    Seller sells various types of products used in the consumer and food service markets.

B.    Buyer sells various types of products, including certain products of the type made by Seller, to its customers.

C.    The Parties are entering into this Agreement to establish the terms and conditions under which Seller may agree to sell specific products to Buyer, and Buyer may agree to purchase specific products from Seller for later resale by Buyer to its business customers.

AGREEMENT

1.    Term. The “Term” of this Agreement will commence on the Effective Date and will end on the earlier of: (a) the first anniversary of the expiration date of the last Purchase Schedule (as defined in this next Section); (b) a termination date elected by a Party in a written notice delivered to the other Party any time after the expiration of the last Purchase Schedule; or (c) a termination date elected by a Party in a written notice delivered to the other Party as provided in Subsection 11(d) of this Agreement. The rights and obligations of the Parties under this Agreement will survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement with respect to any (i) products purchased and sold under this Agreement during the Term and products sold after the Term for orders accepted during the Term; (ii) Confidential Information (as defined in Section 10 of this Agreement) disclosed or received by a Party during the Term; (iii) breach of this Agreement by a Party; (iv) any other statement, decision, act or omission of a Party concerning or related to this Agreement; (v) any Dispute (as defined in Section 11 of this Agreement) between the Parties concerning or related to this Agreement; (vi) products and other materials manufactured or maintained by Seller in inventory for sale to Buyer that Buyer is obligated to purchase under a Purchase Schedule; and (vii) any provision that expressly states that it will survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement.

2.    Scope. This Agreement will apply to all products sold by Seller to Buyer, and all products purchased by Buyer from Seller, during the Term unless the Parties expressly agree that this Agreement will not apply to a particular type of transaction in a separate written document signed by an officer of each Party. This Agreement will not require Seller to sell any type or quantity of a product to Buyer, nor will this Agreement required Buyer to purchase any type or quantity of a product from Seller, except as expressly provided by the Parties in a Purchase Schedule. The phrase “Purchase Schedule” will mean a written supplement to this Agreement signed by an officer of each Party which references this Agreement and which identities, among other terms and conditions, the specific types and quantities of products that will be purchased and sold by the Parties on terms and conditions in the schedule, the specifications for the identified products, the duration of the commitment period during which the Parties will be obligated to purchase and sell the identified products on the terms and conditions in the schedule, the prices of the identified products, any mechanisms for adjusting the prices of the identified products over the commitment period, and the facilities at which the identified products will be manufactured, stored and delivered by Seller. The Parties may add terms and conditions to, and amend the terms and conditions of, this Agreement in a Purchase Schedule, but any additional and amended terms and conditions in a Purchase Schedule supplementing and modifying this Agreement will only apply the specific products identified in that Purchase Schedule for its duration.


3.    Standard Operating Procedures. Over approximately the past eight years, the Parties have been supplying select Products to one another for use in the operation of their respective businesses within the United States of America, Canada and Mexico. The Parties developed and been following certain standard operating procedures in connecting with, among other topics, forecasting, production planning, ordering, delivering and resolving claims on the Products supplied to one another (the “Current SOPs”). The Parties will be updating their respective business systems over the next six months, and the updates to these business systems will require the Parties to modify the Current SOPs. Once the Parties have completed the updates to the business systems and agreed on the necessary modifications to the Current SOPs, the Parties will sign a written amendment to this Agreement appending the updated standard operating procedures (the “Updated SOPs”). Until the Parties have signed a written amendment appending the Updated SOPs, the parties will continue to follow the Current SOPs. The Parties will comply with the applicable SOPs in connection with the purchase and sale of products identified in a Purchase Schedule. The Parties may add terms and conditions to, and amend the terms and conditions of, the SOP in a Purchase Schedule, but any additional and amended terms and conditions in a Purchase Schedule supplementing and modifying the SOP will only apply the specific products identified in that Purchase Schedule for its duration.

4.    Order and Priority of Interpretation. In the event of any conflict, inconsistency or ambiguity between two or more provisions in this Agreement, including the provisions in its Exhibits and Purchase Schedules, the provisions in the documents will govern, supersede and control over one another in the following order of priority: (1st) a Purchase Schedule with regards to the purchase and sale of the specific products identified in that Purchase Schedule for its duration; (2nd) the SOP; (3rd) any Exhibit to this Agreement but only with regards to specific subject matter of the Exhibit; and (4th) the main body of this Agreement prior to the signature page.

5.    General Representations, Warranties and Covenants. A Party represents, warrant and covenants on the Effective Date and at all times during the Term that:

 

  a.

The Party is formed, registered, licensed and operating its business in compliance with the laws of the United States of America, its states and territories, and any districts, municipalities and other political subdivisions of the foregoing (“Applicable Laws”).

 

  b.

The Party is operating its business in compliance with a commercially reasonable code of ethics adopted by such Party.

 

  c.

The Party may enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement without being in conflict with, or in breach of, any other agreement of the Party.

 

  d.

The Party is solvent, is capable of paying its debts as and when they become due and is paying its debts as and when due.

 

  e.

The Party is not the subject of a criminal investigation nor a defendant in any criminal indictment, petition, complaint or proceeding that carries a potential sentence involving incarceration in excess of one year for any director or executive officer of the Party involved in the alleged criminal misconduct or a fine in excess of $100,000 USD.

A Party will promptly notify the other Party of any change in circumstance during the Term in which the Party is no longer in compliance with the foregoing general representations, warranties and covenants. An incident of actual, alleged or suspected non-compliance by a Party with a warranty under this Section being investigated, contested or corrected in good faith by the Party and which, regardless of outcome, will have no material adverse effect on the Party or its performance under this Agreement or on the other Party, will not be considered a breach of this clause. An incident of actual, alleged or suspected non-compliance by a Party of this Section or any other Section of this Agreement will be grounds for the other Party to demand adequate assurances of performance as provided by Section 2-609 of the Illinois Uniform Commercial Code. A Party will have ten (10) days to provide adequate assurances of performance to the other Party in a form acceptable to the other Party in its good faith discretion.


6.    Specific Product Warranties. Seller represents and warrants to Buyer that each product sold under this Agreement will at the time of delivery to Buyer:

 

  a.

Be in new, undamaged and unadulterated condition free of any defects in design, materials and manufacture. Seller is not making any representation or warranty under this clause with regards to the design of a product to the extent the design constitutes, incorporates or otherwise embodies intellectual property that Buyer has represented and warranted to Seller is owned by Buyer and which Buyer has licensed to Seller to manufacture the product for Buyer.

 

  b.

Have been manufactured and stored by Seller at a plant (and, if applicable under a Purchase Schedule, a warehouse) of Seller approved in the applicable Purchase Schedule prior to its delivery to Buyer.

 

  c.

Has been manufactured, packaged, labelled, sold and delivered by Seller, and may be sold by Buyer in interstate commerce, in compliance with Applicable Laws, including without limitation with food safety regulations issued by the United States Food and Drug Administration that are applicable to the product. Seller will not be in breach of this warranty because an Applicable Law prohibits, restricts or imposes a charge on a product in a district, municipality or other political subdivision of the United States of America or its states or territories.

 

  d.

Comply with the written specifications for the product identified in the applicable Purchase Schedule.

 

  e.

Be fit for the purpose of packaging, selling or use in consuming food subject to qualifications and instructions on the use of the product in the written specifications for the product identified in the applicable Purchase Schedule.

 

  f.

Be conveyed by Seller to Buyer with good and marketable title free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and claims arising by, through or under Seller.

 

  g.

Not infringe on any patent, trademark, copyright, trade secret or other the intellectual property of any third-party registered or otherwise recognized and enforceable under Applicable Law. Seller is not making any representation or warranty under this clause with regards to the design of a product to the extent the design constitutes, incorporates or otherwise embodies intellectual property that Buyer has represented and warranted to Seller is owned by Buyer and which Buyer has licensed to Seller to manufacture the product for Buyer.

 

  h.

Comply with any additional representations and warranties of Seller regarding the product in the applicable Purchase Schedule.

If a Buyer receives a product that fails to conform to these representations and warranties, the sole remedies of Buyer for the breach of warranty will be to: (1) reject and return the non-conforming product to Seller for a refund or credit, or a replacement conforming product, in the manner and time period provided in the SOP; (2) obtain reimbursement from Seller for actual, reasonable, substantiated out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Buyer in the recovery, return or disposal of a non-conforming product that is the subject of a mandatory product recall required under Applicable Laws or a voluntary withdrawal declared by Seller or approved by Seller (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed); and (3) obtain indemnification from Seller for any Indemnified Claim arising from or related to the non-conforming product as provided in Section 7.


7.    Indemnification.

 

  a.

A claim that a Party (referred to at times in this Section as an “Indemnifying Party”) is required to defend and indemnify the other Party (referred to at times in this Section as an “Indemnified Party”) under this Agreement is referred to at times in this Section as an “Indemnified Claim”. Defense and indemnification under this Section will include, without limitation, (1) paying or reimbursing the actual, reasonable, substantiated out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the investigation, defense and settlement of any civil, criminal or administrative action, suit, arbitration, mediation, hearing, audit, investigation or other proceeding threatened or commenced against an Indemnified Party on an Indemnified Claim (e.g., fees and expenses of attorneys, accountants, auditors, investigators, consulting experts, testifying experts and other consultants; fees and expenses of an arbitrator or mediator; filing fees and costs imposed by any court, administrative agency or other tribunal; etc.), and (2) satisfying any judgment, award, order, lien, levy, fine, penalty or other sanction imposed against an Indemnified Party on an Indemnified Claim.

 

  b.

Seller will defend and indemnify Buyer against: (1) any third-party claim for personal injury, damage to tangible property or other loss to the extent caused by any actual or alleged breach of this Agreement by Seller, including, without limitation, any product supplied by Seller which fails to conform to the representations and warranties in this Agreement; (2) any third-party claim for personal injury, damage to tangible property or other loss to the extent caused by any actual or alleged negligence or other legally culpable misconduct of Seller in the design, manufacture, storage, sale or delivery of any product sold by Seller under this Agreement or in the performance of other obligation of Seller under this Agreement; (3) any third-party claim for actual or alleged infringement of a product sold by Seller under this Agreement or its design, manufacture, storage, packaging, sale or delivery by Seller under this Agreement or in the performance of any other obligation of Seller under this Agreement (except to the extent that the infringement is based on intellectual property that that Buyer has represented and warranted to Seller that Buyer owns and that Buyer has licensed to Seller and that Seller has used in compliance with the license terms in supplying the product); (4) the threat or imposition of any fine, penalty or other sanction by a governmental authority on Buyer to the extent caused by any actual or alleged violation by Seller of Applicable Law; or (5) any other matter that Seller has agreed to defend and indemnify Buyer against under a Purchase Schedule.

 

  c.

Buyer will defend and indemnify Seller against: (1) any third-party claim for personal injury, damage to tangible property or other loss to the extent caused by any actual or alleged breach of this Agreement by Buyer; (2) any third-party claim for personal injury, damage to tangible property or other loss to the extent caused by any actual or alleged negligence or other legally culpable misconduct of Buyer in the purchase, storage, repackaging, resale or delivery of any product purchased from Seller under this Agreement or in the performance of other obligation of Buyer under this Agreement; (3) any third-party claim for actual or alleged infringement of a product sold by Seller under this Agreement or its design, manufacture, storage, sale or delivery by Seller under this Agreement or in the performance of any other obligation of Seller under this Agreement to the extent based on intellectual property that that Buyer has represented and warranted to Seller that Buyer owns and that Buyer has licensed to Seller and that Seller has used in compliance with the license term in supplying the product; (4) the threat or imposition of any fine, penalty or other sanction by governmental authority on Seller to the extent caused by any actual or alleged violation by Buyer of Applicable Law; or (5) any other matter that Buyer has agreed to defend and indemnify Seller against under a Purchase Schedule.

 

  d.

As a condition of receiving defense and indemnification under this Section for an Indemnified Claim, the Indemnified Party must:

 

  (1)

notify and tender the defense of an Indemnified Claim to the Indemnifying Party promptly after the Indemnified Party learns of the Indemnified Claim; and


  (2)

provide information and cooperation reasonably requested by the Indemnifying Party in the investigation, defense, settlement and satisfaction of the Indemnified Claim. An Indemnifying Party will reimburse the Indemnified Party of any reasonable, actual, substantiated out-of-pocket expense incurred in providing the requested information or cooperation.

 

  e.

If the Indemnifying Party accepts the tender of defense of an Indemnified Claim, with or without reservation, the Indemnifying Party will:

 

  (1)

promptly notify the Indemnified Party of the acceptance of the tender of defense of the Indemnified Claim.

 

  (2)

control the investigation, defense, settlement and satisfaction of the Indemnified Claim, including, without limitation, the selection of licensed, qualified and reputable attorneys and expert witnesses and all decisions over settlement and litigation strategy. The Indemnifying Party must act in good faith in exercising control over the investigation, defense, settlement and satisfaction of the Indemnified Claim.

 

  (3)

Provide information reasonably requested by the Indemnified Party regarding the investigation, defense, settlement and satisfaction of the Indemnified Claim

 

  f.

An Indemnifying Party, acting in good faith, may settle an Indemnified Claim for which it is responsible under this Agreement involving infringement on the intellectual property of a third-party by: (1) obtaining a license from the third-party allowing the required use of its intellectual property; (2) modifying a product, equipment or process in a manner which avoids infringing on the intellectual property of the third-party; or (3) voluntarily withdrawing the infringing product from the market and either refunding the amount paid by the Indemnified Party for the infringing product or replacing the infringing product with a non-infringing product.

 

  g.

The Parties may disagree on whether a claim is an Indemnified Claim under this Agreement, which Party should be considered the Indemnifying Party and Indemnified Party for an Indemnified Claim or whether each Party is partially liable for an Indemnified Claim and how liability for such an Indemnified Claim should be allocated between them. In these and other circumstances in which an actual or potential conflict of interest exists or arises between the Parties with regards to an alleged or agreed upon Indemnified Claim that would preclude their joint representation by a single defense counsel, the Parties will endeavor in good faith to attempt to resolve the conflict. If the Parties are able to resolve the actual or potential conflict of interest, the Parties will memorialize the agreed upon resolution in a written joint defense agreement signed by officers of each Party and their joint defense counsel. If the Parties are unable to resolve the actual or potential conflict of interest, each Party may independently and separately investigate, defend, settle and satisfy the claim subject to their right to pursue payment or reimbursement for costs incurred in doing so from the other Party as provided in this Agreement.

8.    Insurance. During the Term of this Agreement, each Party will maintain the following minimum types and amounts of insurance coverage during the Term of this Agreement:

 

  a.

Commercial General Liability Insurance. Occurrence based coverage with a combined single limit of at least $10,000,000 per occurrence and in the aggregate for premises and operations; products and completed operations; contractual liability coverage for indemnities of a Party contained within this Agreement; broad form property damage (including completed operations); explosion, collapse and underground hazards; and personal injury. Requires additional insured endorsement and waiver of subrogation endorsement.


  b.

Automobile Liability Insurance. Occurrence based coverage with a combined single limit of at least $10,000,000 per occurrence and in the aggregate for owned, non-owned, and hired automotive equipment of the Party. Requires additional insured endorsement and waiver of subrogation endorsement.

 

  c.

Workers’ Compensation Liability Insurance. Occurrence based coverage providing benefits in the minimal amount required by Applicable Law for workplace and work related injuries and illnesses to the employees of a Party, including, without limitation, Workers Compensation Acts of applicable U.S. States, the U.S. Longshoremen’s and Harbor Workers Compensation Act and the U.S. Jones Act. Requires alternate employer endorsement and waiver of subrogation endorsement.

 

  d.

Employers’ Liability Insurance. Occurrence based coverage with a limit of at least $10,000,000 per occurrence or any greater limits set by Applicable Law workplace and work related injuries and illnesses to the employees of a Party. Requires waiver of alternate employer endorsement.

 

  e.

Property Insurance. Coverage providing “all risk” property insurance at the replacement value of the machinery, equipment, fixtures, tools, materials and other property of the Party. “All risk” coverage will include, by way of example and not limitation, loss or damage resulting from earthquakes, floods, wind, fire or other natural or weather-related phenomenon. Requires waiver of subrogation endorsement.

All insurers of a Party on such policies must have at all times an A.M. Best financial rating of at least “A-Minus VII”. An insuring Party may satisfy the required minimum amounts of insurance through a primary policy and one or more excess policies. All insurance of an insuring Party must be “primary and non-contributory” with respect to any insurance that the other Party may maintain, but only with respect to the negligence or other legal liability of the insuring Party.

An insuring Party must deliver the following written evidence of the required insurance coverage to the other Party (Attention: Risk Management), or its designated insurance monitoring service, within ten (10) of written request and at least thirty (30) days in advance of the expiration of a then current policy term (if a declaration or endorsement is not available from an insurer at the time requested or required, an insuring Party will provide them as soon as the declaration or endorsement is available from the insurer):

 

  i.

Certificate of insurance confirming that the required insurance coverage and minimal limits are met for the extended, renewed or replacement policy term.

 

  ii.

Declaration pages of insurance policy (or a copy of the binder until the declaration pages are available) confirming that the required insurance coverage and minimal limits are met for the extended, renewed or replacement policy term.

 

  iii.

Copies of additional insured endorsements required for applicable policies in the name and for the benefit of: “[NAME OF OTHER PARTY], its parent, subsidiaries and affiliates; any lessors of the foregoing and any mortgagees, deed of trust beneficiaries and secured creditors of such lessors; and any successors and assignees of all of the foregoing.

 

  iv.

Copies of alternate employer endorsements and waiver of subrogation endorsements required for applicable policies in the name and for the benefit of: ““[NAME OF OTHER PARTY], its parent, subsidiaries and affiliates; any lessors of the foregoing and any mortgagees, deed of trust beneficiaries and secured creditors of such lessors; and any successors and assignees of all of the foregoing.


A Party may maintain any level of deductible on required insurance coverage allowed by Applicable Law. A Party may also self-insure any of the required insurance coverage, in whole or in part, if allowed by Applicable Law during any period that the Party maintains a tangible net worth in excess of $100 million USD and maintains a professionally managed and adequately reserved for and funded self-insurance program.

9.    Limitations on Liability.

 

  a.

Disclaimer of Representations and Warranties. Each Party: (1) disclaims all representations and warranties regarding its products, performance, supplied information or business, whether oral or written, express or implied, arising by operation of law or otherwise, including, without limitation, the implied warranty of merchantability and the implied warranty of fitness for a particular purpose, other than those express representations and warranties of the Party in this Agreement; (2) acknowledges that the Party has not relied on, and will not rely on, any representations and warranties of the other Party regarding its products, performance, supplied information or business, whether oral or written, express or implied, arising by operation of law or otherwise, other than those express representations and warranties of the other Party in this Agreement; and (3) waives any claim that the Party may have based, in whole or in part, on any representations and warranties of the other Party regarding its products, performance, supplied information or business, whether oral or written, express or implied, arising by operation of law or otherwise, other than those express representations and warranties of the other Party in this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Buyer is entitled to rely on (i) the descriptive information in transaction documents issued by either Party in the ordinary course of business during the Term identifying the ordered Products (e.g., the type and quantity of ordered products and scheduled date and location for delivery) and (ii) FDA guaranty letters and other similar written assurances in Seller’s standard forms certifying that a product complies with Applicable Laws issued by Seller to Buyers and other U.S. customers in the ordinance course of business during the Term.

 

  b.

Exclusion of Indirect Damages; Waiver of Claim for Insured Damage or Loss. A Party that breaches this Agreement will only be liable to the other Party for direct damages arising from the breach. Each Party waives any right to recover consequential, incidental, indirect, exemplary, punitive or any other types of indirect damages from the other Party for a breach of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the preceding sentences, this Subsection will not limit the liability of a Party for any amount or type of damages for: (1) the defense and indemnification of an Indemnified Claim on which the Party is the Indemnifying Party; (2) infringement by the Party on the intellectual property of the other Party; (3) the unauthorized disclosure or use by the Party of the Confidential Information of the other Party; (4) payment or reimbursement of any amount expressly required to be paid or reimbursed by the Party under a provision of this Agreement; or (5) the intentional misconduct of the Party in violation of Applicable Laws.

 

  c.

Force Majeure. A Party will not be considered in breach of this Agreement or liable to the other Party for any interruption or delay in performance under this Agreement to the extent caused by an event outside of the ability of the performing Party to foresee and avoid with the exercise of commercially reasonable efforts (such an event is referred to at times as an event of “Force Majeure”). Examples of events of Force Majeure include, without limitation: natural disasters; war; acts of terrorism; government action; accident; strikes, slowdowns and other labor disputes; shortages in or inability to obtain material, equipment, transportation or labor; any breach, negligence, criminal misconduct or other act or omission of any third-party; fire or other insured or uninsured casualty. A Party whose performance is interrupted or delayed by an event of Force Majeure will be excused from the interruption or delay in performance during the event of Force Majeure and for a commercially reasonable period of additional time after the event of Force Majeure that the Party needs to recover from the event of Force Majeure and restore performance. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Party will only be excused for an interruption or delay in performance under this Subsection for an event of Force Majeure only if the Party (1) promptly notifies the other Party of the event of Force Majeure and provides information reasonably requested by the other Party regarding the event of Force Majeure, the efforts undertaken by the


  Party to foresee and avoid interruption or delay in its performance before the occurrence of the event, to mitigate interruption or delay in performance during the event, and to recover from and restore performance following the event; and (2) the Party exercises commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate, recover from and restore performance following the event of Force Majeure. During, and while recovering from and restoring performance following, an event of Force Majeure, Seller will act in good faith in allocating its available manufacturing capacity to supply products to Buyer under this Agreement and any products to other customers of Seller. If an event of Force Majeure interrupts or delays Seller from supplying a product to Buyer under this Agreement in the quantities and timetable required by Buyer, Buyer may cancel any unfilled orders for the product with Seller and procure the required quantities of the product from one or more other sources until Seller has recovered from and restored its ability to perform following the event of Force Majeure. If the interruption or delay in the supply of a product to Buyer under this Agreement caused by an event of Force Majeure has exceeded, or is reasonably likely to exceed, thirty (30) days, Buyer may enter into longer term supply agreements or make other arrangements to procure the required quantities of the product from one or more other sources for a duration and on terms acceptable to Buyer in its good faith discretion. In such a circumstance, Buyer will not have to resume purchasing the product from Seller under this Agreement until Seller has recovered from and restored its ability to perform following the event of Force Majeure and the longer term agreements or other arrangements have expired or Buyer is able to end them without liability. This Subsection will not excuse nor extend a deadline by which a Party must pay an amount owed under this Agreement or Applicable Law or by which a Party must exercise any right or remedy under this Agreement or Applicable Law.

10.    Confidential Information and Other Intellectual Property.

 

  a.

The Parties anticipate exchanging Confidential Information (as defined in in the next Subsection) over the Term of this Agreement for the purpose of negotiating and entering into Purchase Schedules and amendments to this Agreement, transacting business with one in accordance with this Agreement and exercising their rights and performing their obligations under this Agreement (collectively referred to as the “Authorized Purpose”).

 

  b.

The phrase “Confidential Information” means information meeting all of the following criteria:

 

  1)

The information is a trade secret or other non-public, proprietary information owned by a Party or its direct and indirect subsidiaries under Applicable Law (this Party is referred to at times in this Section as the “Disclosing Party”); and

 

  2)

The other Party (referred to at times in this Section as the “Receiving Party”) requests such information from the Disclosing Party for the Authorized Purpose during the Term (i.e., neither Party wants unsolicited Confidential Information from the other Party); and

 

  3)

The Disclosing Party discloses such requested information to the Receiving Party during the Term either labelled as “Confidential” or words of similar intent, or describes the disclosed information in reasonable detail in a written notice to the Receiving Party delivered, either at the time of disclosure or within five (5) days of disclosure. If a Disclosing Party neglects to label or deliver timely written notice to the Receiving Party identifying the disclosed information as confidential in nature, the disclosed information will only be treated as Confidential Information under this Agreement if the Disclosing Party is able to demonstrate by clear and convincing evidence that the Receiving Party knew that the disclosed information was a trade secret or other non-public, proprietary information of the Disclosing Party at the time of disclosure.


The criteria in Clause (2) and Clause (3) will not apply to Confidential Information of a Disclosing Party observed or heard by a Receiving Party in a plant, warehouse, facility or system of the Disclosing Party. The existence and terms of this Agreement, and the existence, nature and extent of the business relationship between the Parties, will be considered the Confidential Information of each Party.

 

  c.

The phrase “Confidential Information” also means the Know-How of a Disclosing Party and its direct and indirect subsidiaries that a Receiving Party and its direct and indirect subsidiaries learned of, acquired or otherwise used prior to the Effective Date. The phrase “Know-How” means trade secret and other confidential, proprietary information of a Party or its Affiliate concerning the manufacture, storage, packaging, marketing, sale and delivery of its products. Examples of Know-How may be in the form of drawings, equipment specifications, formulae, formulations, guidelines, manuals, methods, plans, policies, procedures, processes, properties and applications of raw materials and products, tools, dies and molds. A Receiving Party and its direct and indirect subsidiaries may continue to use the Know-How of the Disclosing Party and its direct and indirect subsidiaries in the possession of the Receiving Party and its direct and indirect subsidiaries as of the Effective Date for the Authorized Purpose and in connection with the operation of the business of the Receiving Party and its direct and indirect subsidiaries. Nothing in this Subsection or any other provisions of this Agreement will obligate a Party to disclose or license the use of its Know-How of any kind and in any form arising, discovered, acquired or developed after the Effective Date to the other Party.

 

  d.

The phrase “Confidential Information” does not include, and there will not be any duties of confidentiality or other restrictions under this Agreement for, the following types of information:

 

  (1)

Information which is or becomes available as part of the public domain through any means other than as a result of a breach of this Agreement by the Receiving Party; or

 

  (2)

Information, other than Know-How received prior the Effective Date, which is known to the Receiving Party before the disclosure of the same information by the Disclosing Party; or

 

  (3)

Information which is or becomes available to the Receiving Party from a third-party who is not under any duty to preserve the confidentiality of such information; or

 

  (4)

Information which is furnished by the Disclosing Party to a third-party without imposing any duty on the third-party to preserve the confidentiality of such information; or

 

  (5)

Information which is independently developed by the Receiving Party without the use of or reliance on any trade secret or other non-public, proprietary information provided by the Disclosing Party as Confidential Information under this Agreement or under any prior agreement between the Parties; or

 

  (6)

Information that ceases to be a trade secret or other non-public, proprietary information of the Disclosing Party under applicable law through any means other than those enumerated above that does not involve nor result from a breach of this Agreement by the Receiving Party.

 

  e.

A Party may request and disclose Confidential Information in any form or medium. Confidential Information may include, without limitation, information concerning the assets, liabilities, financing, financial statements, ownership, goods, services, customers, suppliers, marketing, manufacturing, equipment, software, technology, supply chain, business strategies, plans, models, policies, methods, processes, formulae, specifications, drawings, schematics, software and technical know-how of a Disclosing Party. A Receiving Party will take all commercially reasonable actions required to safeguard the Confidential Information of a Disclosing Party in the possession of such Receiving Party against the unauthorized disclosure or use of the Confidential Information by other persons. A Receiving Party will promptly notify the Disclosing Party if the Receiving Party learns of any unauthorized disclosure or use of the Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party by any


  person. A Receiving Party will cooperate in good faith with the Disclosing Party to prevent any unauthorized disclosure or use of the Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party by any person.

 

  f.

A Receiving Party will not disclose nor use the Confidential Information of a Disclosing Party except as follows:

 

  (1)

A Receiving Party may disclose Confidential Information of a Disclosing Party on a “need to know” basis to the Representatives of the Receiving Party who require such information for the Authorized Purpose and in order for the Receiving Party and its Affiliates to comply with Applicable Laws, accounting standards and securities exchange requirements. Before making such a disclosure, the Receiving Party will advise the Representatives of the confidential nature of the information being shared and ensure that duties and restrictions are, or have been, imposed on the Representatives receiving the Confidential Information similar to those imposed on the Receiving Party under this Agreement. A Receiving Party will be liable for any breach of this Agreement by its Representatives. An “Affiliate” of a Party means a legal entity that owns and controls, or is owned and controlled by, or is under common ownership and control with, a Party (other than the other Party or any of its direct and indirect subsidiaries), with ownership and control of a legal entity being determined by the ownership of the majority voting interest in the legal entity. A “Representative” means the Affiliates of a Party and the directors, officers, managers, employees, accountants, attorneys, auditors and other agents and consultants of a Party and its Affiliates.

 

  (2)

A Receiving Party may disclose Confidential Information of a Disclosing Party to a court, governmental entity or any other person in order for the Receiving Party and its Affiliates to comply with Applicable Laws, accounting standards and securities exchange requirements. If legally permissible and reasonably possible, a Receiving Party will notify the Disclosing Party prior to disclosing its Confidential Information pursuant to this Section and cooperate in good faith with any lawful efforts by the Disclosing Party to avoid or limit the disclosure of its Confidential Information. A Receiving Party will not be obligated to incur any liability, expense or risk in extending such cooperation to a Disclosing Party. Based on legal advice of its attorney, a Receiving Party may disclose the Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party by any deadline established under an Applicable Law, accounting standard and securities exchange requirement.

 

  (3)

A Receiving Party may disclose and use the Confidential Information of a Disclosing Party to enforce or interpret this Agreement or any other agreement with the Disclosing Party in any arbitration, court or other legal proceeding. A Receiving Party may disclose and use this Confidential Information of a Disclosing Party to defend the Receiving Party or its Affiliates or their respective Representatives in any arbitration, court or other legal proceeding. In either circumstance, the Receiving Party will ensure that a protective order, agreement or other mechanism is in place to preserve the confidentiality of the Confidential Information.

 

  (4)

A Receiving Party and its Representatives may disclose and use the Confidential Information for any other purpose consented to by a Disclosing Party in a written notice signed by an officer of the Disclosing Party delivered to the Receiving Party.

 

  g.

In disclosing its Confidential Information to a Receiving Party, a Disclosing Party represents, warrants and covenants to the Receiving Party that:

 

  (1)

The Disclosing Party owns and has the right to disclose and authorize the use of Confidential Information as provided in this Agreement.


  (2)

The Receiving Party and its Representatives may use the Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party for the Authorized Purpose and other limited purposes provided in this Agreement.

 

  (3)

The Disclosing Party will indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Receiving Party and its Representatives against any claim of a third-party that the disclosure and use of the Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party as provided in this Agreement infringes on a patent, trademark, copyright, trade secret or other intellectual property of the third-party registered in or otherwise recognized and enforceable under Applicable Laws.

Except for the limited representations and warranties in this Section, a Disclosing Party disclaims all other representations and warranties of any kind related to its Confidential Information, whether express, implied or arising by operation of law, including the disclaimer, without limitation, of any representation and warranties concerning merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, truth, accuracy or completeness.

 

  h.

The rights and obligations of the Parties under this Section with regards to disclosed Confidential Information will continue:

 

  (1)

Until the earlier of (i) sixty (60) months from the date of disclosure to a Receiving Party or (ii) the date such information ceases to be considered Confidential Information under this Agreement, for Confidential Information that is not a trade secret of a Disclosing Party under Applicable Law; and

 

  (2)

Until Confidential Information that is a trade secret of a Disclosing Party under Applicable Law ceases to be a trade secret of the Disclosing Party under Applicable Law.

 

  i.

A Receiving Party will return or destroy all forms of Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party in the custody of the Receiving Party and its Representatives within ten (10) days of receipt of a written request from the Disclosing Party and after the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement. This will include, without limitation, all copies, records, documents and other information representing, comprising, containing, referencing or created based on Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Receiving Party and its Representatives may retain copies of Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party which (x) the Receiving Party and its Representatives are required to retain to comply with Applicable Laws, accounting standards and security exchange requirements (but only for the duration and in the manner so required for this limited purpose); or (y) have been archived in electronic form by the Receiving Party and its Representatives and which would be unduly burdensome for the Receiving Party and its Representatives to have to search for and delete the Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party.

 

  j.

Except for the limited right to disclose and use Confidential Information of a Disclosing Party for the Authorized Purpose and other purposes provided in the this Section and except for any license of intellectual property granted by a Disclosing Party to the Receiving Party in a Purchase Schedule, this Agreement does not grant a Receiving Party or its Representatives any right, title, interest or ownership in the Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party nor in any patent, trademark, copyright or other intellectual property of the Disclosing Party. As between the Parties during the Term, to be effective, the grant of any right, title, interest and ownership in and to any Confidential Information of Party or in an patents, trademarks, copyrights and other intellectual property of the Party must be in writing and signed by the chief executive officers of the Parties. During the Term, a Party will not develop intellectual property for, on behalf of, or in collaboration with, the other Party unless the Parties have entered into a Purchase Schedule or other separate written agreement signed by an officer of each Party.


11.    Dispute Resolution.

 

  a.

Negotiation. If a Party believes that the other Party has breached this Agreement or if there is a dispute between the Parties over the interpretation of this Agreement (a “Dispute”), the Parties will endeavor to resolve the Dispute through good faith negotiation for a period of thirty (30) days after a Party notifies the other Party of the Dispute and before either Party requests mediation or files litigation to resolve the Dispute.

 

  b.

Mediation. If the Parties have been unable to resolve a Dispute through good faith negotiation as provided in the prior Subsection, a Party may request that the Parties attempt to resolve the Dispute through mediation by notifying the other Party with a copy to JAMS. The Parties will attempt to select a mutually acceptable JAMS mediator within ten (10) days of the notice requesting mediation. The mediation will be held in Lake County or Cook County, Illinois within thirty (30) days of the notice requesting mediation before a JAMS mediator and in compliance with JAMS mediation guidelines. Each party will bear its own costs in preparing for and participating in the mediation and one-half of the fees and expenses charged by JAMS for conducting the mediation.

 

  c.

Litigation. If the Parties have been unable to resolve a Dispute through mediation as provided in the prior Subsection, a Party may file litigation against the other Party in a court of competent jurisdiction in the United States of America. With respect to litigation involving only the Parties or their Affiliates, the Parties irrevocably consent to the exclusive personal jurisdiction and venue of the U.S. federal and Illinois state courts of competent subject matter jurisdiction located in Lake County, Illinois or Cook County, Illinois and their respective higher courts of appeal for the limited purpose of resolving a Dispute, and the Parties waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any defense of inconvenient forum. The Parties waive any right to trial by jury as to any Disputes resolved through litigation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Party may file litigation to resolve a Dispute without undergoing either negotiation or mediation as provided in the prior Subsections for any Dispute involving: (i) infringement on intellectual property; (ii) the unauthorized use or disclosure of Confidential Information; or (iii) a request for a temporary restraining order, a preliminary or permanent injunction or any other type of equitable relief.

 

  d.

Remedies. Except as expressly limited in the preceding Subsections and the other provisions in this Agreement, a Party may immediately exercise any rights and remedies available to the Party under Applicable Law upon a breach of this Agreement by the other Party. A Party will not suspend performance under or terminate this Agreement or any accepted purchase order for a product being purchased and sold under this Agreement unless: (1) the other Party is in material breach of this Agreement and has either refused to cure the material breach or has failed to cure the material breach within thirty (30) day of its receipt of written notice of the failure; and (2) the Parties have been unable to resolve the Dispute related to the material breach through negotiation or mediation, or the breaching Party has refused or failed to attempt to resolve the Dispute through negotiation or mediation, as provided in this Section. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Party may suspend performance or terminate this Agreement or any accepted purchase order for a product being purchase and sold under this Agreement immediately on written notice to the other Party, and without providing the other Party an opportunity to cure the material breach or attempting to resolve a Dispute over the material breach by negotiation or mediation as provided in this Section, for a material breach by the other Party involving substantial harm to the reputation, goodwill and business of the non-breaching Party that cannot reasonably be avoided or fully redressed by providing the other Party an opportunity to cure the material breach.

 

  e.

Late Fees and Collection Costs. If Buyer fails to pay Seller an amount owed under this Agreement by the invoice due date, then Buyer will owe Seller: (i) the delinquent amount; and (ii) a late payment fee equal to two percent (2%) of the delinquent amount for each full or partial calendar month past the invoice due date that the delinquent amount remains unpaid. In addition, if Seller has to file


  litigation to collect the amount owed and Seller prevails in the litigation, Buyer will reimburse Seller for actual, reasonable, substantiated out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Seller in collecting the delinquent amount and accrued late payment fees on the delinquent amount. Under no circumstance will the late payment fee payable to Seller exceed the amount that a creditor may lawfully impose on a debtor on a delinquent amount under Applicable Law.

12.    Miscellaneous.

 

  a.

Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including its appended Exhibits and Purchase Schedules entered into during the Term, constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the sale of products by Seller to Buyer and the purchase of products by Buyer from Seller. This Agreement supersedes all prior and simultaneous representations, discussions, negotiations, letters, proposals, agreements and understandings, whether written or oral, with respect to this subject matter. This Agreement will not be binding on either Party unless and until signed by the chief executive officers of each Party. No handwritten or other addition, deletion or other modification to the printed portions of this Agreement will be binding upon either Party to this Agreement.

 

  b.

Amendments. A Party may not amend nor supplement the terms and conditions in this Agreement through the inclusion of additional or different terms and conditions in any quotation, purchase order, invoice, bill of lading, letter, email or other document or communication. This Section does not prevent the reliance on the descriptive information in transaction documents identifying the ordered Products (e.g., the type and quantity of ordered products and scheduled date and location for delivery). No amendment of this Agreement will be valid or effective unless made in writing and signed and exchanged by the chief executive officers of the Parties. A Party may approve or reject a request for an amendment in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

  c.

Waiver. The failure of either party to insist in any one or more instances upon strict performance of any of the provisions of this Agreement or to take advantage of any of its rights shall not operate as a continuing waiver of such rights. No right or obligation under this Agreement will be considered to have been waived by a Party unless such waiver is in writing and is signed by an officer of the waiving Party and delivered to the other Party. No consent to or waiver of a breach by either Party will constitute a consent to, waiver of, or excuse for any other, different, or subsequent breach by such Party.

 

  d.

Governing Law. This Agreement and all claims or causes of action arising out of or related to this Agreement shall be governed in all respects, including as to validity, interpretation and effect, by the laws of the State of Illinois and the United States of America, without giving effect to its principles or rules of conflict of laws. The United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods will not govern or otherwise be applicable to this Agreement.

 

  e.

Severability. If any term of provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof shall be found invalid, void or unenforceable by any government or governmental organization having jurisdiction over the subject matter, the remaining provisions, and any application thereof, shall nevertheless continue in full force and effect.

 

  f.

Assignment. This Agreement, its rights and obligations, is not assignable or transferable by either Party, in whole or in part, except with the prior written consent of the other Party, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, either Party may transfer and assign this Agreement to any of its affiliates or in connection with any merger, consolidation or sale of assets without the other Party’s prior consent provided (a) that any such assignment will not result in the assigning Party being released or discharged from any liability under this Agreement, and (b) the purchaser/assignee will expressly assume all obligations of the assigning Party under this Agreement. The assigning Party will provide the other Party with written


  notice of such assignment prior to or promptly following the effective date of such assignment. A change of control shall be deemed an assignment requiring consent hereunder provided that any transfer or assignment that results in Seller’s and Buyer’s current common parent, Reynolds Group Holdings Limited, ceasing to control either party shall not require consent of the other party. The restrictions in this Section will not preclude a Party for authorizing an Affiliate to purchase or sell a product on behalf of a Party under this Agreement. Subject to the foregoing, all of the terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assignees of the respective Parties.

 

  g.

Third Party Beneficiaries. Except as otherwise provided in a Purchase Schedule, there are no intended third-party beneficiaries of this Agreement.

 

  h.

Good Faith and Cooperation. Except where this Agreement states that a Party may expressly exercise a right or render a decision in its “sole and absolute discretion”, a Party will exercise its rights under this Agreement in its good faith business judgment. A Party will perform its obligations under this Agreement in a commercially reasonable manner consistent with industry practices and in compliance with Applicable Law. A Party will promptly take such actions, provide such information and sign such documents as the other Party may reasonably request to obtain the benefits and exercise the rights granted, and to perform the obligations imposed, under this Agreement.

 

  i.

Notices. Any notice required or permitted to be provided by a Party under this Agreement will be made to the notice address of the receiving Party set forth below or to an alternate notice address later designated by the receiving Party in accordance with this Subsection. Notices will be effective upon actual receipt by the receiving Party. An emailed notice will be effective against a receiving Party only if the Receiving Party acknowledge receipt of the emailed notice in a return notice to the notifying Party. A receiving Party agrees to acknowledge receipt of an email notice in good faith promptly following receipt. A Party may change its address for notice by giving notice to the other party Pursuant to this Subsection.

Address for notice to Seller:

Pactiv LLC

1900 West Field Court

Lake Forest, IL 60045

Attn: John McGrath, Chief Executive Officer

Email: jmcgrath@pactiv.com

For any notice concerning default or termination, with a copy to:

Pactiv LLC

1900 West Field Court

Lake Forest, IL 60045

Attn: Steven R. Karl, General Counsel

Email: skarl@pactiv.com

Address for notices to Buyer:

Reynolds Consumer Products LLC

1900 W. Field Court

Lake Forest, IL 60045

Attention: Lance Mitchell, Chief Executive Officer

Email: Lance.Mitchell@@ReynoldsBrands.com


For any notice concerning default or termination, with a copy to:

Reynolds Consumer Products LLC

1900 W. Field Court

Lake Forest, IL 60045

Attention: David Watson, General Counsel

Email: David.Watson@ReynoldsBrands.com

 

  j.

Independent Contractors. The relationship of the Parties established by this Agreement is that of independent contractors, and nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to: (a) give either Party the power to direct and control the day-to-day activities of the other Party, (b) establish the Parties as partners, joint ventures, co-owners or otherwise as participants in a joint or common undertaking, or (c) allow a Party to bind the other Party in any manner or otherwise create or assume any obligation on behalf of the other Party for any purpose whatsoever. A Party will not be considered an agent of the other Party.

 

  k.

Non-Exclusive Supply Relationship. Except as may be provided in a Purchase Schedule, the Agreement is not evidence of, nor does it create, any form of exclusive supply relationship between the Parties concerning the purchase and sale of products. Except as may be provided in a Purchase Schedule and for the types and quantities of products in an accepted purchase order, nothing in the Agreement obligates a Party to sell or purchase any specified volume, market share or other minimum level of products during the Term.

 

  l.

Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires, the following rules of construction will be applied to in the interpretation of the Agreement: (1) Headings are for convenience only and do not affect interpretation; (2) Singular includes the plural and vice-versa; (3) Gender includes all genders; (4) If a word or phrase is defined, its other grammatical forms have a corresponding meaning; (5) The meaning of general words is not limited by specific examples introduced by “includes”, “including” or “for example” or similar expressions; (6) The word “person” includes an individual, corporation, company, trust, partnership, limited partnership, unincorporated body, joint venture, consortium or other legal entity; (7) A reference in any Purchase Schedule or Exhibit to an Article, Section, Subsection or Clause is a reference to an Article, Section, Subsection or Clause in that Purchase Schedule or Exhibit unless otherwise identified; (8) Reference to a Purchase Schedule or Exhibit is a reference to a Schedule, Exhibit described, appended or otherwise identified in this Agreement; (9) A reference to conduct includes, without limitation, an omission, statement or undertaking, whether or not in writing; (10) A reference to a third-party is a reference to a person who is not a Party to this Agreement; (11) Where a period of time is specified for the performance of any act and dates from a given day or the day of an act or event, the period shall be exclusive of that date; and (12) the Parties agree that the Agreement is the product of negotiation between sophisticated parties and individuals, all of whom were or have been given the opportunity to be represented by counsel, and each of whom had an opportunity to participate in, and did participate in, negotiation of the terms hereof. Accordingly, the Parties acknowledge and agree that the Agreement is not a contract of adhesion and that ambiguities in the Agreement, if any, shall not be construed strictly or in favor of or against either Party, but rather shall be given a fair and reasonable construction.

 

  m.

Execution. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original as against the Party whose signature appears thereon, but all of which taken together shall constitute but one and the same instrument. Acceptance of this Agreement may be made by e-mail, mail or other commercially reasonable means showing the signatures of the chief executive officers of the Parties.


In witness whereof, Seller and Buyer have executed this Master Supply Agreement as of the Effective Date.

 

REYNOLDS CONSUMER PRODUCTS LLC, as Buyer
By:  

/s/ Lance Mitchell

  Lance Mitchell
  Chief Executive Officer
PACTIV LLC, as Seller
By:  

/s/ John McGrath

  John McGrath
  Chief Executive Officer
EX-10.4

Exhibit 10.4

WAREHOUSING AND FREIGHT SERVICES AGREEMENT

This Warehousing and Freight Services Agreement (referred to herein as the “Agreement”) is made as of November 1, 2019 (“Effective Date”) by and between Reynolds Consumer Products LLC, a Delaware limited liability company with its principal place of business at 1900 West Field Court, Lake Forest, IL 60045 (referred to at times as “Reynolds”) and Pactiv LLC, a Delaware limited liability company with offices at 1900 West Field Court, Lake Forest, IL 60045 (referred to at times as “Pactiv”). Reynolds and Pactiv are each referred at times in this Agreement individually as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties”.

RECITALS:

1. The Parties have entered into a Master Supply Agreement dated November 1, 2019 (the “MSA”) under which Pactiv has agreed to manufacture and sell to Reynolds, and Reynolds has agreed to purchase from Pactiv, certain food packaging and foodservice products (the “Pactiv Products”).

2. Reynolds desires that Pactiv receive, store and handle food packaging and foodservice goods manufactured by Reynolds and its Affiliates (the “Reynolds Products”), and (after mixing them with Pactiv Products purchased by Reynolds under the MSA, if applicable) load them for delivery to Reynolds’ third party customers, or directly to Reynolds; on common carrier trucks or hold them for pick up by Reynolds or its third-party customers on the business campuses in the cities, states and provinces listed in attached Schedule 1-A of this Agreement that are owned or leased by Pactiv or its Affiliates (such campuses are referred to herein as the “Warehouses”) and to obtain these storage and related warehouse services from Pactiv as more fully described in the attached Schedule 1-B of this Agreement (the “Warehouse Services”) on the terms and conditions in this Agreement. Pactiv desires to perform such Services for Reynolds on the terms and conditions in this Agreement. By way of clarification, Pactiv Canada, Inc. will perform the Warehouse Services on behalf of Pactiv at the Warehouse located in Bolton, Ontario, Canada.

3. Reynolds further desires Pactiv to arrange on behalf of Reynolds and its Affiliates for third-party common carriers to pick-up orders of Pactiv Products, Reynolds Products or both from the Warehouses and certain other manufacturing and warehouse facilities of Reynolds and its Affiliates located in the United States, Canada and Mexico and to transport and deliver them to third-party customers of Reynolds all as more fully described in Schedule 2 of this Agreement (the “Freight Services”) on the terms and conditions in this Agreement. Pactiv desires to perform the Freight Services for Reynolds on the terms and conditions of this Agreement. The Warehouse Services and the Freight Services will be collectively referred to as the “Services” in this Agreement.

4. Pactiv has been providing the Services to Reynolds for a number of years prior to the Effective Date. In connection with Pactiv providing such Services to Reynolds, the Parties have developed and follow certain standard operating procedures (the “SOPs”). The Parties will be updating their respective business systems over the next six months, and, since the updates to these business systems will require the Parties to modify the SOPs, the Parties intend to negotiate and agree in writing to a document containing the updated SOPs. Until the business systems have been updated and the updated SOPs have been agreed upon, the current SOPs will apply. The SOPs supplement and may amend the provisions in this Agreement and the MSA. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between this Agreement and the SOPs, the SOPs will govern and control but only with respect to the provision in the SOPs that specifically apply to the performance or delivery of the Services under this Agreement.

5. It is the intention of the Parties to continue operate in substantially the same manner with respect to the practices, procedures, volumes and cost allocations used by the Parties prior to the Effective Date in Pactiv’s providing and Reynolds’ purchasing and using the Services. Therefore, the phrase “commercially reasonable” when used herein means in accordance with the methodology or practices that the Parties used with respect to such action or issue, substantially the same volume with respect to the amount of Services, the same turnaround time with respect to orders and acceptances, or the same protocol for communication that was used by the Parties during the trailing twelve (12) month period immediately prior to the Effective Date.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Parties agree as follows:

 

Execution Copy 10-24-2019

Warehouse and Freight Services Agreement Dated November 1, 2019

Between Reynolds Consumer Products LLC and Pactiv LLC

Page 1 of 17


I. Term and Warehouse and Freight Service Periods

 

1.

The “Term” of this Agreement will commence on the Effective Date and will end on the earlier of: (i) May 31, 2024 (the “Termination Date”); (ii) a termination date elected by a Party in a written notice delivered to the other Party in the event Pactiv has ceased performing Warehouse and Freight Services for Reynolds at all Pactiv and Reynolds facilities prior to the Termination Date; or (iii) an earlier termination date that occurs in accordance with the Dispute Resolution Section of this Agreement. The rights and obligations of the Parties under this Agreement will survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement with respect to any: (1) Reynolds Products being stored in a Warehouse at the end of the Term; (2) Confidential Information (as defined later in this Agreement) disclosed or received by a Party during the Term; (3) consequences of a breach of this Agreement by a Party; (4) any other statement, decision, act or omission of a Party during the Term concerning or related to this Agreement;(5) reconciliation of any third-party carrier freight charges that were not available for billing prior to the end of the Term; (6) any Dispute (as defined later in this Agreement) between the Parties concerning or related to this Agreement; and (7) any provision that expressly states that it will survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement.

 

2.

Pactiv will only be required to store Reynolds Products in a Warehouse and perform the other Warehouse Services at each Warehouse from the Effective Date through the Service Expiration Date of the Warehouse listed in Schedule 1-A (the “Warehouse Service Period”). Reynolds must remove all Reynolds Products in a Warehouse on or before its Service Expiration Date or any earlier termination of services at any Warehouse in accordance with other provisions of this Agreement. A Warehouse will be deemed excluded from the scope of this Agreement after its Service Expiration Date.

 

3.

Reynolds is not obligated to store any quantity of Reynolds Products in a Warehouse under this Agreement. The Parties acknowledge and agree that Reynolds will be executing a regional exit strategy from the Warehouses which will include exiting certain Warehouses prior to the scheduled Service Expiration Dates, and Pactiv will cooperate with Reynolds in executing the strategy to the extent that Pactiv has reasonable advance notice of Reynolds desired exit plan. Therefore, if Reynolds at any time wishes to terminate its right to use Pactiv’s Services at any Warehouse under this Agreement prior to the applicable Warehouse Service Expiration Date, Reynolds may request such early termination to Pactiv in writing identifying a new proposed service expiration date (the “Early Service Expiration Date”) on not less than one hundred and eighty (180) days advance written notice. Unless there are extenuating circumstances that would impair Pactiv’s ability to release Reynolds from the applicable Warehouse on the proposed Early Service Expiration Date, including, without limitation, that Pactiv has no use for the Base Storage Capacity and does not wish to have to solely absorb the cost for such space, Pactiv will promptly consent to the Early Service Expiration Date proposed by Reynolds. If Pactiv reasonably believes there are extenuating circumstances that would impair Pactiv’s ability to release Reynolds from the applicable Warehouse on the proposed Early Service Expiration Date, Pactiv will promptly respond to Reynolds’ request for an Early Service Expiration Date in writing with an explanation of the extenuating circumstances and the Parties will cooperate in seeking a solution to the extenuating circumstances and try to identify a new Early Service Termination Date that is acceptable to both Parties. On or before the agreed Early Service Termination Date, Reynolds must remove all Reynolds Products from the applicable Warehouse and, from and after any Early Service Termination Date, Pactiv will be released of any obligation under this Agreement to perform any Services for Reynolds at the identified Warehouse and Reynolds will be released from its obligation to pay the Base Storage Fee (as defined in Section II.1. and Schedule 1-A of this Agreement) for the Warehouse under this Agreement.

 

4.

Reynolds is not obligated under this Agreement to purchase any Freight Services from Pactiv; provided, however, that all outbound shipments from the Warehouses during the Term will be arranged by Pactiv and will be provided to Reynolds as part of the Freight Services. Unless the Parties otherwise agree in a signed writing, Reynolds will not be able to order nor will Pactiv be obligated to provide Freight Services after the Termination Date.

 

Execution Copy 10-24-2019

Warehouse and Freight Services Agreement Dated November 1, 2019

Between Reynolds Consumer Products LLC and Pactiv LLC

Page 2 of 17


5.

Notwithstanding anything in the contrary in this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement will require Pactiv to operate its warehousing and transportation functions in a materially different manner than it did in the trailing twelve (12) month period prior to the Effective Date. To the extent that Reynolds anticipates any significant change in its sales or supply chain operations (“Operations Change”), such as (i) commencing sales of a materially different new Reynolds Product that will require different handling procedures, (ii) adding new manufacturing or sourcing locations for production of Reynolds Products to be shipped to the Warehouses or transported using the Freight Services, or (iii) commencing sales to a new customer that has different or unique requirements that will cause a material change in the order fulfillment process or timeframes; then, Reynolds will provide Pactiv as much prior notice of such Operations Change as possible but in no case less than thirty (30) days prior notice. Upon notification of an Operations Change, Pactiv will have not less than ten (10) days to assess whether the Operations Change is likely to cause a material change in its performance of the Warehousing and/or Freight Services hereunder and will have an impact on Pactiv’s ability to provide the Warehousing and/or Freight Services to Reynolds (“Material Impact”). If Pactiv determines that there will be a Material Impact, it will notify Reynolds and the Parties will meet to adjust the Services, pricing or any related matter under this Agreement in a fair and equitable manner given the Operations Change; provided, however, that Pactiv will not be penalized or absorb any additional liabilities, costs or expenses due any Operations Change of Reynolds and an Operations Change will not be implemented unless and until the Parties reach a mutually acceptable signed written agreement on the Operations Change.

II. Warehouse Services

Pactiv will provide Reynolds with the Warehouse Services at the Warehouses listed on Schedule 1-A. The amount of Warehouse storage in cubic feet available to Reynolds at each Warehouse on the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Service Expiration Date for each Warehouse are listed on Schedule 1-A. The terms and conditions of providing, using and paying for the Warehouse Services are set forth in Schedule 1-B. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Pactiv may, but will not be required to, perform Services at a Warehouse that would require, involve or result in Pactiv having to perform Services at a Warehouse or otherwise operate its business in a materially different manner than how Pactiv performed Services at the Warehouses for Reynolds, and Pactiv operated its business, during the trailing twelve (12) month period immediately preceding the Effective Date. By way of example, Pactiv will not be required to perform Services at a Warehouse or otherwise operate its business in compliance with a new standard or other requirement adopted by Reynolds or any of its customers unless Pactiv has expressly agreed to do so in the SOPs or in a signed written amendment to this Agreement

 

1.

Pricing, Invoice and Payment Terms. During the Term, Reynolds will pay Pactiv fees for each Warehouse that is included in the Agreement as set forth on Schedule 1-A. The “Base Storage Fee,” which is the fee for the fixed cubic feet of warehouse space made available by Pactiv to Reynolds for each Warehouse under this Agreement, and “Additional Storage Fee,” which is the fee per cubic foot of space above the Base Storage Space that Reynolds may access at the Warehouses on the terms and conditions in this Agreement, will increase by one and one-half percent (1.5%) on January 1st of each calendar year of the Term starting on January 1, 2021. Reynolds will pay Pactiv the Base Storage Fee of a Warehouse on or before the first day of each calendar month during its Warehouse Service Period without notice by Pactiv and regardless of the quantity of Reynolds Products actually stored in a Warehouse. If Pactiv has used Additional Storage Capacity of a Warehouse to store Reynolds Products in a calendar month of its Warehouse Service Period, Pactiv will invoice Reynolds for the amount and duration of Additional Storage Capacity used to store Reynolds Products in the calendar month. Reynolds will pay Pactiv the amount owed for the Additional Storage Capacity used to store Reynolds Products in a calendar month within thirty (30) days of invoice. Further details on pricing, invoicing and payment terms may be provided in the SOPs.

 

4.

Title and Risk of Loss. Title to, and risk of loss of, all Reynolds Products delivered to and accepted by Pactiv at a Warehouse will be and remain with Reynolds at all times. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Pactiv will be liable to Reynolds for any damage to or loss of Reynolds Goods caused by the breach, negligence or intentional misconduct of Pactiv or its employees, agents or suppliers except for Excluded Loss and Damage. The phrase “Excluded Loss or Damage” means loss or damage of Reynolds Products occurring in the Warehouses or

 

Execution Copy 10-24-2019

Warehouse and Freight Services Agreement Dated November 1, 2019

Between Reynolds Consumer Products LLC and Pactiv LLC

Page 3 of 17


  otherwise while in the custody of Pactiv: (a) required to be covered by the insurance of Reynolds under Schedule 3 or actually covered by the insurance of Reynolds, or (b) in a calendar year of the Term, an amount of Reynolds Products that represents less than three-tenths of one percent (0.30%) of the total quantity of cases of Reynolds Products stored in the Warehouses in the calendar year.

 

5.

Protection of Reynolds’ Ownership of the Reynolds Products. Pactiv will identify Reynolds Products received, stored and delivered at the Warehouses as being owned by Reynolds in Pactiv’s records. Reynolds may file a UCC-1 financing statement or other public or private notices required or permitted under Applicable Laws to inform third-parties of the ownership interest of Reynolds in Reynolds Products received, stored and delivered at the Warehouses and to otherwise protect such ownership interest. For the purposes of this Agreement, “Applicable Laws” means the laws of the United States of America, its states and territories, their respective districts, municipalities and other political subdivisions, and the branches, departments, administrative agencies, commissions, courts and other tribunals of the foregoing. For Reynolds Products received, stored and delivered at the Warehouse in Bolton, Ontario, the phrase “Applicable Laws” will also mean the laws of the Canada, its provinces and territories, their respective districts, municipalities and other political subdivisions, and the branches, departments, administrative agencies, commissions, courts and other tribunals of the foregoing. Reynolds will promptly provide Pactiv with copies of any financing statements or other public or private notices filed or sent by Reynolds to protect its ownership interest in Reynolds Products stored in a Warehouse. After all Reynolds Products have been removed from a Warehouse and the Warehouse Services Period of a Warehouse has ended or the Warehouse has otherwise been excluded from this Agreement, Reynolds will promptly cancel any financing statement and other public or private notice previously filed or sent by Reynolds to protect its ownership interest in Reynolds Products stored in a Warehouses. Pactiv will cooperate in good faith with the lawful actions of Reynolds to protect its ownership rights in Reynolds Products received, stored and delivered at the Warehouses, but Pactiv will not have to incur any expense, risk or liability in extending its cooperation unless the action is required as a result of a breach of this Agreement by Pactiv. Pactiv will not: (a) permit, or cause to be created, any interest, pledge, mortgage, encumbrance or other lien or restriction of any kind or nature arising by, through or under Pactiv in Reynolds Products received, stored or delivered at the Warehouse; (b) permit the removal of Reynolds Products from the Warehouse other than as expressly authorized by Reynolds under this Agreement or as required by an order of a court or other governmental entity that Pactiv believes in good faith has been issued in accordance with Applicable Laws; (c) knowingly and intentionally do anything to impair the value of any of Reynolds Products received, stored or delivered at the Warehouse or ownership interest of Reynolds in such goods; or (d) endeavor in good faith to avoid commingling Reynolds Products and Pactiv Products except in connection with filling an outbound delivery. Pactiv irrevocably waives any right it may now have or which it may acquire to claim or file any liens against Reynolds Products while in Pactiv’s possession at a Warehouse. Pactiv agrees to furnish Reynolds promptly with written notice of the seizure by any third party, under Applicable Laws or otherwise, of any of Reynolds Products stored at any Warehouse.

 

6.

Warehouse Records. Pactiv will create and keep for not less than three (3) years after the date of creation records (whether in printed, electronic or other reproducible format) of: (i) the quantity and type of Reynolds Products received at, stored in and delivered from each Warehouse, (ii) damage to or loss of a Reynolds Products prior to or while in the custody of Pactiv at a Warehouse and (iii) amounts invoiced to and paid by Reynolds under this Agreement. Pactiv will provide Reynolds with copies of these Warehouse records within five (5) business days after Reynolds’ written request made during and for a period of three (3) years after the Term.

 

Execution Copy 10-24-2019

Warehouse and Freight Services Agreement Dated November 1, 2019

Between Reynolds Consumer Products LLC and Pactiv LLC

Page 4 of 17


III. Freight Services

 

1.

General Description of Freight Services. From the Effective Date until the Freight Services Expiration Date, Reynolds may order shipping of Reynolds’ goods (Reynolds’ goods for which Pactiv arranges shipping on behalf of Reynolds may be referred to herein as “Freight”) from Pactiv. Pactiv will arrange for, manage and pay the third-party carriers (“Carriers”), brokers, freight payment agent and other third parties involved in the transportation of Reynolds Freight. Reynolds will be the designated shipper of record on all shipments of Freight managed by Pactiv on Reynolds behalf. Pactiv will also manage all cargo loss claims against carriers and brokers. A more detailed description of the Freight Services is set forth in Schedule 2 of this Agreement.

 

2.

Disclaimer of Cargo Liability. Pactiv is not a carrier and Pactiv’s sole obligation under this Agreement is the management of certain of Reynolds’ transportation requirements for the efficient shipment of Reynolds’s Freight. Reynolds therefore releases and agrees to hold harmless and defend Pactiv from any and all liability for cargo loss, damage or destruction claims arising out of the shipment of Reynolds’s Freight.

 

3.

Pricing and Payment Terms for Freight Services. Pactiv will invoice Reynolds for the actual shipping costs and its service fees for Freight Services as set forth in Schedule 2. All invoices issued for Freight Services hereunder shall be payable within thirty (30) days of receipt.

IV. Taxes

 

1.

Reynolds Taxes. Reynolds will bear all government taxes, levies, fees and other impositions on the Reynolds Products, their storage in the Warehouses and otherwise required to be paid by recipients of the Services under Applicable Laws (collectively “Reynolds Taxes”). If required or permitted under Applicable Laws, Reynolds will prepare and file any required reports or returns for such Reynolds Taxes directly with, and pay the Reynolds Taxes owed directly to, the appropriate governmental authorities. If Pactiv is required under Applicable Laws to prepare and file any required reports or returns for such Reynolds Taxes directly with, and to collect and remit the Reynolds Taxes owed directly to, the appropriate governmental authorities, Pactiv will do so and invoice and collect the amount of such Reynolds Taxes from Reynolds.

 

2.

Pactiv Taxes. Pactiv will bear all government taxes, levies, fees and other impositions on the ownership, lease and operation of the Warehouses and otherwise required to be paid by providers of the Services under Applicable Laws (collectively “Pactiv Taxes”). Pactiv will prepare and file any required reports or returns for such Pactiv Taxes directly with, and pay the Pactiv Taxes owed directly to, the appropriate governmental authorities.

V. Representations and Warranties

 

1.

General Representations, Warranties and Covenants. Each Party represents, warrants and covenants on the Effective Date and at all times during the Term that:

 

  a.

The Party is formed, registered, licensed and operating its business in compliance with Applicable Laws.

 

  b.

The Party is operating its business in compliance with a commercially reasonable code of ethics adopted by such Party.

 

  c.

The Party may enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement without being in conflict with, or in breach of, any other agreement of the Party.

 

  d.

The Party is solvent, is capable of paying its debts as and when they become due and is paying its debts as and when due.

 

  e.

The Party is not the subject of a criminal investigation nor a defendant in any criminal indictment, petition, complaint or proceeding that carries a potential sentence involving incarceration in excess of one year for any director or executive officer of the Party involved in the alleged criminal misconduct or a fine in excess of $100,000 USD.

 

Execution Copy 10-24-2019

Warehouse and Freight Services Agreement Dated November 1, 2019

Between Reynolds Consumer Products LLC and Pactiv LLC

Page 5 of 17


A Party will promptly notify the other Party of any change in circumstance during the Term in which the Party is no longer in compliance with the foregoing general representations, warranties and covenants. An incident of actual, alleged or suspected non-compliance by a Party with a warranty under this Section being investigated, contested or corrected in good faith by the Party and which, regardless of outcome, will have no material adverse effect on the Party or its performance under this Agreement or on the other Party, will not be considered a breach of this clause. An incident of actual, alleged or suspected non-compliance by a Party of this Section or any other Section of this Agreement will be grounds for the other Party to demand adequate assurances of performance as provided by Section 2-609 of the Illinois Uniform Commercial Code. A Party will have ten (10) days to provide adequate assurances of performance to the other Party in a form acceptable to the other Party in its good faith discretion.

 

2.

Reynolds Specific Representations, Warranties and Covenants. Reynolds represents, warrants and covenants to Pactiv that each Reynolds Product delivered to and stored with Pactiv or delivered to a Carrier under this Agreement:

 

  a.

Is delivered to the Carrier or to the Warehouse in new and undamaged condition.

 

  b.

Has been delivered to Pactiv or the Carrier in compliance with Applicable Laws, including without limitation with food safety regulations issued by the United States Food and Drug Administration that are applicable to the Reynolds Product.

 

  c.

Is inbound delivered in a properly blocked and braced condition to prevent shifting or toppling of the Reynolds Products upon opening and unloading of a truck trailer at the loading dock of the Warehouse.

 

  d.

Is packaged and delivered on appropriate pallets for storage in the Warehouses in accordance with the customary and usual practices of the Parties. Reynolds may use non-standard pallets for customer requests for promotions, shippers and so forth but Reynolds must notify Pactiv of any non-standard pallets prior to delivering the Reynolds Products to any Warehouse and the amount of any non-standard pallets must be commercially reasonable. Reynolds acknowledges and agrees that the use of any special pallets may require an adjustment in the cube allocation resulting in fewer pallets fitting into the Base or Additional Storage Capacity. Any Reynolds Product delivered to a Warehouse that is not capable of being stacked four pallets high will be allotted cubic feet of storage as if it were occupying four pallets high of storage space. Calculation of cubic feet for storage will be set out in the SOP’s.

 

  e.

Is, and will remain at all times while in the custody of Pactiv, owned solely Reynolds free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and claims (other than those arising by, under or through Pactiv for which Pactiv will be responsible under this Agreement).

 

  f.

Does not infringe on any patent, trademark, copyright, trade secret or other the intellectual property of any third-party registered or otherwise recognized and enforceable under Applicable Laws.

 

  g.

Does not represent nor create a material risk of injury, damage or other harm to Pactiv or any third-party being received, storage and delivered at the Warehouses.

If Pactiv receives a Reynolds Product that fails to conform to these representations, warranties and covenants, the sole remedy of Pactiv for the breach will be to: (1) notify Reynolds within seven (7) business days of receipt that the Reynolds Product is non-conforming and handle or dispose of the non-conforming Reynolds Product at Reynolds’ expense as instructed in writing by Reynolds or, if not so instructed, in accordance with commercially reasonable business practices at Reynolds’ expense; and (2) obtain indemnification from Reynolds for any Indemnified Claim arising from or related to the breach as provided in Section VI.

 

Execution Copy 10-24-2019

Warehouse and Freight Services Agreement Dated November 1, 2019

Between Reynolds Consumer Products LLC and Pactiv LLC

Page 6 of 17


3.

Pactiv Specific Representations, Warranties and Covenants. Pactiv represents, warrants and covenants to Reynolds that:

 

  a.

Reynolds Products will be received, stored and delivered at the Warehouse using the same or a greater standard of care that Pactiv uses in receiving, storing and delivering Pactiv Products at the Warehouse.

 

  b.

Reynolds Products will be delivered at the Warehouse in the same condition and packaging as received at the Warehouse except for ordinary wear and tear, damage or loss caused by an event of Force Majeure and Excluded Loss and Damage.

 

  c.

Warehouses will be operated and maintained, and Services will otherwise be performed, in a commercially reasonable condition and manner in compliance with Applicable Laws, including without limitation with food safety regulations issued by the United States Food and Drug Administration that are applicable to the storage of Reynolds Products.

 

  d.

Reynolds Products will remain at all times free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and claims arising by, through or under Pactiv.

 

  e.

Services will be performed in a manner which do not infringe on any patent, trademark, copyright, trade secret or other the intellectual property of any third-party registered or otherwise recognized and enforceable under Applicable Laws.

If Pactiv receives without rejecting a Reynolds Product but fails to deliver it to Reynolds or a party shipping products for Reynolds, a Reynolds customer, or a Carrier in conformance with these representations, warranties and covenants, the sole remedy of Reynolds for the breach of this Agreement will be to: (1) obtain reimbursement from Pactiv for the actual out of pocket cost to Reynolds of the non-conforming Reynolds Product, except for Excluded Loss or Damage, by notifying Pactiv within thirty (30) days from when Reynolds had or reasonably should have had actual knowledge of the loss, but in no event more than one year after the loss; and (2) obtain indemnification from Pactiv for any Indemnified Claim arising from or related to the breach as provided in the next Section.

VI. Indemnification

 

1.

A claim that a Party (referred to at times in this Section as an “Indemnifying Party”) is required to defend and indemnify the other Party (referred to at times in this Section as an “Indemnified Party”) under this Agreement is referred to at times in this Section as an “Indemnified Claim”. Defense and indemnification under this Section will include, without limitation, (1) paying or reimbursing the actual, reasonable, substantiated out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the investigation, defense and settlement of any civil, criminal or administrative action, suit, arbitration, mediation, hearing, audit, investigation or other proceeding threatened or commenced against an Indemnified Party on an Indemnified Claim (e.g., fees and expenses of attorneys, accountants, auditors, investigators, consulting experts, testifying experts and other consultants; fees and expenses of an arbitrator or mediator; filing fees and costs imposed by any court, administrative agency or other tribunal; etc.), and (2) satisfying any judgment, award, order, lien, levy, fine, penalty or other sanction imposed against an Indemnified Party on an Indemnified Claim.

 

2.

Pactiv will defend and indemnify Reynolds against: (1) any third-party claim for personal injury, damage to tangible property or other loss to the extent caused by any actual or alleged breach of this Agreement by Pactiv in receiving, storing or delivering Reynolds Products at a Warehouse under this Agreement or in the performance of any other obligation of Pactiv under this Agreement; (2) any third-party claim for personal injury, damage to tangible property or other loss to the extent caused by any actual or alleged negligence or other legally culpable misconduct of Pactiv in receiving, storing or delivering Reynolds Products at a Warehouse or in the performance of any other obligation of Pactiv under this Agreement; (3) any third-party claim for actual or alleged infringement by Pactiv in performing the Services under this Agreement (except to

 

Execution Copy 10-24-2019

Warehouse and Freight Services Agreement Dated November 1, 2019

Between Reynolds Consumer Products LLC and Pactiv LLC

Page 7 of 17


  the extent that the infringement relates to a Reynolds Product or its packaging or is based on intellectual property that that Reynolds has represented and warranted to Pactiv that Reynolds owns and that Reynolds has licensed to Pactiv and that Pactiv has used in compliance with the license terms in performing the Services under this Agreement); (4) the threat or imposition of any fine, penalty or other sanction by a governmental authority on Reynolds to the extent caused by any actual or alleged violation by Pactiv of Applicable Laws; or (5) any actual or alleged claim for compensation or other payment of a Pactiv employee, agent or vendor for goods and services furnished in connection with Pactiv receiving, storing or delivering Reynolds Products at a Warehouse under this Agreement.

 

3.

Reynolds will defend and indemnify Pactiv against: (1) any third-party claim for personal injury, damage to tangible property or other loss to the extent caused by any actual or alleged breach of this Agreement by Reynolds in receiving, storing or delivering Reynolds Products at a Warehouse under this Agreement or in the performance of any other obligation of Reynolds under this Agreement; (2) any third-party claim for personal injury, damage to tangible property or other loss to the extent caused by any actual or alleged negligence or other legally culpable misconduct of Reynolds in receiving, storing or delivering Reynolds Products at a Warehouse under this Agreement or in the performance of any other obligation of Reynolds under this Agreement; (3) any third-party claim for personal injury, damage to tangible property, or other loss to the extent related the design, manufacture, storage, sale, delivery or use of a Reynolds Product by any person; (4) any third-party claim for actual or alleged infringement by Pactiv in performing the Services under this Agreement (except to the extent that the infringement relates to a Reynolds Product or its packaging or is based on intellectual property that that Reynolds has represented and warranted to Pactiv that Reynolds owns and that Reynolds has licensed to Pactiv and that Pactiv has used in compliance with the license terms in performing the Services under this Agreement); or delivery by Pactiv under this Agreement or in the performance of any other obligation of Pactiv under this Agreement to the extent based on intellectual property that Reynolds has represented and warranted to Pactiv that Reynolds owns and that Reynolds has licensed to Pactiv and that Pactiv has used in compliance with the license term in supplying the product; (4) the threat or imposition of any fine, penalty or other sanction by governmental authority on Pactiv to the extent caused by any actual or alleged violation by Reynolds of Applicable Laws; or (5) any actual or alleged claim or ownership, custody or compensation or other payment by a Reynolds employee, agent, customer, supplier or creditor or any unrelated third-party for Reynolds Products received, stored and delivered at a Warehouse under this Agreement.

 

4.

As a condition of receiving defense and indemnification under this Section for an Indemnified Claim, the Indemnified Party must:

 

  (1)

notify and tender the defense of an Indemnified Claim to the Indemnifying Party promptly after the Indemnified Party learns of the Indemnified Claim; and

 

  (2)

provide information and cooperation reasonably requested by the Indemnifying Party in the investigation, defense, settlement and satisfaction of the Indemnified Claim. An Indemnifying Party will reimburse the Indemnified Party of any reasonable, actual, substantiated out-of-pocket expense incurred in providing the requested information or cooperation.

 

5.

If the Indemnifying Party accepts the tender of defense of an Indemnified Claim, with or without reservation, the Indemnifying Party will:

 

  (1)

promptly notify the Indemnified Party of the acceptance of the tender of defense of the Indemnified Claim.

 

  (2)

control the investigation, defense, settlement and satisfaction of the Indemnified Claim, including, without limitation, the selection of licensed, qualified and reputable attorneys, expert witnesses and other consultants and all decisions over settlement and litigation strategy. The Indemnifying Party must act in good faith in exercising control over the investigation, defense, settlement and satisfaction of the Indemnified Claim.

 

Execution Copy 10-24-2019

Warehouse and Freight Services Agreement Dated November 1, 2019

Between Reynolds Consumer Products LLC and Pactiv LLC

Page 8 of 17


  (3)

Provide information reasonably requested by the Indemnified Party regarding the investigation, defense, settlement and satisfaction of the Indemnified Claim

 

6.

An Indemnifying Party, acting in good faith, may elect to settle an Indemnified Claim for which it is responsible under this Agreement involving infringement on the intellectual property of a third-party by: (1) obtaining a license from the third-party allowing the required use of its intellectual property; (2) modifying a product, equipment or process in a manner which avoids infringing on the intellectual property of the third-party; or (3) voluntarily withdrawing the infringing product from the market and either refunding the amount paid by the Indemnified Party for the infringing product or replacing the infringing product with a non-infringing product.

 

7.

The Parties may disagree on whether a claim is an Indemnified Claim under this Agreement, which Party should be considered the Indemnifying Party and Indemnified Party for an Indemnified Claim or whether each Party is solely or partially liable for an Indemnified Claim and whether and how liability for an Indemnified Claim should be allocated between them. In these and other circumstances in which an actual or potential conflict of interest exists or arises between the Parties with regards to an alleged or agreed upon Indemnified Claim that would preclude their joint representation by a single defense counsel, the Parties will endeavor in good faith to attempt to resolve the conflict. If the Parties are able to resolve the actual or potential conflict of interest, the Parties will memorialize the agreed upon resolution in a written joint defense agreement signed by officers of each Party and their joint defense counsel. If the Parties are unable to resolve the actual or potential conflict of interest, each Party will independently and separately investigate, defend, settle and satisfy the claim subject to their right to pursue payment or reimbursement for costs incurred in doing so from the other Party as provided in this Agreement.

VII. Insurance

During the Term of this Agreement, each Party will maintain the minimum types and amounts of insurance set forth in the schedule appended as Schedule 3 of this Agreement. By way of confirmation, Reynolds, at its expense, will maintain the “all risk” property insurance required under Schedule 3 on all Reynolds Products received, stored and delivered at the Warehouses,

VIII. Limitations on Liability

 

1.

Disclaimer of Representations and Warranties. Each Party: (1) disclaims all representations and warranties regarding its products, performance, supplied information or business, whether oral or written, express or implied, arising by operation of law or otherwise, including, without limitation, the implied warranty of merchantability and the implied warranty of fitness for a particular purpose, other than those express representations and warranties of the Party in this Agreement; (2) acknowledges that the Party has not relied on, and will not rely on, any representations and warranties of the other Party regarding its products, performance, supplied information or business, whether oral or written, express or implied, arising by operation of law or otherwise, other than those express representations and warranties of the other Party in this Agreement; and (3) waives any claim that the Party may have based, in whole or in part, on any representations and warranties of the other Party regarding its products, performance, supplied information or business, whether oral or written, express or implied, arising by operation of law or otherwise, other than those express representations and warranties of the other Party in this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Party is entitled to rely on (i) the descriptive information in transaction documents issued by either Party in the ordinary course of business during the Term identifying the Reynolds Products (e.g., the type and quantity of Reynolds Products being received, stored or delivered at a Warehouse under this Agreement and the scheduled delivery date and location) and (ii) FDA guaranty letters, material safety data sheets and other similar written assurances issued by Reynolds on its standard forms to Pactiv and other U.S. customers in the ordinance course of business during the Term certifying that a Reynolds Product complies with Applicable Laws and providing any information on the Reynolds Product required under Applicable Laws.

 

Execution Copy 10-24-2019

Warehouse and Freight Services Agreement Dated November 1, 2019

Between Reynolds Consumer Products LLC and Pactiv LLC

Page 9 of 17


2.

Exclusion of Indirect Damages. A Party that breaches this Agreement will only be liable to the other Party for direct damages arising from the breach. Each Party waives any right to recover consequential, incidental, indirect, exemplary, punitive or any other types of indirect damages from the other Party for a breach of this Agreement. Each Party waives any right to recover damages or loss from the other Party arising from or related to this Agreement to the extent the damage or loss incurred by the Party is required to be covered by the insurance of such Party under Schedule 3 or to the extent the damage or loss is actually covered by the insurance of such Party. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, this Subsection will not limit the liability of a Party for any amount or type of damages for: (1) the defense and indemnification of an Indemnified Claim on which the Party is the Indemnifying Party; (2) infringement by the Party on the intellectual property of the other Party; (3) the unauthorized disclosure or use by the Party of the Confidential Information of the other Party; (4) payment or reimbursement of any amount expressly required to be paid or reimbursed by the Party under a provision of this Agreement; or (5) the intentional misconduct of the Party in violation of Applicable Laws.

 

3.

Force Majeure. A Party will not be considered in breach of this Agreement or liable to the other Party for any interruption or delay in performance under this Agreement to the extent caused by an event outside of the ability of the performing Party to foresee and avoid with the exercise of commercially reasonable efforts (such an event is referred to at times as an event of “Force Majeure”). Examples of events of Force Majeure include, without limitation: natural disasters; war; acts of terrorism; government action; accident; strikes, slowdowns and other labor disputes; shortages in, or inability to obtain, transportation in required quantities or at commercially reasonable prices or rates; any breach, negligence, criminal misconduct or other act or omission of any third-party; or fire or other insured or uninsured casualty. A Party whose performance is interrupted or delayed by an event of Force Majeure will be excused from the interruption or delay in performance during the event of Force Majeure and for a commercially reasonable period of additional time after the event of Force Majeure that the Party needs to recover from the event of Force Majeure and restore performance. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Party will only be excused for an interruption or delay in performance under this Subsection for an event of Force Majeure only if the Party: (1) promptly notifies the other Party of the event of Force Majeure and provides information regarding the event of Force Majeure, including its extent and likely duration, and the efforts undertaken by the Party to foresee and avoid interruption or delay in its performance before the occurrence of the event, to mitigate interruption or delay in performance during the event, and to recover from and restore performance following the event; and (2) the Party exercises commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate, recover from and restore performance following the event of Force Majeure. During, and while recovering from and restoring performance following, an event of Force Majeure, Pactiv will act in good faith in allocating its available storage capacity at a Warehouse to store Reynolds Products under this Agreement and any products of Pactiv and its other customers. If an event of Force Majeure interrupts or delays Pactiv from receiving, storing and delivering a Reynolds Product to Reynolds under this Agreement in the quantities and timetable required by Reynolds, Reynolds may cancel any unfilled service orders for the Reynolds Products and procure the required storage capacity for Reynolds Products from one or more other sources until Pactiv has recovered from and restored its ability to perform following the event of Force Majeure. If Pactiv is not able to provide the Base Storage Capacity or Additional Storage Capacity or other Services at a Warehouse because of an event of Force Majeure, Reynolds may enter into warehouse services agreements or make other arrangements to procure the required quantities of storage capacity for the Reynolds Products from one or more other sources for a duration and on terms acceptable to Reynolds in its good faith discretion. In such a circumstance, Reynolds may, but will not be obligated to, resume storing Reynolds Products at Warehouses under this Agreement after Pactiv has recovered from and restored its ability to perform following the event of Force Majeure. If the interruption or delay in the storage of a Reynolds Product at a Warehouse under this Agreement because of an event of Force Majeure has exceeded, or is reasonably likely to exceed, one hundred eighty (180) days, either Party may exclude the Warehouse from this Agreement by delivering written notice to the other Party in which event the Service Expiration Date of the Warehouse will be the date specified in the written notice. The temporary interruption in Service at a Warehouse, or the exclusion of a Warehouse from this Agreement, as a result of an event of Force Majeure will not reduce nor release Reynolds of its obligation to pay the Base Storage Fee on the Warehouse through the date of the Force Majeure event. For example, if a leased Warehouse is destroyed by fire or other casualty and the lessor elects to exercise a right to terminate the lease before it Service Expiration Date and releases Pactiv of its rights and obligations to operate the Warehouse and pay rent and expenses on the Warehouse, Reynolds will be released from its obligation to pay the Base Storage Fee on the Warehouse from and after the Force Majeure date. This Subsection will not excuse nor extend a deadline by which a Party must pay an amount owed under this Agreement or Applicable Laws or by which a Party must exercise any right or remedy under this Agreement or Applicable Laws.

 

Execution Copy 10-24-2019

Warehouse and Freight Services Agreement Dated November 1, 2019

Between Reynolds Consumer Products LLC and Pactiv LLC

Page 10 of 17


IX. Confidential Information and Other Intellectual Property

 

1.

The Parties anticipate exchanging Confidential Information (as defined in in the next Subsection) over the Term of this Agreement for the purpose of negotiating and entering into Purchase Schedules and amendments to this Agreement, transacting business with one another in accordance with this Agreement and exercising their rights and performing their obligations under this Agreement and Applicable Laws, accounting standards and securities exchange requirements (collectively referred to as the “Authorized Purposes”).

 

2.

The phrase “Confidential Information” means information meeting all of the following criteria:

 

  (1)

The information is a trade secret or other non-public, proprietary information owned by a Party or its direct and indirect subsidiaries under Applicable Laws (this Party is referred to at times in this Section as the “Disclosing Party”); and

 

  (2)

The other Party (referred to at times in this Section as the “Receiving Party”) requests such information from the Disclosing Party for the Authorized Purposes during the Term (i.e., neither Party wants unsolicited Confidential Information from the other Party); and

 

  (3)

The Disclosing Party discloses such requested information to the Receiving Party during the Term either labelled as “Confidential” or words of similar intent, or describes the disclosed information in reasonable detail in a written notice to the Receiving Party delivered, either at the time of disclosure or within five (5) days of disclosure. If a Disclosing Party neglects to label or deliver timely written notice to the Receiving Party identifying the disclosed information as confidential in nature, the disclosed information will only be treated as Confidential Information under this Agreement if the Disclosing Party is able to demonstrate by clear and convincing evidence that the Receiving Party knew that the disclosed information was a trade secret or other non-public, proprietary information of the Disclosing Party at the time of disclosure.

The criteria in Clause (2) and Clause (3) will not apply to Confidential Information of a Disclosing Party observed or heard by a Receiving Party in a plant, warehouse, facility or system of the Disclosing Party. The existence and terms of this Agreement, and the existence, nature and extent of the business relationship between the Parties, will be considered the Confidential Information of each Party.

 

3.

The phrase “Confidential Information” also means the Know-How of a Disclosing Party and its direct and indirect subsidiaries that a Receiving Party and its direct and indirect subsidiaries learned of, acquired or otherwise used prior to the Effective Date. The phrase “Know-How” means trade secret and other confidential, proprietary information of a Party or its Affiliate concerning the manufacture, storage, packaging, marketing, sale and delivery of its products. Examples of Know-How may be in the form of drawings, equipment specifications, formulae, formulations, guidelines, manuals, methods, plans, policies, procedures, processes, properties and applications of raw materials and products, tools, dies and molds. A Receiving Party and its direct and indirect subsidiaries may continue to use the Know-How of the Disclosing Party and its direct and indirect subsidiaries in the possession of the Receiving Party and its direct and indirect subsidiaries as of the Effective Date for the Authorized Purposes and in connection with the operation of the business of the Receiving Party and its direct and indirect subsidiaries. Nothing in this Subsection or any other provisions of this Agreement will obligate a Party to disclose or license the use of its Know-How of any kind and in any form arising, discovered, acquired or developed after the Effective Date to the other Party.

 

4.

The phrase “Confidential Information” does not include, and there will not be any duties of confidentiality or other restrictions under this Agreement for, the following types of information:

 

  (4)

Information which is or becomes available as part of the public domain through any means other than as a result of a breach of this Agreement by the Receiving Party; or

 

Execution Copy 10-24-2019

Warehouse and Freight Services Agreement Dated November 1, 2019

Between Reynolds Consumer Products LLC and Pactiv LLC

Page 11 of 17


  (5)

Information, other than Know-How received prior the Effective Date, which is known to the Receiving Party before the disclosure of the same information by the Disclosing Party; or

 

  (6)

Information which is or becomes available to the Receiving Party from a third-party who is not under any duty to preserve the confidentiality of such information; or

 

  (7)

Information which is furnished by the Disclosing Party to a third-party without imposing any duty on the third-party to preserve the confidentiality of such information; or

 

  (8)

Information which is independently developed by the Receiving Party without the use of or reliance on any trade secret or other non-public, proprietary information provided by the Disclosing Party as Confidential Information under this Agreement or under any prior agreement between the Parties; or

 

  (9)

Information that ceases to be a trade secret or other non-public, proprietary information of the Disclosing Party under Applicable Laws through any means other than those enumerated above and that does not involve nor result from a breach of this Agreement by the Receiving Party.

 

5.

A Party may request and disclose Confidential Information in any form or medium. Confidential Information may include, without limitation, information concerning the assets, liabilities, financing, financial statements, ownership, goods, services, customers, suppliers, marketing, manufacturing, equipment, software, technology, supply chain, business strategies, plans, models, policies, methods, processes, formulae, specifications, drawings, schematics, software and technical know-how of a Disclosing Party. A Receiving Party will take all commercially reasonable actions required to safeguard the Confidential Information of a Disclosing Party in the possession of such Receiving Party against the unauthorized disclosure or use of the Confidential Information by other persons. A Receiving Party will promptly notify the Disclosing Party if the Receiving Party learns of any unauthorized disclosure or use of the Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party by any person. A Receiving Party will cooperate in good faith with the Disclosing Party to prevent any unauthorized disclosure or use of the Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party by any person. A Receiving Party will not be obligated to incur any liability, expense or risk in extending such cooperation to a Disclosing Party, however.

 

6.

A Receiving Party will not disclose nor use the Confidential Information of a Disclosing Party except as follows:

 

  (1)

A Receiving Party and its Representatives may use the Confidential Information of a Disclosing Party for the Authorized Purposes. A “Representative” means the Affiliates of a Party and the directors, officers, managers, employees, accountants, attorneys, auditors and other agents and consultants of a Party and its Affiliates. An “Affiliate” of a Party means a legal entity that owns and controls, or is owned and controlled by, or is under common ownership and control with, a Party (other than the other Party or any of its direct and indirect subsidiaries), with ownership and control of a legal entity being determined by the ownership of the majority voting interest in the legal entity. A Receiving Party may disclose Confidential Information of a Disclosing Party on a “need to know” basis to only those Representatives of the Receiving Party who require such information for the Authorized Purposes. Before making such a disclosure, the Receiving Party will advise the Representatives of the confidential nature of the information being shared and ensure that duties and restrictions are, or have been, imposed on the Representatives receiving the Confidential Information similar to those imposed on the Receiving Party under this Agreement. A Receiving Party will be liable for any breach of this Agreement by its Representatives.

 

  (2)

A Receiving Party may disclose Confidential Information of a Disclosing Party to a court, governmental entity or any other person in order for the Receiving Party and its Affiliates to comply with Applicable Laws, accounting standards and securities exchange requirements. If legally permissible and reasonably possible, a Receiving Party will notify the Disclosing Party prior to disclosing its Confidential Information pursuant to this Section and cooperate in good faith with any lawful efforts by the Disclosing Party to avoid or limit the disclosure of its Confidential Information. A Receiving Party will not be obligated to incur any liability, expense or risk in extending such cooperation to a Disclosing Party. Based on legal advice of its attorney, a Receiving Party may disclose the Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party by any deadline established under an Applicable Laws, accounting standard and securities exchange requirement.

 

Execution Copy 10-24-2019

Warehouse and Freight Services Agreement Dated November 1, 2019

Between Reynolds Consumer Products LLC and Pactiv LLC

Page 12 of 17


  (3)

A Receiving Party may disclose and use the Confidential Information of a Disclosing Party to enforce or interpret this Agreement or any other agreement with the Disclosing Party in any arbitration, court or other legal proceeding. A Receiving Party may disclose and use this Confidential Information of a Disclosing Party to defend the Receiving Party or its Affiliates or their respective Representatives in any arbitration, court or other legal proceeding. In either circumstance, the Receiving Party will ensure that a protective order, agreement or other mechanism is in place to preserve the confidentiality of the Confidential Information.

 

  (4)

A Receiving Party and its Representatives may disclose and use the Confidential Information for any other purpose consented to by a Disclosing Party in a written notice signed by an officer of the Disclosing Party delivered to the Receiving Party. The other purpose described in the written notice will become one of the “Authorized Purposes” from and after the date of such written notice.

 

7.

In disclosing its Confidential Information to a Receiving Party, a Disclosing Party represents, warrants and covenants to the Receiving Party that:

 

  (1)

The Disclosing Party owns and has the right to disclose and authorize the use of Confidential Information as provided in this Agreement.

 

  (2)

The Receiving Party and its Representatives may use the Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party for the Authorized Purposes provided in this Agreement.

 

  (3)

The Disclosing Party will indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Receiving Party and its Representatives against any claim of a third-party that the disclosure and use of the Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party as provided in this Agreement infringes on a patent, trademark, copyright, trade secret or other intellectual property of the third-party registered in or otherwise recognized and enforceable under Applicable Laws.

Except for the limited representations and warranties in this Section, a Disclosing Party disclaims all other representations and warranties of any kind related to its Confidential Information, whether express, implied or arising by operation of law, including the disclaimer, without limitation, of any representation and warranties concerning merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, truth, accuracy or completeness.

 

8.

For Confidential Information that is not a trade secret of a Disclosing Party under Applicable Laws, the rights and obligations of the Parties under this Section will continue until the earlier of (i) sixty (60) months from the date of disclosure to a Receiving Party or (ii) the date such information ceases to be considered Confidential Information under this Agreement. For Confidential Information that is a trade secret of a Disclosing Party under Applicable Laws, the rights and obligations of the Parties under this Section will continue until such information ceases to be a trade secret of the Disclosing Party under Applicable Laws.

 

9.

A Receiving Party will return or destroy all forms of Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party in the custody of the Receiving Party and its Representatives within ten (10) days of receipt of a written request from the Disclosing Party and after the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement. This will include, without limitation, all copies, records, documents and other information representing, comprising, containing, referencing or created based on Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Receiving Party and its Representatives may retain copies of Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party which (x) the Receiving Party and its Representatives are required to retain to comply with Applicable Laws, accounting standards and securities exchange requirements (but only for the duration and in the manner so required for these limited purposes); or (y) have been archived in electronic form by the Receiving Party and its Representatives and which would be unduly burdensome for the Receiving Party and its Representatives to have to search for and delete the Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party.

 

Execution Copy 10-24-2019

Warehouse and Freight Services Agreement Dated November 1, 2019

Between Reynolds Consumer Products LLC and Pactiv LLC

Page 13 of 17


10.

Except for the limited right to disclose and use Confidential Information of a Disclosing Party for the Authorized Purposes provided in the this Section and except for any license of intellectual property granted by a Disclosing Party to the Receiving Party in a Purchase Schedule, this Agreement does not grant a Receiving Party or its Representatives any right, title, interest or ownership in the Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party nor in any patent, trademark, copyright or other intellectual property of the Disclosing Party. As between the Parties during the Term, to be effective, the grant of any right, title, interest and ownership in and to any Confidential Information of Party or in an patents, trademarks, copyrights and other intellectual property of the Party must be in writing and signed by the chief executive officers of the Parties. During the Term, a Party will not develop intellectual property for, on behalf of, or in collaboration with, the other Party unless the Parties have entered into a Purchase Schedule or other separate written agreement signed by an officer of each Party.

X. Dispute Resolution

 

1.

Negotiation. If a Party believes that the other Party has breached this Agreement or if there is a dispute between the Parties over the interpretation of this Agreement (a “Dispute”), the Parties will endeavor to resolve the Dispute through good faith negotiation for a period of thirty (30) days after a Party notifies the other Party of the Dispute and before either Party requests mediation or files litigation to resolve the Dispute.

 

2.

Mediation. If the Parties have been unable to resolve a Dispute through good faith negotiation as provided in the prior Subsection, a Party may request that the Parties attempt to resolve the Dispute through mediation by notifying the other Party with a copy to JAMS. The Parties will attempt to select a mutually acceptable JAMS mediator, and a mediation location in Lake County, Illinois or Cook County, Illinois, within ten (10) days of the notice requesting mediation. If the Parties are unable to agree on a JAMS mediator or mediation location, JAMS will appoint the mediator and a mediation location in Lake County, Illinois or Cook County, Illinois. The mediation will be held at the selected mediation location within thirty (30) days of the notice requesting mediation before a JAMS mediator and in compliance with JAMS mediation guidelines. Each party will bear its own costs in preparing for and participating in the mediation and one-half of the fees and expenses charged by JAMS for conducting the mediation.

 

3.

Litigation. If the Parties are unable to resolve a Dispute through negotiation or mediation as provided in the prior Subsections, a Party may file litigation against the other Party in a court of competent jurisdiction in the United States of America. With respect to litigation involving only the Parties or their Affiliates, the Parties irrevocably consent to the exclusive personal jurisdiction and venue of the U.S. federal and Illinois state courts of competent subject matter jurisdiction located in Lake County, Illinois or Cook County, Illinois and their respective higher courts of appeal for the limited purpose of resolving a Dispute, and the Parties waive, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Laws, any defense of inconvenient forum. The Parties waive any right to trial by jury as to any Disputes resolved through litigation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Party may file litigation to resolve a Dispute without undergoing either negotiation or mediation as provided in the prior Subsections for any Dispute involving: (i) infringement on intellectual property; (ii) the unauthorized use or disclosure of Confidential Information; or (iii) a request for a temporary restraining order, a preliminary or permanent injunction or any similar types of equitable relief.

 

4.

Remedies. Except as expressly limited in the preceding Subsections and the other provisions in this Agreement, a Party may immediately exercise any rights and remedies available to the Party under Applicable Laws upon a breach of this Agreement by the other Party. A Party will not suspend performance under nor terminate this Agreement or any accepted purchase order for a product being purchased and sold under this Agreement unless: (1) the other Party is in material breach of this Agreement and has either refused to cure the material breach or has failed to cure the material breach within thirty (30) day of its receipt of written notice of the failure; and (2) the Parties have been unable to resolve the Dispute related to the material breach through negotiation or mediation, or the breaching Party has refused or failed to attempt to resolve the Dispute through negotiation or mediation, as provided in this Section. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Party may suspend performance or terminate this Agreement or any accepted purchase order for Services being purchased and sold under this Agreement immediately on written notice to the other Party, and without providing the other

 

Execution Copy 10-24-2019

Warehouse and Freight Services Agreement Dated November 1, 2019

Between Reynolds Consumer Products LLC and Pactiv LLC

Page 14 of 17


  Party an opportunity to cure the material breach or attempting to resolve a Dispute over the material breach by negotiation or mediation as provided in this Section, for a material breach by the other Party involving substantial harm to the reputation, goodwill and business of the non-breaching Party that cannot reasonably be avoided or fully redressed by providing the other Party an opportunity to cure the material breach.

 

5.

Late Fees and Collection Costs. If a Party (the “Payor”) fails to pay the other Party (the “Payee”) an amount owed under this Agreement by the payment due date, then the Payor will owe the Payee: (i) the delinquent amount; and (ii) a late payment fee equal to two percent (2%) of the delinquent amount for each full or partial calendar month past the due date that the delinquent amount remains unpaid. In addition, if the Payee has to file litigation to collect the amount owed and the Payee prevails in the litigation, Payor will reimburse Payee for actual, reasonable, substantiated out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Payee in collecting the delinquent amount and accrued late payment fees on the delinquent amount. Under no circumstance will the late payment fee payable to Payee exceed the amount that a creditor may lawfully impose on a debtor on a delinquent amount under Applicable Law.

XI. Miscellaneous

 

1.

Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including its appended Exhibits and Purchase Schedules entered into during the Term, constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the receipt, storage and delivery of Reynolds Products at the Warehouses. This Agreement supersedes all prior and simultaneous representations, discussions, negotiations, letters, proposals, agreements and understandings, whether written or oral, with respect to this subject matter. This Agreement will not be binding on either Party unless and until signed by the chief executive officers of each Party. No handwritten or other addition, deletion or other modification to the printed portions of this Agreement will be binding upon either Party to this Agreement.

 

2.

Amendments. A Party may not amend this Agreement nor supplement the terms and conditions in this Agreement through the inclusion of additional or different terms and conditions in any quotation, purchase order, invoice, bill of lading, letter, email or other document or communication. This Section does not prevent the reliance on the descriptive information in transaction documents identifying the ordered Products (e.g., the type and quantity of ordered products and scheduled date and location for delivery). No amendment of this Agreement will be valid or effective unless made in writing and signed and exchanged by officers of the Parties. A Party may approve or reject a request for an amendment in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

3.

Waiver. The failure of either party to insist in any one or more instances upon strict performance of any of the provisions of this Agreement or to take advantage of any of its rights shall not operate as a continuing waiver of such rights. No right or obligation under this Agreement will be considered to have been waived by a Party unless such waiver is in writing and is signed by an officer of the waiving Party and delivered to the other Party. No consent to or waiver of a breach by either Party will constitute a consent to, waiver of, or excuse for any other, different, or subsequent breach by such Party.

 

4.

Governing Law. This Agreement and all claims or causes of action arising out of or related to this Agreement shall be governed in all respects, including as to validity, interpretation and effect, by the laws of the State of Illinois and the United States of America, without giving effect to its principles or rules of conflict of laws. The United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods will not govern nor otherwise be applicable to this Agreement.

 

5.

Severability. If any term of provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof shall be found invalid, void or unenforceable by any government or governmental organization having jurisdiction over the subject matter, the remaining provisions, and any application thereof, shall nevertheless continue in full force and effect.

 

6.

Assignment. This Agreement, its rights and obligations, is not assignable nor otherwise transferable by either Party, in whole or in part, except with the prior written consent of the other Party, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, either Party may assign this Agreement in its entirety to any of its Affiliates or to a successor-in-interest in connection with any merger,

 

Execution Copy 10-24-2019

Warehouse and Freight Services Agreement Dated November 1, 2019

Between Reynolds Consumer Products LLC and Pactiv LLC

Page 15 of 17


  consolidation, sale of assets or equity interests or other forms of strategic transaction written notice to, but without the prior written of, the other Party provided that: (i) the assignee assumes all rights, obligations and liabilities of the assignor under this Agreement; and (ii) the assignee is not a competitor of the other Party. An assignment of this Agreement, in whole or in part, will not release the assigning Party of its obligations and liabilities under this Agreement, whether arising before or after the effective date of the assignment, unless the other Party approves the release in a written notice to the assigning Party. The assigning Party will provide the other Party with written notice of such assignment prior to or promptly following the effective date of such assignment. A change of majority ownership of a Party will be deemed an assignment of this Agreement unless the assignment is the result of Reynolds Group Holdings Limited ceasing to control the majority ownership of a Party. The restrictions in this Section will not preclude a Party for authorizing one or more of its Affiliates to manufacture, store, purchase, sell or deliver a product, or exercise any other right or perform any other obligation, on behalf of the Party under this Agreement. Subject to the foregoing, all of the terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assignees of the respective Parties.

 

7.

Third Party Beneficiaries. There are no intended third-party beneficiaries of this Agreement.

 

8.

Good Faith and Cooperation. Except where this Agreement states that a Party may expressly exercise a right or render a decision in its “sole and absolute discretion”, a Party will exercise its rights under this Agreement in its good faith business judgment. A Party will perform its obligations under this Agreement in a commercially reasonable manner consistent with industry practices and in compliance with Applicable Laws. A Party will promptly take such actions, provide such information and sign such documents as the other Party may reasonably request to obtain the benefits and exercise the rights granted, and to perform the obligations imposed, under this Agreement.

 

9.

Notices. Any notice required or permitted to be provided by a Party under this Agreement will be made to the notice address of the receiving Party set forth below or to an alternate notice address later designated by the receiving Party in accordance with this Subsection. Notices will be effective upon actual receipt by the receiving Party. An emailed notice will be effective against a receiving Party only if the Receiving Party acknowledge receipt of the emailed notice in a return notice to the notifying Party. A receiving Party agrees to acknowledge receipt of an email notice in good faith promptly following receipt. A Party may change its address for notice by giving notice to the other party Pursuant to this Subsection.

Address for notice to Pactiv:    

Pactiv LLC

1900 West Field Court

Lake Forest, IL 60045

Attn: John McGrath, Chief Executive Officer

Email: jmcgrath@pactiv.com

For any notice concerning an Operations Change, breach or termination, with a copy to:

Pactiv LLC

1900 West Field Court

Lake Forest, IL 60045

Attn: Steven R. Karl, General Counsel

Email: skarl@pactiv.com

Address for notices to RCP:

Reynolds Consumer Products LLC

1900 W. Field Court

Lake Forest, IL 60045

Attention: Lance Mitchell, Chief Executive Officer

Email: Lance.Mitchell@ReynoldsBrands.com

 

Execution Copy 10-24-2019

Warehouse and Freight Services Agreement Dated November 1, 2019

Between Reynolds Consumer Products LLC and Pactiv LLC

Page 16 of 17


For any notice concerning a breach or termination, with a copy to:

Reynolds Consumer Products LLC

1900 W. Field Court

Lake Forest, IL 60045

Attention: David Watson, General Counsel

Email: David.Watson@ReynoldsBrands.com

 

10.

Independent Contractors. The relationship of the Parties established by this Agreement is that of independent contractors, and nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to: (a) give either Party the power to direct and control the day-to-day activities of the other Party, (b) establish the Parties as partners, joint ventures, co-owners or otherwise as participants in a joint or common undertaking, or (c) allow a Party to bind the other Party in any manner or otherwise create or assume any obligation on behalf of the other Party for any purpose whatsoever. A Party will not be considered an agent of the other Party.

 

11.

Non-Exclusive Supply Relationship. This Agreement is not evidence of, nor does it create, any form of exclusive supply relationship between the Parties concerning the receipt, storage or delivery of Reynolds Products at any Warehouse. Nothing in the Agreement obligates Reynolds to store any Reynolds Products at a Warehouse during the Term.

 

12.

Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires, the following rules of construction will be applied to in the interpretation of the agreement: (1) headings are for convenience only and do not affect interpretation; (2) singular includes the plural and vice-versa; (3) gender includes all genders; (4) if a word or phrase is defined, its other grammatical forms have a corresponding meaning; (5) the meaning of general words is not limited by specific examples introduced by “includes”, “including” or “for example” or similar expressions; (6) the word “person” includes an individual, corporation, company, trust, partnership, limited partnership, unincorporated body, joint venture, consortium or other legal entity; (7) a reference in any Purchase Schedule or Exhibit to an section, subsection or clause is a reference to a section, subsection or clause in that Purchase Schedule or Exhibit unless otherwise identified; (8) reference to an Exhibit is a reference to an Exhibit described, appended or otherwise identified in this Agreement; (9) a reference to conduct includes, without limitation, an omission, statement or undertaking, whether or not in writing; (10) a reference to a third-party is a reference to a person who is not a Party to this agreement; (11) where a period of time is specified for the performance of any act and dates from a given day or the day of an act or event, the period shall be exclusive of that date; and (12) the Parties agree that this Agreement is the product of negotiation between sophisticated parties and individuals, all of whom were or have been given the opportunity to be represented by counsel, and each of whom had an opportunity to participate in, and did participate in, negotiation of the terms hereof; accordingly, the Parties acknowledge and agree that the Agreement is not a contract of adhesion and that ambiguities in the Agreement, if any, shall not be construed strictly or in favor of or against either Party, but rather shall be given a fair and reasonable construction.

 

13.

Execution. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original as against the Party whose signature appears thereon, but all of which taken together shall constitute but one and the same instrument. Acceptance of this Agreement may be made by e-mail, mail or other commercially reasonable means showing the signatures of the chief executive officers of the Parties.

REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SIGNATURE PAGE AND EXHIBITS FOLLOW

 

Execution Copy 10-24-2019

Warehouse and Freight Services Agreement Dated November 1, 2019

Between Reynolds Consumer Products LLC and Pactiv LLC

Page 17 of 17


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Warehouse and Freight Services Supply Agreement effective as of the Effective Date.

 

PACTIV LLC
By:  

/s/ John McGrath

  John McGrath
  Chief Executive Officer

 

REYNOLDS CONSUMER PRODUCTS LLC
By:  

/s/ Lance Mitchell

  Lance Mitchell
  Chief Executive Officer

Execution Copy 10-24-2019

Warehouse and Freight Services Agreement Dated November 1, 2019

Between Pactiv LLC

And Reynolds Consumer Products LLC

EX-10.5

Exhibit 10.5

TRANSITION SERVICES AGREEMENT

TRANSITION SERVICES AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) dated as of November 1, 2019, between Pactiv LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“PACTIV”), and Reynolds Consumer Products LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, (the “Company” or “RCP”). Each Party or any of its Affiliates providing services hereunder shall be a “Provider,” and each Party or any of its Affiliates receiving services hereunder shall be a “Recipient.”

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT

A. PACTIV and Company are subsidiaries of Reynolds Group Holdings Limited, a company organized under the laws of New Zealand (“RGHL”). In order to align business operations related to warehousing and manufacturing, certain PACTIV facilities are transferring to RCP effective November 1, 2019 (the “Commencement Date”).

B. In order to facilitate the transfer of the PACTIV facilities to the Company, (i) PACTIV will provide, or cause its Affiliates to provide, certain services to the Company and its Affiliates, and (ii) the Company will provide, or cause its Affiliates to provide, certain services to PACTIV and its Affiliates, all on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Definitions. The following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below throughout this Agreement:

Affiliate” means, with respect to any person, any other person who directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such person. The term “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms “controlled” and “controlling” have meanings correlative thereto. For the avoidance of doubt, for the purposes of this Agreement and all exhibits thereto, the term Affiliate shall not apply to the relationship between PACTIV or RGHL or either of their respective Affiliates on the one hand and RCP and its direct and indirect subsidiaries on the other hand.

Applicable Rate” means the average of the daily “prime rate” (expressed rate per annum) published in The Wall Street Journal for each of the days in the applicable period, plus two percent (2%).

Business” means the manufacture and sale of consumer products including cooking products, waste & storage products, and tableware by the Company and activities ancillary thereto.


Business Day” means any day that is not (a) a Saturday, (b) a Sunday, or (c) any other day on which commercial banks are authorized or required by law to be closed in the City of New York.

Change” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(c).

Commencement Date” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Confidential Information” means any information of a Party, its Affiliates, members, licensors, consultants, service providers, advisors or agents that is confidential or proprietary, however recorded or preserved, whether written or oral. Confidential Information includes trade secrets, pricing data, employee information, customer information, cost information, supplier information, financial and tax matters, third-party contract terms, inventions, know-how, processes, methods, models, technical information, schedules, code, ideas, concepts, data, software and business plans (regardless of whether such information is identified as confidential).

Dispute Negotiations” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(b).

Fees” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.

Force Majeure Event” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1.

Governmental Authority” means governmental or quasi-governmental entity of any nature (including any governmental agency, branch, department, official, or entity and any court or other tribunal) or (iii) body exercising, or entitled to exercise any administrative, executive, judicial, legislative, police, regulatory or taxing authority or power of any nature, including any arbitral tribunal.

Indemnified Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1.

Indemnifying Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1.

Law” means a law, statute, order, ordinance, rule, regulation, judgment, injunction, order, or decree.

Litigation” means any action, cease and desist letter, demand, suit, arbitration proceeding, administrative or regulatory proceeding, citation, summons or subpoena of any nature, civil, criminal, regulatory or otherwise, in law or in equity.

Losses” means any and all damages, liabilities, losses, obligations, claims of any kind, interest and expenses (including reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys).

Party” means PACTIV or Company, as applicable (collectively, the “Parties”).

Personnel” means, with respect to any Party, (i) the employees, officers and directors of such Party or its Affiliates or (ii) agents, accountants, attorneys, independent contractors and other third parties engaged by such Party or its Affiliates.

 

2


Provider” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Recipient” has the meaning set forth in the preamble

Reverse Transition Services” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b).

Sale and Services Taxes” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.5.

Security Incident” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.

Security Regulations” means a Party’s and its Affiliates’ system security policies, procedures and requirements, as amended from time to time.

Service Coordinator” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(a).

Service Standard” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a).

Services” means the Transition Services and the Reverse Transition Services, unless the context requires otherwise.

Systems” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.5.

Tax” means any federal, state, local or foreign income, alternative, minimum, accumulated earnings, personal holding company, franchise, capital stock, profits, windfall profits, gross receipts, sales, use, value added, transfer, registration, stamp, premium, excise, customs duties, severance, environmental (including taxes under section 59A of the Code), real property, personal property, ad valorem, occupancy, license, occupation, employment, payroll, social security, disability, unemployment, workers’ compensation, withholding, estimated or other similar tax, duty, fee, assessment or other governmental charge or deficiencies thereof (including all interest and penalties thereon and additions thereto).

Terminating Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3.

Term” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.

Termination Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.

Transition Services” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a).

TSA Records” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1(a).

 

3


ARTICLE II

SERVICES

Section 2.1 Services.

(a) During the applicable Term of any Service, and in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, PACTIV shall provide, or shall cause its Affiliates or, subject to Section 2.2, third parties to provide, to the Company or one or more of its Affiliates (in connection with the conduct of the Business) the services described on Exhibit A hereto (the “Transition Services”). Notwithstanding the content of Exhibit A, PACTIV agrees to consider in good faith to any reasonable request by the Company for access to any additional service that is necessary for the operation of the Business, at fees to be agreed upon after good faith negotiation between the parties. PACTIV will not be in in breach of this Agreement if PACTIV declines to provide a requested additional service for any good faith reason, including the failure of the Parties to agree to the scope, term, and fee for the additional service. Any such additional services so provided by PACTIV shall constitute Services hereunder and be subject in all respects to the provisions of this Agreement as if fully set forth on Exhibit A as of the date hereof.

(b) During the applicable Term of any Service, and in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Company shall provide, or shall cause its Affiliates or, subject to Section 2.2, third parties to provide, to PACTIV or one or more of its Affiliates, the services described on Exhibit B hereto (the “Reverse Transition Services”).

Section 2.2 Performance by Affiliates or Subcontractors. Either Party may, in its sole discretion, engage, or cause one of their Affiliates to engage, one or more parties (including other third parties or Affiliates) to provide some or all of the Services; provided, (i) such Party is using such Affiliate or third party to perform the same Services for itself and its Affiliates (to the extent applicable), (ii) such arrangement would not increase the cost to Recipient for such Services, and (iii) if such third party is not already engaged with respect to such Service as of the date hereof, Provider shall obtain the prior written consent of Recipient (not to be unreasonably withheld). Provider shall (x) be responsible for the performance or non-performance of any such parties and (y) in all cases remain responsible for ensuring that obligations with respect to the standards of Services set forth in Article III of this Agreement are satisfied with respect to any Services provided by such Affiliate or third party.

Section 2.3 Scope of Services. Other than as expressly set forth on Exhibit A, Section 2.1, Exhibit B, or as agreed by the Parties in writing, in no event shall Provider be obligated to provide any Service to the Recipient for any purpose other than to facilitate, on a transitional basis, the Recipient’s ability to conduct business as conducted immediately preceding the date hereof.

ARTICLE III

SERVICE LEVELS; SERVICE COORDINATORS; TSA COMMITTEE

Section 3.1 Quality of Services.

(a) Provider shall perform the Services (i) at a level of quality substantially similar in all material respects to that at which such Services were performed or enjoyed during the twelve (12) month period prior to the date hereof and (ii) in accordance with applicable Law (collectively, (i) and (ii), the “Service Standard”). Subject to Section 3.1(c), internal controls of Provider and its Affiliates with respect to the Service Standard shall remain materially the same in effect throughout the term of this Agreement. Each Party acknowledges that the other Party and their Affiliates are not professional service providers of the Services.

 

4


(b) In the event of any material failure of a Provider to perform the Services, as applicable, in accordance with the Service Standards, Recipient shall provide Provider with written notice of such material failure, and Provider will use commercially reasonable efforts to remedy such failure as soon as reasonably possible and in the same manner that Provider would remedy such a failure for their other businesses undergoing such a material failure.

(c) A Provider may, from time to time: (i) reasonably supplement, modify, upgrade, substitute or otherwise alter (“Change”) any Service in a manner consistent with Changes made with respect to similar services provided by Provider on their own behalf or to their Affiliates, including taking any physical or information security measures with respect to such Service, in a manner that does not (x) adversely affect in any material respect the quality or availability of such Service or (y) materially increase the fees payable in connection with such Changed Service; provided that to the extent that any such Change is reasonably likely to modify, substitute or otherwise alter the receipt or use of such Service, Provider shall provide Recipient with reasonable advance written notice of the implementation of the Change to the extent practicable under the circumstances; provided, further, that the Service Standard shall continue to apply to such Service following any Change. If a Change is required by applicable Law or is in response to a threatened Security Incident, Provider may make any and all changes to the Service necessary to comply with applicable Law and any changes thereto or to respond to such threatened Security Incident in a manner consistent with responses made by Provider on its own behalf or in respect of their Affiliates; provided that Provider shall provide Recipient such reasonable advance written notice of the implementation of any such Change as may be practicable under the circumstances; and (ii) with reasonable advance written notice to Recipient, temporarily suspend the provision of a Service as necessary to conduct Systems maintenance or patching without such suspension constituting a breach of the Service Standard.

(d) A Provider need not provide any Service if it is not permitted to do so by applicable Law. To the extent that any Service is not permitted pursuant to applicable Law, the Parties will cooperate in good faith to enter into arrangements reasonably acceptable to each of the Parties under which the Recipient would obtain the benefit of such Service to the same extent (or as nearly as practicable) as if such Service were permitted by applicable Law.

Section 3.2 Policies. Each Party shall, and shall cause any of its Affiliates or third parties providing or receiving Services (as the case may be) to, follow the reasonable policies, procedures and practices of the other Party and its Affiliates applicable to the Services that are known or made known to such Party. A failure of a Recipient to act in accordance with this Section 3.2 that prevents a Provider from providing a Service hereunder shall, upon reasonable advance written notice to the Recipient (where practicable), relieves Provider of its obligations under the Service until such time as the failure has been cured.

 

5


Section 3.3 Service Coordinators and Dispute Resolution.

(a) PACTIV and Company shall each nominate a representative to act as the primary contact person with respect to the performance of the Services (each, a “Service Coordinator”). Unless otherwise agreed upon by the Parties, the Parties shall direct all initial communications relating to this Agreement and the Services to the Service Coordinators. The initial Service Coordinators for PACTIV and Company, including their contact information, are set forth on Exhibit C. Either Party may replace its Service Coordinator at any time by providing notice and contact information for the newly designated Service Coordinator in accordance with Section 10.5. The Service Coordinators shall oversee the implementation and ongoing operation of this Agreement. The Parties shall ensure that their respective Service Coordinators shall meet in person or telephonically at such times as are reasonably requested by PACTIV or Company to review and discuss the status of, and any issues arising in connection with, the Services or this Agreement.

(b) In the event a dispute arises between the Parties under this Agreement, telephonic negotiations shall be conducted between the Parties’ respective Service Coordinators within ten (10) days following a written request from any Party (“Dispute Negotiations”). If the Service Coordinators are unable to resolve the dispute within ten (10) days after the Parties have commenced Dispute Negotiations, then either PACTIV or the Company, by written request to the other Party, may request that such dispute be referred for resolution to the respective presidents (or similar position) of the divisions implicated by the matter for the Parties, or more senior executive of a Party if such Party so designates, which presidents (or other executives) will have fifteen (15) days to resolve such dispute. If the presidents of the relevant divisions (or other executives) for each Party do not agree to a resolution of such dispute within fifteen (15) days after the reference of the matter to them, or if the dispute is not otherwise resolved in a friendly manner as set forth in this Section 3.3, then any unresolved dispute may be resolved pursuant to Section 10.8.

Section 3.4 Limitation of Services Provided. Except to the extent required to meet the Service Standards, in providing the Services, the Parties are not obligated to: (i) hire any additional employees; (ii) maintain the employment of any specific employee; (iii) purchase, lease or license any additional equipment or software; or (iv) make any capital investment to provide or continue providing the Services. The Parties have no responsibility to verify the correctness of any information given to them on behalf of the other Party for the purposes of providing the Services.

Section 3.5 Third Party Licenses and Consents. The Parties will cooperate and assist each other, and use commercially reasonable efforts, to obtain, or direct its Affiliates to obtain, any third party consents required under the terms of any agreement between a Party or any of its Affiliates, on the one hand, and a third party, on the other hand, in order for a Party or its Affiliates to provide the Services during the Term. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the provision of any Service as contemplated by this Agreement requires the consent, license or approval of any third party not previously obtained, the Parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts, to obtain as promptly as possible after the Commencement Date, any third party consents, permits, licenses and approvals required under the terms of any third party agreement in order for Provider to

 

6


provide the Services hereunder. The cost of obtaining any consent, permit, license or approval with respect to any Service shall be borne by the Recipient of the relevant Services. If any such consent, permit, license or approval is not obtained, the Parties will cooperate in good faith to enter into reasonably acceptable arrangements under which Recipient would obtain the benefit of such Service to the same extent (or as nearly as practicable) as if such consent were obtained (at Recipient’s cost), and each Party will continue to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any such required consent or amendment. The Parties acknowledge that it may not be practical to try to anticipate and identify every possible legal, regulatory, and logistical impediment to the provision of Services hereunder. Accordingly, each Party will promptly notify the other Party if it reasonably determines that there is a legal, regulatory, or logistical impediment to the provision of any Service, and the Parties shall each use commercially reasonable efforts to overcome such impediments so that the Services may be provided otherwise in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. All computer systems or software (“Systems”), data, facilities and other resources owned by a Party, its Affiliates or third parties used in connection with the provision or receipt of the Services, as applicable, shall remain the property of such Party, its Affiliates or third parties.

ARTICLE IV

SECURITY; SYSTEMS

Section 4.1 Security Breaches. If any Party discovers (a) any material breach of the Security Regulations or of the systems used to provide the Services or (b) any breach or threatened breach of the Security Regulations that involves or may reasonably be expected to involve unauthorized access, disclosure or use of the other Party’s or its Affiliates’ Confidential Information (each of (a) and (b), a “Security Incident”), such Party shall, at the cost of the Party responsible for the Security Incident, (i) promptly (both orally, if practicable, and in any event in writing) notify the other Party of the Security Incident and (ii) reasonably cooperate with the other Party (1) to take commercially reasonable measures necessary to control and contain the security of such Confidential Information, (2) to remedy any such Security Incident, including using commercially reasonable efforts to identify and address any root causes for such Security Incident, (3) to furnish full details of the Security Incident to the other Party and keep such other Party advised of all material measures taken and other developments with respect to such Security Incident, (4) in any litigation or formal action with third parties or in connection with any regulatory, investigatory or other action of any Governmental Authority and (5) in notifying the other Party’s or its Affiliates’ customers and Personnel and other persons of the Security Incident to the extent reasonably requested by the other Party.

Section 4.2 Systems Security.

(a) If PACTIV, Company, their Affiliates or their respective Personnel receive access to any of PACTIV’s, Company’s, or their respective Affiliates’, as applicable, Systems in connection with the Services, the accessing Party or its Personnel, as the case may be, shall comply with all of such other Party’s and its Affiliates’ reasonable Security Regulations known to such accessing Party or its Personnel or made known to such accessing Party or its Personnel in writing, and will not tamper with, compromise or circumvent any security, Security Regulations or audit measures employed by such other Party or its relevant Affiliate.

 

7


(b) Each Party shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, as required by applicable Law, (i) ensure that only those of its Personnel who are specifically authorized to have access to the Systems of the other Party or its Affiliates gain such access and (ii) prevent unauthorized access, use, destruction, alteration or loss of information contained therein, including by notifying its Personnel regarding the restrictions set forth in this Agreement and establishing appropriate policies designed to effectively enforce such restrictions.

(c) Each Party shall, and shall cause their respective Affiliates to, access and use only those Systems of the other Party and its Affiliates, and only such data and information within such Systems, to which they have been granted the right to access and use. Any Party and its Affiliates shall have the right to deny the Personnel of the other Party or its Affiliates access to such first Party’s or its Affiliates’ Systems, after prior written notice and consultation with the other Party, in the event the Party reasonably believes that such Personnel pose a security concern.

Section 4.3 Viruses. Provider and Recipient shall each use its commercially reasonable efforts consistent with its past practices to prevent the introduction or coding of viruses or similar items into the Systems of the other Party. Without limiting the rights and remedies of any party hereunder, in the event a virus or similar item is introduced into the Systems of a Party, whether or not such introduction is attributable to the other Party (including such other Party’s failure to perform its obligations under this Agreement), the other Party shall, as soon as practicable, use its commercially reasonable efforts to assist such Party in reducing the effects of the virus or similar item, and if the virus or similar item causes a loss of operational efficiency or loss of data, upon such Party’s request, work as soon as practicable to contain and remedy the problem and to restore lost data resulting from such introduction.

Section 4.4 Providers’ Software. Except as authorized by this Agreement or by Provider’s express written consent, Recipient shall not, and shall cause its Affiliates not to, copy, modify, reverse engineer, decompile or in any way alter any software of Provider or any of its Affiliates.

Section 4.5 System Upgrades. No Provider shall be required to purchase, upgrade, enhance or otherwise modify any Systems used by any Recipient as of the date hereof in connection with the business of any Party, or to provide any support or maintenance services for any Systems that have been upgraded, enhanced or otherwise modified from the Systems that are used in connection with the business of any Party as of the date hereof.

ARTICLE V

FEES

Section 5.1 Fees. Recipient shall pay Provider (i) the fee for each Service set forth on Exhibit A or Exhibit B, (ii) Providers’ and their Affiliates’ reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred in providing the Services, including the third-party fees and expenses that are charged to Recipient or their Affiliates in connection with provision of the Services (including any fees and expenses charged by subcontractors permitted to provide the Services under Section 2.2) but excluding payments made to employees of Provider or any of their Affiliates pursuant to Section 5.2, and (iii) any other fees as agreed to by the Parties in writing (collectively, the “Fees”).

 

8


Section 5.2 Responsibility for Wages and Fees. Any employees of Provider or any of their Affiliates providing Services to Recipient under this Agreement will remain employees of Provider or such Affiliate and shall not be deemed to be employees of Recipient for any purpose. Provider or such Affiliate shall be solely responsible for the payment and provision of all wages, bonuses and commissions, employee benefits, including severance and worker’s compensation, and the withholding and payment of applicable Taxes relating to such employment.

Section 5.3 Invoices. Provider shall submit or cause to be submitted to Recipient in writing, within 15 days after the end of each month, an invoice setting forth the Fees for the Services provided to Recipient during such month in reasonable detail, as applicable, due under such invoice.

Section 5.4 Payment. Recipient shall pay, or cause to be paid, the Fees shown on an invoice no later than of the last business day of the month Recipient received such invoice unless disputed in accordance with Section 5.7. Any amount not received from the invoiced Party within such period shall bear interest at the Applicable Rate, from and including the last date of such period to, but excluding, the date of payment.

Section 5.5 Sales Tax, Etc. Provider shall be entitled to invoice and collect from Recipient any additional amounts required for state, local and foreign sales Tax, value added Tax, goods and services Tax or similar Tax with respect to the provision of the Services hereunder, as applicable (“Sale and Services Taxes”). Notwithstanding the previous sentence, if the Recipient is exempt from liability for such Sale and Services Taxes, it shall provide Provider with a certificate (or other proof) evidencing an exemption from liability for such Sale and Services Taxes. Provider shall be responsible for any losses (including any deficiency, interest and penalties) imposed as a result of a failure to timely remit such Sale and Services Taxes to the applicable tax authority to the extent the Recipient timely remits such Sale and Services Taxes to Provider or Provider’s failure to do so results from Provider’s failure to timely charge or invoice such Sale and Services Taxes. The Recipient shall be entitled to any refund of any such Sale and Services Taxes paid in excess of liability as determined at a later date. Provider shall promptly notify the Recipient of any deficiency claim or similar notice by a tax authority with respect to Sale and Services Taxes payable hereunder, and of any pending audit or other proceeding that could lead to the imposition of Sales and Services Taxes payable hereunder.

Section 5.6 No Offset. Recipient shall not withhold any payments due under this Agreement in order to offset payments due (or to become due) to Recipient pursuant to this Agreement unless such withholding is mutually agreed to by the Parties in writing or is provided for in the final ruling of a court. Any required adjustment to payments due hereunder will be made as a subsequent invoice.

Section 5.7 Invoice Disputes. In the event of an invoice dispute, the disputing Party shall deliver a written statement to the other Party no later than the date payment is due on the disputed invoice listing all disputed items and providing a reasonably detailed description of each disputed item. Amounts not so disputed shall be deemed accepted and shall be paid, notwithstanding disputes on other items, within the period set forth in Section 5.4. The Parties shall seek to resolve all such disputes expeditiously and in good faith. Provider shall continue performing the Services in accordance with this Agreement pending resolution of any dispute.

 

9


Section 5.8 Audit. At the request of Recipient, Provider shall provide to Recipient and its Affiliates reasonable access to Provider’s applicable Personnel and records with respect to the amount charged in connection with any Service so that Recipient may confirm that the pass through costs incurred by Provider or, to the extent such Service is provided on an hourly basis, information related to hours worked in connection with such Service, are commensurate with the amount charged to Recipient for such Service. In the event that Recipient believes that the amount charged to Recipient materially exceeds the pass through costs actually incurred by Provider or hours charged in connection with such Service, the Parties shall review such matter in good faith.

ARTICLE VI

TERM AND TERMINATION

Section 6.1 Term of Services. With respect to each of the Services, the term thereof will be for a period commencing as of the date hereof, unless a different date is specified as the commencement date for any applicable Service on Exhibit A or Exhibit B (either, a “Commencement Date”), and shall continue until 12 months following the Commencement Date unless (i) such other date as is specified as the termination date for any applicable Service in this Agreement or on Exhibit A or Exhibit B, as applicable (the “Term”) or (ii) earlier terminated pursuant to this Agreement (a “Termination Date”).

Section 6.2 Termination of Services. Except as agreed by the Parties in writing or as otherwise stated in the Exhibits, Company may terminate for convenience any Transition Service, and PACTIV may terminate for convenience any Reverse Transition Service, upon 30 days’ prior written notice of such termination; provided, that any unamortized costs associated with Provider’s purchase of any license or other costs incurred specifically for the purpose of providing the Services hereunder will be passed through to the Terminating Party. Upon termination of any Service pursuant to this Section 6.2, the Terminating Party’s obligation to pay for such Service will cease except any sums accrued or due as of the date of such early termination for Services rendered (which shall include (i) any amounts contemplated by 6.2(b), plus (ii) a pro rata portion of any fees applicable to the current period in which such Services are being performed if the applicable fee is determined on a period by period basis as set forth on Exhibit A or Exhibit B, as applicable). The provisions of this Section 6.2 shall apply mutatis mutandis with respect to any assignment of this Agreement subject to Section 10.10(b) and the Parties will negotiate in good faith regarding fee allocations and, if necessary, early termination or partial termination of any Services.

 

10


Section 6.3 Termination of Agreement. This Agreement shall terminate when the Termination Date has occurred for all Services. In addition, this Agreement may be terminated by either Party (the “Terminating Party”) upon written notice to the other Party (which notice, in case of material breach, shall specify the basis for such claim for breach), if:

(a) the other Party or its Affiliates materially breaches this Agreement and such breach is not cured, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Terminating Party, within thirty (30) days of written notice thereof, it being understood that a good-faith dispute over an invoice or Service shall not constitute a material breach of this Agreement; or

(b) the other Party files for bankruptcy or similar proceeding, is the subject of an involuntary filing for bankruptcy or similar proceeding (not dismissed within sixty (60) days), makes a general assignment of all or substantially all of its assets for the benefit of creditors, becomes or is declared insolvent, becomes the subject of any proceedings (not dismissed within sixty (60) days) related to its liquidation, insolvency, bankruptcy or the appointment of a trustee or a receiver, takes any corporate action for its winding up or dissolution, or a court approves reorganization proceedings on such Party.

Section 6.4 Effect of Termination. Upon any termination or expiration of this Agreement or any Service provided hereunder:

(a) each Party shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, as soon as practicable, return to the other Party any equipment, books, records, files and other property, not including current or archived copies of computer files, of the other Party, its Affiliates and their respective third-party service providers, that is in the Party’s or its Affiliates’ possession or control (and, in case of termination of one or more specific Services, only the equipment, books, records, files and other property, not including current or archived copies of computer files, that are used in connection with the provision or receipt solely of such Services and of no other Services); and

(b) the intellectual property license granted by Section 8.2 shall terminate; provided, however, that in the case of termination of a specific Service, such license shall terminate only to the extent such license was necessary for the provision or receipt of such Service and is not necessary for any other Service that has not yet terminated.

Section 6.5 Survival. The following Articles and Sections shall survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement, including the rights and obligations of each Party thereunder: Article I; Article V; this Article VI; Article VII; Article IX; and Article X.

ARTICLE VII

BOOKS AND RECORDS

Section 7.1 TSA Books and Records.

(a) The Parties shall, and shall cause each of their respective Affiliates to, take reasonable steps to maintain books and records of all material transactions pertaining to, and all data used by it, in the performance of the Services (the “TSA Records”). The TSA Records shall be maintained (a) in a format substantially similar to the format such books and records are maintained as of the date hereof, (b) in accordance with any and all applicable Laws and (c) in accordance with the maintaining Party’s business record retention policies.

 

11


(b) Each Party shall make the TSA Records it maintains available to the other Party and its Affiliates and their respective auditors or other representatives, and in any event to any Governmental Authority, during normal business hours on reasonable prior notice (it being understood that TSA Records that are not stored on a Party’s regular business premises will require additional time to retrieve), for review, inspection, examination and, at the reviewing Party’s reasonable expense, reproduction. Access to such TSA Records shall be exercised by a Party and its Affiliates and their authorized representatives in a manner that shall not interfere unreasonably with the normal operations of the Party maintaining the TSA Records. In connection with such review of TSA Records, and upon reasonable prior notice, a reviewing Party and its Affiliates shall have the right to discuss matters relating to the TSA Records with the employees of the Party or its Affiliates who are maintaining the relevant TSA Records and providing the Services, as applicable, during regular business hours and without undue disruption of the normal operations of such maintaining and providing Party or its Affiliates. Neither Party shall have access to any TSA Records, and neither Party shall be required to provide access or disclose information, when such access or disclosure would jeopardize any attorney-client privilege or violate any applicable Law (provided that such party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide such access or share such information in a manner that would not jeopardize any such privilege or violate any such Law). Each Party’s rights under this Section 7.1(b) shall continue for so long as TSA Records are required to be maintained by the other Party under Section 7.1(a).

Section 7.2 Access to Information; Books and Records.

(a) On and after the Commencement Date, PACTIV shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, until the 7th anniversary of the Commencement Date, afford to RCP and its employees and authorized representatives during normal business hours reasonable access to their books of account, financial and other records (including accountant’s work papers), information, employees and auditors at the Company’s expense to the extent necessary or useful for the Company in connection with any audit, investigation, or dispute or Litigation (other than any Litigation involving a dispute between the Parties) or any other reasonable business purpose relating to the Business; provided that any such access by RCP shall not unreasonably interfere with the conduct of the business of PACTIV and its Affiliates.

(b) After the Commencement Date, RCP shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, until the 7th anniversary of the Commencement Date, afford to PACTIV and its employees and authorized representatives reasonable access to RCP’s employees and auditors, retain all books, records (including accountant’s work papers), and other information and documents pertaining to the Business in existence on the Commencement Date and make available for inspection and copying by PACTIV (at PACTIV’s expense) during normal business hours, in each case so as not to unreasonably interfere with the conduct of the business of RCP and its Affiliates, such information (A) as may be required by any Governmental Authority, including pursuant to any applicable Law or regulatory request or to prepare or file any Tax related documentation, (B) as may be necessary for PACTIV or its Affiliates in connection with their ongoing financial reporting, accounting or other purpose related to PACTIV and Company’s affiliation immediately prior to the Commencement date, or (C) as may be necessary for PACTIV or its Affiliates to perform their respective obligations pursuant to this Agreement or in connection with any Litigation (other than any Litigation involving a dispute between the parties), in each case subject to compliance with all applicable privacy Laws.

 

12


(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 7.2, the Party granting access under Section 7.2(a) or Section 7.2(b) may withhold any document (or portions thereof) or information (i) that is subject to the terms of a non-disclosure agreement with a third party (provided that such party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to share such information in a manner that would not violate any such obligation), (ii) that may constitute privileged attorney-client communications or attorney work product and the transfer of which, or the provision of access to which, as reasonably determined by such Party’s counsel, constitutes a waiver of any such privilege (provided that such party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to share such information in a manner that would not jeopardize any such privilege), or (iii) if the provision of access to such document (or portion thereof) or information, as determined by such Party’s counsel, would reasonably be expected to conflict with applicable Laws.

Section 7.3 Non-Disclosure Agreements. To the extent that any third-party proprietor of information or software to be disclosed or made available to a Recipient in connection with performance of the Services requires a specific form of non-disclosure agreement as a condition of such third party’s consent to use the same for the benefit of Recipient or to permit the Recipient access to such information or software, each Party shall, or shall cause its relevant Affiliate to, as a condition to the receipt of such portion of the Services, execute (and shall cause its Personnel to execute, if reasonably required) any such form.

Section 7.4 Confidential Information.

(a) Each Party agrees to take the necessary steps to protect any Confidential Information of the other Party with at least the same degree of care that the receiving Party uses to protect its own confidential or proprietary information of like kind, but not less than reasonable care. Neither Party shall use the other Party’s Confidential Information other than to perform Services pursuant to this Agreement or pursuant to Section 7.2 herein. The obligation of confidentiality hereunder shall not apply to information that (i) was already in the possession of the receiving Party without restriction on its use or disclosure prior to the receipt of the information from the disclosing Party, (ii) is or becomes available to the general public through no act or fault of the receiving Party, (iii) is rightfully disclosed to the receiving Party by a third party without restriction on its use or disclosure, (iv) is independently developed by employees and/or consultants of the receiving Party who have not had access to the disclosing Party’s Confidential Information, (v) is disclosed to the receiving Party after the receiving Party properly gave notice to the disclosing Party that the receiving Party no longer desired to receive any additional Confidential Information from the disclosing Party, or (vi) is required to be disclosed pursuant to judicial or governmental decree or order, provided that the disclosing Party is, where permitted, given prompt written notice of and the opportunity to defend against disclosure pursuant to such decree or order.

 

13


(b) Upon any termination or expiration of this Agreement, at the written request of the other Party, each Party shall, and shall cause any of its Affiliates or third-party vendors used in connection with the provision or receipt of the Services to, deliver to the other Party (i) all records and data (including backup tapes, records and related information) received, computed, developed, processed and stored by it hereunder in a readable format reasonably acceptable to the other Party, and (ii) all other Confidential Information of such other Party, but excluding, in each case, (1) any information stored electronically in a back-up file pursuant to the receiving Party’s customary electronic back-up practices which may be retained by such Party solely for archival purposes and subject to the continuing confidentiality obligations set forth in herein, and (2) any information obtained pursuant to Section 7.2 herein; provided that, in lieu of delivering all of the foregoing to the other Party, the relevant delivering Party may confirm in writing that it has destroyed, or has caused PACTIV or Company, as the case may be, to destroy, all of the foregoing.

ARTICLE VIII

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

Section 8.1 Ownership of Intellectual Property. Subject to Section 8.3 herein, any intellectual property owned by a Party, its Affiliates or third-party vendors and used in connection with the provision or receipt of the Services, as applicable, shall remain the property of such Party, its Affiliates, or third-party vendors.

Section 8.2 License. Subject to Section 8.3 herein, each Party grants, and shall cause its Affiliates to grant, to the other Party and its Affiliates, a royalty-free, non-exclusive, non-transferable, worldwide license, during the Term, to use the intellectual property owned by such Party or its Affiliates (but excluding any trademarks) only to the extent necessary for the other Party and its Affiliates to provide or receive the Services, as applicable. Other than the license granted to a Party and its Affiliates pursuant to the preceding sentence, neither Party nor its Affiliates shall have any right, title or interest in the intellectual property owned by the other Party or its Affiliates.

Section 8.3 Design and Development Services. On RCP’s request, PACTIV may provide certain tooling and product design and development Services (as described in Section G2.1 of Exhibit A). Ownership of the intellectual property relating to or resulting from such design and development Services must be agreed to by the Parties in writing on a case by case basis and such intellectual property is not subject to the provisions of Section 8.1 or Section 8.2 herein. In the event the Parties do not come to an agreement on ownership of the intellectual property, PACTIV can refuse to provide the Service and will not be in breach of this Agreement.

ARTICLE IX

REMEDIES

Section 9.1 Indemnification. Subject to the limitations set forth in this Article IX, each Party (the “Indemnifying Party”) agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the other Party and its Affiliates and its and their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, representatives, successors and permitted assigns (collectively, the “Indemnified Parties”) from and against all Losses imposed upon or incurred by an Indemnified Party to the extent arising out of or resulting from the Indemnifying Party’s or its Affiliates’ material breach of this Agreement, except to the extent that such Losses are primarily caused by the Indemnified Party.

 

14


Section 9.2 Exclusive Remedy. The indemnities provided for in Section 9.1 shall be the sole and exclusive monetary remedy of the Parties hereto and their Affiliates and their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, representatives, successors and permitted assigns for any breach of or inaccuracy in any representation or warranty or any breach, nonfulfillment or default in the performance of any of the covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement, and the Parties shall not be entitled to a rescission of this Agreement or to any further indemnification rights or claims of any nature whatsoever in respect thereof (including any common law rights of contribution), all of which the Parties hereto hereby waive.

Section 9.3 Disclaimer. EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, (A) NO PARTY MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO THE MATERIALS AND SERVICES, AS APPLICABLE, PROVIDED HEREUNDER, AND ALL SUCH MATERIALS AND SERVICES, AS APPLICABLE, ARE PROVIDED ON AN “AS IS” BASIS AND (B) EACH PARTY DISCLAIMS ANY AND ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, NON-INFRINGEMENT OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

Section 9.4 Limitations.

(a) IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY PARTY BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER PARTY FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, OR LOST PROFITS OR LOST REVENUES THAT THE OTHER PARTY MAY INCUR BY REASON OF ITS HAVING ENTERED INTO OR RELIED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, OR IN CONNECTION WITH ANY OF THE SERVICES PROVIDED HEREUNDER OR THE FAILURE THEREOF, REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF ACTION IN WHICH SUCH DAMAGES ARE ASSERTED, WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE) OR OTHERWISE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF THE SAME OTHER THAN TO THE EXTENT AWARDED IN A THIRD PARTY CLAIM.

(b) EXCEPT WITH RESPECT TO A MATERIAL BREACH CONSTITUTING WILLFUL MISCONDUCT BY A PROVIDER, REPEAT PERFORMANCE OF A SERVICE BY THE PROVIDER OR REFUND OF THE FEES PAID FOR A SERVICE SHALL BE THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR BREACH OF THE SERVICES STANDARD FOR SUCH SERVICE.

(c) IN NO EVENT SHALL A PARTY’S LIABILITY IN RELATION TO SERVICES PROVIDED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT EXCEED THE FEES PAID TO IT UNDER THIS AGREEMENT FOR THE SPECIFIC SERVICE THAT RESULTED IN THE LOSS.

 

15


Section 9.5 Insurance. Each Party shall obtain and maintain, for the Term (i) commercial general liability insurance with a single combined liability limit of at least $5,000,000 per occurrence, (ii) workers compensation/employer’s liability insurance with a liability limit of at least $1,000,000 per occurrence or, if greater, the statutory minimum, and (iii) “all risk” property insurance on a replacement cost basis adequate to cover all assets and business interruption Losses that a Party may suffer in connection with or arising out of this Agreement, subject to policy limits, and in the case of the policies described in clause (i) above, naming the other Party as an additional insured thereunder. Upon request, each Party shall provide the other Party a certificate of insurance as proof of insurance coverage.

ARTICLE X

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 10.1 Force Majeure. In the event that a Party is wholly or partially prevented from, or delayed in, providing one or more Services, or one or more Services are interrupted or suspended, by reason of events beyond their reasonable control, which by their nature were not foreseen, or, if it was foreseen, was not reasonably avoidable, including acts of God, act of Governmental Authority, act of the public enemy or due to fire, explosion, accident, floods, embargoes, epidemics, war, acts of terrorism, nuclear disaster, civil unrest or riots, civil commotion, insurrection, severe or adverse weather conditions, lack of or shortage of adequate electrical power, malfunctions of equipment or software (each, a “Force Majeure Event”), such Party shall promptly give notice of any such Force Majeure Event to Company and shall indicate in such notice the effect of such event on their ability to perform hereunder and the anticipated duration of such event. The Party whose performance is affected by the Force Majeure Event shall not be obligated to deliver or cause to be delivered the affected Services during such period, and the applicable Party shall not be obligated to pay during such period for any affected Services not delivered. During the duration of a Force Majeure Event, the Party whose performance is affected by the Force Majeure Event shall, and shall cause their relevant Affiliates to, minimize to the extent practicable the effect of the Force Majeure Event on their obligations hereunder and use commercially reasonable efforts to avoid or remove such Force Majeure Event and to resume delivery of the affected Services with the least delay practicable.

Section 10.2 Authority. A Provider shall not be permitted to bind a Recipient or any of its Affiliates or enter into any agreements (oral or written), contracts, leases, licenses or other documents (including the signing of checks, notes, bills of exchange or any other document, or accessing any funds from any bank accounts of Recipient or any of its Affiliates) on behalf of Recipient or any of its Affiliates except with the express prior written consent of Recipient, which consent may be given from time to time as the need arises and for such limited purposes as expressed therein.

Section 10.3 Specific Performance. The Parties shall be entitled to seek an injunction to prevent actual or threatened breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement, this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing contained herein shall prevent a Party from seeking damages (to the extent permitted herein) in the event that specific performance is not available.

 

16


Section 10.4 Status of Parties. This Agreement is not intended to create, nor will it be deemed or construed to create, any relationship between PACTIV and its Affiliates, on the one hand, and Company and its respective Affiliates, on the other hand, other than that of independent entities contracting with each other solely for the purpose of effecting the provisions of this Agreement. Neither PACTIV and its Affiliates, on the one hand, nor Company and its Affiliates, on the other hand, shall be construed to be the agent of the other.

Section 10.5 Notices. All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given by delivery in person, by facsimile (followed by overnight courier), Email (followed by overnight courier), or by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) to the other Party hereto as follows:

if to Company,

Reynolds Consumer Products Inc.

1900 W. Field Court

Lake Forest, IL 60045

Attention:     David Watson

Email:          David.Watson@reynoldsbrands.com

if to PACTIV,

Pactiv LLC

1900 W. Field Court

Lake Forest, IL 60045

Attention:     Steve Karl

Email:           skarl@pactiv.com

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Reynolds Group Holdings Inc.

1900 W. Field Court

Lake Forest, IL 60045

Attention:     Joseph Doyle

Email:          Joseph.Doyle@RankNA.com

Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Level Nine

148 Quay Street

P.O. Box 3515

Auckland, New Zealand

Attention:     Helen Golding

Email:           helen.golding@rankgroup.co.nz

 

17


or such other address, Email or facsimile number as such party may hereafter specify for the purpose by notice to the other Party hereto. All such notices, requests and other communications shall be deemed received on the date of receipt by the recipient thereof if received prior to 5:00 p.m. on a Business Day in the place of receipt. Otherwise, any such notice, request or communication shall be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day in the place of receipt. Notwithstanding the forgoing, normal business communications with respect to the Services may be given by the Parties by whatever means are usual and appropriate for such types of communications.

Section 10.6 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including all Exhibits, constitute the sole and entire agreement and supersede all prior agreements, understandings and representations, both written and oral, between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

Section 10.7 Waivers and Amendments; Non-Contractual Remedies; Preservation of Remedies. No amendment, modification or discharge of this Agreement, and no waiver hereunder, shall be valid or binding unless set forth in writing and duly executed by the Party against whom enforcement of the amendment, modification, discharge or waiver is sought. Any such waiver shall constitute a waiver only with respect to the specific matter described in such writing and shall in no way impair the rights of the Party granting such waiver in any other respect or at any other time. Neither the waiver by any of the Parties hereto of a breach of or a default under any of the provisions of this Agreement, nor the failure by any of the Parties, on one or more occasions, to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement or to exercise any right or privilege hereunder, shall be construed as a waiver of any other breach or default of a similar nature, or as a waiver of any of such provisions, rights or privileges hereunder. The rights and remedies herein provided are cumulative and none is exclusive of any other, or of any rights or remedies that any Party may otherwise have at law or in equity.

Section 10.8 Governing Law, etc.

(a) This Agreement shall be governed in all respects, including as to validity, interpretation and effect, by the Laws of the State of Illinois, without giving effect to its principles or rules of conflict of laws, to the extent such principles or rules are not mandatorily applicable by statute and would permit or require the application of the Laws of another jurisdiction. Each of the Parties hereto submits to the jurisdiction of any state or federal court sitting in Lake County, Illinois, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, agrees to bring all claims under any theory of liability in respect of such action or proceeding exclusively in any such court and agrees not to bring any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement in any other court. Each of the Parties hereto waives any defense of inconvenient forum to the maintenance of any action or proceeding so brought and waives any bond, surety or other security that might be required of any other party with respect thereto. Each Party hereto agrees that service of summons and complaint or any other process that might be served in any action or proceeding may be made on such Party by sending or delivering a copy of the process to the Party to be served at the address of the Party and in the manner provided for the giving of notices in Section 10.5. Nothing in this Section 10.8, however, shall affect the right of any Party to serve legal process in any other manner permitted by Law. Each Party hereto agrees that a final, non-appealable judgment in any action or proceeding so brought shall be conclusive and may be enforced by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by Law.

 

18


(b) (b) The Parties each hereby waive, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, any right to trial by jury of any claim, demand, action, or cause of action (i) arising under this Agreement or (ii) in any way connected with or related or incidental to the dealings of the Parties hereto in respect of this Agreement or any of the transactions related hereto, in each case whether now existing or hereafter arising, and whether in contract, tort, equity, or otherwise. The Parties to this Agreement each hereby agree and consent that any such claim, demand, action, or cause of action shall be decided by court trial without a jury and that the parties to this Agreement may file an original counterpart of a copy of this Agreement with any court as written evidence of the consent of the Parties hereto to the waiver of their right to trial by jury.

Section 10.9 Further Assurances. Each Party covenants and agrees that, without any additional consideration, it shall execute and deliver, or shall cause its Affiliates to execute and deliver, such documents and other papers and shall take, or shall cause its Affiliates to take, such further actions as may be reasonably required to carry out the provisions of this Agreement and give effect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Section 10.10 Assignment. No Party may assign this Agreement, or any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement (whether by operation of Law or otherwise), without the prior written consent of the other Party; provided, that notwithstanding the foregoing, any Party may assign any or all of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the consent of the other Party to: (a) its Affiliates, (b) a purchaser of: (i) one or more of its Affiliates that is a Provider or Recipient under this Agreement; (ii) all or substantially all of the business or assets of one or more of its Affiliates that is a Provider or Recipient under this Agreement; or (iii) all or substantially all of such Party’s business or assets, or (c) its financing sources solely for collateral purposes, in each case so long as the assignee agrees to be bound by the terms of this Agreement. Any permitted assignment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective heirs, successors and permitted assigns. Any attempted assignment of this Agreement, or the rights or obligations herein, not in accordance with the terms of this Section 10.10 shall be void.

Section 10.11 Severability. If any term or other provision of this Agreement is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, all other provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any Party. Upon any such determination, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the Parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

Section 10.12 Interpretation.

(a) The Parties acknowledge and agree that, except as specifically provided herein, they may pursue judicial remedies at law or equity in the event of a dispute with respect to the interpretation or construction of this Agreement.

 

19


(b) This Agreement shall be interpreted and enforced in accordance with the provisions hereof without the aid of any canon, custom or rule of law requiring or suggesting constitution against the Party causing the drafting of the provision in question.

Section 10.13 No Third-Party Beneficiaries. Other than the rights granted to the Indemnified Parties under Section 9.1, nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any person, other than the Parties hereto, their successors and permitted novates, transferees and assigns, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision contained herein.

Section 10.14 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by facsimile or scanned pages shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart to this Agreement.

Section 10.15 Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

Section 10.16 Order of Precedence. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of any Exhibit and the other provisions of this Agreement, the other provisions of this Agreement shall govern, except to the extent that the relevant provision of the Exhibit expressly identifies the provision of this Agreement it supersedes and expressly indicates that such provision is being superseded or this Agreement expressly indicates that the Exhibit governs.

[Signature page follows]

 

20


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

Reynolds Consumer Products LLC
By:  

/s/ Lance Mitchell

Name:   Lance Mitchell
Title:   CEO
Pactiv LLC
By:  

/s/ John McGrath

Name:   John McGrath
Title:   CEO


EXHIBIT A

Transition Services

Section G1: Tooling and Spare Parts Services

 

    

Service Name

  

Description of Service

  

Term

 

Fee (USD)

G1.1    Tooling Services – Repair & Replacement Support   

Provision of support for cups, injection molding, and molded fiber tooling and screens, including:

 

•   Repair or replacement of tooling existing at the Commencement Date and new tooling

 

•   Transition of relationships with third party suppliers.

 

Requests for services pursuant to this G1.1 shall be made in accordance with the RCP Purchases Tooling/Repairs SOP effective November 1, 2019 (as may be amended from time to time).

   12 months from the Commencement Date   Actual cost plus 5% for engineering design costs, labor, materials, external tooling and freight/customs/tariffs (as applicable)
G1.2    Spare Parts Services – Maintenance Parts Access   

Access to spare maintenance parts for certain machinery located at:

 

•   Huntersville (injection molding, cups, straws)

 

•   Red Bluff (molded fiber)

 

Requests for services pursuant to this G1.1 shall be made in accordance with the Spare Parts Sell/Buy Process SOP effective November 1, 2019 (as may be amended from time to time).

   12 months from the Commencement Date   Last purchase price paid for the requested part plus 5%, plus the difference between last purchase price and replacement cost if greater than $200


CONFIDENTIAL

RB/HTV TSA

Section G2: Engineering Services

 

    

Service Name

  

Description of Service

  

Term

 

Fee (USD)

G2.1    Engineering Services – General Support Services   

Provision of engineering support for:

 

•   Capital projects

 

•   Tooling design

 

•   Process support

 

•   Automation support

 

•   New products development support for products to be produced at RCP locations

 

•   Materials development

 

•   Product testing (for products to be produced at RCP locations)

 

Provision of training of new RCP employees upon request.

 

Requests for services pursuant to this G2.1 shall be made in accordance with the PTV Engineering Support to RCP SOP effective November 1, 2019 (as may be amended from time to time).

   12 months from the Commencement Date  

Actual cost incurred for labor, materials, and expenses

 

Plus the pass-through of actual third-party costs incurred in providing the service

 

A-2


CONFIDENTIAL

RB/HTV TSA

Section G3: Financial Services

 

    

Service Name

  

Description of Service

  

Term

 

Fee (USD)

G3.1    Financial Services – Accounting   

Provision of month-end close services (consistent with past practices) and handover support for accounting including:

 

•   Month-end close journal entries and related support activities (consistent with past practices)

 

•   Training on current practices and procedures

 

•   Analytics assistance and support

 

•   Accounting handover

 

Services pursuant to this G3.1 shall be performed in accordance with the standard operating procedures as agreed between the Parties in writing (as may be amended from time to time).

   12 months from the Commencement Date  

$325 per month for Red Bluff

 

$650 per month for Huntersville

 

Plus the pass-through of actual third-party costs incurred in providing the service

 

A-3


CONFIDENTIAL

RB/HTV TSA

Section G4: Procurement Services

 

    

Service Name

  

Description of Service

  

Term

 

Fee (USD)

G4.1    Procurement Services – Planning   

Provision of procurement support, training, and handover services in relation to long-term master and capacity planning, including but not limited to:

 

•   Processing requisitions related to MRO and other services into purchase orders (transactional support only)

 

•   Handover of information related to strategic RFPs (i.e. corrugate)

 

•   Support and training for pricing management

 

•   Transition and training for commodity and raw material procurement

 

•   Transition support for transfer of existing supplier/vendor contracts and relationships

   12 months from the Commencement Date  

Transactional Support – $40 per person / per hour

 

Strategic Support – $100 per person / per hour

 

Plus the pass-through of actual third-party costs incurred in providing the service

 

A-4


CONFIDENTIAL

RB/HTV TSA

Section G5: Environmental, Health & Safety Support Services

 

    

Service Name

  

Description of Service

  

Term

 

Fee (USD)

G5.1    General Services – EH&S   

Provision of handover and support services related to workers’ compensation, environmental, health and safety matters for the following facilities, including but not limited to:

 

•   Huntersville

 

•   Oversight of annual air emissions inventory due April 2020 (consistent with past practice), including transition of relationship with third party consultants and handover of historical data

 

•   General handover support for miscellaneous matters

 

•   McDonalds sustainability initiative support and handover services

 

•   Red Bluff

 

•   Oversight and coordination of boiler testing and greenhouse gas reporting (consistent with past practice), including transition of relationship with third party consultants and handover of historical data

 

•   Handover services and training for routine NPDES and landfill reporting requirements

 

•   General support and handover services for regulatory matters

 

Provision of support and handover services for any other workers’ compensation, environmental, health and safety related matters.

   12 months from the Commencement Date  

$85 per person / per hour

 

Plus the pass-through of actual third-party costs incurred in providing the service

 

A-5


CONFIDENTIAL

RB/HTV TSA

EXHIBIT B

Reverse Transition Services

Section GR1: Spare Parts Services

 

    

Service Name

  

Description of Service

  

Term

 

Fee (USD)

GR1.1    Spare Parts Services – Maintenance Parts Access   

Access to spare maintenance parts for certain machinery located at:

 

•   Bedford Park I (injection molding)

 

•   Bridgeview (cups)

 

•   Mooresville (cups)

 

•   Plattsburg (molded fiber)

 

Requests for services pursuant to this GR1.1 shall be made in accordance with the Spare Parts Sell/Buy Process SOP effective November 1, 2019 (as may be amended from time to time).

   12 months from the Commencement Date   Last purchase price paid for the requested part plus 5%, plus the difference between last purchase price and replacement cost if greater than $200

 

B-1


CONFIDENTIAL

RB/HTV TSA

EXHIBIT C

Service Coordinators

To be designated in writing from time to time by each party.

 

C-1

EX-10.6

Exhibit 10.6

TRANSITION SERVICES AGREEMENT

TRANSITION SERVICES AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) dated as of                     , 2020, between Rank Group Limited, a company organized under the laws of New Zealand (“Rank”) and Pactiv Evergreen Inc., a Delaware corporation, (the “Company” or “PEI”). Each Party or any of its Affiliates providing services hereunder shall be a “Provider,” and each Party or any of its Affiliates receiving services hereunder shall be a “Recipient.”

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT

A. Prior to [•], 2020 (the “Commencement Date”), the Company was a wholly owned subsidiary of Packaging Finance Limited, a company organized under the laws of New Zealand (“PFL”) and a wholly owned Affiliate of Rank.

B. Effective on the Commencement Date, the Company completed an initial public offering of its shares of common stock and listing on NASDAQ, and will no longer be a wholly owned subsidiary of PFL, nor a wholly owned Affiliate of Rank.

C. In order to facilitate the separation of PEI Group from Rank Group, on and from the Commencement Date, (i) Rank will provide, or cause its Affiliates to provide, certain services to the PEI Group, and (ii) PEI will provide, or cause its Affiliates to provide, certain services to Rank Group, all on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Definitions. The following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below throughout this Agreement:

Affiliate” means, with respect to Rank, any member of the Rank Group, and with respect to PEI, any member of the PEI Group.

Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Applicable Rate” means the average of the daily “prime rate” (expressed rate per annum) published in The Wall Street Journal for each of the days in the applicable period, plus two percent (2%).

Business” means the manufacture and distribution of fresh foodservice, food merchandising products and fresh beverage cartons by the Company and activities ancillary thereto.

Business Day” means any day that is not (i) a Saturday, (ii) a Sunday, or (iii) any other day on which commercial banks are authorized or required by law to be closed in the City of New York.

Change” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(c).


Commencement Date” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Company” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Confidential Information” means any information of a Party, its Affiliates, members, licensors, consultants, service providers, advisors or agents that is confidential or proprietary, however recorded or preserved, whether written or oral. Confidential Information includes trade secrets, pricing data, employee information, customer information, cost information, supplier information, financial and tax matters, third-party contract terms, inventions, know-how, processes, methods, models, technical information, schedules, code, ideas, concepts, data, software and business plans (regardless of whether such information is identified as confidential).

Control”, as used with respect to either Party, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Party, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

CSI Business” has the meaning set forth in Exhibit A, Section C.2.

Dispute Negotiations” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(b).

Fees” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.

Force Majeure Event” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1.

Governmental Authority” means governmental or quasi-governmental entity of any nature (including any governmental agency, branch, department, official, or entity and any court or other tribunal) or (iii) body exercising, or entitled to exercise any administrative, executive, judicial, legislative, police, regulatory or taxing authority or power of any nature, including any arbitral tribunal.

Indemnified Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1.

Indemnifying Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1.

“Lake Forest Officehas the meaning set forth in Exhibit B, Section R-D.

Law” means a law, statute, order, ordinance, rule, regulation, judgment, injunction, order, or decree.

Litigation” means any action, cease and desist letter, demand, suit, arbitration proceeding, administrative or regulatory proceeding, citation, summons or subpoena of any nature, civil, criminal, regulatory or otherwise, in law or in equity.

Losses” means any and all damages, liabilities, losses, obligations, claims of any kind, interest and expenses (including reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys).

Party” means Rank or the Company, as applicable (collectively, the “Parties”).

PEI” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.


“PEI Group” means PEI or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries.

Personnel” means, with respect to any Party, (i) the employees, officers and directors of such Party or its Affiliates or (ii) agents, accountants, attorneys, independent contractors and other third parties engaged by such Party or its Affiliates.

PFL” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Provider” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Rank” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Rank Group” means Rank, its affiliates and its subsidiaries excluding the PEI Group.

Recipient” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Reverse Transition Services” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b).

Sale and Services Taxes” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.5.

Security Incident” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.

Security Regulations” means a Party’s and its Affiliates’ system security policies, procedures and requirements, as amended from time to time.

Service Coordinator” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(a).

Service Standard” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a).

Services” means the Transition Services and the Reverse Transition Services, unless the context requires otherwise.

Systems” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.5.

Tax” means any federal, state, local or foreign income, alternative, minimum, accumulated earnings, personal holding company, franchise, capital stock, profits, windfall profits, gross receipts, sales, use, value added, transfer, registration, stamp, premium, excise, customs duties, severance, environmental (including taxes under section 59A of the Code), real property, personal property, ad valorem, occupancy, license, occupation, employment, payroll, social security, disability, unemployment, workers’ compensation, withholding, estimated or other similar tax, duty, fee, assessment or other governmental charge or deficiencies thereof (including all interest and penalties thereon and additions thereto).

Terminating Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3.

Term” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.

Termination Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.

Transition Services” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a).

TSA Records” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1(a).


ARTICLE II

SERVICES AND INTERNAL CONTROLS

Section 2.1 Services.

(a) In accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and upon the request of PEI, Rank shall provide, or shall cause its Affiliates or, subject to Section 2.2, third parties to provide, to the PEI Group (in connection with the conduct of the Business) (as applicable), the services described on Exhibit A hereto (the “Transition Services”) during the applicable Term of any such Service. Notwithstanding the content of Exhibit A, Rank agrees to consider in good faith any reasonable request by the Company for access to any additional service that is necessary for the operation of the Business, at fees to be agreed upon after good faith negotiation between the Parties. Rank will not be in breach of this Agreement if it declines to provide a requested additional service for any good faith reason, including the failure of the Parties to agree to the scope, term, and fee for the additional service. Any such additional services so provided by Rank shall constitute Services hereunder and be subject in all respects to the provisions of this Agreement as if fully set forth on Exhibit A as of the date hereof.

(b) In accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company shall, upon the request of Rank, provide, or shall cause its Affiliates or, subject to Section 2.2, third parties to provide, to Rank or one or more of its Affiliates, the services described on Exhibit B hereto (the “Reverse Transition Services”) during the applicable Term of any such Service. Notwithstanding the content of Exhibit B, PEI agrees to consider in good faith any reasonable request by Rank for access to any additional service that is necessary for the operation of its business, at fees to be agreed upon after good faith negotiation between the Parties. PEI will not be in breach of this Agreement if it declines to provide a requested additional service for any good faith reason, including the failure of the Parties to agree to the scope, term, and fee for the additional service. Any such additional services so provided by PEI shall constitute Services hereunder and be subject in all respects to the provisions of this Agreement as if fully set forth on Exhibit B as of the date hereof.

Section 2.2 Performance by Affiliates or Subcontractors. Either Party may, in its sole discretion, engage, or cause one of its Affiliates to engage, one or more parties (including other third parties or Affiliates) to provide some or all of the Services; provided, (i) such Party is using such Affiliate or third party to perform the same Services for itself and its Affiliates (to the extent applicable), (ii) such arrangement would not increase the cost to the Recipient for such Services, and (iii) if such third party is not already engaged with respect to such Service as of the date hereof, the Provider shall obtain the prior written consent of the Recipient (not to be unreasonably withheld). The Provider shall (x) be responsible for the performance or non-performance of any such parties and (y) in all cases remain responsible for ensuring that obligations with respect to the standards of Services set forth in Article III of this Agreement are satisfied with respect to any Services provided by such Affiliate or third party.

Section 2.3 Scope of Services. Other than as expressly set forth on Exhibit A, Exhibit B, Section 2.1, or as agreed by the Parties in writing, in no event shall the Provider be obligated to provide any Service to the Recipient for any purpose other than to facilitate, on a transitional basis, the Recipient’s ability to conduct business as it was conducted immediately preceding the date hereof.


Section 2.4 Internal Controls and Procedures. In addition to the requirements of Article III and Article VII herein, with respect to the Services provided by Rank and its Affiliates providing Services hereunder, certain of the Services may involve processes that directly or indirectly support financial information that the Company includes within its consolidated financial reports. The Company has an obligation to ensure that it has internal controls over financial reporting and must also ensure that its external auditors can complete their necessary evaluation of the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting in accordance with applicable auditing standards. The Company and Rank and such Affiliates shall use reasonable commercial efforts to agree (i) what key controls over financial reporting will be performed by Rank and such Affiliates within the processes that directly or indirectly support financial information that the Company includes within its consolidated financial reports; (ii) the frequency as to the performance of the agreed key controls; and (iii) the form of documentation required to evidence the effective performance of the agreed key controls. Rank and its Affiliates will perform the agreed key controls and evidence such performance in the agreed format. The Company shall have the right, in a manner to avoid unreasonable interruption to Rank’s or its Affiliates’ business, to (1) evaluate the effectiveness of the key controls; and (2) upon at least thirty (30) days’ written notice to Rank, perform (through its external auditor) audit procedures over Rank’s internal controls and procedures for the Services provided under this Agreement; provided that such right to audit shall exist solely to the extent reasonably required by the Company’s external auditors. The Company shall pay or reimburse all of Rank’s expenses and costs arising from such audit. The performance of the agreed key controls, preparation of documentation, providing access to the Company or its delegate and the Company’s auditors will be billed at the agreed rates as set forth on Exhibit A.

ARTICLE III

SERVICE LEVELS; SERVICE COORDINATORS; TSA COMMITTEE

Section 3.1 Quality of Services.

(a) A Provider shall perform the Services (i) at a level of quality substantially similar in all material respects to that at which such Services were performed or enjoyed during the twelve (12) month period prior to the date hereof and (ii) in accordance with applicable Law (collectively, (i) and (ii), the “Service Standard”). Subject to Section 3.1(c), internal controls of a Provider and its Affiliates with respect to the Service Standard shall remain materially the same in effect throughout the term of this Agreement. Each Party acknowledges that the other Party and its Affiliates are not professional service providers of the Services.

(b) In the event of any material failure of a Provider to perform the Services, as applicable, in accordance with the Service Standards, the Recipient shall provide the Provider with written notice of such material failure, and the Provider will use commercially reasonable efforts to remedy such failure as soon as reasonably possible and in the same manner that the Provider would remedy such a failure for its other businesses undergoing such a material failure.

(c) A Provider may, from time to time: (i) reasonably supplement, modify, upgrade, substitute or otherwise alter (“Change”) any Service in a manner consistent with Changes made with respect to similar services provided by a Provider on its own behalf or to its Affiliates, including taking any physical or information security measures with respect to such Service, in a manner that does not (x) adversely affect in any material respect the quality or availability of such Service or (y) materially increase


the fees payable in connection with such Changed Service; provided that to the extent that any such Change is reasonably likely to modify, substitute or otherwise alter the receipt or use of such Service, a Provider shall provide the Recipient with reasonable advance written notice of the implementation of the Change to the extent practicable under the circumstances; provided, further, that the Service Standard shall continue to apply to such Service following any Change. If a Change is required by applicable Law or is in response to a threatened Security Incident, a Provider may make any and all changes to the Service necessary to comply with applicable Law and any changes thereto or to respond to such threatened Security Incident in a manner consistent with responses made by a Provider on its own behalf or in respect of its Affiliates; provided that a Provider shall provide the Recipient such reasonable advance written notice of the implementation of any such Change as may be practicable under the circumstances; and (ii) with reasonable advance written notice to the Recipient, temporarily suspend the provision of a Service as necessary to conduct Systems maintenance or patching without such suspension constituting a breach of the Service Standard.

(d) A Provider need not provide any Service if it is not permitted to do so by applicable Law. To the extent that any Service is not permitted pursuant to applicable Law, the Parties will cooperate in good faith to enter into arrangements reasonably acceptable to each of the Parties under which the Recipient would obtain the benefit of such Service to the same extent (or as nearly as practicable) as if such Service were permitted by applicable Law.

Section 3.2 Policies. Each Party shall, and shall cause any of its Affiliates or third parties providing or receiving Services (as the case may be) to, follow the reasonable policies, procedures and practices of the other Party and its Affiliates applicable to the Services that are known or made known to such Party. A failure of a Recipient to act in accordance with this Section 3.2 that prevents a Provider from providing a Service hereunder shall, upon reasonable advance written notice to the Recipient (where practicable), relieve the Provider of its obligations under the Service until such time as the failure has been cured.

Section 3.3 Service Coordinators and Dispute Resolution.

(a) The Parties shall each nominate a representative to act as the primary contact person with respect to the performance of the Services (each, a “Service Coordinator”). Unless otherwise agreed upon by the Parties, the Parties shall direct all initial communications relating to this Agreement and the Services to the Service Coordinators. The initial Service Coordinators for the Parties, including their contact information, are set forth on Exhibit C. Either Party may replace its Service Coordinator at any time by providing notice and contact information for the newly designated Service Coordinator in accordance with Section 10.5. The Service Coordinators shall oversee the implementation and ongoing operation of this Agreement. The Parties shall ensure that their respective Service Coordinators shall meet in person or telephonically at such times as are reasonably requested by Rank or the Company to review and discuss the status of, and any issues arising in connection with, the Services or this Agreement.

(b) In the event a dispute arises between the Parties under this Agreement, telephonic negotiations shall be conducted between the Parties’ respective Service Coordinators within ten (10) days following a written request from any Party (“Dispute Negotiations”). If the Service Coordinators are unable to resolve the dispute within ten


(10) days after the Parties have commenced Dispute Negotiations, then either Rank or the Company, by written request to the other Party, may request that such dispute be referred for resolution to the respective presidents (or similar position) of the divisions implicated by the matter for the Parties, or more senior executive of a Party if such Party so designates, which presidents (or other executives) will have fifteen (15) days to resolve such dispute. If the presidents of the relevant divisions (or other executives) for each Party do not agree to a resolution of such dispute within fifteen (15) days after the reference of the matter to them, or if the dispute is not otherwise resolved in a friendly manner as set forth in this Section 3.3, then any unresolved dispute may be resolved pursuant to Section 10.8.

Section 3.4 Limitation of Services Provided. Except to the extent required to meet the Service Standards, in providing the Services, the Parties are not obligated to: (i) hire any additional employees; (ii) maintain the employment of any specific employee; (iii) purchase, lease or license any additional equipment or software; or (iv) make any capital investment to provide or continue providing the Services. The Parties have no responsibility to verify the correctness of any information given to them on behalf of the other Party for the purposes of providing the Services.

Section 3.5 Third Party Licenses and Consents. The Parties will cooperate and assist each other, and use commercially reasonable efforts, to obtain, or direct its Affiliates to obtain, any third party consents required under the terms of any agreement between a Party or any of its Affiliates, on the one hand, and a third party, on the other hand, in order for a Party or its Affiliates to provide the Services during the Term. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the provision of any Service as contemplated by this Agreement requires the consent, license or approval of any third party not previously obtained, the Parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts, to obtain as promptly as possible after the Commencement Date, any third party consents, permits, licenses and approvals required under the terms of any third party agreement in order for the Provider to provide the Services hereunder. The cost of obtaining any consent, permit, license or approval with respect to any Service shall be borne by the Recipient of the relevant Services. If any such consent, permit, license or approval is not obtained, the Parties will cooperate in good faith to enter into reasonably acceptable arrangements under which the Recipient would obtain the benefit of such Service to the same extent (or as nearly as practicable) as if such consent were obtained (at the Recipient’s cost), and each Party will continue to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any such required consent or amendment. The Parties acknowledge that it may not be practical to try to anticipate and identify every possible legal, regulatory, and logistical impediment to the provision of Services hereunder. Accordingly, each Party will promptly notify the other Party if it reasonably determines that there is a legal, regulatory, or logistical impediment to the provision of any Service, and the Parties shall each use commercially reasonable efforts to overcome such impediments so that the Services may be provided otherwise in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. All computer systems or software (“Systems”), data, facilities and other resources owned by a Party, its Affiliates or third parties used in connection with the provision or receipt of the Services, as applicable, shall remain the property of such Party, its Affiliates or third parties.


ARTICLE IV

SECURITY; SYSTEMS

Section 4.1 Security Breaches. If any Party discovers (a) any material breach of the Security Regulations or of the systems used to provide the Services or (b) any breach or threatened breach of the Security Regulations that involves or may reasonably be expected to involve unauthorized access, disclosure or use of the other Party’s or its Affiliates’ Confidential Information (each of (a) and (b), a “Security Incident”), such Party shall, at the cost of the Party responsible for the Security Incident, (i) promptly (both orally, if practicable, and in any event in writing) notify the other Party of the Security Incident and (ii) reasonably cooperate with the other Party (1) to take commercially reasonable measures necessary to control and contain the security of such Confidential Information, (2) to remedy any such Security Incident, including using commercially reasonable efforts to identify and address any root causes for such Security Incident, (3) to furnish full details of the Security Incident to the other Party and keep such other Party advised of all material measures taken and other developments with respect to such Security Incident, (4) in any litigation or formal action with third parties or in connection with any regulatory, investigatory or other action of any Governmental Authority and (5) in notifying the other Party’s or its Affiliates’ customers and Personnel and other persons of the Security Incident to the extent reasonably requested by the other Party.

Section 4.2 Systems Security.

(a) If Rank, the Company, their Affiliates or their respective Personnel receive access to any of Rank’s, the Company’s, or their respective Affiliates’, as applicable, Systems in connection with the Services, the accessing Party or its Personnel, as the case may be, shall comply with all of such other Party’s and its Affiliates’ reasonable Security Regulations known to such accessing Party or its Personnel or made known to such accessing Party or its Personnel in writing, and will not tamper with, compromise or circumvent any security, Security Regulations or audit measures employed by such other Party or its relevant Affiliate.

(b) Each Party shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, as required by applicable Law, (i) ensure that only those of its Personnel who are specifically authorized to have access to the Systems of the other Party or its Affiliates gain such access and (ii) prevent unauthorized access, use, destruction, alteration or loss of information contained therein, including by notifying its Personnel regarding the restrictions set forth in this Agreement and establishing appropriate policies designed to effectively enforce such restrictions.

(c) Each Party shall, and shall cause its respective Affiliates to, access and use only those Systems of the other Party and its Affiliates, and only such data and information within such Systems, to which they have been granted the right to access and use. Any Party and its Affiliates shall have the right to deny the Personnel of the other Party or its Affiliates access to such first Party’s or its Affiliates’ Systems, after prior written notice and consultation with the other Party, in the event the Party reasonably believes that such Personnel pose a security concern.

Section 4.3 Viruses. The Provider and the Recipient shall each use its commercially reasonable efforts consistent with its past practices to prevent the introduction or coding of viruses or similar items into the Systems of the other Party. Without limiting the rights and remedies of any Party hereunder, in the event a virus or similar item is introduced into the Systems of a Party, whether or not such introduction is attributable to the other Party (including such other Party’s failure to perform its obligations under this Agreement), the other Party shall, as soon as practicable, use its commercially reasonable efforts to assist such Party in reducing the effects of the virus or similar item, and if the virus or similar item causes a loss of operational efficiency or loss of data, upon such Party’s request, work as soon as practicable to contain and remedy the problem and to restore lost data resulting from the introduction of such virus or similar item.


Section 4.4 Provider’s Software. Except as authorized by this Agreement or by the Provider’s express written consent, the Recipient shall not, and shall cause its Affiliates not to, copy, modify, reverse engineer, decompile or in any way alter any software of the Provider or any of its Affiliates.

Section 4.5 System Upgrades. No Provider shall be required to purchase, upgrade, enhance or otherwise modify any Systems used by any Recipient as of the date hereof in connection with the business of any Party, or to provide any support or maintenance services for any Systems that have been upgraded, enhanced or otherwise modified from the Systems that are used in connection with the business of any Party as of the date hereof.

ARTICLE V

FEES

Section 5.1 Fees. The Recipient shall pay the Provider (i) the fee for each Service set forth on Exhibit A or Exhibit B, (ii) the Provider’s and its Affiliates’ reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred in providing the Services, including the third-party fees and expenses that are charged to the Provider or its Affiliates in connection with provision of the Services (including any fees and expenses charged by subcontractors permitted to provide the Services under Section 2.2) but excluding payments made to employees of the Provider or any of its Affiliates pursuant to Section 5.2, and (iii) any other fees as agreed to by the Parties in writing (collectively, the “Fees”).

Section 5.2 Responsibility for Wages and Fees. Any employees of the Provider or any of its Affiliates providing Services to the Recipient or its Affiliates under this Agreement will remain employees of the Provider or such Affiliate and shall not be deemed to be employees of the Recipient for any purpose. The Provider or such Affiliate shall be solely responsible for the payment and provision of all wages, bonuses and commissions, employee benefits, including severance and worker’s compensation, and the withholding and payment of applicable Taxes relating to such employment.

Section 5.3 Invoices. The Provider shall submit or cause to be submitted to the Recipient in writing, within 15 days after the end of each month, an invoice setting forth the Fees for the Services provided to the Recipient or its Affiliates during such month in reasonable detail, as applicable, due under such invoice.

Section 5.4 Payment. The Recipient shall pay, or cause to be paid, the Fees shown on an invoice no later than the last business day of the month the Recipient received such invoice unless disputed in accordance with Section 5.7. Any amount not received from the invoiced Party within such period shall bear interest at the Applicable Rate, from and including the last date of such period to, but excluding, the date of payment.

Section 5.5 Sales Tax, Etc. The Provider shall be entitled to invoice and collect from the Recipient any additional amounts required for state, local and foreign sales Tax, value added Tax, goods and services Tax or similar Tax with respect to the provision of the Services hereunder, as applicable (“Sale and Services Taxes”). Notwithstanding the previous sentence, if the Recipient is exempt from liability for such Sale and Services Taxes, it shall provide the Provider with a certificate (or other proof) evidencing an exemption from liability for such Sale


and Services Taxes. The Provider shall be responsible for any losses (including any deficiency, interest and penalties) imposed as a result of a failure to timely remit such Sale and Services Taxes to the applicable tax authority to the extent the Recipient timely remits such Sale and Services Taxes to the Provider, or the Provider’s failure to do so results from the Provider’s failure to timely charge or invoice such Sale and Services Taxes. The Recipient shall be entitled to any refund of any such Sale and Services Taxes paid in excess of liability as determined at a later date. The Provider shall promptly notify the Recipient of any deficiency claim or similar notice by a tax authority with respect to Sale and Services Taxes payable hereunder, and of any pending audit or other proceeding that could lead to the imposition of Sales and Services Taxes payable hereunder.

Section 5.6 No Offset. The Recipient shall not withhold any payments due under this Agreement in order to offset payments due (or to become due) to the Recipient pursuant to this Agreement unless such withholding is mutually agreed to by the Parties in writing or is provided for in the final ruling of a court. Any required adjustment to payments due hereunder will be made as a subsequent invoice.

Section 5.7 Invoice Disputes. In the event of an invoice dispute, the disputing Party shall deliver a written statement to the other Party no later than the date payment is due on the disputed invoice listing all disputed items and providing a reasonably detailed description of each disputed item. Amounts not so disputed shall be deemed accepted and shall be paid, notwithstanding disputes on other items, within the period set forth in Section 5.4. The Parties shall seek to resolve all such disputes expeditiously and in good faith. The Provider shall continue performing the Services in accordance with this Agreement pending resolution of any dispute.

Section 5.8 Audit. At the request of the Recipient, the Provider shall provide to the Recipient and its Affiliates reasonable access to the Provider’s applicable Personnel and records with respect to the amount charged in connection with any Service so that the Recipient may confirm that the pass-through costs incurred by the Provider or, to the extent such Service is provided on an hourly basis, information related to hours worked in connection with such Service are commensurate with the amount charged to the Recipient for such Service. In the event the Recipient believes that the amount charged to the Recipient materially exceeds the pass-through costs actually incurred by the Provider or hours charged in connection with such Service, the Parties shall review such matter in good faith.

ARTICLE VI

TERM AND TERMINATION

Section 6.1 Term of Services. With respect to each of the Services, the term thereof will be for a period commencing as of the date hereof, unless a different date is specified as the commencement date for any applicable Service on Exhibit A or Exhibit B (either, a “Commencement Date”), and shall continue until 24 months following the Commencement Date unless (i) such other date as is specified as the termination date for any applicable Service in this Agreement or on Exhibit A or Exhibit B, as applicable (the “Term”) or (ii) earlier terminated pursuant to this Agreement (a “Termination Date”).


Section 6.2 Termination of Services. Except as agreed by the Parties in writing or as otherwise stated in the Exhibits, the Company may terminate for convenience any Transition Service, and Rank may terminate for convenience any Reverse Transition Service, upon 30 days’ prior written notice of such termination. Upon termination of any Service pursuant to this Section 6.2, the Terminating Party’s obligation to pay for such Service will cease except any sums accrued or due as of the date of such early termination for Services rendered (which shall include a pro rata portion of any fees applicable to the current period in which such Services are being performed if the applicable fee is determined on a period by period basis as set forth on Exhibit A or Exhibit B, as applicable). The provisions of this Section 6.2 shall apply mutatis mutandis with respect to any assignment of this Agreement subject to Section 10.10(b) and the Parties will negotiate in good faith regarding fee allocations and, if necessary, early termination or partial termination of any Services.

Section 6.3 Termination of Agreement. This Agreement shall terminate the earlier of (i) the date when the Termination Date has occurred for all Services, and (ii) on the date on which the Parties cease to be under common Control. In addition, this Agreement may be terminated by either Party (the “Terminating Party”) upon written notice to the other Party (which notice, in case of material breach, shall specify the basis for such claim for breach), if:

(a) the other Party or its Affiliates materially breaches this Agreement and such breach is not cured, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Terminating Party, within thirty (30) days of written notice thereof, it being understood that a good-faith dispute over an invoice or Service shall not constitute a material breach of this Agreement; or

(b) the other Party files for bankruptcy or similar proceeding, is the subject of an involuntary filing for bankruptcy or similar proceeding (not dismissed within sixty (60) days), makes a general assignment of all or substantially all of its assets for the benefit of creditors, becomes or is declared insolvent, becomes the subject of any proceedings (not dismissed within sixty (60) days) related to its liquidation, insolvency, bankruptcy or the appointment of a trustee or a receiver, takes any corporate action for its winding up or dissolution, or a court approves reorganization proceedings on such Party.

Section 6.4 Effect of Termination. Upon any termination or expiration of this Agreement or any Service provided hereunder, each Party shall, and shall cause its applicable Affiliates to, as soon as practicable, return to the other Party any equipment, books, records, files and other property, not including current or archived copies of computer files, of the other Party, its applicable Affiliates and their respective third-party service providers that is in the Party’s or its Affiliates’ possession or control (and, in case of termination of one or more specific Services, only the equipment, books, records, files and other property, not including current or archived copies of computer files, that are used in connection with the provision or receipt solely of such Services and of no other Services).

Section 6.5 Survival. The following Articles and Sections shall survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement, including the rights and obligations of each Party thereunder: Article I; Article V; this Article VI; Article VII; Article VIII; Article IX; and Article X.


ARTICLE VII

BOOKS AND RECORDS

Section 7.1 TSA Books and Records.

(a) The Parties shall, and shall cause each of their respective Affiliates to, take reasonable steps to maintain books and records of all material transactions pertaining to, and all data used by it, in the performance of the Services (the “TSA Records”). The TSA Records shall be maintained (a) in a format substantially similar to the format such books and records are maintained as of the date hereof, (b) in accordance with any and all applicable Laws, and (c) in accordance with the maintaining Party’s business record retention policies.

(b) Each Party shall make the TSA Records it maintains available to the other Party and its Affiliates and their respective auditors or other representatives, and in any event to any Governmental Authority, during normal business hours on reasonable prior notice (it being understood that TSA Records that are not stored on a Party’s regular business premises will require additional time to retrieve), for review, inspection, examination and, at the reviewing Party’s reasonable expense, reproduction. Access to such TSA Records shall be exercised by a Party, its Affiliates and their authorized representatives in a manner that shall not interfere unreasonably with the normal operations of the Party and any of its Affiliates maintaining the TSA Records. In connection with such review of TSA Records, and upon reasonable prior notice, the reviewing Party shall have the right to discuss matters relating to the TSA Records with the employees of the Party or its Affiliates who are maintaining the relevant TSA Records and providing the Services, as applicable, during regular business hours and without undue disruption of the normal operations of such maintaining and providing Party or its Affiliates. Neither Party shall have access to any TSA Records, and neither Party shall be required to provide access or disclose information, when such access or disclosure would jeopardize any attorney-client privilege or violate any applicable Law (provided that such Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide such access or share such information in a manner that would not jeopardize any such privilege or violate any such Law). Each Party’s rights under this Section 7.1(b) shall continue for so long as TSA Records are required to be maintained by the other Party under Section 7.1(a).

Section 7.2 Access to Information; Books and Records.

(a) On and after the Commencement Date, Rank shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, until the 7th anniversary of the Commencement Date, afford to the Company and its employees and authorized representatives during normal business hours reasonable access to their books of account, financial and other records (including accountant’s work papers), information, employees and auditors at the Company’s expense to the extent necessary or useful for the Company in connection with any audit, investigation, or dispute or Litigation (other than any Litigation involving a dispute between the Parties) or any other reasonable business purpose relating to the Business; provided that any such access by the Company shall not unreasonably interfere with the conduct of the business of Rank and its Affiliates.

(b) After the Commencement Date, the Company shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, until the 7th anniversary of the date on which Rank and its Affiliates own less than 10% of the capital stock in the Company (i) afford to Rank and its Affiliates and their respective employees and authorized representatives reasonable access to the Company’s employees and auditors, (ii) retain all books, records (including accountant’s work papers), and other information and documents pertaining to the Business, and (iii) afford access to and make available for inspection and copying by Rank (at Rank’s expense) during normal business hours, in each case so as not to unreasonably interfere with the conduct of the Business by the PEI Group,


their books of account, financial and other records (including accountant’s work papers), and such other information (A) as may be required by any Governmental Authority, including pursuant to any applicable Law or regulatory request or prepare to file any Tax related documentation, (B) as may be necessary for Rank or its Affiliates in connection with their ongoing financial reporting, accounting or other purpose related to Rank and its Affiliates’ affiliation with the Company, or (C) as may be necessary for Rank or its Affiliates to perform their respective obligations pursuant to this Agreement or in connection with any Litigation (other than any Litigation involving a dispute between the Parties), in each case subject to compliance with all applicable privacy Laws.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 7.2, the Party granting access under Section 7.2(a) or Section 7.2(b) may withhold any document (or portions thereof) or information (i) that is subject to the terms of a non-disclosure agreement with a third party (provided that such party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to share such information in a manner that would not violate any such obligation), (ii) that may constitute privileged attorney-client communications or attorney work product and the transfer of which, or the provision of access to which, as reasonably determined by such Party’s counsel, constitutes a waiver of any such privilege (provided that such party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to share such information in a manner that would not jeopardize any such privilege), or (iii) if the provision of access to such document (or portion thereof) or information, as determined by such Party’s counsel, would reasonably be expected to conflict with applicable Laws.

Section 7.3 Non-Disclosure Agreements. To the extent that any third-party proprietor of information or software to be disclosed or made available to a Recipient in connection with performance of the Services requires a specific form of non-disclosure agreement as a condition of such third party’s consent to use the same for the benefit of the Recipient or to permit the Recipient access to such information or software, each Party shall, or shall cause its relevant Affiliate to, as a condition to the receipt of such portion of the Services, execute (and shall cause its Personnel to execute, if reasonably required) any such form.

Section 7.4 Confidential Information.

(a) Each Party agrees to take the necessary steps to protect any Confidential Information of the other Party with at least the same degree of care that the receiving Party uses to protect its own confidential or proprietary information of like kind, but not less than reasonable care. Neither Party shall use the other Party’s Confidential Information other than to perform Services pursuant to this Agreement or pursuant to Section 7.2 herein. The obligation of confidentiality hereunder shall not apply to information that (i) was already in the possession of the receiving Party without restriction on its use or disclosure prior to the receipt of the information from the disclosing Party, (ii) is or becomes available to the general public through no act or fault of the receiving Party, (iii) is rightfully disclosed to the receiving Party by a third party without restriction on its use or disclosure, (iv) is independently developed by employees and/or consultants of the receiving Party who have not had access to the disclosing Party’s Confidential Information, (v) is disclosed to the receiving Party after the receiving Party properly gave notice to the disclosing Party that the receiving Party no longer desired to receive any additional Confidential Information from the disclosing Party, or (vi) is required to be disclosed pursuant to judicial or governmental decree or order, provided that the disclosing Party is, where permitted, given prompt written notice of and the opportunity to defend against disclosure pursuant to such decree or order.


(b) Upon any termination or expiration of this Agreement, at the written request of the other Party, each Party shall, and shall cause any of its Affiliates or third-party vendors used in connection with the provision or receipt of the Services to, deliver to the other Party (i) all records and data (including backup tapes, records and related information) received, computed, developed, processed and stored by it hereunder in a readable format reasonably acceptable to the other Party, and (ii) all other Confidential Information of such other Party, but excluding, in each case, (1) any information stored electronically in a back-up file pursuant to the receiving Party’s customary electronic back-up practices which may be retained by such Party solely for archival purposes and subject to the continuing confidentiality obligations set forth herein, and (2) any information obtained pursuant to Section 7.2 herein; provided that, in lieu of delivering all of the foregoing to the other Party, the relevant delivering Party may confirm in writing that it has destroyed, or has caused Rank or the Company, as the case may be, to destroy, all of the foregoing.

ARTICLE VIII

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

Section 8.1 Ownership of Intellectual Property. Any intellectual property owned by a Party, its Affiliates or third-party vendors and used in connection with the provision or receipt of the Services, as applicable, shall remain the property of such Party, its Affiliates, or third-party vendors.

ARTICLE IX

REMEDIES

Section 9.1 Indemnification. Subject to the limitations set forth in this Article IX, each Party (the “Indemnifying Party”) agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the other Party and its Affiliates and its and their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, representatives, successors and permitted assigns (collectively, the “Indemnified Parties”) from and against all Losses imposed upon or incurred by an Indemnified Party to the extent arising out of or resulting from the Indemnifying Party’s or its Affiliates’ material breach of this Agreement, except to the extent that such Losses are primarily caused by the Indemnified Party.

Section 9.2 Exclusive Remedy. The indemnities provided for in Section 9.1 shall be the sole and exclusive monetary remedy of the Parties hereto and their Affiliates and their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, representatives, successors and permitted assigns for any breach of or inaccuracy in any representation or warranty, or any breach, nonfulfillment or default in the performance of any of the covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement, and the Parties shall not be entitled to a rescission of this Agreement or to any further indemnification rights or claims of any nature whatsoever in respect thereof (including any common law rights of contribution), all of which the Parties hereto hereby waive.


Section 9.3 Disclaimer. EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, (A) NO PARTY MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO THE MATERIALS AND SERVICES, AS APPLICABLE, PROVIDED HEREUNDER, AND ALL SUCH MATERIALS AND SERVICES, AS APPLICABLE, ARE PROVIDED ON AN “AS IS” BASIS AND (B) EACH PARTY DISCLAIMS ANY AND ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, NON-INFRINGEMENT OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

Section 9.4 Limitations.

(a) IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY PARTY BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER PARTY FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, OR LOST PROFITS OR LOST REVENUES THAT THE OTHER PARTY MAY INCUR BY REASON OF ITS HAVING ENTERED INTO OR RELIED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, OR IN CONNECTION WITH ANY OF THE SERVICES PROVIDED HEREUNDER OR THE FAILURE THEREOF, REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF ACTION IN WHICH SUCH DAMAGES ARE ASSERTED, WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE) OR OTHERWISE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF THE SAME OTHER THAN TO THE EXTENT AWARDED IN A THIRD PARTY CLAIM.

(b) EXCEPT WITH RESPECT TO A MATERIAL BREACH CONSTITUTING WILLFUL MISCONDUCT BY A PROVIDER, REPEAT PERFORMANCE OF A SERVICE BY THE PROVIDER OR REFUND OF THE FEES PAID FOR A SERVICE SHALL BE THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR BREACH OF THE SERVICES STANDARD FOR SUCH SERVICE.

(c) IN NO EVENT SHALL A PARTY’S LIABILITY IN RELATION TO SERVICES PROVIDED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT EXCEED THE FEES PAID TO IT UNDER THIS AGREEMENT FOR THE SPECIFIC SERVICE THAT RESULTED IN THE LOSS.

Section 9.5 Insurance. Each Party shall obtain and maintain, for the Term (i) commercial general liability insurance with a single combined liability limit of at least $5,000,000 per occurrence, (ii) workers compensation/employer’s liability insurance with a liability limit of at least $1,000,000 per occurrence or, if greater, the statutory minimum, and (iii) “all risk” property insurance on a replacement cost basis adequate to cover all assets and business interruption Losses that a Party may suffer in connection with or arising out of this Agreement, subject to policy limits and, in the case of the policies described in clause (i) above, naming the other Party as an additional insured thereunder. Upon request, each Party shall provide the other Party a certificate of insurance as proof of insurance coverage.

ARTICLE X

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 10.1 Force Majeure. In the event that a Party is wholly or partially prevented from, or delayed in, providing one or more Services, or one or more Services are interrupted or suspended, by reason of events beyond its reasonable control, which by their nature were not foreseen, or, if it was foreseen, was not reasonably avoidable, including acts of God, act of Governmental Authority, act of the public enemy or due to fire, explosion, accident, floods, embargoes, epidemics, pandemics, war, acts of terrorism, nuclear disaster, civil unrest or riots, civil commotion, insurrection, severe or adverse weather conditions, lack of or shortage of


adequate electrical power, malfunctions of equipment or software (each, a “Force Majeure Event”), such Party shall promptly give notice of any such Force Majeure Event to the other Party and shall indicate in such notice the effect of such event on its ability to perform hereunder and the anticipated duration of such event. The Party whose performance is affected by the Force Majeure Event shall not be obligated to deliver or cause to be delivered the affected Services during such period, and the applicable Party shall not be obligated to pay during such period for any affected Services not delivered. For the duration of a Force Majeure Event, the Party whose performance is affected by the Force Majeure Event shall, and shall cause its relevant Affiliates to, minimize to the extent practicable the effect of the Force Majeure Event on its obligations hereunder and use commercially reasonable efforts to avoid or remove such Force Majeure Event and to resume delivery of the affected Services with the least delay practicable.

Section 10.2 Authority. A Provider shall not be permitted to bind a Recipient or any of its Affiliates or enter into any agreements (oral or written), contracts, leases, licenses or other documents (including the signing of checks, notes, bills of exchange or any other document, or accessing any funds from any bank accounts of a Recipient or any of its Affiliates) on behalf of a Recipient or any of its Affiliates except with the express prior written consent of the Recipient, which consent may be given from time to time as the need arises and for such limited purposes as expressed therein.

Section 10.3 Specific Performance. The Parties shall be entitled to seek an injunction to prevent actual or threatened breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement, this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing contained herein shall prevent a Party from seeking damages (to the extent permitted herein) in the event that specific performance is not available.

Section 10.4 Status of Parties. This Agreement is not intended to create, nor will it be deemed or construed to create, any relationship between the Rank Group, on the one hand, and the PEI Group, on the other hand, other than that of independent entities contracting with each other solely for the purpose of effecting the provisions of this Agreement. Neither the Rank Group, on the one hand, nor the PEI Group, on the other hand, shall be construed to be the agent of the other.

Section 10.5 Notices. All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given by delivery in person, via email (followed by overnight courier), or by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) to the other Party hereto as follows:

if to the Company,

Pactiv Evergreen Inc.

1900 W. Field Court

Lake Forest, IL 60045

Attention:         Steven Karl, General Counsel

Email:               Skarl@pactiv.com

if to Rank,


Rank Group Limited

Level Nine

148 Quay Street

P.O. Box 3515

Auckland, New Zealand

Attention:       Helen Golding

Email:             Helen.Golding@rankgroup.co.nz

or such other address or email as such Party may hereafter specify for the purpose by notice to the other Party hereto. All such notices, requests and other communications shall be deemed received on the date of receipt by the recipient thereof if received prior to 5:00 p.m. on a Business Day in the place of receipt. Otherwise, any such notice, request or communication shall be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day in the place of receipt. Notwithstanding the foregoing, normal business communications with respect to the Services may be given by the Parties by whatever means are usual and appropriate for such types of communications.

Section 10.6 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including all Exhibits, constitute the sole and entire agreement and supersede all prior agreements, understandings and representations, both written and oral, between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

Section 10.7 Waivers and Amendments; Non-Contractual Remedies; Preservation of Remedies. No amendment, modification or discharge of this Agreement, and no waiver hereunder, shall be valid or binding unless set forth in writing and duly executed by the Party against whom enforcement of the amendment, modification, discharge or waiver is sought. Any such waiver shall constitute a waiver only with respect to the specific matter described in such writing and shall in no way impair the rights of the Party granting such waiver in any other respect or at any other time. Neither the waiver by any of the Parties hereto of a breach of or a default under any of the provisions of this Agreement, nor the failure by any of the Parties, on one or more occasions, to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement or to exercise any right or privilege hereunder, shall be construed as a waiver of any other breach or default of a similar nature, or as a waiver of any of such provisions, rights or privileges hereunder. The rights and remedies herein provided are cumulative and none is exclusive of any other, or of any rights or remedies that any Party may otherwise have at law or in equity.

Section 10.8 Governing Law, etc.

(a) This Agreement shall be governed in all respects, including as to validity, interpretation and effect, by the Laws of the State of Illinois, without giving effect to its principles or rules of conflict of laws, to the extent such principles or rules are not mandatorily applicable by statute and would permit or require the application of the Laws of another jurisdiction. Each of the Parties hereto submits to the jurisdiction of any state or federal court sitting in Lake County, Illinois, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, agrees to bring all claims under any theory of liability in respect of such action or proceeding exclusively in any such court and agrees not to bring any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement in any other court. Each of the Parties hereto waives any defense of inconvenient forum to the maintenance of any action or proceeding so brought and waives any bond, surety or other security that might be required of any other party with respect thereto. Each Party hereto agrees that service of summons and complaint


or any other process that might be served in any action or proceeding may be made on such Party by sending or delivering a copy of the process to the Party to be served at the address of the Party and in the manner provided for the giving of notices in Section 10.5. Nothing in this Section 10.8, however, shall affect the right of any Party to serve legal process in any other manner permitted by Law. Each Party hereto agrees that a final, non-appealable judgment in any action or proceeding so brought shall be conclusive and may be enforced by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by Law.

(b) The Parties each hereby waive, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, any right to trial by jury of any claim, demand, action, or cause of action (i) arising under this Agreement or (ii) in any way connected with or related or incidental to the dealings of the Parties hereto in respect of this Agreement or any of the transactions related hereto, in each case whether now existing or hereafter arising, and whether in contract, tort, equity, or otherwise. The Parties to this Agreement each hereby agree and consent that any such claim, demand, action, or cause of action shall be decided by court trial without a jury and that the parties to this Agreement may file an original counterpart of a copy of this Agreement with any court as written evidence of the consent of the Parties hereto to the waiver of their right to trial by jury.

Section 10.9 Further Assurances. Each Party covenants and agrees that, without any additional consideration, it shall execute and deliver, or shall cause its Affiliates to execute and deliver, such documents and other papers and shall take, or shall cause its Affiliates to take, such further actions as may be reasonably required to carry out the provisions of this Agreement and give effect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Section 10.10 Assignment. No Party may assign this Agreement, or any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement (whether by operation of Law or otherwise), without the prior written consent of the other Party (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided, that notwithstanding the foregoing, any Party may assign any or all of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without requiring the consent of the other Party if the Agreement is assigned to: (a) its Affiliates, (b) a purchaser of: (i) one or more of its Affiliates that is a Provider or Recipient under this Agreement; (ii) all or substantially all of the business or assets of one or more of its Affiliates that is a Provider or Recipient under this Agreement; or (iii) all or substantially all of such Party’s business or assets, or (c) its financing sources solely for collateral purposes, in each case so long as the assignee agrees to be bound by the terms of this Agreement. Any permitted assignment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective heirs, successors and permitted assigns. Any attempted assignment of this Agreement, or the rights or obligations herein, not in accordance with the terms of this Section 10.10 shall be void.

Section 10.11 Severability. If any term or other provision of this Agreement is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, all other provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any Party. Upon any such determination, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the Parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.


Section 10.12 Interpretation.

(a) The Parties acknowledge and agree that, except as specifically provided herein, they may pursue judicial remedies at law or equity in the event of a dispute with respect to the interpretation or construction of this Agreement.

(b) This Agreement shall be interpreted and enforced in accordance with the provisions hereof without the aid of any canon, custom or rule of law requiring or suggesting constitution against the Party causing the drafting of the provision in question.

Section 10.13 No Third-Party Beneficiaries. Other than the rights granted to the Indemnified Parties under Section 9.1, nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any person, other than the Parties hereto, their successors and permitted novates, transferees and assigns, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision contained herein.

Section 10.14 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement via email shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart to this Agreement.

Section 10.15 Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

Section 10.16 Order of Precedence. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of any Exhibit and the other provisions of this Agreement, the other provisions of this Agreement shall govern, except to the extent that the relevant provision of the Exhibit expressly identifies the provision of this Agreement it supersedes and expressly indicates that such provision is being superseded or this Agreement expressly indicates that the Exhibit governs.

[Signature page follows]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

Rank Group Limited
By:_________________________________
Name:
Title:
Pactiv Evergreen Inc.
By:_________________________________
Name:
Title:


EXHIBIT A

Transition Services

Section A: Financial, Tax and IT Services

 

    

Service Name

  

Description of Service

  

Term

  

Fee (USD)

A.1    Financial Services – Reporting and Consultancy Services   

Provision of assistance to prepare and review interim and/or annual PEI filings associated with financial reporting obligations, including but not limited to:

 

•  consultation / evaluation / documentation of specific accounting matters;

 

•  consultation / evaluation / assistance in the preparation of any component of the interim or annual filing;

 

•  consultation / preparation / review of documentation accompanying interim or annual financial statements, including but not limited to management discussion and analysis, covenant computations, CFO accounting paper, earnings call slides;

 

•  consultation / assistance in relation to documentation or testing of internal controls over financial reporting, including the overall project to ensure that PEI is SOX 404 ready; and

 

•  consultation / assistance to respond to matters raised by external auditors.

   12 months from the Commencement Date   

Direct reports to Rank’s CFO:

$400 per person / per hour

Indirect reports to Rank’s CFO:

$200 per person / per hour

Plus pass-through of actual third-party costs incurred in providing the service

A.2    Financial Services – Insurance Administration Handover Services   

Reasonable provision of insurance administration handover services, including:

 

•  assistance with the completion of policy applications and the gathering of underwriting data for policy renewals in the years 2021 and 2022;

 

•  assistance with policy placement for the 2021 and 2022 policy years as part of the Rank global program;

 

•  assistance with the appointment of brokerage services;

 

•  assistance with transitioning the management of third party risk consulting vendors;

 

•  assistance with transitioning insurance management and placements; and

 

•  assistance with claims management, if required.

 

   12 months from the Commencement Date   

$400 per person / per hour

Plus pass-through of actual third-party costs incurred in providing the service


    

Service Name

  

Description of Service

  

Term

  

Fee (USD)

      Any costs for engaging external resources, including Aon services (which are separately charged in their annual fee), will be passed through to PEI.      
A.3    Financial Services – SOX Compliance    In connection with PEI’s obligation to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, provision of reasonable support and performance of key controls related to financial reporting as agreed between the Parties.    12 months from the Commencement Date   

$200 per person / per hour

Plus pass-through of actual third-party costs incurred in providing the service

A.4    Banking and Financing related Services    Provision of advice in connection with financing transactions involving PEI or the PEI Group including strategic, legal, financial and other support services required to assist with the implementation of or compliance with any such financing transaction.    12 months from the Commencement Date   

Direct reports to Rank’s CFO or Group Legal Counsel: $400 per person / per hour

Others: $200 per person / per hour

Plus pass-through of actual third-party costs

A.5    Tax Services –Consulting Services   

Provision of:

 

•  tax handover services, including information relating to PEI’s historical tax profile, ad-hoc planning and cash repatriation,

 

•  training of PEI staff,

 

•  documentation for all relevant processes, and

 

•  general tax consulting processes.

   12 months from the Commencement Date   

$400 per person / per hour

Plus pass-through of actual third-party costs incurred in providing the service

A.6    IT Handover Services    Provision of IT governance handover services    12 months from the Commencement Date   

$400 per person / per hour

Plus pass-through of actual third-party costs incurred in providing the service


Section B: HR Services

 

    

Service Name

  

Description of Service

  

Term

  

Fee (USD)

B.1   

General HR –

Administrative Services

   Provision of general administrative transition support to share information and answer questions regarding current practices.    12 months from the Commencement Date   

$400 per person / per hour

Plus pass-through of actual third-party costs incurred in providing the service

B.2   

General HR –

Relationship Support Services

   Provision of relationship support services to the PEI payroll and benefits personnel relating to PEI’s establishment of separate instances of ADP and Empyrean, and separation of key vendor relationships including ADP, Empyrean, Lockton, and others as required.    12 months from the Commencement Date   

$400 per person / per hour

Plus pass-through of actual third-party costs incurred in providing the service

B.3    General HR – Compensation Management Support Services   

Provision of assistance:

 

•  to review salary ranges (U.S. and international) for standard Reynolds Group grades

 

•  with merit review budget planning

 

•  in relation to executive compensation matters, as required.

   12 months from the Commencement Date   

$400 per person / per hour

Plus pass-through of actual third-party costs incurred in providing the service


Section C: M&A Transaction, Executive and Legal Support Services

 

    

Service Name

  

Description of Service

  

Term

  

Fee (USD)

C.1    M&A Transaction Support Services    Provision of M&A transaction-related support services including by members of the Rank M&A and/or Legal teams, with respect to acquisitions by, and disposals of certain entities and/or businesses within, the PEI Group.    24 months from the Commencement Date   

Direct reports to Rank’s Head of M&A, CFO or Group Legal Counsel:

$400 per person / per hour

All others: $200 per person / per hour

Plus pass-through of actual third-party costs incurred in providing the service

C.2    Executive Services – CSI Business    Provision of executive services to the Closure Systems International business (“CSI Business”) by a member of Rank’s executive team with respect to the management supervision and handover of operations and management of the CSI Business.    3 months from the Commencement Date    Nil
C.3    Legal Support Services    Provision of legal and related support services with respect to (i) all legal matters (if any) being handled by Rank and its Affiliates prior to the Commencement Date, and (ii) ongoing advice and assistance to the General Counsel in relation to the Company’s compliance obligations, including but not limited to corporate governance, SEC and applicable listing rule obligations and the Company’s financing arrangements.    12 months from the Commencement Date   

$400 per person / per hour

Plus pass-through of actual third-party costs incurred in providing the service

Section D: Corporate Secretarial Services

 

    

Service Name

  

Description of Service

  

Term

  

Fee (USD)

D.1    General Services – Corporate Secretarial   

Provision of corporate secretarial duties and government filing assistance.

Prior to the end of the Corporate Secretarial Service Term, PEI will have the option to acquire a separate version of Diligent Entities for the Company’s entities at PEI’s cost.

In the event PEI decides to acquire its own version of Diligent Entities, once the Company’s entity information has been copied by Diligent Entities to a new separate PEI version of Diligent Entities, the relevant Company entity information contained in PEI’s new version of Diligent Entities must be reviewed and sanitized by the corporate secretarial team at PEI’s cost.

   12 months from the Commencement Date   

$190 per person / per hour

Plus pass-through of actual third-party costs incurred in providing the service


    

Service Name

  

Description of Service

  

Term

  

Fee (USD)

D.2    Corporate Secretarial Services – Entity Migrations    Provision of corporate secretarial services associated with the intended migration of certain New Zealand shareholder entities to Delaware, including the required filing and registration of migration-related documents, and the updating of corporate records.    12 months from the Commencement Date   

$190 per person / per hour

Plus pass-through of actual third-party costs incurred in providing the service

Section E: Treasury Services

 

    

Service Name

  

Description of Service

  

Term

  

Fee (USD)

E.1    General Services – Treasury    Provision of general treasury services and support.    12 months from the Commencement Date   

$400 per person / per hour

Plus pass-through of actual third-party costs incurred in providing the service

EXHIBIT B

Reverse Transition Services

Section R-A: Legal Support Services

 

    

Service Name

  

Description of Service

  

Term

  

Fee (USD)

R-A.1    Legal and Administrative Support Services    At the request of members of Rank’s executive team, provision of legal and administrative related support services by members of PEI’s legal and administrative team with respect to legal matters relating to Rank and its affiliates from time to time.    12 months from the Commencement Date   

The Senior member of PEI’s corporate transition Legal Team

$800 per person/ per hour

Other members of PEI’s corporate transition Legal Team:$200 per person / per hour

Administrative Support:

$50 per person/ per hour

Plus pass-through of actual third-party costs incurred in providing the service


Section R-B: HR Services

 

    

Service Name

  

Description of Service

  

Term

  

Fee (USD)

R-B.1    Health and Welfare Benefits Services   

PEI to maintain or replicate, adopt, and become the plan sponsor for the same plans currently maintained for the benefit of Rank Group North America Inc. employees, with current vendors. Examples may include some or all of the following, as applicable:

 

•  Pharmacy – Express Scripts

 

•  EAP (US)—CompPsych

 

•  H&W Administration – Empyrean

 

•  Lockton Benefits Consulting

 

•  Cigna

 

•  BCBS IL

 

•  IPhA

 

•  Livongo

 

•  MD Live

 

•  Voya

 

•  VSP

 

•  Delta Dental

 

PEI will support vendor changes by providing employee data as needed, attending meetings, and transition vendor relationships to Rank’s benefit resources. Rank will be responsible for transition communication, transition projects and data feeds required in order to provide the health and welfare benefits services.

   Until 31 December, 2020   

$125 per person / per hour

Plus pass-through of actual third-party costs incurred in providing the service


    

Service Name

  

Description of Service

  

Term

  

Fee (USD)

     

 

Transition: PEI will assist Rank by providing current plan and election information for Rank’s negotiation and implementation of new contracts with benefits providers to enable Rank to create a benefits regime post termination of the current benefits arrangements. Rank will be responsible for implementation of new processes at existing vendors and any new vendor relationships.

Tax Filings:

 

Health and Welfare: PEI (or its applicable vendor) will prepare and file government and other tax filings associated with the health and welfare benefits beginning with plan year 2020; provided that the preparation of 2020 tax filings shall be at Rank’s expense.

 

Carrier Remittance: PEI will facilitate transition of vendor invoices of claims, administration fees and premiums for insured benefit coverages to Rank.

 

General Plan and Vendor Administration. PEI will continue to provide general plan and vendor administration services for the health and welfare benefits plans listed above and COBRA administration.

 

Other plan year filings (1095 reporting, P-CORI tax filings, etc): PEI will be responsible for filings beginning with the 2020 plan year. Rank will assist PEI in creating a calendar for such reports and in obtaining the appropriate forms.

 

Rank shall be responsible for invoices, funding and any other financial transactions with the vendors. PEI will provide training and support to the key stakeholders on how the processes are handled currently.

 

     
R-B.2    Retirement Plan Services   

PEI will allow eligible Rank Group North America Inc. employees to participate in the Reynolds Services Inc. Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Plan until such time as the extent of common shareholding of the two companies no longer permits this to occur, whereupon PEI will support vendor changes by providing employee data as needed, attending meetings, and transition vendor relationships to any replacement plan. Rank will at that time be responsible for transition communication, transition projects and data feeds required in order to provide the retirement plan services.

PEI will provide administrative support as required to support Rank employee participation in the Reynolds Services Inc. Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan during the applicable period.

   Until 31 December, 2021   

$125 per person / per hour

Plus pass-through of actual third-party costs incurred in providing the service


    

Service Name

  

Description of Service

  

Term

  

Fee (USD)

R-B.3    HR Subject Matter Experts   

Provision of HR Ancillary Services by RGHI Director (Benefits) or HR/Benefits Analyst which fall outside the scope of Health and Welfare Benefits Services outlined above at R-B.1.

PEI will assist with those transitions and agreement transitions and provide support for meetings to share information and answer any questions with current or potential vendors regarding current processes. Transition of responsibility to Rank for each vendor.

   Until 31 December, 2020   

$125 per person / per hour

Plus pass-through of actual third-party costs incurred in providing the service

R-B.4    Ancillary HR Services    Provision of ADP application and administration support services.    Until December 31, 2020   

$100 per person / per hour

Plus pass-through of actual third-party costs incurred in providing the service

Section R-C: IT Services

 

    

Service Name

  

Description of Service

  

Term

  

Fee (USD)

R-C.1    Email filtering    Scanning and filtering of emails via the Proof-Point process.    12 months from the Commencement Date   

$1000 per month

Plus pass-through of actual third-party costs incurred in providing the service


    

Service Name

  

Description of Service

  

Term

  

Fee (USD)

R-C.2    Desktop Image Management    Desktop SOE : development and maintenance services.    12 months from the Commencement Date    $150 per person / per hour
R-C.3    Desktop Patching    Routine security patching of SOE/Desktop images.    12 months from the Commencement Date    $500 per month
R-C.4    Phone Support    Provision of 2nd level support services for Cisco IP phone systems at the Rank offices in Auckland, New Zealand and Sydney, Australia.    12 months from the Commencement Date    $150 per person / per hour
R-C.5    WAN administration    AT&T network circuit administration (circuits to A/NZ from LDC).    12 months from the Commencement Date   

$150 per person / per hour

Plus pass through of actual third party costs incurred in providing the service.

R-C.6    MS Tenant administration   

Management of the Microsoft tenant in use by Rank (rankgroup.co.nz) and integration to the PEI tenant(s), including :

 

•  Sharepoint Access

 

•  Collaboration tools

 

•  Identity & Presence

 

•  Hosting and administration of the Rank Domain Controller (in Lincolnshire Data Centre

   12 months from the Commencement Date    $1000 per month


    

Service Name

  

Description of Service

  

Term

  

Fee (USD)

R-C.7    IT Migration Services    Project services to manage and execute the extraction of IT operations from the PEI managed environment(s) and enable Rank to terminate the IT related services in this Section R-C.    12 months from the Commencement Date    $150 per person / per hour
R-C.8    IT Consulting Services   

Provision of advice, guidance and recommendations on new services or technical solutions related to applications and infrastructure, etc.

Provision of this Service is subject to availability of internal resource within PEI and agreement between the Parties.

   12 months from the Commencement Date    $200 per person / per hour


Section R-D: Office Space

 

    

Service Name

  

Description of Service

  

Term

  

Fee (USD)

R-D.1    Lake Forest Office Space   

Provision of office space to all Rank Group North America employees at 1900 W. Field Court, Lake Forest IL 60045, United States (the “Lake Forest Office).

For the avoidance of doubt each Rank Group North America employee will be entitled to continue to occupy their respective existing personal offices at the Lake Forest Office as at the Commencement Date for the duration of the Term.

   24 months from the Commencement Date    Nil

EXHIBIT C

Service Coordinators

To be designated in writing from time to time by each Party.

EX-10.7

Exhibit 10.7

AMENDED AND RESTATED LEASE AGREEMENT

Amended and Restated Lease Agreement (this “Lease”) dated as of January 1, 2020, between PACTIV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and REYNOLDS CONSUMER PRODUCTS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Tenant”).

RECITALS

A. Landlord is the owner of the building located in Conway Park at Lake Forest Office Park and commonly known as 1900 West Field Court, Lake Forest, Illinois (the “Building”) and the land on which the Building is located (the “Land”) and all appurtenances belonging to or appertaining to the Land. The Building and the Land together are sometimes referred to herein collectively as the “Property.”

B. Tenant has been leasing office space and purchasing other office-related services from Landlord pursuant to an Amended and Restated Facility Use Agreement effective as of January 1, 2012 (the “Original Agreement”).

C. This Lease amends, restates, supersedes and replaces the Original Agreement.

WITNESSETH

NOW THEREFORE, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

1. Recitals. The foregoing recitals are acknowledged to be accurate and are incorporated herein by reference.

2. Premises Demised.

a. Landlord does hereby rent and lease to Tenant and Tenant does hereby rent and lease from Landlord, for the Term (as hereinafter defined) and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease, approximately 70,400 rentable square feet of space located on the first, third and fourth floors of the Building (the “Premises”). The Premises are depicted on “Exhibit A” attached hereto and made a part hereof.

b. Tenant shall have, as appurtenant to the Premises, the non-exclusive right, to use in common others (i) the common roadways, sidewalks, Building entrances, lobbies, corridors, passenger elevators, and service elevators for purposes of access to the Building and the Premises from the public road now known as “Field Court”, (ii) the parking facility adjacent to the Building for the purpose of parking of motor vehicles by Tenant and Tenant’s employees and invitees on a first-come, non-reserved basis (except as agreed by Landlord and Tenant), (iii) the common area restrooms located on the lower level of the Building, and (iv) any other common area amenities designated from time to time by Landlord for the use and enjoyment of the tenants and other occupants of the Building (e.g., cafeteria space (if any), patio dining area, exercise facilities, training rooms, benches, lawns and jogging paths, to the extent any of the foregoing are available and designated by Landlord as common areas); and no other appurtenant rights or easements. Tenant’s rights hereunder shall be subject to Landlord’s Rules and Regulations governing the use of the Property from time to time made by Landlord, as the same may be changed from time to time in accordance with the terms of Section 21 below.


c. Landlord reserves the right, from time to time: (i) to install, use, maintain, repair, replace and relocate for service to the Premises and other parts of the Building or Property or either, pipes, ducts, conduits, wires and appurtenant fixtures, wherever located in the Premises or any other portion of the Property; (ii) to make any repairs and replacements to the Premises which Landlord may deem necessary; (iii) in connection with any excavation made upon the Property or adjacent land owned by other parties, to enter, and to license others to enter, upon the Premises to do such work as the person causing such excavation deems necessary to preserve the walls and other portions of the Building from injury or damage and to support the same; (iv) to change, increase, reduce, restrict, limit or eliminate, from time to time: (A) the number, composition, dimensions or location of any parking areas (as long as same is in compliance with Legal Requirements), (B) the signs, service areas, cafeteria areas, patios, exercise facilities, training rooms, walkways; roadways, or other common area, or (C) the services and programs offered, if any, in the wellness and fitness facility of the Building; (v) to change the Building name and/or the Building address (provided that Landlord will provide Tenant at least 12 months prior notice before changing the Building address); or (vi) to make alterations or additions to the Building or any other portion of the Property, in its sole discretion, provided, however, that Tenant’s access to and use and enjoyment of the Premises shall not be materially and adversely impacted by any of the foregoing and provided further that Landlord shall not materially change or limit Tenant’s access to the cafeteria, wellness and fitness facility or training rooms on the lower level without Tenant’s consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Landlord shall have the right to impose reasonable restrictions on Tenant’s access to certain common areas of the Building for health and safety reasons (such as delivery areas, kitchen, mechanical rooms, telephone rooms and electrical closets), and other portions of the Building used and occupied principally by Landlord or other tenants. For the avoidance of doubt, Tenant shall not be permitted to have access to or the right to use any common areas, conference rooms, training rooms or video conference rooms on the second floor of the Building. Tenant shall be permitted to use those conference rooms, training rooms or video conference rooms on the lower level and first and fourth floors of the Building to the extent that such areas are designated by Landlord as common area amenities, such areas are available through the online Building reservation system, and Tenant reserves such spaces through such system.

d. Either party shall have the right, exercisable from time to time during the Term, to remeasure the rentable area of the Premises and/or the Building. Any such measurement shall be calculated based upon the ANSI/BOMA Z65.1 – 1996 method of measurement for useable space in office buildings (or, if such method is superseded or no longer generally used for the measurement of office space, the newer or most comparable measurement method shall be used). In the event such remeasurement results in a difference between in the rentable area of the Premises and/or the Building as so remeasured and the rentable area of the Premises and/or the Building as set forth in this Lease, the party taking such measurements shall notify the other party and this Lease shall be amended to reflect the actual rentable area as so remeasured, and all charges or rights under this Lease that are based upon square footage shall be adjusted accordingly, and the parties shall enter into an amendment memorializing any such adjustment. In the event of a disagreement regarding the remeasurement, the matter shall be determined by a licensed architect mutually agreed by Landlord and Tenant.

 

2


3. Condition.

a. AS-IS Condition. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has not made any representations or warranties with respect to the Property, the Building or the Premises or as to any of the Transferred FF&E (as defined below) except to the extent expressly set forth herein. Tenant accepts the Premises and any such Transferred FF&E in its existing “AS IS”, “WHERE IS” condition and “WITH ALL FAULTS” as of the Commencement Date, subject to all applicable zoning, municipal, county and state laws, ordinances and regulations, and subject further to any easements, covenants and/or restrictions of record and any Superior Interests (as defined below), and Tenant accepts this Lease subject thereto and to all matters disclosed thereby and by any exhibits attached hereto. Tenant further acknowledges that neither Landlord nor Landlord’s agent or agents has made any representation or warranty as to present or future suitability of the Premises or any other portion of the Property for the conduct of Tenant’s business.

b. Transferred FF&E. Subject to Section 31(b), Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that, to the extent Landlord holds any right, title or interest in and to any of the furniture, movable trade fixtures, and/or equipment which are located at or within the Premises as of the Commencement Date (the “Transferred FF&E”), Landlord hereby transfers, conveys and releases to Tenant all such Existing FF&E, free and clear of all liens, charges, claims and encumbrances but otherwise without any express or implied warranties and specifically excluding any warranties of fitness for a particular purpose.

4. Term.

a. Initial Term. The initial term of this Lease (the “Initial Term”) shall commence on January 1, 2020 (the “Commencement Date”) and shall end on December 31, 2029, unless sooner terminated as provided herein.

b. Renewal Term. Provided that (i) Tenant is not in default (beyond applicable notice and cure periods) under this Lease at the time of the exercise of such option or as of the commencement of the applicable Renewal Term (as defined below), (ii) Tenant occupies the entire Premises, and (iii) Tenant has not assigned or transferred this Lease (except as may be permitted pursuant to Section 12(b) of this Lease), Tenant shall have two options (each a “Renewal Option”) to renew this Lease, each for one additional term of five years (each a “Renewal Term”). Each such Renewal Option shall be exercisable by Tenant’s delivery to Landlord of an irrevocable written notice of intention to exercise the Renewal Option (“Renewal Exercise Notice”). A Renewal Exercise Notice shall be given not more than 15 months nor less than 12 months prior to the end of the Initial Term or the first Renewal Term, as applicable. In the event this Lease is at any time (whether now or hereafter) subject to an over-lease or master lease (“Over-Lease”), Tenant’s right to exercise a Renewal Option shall be contingent and conditioned upon (x) the existing term of the Over-Lease expiring on a date which is on or after the expiration of the applicable Renewal Term then being exercised pursuant to such Renewal Option, or (y) the availability to Landlord of, and Landlord’s exercise of, a renewal or extension

 

3


option under the Over-Lease that would extend the term of the Over-Lease to at least encompass the Renewal Term. Accordingly, within 90 days following the date on which Landlord receives a timely Renewal Exercise Notice, Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing as to whether the term of the Over-Lease (as the same may have been extended) expires on or after the expiration of the applicable Renewal Term or, in the alternative, whether no Over-Lease is then in effect. If Landlord’s notice confirms that the term of the Over-Lease (as the same may have been extended) expires on or after the expiration of the applicable Renewal Term or, in the alternative, that no Over-Lease is then in effect, such notice shall be deemed a “Renewal Acceptance Notice”. If Landlord’s notice indicates that this Lease is subject to an Over-Lease and the term of such Over-Lease has not been extended and will expire prior to the expiration of the applicable Renewal Term, such notice shall be deemed a “Renewal Rejection Notice”. If Landlord fails to deliver to Tenant either a timely Renewal Acceptance Notice or Renewal Rejection Notice within said 90-day time period, Landlord shall, for purposes hereof, be deemed to have delivered to Tenant a timely Renewal Rejection Notice. In the event that Landlord delivers (or is deemed to have delivered) a Renewal Rejection Notice hereunder, Tenant’s Renewal Option shall be null and void and of no force and effect. If Tenant fails to timely exercise its first Renewal Option or if such Renewal Option is deemed null and void as set forth above, Tenant’s second Renewal Option shall likewise be null and void and of no further force and effect. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Tenant’s delivery of a timely Renewal Exercise Notice shall not obligate Landlord to extend the term of any Over-Lease to encompass the applicable Renewal Term then being exercised by Tenant.

c. The Initial Term plus any Renewal Terms shall be referred to as the “Term.”

5. Rent.

a. Base Rent. Beginning on the Commencement Date and continuing throughout the balance of the Term, Tenant agrees to pay base rent (the “Base Rent”) during the Term in accordance with the terms hereof. Base Rent shall be:

i. $11.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises per annum for the period beginning on the Commencement Date through December 31, 2020.

ii. $12.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises per annum for the period January 1, 2021 through December 31, 2021.

iii. Commencing January 1, 2022, Base Rent shall be increased by 1.5% per annum on January 1 of each year, which increase shall be on a compounding basis.

Base Rent shall be payable in equal monthly installments in advance on the first day of each calendar month during the Term in lawful money of the United States of America. During the first and last months of the Term of this Lease, if the Term commences on a date other than the first day of the month or ends on a date other than the last day of a month, the Rent (as defined below) shall be prorated based upon the actual number of days in such month. At the request of either party, the non-requesting party shall execute and deliver an amendment to this Lease with a rent schedule outlining the amount of Base Rent payable during each year of the Term.

 

4


b. Additional Rent. In addition to Base Rent, (i) Tenant shall also pay and discharge as and when due and payable all other amounts, liabilities, obligations and impositions which Tenant assumes and agrees to pay under this Lease, and (ii) in the event of any failure on the part of Tenant to pay any of those items referred to in clause (i) above, Tenant will also promptly pay and discharge every fine, penalty, interest and cost which may be added for non-payment or late payment of such items (the payments required by clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section are referred to collectively as the “Additional Rent”), and Landlord shall have all legal, equitable and contractual rights, powers and remedies provided either in this Lease or by statute or otherwise in the case of non-payment of Additional Rent as in the case of non-payment of Base Rent. When used herein, the term “Rent” shall refer to both Base Rent and Additional Rent.

c. Renewal Terms.

i. If (A) Tenant shall exercise a Renewal Option and (B) Landlord shall deliver a Renewal Acceptance Notice, the Base Rent per rentable square foot for the Premises for such Renewal Term shall be equal to the Prevailing Market (hereinafter defined) rate per rentable square foot for the Premises. Base Rent during such Renewal Term shall increase, if at all, in accordance with the increases assumed in the determination of the Prevailing Market rate. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else to the contrary, the annual Base Rent due and payable at the commencement of each Renewal Term shall not be less than the annual Base Rent in effect immediately prior to such Renewal Term. Base Rent during any Renewal Term shall continue to be payable in monthly installments in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else in this Lease to the contrary, in the event this Lease is subject to an Over-Lease, the Base Rent rate per leasable square foot of the Premises during each Renewal Term will under no circumstance be any less than the Base Rent rate per leasable square foot payable by Landlord under the Over-Lease during the same period.

ii. Tenant shall pay Additional Rent (including, without limitation, Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, as such terms are hereinafter defined) during the each applicable Renewal Term in accordance with this Lease. The manner and method in which Tenant pays Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and all other expenses or charges to be paid to maintain, repair and insure the Premises shall be some of the factors considered in determining the Prevailing Market rate for the applicable Renewal Term.

iii. For purposes hereof, “Prevailing Market” shall mean the arm’s length fair market annual rental rate per rentable square foot under renewal leases and amendments entered into on or about the date on which the Prevailing Market is being determined hereunder for space comparable to the Premises in the Building and office buildings comparable to the Building in the North Suburban Chicago office building submarket. The determination of Prevailing Market for the applicable Renewal Term shall take into account the creditworthiness of the tenant and any material economic differences between the terms of this Lease and any comparison lease, such as rent abatements, free rent, tenant improvement

 

5


allowances, construction costs, leasing commissions and other concessions for renewal leases, and the manner, if any, in which the tenant pays, or the landlord under any such lease is reimbursed, for operating expenses and taxes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, space leased under any of the following circumstances shall not be considered to be comparable for purposes hereof: (i) the lease term is for less than 5 years or more than 7 years, (ii) the space is encumbered by the option rights of another tenant or (iii) the space has an awkward or unusual shape or configuration. The foregoing is not intended to be an exclusive list of space that will not be considered to be comparable.

iv. Within 30 days after Landlord’s delivery of a Renewal Acceptance Notice, Landlord shall give Tenant notice of Landlord’s determination of the Prevailing Market rate for the applicable Renewal Term (“Landlord’s Determination Notice”). If Tenant disagrees with Landlord’s determination of the proposed Prevailing Market rate during the applicable Renewal Term, Tenant shall so notify Landlord within 10 Business Days after receipt of Landlord’s Determination Notice. If Tenant fails to timely respond to Landlord’s Determination Notice, Tenant shall be deemed to have rejected Landlord’s determination of the Prevailing Market rate. If Tenant rejects or is deemed to have rejected Landlord’s determination of the Prevailing Market rate, Landlord and Tenant shall use good faith commercially reasonable efforts to agree on the Prevailing Market rate for the applicable Renewal Term. If Landlord and Tenant do not so agree on the Prevailing Market rate within 30 days after the date of Landlord’s Determination Notice, Landlord and Tenant shall submit the determination of the Prevailing Market rate for the applicable Renewal Term to binding arbitration. In such event, within a period of 10 Business Days following the expiration of the aforesaid 30 day period, Landlord and Tenant shall each appoint a reputable commercial leasing broker as arbitrator, each of whom shall have at least 10 years’ active and current experience in the commercial real estate industry and the North Suburban Chicago office leasing market with working knowledge of current rental rates and leasing practices related to office buildings similar to the Building. Such an appointment shall be signified in writing by each party to the other. If either party shall fail to appoint an arbitrator within a period of 10 Business Days after written notice from the other party to make such appointment, the sole arbitrator appointed shall make the determination of the Prevailing Market rate for the applicable Renewal Term in the same manner provided below as though it were the third arbitrator. Each of Landlord and Tenant shall furnish each of the two arbitrators with a copy of their respective final determination of the Prevailing Market rate for the applicable Renewal Term. If both parties appoint an arbitrator, the arbitrators so appointed shall attempt, within a period of 10 Business Days to arrive at a determination of the Prevailing Market rate for the applicable Renewal Term, and failing such determination, the arbitrators so appointed shall, within 10 Business Days after their appointment, appoint a third arbitrator, who is a reputable commercial leasing broker and has at least 10 years’ active and current experience in the commercial real estate industry and in the North Suburban Chicago office leasing market with working knowledge of current rental rates and leasing practices related to office buildings similar to the Building. The third arbitrator shall proceed with all reasonable dispatch to determine whether Landlord’s final determination of the Prevailing Market rate for the applicable Renewal Term or Tenant’s final determination of the Prevailing Market rate for the applicable Renewal Term most closely reflects the Prevailing Market rate for the applicable Renewal Term. In no event shall the arbitrator have the right (i) to average the final determinations of the Prevailing Market rate for the applicable Renewal Term of Landlord and Tenant or (ii) to choose another rate. The decision of such third arbitrator shall in any event be

 

6


rendered within 30 days after his/her appointment, or within such other period as the parties shall agree, and such decision shall be in writing and in duplicate, one counterpart thereof to be delivered to each of the parties. The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association (or its successor) and applicable Legal Requirements and this Section, which shall govern to the extent of any conflict between this Section and the rules of the American Arbitration Association, and the decision of the third arbitrator shall be reviewable only to the extent provided by the rules of the American Arbitration Association and shall otherwise be binding, final and conclusive on the parties. Each party shall pay the fees of the arbitrator it chose and the fees of its counsel and the losing party shall pay for the fees of the third arbitrator and the reasonable and necessary expenses incident to the proceedings; provided however, if a party fails to appoint an arbitrator, the fees of the sole arbitrator shall be split between the two parties equally.

d. Operating Expenses.

i. Payment of Operating Expenses. During the Term, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, an amount equal to Tenant’s Share (as defined below) of any and all Operating Expenses (as defined below) paid or incurred by Landlord in any calendar year (such amount being referred to herein as “Tenant’s CAM Payment”). Tenant’s CAM Payment for each calendar year shall be reasonably estimated from time to time by Landlord and communicated by written notice to Tenant. Tenant agrees to pay such estimated amount in equal monthly installments on the first day of each calendar month. If Landlord reasonably determines that Landlord’s estimate of Tenant’s CAM Payment for any particular calendar year was too low, then Landlord shall have the right to give a new statement of the estimated Tenant’s CAM Payment due from Tenant for such calendar year or the balance thereof and to bill Tenant for any deficiency which may have accrued during such calendar year, and Tenant shall thereafter pay monthly estimated payments based on such new statement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Tenant’s CAM Payment shall not exceed (a) $11.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises per annum for the period beginning on the Commencement Date through December 31, 2020, and (b) $12.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises per annum for the period from January 1, 2021 through December 31, 2021.

ii. Definitions. As used herein, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

(1) “Operating Expenses” shall mean all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord for the administration, cleaning, maintenance, operation, repair and replacement of the Property, including, without limitation, all costs, expenditures, fees and charges for: (A) operation, maintenance, repair, and replacement of the Property or any portion thereof (including maintenance, repair and replacement of glass, the roof covering or membrane, and landscaping), provided that the cost of any capital expenditures shall be amortized over the useful life of the such improvement, which may extend beyond the Term; (B) utilities and services furnished generally to all tenants of the Building (including telecommunications facilities and equipment, recycling programs and trash removal from the common spaces of the Building), and associated supplies and materials; (C) compensation (including employment taxes and fringe benefits) for persons who perform duties in connection with the operation, management, maintenance and repair of the Property; (D) property, liability, rental income and

 

7


other insurance relating to the Property, and expenditures for deductible amounts paid under such insurance; (E) licenses, permits and inspections for the Building (but excluding those for any tenant improvements); (F) complying with any Legal Requirements pertaining to the Property; (G) a property management fee for the services of an independent third party property manager or, if such property management is provided directly by Landlord or its employees, a property management fee no greater than that which a commercially reasonable independent third party property manager would charge in the region (not to exceed 2.5% of gross rental charges); (H) accounting, legal and other professional services incurred in connection with the operation of the Property and the calculation of Operating Expenses; (I) contesting the validity or applicability of any Legal Requirements that may affect the Property (provided any such contest is made in good faith); (J) the Building’s or Property’s share of any shared or common area maintenance fees and expenses; (K) Taxes; and (L) any other cost, expenditure, fee or charge, whether or not hereinbefore described, which in accordance with generally accepted property management practices consistently applied would be considered an expense of managing, operating, maintaining and repairing the Property. Operating Costs for any calendar year during which average occupancy of the Building is less than 100% shall be calculated based upon the Operating Costs that would have been incurred if the Building had an average occupancy of 100% during the entire calendar year.

(2) “Taxes” means: all real property taxes and general, special or district assessments or other governmental impositions, of whatever kind, nature or origin, imposed on or by reason of the ownership or use of the Property; service payments in lieu of taxes and taxes and assessments of every kind and nature whatsoever levied or assessed in addition to, in lieu of or in substitution for existing or additional real or personal property taxes on the Property or the personal property described above; and the reasonable cost of contesting by appropriate proceedings the amount or validity of any taxes, assessments or charges described above.

(3) “Tenant’s Share” shall be calculated on the basis of a fraction the numerator of which is the rentable square footage of the Premises and the denominator of which is the rentable square footage of the Building (which, as of the date hereof is 200,548 rsf). Accordingly, as of the Effective Date, Tenant’s Share is equal to 35.10%.

iii. Operating Expense Adjustments. Within 120 days after the expiration of each calendar year, or as soon thereafter as is practicable, Landlord shall submit a statement to Tenant showing the actual Operating Expenses for such calendar year and Tenant’s CAM Payment with respect to such Operating Expenses. If for any calendar year, Tenant’s estimated monthly payments exceed Tenant’s CAM Payment for such calendar year, then Landlord shall give Tenant a credit in the amount of the overpayment toward Tenant’s next monthly payments of Tenant’s CAM Payment. In the event this Lease has expired, any such overpayment shall be paid directly to the Tenant within 30 days of the issuance of such statement. If for any calendar year Tenant’s estimated monthly payments are less than Tenant’s CAM Payment for such calendar year, then Tenant shall pay the total amount of such deficiency to Landlord within 30 days after receipt of the statement from Landlord. Landlord’s and Tenant’s obligations with respect to any overpayment or underpayment of Tenant’s CAM Payment shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

 

8


iv. Audit Right. Landlord shall maintain reasonably complete records of all costs and expenses which comprise the Operating Expenses payable hereunder by Tenant to Landlord. Tenant shall have the right, through itself or its representatives, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to examine, copy and audit such records at all reasonable times at Landlord’s office during Business Hours. Landlord’s calculation of Tenant’s CAM Payment as set forth on any of Landlord’s annual statements shall be conclusive and binding upon Tenant unless, within 90 days after the date Landlord delivers said statement, Tenant shall notify Landlord that it disputes the correctness of any charge set forth on the statement. Tenant shall have a period of 60 days to complete any audit it desires to undertake. Such audit, however, shall not be undertaken by any person or entity whose compensation is determined on a contingency basis. If the result of the audit conducted by Tenant or its representative determines that Landlord has overcharged Tenant, Landlord shall promptly refund to Tenant any overpayment, and if the audit determines that Landlord has undercharged Tenant, Tenant shall, within 30 days thereafter, pay to Landlord any amount owed with respect thereto. If the result of the audit conducted by Tenant or its representative determines that Landlord has overcharged Tenant by more than 10%, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for the costs of the audit.

e. Payment of Rent. All Rent shall be payable at the office of Landlord at 1900 West Field Court, Lake Forest, Illinois 60045, or to such other person or at such other address as directed by written notice from Landlord to Tenant. All Rent shall be due and payable without notice, demand, abatement, offset, or right of recoupment, unless otherwise specifically provided for in this Lease, and Tenant’s covenant to pay Rent is an independent covenant under this Lease. In no due date is specified in this Lease for any Additional Rent required to be paid hereunder, such Additional Rent shall be paid as billed within 30 days after notice, request or demand by Landlord for payment of the applicable amount due. For administrative convenience of Landlord and Tenant, Landlord may invoice Tenant for Rent using a monthly rent invoice, provided, however, that the failure of Landlord to render a rent invoice to Tenant shall not relieve Tenant of its obligation to pay Rent when the same is due and payable under this Lease.

f. Late Payments. If Tenant fails to pay when due any Base Rent or Additional Rent which Tenant is obligated to pay under the terms of this Lease, the unpaid amounts shall bear interest at the Interest Rate. In addition, Tenant recognizes that late payment of any Base Rent or Additional Rent will result in administrative expense to Landlord, the extent of which additional expense is extremely difficult and economically impractical to ascertain. Tenant therefore agrees that if Base Rent or Additional Rent is not paid when due and payable pursuant to this Lease, a late charge shall be imposed in an amount equal to 5% of the unpaid Base Rent or Additional Rent. The amount of the late charge to be paid by Tenant shall be reassessed and added to Tenant’s obligation for each successive month until paid. The provisions of this Section 5(e) in no way relieve Tenant of the obligation to pay Base Rent or other payments on or before the date on which they are due, nor do the terms of this Section 5(e) in any way affect Landlord’s remedies pursuant to Section 23 of this Lease in the event said Base Rent or other payment is unpaid after date due.

 

9


6. Utilities; Services.

a. Utilities. Landlord shall make a reasonable determination of Tenant’s share of the cost of all light, power, natural gas, sewer service, water, telephone, refuse disposal and other utilities and related services supplied to the Premises, and Tenant shall pay such share to Landlord together with Tenant’s payments of Additional Rent hereunder. In the event Tenant has any utility separately metered, Tenant shall pay, directly to the appropriate supplier, the cost of such utility supplied to the Premises as and when the same shall be due and payable.

b. Services. At Landlord’s option, the costs of any amenities or services provided by Landlord to tenants or other occupants of the Building (including, without limitation, with respect to any fitness facility, cafeteria, conference center, or copy center) shall be included in the Operating Expenses and Tenant’s shall reimburse Landlord for Tenant’s Proportionate Share of thereof in accordance with Section 5(c) above. In the alternative, Landlord shall have the option to charge Tenant separately for any such services based on standard Building rates as reasonably determined by Landlord, and, in such event, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for its usage thereof within 30 days after Landlord’s delivery of its invoice thereof.

c. Subject to Section 18 below, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant, and Tenant’s obligations under this Lease shall not be abated, in the event of any interruption or inadequacy of any utility or service supplied to the Premises.

7. Use. Tenant shall have the right to use and occupy the Premises for general office use and any other uses incidental thereto so long as such incidental uses (a) comply with applicable Legal Requirements (as defined in Section 10 below), (b) are consistent with the nature of and the character of the Building, and (c) are consistent with the uses of the Building by Landlord. Tenant shall not have the right to use the roof or any portion thereof for any purpose whatsoever, including the installation or use of any microwave dishes or other communications radio antenna or other transmission or reception equipment without Landlord’s prior written consent.

8. Compliance with Legal Requirements. Tenant shall comply with all applicable Legal Requirements insofar as they pertain to Tenant’s use of the Premises, including, without limitation, cases where Legal Requirements mandate repairs, alterations, changes or additions to the Premises caused by Tenant’s use of the Premises during the Term. In the event Tenant’s obligation to comply with Legal Requirements requires any “Alterations” (as defined in Section 11), then such Alterations shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Section 11 of this Lease. “Legal Requirements” shall mean the requirements of (a) all applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules, orders and regulations of all federal, state, county, and municipal governments, and any and all of their departments, commissions, bureaus and agencies, including without limitation all “Environmental Laws” (as defined in Section 9 hereof) and all accessibility laws, statutes, codes, rules, orders and regulations, including, without limitation, the Americans with Disabilities Act, as amended, (b) all rules, regulations and restrictions from time to time established by the Conway Park at Lake Forest Owners’ Association, (c) any covenants, conditions and restrictions affecting the Property, including, without limitation, those contained in the Declaration recorded as Document No. 2552398, as amended by First Amendment to Annexation Agreement, recorded August 9, 1996 as Document No. 3860724, and as further amended by the First Amendment to Declaration of Easements and Protective Covenants, Conditions and Restrictions for Conway Park at Lake Forest, recorded September 24, 1997 as Document No. 4024067, and (d) all rules, orders and regulations of the Board of Fire Underwriters or equivalent association for the prevention of fires.

 

10


9. Environmental Compliance.

a. Tenant accepts, assumes and agrees to pay, perform or otherwise discharge all liabilities and obligations arising under any Environmental Laws (“Assumed Environmental Liabilities”) with respect to conditions, events, occurrences, practices, releases of Hazardous Substances or other acts or omissions after the commencement of the Original Agreement (the “Original Commencement Date”) and through the Term hereunder relating to the use of the Premises and operations conducted by Tenant and its employees, guests, invitees, contractors, vendors, agents and representatives at the Premises.

b. Tenant agrees to comply with all applicable Environmental Laws with respect to conditions, events, occurrences, practices, releases of Hazardous Substances or other acts or omissions as they pertain to the manner in which Tenant uses the Premises during the Term hereunder. As used herein, “Hazardous Substance(s)” means any flammables, explosives, radioactive materials, hazardous wastes or materials, toxic wastes or materials, or other similar substances, petroleum products or derivatives or any substance subject to regulation by or under any federal, state and local laws and ordinances relating to the protection of the environment or the keeping, use or disposition of environmentally hazardous materials, substances, or wastes, presently in effect or hereafter adopted, all amendments to any of them, and all rules and regulations issued pursuant to any of such laws or ordinances (collectively “Environmental Laws”). In the event Tenant’s obligation to comply with Environmental Laws requires any Alterations, then such Alterations shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Section 11 of this Lease. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, Tenant shall provide proof reasonably satisfactory to Landlord of compliance with all Environmental Laws.

c. Tenant shall not, and shall not direct, suffer or permit any of its agents, contractors, employees, subtenants, licensees or invitees (each, a “Tenant Entity”) to, at any time handle, use, manufacture, generate, store, transport, treat, release or dispose of in or about the Premises or the Property any Hazardous Substances; provided, however, that Tenant’s use in the Building of cleaning supplies, copying fluids, other office and maintenance supplies and other substances normally and customarily used by tenants of office space shall not be deemed a violation of this Section 9(c) if such use is in compliance with all Legal Requirements.

d. Landlord’s and Tenant’s obligations under this Section 9 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

10. Repairs and Maintenance.

a. Landlord shall, subject to the terms of Section 13 and Section 18 hereof and subject to reimbursement from Tenant’s CAM Payment (as applicable), perform diligently, promptly and in a good and workmanlike manner all maintenance, repairs and replacements to: (i) the structural components of the Building, including without limitation the roof, roofing system, exterior walls, bearing walls, support beams, foundations, columns, exterior doors and windows, and lateral support to the Building; (ii) the roof, roofing system, curtain walls and

 

11


windows, if required to assure watertightness; (iii) any base building systems (including, without limitation, plumbing, fire sprinklers, heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems; electrical and mechanical lines up to the point of connection to the Premises; (iv) the elevators serving the Building; and (v) any other common areas of the Property and Building. Subject to Tenant’s obligations under this Lease (including, without limitation, pursuant to Section 8 above), Landlord shall maintain the Property in compliance with all Legal Requirements. Tenant shall promptly report in writing to Landlord any defective condition known to Tenant which Landlord is required to repair.

b. Tenant at Tenant’s expense but under the direction of Landlord, shall repair and maintain the Premises and the fixtures and appurtenances therein in a first class condition, and keep the Premises in a clean, safe and orderly condition, except to the extent such maintenance is the responsibility of the Landlord pursuant to Section 10(a) above.

c. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall have the right to make all repairs caused by the negligence or misconduct of Tenant, its agents, independent contractors, representatives, or employers, and Tenant shall promptly reimburse Landlord for the reasonable costs and expenses for such repairs.

11. Alterations; Liens.

a. Tenant shall not redecorate, remodel or make any alterations, improvements or installations including placement of any signs (collectively, “Alterations”) in or to the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, except that Landlord’s consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion with respect to any proposed Alterations affecting: (i) the structural components of the Building (including, without limitation, the roof or roofing system, exterior walls, bearing walls, support beams, foundations, columns, exterior doors and windows, and/or lateral support to the Building); (ii) curtain walls and windows; (iii) the base building plumbing supply system and fire/life safety systems; (vi) the base building heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems; (vii) the base building electrical and mechanical lines, equipment and systems, including, without limitation, elevators; (viii) the parking facility, (ix) the common areas of the Property and Building, including, without limitation, their lighting systems, walkways, shrubbery, lawn and landscaping; and (x) the exterior glass. In addition, Landlord shall have the right to withhold consent, in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, with respect to any proposed Alterations to the interior of the Premises which would be visible from the exterior of the Premises.

b. Any Alterations consented to by Landlord shall be at the sole cost and expense of Tenant. Landlord shall have the right to approve Tenant’s contractors, not to be unreasonably withheld). On Tenant’s request, Landlord will advise Tenant whether Landlord will require the removal of any improvements that are part of the Alterations at the end of the Term as provided in Section 31(a) hereof.

 

12


c. In the event that Landlord shall elect to permit Tenant to arrange and contract for the Alterations, then Tenant shall, before permitting commencement of the Alterations, furnish to Landlord for Landlord’s review and approval all necessary plans and specifications in reasonable detail, names and addresses of proposed contractors, copies of contracts, and necessary permits, and shall furnish indemnification in form and amount reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, against any and all claims, costs, damages, liabilities and expenses which may arise in connection with the Alterations, and certificates of insurance in form and amount reasonably satisfactory to Landlord from all contractors performing labor or providing materials, insuring Landlord against any and all liabilities which may arise out of or be connected in any way with the Alterations. Tenant shall pay all actual costs and expenses relative to the Alterations and Landlord shall supply supporting documentation for such costs and expenses upon request. Tenant shall permit Landlord to monitor the construction operations in connection with the Alterations and to restrict, as may reasonably be required, the passage of manpower and materials and the conducting of construction activity in order to avoid unreasonable disruption to Landlord or to other tenants of the Building or damage to the Property or the Premises. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, for Landlord’s overhead in connection with monitoring the Alterations, a sum equal to the amount that would be charged by a third party project manager for such work in an amount equal to not less than 2.5% and not more than 10% of Tenant’s costs for the Alterations. Promptly following completion of the Alterations, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord contractors’ affidavits, full and final waivers of lien and receipted bills covering all labor and materials expended and used in connection with the Alterations. Whether or not Tenant shall furnish Landlord with all the foregoing, Tenant hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord from any and all claims, losses, costs, damages, expenses, or liabilities of any kind and description which may arise out of or be connected in any way with any Alterations. Any Alterations performed by Tenant shall comply with all Landlord’s insurance requirements and with all applicable Legal Requirements. Landlord’s approval of plans and specifications or supervision of construction operations, if any, shall not imply Landlord’s acknowledgment, opinion or belief that the Alterations complies with any such applicable Legal Requirements, nor relieve Tenant from any responsibility hereinabove imposed. Following the completion of the Alterations, Tenant shall also provide Landlord with “as-built” drawings showing in detail the full extent and nature of the Alterations.

d. In the event that Landlord shall elect to directly arrange and contract for the Alterations on behalf of Tenant, Landlord shall assume full responsibility for the preparation of plans and specifications for the Alterations for the Tenant’s approval, the contracting for all labor and materials required by the Alterations, compliance of the Alterations with all applicable Legal Requirements, and monitoring of the Alterations. Prior to contracting for any Alterations on behalf of Tenant, Landlord shall prepare for Tenant’s approval a budget of the anticipated cost of the Alterations, and Landlord shall not contract for any Alterations until Tenant has approved the proposed budget. Tenant shall pay to Landlord the costs of the Alterations including, without limitation, the cost of preparing the plans and specifications, the cost of permits, fees, labor and materials required to complete the Alterations, and the cost, if any, to repair and/or redecorate the Premises as may be necessitated by the Alterations (collectively, “Costs”). Landlord’s charge to Tenant for Landlord’s overhead in connection with Landlord’s performance of the Alterations shall a sum equal to the amount that would be charged by a third party project manager for such work in an amount equal to not less than 2.5% and not more than 10% of the total substantiated Costs. The Costs payable by Tenant to Landlord and Landlord’s charge therefor shall be deemed to be Additional Rent and shall be paid by Tenant as the Alterations are performed, upon being billed by Landlord.

 

13


e. Tenant, promptly following receipt of notice thereof, shall remove or bond over any lien or claim of lien filed against the Property or any part thereof for materials or labor performed by any contractors, subcontractors, workmen, or suppliers engaged directly or indirectly by Tenant and Tenant hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord from and against any and all claims, losses, costs, damages, expenses, or liabilities including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees, arising from claims or liens, or Tenant’s failure to promptly remove any such claims or liens.

12. Assignment and Subleasing.

a. Tenant shall not assign, pledge, mortgage or otherwise transfer or encumber this Lease, nor sublet all or any part of the Premises or permit the same to be occupied or used by anyone other than Tenant or its employees without the express written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. In the event Tenant desires to assign this Lease or let or sublet the whole or any part of the Premises, Tenant shall make a request in writing to Landlord of its intention to do so to Landlord, together with: (i) a copy of the proposed agreement of assignment or sublease wherein the proposed assignee assumes all of the obligations of Tenant hereunder and containing the name and address of the proposed assignee; (ii) the names and addresses of the principals of the proposed assignee or subtenant; and (iii) financial statements and bank and other financial and business references of the proposed assignee or subtenant reasonably sufficient to enable Landlord to ascertain the financial responsibility of the proposed assignee or subtenant. Landlord shall respond to Tenant within 10 Business Days of receipt of Tenant’s request. If Landlord consents to Tenant’s request to sublease or assign this Lease, Landlord shall be provided with a copy of the fully executed sublease or assignment and shall receive 50% of the amount, if any, which all rent or other consideration received by Tenant from such assignee or subtenant (prorated on a square-foot basis for less than the entire Premises) exceeds the rent then due to Landlord pursuant to this Lease, less the amount of real estate brokerage commissions and other costs and expenses reasonably related to the assignment or sublease (all prorated over the term of the assignment or sublease) paid to unrelated third parties, including construction and advertising expenses, but not including the proceeds from the sale or rental of any Tenant furniture, fixtures, equipment and other personal property, provided that same are sold or rented at the then bona fide market value thereof. Any assignment or subletting approved by Landlord shall not relieve Tenant from all of its obligations and responsibilities under this Lease for the entire Premises. If Landlord objects to Tenant’s request to sublease the Leased Premises or assign this Lease, Landlord shall specify the reasons for such objection. If Landlord fails to respond to Tenant within such 10 Business Day period, Landlord’s consent to such sublease or assignment request shall be deemed withheld. Upon any request to assign or sublet, Tenant will pay to Landlord the sum equal to all of Landlord’s costs, including reasonable attorney’s fees, incurred in investigating and considering any proposed or purported assignment or sublease of any of the Premises, regardless of whether Landlord’s consent shall ultimately granted or withheld therefor. The consent by Landlord to any particular assignment, subletting or other transfer hereunder shall not in any way be considered a consent by Landlord to any other or further assignment, subletting, or other transfer.

 

14


b. Without limitation, each of the following shall be deemed to be an assignment of this Lease requiring Landlord’s consent: (i) the transfer of a majority of the issued and outstanding capital stock of any corporate Tenant or the transfer of a majority of the membership interest of any Tenant which is a limited liability company or a transfer of the total proprietary interest of any partnership Tenant, however the same may be accomplished, whether directly or indirectly, and whether in a single transaction or in a series of related or unrelated transactions, or (ii) an increase in the number of issued and/or outstanding shares of the capital stock of any corporate Tenant and/or the creation of one or more additional classes of capital stock of any corporate Tenant, however accomplished and whether in a single transaction or a series of related or unrelated transactions, with the result that at least 51% of the beneficial interest and record ownership in and to such Tenant shall no longer be held by the beneficial and record owners of the capital stock of such corporate Tenant as of the date hereof, or the date on which such corporation shall become Tenant hereunder (whichever is later). Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary contained herein, the sale or transfer of a majority interest in Tenant or any controlling person of Tenant shall be deemed to be a permitted transfer of this Lease (“Permitted Transfer”), if such sale or transfer: (i) is to any affiliate of (meaning, an entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with) Tenant; (ii) results in Tenant’s ultimate controlling person as of the Commencement Date no longer being the controlling person of Tenant; (iii) if Tenant’s shares are registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and traded on any nationally-recognized stock exchange or “over the counter” market; (iv) is made between and amongst the existing stockholders, partners or members of Tenant and their respective family members; or (v) results from the death of a stockholder, partner or member of Tenant; or (vi) is made by devise, bequest, gift, inheritance, intestacy or estate planning purposes of a stockholder, partner or member of Tenant; or (vii) involves the sale of shares in connection with “going public” or an initial public offering. Landlord’s consent shall not be required for any such Permitted Transfer of this Lease, provided that Tenant shall give written notice of any such Permitted Transfer (together with reasonable details describing the nature of the Permitted Transfer) promptly following the occurrence of such Permitted Transfer.

c. Notwithstanding any assignment or transfer of this Lease, and notwithstanding the acceptance of Rent by Landlord from an assignee, transferee, or any other party, except as otherwise agreed by Landlord in writing, Tenant shall remain fully liable for the payment of Rent and for the performance and observance of all other obligations of this Lease on the part of Tenant to be performed or observed. Tenant’s liability shall be joint and several with any immediate and remote successors in interest of Tenant, and such joint and several liability in respect of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease shall not be discharged, released or impaired in any respect by any agreement or stipulation made by Landlord extending the time of, or modifying any of the obligations of, this Lease, or by any waiver or failure of Landlord to enforce any of the obligations of this Lease.

d. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, if the Premises or any part thereof is then assigned or sublet, Landlord, in addition to any other remedies provided in this Lease or provided by law, may, at its option, collect directly from such assignee or subtenant all rents due and becoming due to Tenant under such assignment or sublease and apply such rent against any sums due to Landlord from Tenant under this Lease, and no such collection shall be construed to constitute a novation or release of Tenant from the further performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

 

15


e. Any purported sale, assignment, mortgage, subletting or other transfer of this Lease or any interest herein which does not comply with the provisions of this Section 12 shall be void.

13. Damage or Destruction.

a. If the Premises or the Building shall be destroyed or damaged by fire, other casualty, acts of God or the elements (a “Casualty”) so that it cannot, in Landlord’s good faith business judgment (which shall be made within 60 after the date of the Casualty), be restored or made suitable for Tenant’s business needs within 180 days after the date of the Casualty, then either party may terminate this Lease by written notice to the other party within 30 days after the date of the Casualty. Any such termination of this Lease shall be effective as of the date of the Casualty and the Rent shall abate from that date, and any Rent paid for any period beyond such date shall be refunded to Tenant.

b. If this Lease is not terminated as provided in Section 13(a), then Landlord shall, at its sole cost and expense, restore the Premises and/or the Building as soon as reasonably practicable (and in all events within the time periods set forth in Section 13(c) below) to the condition existing prior to the Casualty (to the extent practicable but, in any event, suitable for Tenant’s requirements), including without limitation any tenant improvements other than those improvements constructed by or for Tenant after the Commencement Date. During the restoration period, the Rent shall abate for the period during which the Premises are not suitable for Tenant’s business needs. If only a portion of the Premises is damaged, the Rent shall abate proportionately based upon the portion of the Premises that are not suitable for Tenant’s business needs and not used by Tenant.

c. If Landlord, subject to delays occasioned by the occurrence of events of force majeure, does not restore the Premises and/or the Building as required in Subparagraph (b) within 180 days of the date of the Casualty, Tenant may, as its discretion, terminate this Lease without incurring any liability to Landlord subsequent to the Casualty, provided (i) Tenant gives Landlord written notice of immediate termination within 30 days after the expiration of the applicable 180 day period, and (ii) Landlord does not complete the restoration prior to receiving such notice.

14. Eminent Domain.

a. If there is a taking of the Property or the Premises by right or threat of eminent domain (a “Taking”) then Landlord shall give written notice to Tenant of such Taking and, if such Taking results or would result in the remainder of the Premises being unable to be restored, in Landlord’s good faith business judgment, to a complete architectural unit within 180 days from the date of the Taking (“Substantial Taking”), then Landlord may terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Tenant, without incurring any additional liabilities. Any such termination of this Lease shall be effective as of the date of the Taking and the Rent shall abate from that date, and any Rent paid for any period beyond such date shall be refunded to Tenant.

 

16


b. If there shall be a Taking which does not constitute a Substantial Taking, this Lease shall not terminate but Landlord shall, at its sole cost and expense, with due diligence, work to restore the Premises to its condition before the Taking (to the extent practicable) but excluding any improvements made for Tenant after the Commencement Date of this Lease. During the restoration period, the Rent shall abate for the period during which the Premises are not suitable for Tenant’s business needs.

c. If only a portion of the Premises is taken and Tenant is given access to the Premises and can continue to conduct its business without material change and provided Tenant chooses not to exercise its right to terminate the Lease as set forth above, the Rent shall abate proportionately based upon the portion of the Premises that are not suitable for Tenant’s business needs and not used by Tenant.

d. Tenant shall not be entitled to any part of the payment or award for a Taking, provided that Tenant may file a claim, separate from Landlord’s claim, for any loss of Tenant’s property, moving expenses, or for damages for cessation or interruption of Tenant’s business, provided such claim is not for the value of the leasehold and does not reduce Landlord’s award therefor.

15. Insurance.

a. Landlord shall maintain, at its expense, during the Term, policies of insurance, with standard “special causes of loss” coverage for the Building. Such coverage shall equal 100 of the replacement cost of the Building and any parking facility, exclusive of excavation, footings and foundations, together with such additional insurance coverages as Landlord may elect in connection with the Property, and the costs of all such policies and any deductibles thereunder shall be included in Operating Expenses..

b. Tenant shall maintain, at its expense, during the Term, with insurance companies reasonably acceptable to Landlord, comprehensive general liability insurance for the Premises in a combined coverage for bodily injury and property damage in an amount not less than $3,000,000. Tenant shall name Landlord and any mortgagee of the Property of which Landlord has advised Tenant in writing, as additional insureds under such policy.

c. Tenant shall maintain, at its expense, during the Term, property insurance on all personal property located in the Premises from damage or other loss caused by fire or other casualty, including but not limited to, vandalism and malicious mischief, perils covered by extended coverage, theft, sprinkler leakage, water damage (however caused), explosion, malfunction or failure of heating and cooling or other apparatus, and other similar risks in amounts not less than the full insurable replacement value of such property. Landlord shall be named as a loss payee of such policy, as its interests may appear.

d. Tenant shall maintain such worker’s compensation insurance as is required by applicable law.

e. The policy or policies evidencing such insurance for subsections (a), (b), (c), and (d) shall provide that they may not be canceled or amended without 30 days’ prior written notice being given to the party for whose benefit such insurance has been obtained. Prior to the Commencement Date, each party shall submit to the other insurance certificates demonstrating the required policies are in effect.

 

17


f. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord may self-insure provided that Landlord’s self-insurance program meets the requirements of any applicable laws pertaining to such self-insurance programs and meets any and all requirements and approvals of any insurance commission of the state in which the Property is located and where the subject matter of said self-insurance program is to be applicable.

16. Subrogation and Waiver. The parties release each other and their respective authorized representatives from any claims for injury to any person or damage to the Property that are caused by or result from risks required to be insured against under any insurance policies carried by either of the parties. Each party to the extent possible shall obtain, for each policy of insurance, provisions permitting waiver of any claim against the other party for loss or damage within the scope of the insurance and each party to the extent permitted, for itself and its insurer, waives all such insured claims against the other party. If such waiver or agreement shall not be obtainable, or shall cease to be obtainable without additional charge, the insured party shall so notify the other party promptly after notice thereof. If the other party shall agree in writing to pay the insurer’s additional charge therefor, such waiver or agreement shall (if obtainable) be included in the policy.

17. Indemnification.

a. Subject to Section 16 and except as specifically provided to the contrary elsewhere in this Lease, each party shall defend, indemnify and save harmless the other, its officers, directors, and employees against all claims, liabilities, losses, and damages (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) because of injury, including death, to any person, or damage or loss of any kind to any property to the extent caused by any negligence or willful misconduct of the other party or its agents, or any failure on the part of such party to perform all of its liabilities and obligations under this Lease.

b. Landlord’s and Tenant’s indemnification obligations under this Section 17 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

18. Interruption of Services. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any damages, nor shall Tenant be entitled to any abatement of Rent, due to any interruption or failure to furnish or delay in furnishing any utilities or services, or for any diminution in the quality or quantity thereof, when such delay, failure or diminution is occasioned, in whole or in part, by repairs, renewals or improvements, by any strike, lockout or other labor trouble, failure of any vendor, contractor or service provider to perform, by inability to secure fuel or supplies for the Building (provided that Landlord uses commercially reasonable efforts to overcome such circumstances), by any accident or casualty whatsoever, by the act, omission, or default of Tenant, or by any other cause or circumstance beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, and such failures or delays or diminution shall never be deemed to constitute an eviction or disturbance of the Tenant’s use and possession of the Premises or relieve Tenant from paying Rent or performing any of its obligations under this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (a) the Premises are rendered untenantable as the result of any such interruption or failure to furnish utilities or services,

 

18


(b) such interruption or failure is caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, and (c) such untenantability continues for a period of five consecutive Business Days (and provided that Tenant does not, in fact, use or occupy the Premises during the period of such untenantability), then, commencing with the sixth such day and continuing until such untenantability has been remedied, Base Rent shall be abated in proportion to the portion of the Premises so rendered untenantable. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, if the Premises remain untenantable for more than 180 consecutive days (and provided that Tenant does not, in fact, use or occupy the Premises during the entire period of such untenantability) as a result of any such interruption or failure caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Landlord after the expiration of such 180 day period and before such untenantability has been remedied.

19. Subordination and Nondisturbance. Tenant’s interest in this Lease shall be subject and subordinate in all respects to any fee owner, ground or prime lease (including, without limitation, any Over-Lease or master lease agreement resulting from a sale by Landlord of its interest in the Property to a third party and a lease-back of the entire Property by Landlord from such third party) or the lien of any mortgage or deed of trust which may now or hereafter be placed on the Property. Upon Tenant’s request, Landlord shall request and use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain from any present or future mortgagee, trustee, fee owner, ground or prime lessor, or any person having an interest in the Premises superior to this Lease (a “Superior Interest”) a written subordination and nondisturbance agreement in recordable form, providing that so long as Tenant performs all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease and agrees to attorn to the mortgagee, beneficiary of the deed of trust, purchaser at a foreclosure sale, ground or prime lessor or fee owner, Tenant’s rights under this Lease shall not be disturbed and shall remain in full force and effect for the Term, and Tenant shall not be joined by the holder of any mortgage or deed of trust in any action or proceeding to foreclose thereunder, unless such joinder is required for jurisdictional purposes. Landlord shall not have any liability to Tenant if it is not able to obtain such subordination and nondisturbance agreement.

20. Landlords Right of Entry.

a. Landlord has the right to enter the Premises at any reasonable time upon (i) twenty-four (24) hours’ prior notice to Tenant (or without notice in case of emergency) for the purpose of performing maintenance, repairs, and replacements to the Premises as are permitted or required under this Lease, and (ii) without notice for entry for the purpose of performing routine services which Landlord is required to provide under this Lease.

b. Upon reasonable advance notice to Tenant, Landlord may show the Premises to prospective purchasers, mortgagees and, during the last 12 months of the Term, to prospective tenants.

c. In exercising its rights under this Section 20, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to not materially interfere with or disrupt the normal operation of Tenant’s business. Tenant shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to designate a representative to accompany Landlord, or any third parties, while they are on the Premises.

 

19


21. Rules and Regulations. Tenant agrees to comply with all reasonable written rules and regulations which Landlord may establish for the protection and welfare of Tenant, the Building and all the other tenants and occupants of the Building, provided that all such rules and regulations (i) shall be applied uniformly to all occupants of the Building, (ii) do not discriminate against Tenant, and (iii) do not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises. A copy of the current rules and regulations is attached as Exhibit B hereto and by this reference made a part hereof. Tenant shall be given a copy of any changes to the rules and regulations at least ten days before they become effective. In the event of a conflict between the rules and regulations, and the provisions of this Lease, the provisions of this Lease shall prevail.

22. Event of Default. The occurrence of any one or more of the following matters constitutes an “Event of Default” by Tenant under this Lease:

a. Any failure by Tenant to pay Rent when due, where such failure is not cured within five days after receipt of written notice from Landlord to Tenant;

b. Any failure by Tenant to observe or perform any other covenant, agreement, condition or provision of this Lease, if such failure continues for five Business Days after receipt of written notice from Landlord to Tenant, except that if the default cannot be cured within the five Business Day period, it shall not be considered an Event of Default if Tenant commences timely to cure such default and thereafter proceeds diligently and continuously to effect such cure;

c. the making of any assignment by Tenant for the benefit of creditors;

d. the filing by or against Tenant of a petition to have Tenant adjudged a bankrupt or a petition of reorganization or arrangement under any law relating to bankruptcy (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Tenant, the petition is dismissed within 60 days of the date filed);

e. the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Tenant’s assets;

f. the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Tenant’s assets; or

g. an assignment or subletting by Tenant in violation of Section 12 hereof.

23. Rights and Remedies. If an Event of Default by Tenant occurs,

a. Landlord may terminate this Lease or Tenant’s right of possession, by giving Tenant written notice of Landlord’s election to do so, in which event the Term shall end, and all right, title and interest of Tenant hereunder shall expire, on the date stated in such notice;

b. If this Lease and the Term and estate hereby granted shall terminate for an Event of Default as provided in Section 23(a) above, then

 

20


i. Landlord and Landlord’s agents may thereupon re-enter the Premises or any part thereof by summary proceedings or by any other applicable legal proceeding and may repossess the Premises and dispossess Tenant and any other persons therefrom and remove any and all of its or their property and effects from the Premises, and

ii. Landlord, at its option, may relet the whole or any part of the Premises from time to time, either in the name of Landlord or otherwise, to such tenant(s), for such term(s) ending before, on or after the date on which the Term is otherwise scheduled to expire (the “Expiration Date”), at such rental(s) and upon such other conditions, which may include concessions and free rent periods, as Landlord may reasonably determine to be necessary. Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, may make such reasonable repairs, improvements, alterations, additions, decorations and other physical changes in and to the Premises as Landlord, in its reasonable discretion, considers advisable or necessary in connection with any such reletting or proposed reletting, without relieving Tenant of any liability under this Lease or otherwise affecting any such liability.

c. Should this Lease be terminated as provided in Section 23(a) above, or by or under any other proceeding, or if Landlord shall re-enter the Premises, Landlord shall be entitled to recover, and Tenant shall pay, in addition to any damages or amounts provided for elsewhere in this Section 23 or under any other provisions of this Lease, the then cost of:

i. restoring the Premises to the same condition as that in which Tenant has agreed to surrender them to Landlord as of the last day of the Term; and

ii. completing in accordance with this Lease any improvements to the Premises that have been actually commenced as of the date of the Event of Default, or for repairing any part thereof.

d. If an Event of Default by Tenant or any person claiming through or under Tenant should occur, Landlord shall be entitled to seek to enjoin such default and shall have the right to invoke any right allowed at law or in equity, by statute or otherwise, as if re-entry, summary proceedings or other specific remedies were not provided for in this Lease.

e. Should this Lease be terminated by Landlord as provided in Section 23(a),

i. Tenant shall pay to Landlord all Rent through the date upon which this Lease was terminated for Tenant’s Event of Default, and

ii. Tenant shall be liable for and shall pay to Landlord, as damages, any deficiency between (A) the Rent that would have been payable hereunder for the period which otherwise would have constituted the unexpired portion of the Term and (B) the net amount, if any, of rents (“Net Rent”) collected under any reletting effected pursuant to the provisions of this Section for any part of such period (first deducting from the rents collected under any such reletting all of Landlord’s expenses in connection with the termination of this Lease or Landlord’s re-entry, including all repossession costs, brokerage commissions, legal expenses, alteration costs and other expenses of preparing the Premises for such reletting). Such deficiency shall be paid in monthly installments by Tenant on the days specified in this Lease for the payment of installments of Base Rent. Landlord shall be entitled to recover from Tenant

 

21


each monthly deficiency as the same shall arise and no suit to collect the amount of the deficiency for any month shall prejudice Landlord’s right to collect the deficiency for any prior or subsequent month by a similar proceeding or otherwise. A suit or suits for the recovery of such deficiencies may be brought by Landlord from time to time at its election.

f. Landlord shall be entitled to recover from Tenant, and Tenant shall pay Landlord, on demand, as liquidated damages and not as a penalty, a sum equal to the amount by which (A) the Base Rent and Additional Rent payable hereunder (reduced by any amounts collected by Landlord on account of monthly deficiencies as provided in Section 23(e)(ii) above) for the period ending on the Expiration Date and beginning on the latest of the date of termination of this Lease, the date of re-entry by Landlord or the date through which monthly deficiencies shall have been paid in full, exceeds (B) an amount equal to the then fair and reasonable rental value of the Premises for the same period, both amounts discounted to present value at the Interest Rate as defined below. If, before presentation of proof of such liquidated damages to any court, commission or tribunal, the Premises or any part thereof shall have been relet by Landlord for the period which otherwise would have constituted all or any part of the unexpired portion of the Term, the amount of rent upon such reletting shall be deemed, prima facie, to be the fair and reasonable rental value for the part or the whole of the Premises (as the case may be) so relet during the term of such reletting. As used herein, “Interest Rate” shall mean an annual rate equal to the Prime Rate as set forth in The Wall Street Journal on the date of the default or, if The Wall Street Journal is not published that day, the first date of publication thereafter, plus 3%.

g. In no event shall Tenant be entitled (A) to receive any excess of any Net Rent under Section 23(e) over the sums payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder or (B) in any suit for the collection of damages pursuant to this Section to a credit in respect of any Net Rent from a reletting except to the extent that such Net Rent is actually received by Landlord. Should the Premises or any part thereof be relet in combination with other space, then proper apportionment on a square foot area basis shall be made of the rent received from such reletting and the cost of reletting.

h. If Landlord spends any money to cure such Event of Default by Tenant, then Landlord shall also be entitled to interest on such expenditure at the Interest Rate.

i. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as limiting or precluding the recovery by Landlord from Tenant of any sums or damages to which, in addition to the damages particularly provided above, Landlord may lawfully be entitled by reason of any default hereunder on the part of Tenant, provided that, except to the extent set forth above in this Section 23 or in connection with Tenant’s breach of Section 9 above or holdover pursuant to Section 24 below, each party waives any right to recover consequential, incidental, indirect, exemplary, punitive or other types of indirect damages from the other party for a breach of this Lease.

24. Holding Over. Should Tenant remain in possession of the Premises after the termination or expiration of this Lease, Tenant shall be a tenant from month-to-month of the Premises under all the terms and conditions of this Lease, except that Rent shall be at a rate equal to 150% of the then previously applicable Rent, prorated on a daily basis. Nothing contained in this Lease shall be construed as a consent by Landlord to the occupancy or possession by Tenant

 

22


of the Premises beyond the termination date or prior expiration of the Term, and Landlord, upon said termination date or prior expiration of the Term, or at any time thereafter (and notwithstanding that Landlord may accept from Tenant one or more payments called for herein), shall be entitled to the benefit of all legal remedies that now may be in force or may be hereafter enacted relating to the immediate repossession of the Premises. The provisions of this Section 24 shall survive the expiration date or earlier termination of the Term.

25. Quiet Enjoyment. Subject to Section 19 hereof, Landlord covenants that if and for so long as Tenant pays the Rent and performs the covenants and conditions hereof, Tenant shall peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises for the Term, without interference by Landlord or anyone claiming by, through or under Landlord, or by anyone claiming superior title to Landlord.

26. Mutual Representation of Authority. Each of Landlord and Tenant represents and warrants to the other that it has full right, power and authority to enter into this Lease without the consent or approval of any other entity or person and each party makes these representations knowing that the other party will rely thereon. Each party agrees that it will not raise or assert as a defense to any obligation under this Lease or make any claim that this Lease is invalid or unenforceable due to any failure of this document to comply with ministerial requirements, including but not limited to requirements for corporate seals, attestations, witnesses, notarization, or other similar requirements, and each party hereby waives the right to assert any such defense or make any claim of invalidity or unenforceability due to any of the foregoing.

27. Real Estate Brokers. Each of Landlord and Tenant represents and warrants to the other that it has had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with this Lease. Each party covenants to pay, hold harmless, and indemnify the other from and against any and all costs, expenses, or liabilities for any compensation, commissions, and charges claimed by any broker or agent with respect to this Lease or the negotiation thereof, based upon alleged dealings with the indemnifying party.

28. Business Hours – Holidays. As used in this Lease, “Business Hours” shall mean the hours of 6:00 a.m. through 6:00 p.m., Monday through Friday except Holidays, and “Holidays” shall mean New Year’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Day after Thanksgiving, and Christmas, and “Business Day” means any day which is not a Saturday, Sunday or Holiday or other day on which national banks in Chicago, Illinois are authorized to be closed. Tenant shall have access to the Premises during Business Hours. After Business Hours, Tenant shall have access to the Premises, provided Tenant complies with Landlord’s security procedures. Landlord may establish and advise Tenant of any reasonable requirements for prior notification to Landlord for Tenant’s use of the Premises during non-Business Hours and may separately charge for utilities used by Tenant during non-Business Hours that would not have been used but for Tenant’s non-Business Hour use of the Premises.

29. Estoppel Certificate. Tenant agrees, upon not less than 15 days’ prior written request by Landlord, to deliver to Landlord a statement in writing signed by Tenant certifying (i) that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or if there have been modifications, identifying the modifications); (ii) the date upon which Tenant began paying Rent and the date(s)

 

23


to which the Rent has been paid; (iii) that, to the best of Tenant’s knowledge, Landlord is not in default under any provision of this Lease, or, if in default, the nature thereof; (iv) that there has been no prepayment of Rent except as provided for in this Lease; and (v) such other information as may be reasonably requested by Landlord. Any person or entity purchasing, acquiring an interest in or extending financing with respect to the Property shall be entitled to rely upon any such certificate.

30. No Recording. Landlord and Tenant agree not to record this Lease or any memorandum of this Lease.

31. Surrender; Restoration.

a. At the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, whether by forfeiture, lapse of time or otherwise, or upon termination of Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises, Tenant will surrender and deliver up the Premises to Landlord, in good condition and repair, reasonable wear and tear and loss by fire or other casualty excepted. Tenant will vacate the Premises and leave it in neat and clean condition and free of any Hazardous Substances brought onto the Property by Tenant or its affiliates, subsidiaries, contractors, subcontractors, employees, guests, or invitees after the Original Commencement Date. In addition to the provisions of Section 31(b) below, Landlord may require the removal and restoration of any improvements made by or for Tenant after the Original Commencement Date. Any such removal and restoration required by Landlord will be performed by Landlord or its contractors at Tenant’s cost and expense.

b. Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall remove any personal property, furniture, and trade fixtures which it owns or leases from third parties. Any furniture which is part of the Transferred FF&E which is affixed, attached to or “built-in” to the walls or floors of the Building shall not be removed without Landlord’s written consent. Tenant shall repair any damage caused by such removal or, at Landlord’s option, Tenant shall pay Landlord for the cost to repair or restore any such damage. Tenant shall verify the ownership of any such items before removing them from the Premises. Any personal property, furniture, and trade fixtures used by Tenant but which are owned by Landlord or leased by Landlord from third parties shall not be removed by Tenant. Tenant shall leave the Premises in a neat and clean condition.

32. Waiver. No consent or waiver, express or implied, by either party to or of any breach or default by the other party in the performance by such other party of its obligations under or in connection with this Lease shall be deemed or construed to be a consent or waiver to or of any other breach or default in the performance by such other party of the same or any other obligation of such party. Failure on the part of any party to complain of any act or failure to act of the other party or to declare the other party in default, irrespective of how long such failure continues, shall not constitute a waiver by such party of its rights hereunder.

33. Governing Law. This Lease shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois, without reference to the choice of laws or conflicts of law provisions thereof.

 

24


34. Notices. Any notice required or permitted to be provided by a party under this Lease will be made to the notice address of the receiving party set forth below or to an alternate notice address later designated by the receiving party in accordance with this Section 34. Notices will be effective upon actual receipt by the receiving party. An emailed notice will be effective against a receiving party only if the receiving party acknowledges receipt of the emailed notice in a return notice to the notifying party, and each party agrees to acknowledge receipt of an email notice in good faith promptly following receipt. A party may change its address for notice by giving notice to the other party pursuant to this Section 34.

Address for notice to Landlord:

Pactiv LLC

1900 West Field Court

Lake Forest, IL 60045

Attn: Chief Executive Officer

Email: jmcgrath@pactiv.com

For any notice concerning default or termination, with a copy to:

Pactiv LLC

1900 West Field Court

Lake Forest, IL 60045

Attn: General Counsel

Email: skarl@pactiv.com

Address for notices to Tenant:

Reynolds Consumer Products LLC

1900 W. Field Court

Lake Forest, IL 60045

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

Email: Lance.Mitchell@@ReynoldsBrands.com

For any notice concerning default or termination, with a copy to:

Reynolds Consumer Products LLC

1900 W. Field Court

Lake Forest, IL 60045

Attention: General Counsel

Email: David.Watson@ReynoldsBrands.com

35. Captions. The captions appearing in this Lease and its Exhibits are inserted only as a matter of convenience and do not define, limit, construe or describe the scope or intent of the sections of this Lease or its Exhibits nor in any way affect this Lease or its Exhibits.

 

25


36. Dispute Resolution. Prior to commencing any action, suit or proceeding in connection with this Lease other than with respect to any failure by Tenant to pay Rent, the parties shall first in good faith consult among appropriate officers of Landlord and Tenant, which shall begin promptly after one party has delivered to the other a written request for consultation. At any time thereafter, either party may request in writing that the dispute be referred to appropriate senior executives of Landlord and Tenant. Within ten days after such request, the senior executives (and not their designees) shall meet and attempt in good faith to resolve the dispute. Thereafter, once 20 days have expired past the date upon which senior executives met, either party may file any action, suit or proceeding in connection with this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of any emergency situation requiring immediate action, Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, may file an action, suit or proceeding immediately without first complying with the terms of this Section 36.

37. Counterparts. This Lease may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument.

38. Signs. In the event Landlord, in its sole discretion, shall institute the use of a directory in the main lobby of the Building (but without any obligation to do so), Landlord shall place the Tenant’s name and location on the directory in the Building, and afford Tenant, without charge, the placing of the customary number of names in the Building directory. Tenant shall not be permitted to erect, install, affix or exhibit any other signage in the Building, the Premises or on the Property without the express written consent of Landlord, which consent may be withheld by Landlord in its sole discretion. Landlord approves Tenant’s signage existing at the Building as of the Commencement Date.

39. Entire Agreement. This Lease (which includes each of the Exhibits attached hereto) contains the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and all prior negotiations and agreements are merged into this Lease. This Lease may not be changed, modified, terminated or discharged, in whole or in part, nor any of its provisions waived except by a written instrument which (a) shall expressly refer to this Lease and (b) shall be executed both Landlord and Tenant. All exhibits and addenda attached hereto are hereby incorporated into this Lease and made a part hereof. In the event of any conflict between such exhibits or addenda and the terms of this Lease, such exhibits or addenda shall control.

40. Release. Tenant, on behalf of itself and its officers, directors, employees, agents, representatives, guests and invitees, and its and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns, hereby remise, and release and forever discharge Landlord, its officers, directors, employees, affiliates, agents, representatives and independent contractors, and its and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns, of and from any and all manner of actions, causes of actions, lawsuits, claims, demands and liability, in law or in equity, arising out of or relating to the use by Tenant and its officers, directors, employees, agents, representatives, guests and invitees of the computer equipment room, the fitness equipment and cafeteria in the Building (to the extent such fitness equipment and cafeteria are made available for use by Tenant hereunder), except to the extent caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord.

 

26


41. Confidentiality.

a. “Confidential Information” shall mean, with the exceptions set forth below, the existence and content of any information, whether in written, oral, electronic or other form, which a party directly or indirectly, acquires from the other party, through conversations, observations, documents or otherwise, including, without limitation, information concerning a party’s or its affiliates’ business activities, present or proposed operations, and present or future business plans and operations.

b. Any information acquired by a party from the other party shall be presumed to be Confidential Information unless expressly designated in writing as non-confidential at the time of disclosure. However, Confidential Information shall not include information if it can be documented to have been (a) in the public domain by publication or other means, other than as a result of the party’s breach of its obligations hereunder; (b) supplied to a party without a restriction by a third party lawfully in possession thereof who, to the best of such party’s knowledge, had no contractual or fiduciary obligation to the disclosing party or another in respect thereto; or (c) independently developed by a party having no access to Confidential Information of the disclosing party.

c. Each party shall safeguard all Confidential Information that it acquires from the other party with the highest degree of control and care reasonably practicable, but not less than that degree of care practiced by a party with respect to its own similar property under similar circumstances. A party shall not use or reproduce any Confidential Information except in connection with this Lease, nor disclose it to any third party except as approved or directed by the other party in writing. It will only disclose Confidential Information to those of its employees, officers, directors and agents who have a need to know such information and who have a legal obligation to keep it confidential to at least the same extent as the confidentiality requirements by which such party is bound hereunder.

d. In the event a party is required by law, regulation, or order of court or government authority to disclose any Confidential Information, it shall give the other party prompt written notice of such requirements so that such other party may seek an appropriate protective order or other relief and shall withhold disclosure until such party has had a reasonable opportunity to procure, and shall make reasonable efforts to assist the disclosing party in procuring, such protective order or other relief, unless the party has given written notice of its decision not to seek such relief. If despite such prompt notice and efforts the protective order or other relief is denied, disclosure is mandated before the order or other relief can be obtained, or the party does not seek such relief, a party may disclose such Confidential Information without liability hereunder; provided, however, that the receiving party shall use reasonable efforts to obtain reliable assurances that confidential treatment will be accorded to such Confidential Information and provided further that such disclosure shall be limited to the specific information necessary to comply with such law, regulation or order. Nothing in this Section 41 will restrict a party from disclosing any Confidential Information as may be reasonably required in connection with any proceeding pursuant to Section 36 hereof or in connection with the sale by Landlord of its interest in the Property to a third party.

 

27


42. Amendment and Restatement. This Lease amends, restates and supersedes the Original Lease which, effective as of the Commencement Date, shall no longer be of any force or effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Amended and Restated Lease Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:
PACTIV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
By:  

/s/ John McGrath

Name: John McGrath
Title: Chief Executive Officer
TENANT:
REYNOLDS CONSUMER PRODUCTS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
By:  

/s/ Lance Mitchell

Name: Lance Mitchell
Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

28


Exhibit “A”

Premises

See Attached


Exhibit “B”

Rules and Regulations

 

1.

The rules and regulations set forth in this Exhibit “B” shall be and hereby are made a part of the Lease to which they are attached. Whenever the terms “Landlord” or “Tenant” are used in these rules and regulations, they shall be deemed to include their respective employees, agents, contractors, and any other persons permitted by them to occupy or enter the Premises. The following rules and regulations may from time to time be modified by Landlord in the manner set forth in the Lease. Capitalized terms used in these Rules and Regulations which are not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Lease. Reference to other tenants includes, without limitation, the Landlord’s occupancy of the Building.

 

2.

Obstruction: The sidewalks, entries, passages, corridors, halls, lobbies, stairways, elevators and other common access facilities of the Property shall be controlled by Landlord and shall not be obstructed by Tenant or used for any purposes other than ingress or egress to and from the Premises. Tenant shall not place any item in any of the common areas of the Property, whether or not any such item constitutes an obstruction, without the prior written consent of the Landlord. Landlord shall have the right to remove any obstruction or any such item without notice to Tenant and at the expense of Tenant. Landlord shall have access to all mechanical and electrical equipment at all times. Any furnishings that impede access for regular or emergency maintenance or repair of this equipment are not allowed and any costs to move such equipment shall be charged to and paid by Tenant.

 

3.

Deliveries: Tenant shall insure that all deliveries to the Premises (including, without limitation, deliveries of mail, office supplies, beverages and soft drinks, catered meals and all other deliveries of bulk items) shall be made only upon the elevators designated by Landlord for deliveries and only during the Business Hours of the Building. Only hand carts with rubber tires and side guards shall be used in the Building. If any person making deliveries to Tenant damages the elevator or any other part of the Building or Property, Tenant shall pay to Landlord upon demand the amount required to repair such damage and restore the area to its previous condition.

 

4.

Moving: Furniture and equipment shall be moved in or out of the Building only upon the elevators designated by Landlord for deliveries and then only during such hours and in such manner as may be prescribed by Landlord. Tenant shall schedule any such deliveries or moving in advance with Landlord. Landlord shall have the right to approve or disapprove the movers or moving company employed by Tenant and Tenant shall cause such movers to use only the loading facilities and elevators designated by Landlord. If Tenant’s movers damage the elevators or any other part of the Building, Tenant shall pay to Landlord upon demand the amount required to repair such damage and restore the area to its previous condition.


5.

Heavy Articles: No safe or article the weight of which may, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord, constitute a hazard or may cause damage to the Building or its equipment, shall be moved into the Premises. Safes and other heavy equipment, the weight of which (in the reasonable opinion of Landlord) will not constitute a hazard or cause damage to the Building or its equipment shall be moved into, from or about the Building only during such hours and in such manner as shall be prescribed by Landlord and Landlord shall have the right to designate the location of such articles in the Premises. Tenant shall not exceed the floor load for the Premises and shall obtain the floor load from the Landlord prior to moving or placing any heavy items.

 

6.

Nuisance: Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in the Premises, or bring or keep anything therein which would in any way constitute a nuisance or waste, or obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Building, or in any way injure them, or conflict with the laws relating to fire, or with any regulations of the fire department or with any insurance policy upon the Building or any part thereof, or violate any of the rules or ordinances of any governmental authority having jurisdiction over the Building (including, by way of illustration and not limitation, using the Premises for sleeping, lodging or cooking).

 

7.

Building Security: Landlord may restrict access to and from the Premises and the Building outside of the Business Hours of the Building at any time for reasons of building security. Tenant shall not allow its visitors to wait or loiter in the corridors or common areas. All visitors must be escorted by an employee of the Tenant at all times. Landlord may require identification of persons entering and leaving the Building and, for this purpose, may issue Building passes to tenants of the Building. Landlord shall not be liable to any person (including, without limitation, Tenant) for excluding any person from the Building or for admission of any person to the Building at any time, or for damage, loss or theft resulting therefrom. Landlord reserves the right to expel or exclude from the Building any person who, in the judgment of Landlord, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs, or who shall in any manner do any act in violation of any of the rules and regulations of the Building. All doors which are normally locked in and around the Building shall be left locked by Tenant when the Premises are not in use. Corridor doors with a lockset shall not be left open at any time. Before leaving the Premises unattended, Tenant shall close and lock all doors and turn off the lights where applicable.

 

8.

Pass Key: The janitor of the Building may at all times have available a pass key to the Premises, and the janitor and other agents of Landlord shall at all times be allowed admittance to the Premises. Unless explicitly permitted by the Lease, Tenant shall not employ any person other than Landlord’s contractors and employees for the purpose of cleaning and taking care of the Premises. Landlord shall not be responsible for any loss, theft, disappearance of or damage to, any property, however occurring, except to the extent caused by Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

9.

Locks and Keys for Premises: No additional lock or locks shall be placed by Tenant on any door in the Building and no existing lock shall be changed unless the written consent of Landlord shall first have been obtained. A reasonable number of keys to the Premises and to the toilet rooms, if locked by Landlord, will be furnished by Landlord, and Tenant shall not have any duplicate keys made. Landlord may also furnish to Tenant, at


  Tenant’s expense, a reasonable number of card keys or building passes permitting access and egress to and from the Building and elevators within the Building. The distribution and use of such card keys and passes by Tenant and its employees shall be subject at all times to such additional rules as Landlord may promulgate from time to time. At the termination of this Lease, Tenant shall promptly return to Landlord all keys, card keys and building passes to the Building, offices, toilet rooms, and parking facilities. Tenant shall promptly report to Landlord the loss or theft of any key, card key or building pass. Requests for additional keys, access cards, or building passes shall be honored by the Landlord and shall be charged to the Tenant.

 

10.

Signs: Signs on Tenant’s entrance door may be provided for Tenant by Landlord at Tenant’s expense. No advertisement, sign or other notice shall be inscribed, painted or affixed on any part of the outside or inside of the Building, except upon the interior doors as permitted by Landlord, which advertisement, signs or other notices shall be of Building standard order, size and style, and at such places as shall be designated by Landlord. In addition, Landlord may but shall not be obligated to provide in the lobby of the Building, at Landlord’s expense, a building directory which shall include Tenant’s name.

 

11.

Use of Water Fixtures: Water closets and other water fixtures shall not be used for any purpose other than for which the same are intended and no obstructing or improper substance shall be thrown, deposited or disposed of therein. Any damage resulting to the same from misuse on the part of Tenant shall be paid for by Tenant. No person shall waste water by tying back or wedging the faucets or in any other manner.

 

12.

No Animals, Excessive Noise: No birds, fish, or other animals (other than disability assistance animals) shall be allowed in the Building. No person shall disturb the tenants of this or adjoining buildings or space by the use of any radio, musical instrument or singing, or by the making of loud or improper noises.

 

13.

Bicycles: Bicycles or other vehicles shall not be permitted anywhere inside or on the sidewalks outside of the Building, except in those areas, if any, designated by Landlord as bicycle parking.

 

14.

Trash: Tenant shall not allow anything to be placed on the outside of the Building, nor shall anything be thrown by Tenant out of the windows or doors, or down the corridors, elevator shafts, or ventilating ducts or shafts of the Building. All trash shall be placed in receptacles provided by Tenant on the Premises or in any receptacles provided by Landlord for the Building. Tenant will separate recyclable materials from other trash in accordance with Landlord’s instructions. Tenant shall adhere to the Building recycling program. No materials or items shall be placed in the recycling centers unless authorized and instructed by the Landlord.


15.

Windows and Entrance Doors: Window shades, blinds or curtains of a uniform Building standard color and pattern only shall be used for the exterior glass of the Building to give uniform color exposure through exterior windows. No awnings, blinds, shades or screens shall be attached to or hung in, or used in connection with any window or door of the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord, including approval by Landlord of the quality, type, design, color and manner of attachment. Tenant entrance doors shall be kept closed at all times in accordance with the fire code.

 

16.

Hazardous Operations and Items: Tenant shall not install or operate any steam or gas engine or boiler, or carry on any mechanical business in the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s absolute discretion. The use of oil, gas or inflammable liquids for heating, lighting or any other purpose is expressly prohibited. No flammable, combustible or toxic fluid or substance and no explosives, firearms, or other articles deemed extra hazardous shall be brought into the Building. Tenant shall not cause or permit any gas, liquids or odors to be produced upon or emanate from the Premises.

 

17.

Hours for Repairs, Maintenance and Alterations: Any repairs, maintenance and alterations required or permitted to be done by Tenant under the Lease shall be done only during the Business Hours of the Building unless Landlord shall have first consented in writing to such work being done outside of such times. If Tenant desires to have such work done by Landlord’s employees on Saturdays, Sundays, Holidays or weekdays outside of Business Hours, Tenant shall pay the extra cost of such labor.

 

18.

No Defacing of Premises: Except as permitted by Landlord, Tenant shall not mark upon, cut, drill into, drive nails or screws into, or in any way deface the doors, walls, ceilings, or floors of the Premises or of the Building, nor shall any connection be made to the electric wires or electric fixtures without the consent in writing on each occasion of Landlord or its agents, and any defacement, damage or injury caused by Tenant shall be paid for by Tenant.

 

19.

Limit on Equipment: Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld, install or operate any new (i.e., after the Commencement Date) computer, duplicating or other large business machines or equipment, using more than 110 volts, 15 continuous load amps upon the Premises. If Tenant requires any interior wiring such as for a business machine, intercom, printing equipment or copying equipment, such wiring shall be done only by Landlord’s electrician for the Building and at Tenant’s expense. No electrical wiring shall be performed by any person unless previously approved in writing by Landlord or its representatives. Any degradation to the level of electric power quality, (i.e., harmonics, noise, spikes), in the Building, caused by Tenant equipment, or any Tenant equipment affected by the level of power quality in the Building shall be remediated by the Tenant. Any use of power strips shall comply with all code regulations with respect to length and type of service. If telegraphic or telephonic service is desired, the wiring for same shall be done as directed by the electrician of the Building or by some other employee of Landlord who may be instructed by the manager of the Building to supervise same, and no boring or cutting for wiring shall be done unless approved by Landlord or its representatives, as stated.


20.

Solicitation, Food and Beverages: Landlord reserves the right to restrict, control or prohibit canvassing, soliciting and peddling within the Building. Tenant shall not grant any concessions, licenses or permission for the sale or taking of orders for food, alcoholic beverages, services or merchandise in the Premises, nor install or permit the installation or use of any machine or equipment for dispensing goods or foods or beverages in the Building, nor permit machine or equipment for dispensing goods or foods or beverages in the Building, nor permit the preparation, serving, distribution or delivery of food or beverages in the Premises without the approval of Landlord and in compliance with arrangements prescribed by Landlord. Only persons approved in writing by Landlord shall be permitted to serve, distribute, or deliver food and beverages within the Building, or to use the elevators or public areas of the Building for that purpose.

 

21.

Balconies and Roof: Landlord shall have access to all balconies and the roof during all hours even when such access requires Landlord to pass through the Premises or window openings. Tenant shall not use or occupy the balconies or the roof or any part thereof for any purpose whatsoever.

 

22.

Smoke Free Building: If the Building is a smoke free building the Tenant shall not permit any of its employees, agents contractors, subcontractors, invitees, guests, or visitors to smoke in the Premises or the Building.

 

23.

Emergency Plans: Tenant shall support and assist the Landlord in the development and maintenance of emergency action plans, including assigning floor wardens and participating in fire drills.

 

24.

Loading Docks: Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to use the loading dock and related facilities for deliveries and moving upon prior coordination with, and approval of, Landlord which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

EX-10.8

Exhibit 10.8

AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

Employment Agreement (“Agreement”) dated as of July 8, 2019, between Pactiv LLC (the Company”) and John McGrath (“Employee”).

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT

A. Employee is currently employed by the Company with an employment agreement dated as of November 18, 2012 (the Existing Agreement”).

B. The Company and Employee desire to enter into this Agreement to amend and restate the Existing Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and Employee agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

1. Term. The term of Employee’s employment pursuant to this Agreement shall commence on the date hereof and shall continue until terminated in accordance with the terms hereof (the Term”). However, Employee’s employment with the Company commenced on the date Employee was first employed by the Company and is not affected by the parties entering into this Agreement.

2. Position, Duties and Location. Employee shall serve in the position(s) set forth on Schedule A attached hereto. Employee shall devote substantially all of Employee’s working time and efforts to the business and affairs of the Company and shall not engage in any other business activity without prior written approval from RGHL’s CEO or Owner. Employee shall perform the services required by this Agreement at the location(s) indicated on Schedule A except for customary business travel to other locations as may be necessary to fulfill Employee’s duties and responsibilities hereunder.

3. Compensation and Related Matters. During the Term:

(a) Base Salary. Employee’s annual base salary (theBase Salary”) shall be as set forth on Schedule A. The Base Salary shall be payable in periodic installments in accordance with the usual practice of the Company for its senior employees. Employee’s Base Salary will be reviewed but not necessarily increased annually as part of the Company’s merit review process.

(b) Annual Bonus. Employee shall be eligible to receive an annual bonus (the Annual Bonus”) as set forth on Schedule A. The Annual Bonus shall be determined by the Company in its sole discretion, and there is no assurance that any Annual Bonus will be earned. The Annual Bonus, if any, earned by Employee in respect of any year shall be paid to Employee at the time that the Company pays its annual bonuses to its employees generally (usually around March 15 of the following year).

(c) Other Compensation Programs. Employee shall be eligible to participate in such other compensation programs as set forth on Schedule A.

 

1


(d) Expenses. Employee shall be entitled to receive reimbursement for all reasonable expenses incurred by Employee in performing services hereunder, in accordance with the policies and procedures then in effect and established by the Company for its senior officers.

(e) Employee Benefit Programs. Employee shall be entitled to participate in the Company’s employee health and welfare plans, policies, programs and arrangements as they may be amended from time to time, to the extent Employee meets the eligibility requirements for any such plan, policy, program or arrangement.

(f) Vacation. Employee shall be entitled to paid vacation, as well as holidays and other paid absences, in accordance with the Company’s policies and procedures for similarly situated employees of the Company, to the extent Employee meets the eligibility requirements for any such policy and procedures.

4. Termination. Employee’s employment hereunder may be terminated as set forth in this Section 4. Upon any termination of Employee’s employment, the Term shall automatically end.

(a) Death. Employee’s employment hereunder shall automatically terminate upon Employee’s death.

(b) Discharge by the Company for Cause. The Company may terminate Employee’s employment hereunder for Cause at any time. For purposes of this Agreement, Causeshall mean in the good faith determination of RGHL’s CEO that Employee has engaged in conduct consisting of (i) dishonesty or other serious misconduct related to Employee’s duties as an employee of the Company, or (ii) willful and continual failure (unless due to incapacity resulting from physical or mental illness) to perform the duties of Employee’s employment after written demand for substantial performance is delivered to Employee by the Company specifically identifying the manner in which Employee has not substantially performed such duties.

(c) Termination Without Cause. The Company may terminate Employee’s employment hereunder at any time without Cause upon 30 days’ written notice to Employee. Any termination by the Company of Employee’s employment under this Agreement other than pursuant to Section 4(a) or Section 4(b) shall be deemed a termination without Cause.

(d) Termination by Employee. Employee may terminate Employee’s employment hereunder upon 60 days’ written notice to the Company.

(e) Notice of Termination. Except for termination as specified in Section 4(a), any termination of Employee’s employment by the Company or any such termination by Employee shall be communicated by written to the other party hereto, specifying the applicable termination provision of this Agreement (a Notice of Termination”). The Date of Terminationshall mean: (i) if Employee’s employment is terminated by death, the date of death; or (ii) the date specified in the applicable Notice of Termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Employee gives a Notice of Termination to the Company, the Company may unilaterally accelerate the Date of Termination and such acceleration shall not result in a termination by the Company for purposes of this Agreement.

 

2


5. Compensation Upon Termination.

(a) Termination Generally. If Employee’s employment with the Company is terminated for any reason, Employee (or Employee’s authorized representative or estate) shall, through the Date of Termination, be paid or provided with (i) any earned but unpaid Base Salary, (ii) unpaid expense reimbursements, and (iii) any vested benefits Employee may have under any employee benefit plan of the Company (the “Accrued Obligations”). The Accrued Obligations shall be paid at the time(s) specified under any applicable employee benefit plan, or, if there is no applicable employee benefit plan, within 30 days after Employee’s Date of Termination.

(b) Termination by the Company Without Cause. If Employee’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause as provided in Section 4(c), then Employee shall be paid or provided with the Accrued Obligations through the Date of Termination and, subject to Section 5(c), Employee shall also be paid or provided with the following:

(i) Severance. A severance payment (the “Severance Amount”) in the Amount set forth on Schedule A. Subject to Section 5(c) and Section 6, the Severance Amount shall be paid to Employee in equal installments in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices over a period set forth on Schedule A (the “Severance Period”); provided that no amount of the severance shall be payable until the revocation period for the Release described in Section 5(c) shall have expired (and Employee shall not have revoked Employee’s agreements in the Release), and any amount that would have been paid to Employee but for this proviso shall be accrued and paid to Employee on the first payroll date immediately following the expiration of such revocation period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and in addition to any other rights or remedies the Company may have at law or in equity, if Employee breaches any of the provisions of the Restrictive Covenant Agreement, Employee’s right to receive further payments of the Severance Amount shall be terminated. Severance provided pursuant to this Agreement is in lieu of, and not in addition to, any severance that might be available to Employee by law, contract, policy, or otherwise, all of which are hereby waived by Employee. If Employee receives any other severance, the Severance Amount shall be reduced by the amount of such other severance.

(ii) Health Care Continuation. In addition, Employee and Employee’s eligible dependents, if any, shall continue to be covered by the Company’s health plan (the “Health Plan”), as in effect from time to time, and subject to the rules thereof (including any requirement to make contributions or pay premiums, except that Employee shall contribute or pay on an after-tax basis) for the Severance Period. If the provision to Employee of the insurance coverage described in this Section would either: (A) violate the terms of the Health Plan (or any related insurance policies), or (B) violate any of the nondiscrimination requirements of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), applicable to the health insurance coverage, then the Company, in its sole discretion, may elect to pay Employee, in lieu of the health insurance coverage described under this Section 5(b)(ii), a lump-sum cash payment equal to the total monthly premiums (or in the case of a self-funded plan, the cost of COBRA continuation coverage) that would have been paid by the Company for Employee under the Health Plan.

 

3


(c) Release. Any payment that may become due under Section 5(b) shall be subject to Employee signing a general release of claims in favor of the Company and related persons and entities in a form and manner satisfactory to the Company (the Release”) within the 21-day (or, if required by law, 45-day) period following the Date of Termination and the expiration of the seven-day revocation period for the Release. In the event Employee fails to sign such Release within the 21-day (or 45-day) period following the Date of Termination or revokes the Release prior to the expiration of the seven-day revocation period for the Release, Employee shall reimburse the Company for any payment made to Employee under Section 5(b) prior to the expiration of such seven-day revocation period for the Release. In addition, notwithstanding anything else herein to the contrary, Employee’s entitlement to the payments and benefits described in Section 5(b) shall be contingent upon Employee abiding by and not breaching any of the covenants set forth in the Release and in the Restrictive Covenant Agreement.

6. Section 409A.

(a) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent that any payment or benefit described in this Agreement would be considered deferred compensation subject to Section 409A(a) of the Code, and to the extent that such payment or benefit is payable upon Employee’s termination of employment or within a certain time following the “Date of Termination,” then such payments or benefits shall be payable only upon Employee’s “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and the “Date of Termination” shall be the date on which Employee experiences such “separation from service.” The determination of whether and when a “separation from service” has occurred shall be made in accordance with the presumptions set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h). If this Agreement provides for a payment to be made within a period of time, the date within such period on which such payment shall be made shall be determined by the Company in its sole discretion and, for the avoidance of doubt, the Company will pay the Severance Amount after the 45th day following the Date of Termination.

(b) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if at the time of Employee’s “separation from service”, Employee is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, then, to the extent any payment or benefit that Employee becomes entitled to under this Agreement on account of Employee’s “separation from service” would be considered deferred compensation subject to Section 409A(a) of the Code, such payment shall not be payable and such benefit shall not be provided until the date that is the earlier of (A) six months and one day after Employee’s “separation from service”, or (B) Employee’s death.

(c) All in-kind benefits provided and expenses eligible for reimbursement under this Agreement shall be provided by the Company or incurred by Employee during the time periods set forth in this Agreement. All reimbursements shall be paid as soon as administratively practicable, but in no event shall any reimbursement be paid after the last day of the taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense was incurred. The amount of

 

4


in-kind benefits provided or reimbursable expenses incurred in one taxable year shall not affect the in-kind benefits to be provided or the expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other taxable year. Such right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

(d) the Company makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to Employee or any other person if any provisions of this Agreement are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code but do not satisfy an exemption from, or the conditions of, such Section.

7. Restrictive Covenant Agreement. The Company’s obligations under this Agreement, including the Company’s agreement to provide severance and to allow Employee to participate in the other compensation programs as provided on Schedule A, is conditioned on Employee signing a Restrictive Covenant Agreement in the form of Schedule B (the “Restrictive Covenant Agreement”).

8. Arbitration of Disputes. Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach thereof or otherwise arising out of Employee’s employment or the termination of that employment (including, without limitation, any claims of unlawful employment discrimination whether based on age or otherwise) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be settled by arbitration in any forum and form agreed upon by the parties or, in the absence of such an agreement, under the auspices of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) in Chicago, IL in accordance with the Employment Dispute Resolution Rules of the AAA, including, but not limited to, the rules and procedures applicable to the selection of arbitrators. In the event that any person or entity other than Employee or the Company may be a party with regard to any such controversy or claim, such controversy or claim shall be submitted to arbitration subject to such other person or entity’s agreement. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. This Section 8 shall be specifically enforceable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 8 shall not preclude either party from pursuing a court action for the sole purpose of obtaining a temporary restraining order or a preliminary injunction in circumstances in which such relief is appropriate (including, without limitation, the Company’s enforcement of the Restrictive Covenant Agreement); provided, however, that any other relief shall be pursued through an arbitration proceeding pursuant to this Section 8. Further notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 8 shall not limit the Company’s ability to terminate Employee’s employment at any time.

9. Integration. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements between the parties concerning such subject matter, including, but not limited to, any prior Agreement and/or compensation plan to which Employee and the Company or any of its affiliates are parties.

10. Withholding. All payments made by the Company to Employee under this Agreement shall be net of any tax or other amounts required to be withheld by the Company under applicable law.

 

5


11. Enforceability. If any portion or provision of this Agreement (including, without limitation, any portion or provision of any section of this Agreement) shall to any extent be declared illegal or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, then the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such portion or provision in circumstances other than those as to which it is so declared illegal or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each portion and provision of this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

12. Survival. The provisions of this Agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement and/or the termination of Employee’s employment to the extent necessary to effectuate the terms contained herein.

13. Waiver. No waiver of any provision hereof shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by the waiving party. The failure of any party to require the performance of any term or obligation of this Agreement, or the waiver by any party of any breach of this Agreement, shall not prevent any subsequent enforcement of such term or obligation or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach.

14. Notices. Any notices, requests, demands and other communications provided for by this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and delivered in person or sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier service or by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to Employee at the last address Employee has filed in writing with the Company or, in the case of the Company, at its main offices, attention of the CEO or RGHL.

15. Amendment. This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument signed by Employee and by a duly authorized representative of the Company (other than Employee).

16. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed under and be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of Illinois without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles of such State.

17. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be taken to be an original; but such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same document.

18. Entire Agreement. This Agreement amends and restates the Existing Agreement. All prior negotiations and agreements between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof are superseded by this Agreement.

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement effective as of the date set forth above.

 

COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Thomas J. Degnan

Name:    Thomas J. Degnan
Title:      Chairman, RGHL
EMPLOYEE

By:

 

/s/ John McGrath

 

7


Schedule A

Key Terms of Employment

 

1.

Position: Chief Executive Officer, Pactiv LLC

 

2.

Primary Location(s): Lake Forest, IL

 

3.

Base Salary: $1,550,000

 

4.

Annual Bonus Target: 150% of Base Salary

 

5.

Long-Term Incentive Target: 100% of Base Salary

 

6.

Severance Amount/Period: (i) Base Salary plus (ii) Annual Bonus at Target, paid in equal installments over 12 months following the Date of Termination except that if (i) a Sale of Business (as defined below) occurs and (ii) within 12 months following the closing of such Sale of Business either (A) Employee is terminated without Cause, or (B) Employee’s position is materially reduced in remuneration or scope of duties and Employee terminates Employee’s employment, then the Severance Amount shall be (i) two times Base Salary plus (ii) Annual Bonus at Target, paid in equal installments over 24 months following the Date of Termination. All other terms of Section 5(b)(i) of the Agreement will apply. For purposes of this provision a “Sale of Business” shall mean the sale or other disposition of (x) more than 50% of the shares or other equity interests of the Company or the Company’s direct or indirect parent to a non-affiliated party, or (y) more than 50% of the businesses or assets that, as of the most recent year end, generated more than 50% of the Company’s EBITDA (as determined in good faith by RGHL’s CEO, based on the Company’s regularly prepared financial statements), provided that a disposition as a result of lender foreclosure on assets or pursuant to a bankruptcy or judicially administered reorganization shall not constitute a Sale of Business. Employee’s position shall not be materially reduced by reason of the Company being smaller or having less operations as a result of the Sale of Business so long as Employee’s duties and responsibilities are generally consistent with Employee’s duties and responsibilities prior to the Sale of Business.

 

A-1


Schedule B

Restrictive Covenant Agreement

Restrictive Covenant Agreement dated July 8, 2019, between Pactiv LLC (the Company”) and John McGrath (“Employee”).

Preliminary Statement

A. The Company and Employee have entered into an Employment Agreement of even date herewith. The execution of this Restrictive Covenant Agreement is a condition to the Company’s obligations under the Employment Agreement.

B. In addition, the Company is providing Employee other consideration for Employee’s execution of this Agreement, as provided in a separate letter of even date herewith.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and Employee agree as follows:

Agreement

1. Definitions. As used in this Agreement:

(a) Company Productmeans any product developed, manufactured, produced or distributed by the Company during the 24 month period immediately preceding the termination of Employee’s employment with the Company. Such a product shall only constitute an the Company Product for purposes of this Agreement if, as a result of Employee’s employment with the Company, Employee had access to Proprietary Information related to the product or Employee designed, marketed, or interacted with Customers or Prospective Customers regarding the product during the 12 month period immediately preceding the termination of Employee’s employment with the Company.

(b) Competitive Activitymeans the marketing, distribution, promotion, sales, development, delivery, or servicing of any Company Product.

(c) Customermeans any business, including without limitation customers or distributors, with whom the Company transacted business during the 24 month period immediately preceding the termination of Employee’s employment with the Company. Such a person or entity shall only constitute a Customer for purposes of this Agreement if, as a result of Employee’s employment with the Company, Employee had Material Contact with, or knew Proprietary Information of or about, the Customer during the 24 month period immediately preceding the termination of Employee’s employment with the Company.

(d) Material Contactmeans any contact between Employee and any Customer or Prospective Customer:

(1) with whom or with which Employee dealt on behalf of the Company;

 

B-1


(2) whose dealings with the Company were coordinated or supervised by Employee;

(3) who receives products or services sold or provided by the Company, the sale or provision of which results or resulted in compensation, commissions, or earnings for Employee, within the 12 month period preceding the last day of Employee’s employment with the Company; or

(4) that resulted in Employee obtaining Proprietary Information about a Customer or Prospective Customer.

(e) Proprietary Informationmeans confidential or proprietary information or trade secrets of the Company or its affiliates, including, but not limited to, materials and information, whether written, electronic, or otherwise: a) disclosed to Employee or known by Employee as a result of his or her employment with the Company, b) which is not generally known, and c) which relates to or concerns the Company’s or its affiliates’: innovations; ideas; plans; processes; structures; systems; know-how; algorithms; computer programs; software; code; publications; designs; methods; techniques; drawings; apparatuses; government filings; patents; patent applications; materials; devices; research activities; reports and plans; specifications; promotional methods; financial information; forecasts; sales, profit and loss figures; personal identifying information of employees; marketing and sales methods and strategies; plans and systems; customer protocols and training programs; customer, prospective customer, vendor, licensee and client lists; information about customers, prospective customers, vendors, licensees and clients; information about relationships between the Company or its affiliates and their business partners, acquisition prospects, vendors, suppliers, prospective customers, customers, employees, owners, licensees and clients; information about deals and prospective deals; information about products, including but not limited strengths, weaknesses and vulnerabilities of existing products, as well as product strategies and roadmaps for future products and releases; and information about pricing including but not limited to license types, models, implementation costs, discounts and tolerance for discounts. Proprietary Information shall also include all information and matters specifically designated as proprietary and/or confidential by the Company or its affiliates or their customers or other business partners. The following information will not be considered Proprietary Information under this Agreement: a) information that has become generally available to the public through no wrongful act of Employee; b) information that Employee identified prior to Employee’s employment with the Company; and c) information that is disclosed to the public pursuant to the binding order of a government agency or court.

(f) Prospective Customermeans any prospective business, including without limitation prospective customers and prospective distributors, with whom the Company was attempting to transact business within the six month period immediately preceding the termination of Employee’s employment with the Company. Such a person or entity shall only constitute a Prospective Customer for purposes of this Agreement if, as a result of Employee’s employment with the Company, Employee had Material Contact with, or knew Proprietary Information of or about, the Prospective Customer during the six month period immediately preceding the termination of Employee’s employment.

 

B-2


2. Legitimate Interest. Due to the nature of the Company’s business, certain the Company employees, including Employee, have access to Proprietary Information. Likewise, via their employment, certain the Company employees, including Employee, receive specialized training and/or shall be introduced to, given the opportunity to develop personal contacts with, and actually develop an advantageous familiarity as to the Company’s Customers and Prospective Customers. If the confidential or “trade secret” information, specialized training, or contacts and familiarity were made available to the Company competitors or other individuals outside the Company, or otherwise used against the Company interests, it would undoubtedly result in a loss of business or competitive position for the Company and/or harm the Company’s goodwill and investment in developing and maintaining its business relationships. Employee also agrees he/she holds a position uniquely essential to the management, organization, and/or service of the Company and the Company’s business is inherently national in character.

3. Disclosure of Existing Obligations. Except as disclosed in writing on Attachment A, Employee certifies the following:

(a) Employee is not bound by any written agreement or other obligation that directly or indirectly (i) restricts Employee from using or disclosing any confidential or proprietary information of any person or entity, (ii) restricts Employee from competing with, or soliciting actual or potential customers or business from, any person or entity, (iii) restricts Employee from soliciting any current or former employees of any person or entity, or (iv) limits Employee’s ability to perform any assigned duties for the Company.

(b) Employee does not have in Employee’s possession any confidential or proprietary information or documents belonging to others (except as disclosed in Attachment A), and will not use, disclose to, or induce the Company to use any such information or documents. To the extent Employee possesses any confidential information or documents from a former employer or other party, Employee agrees to immediately return any such confidential information or documents to the owner unless Employee has express written authorization to retain it or them or destroy such information or documents.

(c) Employee understands that the Company expects Employee to fulfill any contractual and fiduciary obligations Employee may owe to any former employer or other party, and Employee agrees to do so. Prior to execution of this Agreement, Employee certifies that Employee tendered to the Company all agreements and understandings described by this Section 3.

4. Work Made for Hire – Assignment of Inventions.

(a) Employee understands and agrees all “Work” (defined to mean all concepts, data, databases, inventions, formulas, discoveries, improvements, trade secrets, original works of authorship, know-how, algorithms, computer programs, software, code, publications, websites, designs, proposals, strategies, processes, methodologies and techniques, and any and all other information, materials and intellectual property, in any medium) that Employee, alone or jointly, creates, conceives, develops, or reduces to practice or causes another to create, conceive, develop, or reduce to practice, shall be a “work made for hire” within the meaning of that term under United States Copyright Act, 17 U.S.C. §§101 et seq. Employee

 

B-3


agrees to promptly disclose to the Company, or any persons designated by it, all Work. Employee agrees to and hereby assigns and transfers to the Company, effective as of the date of its creation, any and all rights, title and interest Employee may have or may acquire in any Work (including any Work not deemed, for whatever reason, to have been created as a work made for hire), effective as of the date of its creation, including any and all intellectual property rights in the Work, and the right to prosecute and recover damages for all infringements or other violations of the Work.

(b) Employee hereby gives the Company the unrestricted right to use, display, distribute, modify, combine with other information or materials, create derivative works based on, sell, or otherwise exploit for any purpose, the Work and any portion thereof, in any manner and medium throughout the world. Employee irrevocably waives and assigns to the Company any and all so-called moral rights Employee may have in or with respect to any Work. Upon the Company’s request, Employee shall promptly execute and deliver to the Company any and all further assignments, patent applications, or such other documents as the Company may deem necessary to effectuate the purposes of this Agreement. Employee hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Company and its officers and agents as Employee’s agent and attorney-in-fact, with full powers of substitution, to act for and on Employee’s behalf to execute, verify and file any such documents and to do all other lawfully permitted acts as permitted in the preceding paragraph with the same legal effect as if executed by Employee. The foregoing agency and power shall only be used by the Company if Employee fails to execute within five business days after the Company’s request related to any document or instrument described above. Employee hereby waives and quitclaims to the Company all claims of any nature which Employee now has or may later obtain for infringement of any intellectual property rights assigned under this Agreement or otherwise to the Company.

(c) Employee has identified on Attachment B all inventions or improvements relevant to the subject matter of Employee’s engagement with the Company that Employee desires to remove from the operation of this Agreement, and Employee’s post-employment restrictions. If there is no such list on Attachment B, Employee represents that Employee has made no such inventions and improvements at the time of signing this Agreement.

(d) The provisions of this Agreement requiring the assignment to the Company of Employee’s rights to certain inventions do not apply to an invention for which no equipment, supplies, facility, or trade secret information of the Company was used and which was developed entirely on the Employee’s own time, unless (i) the invention relates a) directly to the business of the Company, or (ii) to the Company’s actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development, or (iii) the invention results from any work performed by the Employee for the Company.

5. Restrictive Covenants.

(a) Non-Solicitation of Customers. Employee agrees that, during Employee’s employment with the Company and for a period of 12 months following the termination of Employee’s employment, Employee shall not, on behalf of any entity or person other than the Company, directly or indirectly, contact or solicit any Customer, for the purpose of delivering, selling, or otherwise offering a product that is the same or similar to that of an the Company Product.

 

B-4


(b) Non-Solicitation of Prospective Customers. Employee agrees that, during Employee’s employment with the Company and for a period of 12 months following the termination of Employee’s employment, Employee shall not, on behalf of any entity or person other than the Company, directly or indirectly, contact or solicit any Prospective Customer, for the purpose of delivering, selling, or otherwise offering a product that is the same or similar to that of an the Company Product.

(c) Non-Solicitation of Employees. Employee agrees that, during Employee’s employment with the Company and for a period of 12 months following the termination of Employee’s employment, Employee shall not, directly or indirectly: a) induce or attempt to induce any employee of the Company or any of its affiliates with whom Employee had a working relationship in the 24 months prior to the termination of Employee’s employment to terminate his or her employment with the Company; b) hire or employ, or attempt to hire or employ, any employee of the Company or any of its affiliates with whom Employee had a working relationship in the 24 months prior to the termination of Employee’s employment; or c) assist any other person or entity in doing any of the foregoing.

(d) Limited Non-Competition. Employee agrees that during Employee’s employment with the Company and for a period of 12 months following the termination of Employee’s employment, Employee shall not, anywhere in North America (United States, Mexico or Canada): a) act in any capacity, whether or not for consideration, for any person or entity that is engaged in a Competitive Activity, or is actively planning to engage in a Competitive Activity with the Company, to the extent Employee would inevitably rely upon the Company’s Proprietary Information in his/her work for that person or entity; b) act in the same or substantially similar capacity that Employee acted in for the Company, whether or not for consideration, for any person or entity that is engaged in a Competitive Activity, or is actively planning to engage in a Competitive Activity with the Company; or c) take, facilitate, or encourage any action the purpose or effect of which is to evade the intent of this subsection. Given the national nature of the Company’s business, the extent to which Employee has been (or will be) exposed to the Company’s Proprietary information, and the ability of Employee to carry out Employee’s work remotely, regardless of physical location, Employee acknowledges the geographic scope of the post-employment restriction in this Section 5(d) shall is reasonable and appropriate.

(e) Confidentiality Covenant. During Employee’s employment with the Company and following the termination of Employee’s employment:

(i) Employee will not disclose or transfer, directly or indirectly, any Proprietary Information to any person or entity other than as authorized by the Company. Employee understands and agrees that disclosures authorized by the Company for the benefit of the Company must be made in accordance with the Company’s policies and practices designed to maintain the confidentiality of Proprietary Information, for example providing information after obtaining signed non-disclosure or confidentiality agreements;

 

B-5


(ii) Employee will not use, directly or indirectly, any Proprietary Information for the benefit or profit of any person or organization, including Employee, other than the Company;

(iii) Employee will not remove or transfer from any of the Company’s offices or premises any materials or property of the Company (including, without limitation, materials and property containing Proprietary Information), except as is strictly necessary in the performance of Employee’s assigned duties as an employee;

(iv) Employee will not copy any Proprietary Information except as needed in furtherance of and for use in the Company’s business. Employee agrees that copies of Proprietary Information must be treated with the same degree of confidentiality as the original information and are subject to the same restrictions contained in this Agreement;

(v) Employee will promptly upon the Company’s request, and in any event promptly upon the termination of Employee’s employment with the Company, return to the Company all materials and property removed from or belonging to the Company and Employee will not retain copies of any of such materials and property;

(vi) Employee agrees to take all reasonable steps to preserve the confidential and proprietary nature of Proprietary Information and to prevent the inadvertent or accidental disclosure of Proprietary Information; and

(vii) Employee will not use or rely on the confidential or proprietary information or trade secrets of a third party in the performance of Employee’s work for the Company except when obtained through lawful means such as contractual teaming agreements, purchase of copyrights, or other written permission for use of such information.

(f) Scope of Covenants. The parties desire for the restrictive covenants, including any time period and geographic scope, to be construed as broadly as permitted by applicable law. It is the parties’ intent, and a critical inducement to the Company entering into this Agreement, to protect and preserve the Company’s legitimate interests, and thus the parties agree that the time period and the geographic coverage and scope of the post-employment restrictions herein are reasonable and necessary. However, if a court of competent jurisdiction finds that the time period of any of the foregoing post-employment restrictions is too lengthy, the geographic scope is too broad, or the agreement overreaches in any way, the parties authorize and respectfully ask the court to modify or, if modification is not possible, strike the offending portion, but only that portion, and grant the relief reasonably necessary to protect the Company’s interests so as to achieve the original intent of the parties.

(g) Remedies. Employee agrees that a threatened or existing violation of any of the post-employment restrictions contained in this Agreement would cause the Company irreparable injury for which it would have no adequate remedy at law and agrees that the Company will be entitled to obtain injunctive relief prohibiting such violation, in addition to any other rights and remedies available to it at law or in equity. Employee also agrees that Employee

 

B-6


will be liable to the Company for the attorneys’ fees, expert witness fees, and costs incurred by the Company as a result of: (i) any action by the Company against Employee to enforce any of the post-employment restrictions contained in this Agreement in which the Company prevails in any respect, or (ii) any action by Employee against the Company challenging the legal enforceability of any such post-employment restriction in which Employee does not prevail. Employee’s obligations under each sub-section of Section 5 of this Agreement are distinct, separable, and independently enforceable. The real or perceived existence of any claim or cause of action against the Company, whether predicated on this Agreement or some other basis, will not alleviate Employee of Employee’s obligations under this Agreement and will not constitute a defense to the enforcement by the Company of post-employment restrictions contained herein.

(h) Tolling of Time Periods. Employee agrees that in the event Employee violates any subsection of Section 5 of this Agreement as to which there is a specific time period during which Employee is prohibited from certain actions and activities, such violation shall toll the running of such time period from the date of such violation until the date the violation ceases.

(i) Inevitable Use of Proprietary Information. Employee acknowledges and agrees that, after Employee’s separation of employment, Employee will possess the Company’s Proprietary Information which Employee would inevitably use if Employee were to engage in the conduct prohibited by Section 5 (including each of its sub-sections), that such use would be unfair and extremely detrimental to the Company and, in view of the benefits provided to Employee in this Agreement, that such conduct on his or her part would be inequitable. Accordingly, Employee separately and severally agrees for the benefit of the Company to be bound by each of the covenants described above.

6. Reasonable Restrictions. Employee acknowledges that it is necessary and appropriate for the Company to protect its legitimate business interests by restricting Employee’s ability to engage in certain competitive activities and any violation of such post-employment restrictions would result in irreparable injury to the Company’s legitimate business interests. The parties agree that the post-employment restrictions contained in this Agreement are drafted narrowly to safeguard the Company’s legitimate business interests while not unreasonably interfering with Employee’s ability to obtain other employment.

7. Entire Agreement. No representation, promise, understanding, or warranty not set forth herein has been made or relied upon by either party in making this Agreement. No modification, amendment or addition will be valid, unless set forth in writing and signed by the party against whom enforcement of any such modification, amendment or addition is sought. Notwithstanding, this Agreement supersedes any prior confidentiality agreements or restrictive covenants between the Company and Employee provided however that if a court of competent jurisdiction refuses to enforce this Agreement, then the parties agree that the term of any prior confidentiality or restrictive covenants shall govern.

8. At Will Employment. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to constitute a contract of employment for any given duration. The relationship between the Company and Employee shall be employment-at-will and either the Company or Employee may terminate it at any time for any reason without liability.

 

B-7


9. Subsequent Employment. In order to protect the Company’s rights under this Agreement, Employee agrees that:

(a) For a period of 12 months following the termination of Employee’s employment with the Company reason, Employee shall provide the Company with complete and accurate information concerning Employee’s plans for employment. Employee hereby authorizes the Company, at its discretion, to contact Employee’s prospective or subsequent employers and inform them of this Agreement or any other policy or employment agreement between Employee and the Company that may be in effect on Employee’s last day of employment. Employee understands that Employee has a duty to contact the Company if Employee has any questions regarding whether or not conduct by Employee would be restricted by this Agreement; and

(b) Employee shall make the terms and conditions of the post-employment restrictions in this Agreement known to any business, entity or persons engaged in activities competitive with the Company’s business with which Employee becomes associated during Employee’s employment with the Company and in the 12 month period after the termination of Employee’s employment.

10. Assignment of Agreement. The Company may assign this Agreement, its rights, interests and remedies under this Agreement, and its obligations under this Agreement, at any time in the discretion of the Company and without notice to Employee. The validity of this Agreement will not be affected by the sale (whether via a stock or asset sale), merger, or any other change in ownership of the Company. Employee understands that Employee’s obligations under this Agreement are personal, and that Employee may not assign this Agreement, or any of Employee’s rights, interests, or obligations under this Agreement.

11. Non-Waiver. No failure or delay by any party to this Agreement in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder, will operate as a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies provided herein will be cumulative and in addition to any rights or remedies provided by law or equity.

12. Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois without giving effect to any conflict of law principles.

13. Consent To Jurisdiction. The parties expressly consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state or federal courts of Illinois to resolve any and all disputes arising under the post-employment restrictions contained in Section 5 of this Agreement and hereby waive any right that they might have to object to jurisdiction or venue within such court or any defense based on the doctrine of forum non conveniens. The parties also agree that any and all disputes arising under the post-employment restrictions contained in Section 5 of this Agreement may be resolved in a state or federal court and shall not be subject to arbitration irrespective of any other agreement.

 

B-8


14. Counterparts & Signatures. This Agreement may be executed in duplicate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Facsimile, electronic (PDF, etc.) and other copies or duplicates of this Agreement are valid and enforceable as originals. Similarly, Agreements signed by hand, electronically (DocuSign or similar service), or, on behalf of the Company, by signature stamp, are valid and enforceable as original signatures.

15. Notice of Immunity. Employee understands that nothing in this Agreement is intended to prohibit Employee from disclosing information, including Proprietary Information, which is permitted to be disclosed by the Federal Defend Trade Secrets Act, which provides that an individual may not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for disclosure of a trade secret (a) made in confidence to a government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney, solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law or (b) in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal. In addition, Employee understands that if Employee files a lawsuit against the Company for retaliation based on the reporting of a suspected violation of law, Employee may disclose a trade secret to Employee’s attorney and use the trade secret information in the court proceeding, so long as any document containing the trade secret is filed under seal and the trade secret is not disclosed except pursuant to court order. To the extent Employee suspects a violation of the law, Employee should report their suspicion to an officer of the Company or in accordance with relevant the Company policies.

16. Return of the Company Property. At the request of the Company (or, without any request, upon termination of my employment with the Company), Employee will immediately deliver to the Company (a) all the Company property that is then in Employee’s possession, custody or control, including, without limitation, all keys, access cards, cell phones, tablets, computer hardware including but not limited to any hard drives, external storage devices, diskettes, fobs, laptops, tablets, computers and personal data assistants (and the contents thereof), internet connectivity devices, computer software and programs, data, materials, papers, books, files, documents, records; (b) any and all documents or other items containing, summarizing, or describing any Proprietary Information, including all originals and copies in whatever form; (c) any personal device that Employee synced with or used to access any the Company system for purpose of inspection and copying; and (d) a list of passwords or codes needed to operate or access any of the items referenced in this Section 16.

17. Promotional Materials. Employee authorizes and consents to the creation and/or use of Employee’s likeness as well as Employee’s name by the Company, and persons or organizations authorized by it, without reservation or limitation and without further consideration. Pursuant to this authorization and consent, the Company may, for example, use Employee’s likeness on its website, and publish and distribute advertising, sales, or other promotional literature containing a likeness of Employee in the course of performing Employee’s job duties. Employee also waives any cause of action for personal injury and/or property damage by virtue of the creation and use of such a likeness. Property rights to any likeness of Employee produced or prepared by the Company, or any person or organization authorized by it, shall vest in and remain with the Company. As used herein, “likeness” shall include a photograph, photographic reproduction, audio transmission, audio recording, video transmission and/or video recording, as well as any other similar medium.

 

B-9


18. Fair Meaning. The language of this Agreement shall be construed as a whole, according to its fair meaning, and not strictly for or against any party.

19. Additional Consideration. Employee understands that the Company’s obligations under the Employment Agreement, as well as the provision of the additional consideration identified in the Preliminary Statement, are conditioned upon Employee signing this Agreement. Further, as a result of Employee’s employment, Employee shall be (or has been) given access to the Company’s Proprietary Information, provision of confidential information, opportunities for advancement, and opportunities to participate in confidential meetings and specialized training, which shall constitute independent consideration for the post-employment restrictions contained in this Agreement and would not be (or would not have been) given to Employee without Employee’s agreement to abide by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including without limitation the ancillary obligations of confidentiality and non-disclosure.

By initialing below, Employee specifically acknowledges that Employee has read, understands and agrees to Section 19.

 

JM                                    
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Employee initials

By executing this Agreement below, the parties confirm they have read, understood, and voluntarily agreed to be bound by the entire Agreement.

 

Employee
Printed:    John McGrath                                           
Signed:    /s/ John McGrath                                    
Dated:    7/18/19                                                      
Company
Printed:    Thomas J. Degnan                                                
Signed:    /s/ Thomas J. Degnan                                             
Dated:    8/14/19                                                       

 

B-10


Attachment A

List of Confidential or Proprietary Information Belonging to Others

 

B-11


Attachment B

List of Prior Inventions or Improvements

 

B-12


Restrictive Covenant Agreement

Restrictive Covenant Agreement dated July 8, 2019 between Pactiv LLC (the Company) and John McGrath (Employee).

Preliminary Statement

A. The Company and Employee have entered into an Employment Agreement of even date herewith. The execution of this Restrictive Covenant Agreement is a condition to the Company’s obligations under the Employment Agreement.

B. In addition, the Company is providing Employee other consideration for Employee’s execution of this Agreement, as provided in a separate letter of even date herewith.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and Employee agree as follows:

Agreement

1. Definitions. As used in this Agreement:

(a) Company Product means any product developed, manufactured, produced or distributed by the Company during the 24 month period immediately preceding the termination of Employee’s employment with the Company provided that (i) Employee had access to Proprietary Information related to the product or (ii) Employee marketed or interacted with Customers or Prospective Customers regarding the product during the 12-month period immediately preceding the termination of Employee’s employment with the Company.

(b) Competitive Activity means the marketing, distribution, promotion, sales, development, delivery, or servicing of any product that competes with any Company Product.

(c) Competitor means (i) those entities listed on Attachment A plus (ii) such other entities that the Company reasonably determines are engaged in a Competitive Activity, in each case plus any direct or indirect parent or subsidiary of such entity, minus (iii) such entities on Attachment A that the Company reasonably determines are no longer engaged in a Competitive Activity. Company shall notify Employee in writing of any additions to or deletions from Attachment A.

(d) Customer means any customer, including distributors, with whom the Company transacted business during the 24-month period immediately preceding the termination of Employee’s employment with the Company provided that (i) Employee had Material Contact with, or (ii) knew Proprietary Information of or about, the Customer during the 24-month period immediately preceding the termination of Employee’s employment with the Company.

(e) Material Contact means any contact between Employee and any Customer or Prospective Customer:

(1) with whom or with which Employee dealt on behalf of the Company;

 

1


(2) whose dealings with the Company were coordinated or supervised by Employee; or

(3) that resulted in Employee obtaining Proprietary Information about a Customer or Prospective Customer.

(f) Proprietary Information means confidential or proprietary information or trade secrets of the Company or its affiliates, including, but not limited to, materials and information, whether written, electronic, or otherwise: a) disclosed to Employee or known by Employee as a result of his or her employment with the Company, b) which is not generally known, and c) which relates to or concerns the Company’s or its affiliates’: innovations; ideas; plans; processes; structures; systems; know-how; algorithms; computer programs; software; code; publications; designs; methods; techniques; drawings; apparatuses; government filings; patents; patent applications; materials; devices; research activities; reports and plans; specifications; promotional methods; financial information; forecasts; sales, profit and loss figures; personal identifying information of employees; marketing and sales methods and strategies; plans and systems; customer protocols and training programs; customer, prospective customer, vendor, licensee and client lists; information about customers, prospective customers, vendors, licensees and clients; information about relationships between the Company or its affiliates and their business partners, acquisition prospects, vendors, suppliers, prospective customers, customers, employees, owners, licensees and clients; information about deals and prospective deals; information about products, including but not limited strengths, weaknesses and vulnerabilities of existing products, as well as product strategies and roadmaps for future products and releases; and information about pricing including but not limited to license types, models, implementation costs, discounts and tolerance for discounts. Proprietary Information shall also include all information and matters specifically designated as proprietary and/or confidential by the Company or its affiliates or their customers or other business partners. The following information will not be considered Proprietary Information under this Agreement: a) information that has become generally available to the public through no wrongful act of Employee; b) information that Employee identified prior to Employee’s employment with the Company; c) information that is disclosed to the public pursuant to the binding order of a government agency or court; and d) information that is acquired through general skill and experience during Employee’s employment with the Company which Employee could reasonably have been expected to acquire in similar employment for another company provided Employee has no reason to believe that the Company would consider such information Proprietary Information as defined above.

(g) Prospective Customer means any person with whom the Company was attempting to transact business within the six month period immediately preceding the termination of Employee’s employment with the Company provided that (i) Employee had Material Contact with, or (ii) knew Proprietary Information of or about, the Prospective Customer during the six-month period immediately preceding the termination of Employee’s employment.

 

2


2. Legitimate Interest. Due to the nature of the Company’s business, certain the Company employees, including Employee, have access to Proprietary Information. Likewise, via their employment, certain the Company employees, including Employee, receive specialized training and/or shall be introduced to, given the opportunity to develop personal contacts with, and actually develop an advantageous familiarity as to the Company’s Customers and Prospective Customers. If the confidential or “trade secret” information, specialized training, or contacts and familiarity were made available to the Company competitors or other individuals outside the Company, or otherwise used against the Company interests, it would undoubtedly result in a loss of business or competitive position for the Company and/or harm the Company’s goodwill and investment in developing and maintaining its business relationships. Employee also agrees he/she holds a position uniquely essential to the management, organization, and/or service of the Company and the Company’s business is inherently national in character.

3. Disclosure of Existing Obligations. Except as disclosed in writing on Attachment B, Employee certifies the following:

(a) Employee is not bound by any written agreement or other obligation that directly or indirectly (i) restricts Employee from using or disclosing any confidential or proprietary information of any person or entity, (ii) restricts Employee from competing with, or soliciting actual or potential customers or business from, any person or entity, (iii) restricts Employee from soliciting any current or former employees of any person or entity, or (iv) limits Employee’s ability to perform any assigned duties for the Company.

(b) Employee does not have in Employee’s possession any confidential or proprietary information or documents belonging to others (except as disclosed in Attachment B), and will not use, disclose to, or induce the Company to use any such information or documents. To the extent Employee possesses any confidential information or documents from a former employer or other party, Employee agrees to immediately return any such confidential information or documents to the owner unless Employee has express written authorization to retain it or them or destroy such information or documents.

(c) Employee understands that the Company expects Employee to fulfill any contractual and fiduciary obligations Employee may owe to any former employer or other party, and Employee agrees to do so. Prior to execution of this Agreement, Employee certifies that Employee tendered to the Company all agreements and understandings described by this Section 3.

4. Work Made for Hire – Assignment of Inventions.

(a) Employee understands and agrees all “Work” (defined to mean all concepts, data, databases, inventions, formulas, discoveries, improvements, trade secrets, original works of authorship, know-how, algorithms, computer programs, software, code, publications, websites, designs, proposals, strategies, processes, methodologies and techniques, and any and all other information, materials and intellectual property, in any medium) that Employee, alone or jointly, creates, conceives, develops, or reduces to practice or causes another to create, conceive, develop, or reduce to practice, shall be a “work made for hire” within the meaning of that term under United States Copyright Act, 17 U.S.C. §§101 et seq. Employee agrees to promptly disclose to the Company, or any persons designated by it, all Work. Employee agrees to and hereby assigns and transfers to the Company, effective as of the date of its creation, any and all rights, title and interest Employee may have or may acquire in any Work (including any Work not deemed, for whatever reason, to have been created as a work made for hire), effective as of the date of its creation, including any and all intellectual property rights in the Work, and the right to prosecute and recover damages for all infringements or other violations of the Work.

 

3


(b) Employee hereby gives the Company the unrestricted right to use, display, distribute, modify, combine with other information or materials, create derivative works based on, sell, or otherwise exploit for any purpose, the Work and any portion thereof, in any manner and medium throughout the world. Employee irrevocably waives and assigns to the Company any and all so-called moral rights Employee may have in or with respect to any Work. Upon the Company’s request, Employee shall promptly execute and deliver to the Company any and all further assignments, patent applications, or such other documents as the Company may deem necessary to effectuate the purposes of this Agreement. Employee hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Company and its officers and agents as Employee’s agent and attorney-in-fact, with full powers of substitution, to act for and on Employee’s behalf to execute, verify and file any such documents and to do all other lawfully permitted acts as permitted in the preceding paragraph with the same legal effect as if executed by Employee. The foregoing agency and power shall only be used by the Company if Employee fails to execute within five business days after the Company’s request related to any document or instrument described above. Employee hereby waives and quitclaims to the Company all claims of any nature which Employee now has or may later obtain for infringement of any intellectual property rights assigned under this Agreement or otherwise to the Company.

(c) Employee has identified on Attachment C all inventions or improvements relevant to the subject matter of Employee’s engagement with the Company that Employee desires to remove from the operation of this Agreement, and Employee’s post-employment restrictions. If there is no such list on Attachment C, Employee represents that Employee has made no such inventions and improvements at the time of signing this Agreement.

(d) The provisions of this Agreement requiring the assignment to the Company of Employee’s rights to certain inventions do not apply to an invention for which no equipment, supplies, facility, or trade secret information of the Company was used and which was developed entirely on the Employee’s own time, unless (i) the invention relates a) directly to the business of the Company, or b) to the Company’s actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development, or (ii) the invention results from any work performed by the Employee for the Company.

5. Restrictive Covenants.

(a) Non-Solicitation of Customers. Employee agrees that, during Employee’s employment with the Company and for a period of 12 months following the termination of Employee’s employment, Employee shall not, on behalf of any entity or person other than the Company, directly or indirectly, contact or solicit any Customer for the purpose of delivering, selling, or otherwise offering a product that is the same or similar to that of a Company Product.

 

4


(b) Non-Solicitation of Prospective Customers. Employee agrees that, during Employee’s employment with the Company and for a period of 12 months following the termination of Employee’s employment, Employee shall not, on behalf of any entity or person other than the Company, directly or indirectly, contact or solicit any Prospective Customer for the purpose of delivering, selling, or otherwise offering a product that is the same or similar to that of a Company Product.

(c) Non-Solicitation of Employees. Employee agrees that, during Employee’s employment with the Company and for a period of 12 months following the termination of Employee’s employment, Employee shall not, directly or indirectly: a) induce or attempt to induce any employee of the Company or any of its affiliates with whom Employee had a working relationship in the 24 months prior to the termination of Employee’s employment to terminate his or her employment with the Company; b) hire or employ, or attempt to hire or employ, any employee of the Company or any of its affiliates with whom Employee had a working relationship in the 24 months prior to the termination of Employee’s employment; or c) assist any other person or entity in doing any of the foregoing.

(d) Limited Non-Competition. Employee agrees that during Employee’s employment with the Company and for a period of 12 months following the termination of Employee’s employment, Employee shall not, anywhere in North America (United States, Mexico or Canada) act in any capacity, whether or not for consideration, on behalf of any Competitor. Given the national nature of the Company’s business, the extent to which Employee has been (or will be) exposed to the Company’s Proprietary information, and the ability of Employee to carry out Employee’s work remotely, regardless of physical location, Employee acknowledges the geographic scope of the post-employment restriction in this Section 5(d) is reasonable and appropriate.

(e) Confidentiality Covenant. During Employee’s employment with the Company and following the termination of Employee’s employment:

(i) Employee will not disclose or transfer, directly or indirectly, any Proprietary Information to any person or entity other than as authorized by the Company. Employee understands and agrees that disclosures authorized by the Company for the benefit of the Company must be made in accordance with the Company’s policies and practices designed to maintain the confidentiality of Proprietary Information, for example providing information after obtaining signed non-disclosure or confidentiality agreements;

(ii) Employee will not use, directly or indirectly, any Proprietary Information for the benefit or profit of any person or organization, including Employee, other than the Company;

(iii) Employee will not remove or transfer from any of the Company’s offices or premises any materials or property of the Company (including, without limitation, materials and property containing Proprietary Information), except as is strictly necessary in the performance of Employee’s assigned duties as an employee;

 

5


(iv) Employee will not copy any Proprietary Information except as needed in furtherance of and for use in the Company’s business. Employee agrees that copies of Proprietary Information must be treated with the same degree of confidentiality as the original information and are subject to the same restrictions contained in this Agreement;

(v) Employee will promptly upon the Company’s request, and in any event promptly upon the termination of Employee’s employment with the Company, return to the Company all materials and property removed from or belonging to the Company and Employee will not retain copies of any of such materials and property;

(vi) Employee agrees to take all reasonable steps to preserve the confidential and proprietary nature of Proprietary Information and to prevent the inadvertent or accidental disclosure of Proprietary Information; and

(vii) Employee will not use or rely on the confidential or proprietary information or trade secrets of a third party in the performance of Employee’s work for the Company except when obtained through lawful means such as contractual teaming agreements, purchase of copyrights, or other written permission for use of such information.

(f) Scope of Covenants. The parties desire for the restrictive covenants, including any time period and geographic scope, to be construed as broadly as permitted by applicable law. It is the parties’ intent, and a critical inducement to the Company entering into this Agreement, to protect and preserve the Company’s legitimate interests, and thus the parties agree that the time period and the geographic coverage and scope of the post-employment restrictions herein are reasonable and necessary. However, if a court of competent jurisdiction finds that the time period of any of the foregoing post-employment restrictions is too lengthy, the geographic scope is too broad, or the agreement overreaches in any way, the parties authorize and respectfully ask the court to modify or, if modification is not possible, strike the offending portion, but only that portion, and grant the relief reasonably necessary to protect the Company’s interests so as to achieve the original intent of the parties.

(g) Remedies. Employee agrees that a threatened or existing violation of any of the post-employment restrictions contained in this Agreement would cause the Company irreparable injury for which it would have no adequate remedy at law and agrees that the Company will be entitled to obtain injunctive relief prohibiting such violation, in addition to any other rights and remedies available to it at law or in equity. The real or perceived existence of any claim or cause of action against the Company, whether predicated on this Agreement or some other basis, will not alleviate Employee of Employee’s obligations under this Agreement and will not constitute a defense to the enforcement by the Company of post-employment restrictions contained herein.

(h) Tolling of Time Periods. Employee agrees that in the event Employee violates any subsection of Section 5 of this Agreement as to which there is a specific time period during which Employee is prohibited from certain actions and activities, such violation shall toll the running of such time period from the date of such violation until the date the violation ceases.

 

6


(i) Inevitable Use of Proprietary Information. Employee acknowledges and agrees that, after Employee’s separation of employment, Employee will possess the Company’s Proprietary Information which Employee would inevitably use if Employee were to engage in the conduct prohibited by Section 5 (including each of its sub-sections), that such use would be unfair and extremely detrimental to the Company and, in view of the benefits provided to Employee in this Agreement, that such conduct on his or her part would be inequitable. Accordingly, Employee separately and severally agrees for the benefit of the Company to be bound by each of the covenants described above.

6. Reasonable Restrictions. Employee acknowledges that it is necessary and appropriate for the Company to protect its legitimate business interests by restricting Employee’s ability to engage in certain competitive activities and any violation of such post-employment restrictions would result in irreparable injury to the Company’s legitimate business interests. The parties agree that the post-employment restrictions contained in this Agreement are drafted narrowly to safeguard the Company’s legitimate business interests while not unreasonably interfering with Employee’s ability to obtain other employment.

7. Entire Agreement. No representation, promise, understanding, or warranty not set forth herein has been made or relied upon by either party in making this Agreement. No modification, amendment or addition will be valid, unless set forth in writing and signed by the party against whom enforcement of any such modification, amendment or addition is sought. Notwithstanding, this Agreement supersedes any prior confidentiality agreements or restrictive covenants between the Company and Employee provided however that if a court of competent jurisdiction refuses to enforce this Agreement, then the parties agree that the term of any prior confidentiality or restrictive covenants shall govern.

8. At Will Employment. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to constitute a contract of employment for any given duration. The relationship between the Company and Employee shall be employment-at-will and either the Company or Employee may terminate it at any time for any reason without liability.

9. Subsequent Employment. In order to protect the Company’s rights under this Agreement, Employee agrees that:

(a) For a period of 12 months following the termination of Employee’s employment with the Company, Employee shall advise the Company with respect to any new employment by Employee’s. Employee is aware that the Company may contact Employee’s prospective or subsequent employers and inform them of this Agreement or any other policy or employment agreement between Employee and the Company that may be in effect on Employee’s last day of employment. Employee understands that Employee has a duty to contact the Company if Employee has any questions regarding whether or not conduct by Employee would be restricted by this Agreement.

(b) Employee shall make the terms and conditions of the post-employment restrictions in this Agreement known to any business, entity or persons engaged in activities competitive with the Company’s business with which Employee becomes associated during Employee’s employment with the Company and in the 12 month period after the termination of Employee’s employment.

 

7


10. Assignment of Agreement. The Company may assign this Agreement, its rights, interests and remedies under this Agreement, and its obligations under this Agreement, to any successor or purchaser of the Company or any division or business of the Company in the discretion of the Company and without notice to Employee. The validity of this Agreement will not be affected by the sale (whether via a stock or asset sale), merger, or any other change in ownership of the Company. Employee understands that Employee’s obligations under this Agreement are personal, and that Employee may not assign this Agreement, or any of Employee’s rights, interests, or obligations under this Agreement.

11. Non-Waiver. No failure or delay by any party to this Agreement in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder, will operate as a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies provided herein will be cumulative and in addition to any rights or remedies provided by law or equity.

12. Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois without giving effect to any conflict of law principles.

13. Consent To Jurisdiction. The parties expressly consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state or federal courts of Illinois to resolve any and all disputes arising under the post-employment restrictions contained in Section 5 of this Agreement and hereby waive any right that they might have to object to jurisdiction or venue within such court or any defense based on the doctrine of forum non conveniens. The parties also agree that any and all disputes arising under the post-employment restrictions contained in Section 5 of this Agreement may be resolved in a state or federal court and shall not be subject to arbitration irrespective of any other agreement.

14. Counterparts & Signatures. This Agreement may be executed in duplicate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Facsimile, electronic (PDF, etc.) and other copies or duplicates of this Agreement are valid and enforceable as originals. Similarly, Agreements signed by hand, electronically (DocuSign or similar service), or, on behalf of the Company, by signature stamp, are valid and enforceable as original signatures.

15. Notice of Immunity. Employee understands that nothing in this Agreement is intended to prohibit Employee from disclosing information, including Proprietary Information, which is permitted to be disclosed by the Federal Defend Trade Secrets Act, which provides that an individual may not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for disclosure of a trade secret (a) made in confidence to a government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney, solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law or (b) in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal. In addition, Employee understands that if Employee files a lawsuit against the Company for retaliation based on the reporting of a

 

8


suspected violation of law, Employee may disclose a trade secret to Employee’s attorney and use the trade secret information in the court proceeding, so long as any document containing the trade secret is filed under seal and the trade secret is not disclosed except pursuant to court order. To the extent Employee suspects a violation of the law, Employee should report their suspicion to an officer of the Company or in accordance with relevant the Company policies.

16. Return of the Company Property. At the request of the Company (or, without any request, upon termination of my employment with the Company), Employee will immediately deliver to the Company (a) all the Company property that is then in Employee’s possession, custody or control, including, without limitation, all keys, access cards, cell phones, tablets, computer hardware including but not limited to any hard drives, external storage devices, diskettes, fobs, laptops, tablets, computers and personal data assistants (and the contents thereof), internet connectivity devices, computer software and programs, data, materials, papers, books, files, documents, records; (b) any and all documents or other items containing, summarizing, or describing any Proprietary Information, including all originals and copies in whatever form; (c) any personal device that Employee synced with or used to access any the Company system for purpose of inspection and copying; and (d) a list of passwords or codes needed to operate or access any of the items referenced in this Section 16.

17. Promotional Materials. Employee authorizes and consents to, during the term of Employee’s employment with the Company, the creation and/or use of Employee’s likeness as well as Employee’s name by the Company, and persons or organizations authorized by it, without reservation or limitation and without further consideration. Pursuant to this authorization and consent, the Company may, for example, use Employee’s likeness on its website, and publish and distribute advertising, sales, or other promotional literature containing a likeness of Employee in the course of performing Employee’s job duties. Employee also waives any cause of action for personal injury and/or property damage by virtue of the creation and use of such a likeness. Property rights to any likeness of Employee produced or prepared by the Company, or any person or organization authorized by it, shall vest in and remain with the Company. As used herein, “likeness” shall include a photograph, photographic reproduction, audio transmission, audio recording, video transmission and/or video recording, as well as any other similar medium.

18. Fair Meaning. The language of this Agreement shall be construed as a whole, according to its fair meaning, and not strictly for or against any party.

19. Additional Consideration. Employee understands that the Company’s obligations under the Employment Agreement, as well as the provision of the additional consideration identified in the Preliminary Statement, are conditioned upon Employee signing this Agreement. Further, as a result of Employee’s employment, Employee shall be (or has been) given access to the Company’s Proprietary Information, provision of confidential information, opportunities for advancement, and opportunities to participate in confidential meetings and specialized training, which shall constitute independent consideration for the post-employment restrictions contained in this Agreement and would not be (or would not have been) given to Employee without Employee’s agreement to abide by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including without limitation the ancillary obligations of confidentiality and non-disclosure.

 

9


By initialing below, Employee specifically acknowledges that Employee has read, understands and agrees to Section 19.

 

JM                                    

 

Employee initials

By executing this Agreement below, the parties confirm they have read, understood, and voluntarily agreed to be bound by the entire Agreement.

Employee

 

Printed:  

John McGrath

Signed:  

/s/ John McGrath

Dated:  

7/30/19

Company

 

Printed:  

Steve Estes

Signed:  

/s/ Steve Estes

Dated:  

7/8/19

 

10


Attachment A

Pactiv Competitors

 

   

Anchor

 

   

Berry Plastics

 

   

Cascade

 

   

CKF

 

   

Cool-Pak

 

   

D&W Fine Pak

 

   

Dart Container Corporation

 

   

Direct Pack

 

   

Dolco

 

   

Dyne-a-Pak

 

   

Fabri-Kal

 

   

Genpak

 

   

Georgia Pacific

 

   

Grupo Convermex

 

   

Hartmann

 

   

Huhtamaki

 

   

Inline Plastics

 

   

International Paper/IP Foodservice

 

   

LBP

 

   

Peninsula Packaging

 

   

Sabert

 

   

Sealed Air

 

   

Seda

 

   

Solo Cup Company

 

   

The Waddington Group.

 

11


Attachment B

List of Confidential or Proprietary Information Belonging to Others

None.

 

12


Attachment C

List of Prior Inventions or Improvements

None.

 

13

EX-10.9

Exhibit 10.9

 

July 3, 2019

John McGrath

CEO, Pactiv

Re: Retention Agreement (Part 1)

Dear John,

We are pleased to offer you (“you” or “Employee”) this retention bonus agreement (the “Agreement”) related to your continued service to Pactiv (the “Company”).

The terms of this Agreement are as follows:

1. Retention Bonus. Subject to the terms and conditions herein, the Company will provide you with a retention bonus in the gross amount of $1,550,000 (“Retention Bonus”). The Retention Bonus shall be payable in the following manner:

The Retention Bonus shall be payable in a single lump sum to be paid in the next available payroll immediately following the Company’s receipt of this Agreement signed by you.

The Retention Bonus is subject to regular tax withholdings and other authorized deductions. This bonus will not be treated as compensation for any purpose under any benefit plans or programs, unless statutorily required.

2. Period of this Agreement. In order to accept the offer set forth herein, you must promptly sign and return this Agreement to Steve Estes (Chief Human Resources Officer, Rank Group) but in no event later than July 12, 2019. This Agreement will commence as of the date noted above and will end December 31, 2020 (the “Agreement Period”), provided, however, that Section 4 (Confidentiality) of this Agreement shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement.

3. Repayment on Resignation or Termination for Cause. In the event that you resign or the Company terminates your employment for Cause during the Agreement Period, you agree to promptly repay Company for the Retention Bonus, but in no event later than thirty (30) days after your last day of employment with the Company. You further agree that, in the event you resign or are terminated for Cause, the Company may deduct the amount of the Retention Bonus in whole or in part from any payments then due to you from the Company.

For purposes of this Agreement, the Company may terminate the Employee’s employment for “Cause” if in the good faith determination of the RGHL CEO that Employee has engaged in conduct consisting of (i) dishonesty or other serious misconduct related to Employee’s duties as an employee of the Company, or (ii) willful and continual failure (unless due to incapacity resulting from physical or mental illness) to perform the duties of Employee’s employment after written demand for substantial performance is delivered to Employee by the Company specifically identifying the manner in which Employee has not substantially performed such duties.

4. Confidentiality. You agree to keep the existence of this Agreement and its terms confidential, unless disclosure is required pursuant to an order by a court of competent jurisdiction. However, you may discuss the terms of this Agreement with your spouse, attorney(s) or tax advisor(s), provided any such person agrees to keep the existence and terms of this Agreement strictly confidential.


5. Continuation of Employment. This Agreement does not change your status as an “at-will” employee and does not guarantee your employment for any specific period of time. The Company reserves the right to terminate you at any time and for any or no reason.

6. Governing Law/Captions/Severance/Attorney’s Fees. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with, and pursuant to, the laws of the State of Illinois. The captions of this Agreement shall not be part of the provisions hereof, and shall have no force or effect. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement. In the event that the Company must file a claim to seek enforcement of any provision of this Agreement, the Company shall be entitled to receive compensation for related costs, including but not limited to attorney’s fees and interest.

7. Entire Agreement/Amendment. This instrument contains the entire agreement of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and the parties have made no agreement, representations, or warranties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement that are not set forth herein. This Agreement may be amended at any time by written agreement of both parties, but it shall not be amended by oral agreement.

We look forward to your continuing contributions to the Company. Please acknowledge by signing below that you have read this Agreement and you understand and agree to its terms.

 

Sincerely,

/s/ Steve Estes

Steve Estes

CHRO, Rank Group

I, John McGrath, have read this Agreement, and I understand and agree to its terms.

 

/s/ John McGrath

         

7/18/19

Employee (signature)      Date

 

John McGrath

 

Employee (printed name)


July 3, 2019

John McGrath

CEO, Pactiv

Re: Retention Agreement (Part 2)

Dear John,

We are pleased to offer you (“you” or “Employee”) this retention bonus agreement (the “Agreement”) related to your continued service to Pactiv (the “Company”).

The terms of this Agreement are as follows:

1. Retention Bonus. Subject to the terms and conditions herein, the Company will provide you with a retention bonus in the gross amount of $1,550,000 (“Retention Bonus”). The Retention Bonus shall be payable in the following manner:

The Retention Bonus shall be payable in a single lump sum to be paid on December 31, 2020.

The Retention Bonus is subject to regular tax withholdings and other authorized deductions. This bonus will not be treated as compensation for any purpose under any benefit plans or programs, unless statutorily required.

2. Period of this Agreement. In order to accept the offer set forth herein, you must promptly sign and return this Agreement to Steve Estes (Chief Human Resources Officer, Rank Group) but in no event later than July 12, 2019. This Agreement will commence as of January 1, 2021 above and will end December 31, 2021 (the “Agreement Period”), provided, however, that Section 4 (Confidentiality) of this Agreement shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement.

3. Repayment on Resignation or Termination for Cause. In the event that you resign or the Company terminates your employment for Cause during the Agreement Period, you agree to promptly repay Company for the Retention Bonus, but in no event later than thirty (30) days after your last day of employment with the Company. You further agree that, in the event you resign or are terminated for Cause, the Company may deduct the amount of the Retention Bonus in whole or in part from any payments then due to you from the Company.

For purposes of this Agreement, the Company may terminate the Employee’s employment for “Cause” if in the good faith determination of the RGHL CEO that Employee has engaged in conduct consisting of (i) dishonesty or other serious misconduct related to Employee’s duties as an employee of the Company, or (ii) willful and continual failure (unless due to incapacity resulting from physical or mental illness) to perform the duties of Employee’s employment after written demand for substantial performance is delivered to Employee by the Company specifically identifying the manner in which Employee has not substantially performed such duties.

4. Confidentiality. You agree to keep the existence of this Agreement and its terms confidential, unless disclosure is required pursuant to an order by a court of competent jurisdiction. However, you may discuss the terms of this Agreement with your spouse, attorney(s) or tax advisor(s), provided any such person agrees to keep the existence and terms of this Agreement strictly confidential.

5. Continuation of Employment. This Agreement does not change your status as an “at-will” employee and does not guarantee your employment for any specific period of time. The Company reserves the right to terminate you at any time and for any or no reason.


6. Governing Law/Captions/Severance/Attorney’s Fees. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with, and pursuant to, the laws of the State of Illinois. The captions of this Agreement shall not be part of the provisions hereof, and shall have no force or effect. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement. In the event that the Company must file a claim to seek enforcement of any provision of this Agreement, the Company shall be entitled to receive compensation for related costs, including but not limited to attorney’s fees and interest.

7. Sale of Business. In the event of a Sale of Business (as defined below) prior to the conclusion of the retention period (December 31, 2021), this payment shall be made within 30 days following the close of such sale of business. For purposes of this provision, a “Sale of Business” shall mean the sale or other disposition of more than 50% of the shares or other equity interests of the Company or the Company’s direct or indirect parent to a non-affiliated party.

8. Entire Agreement/Amendment. This instrument contains the entire agreement of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and the parties have made no agreement, representations, or warranties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement that are not set forth herein. This Agreement may be amended at any time by written agreement of both parties, but it shall not be amended by oral agreement.

We look forward to your continuing contributions to the Company. Please acknowledge by signing below that you have read this Agreement and you understand and agree to its terms.

 

Sincerely,

/s/ Steve Estes

Steve Estes

CHRO, Rank Group

I, John McGrath, have read this Agreement, and I understand and agree to its terms.

 

/s/ John McGrath

          7/18/19
Employee (signature)     

 

Date

 

John McGrath

Employee (printed name)


 

TO:    JOHN McGRATH
FROM:    STEVE ESTES
DATE:    JULY 3, 2019
SUBJECT:    SUMMARY OF RETENTION AGREEMENTS

 

 

In preparation for a potential IPO or Sale of the Pactiv business, the Company has entered into a series of retention agreements with you. These agreements are intended to ensure leadership continuity during this critical period. The following summarize the retention agreements that have been agree to between the Company and the employee.

Retention Period 1:            June 30, 2019 – December 31, 2020

Retention Period 2:            January 1, 2021 – December 31, 2021

In addition to the above retention periods, if you are still employed by the Company on December 31, 2021, we have agreed that the Company will have the option to continue your employment on the existing terms for the period of January 1, 2022 – June 30, 2022. Should the Company exercise this option, a retention payment of $1,000,000 would be due and payable on January 1, 2022.

 

By:  

/s/ Steve Estes

EX-10.10

Exhibit 10.10

 

July 3, 2019

John McGrath

Chief Executive Officer, Pactiv

Dear John:

As we have discussed, a critical component of our ongoing business strategy for Pactiv will be to explore opportunities for the business that could lead to an Initial Public Offering (IPO) of the business or potentially a divestiture of the associated business entities. Your assistance is needed by Pactiv as we work through this process to help prepare the business for a successful transaction. In light of this, we are offering you a special Transaction Success bonus (“Bonus”) that will become payable if a successful IPO is concluded or if there is a sale of the business by June 30, 2020.

If an IPO transaction is completed, your potential bonus will be $2,325,000. Fifty percent (50%) of this bonus ($1,162,500) will be paid to you 30 days after the effective date of an IPO, so long as you do not voluntarily leave your employment with the succeeding entity during that time. You will be paid the remaining fifty percent (50%) of this bonus six (6) months after the effective date of an IPO, so long as you do not voluntarily leave your employment with the succeeding entity during that time. This bonus is a gross amount and is subject to all applicable tax withholding requirements. This bonus will not be treated as compensation for any purpose under any benefit plans or programs, unless statutorily required.

If a sales transaction is completed, your potential bonus will be $4,650,000. Fifty percent (50%) of this bonus ($2,325,000) will be paid to you 30 days after the effective closing date of a sale, so long as you do not voluntarily leave your employment with the succeeding entity during that time. You will be paid the remaining fifty percent (50%) of this bonus six (6) months after the closing date, so long as you do not voluntarily leave your employment with the succeeding entity during that time. This bonus is a gross amount and is subject to all applicable tax withholding requirements. This bonus will not be treated as compensation for any purpose under any benefit plans or programs, unless statutorily required.

Because of the significance of this strategic effort, and given that you are one of a select group of employees to be offered this opportunity, it is of utmost importance that you keep this offer and all its terms entirely confidential.

Thank you for your willingness to assist the team during this endeavor and for your help in ensuring the success of this very important process for Pactiv.

Sincerely,

 

/s/ Steve Estes

Steve Estes
Chief HR Officer
Rank Group


 

TO:      John McGrath
FROM:      Steve Estes, CHRO – Rank Group
DATE:      June 1, 2020
SUBJECT:      Transaction Success Bonus—Extension

 

As a part of our business strategy to explore opportunities for Pactiv and Evergreen that could lead to an Initial Public Offering (IPO) or potentially a divestiture of the business, you were included in a Transaction Success Bonus program. The terms and conditions of the program are captured in a letter to you, dated July 3, 2019. This letter states that the program is contingent upon the transaction being completed by June 30, 2020.

Due to the ongoing explorative process related to the Pactiv and Evergreen businesses, the decision has been made to extend the availability of this program. By way of this notice, we are extending the program through December 31, 2020. The terms and conditions of the program remain the same as identified in your letter dated July 3, 2019.

Thank you for your ongoing support and efforts as we continue to explore transaction opportunities for the business.

/s/  Steve Estes

EX-10.11

Exhibit 10.11

 

 

TO:    JOHN McGRATH
FROM:    STEVE ESTES
DATE:    July 16, 2019
SUBJECT:    MODIFIED SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

 

 

This memo reflects the agreement reached between employee and company regarding eligibility for a modified severance should employee serve out his term of employment through December 31, 2021 or June 30, 2022.

Employee has entered into a retention agreement with the company through December 31, 2021.

The company has the option to extend employee’s employment through June 30, 2022.

Provided that the employee continues his employment through December 31, 2021 (or June 30, 2022, if extended by company) then he will be eligible for a modified severance of $1,575,000 paid in equal installments over a 12-month period. Employee will also be eligible to continue health coverage during that 12-month period at active employee contribution rates. During the severance period, employee agrees to be available to the business to answer questions and/or consult on business initiatives.

 

By:  

/s/ Steve Estes

EX-10.12

Exhibit 10.12

 

 

TO:    JOHN McGRATH
FROM:    STEVE ESTES
DATE:    July 16, 2019
SUBJECT:    HOUSE LEASE

 

 

This memo reflects the agreement reached between employee and company regarding your home lease in the Lake Forest, IL area.

Employee has signed a 2-year lease for a residence in Lake Forest, IL. The lease payment is $4,550 per month. Should there be a sale of the business and employee’s employment is terminated by the Company for reasons other than cause prior to December 31, 2020, the company agrees to reimburse employee for lease payments ($4,550 per month) for the remainder of the lease term through June 2021.

 

By:  

/s/ Steve Estes

EX-10.13

Exhibit 10.13

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

Employment Agreement (“Agreement”) dated as of July 8, 2019, between Pactiv LLC (the Company”) and Michael Ragen (“Employee”).

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT

A. Employee is currently employed by the Company without a written employment agreement.

B. The Company and Employee desire to enter into this Agreement to set forth their agreements regarding certain terms and conditions of Employee’s employment.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and Employee agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

1. Term. The term of Employee’s employment pursuant to this Agreement shall commence on the date hereof and shall continue until terminated in accordance with the terms hereof (the Term”). However, Employee’s employment with the Company commenced on the date Employee was first employed by the Company and is not affected by the parties entering into this Agreement.

2. Position, Duties and Location. Employee shall serve in the position(s) set forth on Schedule A attached hereto. Employee shall devote substantially all of Employee’s working time and efforts to the business and affairs of the Company and shall not engage in any other business activity without prior written approval from the Company’s CEO. Employee shall perform the services required by this Agreement at the location(s) indicated on Schedule A except for customary business travel to other locations as may be necessary to fulfill Employee’s duties and responsibilities hereunder.

3. Compensation and Related Matters. During the Term:

(a) Base Salary. Employee’s annual base salary (theBase Salary”) shall be as set forth on Schedule A. The Base Salary shall be payable in periodic installments in accordance with the usual practice of the Company for its senior employees. Employee’s Base Salary will be reviewed but not necessarily increased annually as part of the Company’s merit review process.

(b) Annual Bonus. Employee shall be eligible to receive an annual bonus (the Annual Bonus”) as set forth on Schedule A. The Annual Bonus shall be determined by the Company in its sole discretion, and there is no assurance that any Annual Bonus will be earned. The Annual Bonus, if any, earned by Employee in respect of any year shall be paid to Employee at the time that the Company pays its annual bonuses to its employees generally (usually around March 15 of the following year).

(c) Other Compensation Programs. Employee shall be eligible to participate in such other compensation programs as set forth on Schedule A.

 

1


(d) Expenses. Employee shall be entitled to receive reimbursement for all reasonable expenses incurred by Employee in performing services hereunder, in accordance with the policies and procedures then in effect and established by the Company for its senior officers.

(e) Employee Benefit Programs. Employee shall be entitled to participate in the Company’s employee health and welfare plans, policies, programs and arrangements as they may be amended from time to time, to the extent Employee meets the eligibility requirements for any such plan, policy, program or arrangement.

(f) Vacation. Employee shall be entitled to paid vacation, as well as holidays and other paid absences, in accordance with the Company’s policies and procedures for similarly situated employees of the Company, to the extent Employee meets the eligibility requirements for any such policy and procedures.

4. Termination. Employee’s employment hereunder may be terminated as set forth in this Section 4. Upon any termination of Employee’s employment, the Term shall automatically end.

(a) Death. Employee’s employment hereunder shall automatically terminate upon Employee’s death.

(b) Discharge by the Company for Cause. The Company may terminate Employee’s employment hereunder for Cause at any time. For purposes of this Agreement, Causeshall mean in the good faith determination of the Company’s CEO that Employee has engaged in conduct consisting of (i) dishonesty or other serious misconduct related to Employee’s duties as an employee of the Company, or (ii) willful and continual failure (unless due to incapacity resulting from physical or mental illness) to perform the duties of Employee’s employment after written demand for substantial performance is delivered to Employee by the Company specifically identifying the manner in which Employee has not substantially performed such duties.

(c) Termination Without Cause. The Company may terminate Employee’s employment hereunder at any time without Cause upon 30 days’ written notice to Employee. Any termination by the Company of Employee’s employment under this Agreement other than pursuant to Section 4(a) or Section 4(b) shall be deemed a termination without Cause.

(d) Termination by Employee. Employee may terminate Employee’s employment hereunder upon 60 days’ written notice to the Company.

(e) Notice of Termination. Except for termination as specified in Section 4(a), any termination of Employee’s employment by the Company or any such termination by Employee shall be communicated by written to the other party hereto, specifying the applicable termination provision of this Agreement (a Notice of Termination”). The Date of Terminationshall mean: (i) if Employee’s employment is terminated by death, the date of death; or (ii) the date specified in the applicable Notice of Termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Employee gives a Notice of Termination to the Company, the Company may unilaterally accelerate the Date of Termination and such acceleration shall not result in a termination by the Company for purposes of this Agreement.

 

2


5. Compensation Upon Termination.

(a) Termination Generally. If Employee’s employment with the Company is terminated for any reason, Employee (or Employee’s authorized representative or estate) shall, through the Date of Termination, be paid or provided with (i) any earned but unpaid Base Salary, (ii) unpaid expense reimbursements, and (iii) any vested benefits Employee may have under any employee benefit plan of the Company (the Accrued Obligations”). The Accrued Obligations shall be paid at the time(s) specified under any applicable employee benefit plan, or, if there is no applicable employee benefit plan, within 30 days after Employee’s Date of Termination.

(b) Termination by the Company Without Cause. If Employee’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause as provided in Section 4(c), then Employee shall be paid or provided with the Accrued Obligations through the Date of Termination and, subject to Section 5(c), Employee shall also be paid or provided with the following:

(i) Severance. A severance payment (theSeverance Amount”) in the Amount set forth on Schedule A. Subject to Section 5(c) and Section 6, the Severance Amount shall be paid to Employee in equal installments in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices over a period set forth on Schedule A (the Severance Period”); provided that no amount of the severance shall be payable until the revocation period for the Release described in Section 5(c) shall have expired (and Employee shall not have revoked Employee’s agreements in the Release), and any amount that would have been paid to Employee but for this proviso shall be accrued and paid to Employee on the first payroll date immediately following the expiration of such revocation period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and in addition to any other rights or remedies the Company may have at law or in equity, if Employee breaches any of the provisions of the Restrictive Covenant Agreement, Employee’s right to receive further payments of the Severance Amount shall be terminated. Severance provided pursuant to this Agreement is in lieu of, and not in addition to, any severance that might be available to Employee by law, contract, policy, or otherwise, all of which are hereby waived by Employee. If Employee receives any other severance, the Severance Amount shall be reduced by the amount of such other severance.

(ii) Health Care Continuation. In addition, Employee and Employee’s eligible dependents, if any, shall continue to be covered by the Company’s health plan (the Health Plan”), as in effect from time to time, and subject to the rules thereof (including any requirement to make contributions or pay premiums, except that Employee shall contribute or pay on an after-tax basis) for the Severance Period. If the provision to Employee of the insurance coverage described in this Section would either: (A) violate the terms of the Health Plan (or any related insurance policies), or (B) violate any of the nondiscrimination requirements of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code”), applicable to the health insurance coverage, then the Company, in its sole discretion, may elect to pay Employee, in lieu of the health insurance coverage described under this Section 5(b)(ii), a lump-sum cash payment equal to the total monthly premiums (or in the case of a self-funded plan, the cost of COBRA continuation coverage) that would have been paid by the Company for Employee under the Health Plan.

 

3


(c) Release. Any payment that may become due under Section 5(b) shall be subject to Employee signing a general release of claims in favor of the Company and related persons and entities in a form and manner satisfactory to the Company (the Release”) within the 21-day (or, if required by law, 45-day) period following the Date of Termination and the expiration of the seven-day revocation period for the Release. In the event Employee fails to sign such Release within the 21-day (or 45-day) period following the Date of Termination or revokes the Release prior to the expiration of the seven-day revocation period for the Release, Employee shall reimburse the Company for any payment made to Employee under Section 5(b) prior to the expiration of such seven-day revocation period for the Release. In addition, notwithstanding anything else herein to the contrary, Employee’s entitlement to the payments and benefits described in Section 5(b) shall be contingent upon Employee abiding by and not breaching any of the covenants set forth in the Release and in the Restrictive Covenant Agreement.

6. Section 409A.

(a) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent that any payment or benefit described in this Agreement would be considered deferred compensation subject to Section 409A(a) of the Code, and to the extent that such payment or benefit is payable upon Employee’s termination of employment or within a certain time following the “Date of Termination,” then such payments or benefits shall be payable only upon Employee’s “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and the “Date of Termination” shall be the date on which Employee experiences such “separation from service.” The determination of whether and when a “separation from service” has occurred shall be made in accordance with the presumptions set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h). If this Agreement provides for a payment to be made within a period of time, the date within such period on which such payment shall be made shall be determined by the Company in its sole discretion and, for the avoidance of doubt, the Company will pay the Severance Amount after the 45th day following the Date of Termination.

(b) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if at the time of Employee’s “separation from service”, Employee is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, then, to the extent any payment or benefit that Employee becomes entitled to under this Agreement on account of Employee’s “separation from service” would be considered deferred compensation subject to Section 409A(a) of the Code, such payment shall not be payable and such benefit shall not be provided until the date that is the earlier of (A) six months and one day after Employee’s “separation from service”, or (B) Employee’s death.

(c) All in-kind benefits provided and expenses eligible for reimbursement under this Agreement shall be provided by the Company or incurred by Employee during the time periods set forth in this Agreement. All reimbursements shall be paid as soon as administratively practicable, but in no event shall any reimbursement be paid after the last day of the taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense was incurred. The amount of in-kind benefits provided or reimbursable expenses incurred in one taxable year shall not affect the in-kind benefits to be provided or the expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other taxable year. Such right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

 

4


(d) the Company makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to Employee or any other person if any provisions of this Agreement are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code but do not satisfy an exemption from, or the conditions of, such Section.

7. Restrictive Covenant Agreement. The Company’s obligations under this Agreement, including the Company’s agreement to provide severance and to allow Employee to participate in the other compensation programs as provided on Schedule A, is conditioned on Employee signing a Restrictive Covenant Agreement in the form of Schedule B (the “Restrictive Covenant Agreement”).

8. Arbitration of Disputes. Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach thereof or otherwise arising out of Employee’s employment or the termination of that employment (including, without limitation, any claims of unlawful employment discrimination whether based on age or otherwise) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be settled by arbitration in any forum and form agreed upon by the parties or, in the absence of such an agreement, under the auspices of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) in Chicago, IL in accordance with the Employment Dispute Resolution Rules of the AAA, including, but not limited to, the rules and procedures applicable to the selection of arbitrators. In the event that any person or entity other than Employee or the Company may be a party with regard to any such controversy or claim, such controversy or claim shall be submitted to arbitration subject to such other person or entity’s agreement. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. This Section 8 shall be specifically enforceable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 8 shall not preclude either party from pursuing a court action for the sole purpose of obtaining a temporary restraining order or a preliminary injunction in circumstances in which such relief is appropriate (including, without limitation, the Company’s enforcement of the Restrictive Covenant Agreement); provided, however, that any other relief shall be pursued through an arbitration proceeding pursuant to this Section 8. Further notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 8 shall not limit the Company’s ability to terminate Employee’s employment at any time.

9. Integration. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements between the parties concerning such subject matter, including, but not limited to, any prior Agreement and/or compensation plan to which Employee and the Company or any of its affiliates are parties.

10. Withholding. All payments made by the Company to Employee under this Agreement shall be net of any tax or other amounts required to be withheld by the Company under applicable law.

 

5


11. Enforceability. If any portion or provision of this Agreement (including, without limitation, any portion or provision of any section of this Agreement) shall to any extent be declared illegal or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, then the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such portion or provision in circumstances other than those as to which it is so declared illegal or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each portion and provision of this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

12. Survival. The provisions of this Agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement and/or the termination of Employee’s employment to the extent necessary to effectuate the terms contained herein.

13. Waiver. No waiver of any provision hereof shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by the waiving party. The failure of any party to require the performance of any term or obligation of this Agreement, or the waiver by any party of any breach of this Agreement, shall not prevent any subsequent enforcement of such term or obligation or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach.

14. Notices. Any notices, requests, demands and other communications provided for by this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and delivered in person or sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier service or by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to Employee at the last address Employee has filed in writing with the Company or, in the case of the Company, at its main offices, attention of John McGrath.

15. Amendment. This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument signed by Employee and by a duly authorized representative of the Company (other than Employee).

16. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed under and be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of Illinois without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles of such State.

17. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be taken to be an original; but such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same document.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement effective as of the date set forth above.

 

COMPANY
By:  

/s/ John McGrath

Name:   John McGrath
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
EMPLOYEE
By:   /s/ Michael Ragen

 

6


Schedule A

Key Terms of Employment

 

1.

Position: Chief Financial Officer & Chief Operating Officer

 

2.

Primary Location(s): Lake Forest, IL

 

3.

Base Salary: $980,000

 

4.

Annual Bonus Target: 50% of Base Salary

 

5.

Long Term Incentive Target: 75% of Base Salary

 

6.

Severance Amount/Period: (i) Base Salary plus (ii) Annual Bonus at Target prorated through Date of Termination, paid in equal installments over 12 months following the Date of Termination except that if (i) a Sale of Business (as defined below) occurs and (ii) within 12 months following the closing of such Sale of Business either (A) Employee is terminated without Cause, or (B) Employee’s position is materially reduced in remuneration or scope of duties and Employee terminates Employee’s employment, then the Severance Amount shall be (i) two times Employee’s Base Salary plus (ii) Annual Bonus at Target and will be paid over a period of 24 months following the Date of Termination. All other terms of Section 5(b)(i) of the Agreement will apply. For purposes of this provision a “Sale of Business” shall mean the sale or other disposition of (x) more than 50% of the shares or other equity interests of the Company or the Company’s direct or indirect parent to a non-affiliated party, or (y) more than 50% of the businesses or assets that, as of the most recent year end, generated more than 50% of the Company’s EBITDA (as determined in good faith by RGHL’s CEO, based on the Company’s regularly prepared financial statements), provided that a disposition as a result of lender foreclosure on assets or pursuant to a bankruptcy or judicially administered reorganization shall not constitute a Sale of Business. Employee’s position shall not be materially reduced by reason of the Company being smaller or having less operations as a result of the Sale of Business so long as Employee’s duties and responsibilities are generally consistent with Employee’s duties and responsibilities prior to the Sale of Business.

 

A-1


Restrictive Covenant Agreement

Restrictive Covenant Agreement dated July 8, 2019, between Pactiv LLC (the Company”) and Michael Ragen (“Employee”).

Preliminary Statement

A. The Company and Employee have entered into an Employment Agreement of even date herewith. The execution of this Restrictive Covenant Agreement is a condition to the Company’s obligations under the Employment Agreement.

B. In addition, the Company is providing Employee other consideration for Employee’s execution of this Agreement, as provided in a separate letter of even date herewith.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and Employee agree as follows:

Agreement

1. Definitions. As used in this Agreement:

(a) Company Productmeans any product developed, manufactured, produced or distributed by the Company during the 24 month period immediately preceding the termination of Employee’s employment with the Company provided that (i) Employee had access to Proprietary Information related to the product or (ii) Employee marketed or interacted with Customers or Prospective Customers regarding the product during the 12-month period immediately preceding the termination of Employee’s employment with the Company.

(b) Competitive Activitymeans the marketing, distribution, promotion, sales, development, delivery, or servicing of any product that competes with any Company Product.

(c) Competitormeans (i) those entities listed on Attachment A plus (ii) such other entities that the Company reasonably determines are engaged in a Competitive Activity, in each case plus any direct or indirect parent or subsidiary of such entity, minus (iii) such entities on Attachment A that the Company reasonably determines are no longer engaged in a Competitive Activity. Company shall notify Employee in writing of any additions to or deletions from Attachment A.

(d) Customermeans any customer, including distributors, with whom the Company transacted business during the 24-month period immediately preceding the termination of Employee’s employment with the Company provided that (i) Employee had Material Contact with, or (ii) knew Proprietary Information of or about, the Customer during the 24-month period immediately preceding the termination of Employee’s employment with the Company.

(e) Material Contactmeans any contact between Employee and any Customer or Prospective Customer:

(1) with whom or with which Employee dealt on behalf of the Company;

 

1


(2) whose dealings with the Company were coordinated or supervised by Employee; or

(3) that resulted in Employee obtaining Proprietary Information about a Customer or Prospective Customer.

(f) Proprietary Informationmeans confidential or proprietary information or trade secrets of the Company or its affiliates, including, but not limited to, materials and information, whether written, electronic, or otherwise: a) disclosed to Employee or known by Employee as a result of his or her employment with the Company, b) which is not generally known, and c) which relates to or concerns the Company’s or its affiliates’: innovations; ideas; plans; processes; structures; systems; know-how; algorithms; computer programs; software; code; publications; designs; methods; techniques; drawings; apparatuses; government filings; patents; patent applications; materials; devices; research activities; reports and plans; specifications; promotional methods; financial information; forecasts; sales, profit and loss figures; personal identifying information of employees; marketing and sales methods and strategies; plans and systems; customer protocols and training programs; customer, prospective customer, vendor, licensee and client lists; information about customers, prospective customers, vendors, licensees and clients; information about relationships between the Company or its affiliates and their business partners, acquisition prospects, vendors, suppliers, prospective customers, customers, employees, owners, licensees and clients; information about deals and prospective deals; information about products, including but not limited strengths, weaknesses and vulnerabilities of existing products, as well as product strategies and roadmaps for future products and releases; and information about pricing including but not limited to license types, models, implementation costs, discounts and tolerance for discounts. Proprietary Information shall also include all information and matters specifically designated as proprietary and/or confidential by the Company or its affiliates or their customers or other business partners. The following information will not be considered Proprietary Information under this Agreement: a) information that has become generally available to the public through no wrongful act of Employee; b) information that Employee identified prior to Employee’s employment with the Company; c) information that is disclosed to the public pursuant to the binding order of a government agency or court; and d) information that is acquired through general skill and experience during Employee’s employment with the Company which Employee could reasonably have been expected to acquire in similar employment for another company provided Employee has no reason to believe that the Company would consider such information Proprietary Information as defined above.

(g) Prospective Customermeans any person with whom the Company was attempting to transact business within the six month period immediately preceding the termination of Employee’s employment with the Company provided that (i) Employee had Material Contact with, or (ii) knew Proprietary Information of or about, the Prospective Customer during the six-month period immediately preceding the termination of Employee’s employment.

2. Legitimate Interest. Due to the nature of the Company’s business, certain the Company employees, including Employee, have access to Proprietary Information. Likewise, via their employment, certain the Company employees, including Employee, receive specialized

 

2


training and/or shall be introduced to, given the opportunity to develop personal contacts with, and actually develop an advantageous familiarity as to the Company’s Customers and Prospective Customers. If the confidential or “trade secret” information, specialized training, or contacts and familiarity were made available to the Company competitors or other individuals outside the Company, or otherwise used against the Company interests, it would undoubtedly result in a loss of business or competitive position for the Company and/or harm the Company’s goodwill and investment in developing and maintaining its business relationships. Employee also agrees he/she holds a position uniquely essential to the management, organization, and/or service of the Company and the Company’s business is inherently national in character.

3. Disclosure of Existing Obligations. Except as disclosed in writing on Attachment B, Employee certifies the following:

(a) Employee is not bound by any written agreement or other obligation that directly or indirectly (i) restricts Employee from using or disclosing any confidential or proprietary information of any person or entity, (ii) restricts Employee from competing with, or soliciting actual or potential customers or business from, any person or entity, (iii) restricts Employee from soliciting any current or former employees of any person or entity, or (iv) limits Employee’s ability to perform any assigned duties for the Company.

(b) Employee does not have in Employee’s possession any confidential or proprietary information or documents belonging to others (except as disclosed in Attachment B), and will not use, disclose to, or induce the Company to use any such information or documents. To the extent Employee possesses any confidential information or documents from a former employer or other party, Employee agrees to immediately return any such confidential information or documents to the owner unless Employee has express written authorization to retain it or them or destroy such information or documents.

(c) Employee understands that the Company expects Employee to fulfill any contractual and fiduciary obligations Employee may owe to any former employer or other party, and Employee agrees to do so. Prior to execution of this Agreement, Employee certifies that Employee tendered to the Company all agreements and understandings described by this Section 3.

4. Work Made for Hire – Assignment of Inventions.

(a) Employee understands and agrees all “Work” (defined to mean all concepts, data, databases, inventions, formulas, discoveries, improvements, trade secrets, original works of authorship, know-how, algorithms, computer programs, software, code, publications, websites, designs, proposals, strategies, processes, methodologies and techniques, and any and all other information, materials and intellectual property, in any medium) that Employee, alone or jointly, creates, conceives, develops, or reduces to practice or causes another to create, conceive, develop, or reduce to practice, shall be a “work made for hire” within the meaning of that term under United States Copyright Act, 17 U.S.C. §§101 et seq. Employee agrees to promptly disclose to the Company, or any persons designated by it, all Work. Employee agrees to and hereby assigns and transfers to the Company, effective as of the date of its creation, any and all rights, title and interest Employee may have or may acquire in any Work

 

3


(including any Work not deemed, for whatever reason, to have been created as a work made for hire), effective as of the date of its creation, including any and all intellectual property rights in the Work, and the right to prosecute and recover damages for all infringements or other violations of the Work.

(b) Employee hereby gives the Company the unrestricted right to use, display, distribute, modify, combine with other information or materials, create derivative works based on, sell, or otherwise exploit for any purpose, the Work and any portion thereof, in any manner and medium throughout the world. Employee irrevocably waives and assigns to the Company any and all so-called moral rights Employee may have in or with respect to any Work. Upon the Company’s request, Employee shall promptly execute and deliver to the Company any and all further assignments, patent applications, or such other documents as the Company may deem necessary to effectuate the purposes of this Agreement. Employee hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Company and its officers and agents as Employee’s agent and attorney-in-fact, with full powers of substitution, to act for and on Employee’s behalf to execute, verify and file any such documents and to do all other lawfully permitted acts as permitted in the preceding paragraph with the same legal effect as if executed by Employee. The foregoing agency and power shall only be used by the Company if Employee fails to execute within five business days after the Company’s request related to any document or instrument described above. Employee hereby waives and quitclaims to the Company all claims of any nature which Employee now has or may later obtain for infringement of any intellectual property rights assigned under this Agreement or otherwise to the Company.

(c) Employee has identified on Attachment C all inventions or improvements relevant to the subject matter of Employee’s engagement with the Company that Employee desires to remove from the operation of this Agreement, and Employee’s post-employment restrictions. If there is no such list on Attachment C, Employee represents that Employee has made no such inventions and improvements at the time of signing this Agreement.

(d) The provisions of this Agreement requiring the assignment to the Company of Employee’s rights to certain inventions do not apply to an invention for which no equipment, supplies, facility, or trade secret information of the Company was used and which was developed entirely on the Employee’s own time, unless (i) the invention relates a) directly to the business of the Company, or b) to the Company’s actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development, or (ii) the invention results from any work performed by the Employee for the Company.

5. Restrictive Covenants.

(a) Non-Solicitation of Customers. Employee agrees that, during Employee’s employment with the Company and for a period of 12 months following the termination of Employee’s employment, Employee shall not, on behalf of any entity or person other than the Company, directly or indirectly, contact or solicit any Customer for the purpose of delivering, selling, or otherwise offering a product that is the same or similar to that of a Company Product.

 

4


(b) Non-Solicitation of Prospective Customers. Employee agrees that, during Employee’s employment with the Company and for a period of 12 months following the termination of Employee’s employment, Employee shall not, on behalf of any entity or person other than the Company, directly or indirectly, contact or solicit any Prospective Customer for the purpose of delivering, selling, or otherwise offering a product that is the same or similar to that of a Company Product.

(c) Non-Solicitation of Employees. Employee agrees that, during Employee’s employment with the Company and for a period of 12 months following the termination of Employee’s employment, Employee shall not, directly or indirectly: a) induce or attempt to induce any employee of the Company or any of its affiliates with whom Employee had a working relationship in the 24 months prior to the termination of Employee’s employment to terminate his or her employment with the Company; b) hire or employ, or attempt to hire or employ, any employee of the Company or any of its affiliates with whom Employee had a working relationship in the 24 months prior to the termination of Employee’s employment; or c) assist any other person or entity in doing any of the foregoing.

(d) Limited Non-Competition. Employee agrees that during Employee’s employment with the Company and for a period of 12 months following the termination of Employee’s employment, Employee shall not, anywhere in North America (United States, Mexico or Canada) act in any capacity, whether or not for consideration, on behalf of any Competitor. Given the national nature of the Company’s business, the extent to which Employee has been (or will be) exposed to the Company’s Proprietary information, and the ability of Employee to carry out Employee’s work remotely, regardless of physical location, Employee acknowledges the geographic scope of the post-employment restriction in this Section 5(d) is reasonable and appropriate.

(e) Confidentiality Covenant. During Employee’s employment with the Company and following the termination of Employee’s employment:

(i) Employee will not disclose or transfer, directly or indirectly, any Proprietary Information to any person or entity other than as authorized by the Company. Employee understands and agrees that disclosures authorized by the Company for the benefit of the Company must be made in accordance with the Company’s policies and practices designed to maintain the confidentiality of Proprietary Information, for example providing information after obtaining signed non-disclosure or confidentiality agreements;

(ii) Employee will not use, directly or indirectly, any Proprietary Information for the benefit or profit of any person or organization, including Employee, other than the Company;

(iii) Employee will not remove or transfer from any of the Company’s offices or premises any materials or property of the Company (including, without limitation, materials and property containing Proprietary Information), except as is strictly necessary in the performance of Employee’s assigned duties as an employee;

 

5


(iv) Employee will not copy any Proprietary Information except as needed in furtherance of and for use in the Company’s business. Employee agrees that copies of Proprietary Information must be treated with the same degree of confidentiality as the original information and are subject to the same restrictions contained in this Agreement;

(v) Employee will promptly upon the Company’s request, and in any event promptly upon the termination of Employee’s employment with the Company, return to the Company all materials and property removed from or belonging to the Company and Employee will not retain copies of any of such materials and property;

(vi) Employee agrees to take all reasonable steps to preserve the confidential and proprietary nature of Proprietary Information and to prevent the inadvertent or accidental disclosure of Proprietary Information; and

(vii) Employee will not use or rely on the confidential or proprietary information or trade secrets of a third party in the performance of Employee’s work for the Company except when obtained through lawful means such as contractual teaming agreements, purchase of copyrights, or other written permission for use of such information.

(f) Scope of Covenants. The parties desire for the restrictive covenants, including any time period and geographic scope, to be construed as broadly as permitted by applicable law. It is the parties’ intent, and a critical inducement to the Company entering into this Agreement, to protect and preserve the Company’s legitimate interests, and thus the parties agree that the time period and the geographic coverage and scope of the post-employment restrictions herein are reasonable and necessary. However, if a court of competent jurisdiction finds that the time period of any of the foregoing post-employment restrictions is too lengthy, the geographic scope is too broad, or the agreement overreaches in any way, the parties authorize and respectfully ask the court to modify or, if modification is not possible, strike the offending portion, but only that portion, and grant the relief reasonably necessary to protect the Company’s interests so as to achieve the original intent of the parties.

(g) Remedies. Employee agrees that a threatened or existing violation of any of the post-employment restrictions contained in this Agreement would cause the Company irreparable injury for which it would have no adequate remedy at law and agrees that the Company will be entitled to obtain injunctive relief prohibiting such violation, in addition to any other rights and remedies available to it at law or in equity. The real or perceived existence of any claim or cause of action against the Company, whether predicated on this Agreement or some other basis, will not alleviate Employee of Employee’s obligations under this Agreement and will not constitute a defense to the enforcement by the Company of post-employment restrictions contained herein.

(h) Tolling of Time Periods. Employee agrees that in the event Employee violates any subsection of Section 5 of this Agreement as to which there is a specific time period during which Employee is prohibited from certain actions and activities, such violation shall toll the running of such time period from the date of such violation until the date the violation ceases.

 

6


(i) Inevitable Use of Proprietary Information. Employee acknowledges and agrees that, after Employee’s separation of employment, Employee will possess the Company’s Proprietary Information which Employee would inevitably use if Employee were to engage in the conduct prohibited by Section 5 (including each of its sub-sections), that such use would be unfair and extremely detrimental to the Company and, in view of the benefits provided to Employee in this Agreement, that such conduct on his or her part would be inequitable. Accordingly, Employee separately and severally agrees for the benefit of the Company to be bound by each of the covenants described above.

6. Reasonable Restrictions. Employee acknowledges that it is necessary and appropriate for the Company to protect its legitimate business interests by restricting Employee’s ability to engage in certain competitive activities and any violation of such post-employment restrictions would result in irreparable injury to the Company’s legitimate business interests. The parties agree that the post-employment restrictions contained in this Agreement are drafted narrowly to safeguard the Company’s legitimate business interests while not unreasonably interfering with Employee’s ability to obtain other employment.

7. Entire Agreement. No representation, promise, understanding, or warranty not set forth herein has been made or relied upon by either party in making this Agreement. No modification, amendment or addition will be valid, unless set forth in writing and signed by the party against whom enforcement of any such modification, amendment or addition is sought. Notwithstanding, this Agreement supersedes any prior confidentiality agreements or restrictive covenants between the Company and Employee provided however that if a court of competent jurisdiction refuses to enforce this Agreement, then the parties agree that the term of any prior confidentiality or restrictive covenants shall govern.

8. At Will Employment. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to constitute a contract of employment for any given duration. The relationship between the Company and Employee shall be employment-at-will and either the Company or Employee may terminate it at any time for any reason without liability.

9. Subsequent Employment. In order to protect the Company’s rights under this Agreement, Employee agrees that:

(a) For a period of 12 months following the termination of Employee’s employment with the Company, Employee shall advise the Company with respect to any new employment by Employee’s. Employee is aware that the Company may contact Employee’s prospective or subsequent employers and inform them of this Agreement or any other policy or employment agreement between Employee and the Company that may be in effect on Employee’s last day of employment. Employee understands that Employee has a duty to contact the Company if Employee has any questions regarding whether or not conduct by Employee would be restricted by this Agreement.

(b) Employee shall make the terms and conditions of the post-employment restrictions in this Agreement known to any business, entity or persons engaged in activities competitive with the Company’s business with which Employee becomes associated during Employee’s employment with the Company and in the 12 month period after the termination of Employee’s employment.

 

7


10. Assignment of Agreement. The Company may assign this Agreement, its rights, interests and remedies under this Agreement, and its obligations under this Agreement, to any successor or purchaser of the Company or any division or business of the Company in the discretion of the Company and without notice to Employee. The validity of this Agreement will not be affected by the sale (whether via a stock or asset sale), merger, or any other change in ownership of the Company. Employee understands that Employee’s obligations under this Agreement are personal, and that Employee may not assign this Agreement, or any of Employee’s rights, interests, or obligations under this Agreement.

11. Non-Waiver. No failure or delay by any party to this Agreement in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder, will operate as a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies provided herein will be cumulative and in addition to any rights or remedies provided by law or equity.

12. Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois without giving effect to any conflict of law principles.

13. Consent To Jurisdiction. The parties expressly consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state or federal courts of Illinois to resolve any and all disputes arising under the post-employment restrictions contained in Section 5 of this Agreement and hereby waive any right that they might have to object to jurisdiction or venue within such court or any defense based on the doctrine of forum non conveniens. The parties also agree that any and all disputes arising under the post-employment restrictions contained in Section 5 of this Agreement may be resolved in a state or federal court and shall not be subject to arbitration irrespective of any other agreement.

14. Counterparts & Signatures. This Agreement may be executed in duplicate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Facsimile, electronic (PDF, etc.) and other copies or duplicates of this Agreement are valid and enforceable as originals. Similarly, Agreements signed by hand, electronically (DocuSign or similar service), or, on behalf of the Company, by signature stamp, are valid and enforceable as original signatures.

15. Notice of Immunity. Employee understands that nothing in this Agreement is intended to prohibit Employee from disclosing information, including Proprietary Information, which is permitted to be disclosed by the Federal Defend Trade Secrets Act, which provides that an individual may not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for disclosure of a trade secret (a) made in confidence to a government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney, solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law or (b) in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal. In addition, Employee understands that if Employee files a lawsuit against the Company for retaliation based on the reporting of a

 

8


suspected violation of law, Employee may disclose a trade secret to Employee’s attorney and use the trade secret information in the court proceeding, so long as any document containing the trade secret is filed under seal and the trade secret is not disclosed except pursuant to court order. To the extent Employee suspects a violation of the law, Employee should report their suspicion to an officer of the Company or in accordance with relevant the Company policies.

16. Return of the Company Property. At the request of the Company (or, without any request, upon termination of my employment with the Company), Employee will immediately deliver to the Company (a) all the Company property that is then in Employee’s possession, custody or control, including, without limitation, all keys, access cards, cell phones, tablets, computer hardware including but not limited to any hard drives, external storage devices, diskettes, fobs, laptops, tablets, computers and personal data assistants (and the contents thereof), internet connectivity devices, computer software and programs, data, materials, papers, books, files, documents, records; (b) any and all documents or other items containing, summarizing, or describing any Proprietary Information, including all originals and copies in whatever form; (c) any personal device that Employee synced with or used to access any the Company system for purpose of inspection and copying; and (d) a list of passwords or codes needed to operate or access any of the items referenced in this Section 16.

17. Promotional Materials. Employee authorizes and consents to, during the term of Employee’s employment with the Company, the creation and/or use of Employee’s likeness as well as Employee’s name by the Company, and persons or organizations authorized by it, without reservation or limitation and without further consideration. Pursuant to this authorization and consent, the Company may, for example, use Employee’s likeness on its website, and publish and distribute advertising, sales, or other promotional literature containing a likeness of Employee in the course of performing Employee’s job duties. Employee also waives any cause of action for personal injury and/or property damage by virtue of the creation and use of such a likeness. Property rights to any likeness of Employee produced or prepared by the Company, or any person or organization authorized by it, shall vest in and remain with the Company. As used herein, “likeness” shall include a photograph, photographic reproduction, audio transmission, audio recording, video transmission and/or video recording, as well as any other similar medium.

18. Fair Meaning. The language of this Agreement shall be construed as a whole, according to its fair meaning, and not strictly for or against any party.

19. Additional Consideration. Employee understands that the Company’s obligations under the Employment Agreement, as well as the provision of the additional consideration identified in the Preliminary Statement, are conditioned upon Employee signing this Agreement. Further, as a result of Employee’s employment, Employee shall be (or has been) given access to the Company’s Proprietary Information, provision of confidential information, opportunities for advancement, and opportunities to participate in confidential meetings and specialized training, which shall constitute independent consideration for the post-employment restrictions contained in this Agreement and would not be (or would not have been) given to Employee without Employee’s agreement to abide by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including without limitation the ancillary obligations of confidentiality and non-disclosure.

 

9


By initialing below, Employee specifically acknowledges that Employee has read, understands and agrees to Section 19.

 

MR

     

Employee initials

By executing this Agreement below, the parties confirm they have read, understood, and voluntarily agreed to be bound by the entire Agreement.

 

Employee
Printed:  

Michael Ragen

Signed:  

/s/ Michael Ragen

Dated:  

7/30/19

Company
Printed:  

Steve Estes

Signed:  

/s/ Steve Estes

Dated:  

7/8/19

 

10


Attachment A

Pactiv Competitors

 

   

Anchor

 

   

Berry Plastics

 

   

Cascade

 

   

CKF

 

   

Cool-Pak

 

   

D&W Fine Pak

 

   

Dart Container Corporation

 

   

Direct Pack

 

   

Dolco

 

   

Dyne-a-Pak

 

   

Fabri-Kal

 

   

Genpak

 

   

Georgia Pacific

 

   

Grupo Convermex

 

   

Hartmann

 

   

Huhtamaki

 

   

Inline Plastics

 

   

International Paper/IP Foodservice

 

   

LBP

 

   

Peninsula Packaging

 

   

Sabert

 

   

Sealed Air

 

   

Seda

 

   

Solo Cup Company

 

   

The Waddington Group.

 

11


Attachment B

List of Confidential or Proprietary Information Belonging to Others

None

 

12


Attachment C

List of Prior Inventions or Improvements

None

 

13

EX-10.14

Exhibit 10.14

 

July 17, 2019

Mike Ragen

CFO / COO, Pactiv

Re: Retention Agreement

Dear Mike,

We are pleased to offer you (“you” or “Employee”) this retention bonus agreement (the “Agreement”) related to your continued service to Pactiv (the “Company”).

The terms of this Agreement are as follows:

1. Retention Bonus. Subject to the terms and conditions herein, the Company will provide you with a retention bonus in the gross amount of $980,000 (“Retention Bonus”). The Retention Bonus shall be payable in the following manner:

The Retention bonus shall be paid in three installments with 1/3 ($326,666.67)payable in the next available payroll immediately following the Company’s receipt of this Agreement signed by you; and, 1/3 payable on 12/31/19; and, 1/3 payable on 6/30/20.

The Retention Bonus is subject to regular tax withholdings and other authorized deductions. This bonus will not be treated as compensation for any purpose under any benefit plans or programs, unless statutorily required.

2. Period of this Agreement. In order to accept the offer set forth herein, you must promptly sign and return this Agreement to Steve Estes (Chief Human Resources Officer, Rank Group) but in no event later than July 19, 2019. This Agreement will commence as of the date noted above and will end December 31, 2020 (the “Agreement Period”), provided, however, that Section 4 (Confidentiality) of this Agreement shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement.

3. Repayment on Resignation or Termination for Cause. In the event that you resign or the Company terminates your employment for Cause during the Agreement Period, you agree to promptly repay Company for the Retention Bonus, but in no event later than thirty (30) days after your last day of employment with the Company. You further agree that, in the event you resign or are terminated for Cause, the Company may deduct the amount of the Retention Bonus in whole or in part from any payments then due to you from the Company.

For purposes of this Agreement, the Company may terminate the Employee’s employment for “Cause” if in the good faith determination of the Company’s CEO that Employee has engaged in conduct consisting of (i) dishonesty or other serious misconduct related to Employee’s duties as an employee of the Company, or (ii) willful and continual failure (unless due to incapacity resulting from physical or mental illness) to perform the duties of Employee’s employment after written demand for substantial performance is delivered to Employee by the Company specifically identifying the manner in which Employee has not substantially performed such duties.

4. Confidentiality. You agree to keep the existence of this Agreement and its terms confidential, unless disclosure is required pursuant to an order by a court of competent jurisdiction. However, you may discuss the terms of this Agreement with your spouse, attorney(s) or tax advisor(s), provided any such person agrees to keep the existence and terms of this Agreement strictly confidential.


5. Continuation of Employment. This Agreement does not change your status as an “at-will” employee and does not guarantee your employment for any specific period of time. The Company reserves the right to terminate you at any time and for any or no reason.

6. Governing Law/Captions/Severance/Attorney’s Fees. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with, and pursuant to, the laws of the State of Illinois. The captions of this Agreement shall not be part of the provisions hereof, and shall have no force or effect. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement. In the event that the Company must file a claim to seek enforcement of any provision of this Agreement, the Company shall be entitled to receive compensation for related costs, including but not limited to reasonable attorney’s fees and interest.

7. Entire Agreement/Amendment. This instrument contains the entire agreement of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and the parties have made no agreement, representations, or warranties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement that are not set forth herein. This Agreement may be amended at any time by written agreement of both parties, but it shall not be amended by oral agreement.

We look forward to your continuing contributions to the Company. Please acknowledge by signing below that you have read this Agreement and you understand and agree to its terms.

 

Sincerely,

/s/ John McGrath

John McGrath

CEO, Pactiv

I, Mike Ragen, have read this Agreement, and I understand and agree to its terms.

 

/s/ Michael Ragen

          

7/17/19

Employee (signature)       Date

 

Michael Ragen

Employee (printed name)
EX-10.15

Exhibit 10.15

 

July 3, 2019

Mike Ragen

CFO / COO, Pactiv

Dear Mike:

As we have discussed, a critical component of our ongoing business strategy Pactiv will be to explore opportunities for the business that could lead to an Initial Public Offering (IPO) of the business or potentially a divestiture of the associated business entities. Your assistance is needed by Pactiv as we work through this process to help prepare the business for a successful transaction. In light of this, we are offering you a special Transaction Success bonus (“Bonus”) that will become payable if a successful IPO is concluded or if there is a sale of the business by June 30, 2020.

If the transaction is completed, your potential bonus will be $980,000. Fifty percent (50%) of this bonus ($490,000) will be paid to you 30 days after the effective date of an IPO or the closing date of a sale, so long as you do not voluntarily leave your employment with the succeeding entity during that time. You will be paid the remaining fifty percent (50%) of this bonus six (6) months after the effective date of an IPO or the closing date, so long as you do not voluntarily leave your employment with the succeeding entity during that time. This bonus is a gross amount and is subject to all applicable tax withholding requirements. This bonus will not be treated as compensation for any purpose under any benefit plans or programs, unless statutorily required.

Because of the significance of this strategic effort, and given that you are one of a select group of employees to be offered this opportunity, it is of utmost importance that you keep this offer and all its terms entirely confidential.

Thank you for your willingness to assist the team during this endeavor and for your help in ensuring the success of this very important process for Pactiv.

Sincerely,

 

/s/ John McGrath

John McGrath
Chief Executive Officer
Pactiv


 

TO:      Mike Ragen
FROM:      Steve Estes, CHRO – Rank Group
DATE:      June 1, 2020
SUBJECT:      Transaction Success Bonus—Extension

 

As a part of our business strategy to explore opportunities for Pactiv and Evergreen that could lead to an Initial Public Offering (IPO) or potentially a divestiture of the business, you were included in a Transaction Success Bonus program. The terms and conditions of the program are captured in a letter to you, dated July 3, 2019. This letter states that the program is contingent upon the transaction being completed by June 30, 2020.

Due to the ongoing explorative process related to the Pactiv and Evergreen businesses, the decision has been made to extend the availability of this program. By way of this notice, we are extending the program through December 31, 2020. The terms and conditions of the program remain the same as identified in your letter dated July 3, 2019.

Thank you for your ongoing support and efforts as we continue to explore transaction opportunities for the business.

/s/  Steve Estes

EX-10.16

Exhibit 10.16

 

 

TO:    MICHAEL RAGEN
FROM:    STEVE ESTES
DATE:    JULY 8, 2019
SUBJECT:    PLANNED ISSUANCE OF RESTRICTED STOCK

 

 

As we have discussed, a critical component of our ongoing business strategy for Pactiv LLC will be to explore opportunities for the business that could lead to an Initial Public Offering (IPO) of the business, either as a stand-alone business or as part of a combined entity with other RGHL businesses, or potentially a divestiture of the associated business entities. Your assistance is needed by Pactiv as we work through this process to help prepare the business for a successful transaction.

If the IPO is successful, the company whose shares are registered in the IPO will issue you Restricted Stock at the completion of the IPO. The number of shares in this grant equals $490,000 divided by the IPO price as of the date of the grant, rounded to the nearest whole share. Vesting for the restricted stock will occur over a 3-year period with 1/3 vesting after 12-months from the successful IP0; 1/3 vesting after 24-months from the successful IPO; and, 1/3 vesting after 36-months from the successful IPO. You must be an employee of the Company or one of its affiliates on the applicable vesting date to receive such shares.

Should there be a business sale instead of an IPO, you will receive $490,000 in cash in lieu of Restricted Stock. For purposes hereof, a business sale means a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (or, if the Company has been combined with another RGHL entity, of that combined entity) or a sale of more than 50% of the equity of the Company or such entity. This cash payment will be made in the following manner:

12 Payable 30-days post-closing of the sale, provided employee has not voluntarily resigned.

12 Payable 180-days post-closing of the sale, provided employee has not voluntarily resigned.

This memo does not change your status as an “at-will” employee and does not guarantee your employment for any specific period of time. The Company reserves the right to terminate you at any time and for any or no reason. Any Restricted Stock issued or cash payment made pursuant to this memo shall be subject to regular tax withholdings and other authorized deductions and will not be treated as compensation for any purpose under any benefit plans or programs, unless statutorily required.

This memo is provided to summarize the agreement that has been reached in this regard between the Company and the employee. Should an IPO be completed, a formal grant letter for the Restricted Stock will be provided to the employee that documents all terms and conditions related to the grant.

 

By:  

/s/ Steve Estes

EX-10.17

Exhibit 10.17

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

Employment Agreement (“Agreement”) dated as of Feb 20, 2017 (the “Effective Date”), between Evergreen Packaging Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Employer”), and John Rooney (“Executive”).

1. Term. The term of Executive’s employment pursuant to this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and shall continue until terminated in accordance with the terms hereof (the “Term”).

2. Position. Duties and Location. Executive shall serve as Chief Executive Officer of GEC Packaging Technologies LLC (the “Company”). In this position, Executive shall have such duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Chief Executive Officer (the “CEO”) or owner (the “Owner”) of Reynolds Group Holdings Limited (“RGHL”), provided that such duties shall be consistent with those of a chief executive officer. Executive shall devote substantially all of Executive’s working time and efforts to the business and affairs of the Company and shall not engage in any other business activity without prior written approval from RGHL’s CEO or Owner. Executive shall perform the services required by this Agreement at the Company’s principal offices, except for customary business travel to other locations as may be necessary to fulfill Executive’s duties and responsibilities hereunder.

3. Compensation and Related Matters. During the Term:

(a) Base Salary. Executive’s annual base salary (the “Base Salary”) shall be $1,500,000. The Base Salary shall be payable in periodic installments in accordance with the usual practice of the Company for its senior executives. Executive’s Base Salary will be reviewed but not necessarily increased annually as part of the Company’s merit review process.

(b) Annual Bonus. Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual bonus (the “Annual Bonus”), as determined in the sole discretion of RGHL’s CEO or Owner. The Annual Bonus, if any, earned by Executive in respect of any year shall be paid to Executive at the time that the Company pays its annual bonuses to its employees generally (usually around March 15 of the following year). Executive has the ability to earn a target bonus of 115% of Base Salary, up to a maximum of 230% of Base Salary.

(c) Long-Term Incentive Plan. Executive shall be eligible to participate in RGHL’s Long-Term Incentive Plan as determined in the sole discretion of the RGHL’s CEO.

(d) Expenses. Executive shall be entitled to receive reimbursement for all reasonable expenses incurred by Executive in performing services hereunder, in accordance with the policies and procedures then in effect and established by the Company for its senior executive officers.

(e) Other Benefits. Executive shall be entitled to participate in the Company’s employee health and welfare plans, policies, programs and arrangements as they may be amended from time to time, to the extent Executive meets the eligibility requirements for any such plan, policy, program or arrangement.


(f) Vacation. Executive shall be entitled to paid vacation, as well as holidays and other paid absences, in accordance with the Company’s policies and procedures for similarly situated executives of the Company to the extent Executive meets the eligibility requirements for any such policy and procedures.

4. Termination. Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated as set forth in this Section 4. Upon any termination of Executive’s employment, the Term shall automatically end.

(a) Death. Executive’s employment hereunder shall automatically terminate upon his death.

(b) Discharge by the Company for Cause. The Company may terminate Executive’s employment hereunder for Cause at any time. For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean in the good faith determination of RGHL’s CEO or Owner that Executive has engaged in conduct consisting of (i) dishonesty or other serious misconduct related to Executive’s duties as an employee of the Company, or (ii) willful and continual failure (unless due to incapacity resulting from physical or mental illness) to perform the duties of Executive’s employment after written demand for substantial performance is delivered to Executive by the Company specifically identifying the manner in which Executive has not substantially performed such duties.

(c) Termination Without Cause. The Company may terminate Executive’s employment hereunder at any time without Cause upon 30 days’ written notice to Executive. Any termination by the Company of Executive’s employment under this Agreement other than pursuant to Section 4(a) or Section 4(b) shall be deemed a termination without Cause.

(d) Termination by Executive. Executive may terminate his employment hereunder upon 60 days’ written notice to the Company.

(e) Notice of Termination. Except for termination as specified in Section 4(a), any termination of Executive’s employment by the Company or any such termination by Executive shall be communicated by written to the other party hereto, specifying the applicable termination provision of this Agreement (a “Notice of Termination”). The “Date of Termination” shall mean: (i) if Executive’s employment is terminated by his death, the date of his death; or (ii) the date specified in the applicable Notice of Termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Executive gives a Notice of Termination to the Company, the Company may unilaterally accelerate the Date of Termination and such acceleration shall not result in a termination by the Company for purposes of this Agreement.

5. Compensation Upon Termination.

(a) Termination Generally. If Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated for any reason, Executive (or his authorized representative or estate) shall, through the Date of Termination, be paid or provided with (i) any earned but unpaid Base Salary, (ii) unpaid expense reimbursements, and (iii) any vested benefits Executive may have under any employee benefit plan of the Company (the “Accrued Obligations”). The Accrued Obligations shall be paid at the time(s) specified under any applicable employee benefit plan, or, if there is no applicable employee benefit plan, within 30 days after Executive’s Date of Termination.

 

2


(b) Termination by the Company Without Cause. If Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause as provided in Section 4(c), then Executive shall be paid or provided with the Accrued Obligations through the Date of Termination and, subject to Section 5(c). Executive shall also be paid or provided with the following:

(i) Severance. A severance payment (the “Severance Amount”) equal to one times Executive’s Base Salary. Subject to Section 5(c) and Section 6, the Severance Amount shall be paid to Executive in equal installments in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices over a period of 12 months following the Date of Termination; provided that no amount of the severance shall be payable until the revocation period for the Release described in Section 5(c) shall have expired (and Executive shall not have revoked his agreements in the Release), and any amount that would have been paid to Executive but for this proviso shall be accrued and paid to Executive on the first payroll date immediately following the expiration of such revocation period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and in addition to any other rights or remedies the Company may have at law or in equity, if Executive breaches any of the provisions of Section 7, his right to receive further payments of the Severance Amount shall be terminated.

(ii) Severance Following Sale of Business. Notwithstanding Section 5(b)(i), if (i) a Sale of Business (as defined below) occurs and (ii) within 12 months following the closing of such Sale of Business either (A) Executive is terminated without Cause, or (B) Executive’s position is materially reduced in remuneration or scope of duties and Executive terminates his employment, then the Severance Amount shall be two times Executive’s Base Salary and will be paid over a period of 24 months following the Date of Termination. All other terms of Section 5(b)(i) will apply. For purposes of this Section 5(b)(ii):

(A) a “Sale of Business” shall mean the sale or other disposition of businesses or assets that, as of the most recent year end, generated more than 50% of the Company’s EBITDA (as determined in good faith by RGHL’s CEO, based on the Company’s regularly prepared financial statements), provided that a disposition as a result of lender foreclosure on assets or pursuant to a bankruptcy or judicially administered reorganization shall not constitute a Sale of Business.

(B) Executive’s position shall not be materially reduced by reason of the Company being smaller or having less operations as a result of the Sale of Business so long as Executive remains chief executive officer with duties and responsibilities consistent with Executive’s duties and responsibilities prior to the Sale of Business.

 

3


(iii) Health Care Continuation. In addition, Executive and his eligible dependents, if any, shall continue to be covered by the Company’s health plan (the Health Plan”), as in effect from time to time, and subject to the rules thereof (including any requirement to make contributions or pay premiums, except that Executive shall contribute or pay on an after-tax basis) for one year following the Date of Termination. If the provision to Executive of the insurance coverage described in this Section would either: (A) violate the terms of the Health Plan (or any related insurance policies), or (B) violate any of the nondiscrimination requirements of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), applicable to the health insurance coverage, then the Company, in its sole discretion, may elect to pay Executive, in lieu of the health insurance coverage described under this Section 5(b)(iii), a lump-sum cash payment equal to the total monthly premiums (or in the case of a self-funded plan, the cost of COBRA continuation coverage) that would have been paid by the Company for Executive under the Health Plan.

(c) Release. Any payment that may become due under Section 5(b) shall be subject to Executive signing a general release of claims in favor of the Company and related persons and entities in a form and manner satisfactory to the Company (the “Release”) within the 21-day period following the Date of Termination and the expiration of the seven-day revocation period for the Release. In the event Executive fails to sign such Release within the 21-day period following the Date of Termination or revokes the Release prior to the expiration of the seven-day revocation period for the Release, Executive shall reimburse the Company for any payment made to Executive under Section 5(b) prior to the expiration of such seven-day revocation period for the Release. In addition, notwithstanding anything else herein to the contrary, Executive’s entitlement to the payments and benefits described in Section 5(b) shall be contingent upon Executive abiding by and not breaching any of the covenants set forth in the Release and in Section 7 hereof.

6. Section 409A.

(a) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent that any payment or benefit described in this Agreement would be considered deferred compensation subject to Section 409A(a) of the Code, and to the extent that such payment or benefit is payable upon Executive’s termination of employment or within a certain time following the “Date of Termination,” then such payments or benefits shall be payable only upon Executive’s “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and the “Date of Termination” shall be the date on which Executive experiences such “separation from service.” The determination of whether and when a “separation from service” has occurred shall be made in accordance with the presumptions set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h). If this Agreement provides for a payment to be made within a period of time, the date within such period on which such payment shall be made shall be determined by the Company in its sole discretion and, for the avoidance of doubt, the Company will pay the Severance Amount after the 45th day following the Date of Termination.

(b) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if at the time of Executive’s “separation from service”, Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, then, to the extent any payment or benefit that Executive becomes entitled to under this Agreement on account of Executive’s “separation from service” would be considered deferred compensation subject to Section 409A(a) of the Code, such payment shall not be payable and such benefit shall not be provided until the date that is the earlier of (A) six months and one day after Executive’s “separation from service”, or (B) Executive’s death.

 

4


(c) All in-kind benefits provided and expenses eligible for reimbursement under this Agreement shall be provided by the Company or incurred by Executive during the time periods set forth in this Agreement. All reimbursements shall be paid as soon as administratively practicable, but in no event shall any reimbursement be paid after the last day of the taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense was incurred. The amount of in-kind benefits provided or reimbursable expenses incurred in one taxable year shall not affect the in-kind benefits to be provided or the expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other taxable year. Such right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

(d) The Company makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to Executive or any other person if any provisions of this Agreement are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code but do not satisfy an exemption from, or the conditions of, such Section.

7. Confidential Information. Non-Competition and Cooperation.

(a) Certain Definitions. As used in this Agreement:

(i) “Confidential Information” means information belonging to the Company or any of its affiliates, including RGHL and all of RGHL’s subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company Group”) which is of value to any member of the Company Group in the course of conducting its business and the disclosure of which could result in a competitive or other disadvantage to the Company Group. Confidential Information includes, without limitation, financial information, reports, and forecasts; inventions, improvements and other intellectual property; trade secrets; know-how; designs, processes or formulae; software; market or sales information or plans; customer lists; and business plans, prospects and opportunities (such as possible acquisitions or dispositions of businesses or facilities) which have been discussed or considered by the management of any member of the Company Group. Confidential Information includes information developed by Executive in the course of Executive’s employment by the Company, as well as other information to which Executive may have access in connection with Executive’s employment. Confidential Information also includes the confidential information of others with which any member of the Company Group has a business relationship. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information does not include information in the public domain unless due to breach of Executive’s duties under Section 7(b).

(ii) “Company Inventions, Discoveries and Improvements” shall mean any and all inventions, discoveries, improvements, ideas, data, research and works of authorship made, discovered or developed by Executive, solely or jointly with others, during the term of Executive’s employment within the Company Group and that relate in any manner to the business of the Company Group.

 

5


(b) Confidentiality. Executive understands and agrees that Executive’s employment creates a relationship of confidence and trust between Executive and the Company with respect to all Confidential Information. At all times, both during Executive’s employment with the Company and after the termination thereof, Executive will keep in confidence and trust all such Confidential Information, and will not use or disclose any such Confidential Information without the written consent of the Company, except as may be necessary in the ordinary course of performing Executive’s duties to the Company.

(c) Documents, Records, etc. All documents, records, data, apparatus, equipment and other physical property, whether or not pertaining to Confidential Information, which are furnished to Executive by any member of the Company Group or are produced by Executive in connection with Executive’s employment shall be and remain the sole property of the Company Group. Executive shall return to the Company all such materials and property as and when requested by the Company. In any event, Executive shall return all such materials and property immediately upon termination of Executive’s employment for any reason. Executive will not retain with Executive any such material or property or any copies thereof after such termination.

(d) Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation. During Executive’s employment with the Company Group and for one year thereafter, regardless of the reason for the termination, without the prior written consent of the Company Executive shall not, individually or jointly with any other person, directly or indirectly:

(i) conduct any business, or own, manage, join, control, finance, participate in the ownership, management, operation, control, or financing of, or become or be connected with or otherwise become or be interested in or associated in any way with, any person or entity engaged in the design, manufacturing, distribution, marketing or sale of any food and beverage packaging and storage products;

(ii) solicit, offer employment to, or take any other action intended (or that a reasonable person acting in like circumstances would expect) to have the effect of causing any officer or employee of any member of the Company Group to terminate his or her employment with the Company Group or to accept employment or become affiliated with, or provide services for compensation in any capacity whatsoever to, any other person entity; or

(iii) solicit, provide any information, advice or recommendation or take any other action intended (or that a reasonable person acting in like circumstances would expect) to have the effect of causing any customer of or supplier to any member of the Company Group to terminate an existing business or commercial relationship with any member of the Company Group or transfer some or all of such person’s business or relationships with any member of the Company Group

Executive understands that the restrictions set forth in this Section 7(d) are intended to protect the members of the Company Group’s interest in Confidential Information and established employee, customer and supplier relationships and goodwill, and agrees that such restrictions are reasonable and appropriate for this purpose.

 

6


(e) Assignment of Inventions. Executive shall hold in trust for the benefit of Company and disclose promptly and fully to Company in writing, Company Inventions, Discoveries and Improvements. Executive hereby assigns any and all right, title and interest Executive has or will have in any of Company Inventions, Discoveries and Improvements to Company. Any and all of Company Inventions, Discoveries and Improvements are the sole and exclusive property of Company, whether patentable or not, and Executive agrees that Executive will assist and fully cooperate in every proper way, at Company’s expense, in securing and enforcing, for Company’s sole benefit, patents for Company’s Inventions, Discoveries and Improvements in any and all countries. Within one year following the termination of Executive’s employment and without limiting the generality of these provisions, any inventions, discoveries and improvements of Executive relating to any Company subject matter on which Executive worked or was informed of during Executive’s employment by Company shall be presumed to have been conceived and made prior to the termination of Executive’s employment and shall be included as Company Inventions, Discoveries and Improvements unless Executive proves by clear and convincing evidence that such invention, discovery or improvement was conceived and made following the termination of Executive’s employment.

(f) Cooperation. During and after Executive’s employment, Executive shall cooperate fully with the Company in the defense or prosecution of any claims or actions now in existence or which may be brought in the future against or on behalf of any member of the Company Group which relate to events or occurrences that transpired while Executive was employed by the Company. Executive’s full cooperation in connection with such claims or actions shall include, but not be limited to, being available to meet with counsel to prepare for discovery or trial and to act as a witness on behalf of any member of the Company Group at mutually convenient times. During and after Executive’s employment, Executive also shall cooperate fully with the Company in connection with any investigation or review of any federal, state or local regulatory authority as any such investigation or review relates to events or occurrences that transpired while Executive was employed by the Company. The Company shall reimburse Executive for any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with Executive’s performance of obligations pursuant to this Section 7(f), including (if applicable) reasonable legal fees.

(g) Remedies. Executive agrees that it would be difficult to measure any damages caused to the Company Group which might result from any breach by Executive of the promises set forth in this Section 7, and that in any event money damages would be an inadequate remedy for any such breach. Accordingly, subject to Section 8 of this Agreement, Executive agrees that if Executive breaches, or proposes to breach, any portion of this Agreement, the Company shall be entitled, in addition to all other remedies that it may have, to an injunction or other appropriate equitable relief to restrain any such breach without showing or proving any actual damage to the Company Group. Further, in the event Executive breaches any of the promises set forth in this Section 7, Executive shall forfeit the right to receive or be provided with any payments or benefits under Section 5(b) and shall reimburse the Company for any amounts and benefits that have been paid or provided to Executive under Section 5(b).

 

7


8. Arbitration of Disputes. Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach thereof or otherwise arising out of Executive’s employment or the termination of that employment (including, without limitation, any claims of unlawful employment discrimination whether based on age or otherwise) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be settled by arbitration in any forum and form agreed upon by the parties or, in the absence of such an agreement, under the auspices of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) in Chicago, IL in accordance with the Employment Dispute Resolution Rules of the AAA, including, but not limited to, the rules and procedures applicable to the selection of arbitrators. In the event that any person or entity other than Executive or the Company may be a party with regard to any such controversy or claim, such controversy or claim shall be submitted to arbitration subject to such other person or entity’s agreement. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. This Section 8 shall be specifically enforceable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 8 shall not preclude either party from pursuing a court action for the sole purpose of obtaining a temporary restraining order or a preliminary injunction in circumstances in which such relief is appropriate (including, without limitation, the Company’s enforcement of Section 7); provided, however, that any other relief shall be pursued through an arbitration proceeding pursuant to this Section 8. Further notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 8 shall not limit the Company’s ability to terminate Executive’s employment at any time.

9. Integration. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements between the parties concerning such subject matter, including, but not limited to, any prior Agreement and/or compensation plan to which Executive and the Company or any of its affiliates are parties.

10. Withholding. All payments made by the Company to Executive under this Agreement shall be net of any tax or other amounts required to be withheld by the Company under applicable law.

11. Enforceability. If any portion or provision of this Agreement (including, without limitation, any portion or provision of any section of this Agreement) shall to any extent be declared illegal or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, then the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such portion or provision in circumstances other than those as to which it is so declared illegal or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each portion and provision of this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

12. Survival. The provisions of this Agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement and/or the termination of Executive’s employment to the extent necessary to effectuate the terms contained herein.

13. Waiver. No waiver of any provision hereof shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by the waiving party. The failure of any party to require the performance of any term or obligation of this Agreement, or the waiver by any party of any breach of this Agreement, shall not prevent any subsequent enforcement of such term or obligation or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach.

14. Notices. Any notices, requests, demands and other communications provided for by this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and delivered in person or sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier service or by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to Executive at the last address Executive has filed in writing with the Company or, in the case of the Company, at its main offices, attention of the CLO.

 

8


15. Amendment. This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument signed by Executive and by a duly authorized representative of the Company (other than Executive).

16. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed under and be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of Illinois without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles of such State.

17. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be taken to be an original; but such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same document.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement effective as of the Effective Date.

 

EVERGREEN PACKAGING INC.
By:  

/s/ Joseph E. Doyle

Name:   Joseph E. Doyle
Title:   Assistant Secretary
EXECUTIVE
By:  

/s/ John Rooney

Name:   John Rooney
Date:   02/20/2017

 

9

EX-10.18

Exhibit 10.18

AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of July 11, 2019, between Evergreen Packaging Inc. (the “Company”) and John Rooney (“Executive”).

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT

A. Executive is currently employed by the Company with an employment agreement dated as of February 20, 2017 (the “Agreement”).

B. The Company and Executive desire to amend the Agreement, as follows:

AGREEMENT

1. Paragraph 2 of the Agreement is amended by replacing the first sentence thereof with the following: “Executive shall serve as Chief Executive Officer of the Company.”

2. Paragraph 5(b)(ii) of the Agreement is amended by replacing the first sentence thereof with the following: “Notwithstanding Section 5(b)(i), if (i) a Sale of Business (as defined below) occurs and (ii) within 12 months following the closing of such Sale of Business either (A) Executive is terminated without Cause, or (B) Executive’s position is materially reduced in remuneration or scope of duties and Executive terminates Executive’s employment, then the Severance Amount shall be (i) two times Executive’s Base Salary plus (ii) Executive’s Annual Bonus, at target, prorated through the Date of Termination, and will be paid over a period of 24 months following the Date of Termination. All other terms of Section 5(b)(i) will apply. For purposes of this Section 5(b)(ii):”

3. All other terms of the Agreement continue unchanged.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement effective as of the date set forth above.

 

EVERGREEN PACKANGING INC.
By:  

/s/ Joseph E. Doyle

  Name: Joseph E. Doyle
  Title:  Group Legal Counsel

 

EXECUTIVE
By:  

/s/ John Rooney

  Name: John Rooney
  Date:  7/11/2019
EX-10.19

Exhibit 10.19

 

July 8, 2019

John Rooney

CEO, Evergreen Packaging

Re: Retention Agreement (Part 1)

Dear John,

We are pleased to offer you (“you” or “Employee”) this retention bonus agreement (the “Agreement”) related to your continued service to Evergreen Packaging (the “Company”).

The terms of this Agreement are as follows:

1. Retention Bonus. Subject to the terms and conditions herein, the Company will provide you with a retention bonus in the gross amount of $1,600,000 (“Retention Bonus”). The Retention Bonus shall be payable in the following manner:

The Retention bonus shall be paid in two installments with 1/3 ($533,333.33) payable in the next available payroll immediately following the Company’s receipt of this Agreement signed by you; and, 2/3 ($1,066,666.67) payable at the end of the Retention Period.

The Retention Bonus is subject to regular tax withholdings and other authorized deductions. This bonus will not be treated as compensation for any purpose under any benefit plans or programs, unless statutorily required.

2. Period of this Agreement. In order to accept the offer set forth herein, you must promptly sign and return this Agreement to Steve Estes (Chief Human Resources Officer, Rank Group) but in no event later than July 12, 2019. This Agreement will commence as of the date noted above and will end June 30, 2020 (the “Agreement Period”), provided, however, that Section 4 (Confidentiality) of this Agreement shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement.

3. Repayment on Resignation or Termination for Cause. In the event that you resign or the Company terminates your employment for Cause during the Agreement Period, you agree to promptly repay Company for the Retention Bonus, but in no event later than thirty (30) days after your last day of employment with the Company. You further agree that, in the event you resign or are terminated for Cause, the Company may deduct the amount of the Retention Bonus in whole or in part from any payments then due to you from the Company.

For purposes of this Agreement, the Company may terminate the Employee’s employment for “Cause” upon the occurrence of any of the following, as determined in the sole discretion of the Company: (i) your failure to use your reasonable best efforts to follow a legal written order of management and such failure is not remedied within 30 days after receipt of notice; (ii) your gross or willful misconduct with regard to the Company; (iii) your conviction of a felony or crime involving material dishonesty; (iv) your fraud or personal dishonesty involving the Company’s assets; or (v) your unlawful use or possession of illegal drugs on the Company’s premises or while performing your duties and responsibilities.

 


4. Confidentiality. You agree to keep the existence of this Agreement and its terms confidential, unless disclosure is required pursuant to an order by a court of competent jurisdiction. However, you may discuss the terms of this Agreement with your spouse, attorney(s) or tax advisor(s), provided any such person agrees to keep the existence and terms of this Agreement strictly confidential.

5. Continuation of Employment. This Agreement does not change your status as an “at-will” employee and does not guarantee your employment for any specific period of time. The Company reserves the right to terminate you at any time and for any or no reason.

6. Governing Law/Captions/Severance/Attorney’s Fees. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with, and pursuant to, the laws of the State of Illinois. The captions of this Agreement shall not be part of the provisions hereof, and shall have no force or effect. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement. In the event that the Company must file a claim to seek enforcement of any provision of this Agreement, the Company shall be entitled to receive compensation for related costs, including but not limited to attorney’s fees and interest.

7. Entire Agreement/Amendment. This instrument contains the entire agreement of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and the parties have made no agreement, representations, or warranties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement that are not set forth herein. This Agreement may be amended at any time by written agreement of both parties, but it shall not be amended by oral agreement.

We look forward to your continuing contributions to the Company. Please acknowledge by signing below that you have read this Agreement and you understand and agree to its terms.

 

Sincerely,

/s/ Steve Estes

Steve Estes, CHRO, Rank Group

I, John Rooney, have read this Agreement, and I understand and agree to its terms.

 

/s/ John Rooney

          

7/11/2019

Employee (signature)       Date

 

John Rooney

Employee (printed name)


July 8, 2019

John Rooney

CEO, Evergreen Packaging

Re: Retention Agreement (Part 2)

Dear John,

We are pleased to offer you (“you” or “Employee”) this retention bonus agreement (the “Agreement”) related to your continued service to Evergreen Packaging (the “Company”).

The terms of this Agreement are as follows:

1. Retention Bonus. Subject to the terms and conditions herein, the Company will provide you with a retention bonus in the gross amount of $800,000 (“Retention Bonus”). The Retention Bonus shall be payable in the following manner:

The Retention bonus shall be paid in two installments with 12 ($400,000) payable on January 1, 2021; and, 12 ($400,000) payable at the end of the Retention Period.

The Retention Bonus is subject to regular tax withholdings and other authorized deductions. This bonus will not be treated as compensation for any purpose under any benefit plans or programs, unless statutorily required.

2. Period of this Agreement. In order to accept the offer set forth herein, you must promptly sign and return this Agreement to Steve Estes (Chief Human Resources Officer, Rank Group) but in no event later than July 12, 2019. This Agreement will commence as of July 1, 2020 above and will end June 30, 2021 (the “Agreement Period”), provided, however, that Section 4 (Confidentiality) of this Agreement shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement.

3. Repayment on Resignation or Termination for Cause. In the event that you resign or the Company terminates your employment for Cause during the Agreement Period, you agree to promptly repay Company for the Retention Bonus, but in no event later than thirty (30) days after your last day of employment with the Company. You further agree that, in the event you resign or are terminated for Cause, the Company may deduct the amount of the Retention Bonus in whole or in part from any payments then due to you from the Company.

For purposes of this Agreement, the Company may terminate the Employee’s employment for “Cause” upon the occurrence of any of the following, as determined in the sole discretion of the Company: (i) your failure to use your reasonable best efforts to follow a legal written order of management and such failure is not remedied within 30 days after receipt of notice; (ii) your gross or willful misconduct with regard to the Company; (iii) your conviction of a felony or crime involving material dishonesty; (iv) your fraud or personal dishonesty involving the Company’s assets; or (v) your unlawful use or possession of illegal drugs on the Company’s premises or while performing your duties and responsibilities.

 


4. Confidentiality. You agree to keep the existence of this Agreement and its terms confidential, unless disclosure is required pursuant to an order by a court of competent jurisdiction. However, you may discuss the terms of this Agreement with your spouse, attorney(s) or tax advisor(s), provided any such person agrees to keep the existence and terms of this Agreement strictly confidential.

5. Continuation of Employment. This Agreement does not change your status as an “at-will” employee and does not guarantee your employment for any specific period of time. The Company reserves the right to terminate you at any time and for any or no reason.

6. Governing Law/Captions/Severance/Attorney’s Fees. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with, and pursuant to, the laws of the State of Illinois. The captions of this Agreement shall not be part of the provisions hereof, and shall have no force or effect. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement. In the event that the Company must file a claim to seek enforcement of any provision of this Agreement, the Company shall be entitled to receive compensation for related costs, including but not limited to attorney’s fees and interest.

7. Accelerated Payment at Sale of Business. In the event of a Sale of Business (as defined below) prior to the conclusion of the retention period (June 30, 2021), this payment shall be made within 30 days following the close of such sale of business. For purposes of this provision, a “Sale of Business” shall mean the sale or other disposition of more than 50% of the shares or other equity interests of the Company or the Company’s direct or indirect parent to a non-affiliated party.

8. Entire Agreement/Amendment. This instrument contains the entire agreement of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and the parties have made no agreement, representations, or warranties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement that are not set forth herein. This Agreement may be amended at any time by written agreement of both parties, but it shall not be amended by oral agreement.

We look forward to your continuing contributions to the Company. Please acknowledge by signing below that you have read this Agreement and you understand and agree to its terms.

 

Sincerely,

/s/ Steve Estes

Steve Estes

CHRO, Rank Group


I, John Rooney, have read this Agreement, and I understand and agree to its terms.

 

/s/ John Rooney

          

7/11/19

Employee (signature)       Date

 

John Rooney

Employee (printed name)
EX-10.20

Exhibit 10.20

 

July 8, 2019

John Rooney

Chief Executive Officer

Dear John:

As we have discussed, a critical component of our ongoing business strategy for Evergreen Packaging will be to explore opportunities for the business that could lead to an Initial Public Offering (IPO) of the business or potentially a divestiture of the associated business entities. Your assistance is needed by Evergreen as we work through this process to help prepare the business for a successful transaction. In light of this, we are offering you a special Transaction Success bonus (“Bonus”) that will become payable if a successful IPO is concluded or if there is a sale of the business by June 30, 2020.

If an IPO transaction is completed, your potential bonus will be $2,000,000. Fifty percent (50%) of this bonus ($1,000,000) will be paid to you 30 days after the effective date of an IPO, so long as you do not voluntarily leave your employment with the succeeding entity during that time. You will be paid the remaining fifty percent (50%) of this bonus six (6) months after the effective date of an IPO, so long as you do not voluntarily leave your employment with the succeeding entity during that time. This bonus is a gross amount and is subject to all applicable tax withholding requirements. This bonus will not be treated as compensation for any purpose under any benefit plans or programs, unless statutorily required.

If a sales transaction is completed, your potential bonus will be $4,000,000. Fifty percent (50%) of this bonus ($2,000,000) will be paid to you 30 days after the effective closing date of a sale, so long as you do not voluntarily leave your employment with the succeeding entity during that time. You will be paid the remaining fifty percent (50%) of this bonus six (6) months after the closing date, so long as you do not voluntarily leave your employment with the succeeding entity during that time. This bonus is a gross amount and is subject to all applicable tax withholding requirements. This bonus will not be treated as compensation for any purpose under any benefit plans or programs, unless statutorily required.

Because of the significance of this strategic effort, and given that you are one of a select group of employees to be offered this opportunity, it is of utmost importance that you keep this offer and all its terms entirely confidential.

Thank you for your willingness to assist the team during this endeavor and for your help in ensuring the success of this very important process for Reynolds Consumer Products.

Sincerely,

 

/s/ Steve Estes

Steve Estes
Chief HR Officer
Rank Group

 


 

TO:      John Rooney
FROM:      Steve Estes, CHRO – Rank Group
DATE:      June 1, 2020
SUBJECT:      Transaction Success Bonus—Extension

 

As a part of our business strategy to explore opportunities for Pactiv and Evergreen that could lead to an Initial Public Offering (IPO) or potentially a divestiture of the business, you were included in a Transaction Success Bonus program. The terms and conditions of the program are captured in a letter to you, dated July 8, 2019. This letter states that the program is contingent upon the transaction being completed by June 30, 2020.

Due to the ongoing explorative process related to the Pactiv and Evergreen businesses, the decision has been made to extend the availability of this program. By way of this notice, we are extending the program through December 31, 2020. The terms and conditions of the program remain the same as identified in your letter dated July 8, 2019.

Thank you for your ongoing support and efforts as we continue to explore transaction opportunities for the business.

/s/  Steve Estes

EX-10.21

Exhibit 10.21

 

 

TO:    JOHN ROONEY
FROM:    STEVE ESTES
DATE:    JULY 8, 2019
SUBJECT:    PLANNED ISSUANCE OF RESTRICTED STOCK

 

 

As we have discussed, a critical component of our ongoing business strategy for Evergreen Packaging will be to explore opportunities for the business that could lead to an Initial Public Offering (IPO) of the business, either as a stand-alone business or as part of a combined entity with other RGHL businesses, or potentially a divestiture of the associated business entities. Your assistance is needed by Evergreen as we work through this process to help prepare the business for a successful transaction.

If the IPO is successful, the company whose shares are registered in the IPO will issue you Restricted Stock at the completion of the IPO. The number of shares in this grant equals $800,000 divided by the IPO price as of the date of the grant, rounded to the nearest whole share. Vesting for the restricted stock will occur over a 3-year period with 1/3 vesting after 12-months from the successful IP0; 1/3 vesting after 24-months from the successful IPO; and, 1/3 vesting after 36-months from the successful IPO. You must be an employee of the Company or one of its affiliates on the applicable vesting date to receive such shares.

Should there be a business sale instead of an IPO, you will receive $800,000 in cash in lieu of Restricted Stock. For purposes hereof, a business sale means a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (or, if the Company has been combined with another RGHL entity, of that combined entity) or a sale of more than 50% of the equity of the Company or such entity. This cash payment will be made in the following manner:

12 Payable 30-days post-closing of the sale

12 Payable 180-days post-closing of the sale

This memo does not change your status as an “at-will” employee and does not guarantee your employment for any specific period of time. The Company reserves the right to terminate you at any time and for any or no reason. Any Restricted Stock issued or cash payment made pursuant to this memo shall be subject to regular tax withholdings and other authorized deductions and will not be treated as compensation for any purpose under any benefit plans or programs, unless statutorily required.

This memo is provided to summarize the agreement that has been reached in this regard between the Company and the employee. Should an IPO be completed, a formal grant letter for the Restricted Stock will be provided to the employee that documents all terms and conditions related to the grant.

 

By:  

/s/ Steve Estes

 

EX-10.22

Exhibit 10.22

AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

Employment Agreement (“Agreement”) dated as of July 8, 2019, between Reynolds Consumer Products LLC (the “Company”) and Lance Mitchell (“Employee”).

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT

A. Employee is currently employed by the Company with an employment agreement dated as of February 26, 2008 (the “Existing Agreement”).

B. The Company and Employee desire to enter into this Agreement to amend and restate the Existing Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and Employee agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

1. Term. The term of Employee’s employment pursuant to this Agreement shall commence on the date hereof and shall continue until terminated in accordance with the terms hereof (the “Term”). However, Employee’s employment with the Company commenced on the date Employee was first employed by the Company and is not affected by the parties entering into this Agreement.

2. Position, Duties and Location. Employee shall serve in the position(s) set forth on Schedule A attached hereto. Employee shall devote substantially all of Employee’s working time and efforts to the business and affairs of the Company and shall not engage in any other business activity without prior written approval from RGHL’s CEO or Owner. Employee shall perform the services required by this Agreement at the location(s) indicated on Schedule A except for customary business travel to other locations as may be necessary to fulfill Employee’s duties and responsibilities hereunder.

3. Compensation and Related Matters. During the Term:

(a) Base Salary. Employee’s annual base salary (the “Base Salary”) shall be as set forth on Schedule A. The Base Salary shall be payable in periodic installments in accordance with the usual practice of the Company for its senior employees. Employee’s Base Salary will be reviewed but not necessarily increased annually as part of the Company’s merit review process.

(b) Annual Bonus. Employee shall be eligible to receive an annual bonus (the “Annual Bonus”) as set forth on Schedule A. The Annual Bonus shall be determined by the Company in its sole discretion, and there is no assurance that any Annual Bonus will be earned. The Annual Bonus, if any, earned by Employee in respect of any year shall be paid to Employee at the time that the Company pays its annual bonuses to its employees generally (usually around March 15 of the following year).

(c) Other Compensation Programs. Employee shall be eligible to participate in such other compensation programs as set forth on Schedule A.

 

 

1


(d) Expenses. Employee shall be entitled to receive reimbursement for all reasonable expenses incurred by Employee in performing services hereunder, in accordance with the policies and procedures then in effect and established by the Company for its senior officers.

(e) Employee Benefit Programs. Employee shall be entitled to participate in the Company’s employee health and welfare plans, policies, programs and arrangements as they may be amended from time to time, to the extent Employee meets the eligibility requirements for any such plan, policy, program or arrangement.

(f) Vacation. Employee shall be entitled to paid vacation, as well as holidays and other paid absences, in accordance with the Company’s policies and procedures for similarly situated employees of the Company, to the extent Employee meets the eligibility requirements for any such policy and procedures.

4. Termination. Employee’s employment hereunder may be terminated as set forth in this Section 4. Upon any termination of Employee’s employment, the Term shall automatically end.

(a) Death. Employee’s employment hereunder shall automatically terminate upon Employee’s death.

(b) Discharge by the Company for Cause. The Company may terminate Employee’s employment hereunder for Cause at any time. For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean in the good faith determination of RGHL’s CEO or Owner that Employee has engaged in conduct consisting of (i) dishonesty or other serious misconduct related to Employee’s duties as an employee of the Company, or (ii) willful and continual failure (unless due to incapacity resulting from physical or mental illness) to perform the duties of Employee’s employment after written demand for substantial performance is delivered to Employee by the Company specifically identifying the manner in which Employee has not substantially performed such duties.

(c) Termination Without Cause. The Company may terminate Employee’s employment hereunder at any time without Cause upon 30 days’ written notice to Employee. Any termination by the Company of Employee’s employment under this Agreement other than pursuant to Section 4(a) or Section 4(b) shall be deemed a termination without Cause.

(d) Termination by Employee. Employee may terminate Employee’s employment hereunder upon 60 days’ written notice to the Company.

(e) Notice of Termination. Except for termination as specified in Section 4(a), any termination of Employee’s employment by the Company or any such termination by Employee shall be communicated by written to the other party hereto, specifying the applicable termination provision of this Agreement (a “Notice of Termination”). The “Date of Termination” shall mean: (i) if Employee’s employment is terminated by death, the date of death; or (ii) the date specified in the applicable Notice of Termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Employee gives a Notice of Termination to the Company, the Company may unilaterally accelerate the Date of Termination and such acceleration shall not result in a termination by the Company for purposes of this Agreement.

 

2


5. Compensation Upon Termination.

(a) Termination Generally. If Employee’s employment with the Company is terminated for any reason, Employee (or Employee’s authorized representative or estate) shall, through the Date of Termination, be paid or provided with (i) any earned but unpaid Base Salary, (ii) unpaid expense reimbursements, and (iii) any vested benefits Employee may have under any employee benefit plan of the Company (the “Accrued Obligations”). The Accrued Obligations shall be paid at the time(s) specified under any applicable employee benefit plan, or, if there is no applicable employee benefit plan, within 30 days after Employee’s Date of Termination.

(b) Termination by the Company Without Cause. If Employee’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause as provided in Section 4(c), then Employee shall be paid or provided with the Accrued Obligations through the Date of Termination and, subject to Section 5(c), Employee shall also be paid or provided with the following:

(i) Severance. A severance payment (the “Severance Amount”) in the Amount set forth on Schedule A. Subject to Section 5(c) and Section 6, the Severance Amount shall be paid to Employee in equal installments in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices over a period set forth on Schedule A (the “Severance Period”); provided that no amount of the severance shall be payable until the revocation period for the Release described in Section 5(c) shall have expired (and Employee shall not have revoked Employee’s agreements in the Release), and any amount that would have been paid to Employee but for this proviso shall be accrued and paid to Employee on the first payroll date immediately following the expiration of such revocation period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and in addition to any other rights or remedies the Company may have at law or in equity, if Employee breaches any of the provisions of the Restrictive Covenant Agreement, Employee’s right to receive further payments of the Severance Amount shall be terminated. Severance provided pursuant to this Agreement is in lieu of, and not in addition to, any severance that might be available to Employee by law, contract, policy, or otherwise, all of which are hereby waived by Employee. If Employee receives any other severance, the Severance Amount shall be reduced by the amount of such other severance.

(ii) Health Care Continuation. In addition, Employee and Employee’s eligible dependents, if any, shall continue to be covered by the Company’s health plan (the “Health Plan”), as in effect from time to time, and subject to the rules thereof (including any requirement to make contributions or pay premiums, except that Employee shall contribute or pay on an after-tax basis) for 12-months from Date of Termination. If the provision to Employee of the insurance coverage described in this Section would either: (A) violate the terms of the Health Plan (or any related insurance policies), or (B) violate any of the nondiscrimination requirements of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), applicable to the health insurance coverage, then the Company, in its sole discretion, may elect to pay Employee, in lieu of the health insurance coverage described under this Section 5(b)(ii), a lump-sum cash payment equal to the total monthly premiums (or in the case of a self-funded plan, the cost of COBRA continuation coverage) that would have been paid by the Company for Employee under the Health Plan.

 

3


(c) Release. Any payment that may become due under Section 5(b) shall be subject to Employee signing a general release of claims in favor of the Company and related persons and entities in a form and manner satisfactory to the Company (the “Release”) within the 21-day (or, if required by law, 45-day) period following the Date of Termination and the expiration of the seven-day revocation period for the Release. In the event Employee fails to sign such Release within the 21-day (or 45-day) period following the Date of Termination or revokes the Release prior to the expiration of the seven-day revocation period for the Release, Employee shall reimburse the Company for any payment made to Employee under Section 5(b) prior to the expiration of such seven-day revocation period for the Release. In addition, notwithstanding anything else herein to the contrary, Employee’s entitlement to the payments and benefits described in Section 5(b) shall be contingent upon Employee abiding by and not breaching any of the covenants set forth in the Release and in the Restrictive Covenant Agreement.

6. Section 409A.

(a) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent that any payment or benefit described in this Agreement would be considered deferred compensation subject to Section 409A(a) of the Code, and to the extent that such payment or benefit is payable upon Employee’s termination of employment or within a certain time following the “Date of Termination,” then such payments or benefits shall be payable only upon Employee’s “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and the “Date of Termination” shall be the date on which Employee experiences such “separation from service.” The determination of whether and when a “separation from service” has occurred shall be made in accordance with the presumptions set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h). If this Agreement provides for a payment to be made within a period of time, the date within such period on which such payment shall be made shall be determined by the Company in its sole discretion and, for the avoidance of doubt, the Company will pay the Severance Amount after the 45th day following the Date of Termination.

(b) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if at the time of Employee’s “separation from service”, Employee is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, then, to the extent any payment or benefit that Employee becomes entitled to under this Agreement on account of Employee’s “separation from service” would be considered deferred compensation subject to Section 409A(a) of the Code, such payment shall not be payable and such benefit shall not be provided until the date that is the earlier of (A) six months and one day after Employee’s “separation from service”, or (B) Employee’s death.

(c) All in-kind benefits provided and expenses eligible for reimbursement under this Agreement shall be provided by the Company or incurred by Employee during the time periods set forth in this Agreement. All reimbursements shall be paid as soon as administratively practicable, but in no event shall any reimbursement be paid after the last day of the taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense was incurred. The amount of in-kind benefits provided or reimbursable expenses incurred in one taxable year shall not affect the in-kind benefits to be provided or the expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other taxable year. Such right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

 

4


(d) the Company makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to Employee or any other person if any provisions of this Agreement are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code but do not satisfy an exemption from, or the conditions of, such Section.

7. Restrictive Covenant Agreement. The Company’s obligations under this Agreement, including the Company’s agreement to provide severance and to allow Employee to participate in the other compensation programs as provided on Schedule A, is conditioned on Employee signing a Restrictive Covenant Agreement in the form of Schedule B (the “Restrictive Covenant Agreement”).

8. Arbitration of Disputes. Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach thereof or otherwise arising out of Employee’s employment or the termination of that employment (including, without limitation, any claims of unlawful employment discrimination whether based on age or otherwise) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be settled by arbitration in any forum and form agreed upon by the parties or, in the absence of such an agreement, under the auspices of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) in Chicago, IL in accordance with the Employment Dispute Resolution Rules of the AAA, including, but not limited to, the rules and procedures applicable to the selection of arbitrators. In the event that any person or entity other than Employee or the Company may be a party with regard to any such controversy or claim, such controversy or claim shall be submitted to arbitration subject to such other person or entity’s agreement. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. This Section 8 shall be specifically enforceable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 8 shall not preclude either party from pursuing a court action for the sole purpose of obtaining a temporary restraining order or a preliminary injunction in circumstances in which such relief is appropriate (including, without limitation, the Company’s enforcement of the Restrictive Covenant Agreement); provided, however, that any other relief shall be pursued through an arbitration proceeding pursuant to this Section 8. Further notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 8 shall not limit the Company’s ability to terminate Employee’s employment at any time.

9. Integration. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements between the parties concerning such subject matter, including, but not limited to, any prior Agreement and/or compensation plan to which Employee and the Company or any of its affiliates are parties.

10. Withholding. All payments made by the Company to Employee under this Agreement shall be net of any tax or other amounts required to be withheld by the Company under applicable law.

 

5


11. Enforceability. If any portion or provision of this Agreement (including, without limitation, any portion or provision of any section of this Agreement) shall to any extent be declared illegal or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, then the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such portion or provision in circumstances other than those as to which it is so declared illegal or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each portion and provision of this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

12. Survival. The provisions of this Agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement and/or the termination of Employee’s employment to the extent necessary to effectuate the terms contained herein.

13. Waiver. No waiver of any provision hereof shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by the waiving party. The failure of any party to require the performance of any term or obligation of this Agreement, or the waiver by any party of any breach of this Agreement, shall not prevent any subsequent enforcement of such term or obligation or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach.

14. Notices. Any notices, requests, demands and other communications provided for by this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and delivered in person or sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier service or by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to Employee at the last address Employee has filed in writing with the Company or, in the case of the Company, at its main offices, attention of Thomas Degnan.

15. Amendment. This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument signed by Employee and by a duly authorized representative of the Company (other than Employee).

16. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed under and be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of Illinois without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles of such State.

17. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be taken to be an original; but such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same document.

18. Entire Agreement. This Agreement amends and restates the Existing Agreement. All prior negotiations and agreements between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof are superseded by this Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement effective as of the date set forth above.

 

COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Steve Estes

Name: Steve Estes
Title: CHRO
EMPLOYEE

/s/ Victor Lance Mitchell

Date: 7/17/19

 

6


Schedule A

Key Terms of Employment

 

1.

Position: Chief Executive Officer, Reynolds Consumer Products LLC

 

2.

Primary Location(s): Lake Forest, IL

 

3.

Base Salary: $1,550,000

 

4.

Annual Bonus Target: 115% of Base Salary

 

5.

Severance Amount/Period: (i) Base Salary plus (ii) Annual Bonus at Target prorated through Date of Termination, paid in equal installments over 12 months following the Date of Termination except that if (i) a Sale of Business (as defined below) occurs and (ii) within 12 months following the closing of such Sale of Business either (A) Employee is terminated without Cause, or (B) Employee’s position is materially reduced in remuneration or scope of duties and Employee terminates Employee’s employment, then the Severance Amount shall be (i) two times Employee’s Base Salary plus (ii) Annual Bonus at Target prorated through Date of Termination, paid in equal installments over 24 months following the Date of Termination. All other terms of Section 5(b)(i) of the Agreement will apply. For purposes of this provision a “Sale of Business” shall mean the sale or other disposition of (x) more than 50% of the shares or other equity interests of the Company or the Company’s direct or indirect parent to a non-affiliated party, or (y) more than 50% of the businesses or assets that, as of the most recent year end, generated more than 50% of the Company’s EBITDA (as determined in good faith by RGHL’s CEO, based on the Company’s regularly prepared financial statements), provided that a disposition as a result of lender foreclosure on assets or pursuant to a bankruptcy or judicially administered reorganization shall not constitute a Sale of Business. Employee’s position shall not be materially reduced by reason of the Company being smaller or having less operations as a result of the Sale of Business so long as Employee’s duties and responsibilities are generally consistent with Employee’s duties and responsibilities prior to the Sale of Business.

 

6.

Other Compensation Programs:

Long-Term Incentive Program Target: 100% of Base Salary

 

A-1


Restrictive Covenant Agreement

Restrictive Covenant Agreement dated July 8, 2019, between Reynolds Consumer Products LLC (the “Company”) and Lance (“Employee”).

Preliminary Statement

A. The Company and Employee have entered into an Employment Agreement of even date herewith. The execution of this Restrictive Covenant Agreement is a condition to the Company’s obligations under the Employment Agreement.

B. In addition, the Company is providing Employee other consideration for Employee’s execution of this Agreement, as provided in a separate letter of even date herewith.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and Employee agree as follows:

Agreement

1. Definitions. As used in this Agreement:

(a) “Company Product” means any product developed, manufactured, produced or distributed by the Company during the 24 month period immediately preceding the termination of Employee’s employment with the Company provided that (i) Employee had access to Proprietary Information related to the product or (ii) Employee marketed or interacted with Customers or Prospective Customers regarding the product during the 12-month period immediately preceding the termination of Employee’s employment with the Company.

(b) “Competitive Activity” means the marketing, distribution, promotion, sales, development, delivery, or servicing of any product that competes with any Company Product.

(c) “Competitor” means (i) those entities listed on Attachment A plus (ii) such other entities that the Company reasonably determines are engaged in a Competitive Activity, in each case plus any direct or indirect parent or subsidiary of such entity, minus (iii) such entities on Attachment A that the Company reasonably determines are no longer engaged in a Competitive Activity. Company shall notify Employee in writing of any additions to or deletions from Attachment A.

(d) “Customer” means any customer, including distributors, with whom the Company transacted business during the 24-month period immediately preceding the termination of Employee’s employment with the Company provided that (i) Employee had Material Contact with, or (ii) knew Proprietary Information of or about, the Customer during the 24-month period immediately preceding the termination of Employee’s employment with the Company.

(e) “Material Contact” means any contact between Employee and any Customer or Prospective Customer:

(1) with whom or with which Employee dealt on behalf of the Company;

 

2


(2) whose dealings with the Company were coordinated or supervised by Employee; or

(3) that resulted in Employee obtaining Proprietary Information about a Customer or Prospective Customer.

(f) “Proprietary Information” means confidential or proprietary information or trade secrets of the Company or its affiliates, including, but not limited to, materials and information, whether written, electronic, or otherwise: a) disclosed to Employee or known by Employee as a result of his or her employment with the Company, b) which is not generally known, and c) which relates to or concerns the Company’s or its affiliates’: innovations; ideas; plans; processes; structures; systems; know-how; algorithms; computer programs; software; code; publications; designs; methods; techniques; drawings; apparatuses; government filings; patents; patent applications; materials; devices; research activities; reports and plans; specifications; promotional methods; financial information; forecasts; sales, profit and loss figures; personal identifying information of employees; marketing and sales methods and strategies; plans and systems; customer protocols and training programs; customer, prospective customer, vendor, licensee and client lists; information about customers, prospective customers, vendors, licensees and clients; information about relationships between the Company or its affiliates and their business partners, acquisition prospects, vendors, suppliers, prospective customers, customers, employees, owners, licensees and clients; information about deals and prospective deals; information about products, including but not limited strengths, weaknesses and vulnerabilities of existing products, as well as product strategies and roadmaps for future products and releases; and information about pricing including but not limited to license types, models, implementation costs, discounts and tolerance for discounts. Proprietary Information shall also include all information and matters specifically designated as proprietary and/or confidential by the Company or its affiliates or their customers or other business partners. The following information will not be considered Proprietary Information under this Agreement: a) information that has become generally available to the public through no wrongful act of Employee; b) information that Employee identified prior to Employee’s employment with the Company; c) information that is disclosed to the public pursuant to the binding order of a government agency or court; and d) information that is acquired through general skill and experience during Employee’s employment with the Company which Employee could reasonably have been expected to acquire in similar employment for another company provided Employee has no reason to believe that the Company would consider such information Proprietary Information as defined above.

(g) “Prospective Customer” means any person with whom the Company was attempting to transact business within the six month period immediately preceding the termination of Employee’s employment with the Company provided that (i) Employee had Material Contact with, or (ii) knew Proprietary Information of or about, the Prospective Customer during the six-month period immediately preceding the termination of Employee’s employment.

 

3


2. Legitimate Interest. Due to the nature of the Company’s business, certain the Company employees, including Employee, have access to Proprietary Information. Likewise, via their employment, certain the Company employees, including Employee, receive specialized training and/or shall be introduced to, given the opportunity to develop personal contacts with, and actually develop an advantageous familiarity as to the Company’s Customers and Prospective Customers. If the confidential or “trade secret” information, specialized training, or contacts and familiarity were made available to the Company competitors or other individuals outside the Company, or otherwise used against the Company interests, it would undoubtedly result in a loss of business or competitive position for the Company and/or harm the Company’s goodwill and investment in developing and maintaining its business relationships. Employee also agrees he/she holds a position uniquely essential to the management, organization, and/or service of the Company and the Company’s business is inherently national in character.

3. Disclosure of Existing Obligations. Except as disclosed in writing on Attachment B, Employee certifies the following:

(a) Employee is not bound by any written agreement or other obligation that directly or indirectly (i) restricts Employee from using or disclosing any confidential or proprietary information of any person or entity, (ii) restricts Employee from competing with, or soliciting actual or potential customers or business from, any person or entity, (iii) restricts Employee from soliciting any current or former employees of any person or entity, or (iv) limits Employee’s ability to perform any assigned duties for the Company.

(b) Employee does not have in Employee’s possession any confidential or proprietary information or documents belonging to others (except as disclosed in Attachment B), and will not use, disclose to, or induce the Company to use any such information or documents. To the extent Employee possesses any confidential information or documents from a former employer or other party, Employee agrees to immediately return any such confidential information or documents to the owner unless Employee has express written authorization to retain it or them or destroy such information or documents.

(c) Employee understands that the Company expects Employee to fulfill any contractual and fiduciary obligations Employee may owe to any former employer or other party, and Employee agrees to do so. Prior to execution of this Agreement, Employee certifies that Employee tendered to the Company all agreements and understandings described by this Section 3.

4. Work Made for Hire – Assignment of Inventions.

(a) Employee understands and agrees all “Work” (defined to mean all concepts, data, databases, inventions, formulas, discoveries, improvements, trade secrets, original works of authorship, know-how, algorithms, computer programs, software, code, publications, websites, designs, proposals, strategies, processes, methodologies and techniques, and any and all other information, materials and intellectual property, in any medium) that Employee, alone or jointly, creates, conceives, develops, or reduces to practice or causes another to create, conceive, develop, or reduce to practice, shall be a “work made for hire” within the meaning of that term under United States Copyright Act, 17 U.S.C. §§101 et seq. Employee agrees to promptly disclose to the Company, or any persons designated by it, all Work. Employee agrees to and hereby assigns and transfers to the Company, effective as of the date of its creation, any and all rights, title and interest Employee may have or may acquire in any Work (including any Work not deemed, for whatever reason, to have been created as a work made for hire), effective as of the date of its creation, including any and all intellectual property rights in the Work, and the right to prosecute and recover damages for all infringements or other violations of the Work.

 

4


(b) Employee hereby gives the Company the unrestricted right to use, display, distribute, modify, combine with other information or materials, create derivative works based on, sell, or otherwise exploit for any purpose, the Work and any portion thereof, in any manner and medium throughout the world. Employee irrevocably waives and assigns to the Company any and all so-called moral rights Employee may have in or with respect to any Work. Upon the Company’s request, Employee shall promptly execute and deliver to the Company any and all further assignments, patent applications, or such other documents as the Company may deem necessary to effectuate the purposes of this Agreement. Employee hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Company and its officers and agents as Employee’s agent and attorney-in-fact, with full powers of substitution, to act for and on Employee’s behalf to execute, verify and file any such documents and to do all other lawfully permitted acts as permitted in the preceding paragraph with the same legal effect as if executed by Employee. The foregoing agency and power shall only be used by the Company if Employee fails to execute within five business days after the Company’s request related to any document or instrument described above. Employee hereby waives and quitclaims to the Company all claims of any nature which Employee now has or may later obtain for infringement of any intellectual property rights assigned under this Agreement or otherwise to the Company.

(c) Employee has identified on Attachment C all inventions or improvements relevant to the subject matter of Employee’s engagement with the Company that Employee desires to remove from the operation of this Agreement, and Employee’s post-employment restrictions. If there is no such list on Attachment C, Employee represents that Employee has made no such inventions and improvements at the time of signing this Agreement.

(d) The provisions of this Agreement requiring the assignment to the Company of Employee’s rights to certain inventions do not apply to an invention for which no equipment, supplies, facility, or trade secret information of the Company was used and which was developed entirely on the Employee’s own time, unless (i) the invention relates a) directly to the business of the Company, or b) to the Company’s actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development, or (ii) the invention results from any work performed by the Employee for the Company.

5. Restrictive Covenants.

(a) Non-Solicitation of Customers. Employee agrees that, during Employee’s employment with the Company and for a period of 12 months following the termination of Employee’s employment, Employee shall not, on behalf of any entity or person other than the Company, directly or indirectly, contact or solicit any Customer for the purpose of delivering, selling, or otherwise offering a product that is the same or similar to that of an the Company Product.

 

5


(b) Non-Solicitation of Prospective Customers. Employee agrees that, during Employee’s employment with the Company and for a period of 12 months following the termination of Employee’s employment, Employee shall not, on behalf of any entity or person other than the Company, directly or indirectly, contact or solicit any Prospective Customer for the purpose of delivering, selling, or otherwise offering a product that is the same or similar to that of an the Company Product.

(c) Non-Solicitation of Employees. Employee agrees that, during Employee’s employment with the Company and for a period of 12 months following the termination of Employee’s employment, Employee shall not, directly or indirectly: a) induce or attempt to induce any employee of the Company or any of its affiliates with whom Employee had a working relationship in the 24 months prior to the termination of Employee’s employment to terminate his or her employment with the Company; b) hire or employ, or attempt to hire or employ, any employee of the Company or any of its affiliates with whom Employee had a working relationship in the 24 months prior to the termination of Employee’s employment; or c) assist any other person or entity in doing any of the foregoing.

(d) Limited Non-Competition. Employee agrees that during Employee’s employment with the Company and for a period of 12 months following the termination of Employee’s employment, Employee shall not, anywhere in North America (United States, Mexico or Canada) act in any capacity, whether or not for consideration, for any Competitor. Given the national nature of the Company’s business, the extent to which Employee has been (or will be) exposed to the Company’s Proprietary information, and the ability of Employee to carry out Employee’s work remotely, regardless of physical location, Employee acknowledges the geographic scope of the post-employment restriction in this Section 5(d) shall is reasonable and appropriate.

(e) Confidentiality Covenant. During Employee’s employment with the Company and following the termination of Employee’s employment:

(i) Employee will not disclose or transfer, directly or indirectly, any Proprietary Information to any person or entity other than as authorized by the Company. Employee understands and agrees that disclosures authorized by the Company for the benefit of the Company must be made in accordance with the Company’s policies and practices designed to maintain the confidentiality of Proprietary Information, for example providing information after obtaining signed non-disclosure or confidentiality agreements;

(ii) Employee will not use, directly or indirectly, any Proprietary Information for the benefit or profit of any person or organization, including Employee, other than the Company;

(iii) Employee will not remove or transfer from any of the Company’s offices or premises any materials or property of the Company (including, without limitation, materials and property containing Proprietary Information), except as is strictly necessary in the performance of Employee’s assigned duties as an employee;

 

6


(iv) Employee will not copy any Proprietary Information except as needed in furtherance of and for use in the Company’s business. Employee agrees that copies of Proprietary Information must be treated with the same degree of confidentiality as the original information and are subject to the same restrictions contained in this Agreement;

(v) Employee will promptly upon the Company’s request, and in any event promptly upon the termination of Employee’s employment with the Company, return to the Company all materials and property removed from or belonging to the Company and Employee will not retain copies of any of such materials and property;

(vi) Employee agrees to take all reasonable steps to preserve the confidential and proprietary nature of Proprietary Information and to prevent the inadvertent or accidental disclosure of Proprietary Information; and

(vii) Employee will not use or rely on the confidential or proprietary information or trade secrets of a third party in the performance of Employee’s work for the Company except when obtained through lawful means such as contractual teaming agreements, purchase of copyrights, or other written permission for use of such information.

(f) Scope of Covenants. The parties desire for the restrictive covenants, including any time period and geographic scope, to be construed as broadly as permitted by applicable law. It is the parties’ intent, and a critical inducement to the Company entering into this Agreement, to protect and preserve the Company’s legitimate interests, and thus the parties agree that the time period and the geographic coverage and scope of the post-employment restrictions herein are reasonable and necessary. However, if a court of competent jurisdiction finds that the time period of any of the foregoing post-employment restrictions is too lengthy, the geographic scope is too broad, or the agreement overreaches in any way, the parties authorize and respectfully ask the court to modify or, if modification is not possible, strike the offending portion, but only that portion, and grant the relief reasonably necessary to protect the Company’s interests so as to achieve the original intent of the parties.

(g) Remedies. Employee agrees that a threatened or existing violation of any of the post-employment restrictions contained in this Agreement would cause the Company irreparable injury for which it would have no adequate remedy at law and agrees that the Company will be entitled to obtain injunctive relief prohibiting such violation, in addition to any other rights and remedies available to it at law or in equity. The real or perceived existence of any claim or cause of action against the Company, whether predicated on this Agreement or some other basis, will not alleviate Employee of Employee’s obligations under this Agreement and will not constitute a defense to the enforcement by the Company of post-employment restrictions contained herein.

(h) Tolling of Time Periods. Employee agrees that in the event Employee violates any subsection of Section 5 of this Agreement as to which there is a specific time period during which Employee is prohibited from certain actions and activities, such violation shall toll the running of such time period from the date of such violation until the date the violation ceases.

 

7


(i) Inevitable Use of Proprietary Information. Employee acknowledges and agrees that, after Employee’s separation of employment, Employee will possess the Company’s Proprietary Information which Employee would inevitably use if Employee were to engage in the conduct prohibited by Section 5 (including each of its sub-sections), that such use would be unfair and extremely detrimental to the Company and, in view of the benefits provided to Employee in this Agreement, that such conduct on his or her part would be inequitable. Accordingly, Employee separately and severally agrees for the benefit of the Company to be bound by each of the covenants described above.

6. Reasonable Restrictions. Employee acknowledges that it is necessary and appropriate for the Company to protect its legitimate business interests by restricting Employee’s ability to engage in certain competitive activities and any violation of such post-employment restrictions would result in irreparable injury to the Company’s legitimate business interests. The parties agree that the post-employment restrictions contained in this Agreement are drafted narrowly to safeguard the Company’s legitimate business interests while not unreasonably interfering with Employee’s ability to obtain other employment.

7. Entire Agreement. No representation, promise, understanding, or warranty not set forth herein has been made or relied upon by either party in making this Agreement. No modification, amendment or addition will be valid, unless set forth in writing and signed by the party against whom enforcement of any such modification, amendment or addition is sought. Notwithstanding, this Agreement supersedes any prior confidentiality agreements or restrictive covenants between the Company and Employee provided however that if a court of competent jurisdiction refuses to enforce this Agreement, then the parties agree that the term of any prior confidentiality or restrictive covenants shall govern.

8. At Will Employment. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to constitute a contract of employment for any given duration. The relationship between the Company and Employee shall be employment-at-will and either the Company or Employee may terminate it at any time for any reason without liability.

9. Subsequent Employment. In order to protect the Company’s rights under this Agreement, Employee agrees that:

(a) For a period of 12 months following the termination of Employee’s employment with the Company, Employee shall advise the Company with respect to any new employment by Employee’s. Employee is aware that the Company may contact Employee’s prospective or subsequent employers and inform them of this Agreement or any other policy or employment agreement between Employee and the Company that may be in effect on Employee’s last day of employment. Employee understands that Employee has a duty to contact the Company if Employee has any questions regarding whether or not conduct by Employee would be restricted by this Agreement.

(b) Employee shall make the terms and conditions of the post-employment restrictions in this Agreement known to any business, entity or persons engaged in activities competitive with the Company’s business with which Employee becomes associated during Employee’s employment with the Company and in the 12 month period after the termination of Employee’s employment.

 

8


10. Assignment of Agreement. The Company may assign this Agreement, its rights, interests and remedies under this Agreement, and its obligations under this Agreement, to any successor or purchaser of the Company or any division or business of the Company in the discretion of the Company and without notice to Employee. The validity of this Agreement will not be affected by the sale (whether via a stock or asset sale), merger, or any other change in ownership of the Company. Employee understands that Employee’s obligations under this Agreement are personal, and that Employee may not assign this Agreement, or any of Employee’s rights, interests, or obligations under this Agreement.

11. Non-Waiver. No failure or delay by any party to this Agreement in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder, will operate as a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies provided herein will be cumulative and in addition to any rights or remedies provided by law or equity.

12. Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois without giving effect to any conflict of law principles.

13. Consent To Jurisdiction. The parties expressly consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state or federal courts of Illinois to resolve any and all disputes arising under the post-employment restrictions contained in Section 5 of this Agreement and hereby waive any right that they might have to object to jurisdiction or venue within such court or any defense based on the doctrine of forum non conveniens. The parties also agree that any and all disputes arising under the post-employment restrictions contained in Section 5 of this Agreement may be resolved in a state or federal court and shall not be subject to arbitration irrespective of any other agreement.

14. Counterparts & Signatures. This Agreement may be executed in duplicate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Facsimile, electronic (PDF, etc.) and other copies or duplicates of this Agreement are valid and enforceable as originals. Similarly, Agreements signed by hand, electronically (DocuSign or similar service), or, on behalf of the Company, by signature stamp, are valid and enforceable as original signatures.

15. Notice of Immunity. Employee understands that nothing in this Agreement is intended to prohibit Employee from disclosing information, including Proprietary Information, which is permitted to be disclosed by the Federal Defend Trade Secrets Act, which provides that an individual may not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for disclosure of a trade secret (a) made in confidence to a government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney, solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law or (b) in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal. In addition, Employee understands that if Employee files a lawsuit against the Company for retaliation based on the reporting of a

 

9


suspected violation of law, Employee may disclose a trade secret to Employee’s attorney and use the trade secret information in the court proceeding, so long as any document containing the trade secret is filed under seal and the trade secret is not disclosed except pursuant to court order. To the extent Employee suspects a violation of the law, Employee should report their suspicion to an officer of the Company or in accordance with relevant the Company policies.

16. Return of the Company Property. At the request of the Company (or, without any request, upon termination of my employment with the Company), Employee will immediately deliver to the Company (a) all the Company property that is then in Employee’s possession, custody or control, including, without limitation, all keys, access cards, cell phones, tablets, computer hardware including but not limited to any hard drives, external storage devices, diskettes, fobs, laptops, tablets, computers and personal data assistants (and the contents thereof), internet connectivity devices, computer software and programs, data, materials, papers, books, files, documents, records; (b) any and all documents or other items containing, summarizing, or describing any Proprietary Information, including all originals and copies in whatever form; (c) any personal device that Employee synced with or used to access any the Company system for purpose of inspection and copying; and (d) a list of passwords or codes needed to operate or access any of the items referenced in this Section 16.

17. Promotional Materials. Employee authorizes and consents to, during the term of Employee’s employment with the Company, the creation and/or use of Employee’s likeness as well as Employee’s name by the Company, and persons or organizations authorized by it, without reservation or limitation and without further consideration. Pursuant to this authorization and consent, the Company may, for example, use Employee’s likeness on its website, and publish and distribute advertising, sales, or other promotional literature containing a likeness of Employee in the course of performing Employee’s job duties. Employee also waives any cause of action for personal injury and/or property damage by virtue of the creation and use of such a likeness. Property rights to any likeness of Employee produced or prepared by the Company, or any person or organization authorized by it, shall vest in and remain with the Company. As used herein, “likeness” shall include a photograph, photographic reproduction, audio transmission, audio recording, video transmission and/or video recording, as well as any other similar medium.

18. Fair Meaning. The language of this Agreement shall be construed as a whole, according to its fair meaning, and not strictly for or against any party.

19. Additional Consideration. Employee understands that the Company’s obligations under the Employment Agreement, as well as the provision of the additional consideration identified in the Preliminary Statement, are conditioned upon Employee signing this Agreement. Further, as a result of Employee’s employment, Employee shall be (or has been) given access to the Company’s Proprietary Information, provision of confidential information, opportunities for advancement, and opportunities to participate in confidential meetings and specialized training, which shall constitute independent consideration for the post-employment restrictions contained in this Agreement and would not be (or would not have been) given to Employee without Employee’s agreement to abide by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including without limitation the ancillary obligations of confidentiality and non-disclosure.

 

10


By initialing below, Employee specifically acknowledges that Employee has read, understands and agrees to Section 19.

VM                    

Employee initials

By executing this Agreement below, the parties confirm they have read, understood, and voluntarily agreed to be bound by the entire Agreement.

 

Employee                                                            
Printed:    V. Lance Mitchell   
Signed:    /s/ V. Lance Mitchell   
Dated:    7/31/19   
Company   
Printed:    Steve Estes   
Signed:    /s/ Steve Estes   
Dated:    7/8/19   

 

11


Attachment A

RCP Competitors

 

   

The Clorox Company

 

   

S.C. Johnson & Sons, Inc.

 

   

Trinidad Benham Corporation

 

   

Dart Container Corporation

 

   

Handi-foil Corporation

 

   

Durable Packaging, International

 

   

Solo Cup Company

 

   

Novellis

 

   

Georgia Pacific

 

   

Huhtamaki

 

   

Newell/Rubbermaid

 

   

Jarden

 

   

Waddington

 

   

CuBe

 

   

Poly-America, Inc.

 

   

Inteplast Group, Ltd.

 

   

Waste Zero

 

   

Petoskey

 

   

Multibax

 

   

King Pac Industrial

 

   

Sunkor

 

   

Threestone Packing

 

   

Bagmart Packaging

 

   

Thantawan

 

12


Attachment B

List of Confidential or Proprietary Information Belonging to Others

 

13


Attachment C

List of Prior Inventions or Improvements

 

14

EX-10.23

Exhibit 10.23

 

 

 

Headquarters 1900 W. Field Court. Lake Forest. IL 60045

800.879.5067 - 847.482.3500 - www.ReynoldsConsumerProducts.com

July 8, 2019

Lance Mitchell

CEO, Reynolds Consumer Products

Re: Retention Agreement

Dear Lance,

We are pleased to offer you (“you” or “Employee”) this retention bonus agreement (the “Agreement”) related to your continued service to Reynolds Consumer Products (the “Company”).

The terms of this Agreement are as follows:

1. Retention Bonus. Subject to the terms and conditions herein, the Company will provide you with a retention bonus in the gross amount of $1,550,000 (“Retention Bonus”). The Retention Bonus shall be payable in the following manner:

Following the Company’s receipt of this Agreement signed by you, the Retention Bonus shall be payable in a single lump sum to be paid in the last available payroll in calendar year 2019.

The Retention Bonus is subject to regular tax withholdings and other authorized deductions. This bonus will not be treated as compensation for any purpose under any benefit plans or programs, unless statutorily required.

2. Period of this Agreement. In order to accept the offer set forth herein, you must promptly sign and return this Agreement to Steve Estes (Chief Human Resources Officer, Rank Group) but in no event later than July 5, 2019. This Agreement will commence as of the date noted above and will end December 31, 2020 (the “Agreement Period”), provided, however, that Section 4 (Confidentiality) of this Agreement shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement.

3. Repayment on Resignation or Termination for Cause. In the event that you resign or the Company terminates your employment for Cause during the Agreement Period, you agree to promptly repay Company for the Retention Bonus, but in no event later than thirty (30) days after your last day of employment with the Company. You further agree that, in the event you resign or are terminated for Cause, the Company may deduct the amount of the Retention Bonus in whole or in part from any payments then due to you from the Company.

For purposes of this Agreement, the Company may terminate the Employee’s employment for “Cause” upon the occurrence of any of the following, as determined in the sole discretion of the Company: (i) your failure to use your reasonable best efforts to follow a legal written order of management and such failure is not remedied within 30 days after receipt of notice; (ii) your gross or willful misconduct with regard to the Company; (iii) your conviction of a felony or crime involving material dishonesty; (iv) your fraud or personal dishonesty involving the Company’s assets; or (v) your unlawful use or possession of illegal drugs on the Company’s premises or while performing your duties and responsibilities.

4. Confidentiality. You agree to keep the existence of this Agreement and its terms confidential, unless disclosure is required pursuant to an order by a court of competent jurisdiction. However, you may discuss the terms of this Agreement with your spouse, attorney(s) or tax advisor(s), provided any such person agrees to keep the existence and terms of this Agreement strictly confidential.


 

 

 

Headquarters 1900 W . Field Court. Lake Forest. IL 60045

800.879.5067 - 847.482.3500 ·www.ReynoldsConsumerProducts.com

 

5. Continuation of Employment. This Agreement does not change your status as an “at-will” employee and does not guarantee your employment for any specific period of time. The Company reserves the right to terminate you at any time and for any or no reason.

6. Governing Law/Captions/Severance/Attorney’s Fees. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with, and pursuant to, the laws of the State of Illinois. The captions of this Agreement shall not be part of the provisions hereof, and shall have no force or effect. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement. In the event that the Company must file a claim to seek enforcement of any provision of this Agreement, the Company shall be entitled to receive compensation for related costs, including but not limited to attorney’s fees and interest.

7. Entire Agreement/Amendment. This instrument contains the entire agreement of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and the parties have made no agreement, representations, or warranties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement that are not set forth herein. This Agreement may be amended at any time by written agreement of both parties, but it shall not be amended by oral agreement.

We look forward to your continuing contributions to the Company. Please acknowledge by signing below that you have read this Agreement and you understand and agree to its terms.

 

Sincerely,

/s/ Steve Estes

Steve Estes
CHRO, Rank Group

I, Lance Mitchell, have read this Agreement, and I understand and agree to its terms.

 

/s/ Victor Lance Mitchell

     

7/17/19

Employee (signature)       Date

VICTOR LANCE MITCHELL

     
Employee (printed name)      

 

EX-10.24

Exhibit 10.24

July 8, 2019

Lance Mitchell

CEO, Reynolds Consumer Products

Dear Lance:

As we have discussed, a critical component of our ongoing business strategy for Reynolds Consumer Products will be to explore opportunities for the business that could lead to an Initial Public Offering (IPO) of the business or potentially a divestiture of the associated business entities. Your assistance is needed by Reynolds as we work through this process to help prepare the business for a successful transaction. In light of this, we are offering you a special Transaction Success bonus (“Bonus”) that will become payable if a successful IPO is concluded or if there is a sale of the business by June 30, 2020.

If an IPO transaction is completed, your potential bonus will be $1,782,500. Fifty percent (50%) of this bonus ($891,250) will be paid to you 30 days after the effective date of an IPO, so long as you do not voluntarily leave your employment with the succeeding entity during that time. You will be paid the remaining fifty percent (50%) of this bonus six (6) months after the effective date of an IPO, so long as you do not voluntarily leave your employment with the succeeding entity during that time. This bonus is a gross amount and is subject to all applicable tax withholding requirements. This bonus will not be treated as compensation for any purpose under any benefit plans or programs, unless statutorily required.

If a sales transaction is completed, your potential bonus will be $3,565,000. Fifty percent (50%) of this bonus ($1,782,500) will be paid to you 30 days after the closing date of a sale, so long as you do not voluntarily leave your employment with the succeeding entity during that time. You will be paid the remaining fifty percent (50%) of this bonus six (6) months after the closing date, so long as you do not voluntarily leave your employment with the succeeding entity during that time. This bonus is a gross amount and is subject to all applicable tax withholding requirements. This bonus will not be treated as compensation for any purpose under any benefit plans or programs, unless statutorily required.

Because of the significance of this strategic effort, and given that you are one of a select group of employees to be offered this opportunity, it is of utmost importance that you keep this offer and all its terms entirely confidential.

Thank you for your willingness to assist the team during this endeavor and for your help in ensuring the success of this very important process for Reynolds Consumer Products.

Sincerely,

 

By:   /s/ Steve Estes
  Steve Estes
  Chief HR Officer
  Rank Group
EX-10.25

Exhibit 10.25

 

TO:    LANCE MITCHELL
FROM:    STEVE ESTES
DATE:    JULY 8, 2019
SUBJECT:    PLANNED ISSUANCE OF RESTRICTED STOCK

 

 

As we have discussed, a critical component of our ongoing business strategy for Reynolds Consumer Products LLC will be to explore opportunities for the business that could lead to an Initial Public Offering (IPO) of the business or potentially a divestiture of the associated business entities. Your assistance is needed by Reynolds as we work through this process to help prepare the business for a successful transaction.

If the IPO is successful, the company whose shares are registered in the IPO will issue you Restricted Stock at the completion of the IPO. The number of shares in this grant equals $1,550,000 divided by the IPO price as of the date of the grant, rounded to the nearest whole share. Vesting for the restricted stock will occur over a 3-year period with 1/3 vesting after 12-months from the successful IPO; 1/3 vesting after 24-months from the successful IPO; and, 1/3 vesting after 36-months from the successful IPO. You must be an employee of the Company or one of its affiliates on the applicable vesting date to receive such shares.

Should there be a business sale instead of an IPO, you will receive $1,550,000 in cash in lieu of Restricted Stock. For purposes hereof, a business sale means a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or a sale of more than 50% of the equity of the Company or such entity. This cash payment will be made in the following manner:

12 Payable 30-days post-closing of the sale

12 Payable 180-days post-closing of the sale

This memo does not change your status as an “at-will” employee and does not guarantee your employment for any specific period of time. The Company reserves the right to terminate you at any time and for any or no reason. Any Restricted Stock issued or cash payment made pursuant to this memo shall be subject to regular tax withholdings and other authorized deductions and will not be treated as compensation for any purpose under any benefit plans or programs, unless statutorily required.

This memo is provided to summarize the agreement that has been reached in this regard between the Company and the employee. Should an IPO be completed, a formal grant letter for the Restricted Stock will be provided to the employee that documents all terms and conditions related to the grant.

 

By:   /s/ Steve Estes
EX-10.26

Exhibit 10.26

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

     PAGE  
ARTICLE 1  
DEFINITIONS  

Section 1.01. Defined Terms

     1  

Section 1.02. General Interpretive Principles

     3  
ARTICLE 2  
REGISTRATION RIGHTS  

Section 2.01. Registration

     4  

Section 2.02. Piggyback Registrations

     6  

Section 2.03. Selection of Underwriter(s), etc.

     7  

Section 2.04. Registration Procedures

     7  

Section 2.05. Holdback Agreements

     11  

Section 2.06. Underwriting Agreement in Underwritten Offerings

     11  

Section 2.07. Registration Expenses Paid By Company

     12  

Section 2.08. Indemnification

     12  

Section 2.09. Reporting Requirements; Rule 144

     14  
ARTICLE 3  
MISCELLANEOUS  

Section 3.01. Term

     14  

Section 3.02. Notices

     14  

Section 3.03. Successors, Assigns and Transferees

     15  

Section 3.04. Governing Law; No Jury Trial

     15  

Section 3.05. Specific Performance

     16  

Section 3.06. Headings

     16  

Section 3.07. Severability

     16  

Section 3.08. Amendment; Waiver

     16  

Section 3.09. Further Assurances

     16  

Section 3.10. Counterparts

     16  


REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT, dated as of [•] (this “Agreement”), is by and between Pactiv Evergreen Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and Packaging Finance Limited, a company incorporated pursuant to the laws of New Zealand (“PFL”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Company is currently contemplating an underwritten initial public offering (“IPO”) of its Common Stock (as defined below); and

WHEREAS, the Company desires to grant registration rights to PFL on the terms and conditions set out in this Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01. Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Action” means any demand, action, suit, countersuit, arbitration, inquiry, proceeding or investigation by or before any Governmental Authority or any federal, state, local, foreign or international arbitration or mediation tribunal.

Affiliate” in respect of a Person, means any other Person that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person, and (i) in the case of a natural person, shall include, without limitation, such person’s spouse, parents, children, siblings, mother-in-law and father-in-law and brothers and sisters-in-law, whether by blood, marriage or adoption or anyone residing in such person’s home, a trust for the benefit of any of the foregoing, a company, partnership or any natural person or entity wholly or jointly owned by any of the foregoing, and (ii) in the case of an entity, shall include a partnership, a corporation or any natural person or entity which directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such entity. As used herein, “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such entity, whether through ownership of voting securities or other interests, by contract or otherwise.

Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which banking institutions are authorized or obligated by law to be closed in New York, New York.

Common Stock” means the common shares, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company and any shares into which such common stock may be converted.

Company Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(a).

Company Takedown Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(f).

Demand Registration” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(a).

Eligible Holders” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(a).

 


Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

FINRA” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

Governmental Authority” means any nation or government, any state, municipality or other political subdivision thereof, and any entity, body, agency, commission, department, board, bureau, court, tribunal or other instrumentality, whether federal, state, local, domestic, foreign or multinational, exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory, administrative or other similar functions of, or pertaining to, government and any executive official thereof.

Holder” shall mean PFL or any of its Affiliates, so long as such Person holds any Registrable Securities, and any Person owning Registrable Securities who is a permitted transferee of rights under Section 3.03.

Initiating Holder” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(a).

IPO” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

Loss” or “Losses” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.08(a).

Person” means an individual, a general or limited partnership, a corporation, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization, a limited liability entity, any other entity and any Governmental Authority.

Piggyback Registration” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02(a).

Prospectus” means the prospectus included in any Registration Statement, all amendments and supplements to such prospectus, including post-effective amendments, and all other material incorporated by reference in such prospectus.

Registrable Securities” means any Shares and any securities issued or issuable directly or indirectly with respect to, in exchange for, upon the conversion of or in replacement of the Shares, whether by way of a dividend or distribution or stock split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, exchange or other reorganization; provided that any such Shares shall cease to be Registrable Securities if (i) they have been registered and sold pursuant to an effective Registration Statement, (ii) they have been transferred by a Holder in a transaction in which the Holder’s rights under this Agreement are not, or cannot be, assigned, (iii) they may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act without limitation thereunder on volume or manner of sale and the Holder of such securities does not then beneficially own more than 2% of outstanding Common Stock, or (iv) they have ceased to be outstanding.

Registration” means a registration with the SEC of the offer and sale to the public of Common Stock under a Registration Statement. The terms “Register,” “Registered” and “Registering” shall have a correlative meaning.

Registration Expenses” shall mean all expenses incident to the Company’s performance of or compliance with this Agreement, including all (i) registration, qualification and filing fees; (ii) expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, printing and filing under the Securities Act of the Registration Statement, any Prospectus and any issuer free writing prospectus and the distribution thereof; (iii) the fees and expenses of the Company’s counsel and independent accountants; (iv) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the registration or qualification and determination of eligibility for investment of the Shares under the state or foreign securities or blue sky laws and the preparation, printing and distribution of a blue sky or legal investment memorandum (including the related fees and expenses of counsel); (v) the costs and charges of any transfer agent and any registrar; (vii) all expenses and application fees incurred in connection with any filing with, and clearance of an offering by, FINRA; (vii) expenses incurred in connection with any “road show” presentation to potential investors; (viii) printing expenses, messenger, telephone and delivery expenses; (ix) internal expenses of the Company (including all salaries and expenses of employees of the Company performing legal or accounting duties); and (x) fees and expenses of listing any Registrable Securities on any securities exchange on which Common Stock are then listed; but excluding any Selling Expenses.

 

2


Registration Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(c).

Registration Rights” shall mean the rights of the Holders to cause the Company to Register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Agreement.

Registration Statement” means any registration statement of the Company filed with, or to be filed with, the SEC under the rules and regulations promulgated under the Securities Act, including the related Prospectus, amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, and all exhibits and all material incorporated by reference in such registration statement.

PFL” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement and shall include its successors by merger, acquisition, reorganization or otherwise.

SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Selling Expenses” means all underwriting discounts, selling commissions and transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities hereunder.

Shares” means all shares of Common Stock that are beneficially owned by PFL or, any of its Affiliates or any permitted transferee of rights under Section 3.03 from time to time, whether or not held immediately following the IPO.

Shelf Registration” means a Registration Statement of the Company for an offering to be made on a delayed or continuous basis of Common Stock pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act (or similar provisions then in effect).

Subsidiary” means, when used with respect to any Person, (a) a corporation in which such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, directly or indirectly, owns capital stock having a majority of the total voting power in the election of directors of all outstanding shares of all classes and series of capital stock of such corporation entitled generally to vote in such election; and (b) any other Person (other than a corporation) in which such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, directly or indirectly, has (i) a majority ownership interest or (ii) the power to elect or direct the election of a majority of the members of the governing body of such first-named Person.

Takedown Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(f).

Third Party Holder” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.03.

Underwritten Offering” means a Registration in which securities of the Company are sold to an underwriter or underwriters on a firm commitment basis for reoffering to the public.

Section 1.02. General Interpretive Principles. Whenever used in this Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires, any noun or pronoun shall be deemed to include the plural as well as the singular and to cover all genders. Whenever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.” Unless otherwise specified, the terms “hereof,” “herein,” “hereunder” and similar terms refer to this Agreement as a whole (including the exhibits hereto), and references herein to Articles and Sections refer to Articles and Sections of this Agreement. Except as otherwise indicated, all periods of

 

3


time referred to herein shall include all Saturdays, Sundays and holidays; provided, however, that if the date to perform the act or give any notice with respect to this Agreement shall fall on a day other than a Business Day, such act or notice may be performed or given timely if performed or given on the next succeeding Business Day. References to a Person are also to its permitted successors and assigns. The parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement and, in the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as jointly drafted by the parties, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement.

ARTICLE 2

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

Section 2.01. Registration.

(a) Request. Each of (1) PFL and any permitted transferee of rights pursuant to clauses (i), (iii) and (iv) of Section 3.03 and (2) Third Party Holders of at least 5% of outstanding Common Stock, shall have the right to request that the Company file a Registration Statement with the SEC on the appropriate registration form for all or part of the Registrable Securities held by such Holder once such Holder is no longer subject to the lock-up applicable to it entered into in connection with the IPO (which may be due to the expiration or waiver of such lock-up with respect to such Registrable Securities) by delivering a written request to the Company specifying the kind and number of shares of Registrable Securities such Holder wishes to Register and the intended method of distribution thereof (a “Demand Registration” and the Holder submitting such Demand Registration, the “Initiating Holder”). The Company shall (i) within 10 days of the receipt of such request, give written notice of such Demand Registration (the “Company Notice”) to all Holders other than the relevant Initiating Holder (the “Eligible Holders”), (ii) use its reasonable best efforts to file a Registration Statement in respect of such Demand Registration within 45 days of receipt of the request, and (iii) use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter. The Company shall include in such Registration all Registrable Securities that the Eligible Holders request to be included within the 10 Business Days following their receipt of the Company Notice.

(b) Limitations of Demand Registrations. There shall be no limitation on the number of Demand Registrations pursuant to Section 2.01(a); provided, however, that Third Party Holders shall not require the Company to effect more than three Demand Registrations collectively in a 12-month period. The Registrable Securities requested to be Registered pursuant to Section 2.01(a) (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Registrable Securities of Eligible Holders requested to be registered) must represent (i) an aggregate offering price of Registrable Securities that is reasonably expected to equal at least $50,000,000 or (ii) all of the remaining Registrable Securities owned by the Initiating Holder and its Affiliates.

(c) Effective Registration. The Company shall be deemed to have effected a Registration for purposes of Section 2.01(b) if the Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC or becomes effective upon filing with the SEC, and remains effective until the earlier of (i) the date when all Registrable Securities thereunder have been sold and (ii) 60 days from the effective date of the Registration Statement (the “Registration Period”). No Registration shall be deemed to have been effective if (i) the conditions to closing specified in the underwriting agreement, if any, entered into in connection with such Registration are not satisfied by reason of the Company or (ii) the number of Registrable Securities included in any such Registration Statement is reduced in accordance with Section 2.01(e) such that less than 25% of the aggregate number of Registrable Securities requested to be Registered pursuant to Section 2.01(a) are included. If, during the Registration Period, such Registration is interfered with by any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the SEC or other Governmental Authority, the Registration Period shall be extended on a day-for-day basis for any period the Holder is unable to complete an offering as a result of such stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the SEC or other Governmental Authority.

 

4


(d) Underwritten Offering. If the Initiating Holder so indicates at the time of its request pursuant to Section 2.01(a), such offering of Registrable Securities shall be in the form of an Underwritten Offering and the Company shall include such information in the Company Notice. In the event that the Initiating Holder intends to distribute the Registrable Securities by means of an Underwritten Offering, no Holder may include Registrable Securities in such Registration unless such Holder, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 2.06, (i) agrees to sell its Registrable Securities on the basis provided in the applicable underwriting arrangements; (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements and (iii) cooperates with the Company’s reasonable requests in connection with such Registration (it being understood that the Company’s failure to perform its obligations hereunder, which failure is caused by such Holder’s failure to cooperate, will not constitute a breach by the Company of this Agreement).

(e) Priority of Securities in an Underwritten Offering. If the Company, after consultation with the managing underwriter or underwriters of a proposed Underwritten Offering, including an Underwritten Offering from a Shelf Registration, pursuant to this Section 2.01, determines in its sole discretion that the number of securities requested to be included in such Underwritten Offering exceeds the number that can be sold in such Underwritten Offering without being likely to have a significant adverse effect on the price, timing or distribution of the securities offered or the market for the securities offered, then the number of securities to be included in such Underwritten Offering shall be reduced in the following order of priority: first, there shall be excluded from the Underwritten Offering any securities to be sold for the account of any selling securityholder other than the Initiating Holder and the Eligible Holders; second, there shall be excluded from the Underwritten Offering any securities to be sold for the account of the Company; third, there shall be excluded from the Underwritten Offering any securities to be sold for the account of the Eligible Holders and their Affiliates that have been requested to be included therein, pro rata based on the number of Registrable Securities owned by each such Eligible Holder; and finally, there shall be excluded from the Underwritten Offering any securities to be sold for the account of the Initiating Holder and its Affiliates that have been requested to be included therein, in each case to the extent necessary to reduce the total number of securities to be included in such offering to the number determined by the Company after consultation with the managing underwriter or underwriters.

(f) Shelf Registration. At any time after the date hereof when the Company is eligible to Register the applicable Registrable Securities on Form S-3 (or a successor form) and an Initiating Holder is entitled to request Demand Registrations, such Initiating Holder may request the Company to effect a Demand Registration as a Shelf Registration. For the avoidance of doubt, the requirement that (i) the Company deliver a Company Notice in connection with a Demand Registration and (ii) the right of Eligible Holders to request that their Registrable Securities be included in a Registration Statement filed in connection with a Demand Registration, each as set forth in Section 2.01(a), shall apply to a Demand Registration that is effected as Shelf Registration. There shall be no limitations on the number of Underwritten Offerings pursuant to a Shelf Registration; provided, however, that Third Party Holders may not require the Company to effect more than three Underwritten Offerings collectively in a 12-month period. If any Initiating Holder holds Registrable Securities included on a Shelf Registration, it shall have the right to request that the Company cooperate in a shelf takedown at any time, including an Underwritten Offering, by delivering a written request thereof to the Company specifying the kind and number of shares of Registrable Securities such Initiating Holder wishes to include in the shelf takedown (“Takedown Notice”). The Company shall (i) within five days of the receipt of a Takedown Notice, give written notice of such Takedown Notice to all Holders of Registrable Securities included on such Shelf Registration (the “Company Takedown Notice”), and (ii) shall take all actions reasonably requested by the Initiating Holder who submitted the Takedown Notice, including the filing of a Prospectus supplement and the other actions described in Section 2.04, in accordance with the intended method of distribution set forth in the Takedown Notice as expeditiously as practicable. If the takedown is an Underwritten Offering, the Company shall include in such Underwritten Offering all Registrable Securities that the Holders of Registrable Securities included in the Registration Statement for such Shelf Registration, request be included within the five Business Days following such Holders’ receipt of the Company Takedown Notice. If the takedown is an Underwritten Offering, the Registrable Securities requested to be included in a shelf takedown must represent (i) an aggregate offering price of Registrable Securities that is reasonably expected to equal at least $50,000,000 or (ii) all of the remaining Registrable Securities owned by the requesting Initiating Holder and its Affiliates.

 

5


(g) SEC Form. Except as set forth in the next sentence, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause Demand Registrations to be Registered on Form S-3 (or any successor form), and if the Company is not then eligible under the Securities Act to use Form S-3, Demand Registrations shall be Registered on Form S-1 (or any successor form). The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to become eligible to use Form S-3 and, after becoming eligible to use Form S-3, shall use its reasonable best efforts to remain so eligible. All Demand Registrations shall comply with applicable requirements of the Securities Act and, together with each Prospectus included, filed or otherwise furnished by the Company in connection therewith, shall not contain any untrue statement of material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

(h) Postponement. Upon notice to, in the case of a Demand Registration, the Initiating Holder for such Demand Registration and any other Eligible Holders or, in the case of a shelf takedown, the Initiating Holder or Holders requesting such shelf takedown and any other Holders to which a Company Takedown Notice has been delivered with respect to such shelf takedown, the Company may postpone effecting a Registration or shelf takedown, as applicable, pursuant to this Section 2.01 on two occasions during any period of twelve consecutive months for a reasonable time specified in the notice but not exceeding 120 days (which period may not be extended or renewed), if (i) the Company reasonably believes that effecting the Registration or shelf takedown, as applicable, would materially and adversely affect a proposal or plan by the Company to engage in (directly or indirectly through any of its Subsidiaries): (x) a material acquisition or divestiture of assets; (y) a merger, consolidation, tender offer, reorganization, primary offering of the Company’s securities or similar material transaction; or (z) a material financing or any other material business transaction with a third party or (ii) the Company is in possession of material non-public information the disclosure of which during the period specified in such notice the Company reasonably believes would not be in the best interests of the Company.

(i) Right to Withdraw. Unless otherwise agreed, each Holder shall have the right to withdraw such Holder’s request for inclusion of its Registrable Securities in any Underwritten Offering pursuant to this Section 2.01 at any time prior to the execution of an underwriting agreement with respect thereto by giving written notice to the Company of such Holder’s request to withdrawn and, subject to the preceding clause, each Holder shall be permitted to withdraw all or part of such Holder’s Registrable Securities from a Demand Registration at any time prior to the effective date thereof.

Section 2.02. Piggyback Registrations.

(a) Participation. If the Company proposes to file a Registration Statement under the Securities Act with respect to any offering of Common Stock for its own account and/or for the account of any other Persons (other than a Registration (i) under Section 2.01 hereof, (ii) pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-8 (or other registration solely relating to an offering or sale to employees or directors of the Company pursuant to any employee stock plan or other employee benefit arrangement) or Form S-4 or similar form that relates to a transaction subject to Rule 145 under the Securities Act, (iii) in connection with any dividend reinvestment or similar plan or (iv) for the sole purpose of offering securities to another entity or its security holders in connection with the acquisition of assets or securities of such entity or any similar transaction), then, as soon as practicable (but in no event less than 5 days prior to the proposed date of filing such Registration Statement), the Company shall give written notice of such proposed filing to each Holder, and such notice shall offer such Holders the opportunity to Register under such Registration Statement such number of Registrable Securities as each such Holder may request in writing (a “Piggyback Registration”). Subject to Section 2.02(a) and Section 2.02(c), the Company shall include in such Registration Statement all such Registrable Securities that are requested to be included therein within seven Business Days after the receipt of any such notice; provided, however, that if, at any time after giving written notice of its intention to Register any securities pursuant to this Section 2.02(a) and prior to the effective date of the Registration Statement filed in connection with such Registration, the Company shall determine for any reason not to Register or to delay Registration of such securities, the Company may, at its election, give written notice of such determination to each such Holder and, thereupon, (i) in the case of

 

6


a determination not to Register, shall be relieved of its obligation to Register any Registrable Securities in connection with such Registration and shall have no liability to any Holder in connection with such termination, and (ii) in the case of a determination to delay Registration, shall be permitted to delay Registering any Registrable Securities for the same period as the delay in Registering such other shares of Common Stock, in each case without prejudice, however, to the rights of any Holder to request that such Registration be effected as a Demand Registration under Section 2.01. For the avoidance of doubt. no Registration effected under this Section 2.02 shall relieve the Company of its obligation to effect any Demand Registration under Section 2.01. If the offering pursuant to a Registration Statement pursuant to this Section 2.02 is to be an Underwritten Offering, then each Holder making a request for a Piggyback Registration pursuant to this Section 2.02(a) shall, and the Company shall use reasonable best efforts to coordinate arrangements with the underwriters so that each such Holder may, participate in such Underwritten Offering. If the offering pursuant to such Registration Statement is to be on any other basis, then each Holder making a request for a Piggyback Registration pursuant to this Section 2.02(a) shall, and the Company shall use reasonable best efforts to coordinate arrangements so that each such Holder may, participate in such offering on such basis. If the Company files a Shelf Registration for its own account and/or for the account of any other Persons, the Company agrees that it shall use its reasonable best efforts to include in such Registration Statement such disclosures as may be required by Rule 430B under the Securities Act in order to ensure that the Holders may be added to such Shelf Registration at a later time through the filing of a Prospectus supplement rather than a post-effective amendment.

(b) Right to Withdraw. Unless otherwise agreed, each Holder shall have the right to withdraw such Holder’s request for inclusion of its Registrable Securities in any Underwritten Offering pursuant to this Section 2.02 at any time prior to the execution of an underwriting agreement with respect thereto by giving written notice to the Company of such Holder’s request to withdraw and, subject to the preceding clause, each Holder shall be permitted to withdraw all or part of such Holder’s Registrable Securities from a Piggyback Registration at any time prior to the effective date thereof.

(c) Priority of Piggyback Registration. If the managing underwriter or underwriters of any proposed Underwritten Offering of a class of Registrable Securities included in a Piggyback Registration informs the Company and the Holders in writing that, in its or their opinion, the number of securities of such class which such Holder and any other Persons intend to include in such Underwritten Offering exceeds the number which can be sold in such Underwritten Offering without being likely to have a significant adverse effect on the price, timing or distribution of the securities offered or the market for the securities offered, then the securities to be included in such Underwritten Offering shall be reduced in the following order of priority: first, there shall be excluded from the Underwritten Offering any securities to be sold for the account of any selling securityholder other than the Holders; and second, there shall be excluded from the Underwritten Offering any securities to be sold for the account of Holders and their Affiliates that have been requested to be included therein, pro rata based on the number of Registrable Securities owned by each such Holder, in each case to the extent necessary to reduce the total number of securities to be included in such offering to the number recommended by the managing underwriter or underwriters.

Section 2.03. Selection of Underwriter(s) etc.. In any Underwritten Offering pursuant to Section 2.01, the Company shall select the underwriter(s), financial printer and/or solicitation and/or exchange agent (if any). The Company may consult with the Initiating Holder in its selection, provided that the Company shall be under no obligation to the Initiating Holder as a result of or in connection with such consultation

Section 2.04. Registration Procedures.

(a) In connection with the Registration and/or sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Agreement, through an Underwritten Offering or otherwise, the Company shall use reasonable best efforts to effect or cause the Registration and the sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended methods of disposition thereof and:

 

7


(i) prepare and file the required Registration Statement, including all exhibits and financial statements required under the Securities Act to be filed therewith, and before filing with the SEC a Registration Statement or Prospectus, or any amendments or supplements thereto, (A) furnish to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders participating in such Registration, copies of all documents prepared to be filed, which documents will be subject to the review of such underwriters and such participating Holders and their respective counsel, and (B) consider in good faith any comments of the underwriters and Holders and their respective counsel on such documents;

(ii) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such Registration Statement and the Prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all of the Shares Registered thereon;

(iii) in the case of a Shelf Registration, prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such Registration Statement and the Prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective and to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all Shares subject thereto for a period ending on the 3rd anniversary after the effective date of such Registration Statement;

(iv) notify the participating Holders and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, and (if requested) confirm such advice in writing and provide copies of the relevant documents, as soon as reasonably practicable after notice thereof is received by the Company (A) when the applicable Registration Statement or any amendment thereto has been filed or becomes effective, or when the applicable Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to such Prospectus has been filed, (B) of any written comments by the SEC or any request by the SEC or any other Governmental Authority for amendments or supplements to such Registration Statement or such Prospectus or for additional information, (C) of the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Registration Statement or any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary or final Prospectus or the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for such purposes, (D) if, at any time, the representations and warranties of the Company in any applicable underwriting agreement cease to be true and correct in all material respects, and (E) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose;

(v) promptly notify each selling Holder and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, when the Company becomes aware of the occurrence of any event as a result of which the applicable Registration Statement or the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement (as then in effect) contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of such Prospectus and any preliminary Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading or, if for any other reason it shall be necessary during such time period to amend or supplement such Registration Statement or Prospectus in order to comply with the Securities Act and, in either case as promptly as reasonably practicable thereafter, prepare and file with the SEC, and furnish without charge to the selling Holder and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, an amendment or supplement to such Registration Statement or Prospectus which will correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance;

(vi) use its reasonable best efforts to prevent or obtain the withdrawal of any stop order or other order suspending the use of any preliminary or final Prospectus;

(vii) promptly incorporate in a Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information as the managing underwriters, if any, and the Holders may reasonably request to be included therein in order to permit the intended method of distribution of the Registrable Securities; and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment as soon as reasonably practicable after being notified of the matters to be incorporated in such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment;

 

8


(viii) furnish to each selling Holder and each underwriter, if any, without charge, as many conformed copies as such Holder or underwriter may reasonably request of the applicable Registration Statement and any amendment or post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules, all documents incorporated therein by reference and all exhibits (including those incorporated by reference);

(ix) deliver to each selling Holder and each underwriter, if any, without charge, as many copies of the applicable Prospectus (including each preliminary Prospectus) and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Holder or underwriter may reasonably request (it being understood that the Company consents to the use of such Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each selling Holder and the underwriters, if any, in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by such Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto) and such other documents as such selling Holder or underwriter may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities by such Holder or underwriter;

(x) on or prior to the date on which the applicable Registration Statement is declared effective or becomes effective, use its reasonable best efforts to register or qualify, and cooperate with each selling Holder, the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, and their respective counsel, in connection with the registration or qualification of such Registrable Securities for offer and sale under the securities or “blue sky” laws of each state and other jurisdiction of the United States as any selling Holder or managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, or their respective counsel reasonably request in writing and do any and all other acts or things reasonably necessary or advisable to keep such registration or qualification in effect for so long as such Registration Statement remains in effect and so as to permit the continuance of sales and dealings in such jurisdictions of the United States for so long as may be necessary to complete the distribution of the Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement; provided that the Company will not be required to qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified or to take any action which would subject it to taxation or general service of process in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject;

(xi) in connection with any sale of Registrable Securities that will result in such securities no longer being Registrable Securities, cooperate with each selling Holder and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive Securities Act legends; and to register such Registrable Securities in such denominations and such names as such selling Holder or the underwriter(s), if any, may request at least two Business Days prior to such sale of Registrable Securities; provided that the Company may satisfy its obligations hereunder without issuing physical stock certificates through the use of The Depository Trust Company’s Direct Registration System;

(xii) cooperate and assist in any filings required to be made with the FINRA and each securities exchange, if any, on which any of the Company’s securities are then listed or quoted and on each inter-dealer quotation system on which any of the Company’s securities are then quoted, and in the performance of any due diligence investigation by any underwriter (including any “qualified independent underwriter”) that is required to be retained in accordance with the rules and regulations of each such exchange, and use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Registrable Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof or the underwriter or underwriters, if any, to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;

(xiii) not later than the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement, provide a CUSIP number for all Registrable Securities and provide the applicable transfer agent with printed certificates for the Registrable Securities which are in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company; provided that the Company may satisfy its obligations hereunder without issuing physical stock certificates through the use of The Depository Trust Company’s Direct Registration System;

(xiv) in the case of an Underwritten Offering, obtain for delivery to and addressed to the selling Holders and the underwriter or underwriters, an opinion from the Company’s outside counsel in customary form and content for the type of Underwritten Offering, dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement;

 

9


(xv) in the case of an Underwritten Offering, obtain for delivery to and addressed to the underwriter or underwriters and, to the extent agreed by the Company’s independent certified public accountants, each selling Holder, a comfort letter from the Company’s independent certified public accountants (and the independent certified public accountants with respect to any acquired company financial statements) in customary form and content for the type of Underwritten Offering, including with comfort letters customarily delivered in connection with quarterly period financial statements if applicable, dated the date of execution of the underwriting agreement and brought down to the closing under the underwriting agreement;

(xvi) use its reasonable best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and make generally available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, but no later than 90 days after the end of the 12-month period beginning with the first day of the Company’s first quarter commencing after the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement, an earnings statement satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and covering the period of at least 12 months, but not more than 18 months, beginning with the first month after the effective date of the Registration Statement;

(xvii) provide and cause to be maintained a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement from and after a date not later than the effective date of such Registration Statement;

(xviii) cause all Registrable Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement to be listed on each securities exchange on which any of the Company’s Common Stock are then listed or quoted and on each inter-dealer quotation system on which any of the Company’s Common Stock are then quoted, including the filing of any required supplemental listing application;

(xix) provide (A) each Holder participating in the Registration, (B) the underwriters (which term, for purposes of this Agreement, shall include a Person deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of Section 2(11) of the Securities Act), if any, of the Registrable Securities to be Registered, (C) the sale or placement agent therefor, if any, (D) counsel for such underwriters or agent, and (E) any attorney, accountant or other agent or representative retained by such Holder or any such underwriter, as selected by such Holder, the opportunity to participate in the preparation of such Registration Statement, each Prospectus included therein or filed with the SEC, and each amendment or supplement thereto, and to require the insertion therein of material, furnished to the Company in writing, which in the reasonable judgment of such Holder(s) and their counsel should be included; and for a reasonable period prior to the filing of such Registration Statement, make available upon reasonable notice at reasonable times and for reasonable periods for inspection by the parties referred to in (A) through (E) above, all pertinent financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company that are available to the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, employees and the independent public accountants who have certified its financial statements to make themselves available at reasonable times and for reasonable periods, to discuss the business of the Company and to supply all information available to the Company reasonably requested by any such Person in connection with such Registration Statement as shall be necessary to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibility, subject to the foregoing, provided that any such Person gaining access to information or personnel pursuant to this Section 2.04(a)(xix) shall agree to use reasonable efforts to protect the confidentiality of any information regarding the Company which the Company determines in good faith to be confidential, and of which determination such Person is notified, unless (x) the release of such information is required by law or regulation or is requested or required by deposition, interrogatory, requests for information or documents by a governmental entity, subpoena or similar process, (y) such information is or becomes publicly known without a breach of this Agreement, (F) such information is or becomes available to such Person on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Company or (z) such information is independently developed by such Person;

 

10


(xx) to cause the executive officers of the Company to participate in the customary “road show” presentations that may be reasonably requested by the managing underwriter or underwriters in any Underwritten Offering and otherwise to facilitate, cooperate with, and participate in each proposed offering contemplated herein and customary selling efforts related thereto; and

(xxi) take all other customary steps reasonably necessary to effect the Registration, offering and sale of the Registrable Securities.

(b) As a condition precedent to any Registration hereunder, the Company may require each Holder as to which any Registration is being effected to furnish to the Company such information regarding the distribution of such securities and such other information relating to such Holder, its ownership of Registrable Securities and other matters as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing. Each such Holder agrees to furnish such information to the Company and to cooperate with the Company as reasonably necessary to enable the Company to comply with the provisions of this Agreement.

(c) Each Holder agrees, that, upon receipt of any written notice from the Company of the occurrence of any event of the kind described in Section 2.04(a)(v), such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 2.04(a)(v), or until such Holder is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed, and if so directed by the Company, such Holder will deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus covering such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice. In the event the Company shall give any such notice, the period during which the applicable Registration Statement for a Demand Registration is required to be maintained effective shall be extended by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when each seller of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement either receives the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 2.04(a)(v) or is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed.

Section 2.05. Holdback Agreements. Each of the Company and the Holders agrees, upon notice from the managing underwriter or underwriters in connection with any Registration for an Underwritten Offering of the Company’s securities (other than pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-4 or any similar or successor form or pursuant to a registration solely relating to an offering and sale to employees or directors of the Company pursuant to any employee stock plan or other employee benefit plan arrangement), not to effect (other than pursuant to such Registration) any public sale or distribution of Registrable Securities, including, but not limited to, any sale pursuant to Rule 144, or make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of, any Registrable Securities, any other equity securities of the Company or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any equity securities of the Company without the prior written consent of the managing underwriters during such period as reasonably requested by the managing underwriters (but in no event longer than the seven days before and the 180 days after the pricing of such Underwritten Offering); and subject to reasonable and customary exceptions to be agreed with such managing underwriter or underwriters. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no holdback agreements of the type contemplated by this Section 2.05 shall be required of Holders unless each of the Company’s directors and executive officers agrees to be bound by a substantially identical holdback agreement for at least the same period of time.

Section 2.06. Underwriting Agreement in Underwritten Offerings. If requested by the managing underwriters for any Underwritten Offering, the Company and the participating Holders shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with such underwriters for such offering; provided, however, that no Holder shall be required to make any representations or warranties to the Company or the underwriters (other than representations and warranties regarding (i) such Holder’s ownership of Registrable Securities to be transferred free and clear of all liens, claims and encumbrances created by such Holder, (ii) such Holder’s power and authority to effect such transfer, (iii) such matters pertaining to such Holder’s compliance with securities laws as reasonably may be requested and (iv) such Holder’s intended method of distribution) or to undertake any indemnification obligations to the Company with respect thereto, except as otherwise provided in Section 2.08 hereof.

 

11


Section 2.07. Registration Expenses Paid By Company. In the case of any Registration of Registrable Securities required pursuant to this Agreement (including any Registration that is delayed or withdrawn) or proposed Underwritten Offering pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall pay all Registration Expenses regardless of whether the Registration Statement becomes effective or the Underwritten Offering is completed. The Company shall have no obligation to pay any Selling Expenses for Registrable Securities offered by any Holders.

Section 2.08. Indemnification.

(a) Indemnification by the Company. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each Holder and such Holder’s officers, directors, employees, advisors, Affiliates and agents and each Person who controls (within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act) such Holder from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities (or actions in respect thereof, whether or not such indemnified party is a party thereto) and expenses, joint or several (including reasonable costs of investigation and legal expenses) (each, a “Loss” and collectively “Losses”) arising out of or based upon (i) any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement under which the sale of such Registrable Securities was Registered under the Securities Act (including any final or preliminary Prospectus contained therein or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any documents incorporated by reference therein), or any such statement made in any free writing prospectus (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) that the Company has filed or is required to file pursuant to Rule 433(d) of the Securities Act, or (ii) any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of a Prospectus, preliminary Prospectus or free writing prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable to any particular indemnified party in any such case to the extent that any such Loss arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in any such Registration Statement in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such indemnified party expressly for use in the preparation thereof. This indemnity shall be in addition to any liability the Company may otherwise have. Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such Holder or any indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of such securities by such Holder.

(b) Indemnification by the Selling Holder. Each selling Holder agrees (severally and not jointly) to indemnify and hold harmless, to the full extent permitted by law, the Company and the Company’s directors, officers, employees, advisors, Affiliates and agents and each Person who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act) from and against any Losses arising out of or based upon (i) any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement under which the sale of such Registrable Securities was Registered under the Securities Act (including any final or preliminary Prospectus contained therein or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any documents incorporated by reference therein), or any such statement made in any free writing prospectus that the Company has filed or is required to file pursuant to Rule 433(d) of the Securities Act, or (ii) any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of a Prospectus, preliminary Prospectus or free writing prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading but only to the extent, in each of cases (i) or (ii), that such untrue statement or omission is contained in any information furnished in writing by such selling Holder to the Company expressly for inclusion in such Registration Statement, Prospectus, preliminary Prospectus or free writing prospectus. In no event shall the liability of any selling Holder hereunder be greater in amount than the dollar amount of the net proceeds received by such Holder under the sale of the Registrable Securities giving rise to such indemnification obligation. This indemnity shall be in addition to any liability the selling Holder may otherwise have. Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Company or any indemnified party.

 

12


(c) Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings. Any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder will (i) give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification (provided that any delay or failure to so notify the indemnifying party shall relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations hereunder to the extent that it is materially prejudiced by reason of such delay or failure) and (ii) permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party; provided, however, that any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder shall have the right to select and employ separate counsel and to participate in the defense of such claim, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Person unless (a) the indemnifying party has agreed in writing to pay such fees or expenses, (b) the indemnifying party shall have failed to assume the defense of such claim within a reasonable time after receipt of notice of such claim from the Person entitled to indemnification hereunder, (c) the named parties to any proceeding include both such indemnified and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party has reasonably concluded (based on written advice of counsel) that there may be legal defenses available to it or other indemnified parties that are different from or in addition to those available to the indemnifying party, or (d) in the reasonable judgment of any such Person, based upon written advice of its counsel, a conflict of interest may exist between such Person and the indemnifying party with respect to such claims (in which case, if the Person notifies the indemnifying party in writing that such Person elects to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party, the indemnifying party shall not have the right to assume the defense of such claim on behalf of such Person). If such defense is not assumed by the indemnifying party, the indemnifying party will not be subject to any liability for any settlement made without its consent, but such consent may not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. If the indemnifying party assumes the defense, the indemnifying party shall not have the right to settle such action without the consent of the indemnified party, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. No indemnifying party shall consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement without the consent of the indemnified party which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of an unconditional release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation. It is understood that the indemnifying party or parties shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any appropriate local counsel) at any one time from all such indemnified party or parties unless (x) the employment of more than one counsel has been authorized in writing by the indemnifying party or parties, (y) an indemnified party has reasonably concluded (based on written advice of counsel) that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the other indemnified parties or (z) a conflict or potential conflict exists or in the reasonable judgment of such indemnified party may exist (based on advice of counsel to an indemnified party) between such indemnified party or parties and the other indemnified parties, in each of which cases the indemnifying party shall be obligated to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such additional counsel.

(d) Contribution. If for any reason the indemnification provided for in Section 2.08(a) or Section 2.08(b) is unavailable to an indemnified party or insufficient to hold it harmless as contemplated by Section 2.08(a) or Section 2.08(b), then the indemnifying party shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, contribute to the amount paid or payable by the indemnified party as a result of such Loss in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such Loss as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 2.08(d) to the contrary, no indemnifying party (other than the Company) shall be required pursuant to this Section 2.08(d) to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the net proceeds received by such indemnifying party from the sale of Registrable Securities in the offering to which the Losses of the indemnified parties relate (before deducting expenses, if any) exceeds the amount of any damages which such indemnifying party has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue statement or omission. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 2.08(d) were determined by pro rata allocation or by any

 

13


other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this Section 2.08(d). No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party hereunder shall be deemed to include, for purposes of this Section 2.08(d), any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating, preparing to defend or defending against or appearing as a third party witness in respect of, or otherwise incurred in connection with, any such loss, claim, damage, expense, liability, action, investigation or proceeding. If indemnification is available under this Section 2.08, the indemnifying parties shall indemnify each indemnified party to the full extent provided in Section 2.08(a) and Section 2.08(b) hereof without regard to the relative fault of said indemnifying parties or indemnified party.

Section 2.09. Reporting Requirements; Rule 144. Following the IPO, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to be and remain in compliance with the periodic filing requirements imposed under the SEC’s rules and regulations, including the Exchange Act, and thereafter shall timely file such information, documents and reports as the SEC may require or prescribe under Section 13 or 15(d) (whichever is applicable) of the Exchange Act. If the Company is not required to file such reports during such period, it will, upon the request of any Holder, make publicly available such necessary information for so long as necessary to permit sales pursuant to Rule 144 or Regulation S under the Securities Act, and it will take such further action as any Holder may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell Registrable Securities without Registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by (a) Rule 144 or Regulation S under the Securities Act, as such Rules may be amended from time to time, or (b) any rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC. From and after the date hereof through the date upon which no Holder owns any Registrable Securities, the Company shall forthwith upon request furnish any Holder (i) a written statement by the Company as to whether it has complied with such requirements and, if not, the specifics thereof, (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company, and (iii) such other reports and documents filed by the Company with the SEC as such Holder may reasonably request in availing itself of an exemption for the sale of Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act.

Section 2.10. Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights. The Company agrees that it shall not enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company (i) that would allow such holder or prospective holder to include such securities in any Demand Registration or Piggyback Registration unless, under the terms of such agreement, such holder or prospective holder may include such securities in any such registration only to the extent that their inclusion would not reduce the amount of the Registrable Securities of the Holders included therein or (ii) on terms otherwise more favorable than this Agreement.

ARTICLE 3

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 3.01. Term. This Agreement shall terminate at such time as there are no Registrable Securities, except for the provisions of Section 2.07 and Section 2.08 and all of this Article 3, which shall survive any such termination.

Section 3.02. Notices. All notices or other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to be duly given when (a) delivered in person or (b) deposited in the United States mail or private express mail, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

If to PFL, to its address as set forth below:

c/o Rank Group Limited

Floor 9, 148 Quay Street

Auckland, 1010 New Zealand

Attention: Helen Golding, Group Legal Counsel

Email: Helen.Golding@rankgroup.co.nz

 

14


If to the Company to:

1900 W. Field Court

Lake Forest, Illinois 60045

Attention: Steven Karl

Email: SKarl@pactiv.com

with a copy to:

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

450 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10017

Attention: Byron B. Rooney

Fax: (212) 701-5800

Email: Byron.Rooney@davispolk.com

Any party may, by notice to the other party, change the address to which such notices are to be given.

Section 3.03. Successors, Assigns and Transferees. This Agreement and all provisions hereof shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. The Company may assign this Agreement at any time in connection with a sale or acquisition of the Company, whether by merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or similar transaction, without the consent of the Holders; provided that the successor or acquiring Person agrees in writing to assume all of the Company’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. PFL may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any transferee that (i) is an Affiliate; (ii) acquires from PFL in a private placement a number of shares of Common Stock equal to at least 5% of the aggregate number of outstanding shares of Common Stock (“Third Party Holders”); (iii) any entity that is beneficially owned by Mr. Graeme Richard Hart (or his estate, heirs, executor, administrator or other personal representative, or any of his immediate family members or any trust, fund or other entity which is controlled by his estate, heirs or any of his immediate family members) and (iv) any Affiliate of Mr. Graeme Richard Hart or any entity that is beneficially owned by Mr. Graeme Richard Hart (or his estate, heirs, executor, administrator or other personal representative, or any of his immediate family members or any trust, fund or other entity which is controlled by his estate, heirs or any of his immediate family members), and executes an agreement to be bound hereby in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, an executed counterpart of which shall be furnished to the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in each case, if such transfer is subject to covenants, agreements or other undertakings restricting transferability thereof, the Registration Rights shall not be transferred in connection with such transfer unless such transferee complies with all such covenants, agreements and other undertakings. Except as set forth in this Section 3.03, the Holders may not assign their rights and obligations hereunder.

Section 3.04. GOVERNING LAW; NO JURY TRIAL.

(a) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof that would result in the application of any law other than the laws of the State of New York. EACH OF THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO ANY COURT PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF AND PERMITTED UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT. EACH OF THE PARTIES HEREBY (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF THE OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT, AS APPLICABLE.

 

15


(b) With respect to any Action relating to or arising out of this Agreement, each party to this Agreement irrevocably (i) consents and submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York and any court of the United States located in the Borough of Manhattan in New York City; (ii) waives any objection which such party may have at any time to the laying of venue of any Action brought in any such court, waives any claim that such Action has been brought in an inconvenient forum and further waives the right to object, with respect to such Action, that such court does not have jurisdiction over such party; and (iii) consents to the service of process at the address set forth for notices in Section 3.02 herein; provided, however, that such manner of service of process shall not preclude the service of process in any other manner permitted under applicable law.

Section 3.05. Specific Performance. In the event of any actual or threatened default in, or breach of, any of the terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement, the party or parties who are or are to be thereby aggrieved shall have the right to seek specific performance and injunctive or other equitable relief of its rights under this Agreement, in addition to any and all other rights and remedies at law or in equity, and all such rights and remedies shall be cumulative.

Section 3.06. Headings. The article, section and paragraph headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

Section 3.07. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any Person or circumstance is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remaining provisions hereof or the application of such provision to Persons or circumstances or in jurisdictions other than those as to which it has been held invalid or unenforceable, shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated thereby, so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner adverse to any party. Upon such determination, the parties shall negotiate in good faith in an effort to agree upon such a suitable and equitable provision to effect the original intent of the parties.

Section 3.08. Amendment; Waiver.

(a) This Agreement may not be amended or modified and waivers and consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, except by an instrument or instruments in writing making specific reference to this Agreement and signed by the Company and Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities as of such time; provided, however, that any amendment, modification or waiver that results in a non-pro rata material adverse effect on the rights of a Holder under this Agreement will require the written consent of such Holder.

(b) Waiver by any party of any default by the other party of any provision of this Agreement shall not be deemed a waiver by the waiving party of any subsequent or other default, nor shall it prejudice the rights of the other party.

Section 3.09. Further Assurances. Each of the parties hereto shall execute and deliver all additional documents, agreements and instruments and shall do any and all acts and things reasonably requested by the other party hereto in connection with the performance of its obligations undertaken in this Agreement.

Section 3.10. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement, and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other party. Execution of this Agreement or any other documents pursuant to this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic copy of a signature shall be deemed to be, and shall have the same effect as, executed by an original signature.

[The remainder of page intentionally left blank. Signature page follows.]

 

16


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

PACTIV EVERGREEN INC.
By:  

 

  Name: [•]
  Title: [•]
PACKAGING FINANCE LIMITED
By:  

 

  Name: Helen Golding
  Title: Director

[Signature page to the Registration Rights Agreement]


EXHIBIT A

THIS INSTRUMENT forms part of the Registration Rights Agreement (the “Agreement”), dated as of ________, 20__, by and among Pactiv Evergreen Inc., a Delaware corporation, and Packaging Finance Limited, a company incorporated pursuant to the laws of New Zealand (“PFL”). The undersigned hereby acknowledges having received a copy of the Agreement and having read the Agreement in its entirety, and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, hereby agrees that the terms and conditions of the Agreement binding upon and inuring to the benefit of PFL shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the undersigned and its successors and permitted assigns as if it were an original party to the Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this instrument on this day of ___________, 20__.

 

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
EX-10.27

Exhibit 10.27

STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

dated as of

[•], 2020

among

PACTIV EVERGREEN INC.

and

PACKAGING FINANCE LIMITED


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

     PAGE  
ARTICLE 1  
DEFINITIONS  

Section 1.01. Definitions

     1  

Section 1.02. Other Definitional and Interpretative Provisions

     4  
ARTICLE 2  
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE  

Section 2.01. Composition of the Board

     4  

Section 2.02. Removal

     6  

Section 2.03. Vacancies

     6  

Section 2.04. Board Expenses

     6  

Section 2.05. Board Committees

     7  
ARTICLE 3  
CERTAIN COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS  

Section 3.01. Access; Information

     7  

Section 3.02. Consultation

     7  

Section 3.03. Confidentiality

     8  

Section 3.04. Conflicting Agreements

     9  

Section 3.05. Corporate Opportunities

     10  

Section 3.06. Matters requiring approval

     10  

Section 3.07. Intended Tax-Free Treatment

     11  

Section 3.08. Right to provide investment oversight for certain pension plans

     13  
ARTICLE 4  
MISCELLANEOUS  

Section 4.01. Binding Effect; Assignability; Benefit

     13  

Section 4.02. Notices

     14  

Section 4.03. Term; Waiver; Amendment

     14  

Section 4.04. Fees and Expenses

     15  

Section 4.05. Governing Law

     15  

Section 4.06. Jurisdiction

     15  

Section 4.07. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

     15  

Section 4.08. Specific Enforcement

     15  

Section 4.09. Counterparts; Effectiveness

     15  

Section 4.10. Entire Agreement

     16  

Section 4.11. Severability

     16  

Exhibit A         Joinder Agreement

  


STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

This STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT (as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “Agreement”) is entered into as of [•], 2020, by and among Pactiv Evergreen Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company” or “PTVE”), and Packaging Finance Limited, a company incorporated pursuant to the laws of New Zealand (“PFL”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Company is currently contemplating an underwritten initial public offering (the “IPO”) of shares of its Common Stock;

WHEREAS, in connection with, and effective upon, the completion of the IPO (such date of completion, the “IPO Date”) of the Company, the Company and the Stockholder (as defined in Section 1.01 hereof) wish to set forth certain understandings between such parties, including with respect to certain governance matters; and

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01. Definitions. (a) As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person; provided that no security holder of the Company shall be deemed an Affiliate of the Company or any other security holder of the Company solely by reason of any investment in the Company or the existence or exercise of any rights or obligations under this Agreement or the Company Securities held by such security holder. For the purpose of this definition, the term “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Aggregate Ownership” means, with respect to any Stockholder or group of Stockholders, the total number of Shares (as determined on a Common Equivalents basis) Beneficially Owned (as defined below) (without duplication) by such Stockholder or group of Stockholders as of the date of such calculation.

Beneficially Own” has the meaning set forth in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

Board” means the board of directors of the Company.

Business Day” means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized by law to close.


Charter” means the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Common Equivalents” means (i) with respect to Common Stock, the number of Shares, (ii) with respect to any Company Securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, the number of Shares issuable in respect of the conversion or exchange of such securities into Common Stock.

Common Stock” means the common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company and any other security into which such Common Stock may hereafter be converted or changed.

Company Securities” means (i) the Common Stock and (ii) securities that entitle the holder to vote in the election of directors to the Board that are convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock.

Director” means any director of the Company from time to time.

Equity Interests” means any Common Stock, Common Equivalents or other securities treated as equity for tax purposes, options, warrants, rights, convertible debt, or any other instrument or security that affords any Person the right, whether conditional or otherwise, to acquire Common Stock or to be paid an amount determined by reference to the value of Common Stock.

Exchange” means Nasdaq Global Select Market or such other stock exchange or securities market on which the Shares are listed.

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Governing Documents” means the Charter, as amended or modified from time to time, and the amended and restated by-laws of the Company, as amended or modified from time to time.

Independent Director” means an “independent director” as such term is used in the listing requirements of the Exchange.

Intended Tax-Free Treatment” means (i) the qualification of certain distributions of the interests of Reynolds Consumer Products Inc. to PFL (the “RCPI Distributions”) as tax-free to the Company, PFL, and Reynolds Group Holdings Inc. (“RGHI”) under Sections 368(a)(1)(D) and 355 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and (ii) the qualification of certain distributions of the interests of Graham Packaging Company Inc. to PFL (the “GPC Distributions”) as tax-free to the Company, PFL and RGHI under Section 355 of the Code.

Necessary Action” means, with respect to a specified result, all actions (to the extent such actions are permitted by law and by the Governing Documents) necessary to cause such result, including (i) voting or providing a written consent or proxy with respect to the Company Securities, (ii) causing the adoption of shareholders’ resolutions and amendments to the Governing Documents, (iii) causing Directors (to the extent such

 

2


Directors were nominated or designated by the Person obligated to undertake the Necessary Action, and subject to any fiduciary duties that such Directors may have as Directors) to act in a certain manner or causing them to be removed in the event they do not act in such a manner, (iv) executing agreements and instruments, and (v) making, or causing to be made, with governmental, administrative or regulatory authorities, all filings, registrations or similar actions that are required to achieve such result.

Pension Plans” means any defined benefit pension plans of the Company or its Subsidiaries providing retirement benefits for employees or their beneficiaries or dependents, including (i) the plan known as the “Reynolds Group Pension Plan”; (ii) the Pension Plan for Certain Unionized Employees of Pactiv Canada Inc.; and (iii) any associated trusts, annuity contracts or other funding arrangements of such plans.

Permitted Assigns” means with respect to the Stockholder, (i) its Affiliates; (ii) any entity that is Beneficially Owned by Mr. Graeme Richard Hart (or his estate, heirs, executor, administrator or other personal representative, or any of his immediate family members or any trust, fund or other entity which is controlled by his estate, heirs or any of his immediate family members); (iii) any Affiliate of Mr. Graeme Richard Hart or any entity that is Beneficially Owned by Mr. Graeme Richard Hart (or his estate, heirs, executor, administrator or other personal representative, or any of his immediate family members or any trust, fund or other entity which is controlled by his estate, heirs or any of his immediate family members) and (iv) any other Transferee of all of the Shares held at any time by the Stockholder, in each case that is a Transferee of Shares which are Transferred other than pursuant to a widely distributed public sale that agrees in writing to become party to, and be bound to the same extent as its Transferor by the terms of, this Agreement, in the form of Exhibit A hereto; provided, that upon such Transfer, such Permitted Assign shall be deemed to be a “Stockholder” hereto for all purposes herein.

Person” means an individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association, trust or other entity or organization, including a government or political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof.

PFL” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement and shall include its successors by merger, acquisition, reorganization or otherwise.

Shares” means the outstanding shares of Common Stock.

Stockholder” means PFL and its Permitted Assigns who shall then be a party to or bound by this Agreement, so long as such Person shall Beneficially Own any Company Securities.

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any entity of which securities or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other persons performing similar functions are at the time directly or indirectly owned by such Person.

Total Number of Directors” means the total number of directors comprising the Board from time to time.

 

3


Transfer” (including its correlative meanings, “Transferor”, Transferee” and “Transferred”) means, with respect to any security, directly or indirectly, to sell, contract to sell, give, assign, hypothecate, pledge, charge, encumber, grant a security interest in, offer, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of any economic, voting or other rights in or to such security. When used as a noun, “Transfer” shall have such correlative meaning as the context may require.

(b) Each of the following terms is defined in the Section set forth opposite such term:

 

Term

   Section

Stockholder Designee

   2.01

Company

   Preamble

Confidential Information

   3.03(b)

Representatives

   3.03(b)

Section 1.02. Other Definitional and Interpretative Provisions. The words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of like import used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. The captions herein are included for convenience of reference only and shall be ignored in the construction or interpretation hereof. References to Articles, Sections and Exhibits are to Articles, Sections and Exhibits of this Agreement unless otherwise specified. All Exhibits annexed hereto or referred to herein are hereby incorporated in and made a part of this Agreement as if set forth in full herein. Any capitalized terms used in any Exhibit or Schedule, but not otherwise defined therein, shall have the meaning as defined in this Agreement. Any singular term in this Agreement shall be deemed to include the plural, and any plural term the singular. Whenever the words “include”, “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”, whether or not they are in fact followed by those words or words of like import. “Writing”, “written” and comparable terms refer to printing, typing and other means of reproducing words (including electronic media) in a visible form. References to any agreement or contract are to that agreement or contract as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof. References to any law include all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. References to any Person include the successors and Permitted Assigns of that Person. References from or through any date mean, unless otherwise specified, from and including or through and including, respectively.

ARTICLE 2

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Section 2.01. Composition of the Board. (a) The members of the Board shall be nominated and elected in accordance with the Governing Documents and the provisions of this Agreement. Effective as of the IPO Date, the Board shall be comprised of seven Directors, which Directors shall initially be John McGrath, Allen Hugli, Michael King, Jonathan Rich, Rolf Stangl, Felicia Thornton and LeighAnne Baker. The Chairman of the Board shall initially be Jonathan Rich.

 

4


(b) From and after the date hereof, the Stockholder shall have the right, but not the obligation, to nominate a number of designees to the Board, equal to: (i) the Total Number of Directors so long as the Stockholder’s Aggregate Ownership of Shares (as determined on a Common Equivalents basis) continues to be at least 50% of all Shares (as determined on a Common Equivalents basis); (ii) the highest whole number that is greater than 50% of the Total Number of Directors so long as the Stockholder’s Aggregate Ownership of Shares (as determined on a Common Equivalents basis) continues to be at least 40% (but less than 50%) of all Shares (as determined on a Common Equivalents basis); (iii) the highest whole number that is greater than 40% of the Total Number of Directors so long as the Stockholder’s Aggregate Ownership of all Shares (as determined on a Common Equivalents basis) continues to be at least 30% (but less than 40%) of all Shares (as determined on a Common Equivalents basis); (iv) the highest whole number that is greater than 25% of the Total Number of Directors so long as the Stockholder’s Aggregate Ownership of Shares (as determined on a Common Equivalents basis) continues to be at least 20% (but less than 30%) of all Shares (as determined on a Common Equivalents basis); and (v) the highest whole number (such number always being equal to or greater than one) that is greater than 10% of the Total Number of Directors so long as the Stockholder’s Aggregate Ownership of Shares (as determined on a Common Equivalents basis) continues to be at least 10% (but less than 20%) of all Shares (as determined on a Common Equivalents basis). In the event that the Stockholder has nominated less than the total number of designees the Stockholder is entitled to nominate pursuant to this Section 2.01(b), the Stockholder shall have the right, at any time, to nominate such additional designees to which it is entitled, in which case the Stockholder and the Company shall take, or cause to be taken, all Necessary Action to (A) increase the size of the Board as required to enable the Stockholder to so nominate such additional designees and (B) appoint such additional designees nominated by the Stockholder to such newly created directorships. Each such individual whom the Stockholder shall designate pursuant to this Section 2.01(b) and who is thereafter elected and qualifies to serve as a Director shall be referred to herein as a “Stockholder Designee.”

(c) The parties hereto agree that so long as the Stockholder Designees meet the requirements for Independent Directors in accordance with the rules of the Exchange, then the Stockholder Designees shall be considered “independent directors” with respect to the requirements of the Exchange, as well as the Governing Documents.

(d) For so long as the Directors on the Board are divided into three classes, such Stockholder Designees shall be apportioned among such classes so as to maintain the number of Stockholder Designees in each class as nearly equal as possible. The Stockholder is hereby authorized to assign the Stockholder Designees in office to such classes in connection with the nomination pursuant to Section 2.01(b).

(e) The Company agrees, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law (including with respect to any applicable fiduciary duties under Delaware law), to take all Necessary Action to effectuate the above by; (A) including the persons designated pursuant to this Section 2.01 in the slate of nominees recommended by the Board for election at any meeting of stockholders called for the purpose of electing Directors, (B) nominating and recommending each such individual to be elected as a Director as provided herein, (C) soliciting proxies or consents in favor thereof, and (D) without limiting the foregoing, otherwise using its reasonable best efforts to cause such nominees to be elected to the Board, including providing at least as high a level of support for the election of such nominees as it provides to any other individual standing for election as a Director.

 

5


(f) At any time the number of Directors that the Stockholder is entitled to designate pursuant to this Section 2.01 is less than the number of Stockholder Designees on the Board, the Stockholder shall cause the required number of Directors to resign from the Board or not stand for reelection on or prior to the Company’s next general meeting of shareholders at which Directors of the Company are to be elected, and any vacancies resulting from such resignation shall be filled by the Board in accordance with the Governing Documents, the rules of the U.S. Securities Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and the rules of the Exchange then in effect.

(g) For the avoidance of doubt, the rights granted to the Stockholder to designate members of the Board are additive to, and not intended to limit in any way, the rights that the Stockholder or any of its Affiliates may have to nominate, elect or remove directors under the Governing Documents or the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Section 2.02. Removal. So long as a Stockholder is entitled to designate one or more nominees pursuant to Section 2.01 such Stockholder shall have the right to remove any such director (with or without cause), from time to time and at any time, from the Board, exercisable upon written notice to the Company, and the Company shall take all Necessary Action to cause such removal.

Section 2.03. Vacancies. In the event that a vacancy is created on the Board at any time by the death, disability, resignation or removal (whether by the Stockholder or otherwise in accordance with the Governing Documents, as either may be amended or restated from time to time) of a Stockholder Designee, the Stockholder entitled to appoint such Stockholder Designee shall be entitled to designate an individual to fill the vacancy so long as the total number of persons that will serve on the Board as designees of such Stockholders immediately following the filling of such vacancy will not exceed the total number of persons such Stockholder is entitled to designate pursuant to Section 2.01 on the date of such replacement designation. The Company and the Stockholder shall take all Necessary Action to cause such replacement designee to become a member of the Board.

Subject to the provisions of this Section 2.03, the Board may nominate additional Directors to the Board, or fill any vacancy on the Board, pursuant to the terms of the Governing Documents.

Section 2.04. Board Expenses. The Company shall pay all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by each Director in connection with attending regular and special meetings of the Board and any committee thereof, and any such meetings of the board of directors of any Subsidiary of the Company and any committee thereof.

 

6


Section 2.05. Board Committees. As of the IPO Date, the Board has designated each of the following committees: a Compensation Committee, a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and an Audit Committee. For so long as the Stockholder has the right to designate one (1) Stockholder Designee pursuant to Section 2.01, the Stockholder shall have the right, but not the obligation, to designate the members of each committee of the Board pursuant to the formula outlined in Section 2.01(b) hereof; provided that the right of any Stockholder Designee to serve on a committee shall be subject to applicable Law and the Company’s obligation to comply with any applicable independence requirements of the Exchange.

ARTICLE 3

CERTAIN COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS

Section 3.01. Access; Information. For so long as the Stockholder’s Aggregate Ownership of Shares (as determined on a Common Equivalents basis) continues to be at least 5% of Shares (as determined on a Common Equivalents basis), the Company shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to:

(a) permit the Stockholder, and its designated representatives, at reasonable times and upon reasonable prior notice to the Company, to review the books and records of the Company or any of such Subsidiaries and to discuss (including providing advice and direction in accordance with past practice) the affairs, finances and condition of the Company or any of such Subsidiaries with the officers of the Company or any such Subsidiary;

(b) furnish the Stockholder with such available financial and operating data and other information with respect to the business and properties of the Company and its Subsidiaries as the Stockholder may reasonably request, including without limitation the information set out in Schedule 1 and presented in the format and within such time periods as the Stockholder shall request. The Company shall permit the representatives of the Stockholder (each such representative, a “Representative”) to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Companies and its Subsidiaries with, and to make proposals and furnish advice to, the CEO, CFO and Presidents (“Senior Management”);

provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to disclose any privileged information of the Company so long as the Company has used its best efforts to provide such information to the Stockholder, as applicable, without the loss of any such privilege, and notified the Stockholder that such information has not been provided.

Section 3.02. Consultation. For so long as the Stockholder’s Aggregate Ownership of Shares (as determined on a Common Equivalents basis) continues to be at least 5% of Shares (as determined on a Common Equivalents basis), the Stockholder shall be entitled to routinely consult with and advise Senior Management with respect to the Company’s business and financial matters, including management’s proposed annual operating plans, and, upon request, members of Senior Management will meet regularly (on a quarterly basis) during each year with the Representatives at the Company’s and/or its Subsidiaries’ head office facility (or such other locations as the Company may designate) at mutually agreeable times for such consultation and advice, including to review progress in achieving said plans. The Company agrees to give due consideration to the advice given and any proposals made by the Stockholder.

 

7


Section 3.03. Confidentiality. (a) The Stockholder agrees that Confidential Information furnished and to be furnished to it has been and may in the future be made available in connection with the Stockholder’s investment in the Company. The Stockholder agrees that it shall use, and that it shall cause any Person to whom Confidential Information is disclosed pursuant to clause (i) below to use, the Confidential Information only in connection with its investment in the Company and not for any other purpose (including to disadvantage competitively the Company, any of its Affiliates or any other Stockholder). The Stockholder further acknowledges and agrees that it shall not disclose any Confidential Information to any Person, except that Confidential Information may be disclosed:

(i) to such Stockholder’s Representatives in the normal course of the performance of their duties or to any financial institution providing credit to such Stockholder;

(ii) such information becomes known to the public through no fault of such Stockholder;

(iii) to any Person to whom such Stockholder is contemplating a Transfer of its Company Securities; provided, that such Transfer would not be in violation of the provisions of this Agreement and such potential Transferee is advised of the confidential nature of such information and agrees to be bound by a confidentiality agreement consistent with the provisions hereof;

(iv) to the extent required by applicable law, rule or regulation (including complying with any oral or written questions, interrogatories, requests for information or documents, subpoena, civil investigative demand or similar process to which a Stockholder is subject; provided that such Stockholder agrees to give the Company prompt notice of such request(s), to the extent practicable, so that the Company may seek an appropriate protective order or similar relief (and the Stockholder shall cooperate with such efforts by the Company, and shall in any event make only the minimum disclosure required by such law, rule or regulation));

(v) such information was available or becomes available to such Stockholder before, on or after the date hereof, without restriction, from a source (other than the Company) without any breach of duty to the Company;

(vi) to any regulatory authority to which the Stockholder or any of its Affiliates is subject; provided that such authority is advised of the confidential nature of such information;

(vii) to the extent related to the tax treatment and tax structure of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and in connection with the IPO (including all materials of any kind, such as opinions or other tax analyses that the Company, its Affiliates or its Representatives have provided to such Stockholder relating to such tax treatment and tax structure); provided that the foregoing does not constitute an authorization to disclose the identity of any existing or future party to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and in connection with the IPO or their Affiliates or Representatives, or, except to the extent relating to such tax structure or tax treatment, any specific pricing terms or commercial or financial information;

 

8


(viii) to the extent required for the Stockholder to comply with tax or financial reporting requirements or audit of financial statements;

(ix) to the extent required in connection with the Stockholder’s insurance policies; or

(x) if the prior written consent of the Board shall have been obtained.

Nothing contained herein shall prevent the use (subject, to the extent possible, to a protective order) of Confidential Information in connection with the assertion or defense of any claim by or against the Company or any Stockholder.

(b) “Confidential Information” means any information concerning the Company or any Persons that are or become its Subsidiaries (including trade secrets, pricing data, employee information, customer information, cost information, supplier information, financial and tax matters, third-party contract terms, inventions, know-how, processes, methods, models, technical information, schedules, code, ideas, concepts, data, software and business plans (regardless of whether such information is identified as confidential)) or the financial condition, business, operations or prospects of the Company or any such Persons in the possession of or furnished to any Stockholder (including by virtue of its present or former right to designate a director of the Company); provided that the term “Confidential Information” does not include information that (i) is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by a Stockholder or its directors, officers, employees, stockholders, members, partners, agents, counsel, investment advisers or other representatives (all such persons being collectively referred to as “Representatives”) in violation of this Agreement, (ii) was available to such Stockholder on a non-confidential basis prior to its disclosure to such Stockholder or its Representatives by the Company, (iii) becomes available to such Stockholder on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Company after the disclosure of such information to such Stockholder or its Representatives by the Company, which source is (at the time of receipt of the relevant information) not, to the best of such Stockholder’s knowledge, bound by a confidentiality agreement with (or other confidentiality obligation to) the Company or another Person or (iv) is independently developed by such Stockholder without violating any confidentiality agreement with, or other obligation of secrecy to, the Company.

Section 3.04. Conflicting Agreements. The Company and the Stockholder represents and agrees that it shall not grant any proxy or enter into or agree to be bound by any voting trust or agreement with respect to the Company Securities, or enter into any agreement or arrangement of any kind with any Person with respect to any Company Securities, in each case that is inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement or for the purpose or with the effect of denying or reducing the rights of any other Stockholder under this Agreement.

 

9


Section 3.05. Corporate Opportunities. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company, on behalf of itself and its Subsidiaries, waives and renounces any right, interest or expectancy of the Company and/or its Subsidiaries in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, business opportunities that are from time to time presented to or business opportunities of which the Stockholder or any of its officers, directors, agents, shareholders, members, partners, Affiliates and Subsidiaries (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) (each, a “Specified Party”) gain knowledge, even if the opportunity is competitive with the business of the Company or its Subsidiaries or one that the Company or its Subsidiaries might reasonably be deemed to have pursued or had the ability or desire to pursue if granted the opportunity to do so and each such Specified Party shall have no duty (statutory, fiduciary, contractual or otherwise) to communicate or offer such business opportunity to the Company and, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, shall not be liable to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for breach of any statutory, fiduciary, contractual or other duty, as a director or otherwise, by reason of the fact that such Specified Party pursues or acquires such business opportunity, directs such business opportunity to another person or fails to present or communicate such business opportunity, or information regarding such business opportunity, to the Company or its Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 3.05 to the contrary, a Specified Party who is a director of the Company and who is offered a business opportunity for the Company or its Subsidiaries in his or her capacity solely as a director of the Company (a “Directed Opportunity”) shall be obligated to communicate such Directed Opportunity to the Company; provided, however, that all of the protections of this Section 3.05 shall otherwise apply to the Specified Parties with respect to such Directed Opportunity, including the ability of the Specified Parties to pursue or acquire such Directed Opportunity, directly or indirectly, or to direct such Directed Opportunity to another person.

Section 3.06. Matters requiring approval. (a) For so long as the Stockholder’s Aggregate Ownership of Shares (as determined on a Common Equivalents basis) continues to be at least 40 % of Shares (as determined on a Common Equivalents basis), the Company shall not, and shall (to the extent applicable) cause each of its Subsidiaries not to, without the Stockholder’s prior written consent (which consent may be withheld or conditioned as the Stockholder may determine in its absolute discretion) take any of the following significant actions:

(i) a change in size of the board of directors of the Company;

(ii) the incurrence of indebtedness for borrowed money, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, aggregating to more than $50 million, except for (x) debt under a revolving credit facility that has previously been approved or is in existence on the date of this Agreement (with no increase in maximum availability) or (y) intercompany indebtedness;

(iii) the issuance of additional shares of any class of the Company’s capital stock or equity securities, exceeding $50 million in any single issuance or an aggregate amount of $100 million during a calendar year (other than any award under any stockholder approved equity compensation plan or intracompany issuance among the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries);

 

10


(iv) other than in the ordinary course of business with vendors, customers and suppliers, acquisition of equity interests or assets of any other entity, or any business, properties, assets or entities, exceeding $50 million in any single transaction or $100 million in the aggregate in any series of transactions during a calendar year;

(v) other than in the ordinary course of business with vendors, customers and suppliers, disposition of any of the Company’s or its subsidiaries’ assets or equity interests, exceeding $50 million in any single transaction or $100 million in the aggregate in any series of transactions during a calendar year;

(vi) hiring or terminating the Company’s Chief Executive Officer or its Chief Financial Officer or designating any new Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer; or

(vii) make a single or series of related capital expenditures in excess of $25 million in any calendar year.

(b) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company shall not publish, send to holders of Common Stock or file or furnish to the SEC, any Exchange or any governmental authority, any press releases concerning the business, results of operations or financial condition of the Company (including earnings releases), reports, notices, proxy or information statements, registration statements or prospectuses (collectively, “Company Public Documents”) or any other information prepared by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for release to financial analysts or investors without the prior written consent of the Stockholder. The Company shall consult with the Stockholder on the preparation of any such Company Public Document or other information and provide the Stockholder with a reasonable opportunity to review and comment on any such Company Public Documents or other information.

Section 3.07. Intended Tax-Free Treatment. The Company agrees not to take any of the following actions without the prior written consent of the Stockholder:

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, take or fail to take any action (i) that is inconsistent with the information and representations furnished by the Company (or its predecessor, Reynolds Group Holdings Limited) to Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP (“Tax Counsel”) in connection with the opinions delivered as to certain aspects of the Intended Tax-Free Treatment (the “Tax Opinions”), or (ii) which prevents or could reasonably be expected to result in tax treatment that is inconsistent with the Intended Tax-Free Treatment.

(b) For the one-year period following each of the RCPI Distributions and the GPC Distributions, the Company shall not, and shall not permit (i) any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) any officer or director of the Company or its Subsidiaries, or (iii) any Person with the implicit or explicit permission of the Company or any Person described in clauses (i) or (ii), to enter into any discussions or other communications with any underwriter or investment bank relating to any secondary offering of Equity Interests of the Company.

 

11


(c) During the two-year period following each of the RCPI Distributions and the GPC Distributions:

(i) The Company shall (I) continue, independently and with its separate employees, the active conduct of its business for purposes of Section 355(b)(2) of the Code and (II) not engage in any transaction that would result in it ceasing to be a company engaged in its business for purposes of Section 355(b)(2) of the Code, taking into account Section 355(b)(3) of the Code for purposes of each of clauses (I) and (II);

(ii) The Company shall not repurchase its Common Stock in a manner contrary to the requirements of Section 4.05(1)(b) of IRS Revenue Procedure 96-30 (as in effect prior to the amendment of such Revenue Procedure by IRS Revenue Procedure 2003-48) or inconsistent with any representations made by the Company to Tax Counsel in connection with the Tax Opinions;

(iii) The Company shall not, and shall not agree to, merge, consolidate, amalgamate or otherwise participate in an acquisition transaction with any other Person (other than a merger in which the Company is the surviving entity and in connection with which no Equity Interest is issued by any Person);

(iv) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, or agree to, sell or otherwise issue to any Person any Equity Interests of the Company or its Subsidiaries (other than sales or issuances of Equity Interests of a Subsidiary to another Subsidiary); provided, however, that (I) the Company may issue its Common Stock in one or more primary public offerings not to exceed, in the aggregate, 45% of the then-outstanding Common Stock, (II) the Company may issue Equity Interests to the extent such issuances satisfy Safe Harbor VIII (relating to acquisitions in connection with a person’s performance of services) or Safe Harbor IX (relating to acquisitions by a retirement plan of an employer) of Treasury Regulations Section 1.355-7(d) and (III) the Company may issue Equity Interests not otherwise described in clauses (I) or (II) hereof to the extent such issuances do not exceed, in the aggregate, 1% of the Common Stock then outstanding;

(v) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to (I) solicit any Person to make a tender offer for, or otherwise acquire or sell, Equity Interests of the Company, (II) participate in or support any unsolicited tender offer for, or other acquisition, issuance or disposition of, Equity Interests of the Company, or (III) approve or otherwise permit any proposed business combination or any acquisition of the Company;

(vi) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, amend its certificate of incorporation (or other organizational documents), or take any other action, whether through a stockholder vote or otherwise, affecting the voting rights of Equity Interests of the Company (including, without limitation, through the conversion of one class of Equity Interests into another class of equity interests of the Company).

 

12


Section 3.08. Right to provide investment oversight for certain pension plans. For so long as the Stockholder’s Aggregate Ownership of Shares (as determined on a Common Equivalents basis) continues to be at least 40% of Shares (as determined on a Common Equivalents basis):

(a) the Stockholder shall be entitled to: (i) provide investment oversight of the assets of the Pension Plans (including asset management, selection of appropriate asset types and asset allocation and selection of investment managers) in accordance with the terms of the Company’s Pension Plan Investment Committee Charter, as adopted by the Company with effect from IPO Date; and (ii) nominate or remove, all members of the Company’s Pension Plan Investment Committee from time to time, by notice in writing to the Company.

(b) The Company (i) shall appoint all persons nominated by the Stockholder to be members of the Company’s Pension Plan Investment Committee from time to time, and no other person; (ii) remove any person from the Company’s Pension Plan Investment Committee, as directed by the Stockholder in writing from time to time; and (ii) shall not amend, vary or terminate the Pension Plan Investment Committee Charter, without the prior written consent of the Stockholder (which consent may be withheld or conditioned as the Stockholder may determine in its absolute discretion).

ARTICLE 4

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 4.01. Binding Effect; Assignability; Benefit. (a) Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and with respect to the Stockholder, those of its Permitted Assigns to whom the Stockholder has assigned or transferred all or part of this Agreement. Any Stockholder that ceases to Beneficially Own any Company Securities shall cease to be bound by the terms hereof (other than Sections 3.03, 4.02, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08, 4.10 and 4.11).

(b) Neither the Company nor the Stockholder shall assign or transfer all or any part of this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto; provided, however, that the Stockholder shall be entitled to assign, in whole or in part, to any of its Permitted Assigns without such prior written consent. Any such Permitted Assignee that shall become a party to this Agreement shall (unless already bound hereby) execute and deliver to the Company an agreement to be bound by this Agreement in the form of Exhibit A hereto and shall thenceforth be a “Stockholder.”

(c) Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to confer on any Person other than the parties hereto, and in the case of the Stockholder, any of its Permitted Assigns, and, in the case of the Company, any of its permitted assigns, any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

13


Section 4.02. Notices. All notices, requests and other communications to any party shall be in writing and shall be delivered in person, mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, or sent by email transmission so long as receipt of such email is requested and received:

if to the Company to:

1900 W. Field Court

Lake Forest, Illinois 60045

Attention: Steve Karl, General Counsel

Email: SKarl@pactiv.com

if to the Stockholder, to:

c/o Rank Group Limited

Floor 9, 148 Quay Street

Auckland, 1010 New Zealand

Attention: Helen Golding, Group Legal Counsel

Email: Helen.Golding@rankgroup.co.nz

with a copy to:

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

450 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10017

Attention: Byron B. Rooney

Fax: (212) 701-5800

Email: Byron.Rooney@davispolk.com

All notices, requests and other communications shall be deemed received on the date of receipt by the recipient thereof if received prior to 5:00 p.m. in the place of receipt and such day is a Business Day in the place of receipt. Otherwise, any such notice, request or communication shall be deemed not to have been received until the next succeeding Business Day in the place of receipt.

Any Permitted Assignee that becomes a Stockholder shall provide its address, fax number and email address to the Company.

Section 4.03. Term; Waiver; Amendment. (a) This Agreement shall terminate as it relates to a Stockholder on the earlier to occur of: (i) such Stockholder ceases to Beneficially Own any Company Securities, and (ii) upon the delivery of a written notice by such Stockholder to the Company requesting that this Agreement terminate as it relates to such Stockholder (in each case, other than Sections 3.03, 4.02, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08, 4.10 and 4.11).

(b) this Agreement may be amended, waived or otherwise modified only by a written instrument executed by the parties hereto. In addition, any party may waive any provision of this Agreement with respect to itself by an instrument in writing executed by the party against whom the waiver is to be effective. Except as provided in the preceding sentences, no action taken pursuant to this Agreement, including any investigation by or on behalf of any party, will be deemed to constitute a waiver by the party taking such action of compliance with any covenants or agreements contained herein. The waiver by any party hereto of a breach of any provision of this Agreement will not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach.

 

14


Section 4.04. Fees and Expenses. All costs and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation of this Agreement, or any amendment or waiver hereof, and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be paid by the party incurring such costs or expenses.

Section 4.05. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflicts of laws rules of such state.

Section 4.06. Jurisdiction. The parties hereto agree that any suit, action or proceeding seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out of or in connection with, this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby shall be brought in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York or any New York State court sitting in New York City, so long as one of such courts shall have subject matter jurisdiction over such suit, action or proceeding, and that any case of action arising out of this Agreement shall be deemed to have arisen from a transaction of business in the State of New York, and each of the parties hereby irrevocably consents to the jurisdiction of such courts (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom) in any such suit, action or proceeding and irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding in any such court or that any such suit, action or proceeding which is brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Process in any such suit, action or proceeding may be served on any party anywhere in the world, whether within or without the jurisdiction of any such court. Without limiting the foregoing, each party agrees that service of process on such party as provided in Section 4.02 shall be deemed effective service of process on such party.

Section 4.07. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

Section 4.08. Specific Enforcement. Each party hereto acknowledges that the remedies at law of the other parties for a breach or threatened breach of this Agreement would be inadequate and, in recognition of this fact, any party to this Agreement, without posting any bond, and in addition to all other remedies that may be available, shall be entitled to obtain equitable relief in the form of specific performance, a temporary restraining order, a temporary or permanent injunction or any other equitable remedy that may then be available.

Section 4.09. Counterparts; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument. This Agreement shall become effective upon completion of the IPO on the IPO Date; provided, that this Agreement shall be of no force and effect prior to the completion of the IPO. Until and unless each party has received a counterpart hereof signed by the other party hereto, this Agreement shall have no effect and no party shall have any right or obligation hereunder (whether by virtue of any other oral or written agreement or other communication).

 

15


Section 4.10. Entire Agreement. This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof. There are no agreements, representations, warranties, covenants or undertakings with respect to the subject matter hereof other than those expressly set forth herein. This Agreement supersedes all other prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter; provided, however, nothing in this Agreement shall supersede any other agreement or understanding entered into in connection with the IPO.

Section 4.11. Severability. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such a determination, the parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner so that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

 

16


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

THE COMPANY:
PACTIV EVERGREEN INC.
By:  

    

  Name: John McGrath
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer


THE STOCKHOLDER:
PACKAGING FINANCE LIMITED
By:  

    

  Name: Helen Golding
  Title:   Director

 

2


Schedule 1 – Information

 

    

Information

  

Format

  

Timing

1.    Monthly actuals uploaded to Rank Group Limited’s instance of Hyperion    n/a    At level 5 in Hyperion by Business Day 8 of the month following the applicable month
2.    Monthly flash report for Revenue and EBITDA adjusted, by business and in aggregate    Substantially similar to historic reports prepared for the Company    Business Day 5 of the month following the applicable month with an update Business Day 7 as necessary
3.    Monthly working capital flash report    Substantially similar to historic reports prepared for the Company    Business Day 5 of the month following the applicable month with an update Business Day 7 as necessary
4.    Monthly business review presentations    Substantially similar to historic reports prepared for the Company    Business Day 11 of the month following the applicable month
5.    Monthly Treasury report    In a format to be agreed    Business Day 9 of the month following the applicable month
6.    Monthly CAPEX report    Substantially similar to historic reports prepared for the Company    Business Day 11 of the month following the applicable month
7.    18 month rolling forecast profit and loss, balance sheet and cash-flow uploaded to Rank Group Limited’s instance of Hyperion    n/a    Business Day 9 of the month following the applicable month
8.    13 week cash forecast and reconciliation to the 18 month cash-flow forecast as per item 7 above    Substantially similar to historic reports prepared for the Company    Thursday of the week following
9.    Monthly internal audit report submission, including a summary of all EthicsPoint cases, and fraud and theft reports    Standard PTVE group monthly internal audit reporting and detailed proven fraud reporting templates.    Business Day 5 of the month following the applicable month


10.    Quarterly Enterprise Risk Management (“ERM”) submission    As specified in the PTVE group’s ERM framework document    Business Day 10 following the end of each quarter
11.    Internal audit reports as published by the Company’s internal audit function    Standard PTVE group internal audit report format    Within 5 days of report finalised
12.   

Quarterly and annual financial reporting

-   Copies of all consolidated financial statements

-   Copy of all Accounting Papers

-   Copy of the CFO paper

   Standard PTVE group format    At the same time as delivered to the external auditors
13.    Copies of major CAPEX in excess of $2 million and post CAPEX audits in respect of such CAPEX    Standard PTVE group format    Upon PTVE group CEO approval

 

4


EXHIBIT A

JOINDER TO STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

This Joinder Agreement (this “Joinder Agreement”) is made as of the date written below by the undersigned (the “Joining Party”) in accordance with the Stockholders Agreement dated as of [                    ] (as amended, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Stockholders Agreement”), as the same may be amended from time to time. Capitalized terms used, but not defined, herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Stockholders Agreement.

The Joining Party hereby acknowledges, agrees and confirms that, by its execution of this Joinder Agreement, the Joining Party shall be deemed to be a party to the Stockholders Agreement as of the date hereof and shall have all of the rights and obligations of a “Stockholder” thereunder as if it had executed the Stockholders Agreement. The Joining Party hereby ratifies, as of the date hereof, and agrees to be bound by, all of the terms, provisions and conditions contained in the Stockholders Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date written below.

Date: ___________ ___, ______

 

[NAME OF JOINING PARTY]
By:  

    

  Name:
  Title:
Address for Notices:

 

 

Acknowledged by:
PACTIV EVERGREEN INC.
By:  

    

  Name:
  Title:

 

5

EX-10.28

Exhibit 10.28

TAX MATTERS AGREEMENT

by and among

REYNOLDS GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED,

REYNOLDS GROUP HOLDINGS INC.

and

GRAHAM PACKAGING COMPANY INC.

Dated as of [    ], 2020


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

          PAGE  

Section 1.

   Definitions      1  

Section 2.

   Sole Tax Sharing Agreement      6  

Section 3.

   Allocation of Taxes      7  

Section 4.

   Preparation and Filing of Tax Returns      8  

Section 5.

   Apportionment of Earnings and Profits and Tax Attributes      10  

Section 6.

   Utilization of Tax Attributes      10  

Section 7.

   Certain Representations and Covenants      13  

Section 8.

   Indemnities      16  

Section 9.

   Payments      18  

Section 10.

   Actions by the Group      18  

Section 11.

   Communication and Cooperation      19  

Section 12.

   Audits and Contest      20  

Section 13.

   Costs and Expenses      21  

Section 14.

   Effectiveness; Termination and Survival      21  

Section 15.

   Dispute Resolution      21  

Section 16.

   Authorization, Etc.      21  

Section 17.

   Change in Tax Law      22  

Section 18.

   Principles      22  

Section 19.

   Governing Law      22  

 

i


TAX MATTERS AGREEMENT

This TAX MATTERS AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is entered into as of [    ], 2020 by and among Reynolds Group Holdings Limited, a New Zealand limited company (“RGHL”), Reynolds Group Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (“RGHI”) and Graham Packaging Company Inc., a Delaware corporation (“GPC”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Tax laws of various jurisdictions, certain members of the GPC Group presently file certain Tax Returns on an affiliated, consolidated, combined, unitary, fiscal unity or other group basis (including as permitted by Section 1501 of the Code) with certain members of the RGHL Group;

WHEREAS, RGHL, RGHI and GPC have entered into a Transaction Implementation Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time (the “Transaction Implementation Agreement”), pursuant to which the parties will effect certain transactions, including the Pre-Distribution Transactions, the First Distribution, and the Second Distribution;

WHEREAS, RGHL and GPC entered into a tax sharing agreement on [    ], 2020 (the “Tax Sharing Agreement”) setting forth their agreement with respect to certain tax matters for period (or portions thereof) beginning on or after January 1, 2020 (the “TSA Effective Date”);

WHEREAS, RGHL, RGHI and GPC desire to set forth their agreement on the rights and obligations of RGHL, RGHI, GPC and the members of the RGHL Group, the RGHI Group and the GPC Group respectively, with respect to certain tax matters and replace the Tax Sharing Agreement with this Agreement for all purposes; and

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties agree as follows:

Section 1. Definitions.

(a) For the purposes of this Agreement the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such specified Person. For purposes of determining whether a Person is an Affiliate, the term “control” shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of securities, contract or otherwise, provided, however that, from and after the Second Distribution, no member of the RGHL Group shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of any member of the GPC Group, and no member of the GPC Group shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of any member of the RGHL Group or the RGHI Group.

 

1


Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Applicable Law” means, with respect to any Person, any federal, state, county, municipal, local, multinational or foreign statute, treaty, law, common law, ordinance, rule, regulation, order, writ, injunction, judicial decision, decree, permit or other legally binding requirement of any Governmental Authority applicable to such Person or any of its respective properties, assets, officers, directors, employees, consultants or agents (in connection with such officer’s, director’s, employee’s, consultant’s or agent’s activities on behalf of such Person).

Business Day” shall mean a day, other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York, New York are authorized or required by law to close.

Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Combined Group” means any group that filed or was required to file (or will file or be required to file) a Tax Return on an affiliated, consolidated, combined, unitary, fiscal unity or other group basis (including as permitted by Section 1501 of the Code) that includes at least one member of the RGHL Group and at least one member of the GPC Group.

Combined Tax Return” means a Tax Return filed (or to be filed) for a Combined Group.

Combined Tax Return (RGHI)” means any Combined Tax Return that does not include any member of the RGHL Group that is not also a member of the RGHI Group.

Combined Tax Return (RGHL)” means any Combined Tax Return that is not a Combined Tax Return (RGHI).

Company” means RGHL, RGHI or GPC (or the appropriate member of each of their respective Groups), as appropriate.

Continuing Arrangements” means the agreements listed on Schedule A.

Distribution Date” means the date on which the First Distribution and Second Distribution are consummated.

Distribution Taxes” means any Taxes incurred as a result of the failure of the Intended Tax-Free Treatment of the First Distribution or the Second Distribution.

Distributions” means the First Distribution and the Second Distribution.

Due Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 9(a).

Equity Interests” means any stock or other securities treated as equity for Tax purposes, options, warrants, rights, convertible debt, or any other instrument or security that affords any Person the right, whether conditional or otherwise, to acquire stock or to be paid an amount determined by reference to the value of stock.

 

2


Escheat Payment” means any payment required to be made to a Governmental Authority pursuant to an abandoned property, escheat or similar law.

Final Determination” means (i) a decision, judgment, decree, or other order by any court of competent jurisdiction, which has become final, (ii) any final determination of liability in respect of a Tax that, under Applicable Law, is not subject to further appeal, review or modification through proceedings or otherwise, or (iii) the payment of any Tax by any member of the RGHL Group or any member of the GPC Group, whichever is responsible for payment of such Tax under Applicable Law, with respect to any item disallowed or adjusted by a Taxing Authority; provided, that the provisions of Section 12 hereof have been complied with, or, if such section is inapplicable, that the Company responsible under this Agreement for such Tax is notified by the Company paying such Tax that it has determined that no action should be taken to recoup such disallowed item, and the other Company agrees with such determination.

First Distribution” means the distribution by RGHI of all of the common stock of GPC to its shareholder.

First Distribution Effective Time” means the time when the First Distribution occurs.

Governmental Authority” means any multinational, foreign, domestic, federal, territorial, state or local governmental authority, quasi-governmental authority, instrumentality, court, government or self-regulatory organization, commission, tribunal or organization or any regulatory, administrative or other agency, or any political or other subdivision, department or branch of any of the foregoing.

GPC” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

GPC Business” means the Graham Packaging business operated by the GPC Group, as described in the RGHL Annual Report for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019.

GPC Carried Item” means any Tax Attribute of the GPC Group that may or must be carried from one Taxable period to another prior Taxable period, or carried from one Taxable period to another subsequent Taxable period, under the Code or other Applicable Law.

GPC Common Stock” means the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of GPC.

GPC Disqualifying Action” means:

(a) any action (or the failure to take any action) by any member of the GPC Group after the First Distribution Effective Time (including entering into any agreement, understanding or arrangement or any negotiations with respect to any transaction or series of transactions),

(b) any event (or series of events) after the First Distribution Effective Time involving the capital stock of GPC or any assets of any member of the GPC Group, and

 

3


(c) any breach by any member of the GPC Group after the First Distribution Effective Time of any representation, warranty or covenant made by GPC in this Agreement, in each case, that would affect the Intended Tax-Free Treatment; provided, however, that the term “GPC Disqualifying Action” shall not include any action required to be taken pursuant to any Transaction Document or that is undertaken pursuant to the Pre-Distribution Transactions, the First Distribution or the Second Distribution.

GPC Separate Tax Return” means any Tax Return (other than a Combined Tax Return) that is required to be filed by, or with respect to, any member of the GPC Group.

Group” (i) with respect to RGHI, RGHI and its subsidiaries (other than GPC and its subsidiaries), (ii) with respect to RGHL, RGHL and its subsidiaries (other than GPC and its subsidiaries) and (iii) with respect to GPC, GPC and its subsidiaries.

Indemnifying Party” means the party from which another party is entitled to seek indemnification pursuant to the provisions of Section 8.

Indemnitee” means the party which is entitled to seek indemnification from another party pursuant to the provisions of Section 8.

Intended Tax-Free Treatment” means the qualification of (i) the First Distribution (a) as a distribution described in Section 355(a) of the Code, (b) as a transaction in which the stock distributed thereby is “qualified property” for purposes of Section 355(c) of the Code and (c) as a transaction in which RGHI, GPC and RGHL recognize no income or gain for U.S. federal income tax purposes pursuant to Sections 355 of the Code, other than, in the case of RGHI and GPC, any intercompany items or excess loss accounts taken into account pursuant to the Treasury Regulations promulgated pursuant to Section 1502 of the Code and (ii) the Second Distribution (a) as a distribution described in Section 355(a) of the Code, (b) as a transaction in which the stock distributed thereby is “qualified property” for purposes of Section 355(c) of the Code and (c) as a transaction in which RGHL, GPC and PFL recognize no income or gain for U.S. federal income tax purposes pursuant to Sections 355 of the Code.

IRS” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

Past Practices” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(c)(i).

Person” has the meaning set forth in Section 7701(a)(1) of the Code.

PFL” means Packaging Finance Limited, a New Zealand limited company.

Post-Distribution Period” means any Taxable period (or portion thereof) beginning after the Distribution Date.

Post-TSA Period” means any Taxable period (or portion thereof) beginning after the TSA Effective Date.

Pre-Distribution Period” means any Taxable period (or portion thereof) ending on or before the Distribution Date.

 

4


Pre-TSA Period” means any Taxable period (or portion thereof) ending on or before the TSA Effective Date.

Pre-Distribution Transactions” means the transactions undertaken prior to the First Distribution but in connection with the Distributions and described in the Project Gazelle Graham Packing Company Inc. Spin-Off step plan, dated [●] 2020.

RGHI” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

RGHI Separate Tax Return” means any Tax Return (other than a Combined Tax Return) that is required to be filed by, or with respect to, solely members of the RGHI Group.

RGHL” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

RGHL Separate Tax Return” means any Tax Return (other than a Combined Tax Return or an RGHI Separate Tax Return) that is required to be filed by, or with respect to, a member of the RGHL Group.

Second Distribution” means the distribution by RGHL of all of the common stock of GPC to its shareholder.

Separate Tax Return” means any (i) RGHI Separate Tax Return, (ii) RGHL Separate Tax Return or (iii) GPC Separate Tax Return.

Tax” (and the correlative meaning, “Taxes,” “Taxing” and “Taxable”) means (i) any tax, including any net income, gross income, gross receipts, recapture, alternative or add-on minimum, sales, use, business and occupation, value-added, trade, goods and services, ad valorem, franchise, profits, net wealth, license, business royalty, withholding, payroll, employment, capital, excise, transfer, recording, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, property, asset, real estate acquisition, environmental, custom duty, impost, obligation, assessment, levy, tariff or other tax, governmental fee or other like assessment or charge of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, any Escheat Payment), together with any interest and any penalty, addition to tax or additional amount imposed by a Taxing Authority; or (ii) any liability of any member of the RGHL Group or the GPC Group for the payment of any amounts described in clause (i) as a result of any express or implied obligation to indemnify any other Person.

Tax Arbiter” has the meaning set forth in Section 15.

Tax Attribute” means a net operating loss, net capital loss, unused investment credit, unused foreign tax credit, excess charitable contribution, unused general business credit, alternative minimum tax credit or any other Tax Item that could reduce a Tax liability.

Tax Benefit means any refund, credit, offset or other reduction in otherwise required Tax payments.

Tax Benefit Recipient” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(e).

 

5


Tax Counsel” means Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP.

Tax Item” means any item of income, gain, loss, deduction, credit, recapture of credit or any other item that can increase or decrease Taxes paid or payable.

Tax Opinion” means an opinion of Tax Counsel as to certain aspects of the Intended Tax Treatment.

Tax Proceeding” means any Tax audit, dispute, examination, contest, litigation, arbitration, action, suits, claim, cause of action, review, inquiry, assessment, hearing, complaint, demand, investigation or proceeding (whether administrative, judicial or contractual).

Tax Representation Letters” means the representations provided by each of (i) RGHL (on behalf of itself and the RGHL Group), (ii) GPC (on behalf of itself and the GPC Group) and (iii) Mr. Graeme Hart (on behalf of himself, PFL and any Affiliate of Mr. Graeme Hart or PFL) to Tax Counsel in connection with the rendering by Tax Counsel of the Tax Opinion.

Tax Return” means any Tax return, statement, report, form, election, bill, certificate, claim or surrender (including estimated Tax returns and reports, extension requests and forms, and information returns and reports), or statement or other document or written information filed or required to be filed with any Taxing Authority, including any amendment thereof, appendix, schedule or attachment thereto.

Taxing Authority” means any Governmental Authority (domestic or foreign), including, without limitation, any state, municipality, political subdivision or governmental agency, responsible for the imposition, assessment, administration, collection, enforcement or determination of any Tax.

Transaction Implementation Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Transaction Documents” means this Agreement, the Transaction Implementation Agreement (and documents referred to therein) and the Continuing Arrangements.

(b) Any term used in this Agreement which is not defined in this Agreement shall, to the extent the context requires, have the meaning assigned to it in the Code or the applicable Treasury Regulations thereunder (as interpreted in administrative pronouncements and judicial decisions) or in comparable provisions of Applicable Law.

Section 2. Sole Tax Sharing Agreement. Any and all existing Tax sharing agreements or arrangements, written or unwritten, between any member of the RGHL Group, on the one hand, and any member of the GPC Group, on the other hand, if not previously terminated, shall be terminated as of the Distribution Date without any further action by the parties thereto (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Tax Sharing Agreement). Following the Distribution Date, no member of the GPC Group or the RGHL Group shall have any further rights or liabilities thereunder, this Agreement shall be the sole Tax sharing agreement between the members of the GPC Group on the one hand, and the members of the RGHL Group, on the other hand; provided, however, that this Section 2 shall not apply to agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business the primary subject matter of which is not related to Taxes.

 

6


Section 3. Allocation of Taxes.

(a) General Allocation Principles. This Section 3 shall govern the allocation of taxes for purposes of Sections 4, 7 and 9 of this Agreement. Except as provided in Section 3(b) all Taxes shall be allocated as follows:

(i) Allocation of Taxes Reflected on Combined Tax Returns.

(A) RGHI shall be allocated all Taxes reported, or required to be reported, on any Combined Tax Return (RGHI) and RGHL shall be allocated all Taxes reported, or required to be reported, on any Combined Tax Return (RGHL), in each case, other than those Taxes allocated to GPC pursuant to Section 3(a)(i)(B).

(B) GPC shall be allocated all Taxes reported, or required to be reported, on any Combined Tax Return that are attributable to the GPC Group or the GPC Business for any Post-TSA Period, as reasonably determined by RGHL on a pro forma GPC Group consolidated return prepared (A) including only Tax Items of members of the GPC Group that were included in the relevant Combined Tax Return, (B) except as provided in (D) hereof, using all elections, accounting methods and conventions used on the relevant Combined Tax Return for such period, (C) applying the highest statutory marginal corporate income Tax rate in effect for such period and (D) assuming that the GPC Group elects not to carry back any net operating losses.

(ii) Allocation of Taxes Reflected on Separate Tax Returns.

(A) RGHI Separate Tax Returns. RGHI shall be allocated all Taxes reported, or required to be reported, on an RGHI Separate Tax Return.

(B) RGHL Separate Tax Returns. RGHL shall be allocated all Taxes reported, or required to be reported, on an RGHL Separate Tax Return.

(C) GPC Separate Tax Returns. RGHI shall be allocated all Taxes reported, or required to be reported, on a GPC Separate Tax Return for a Pre-TSA Period. GPC shall be allocated all Taxes reported, or required to be reported, on a GPC Separate Tax Return for a Post-TSA Period.

(iii) Taxes Not Reported on Tax Returns.

(A) RGHI Taxes. RGHI shall be allocated any Tax attributable to any member of the RGHI Group that is not required to be reported on a Tax Return.

 

7


(B) RGHL Taxes. RGHL shall be allocated any Tax attributable to any member of the RGHL Group (other than a member of the RGHI Group) that is not required to be reported on a Tax Return.

(C) GPC Taxes. GPC shall be allocated all Taxes for a Post-TSA Period attributable to any member of the GPC Group that is not required to be reported on a Tax Return. RGHI shall be allocated all Taxes for a Pre-TSA Period attributable to any member of the GPC Group that is not required to be reported on a Tax Return.

(b) Distribution Taxes. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Section 3, any Taxes for which GPC is required to indemnify a member of the RGHL Group under Section 8(a)(ii) or (iii) shall be allocated to GPC.

Section 4. Preparation and Filing of Tax Returns.

(a) Responsibility for Preparing Returns.

(i) RGHL Prepared Returns. The RGHL Group shall prepare, or cause to be prepared, all (i) Combined Tax Returns, (ii) RGHL Separate Tax Returns, (iii) RGHI Separate Tax Returns and (iv) GPC Separate Tax Returns for Pre-TSA Periods.

(ii) GPC Prepared Returns. GPC shall prepare, or cause to be prepared, all GPC Separate Tax Returns to be filed after the date hereof for Post-TSA Periods.

(b) Cooperation.

(i) Determination of Responsible Party. RGHL, in consultation with GPC, shall determine (A) whether a Combined Tax Return is required to be filed under Applicable Law and (B) the Person required to file any Combined Tax Return or Separate Tax Return under Applicable Law. To the extent permitted by law, such determination shall be consistent with past practice.

(ii) Provision of Information. GPC shall maintain (or cause to be maintained) all information relating to the GPC Group necessary for RGHL to prepare (or cause to be prepared) any Tax Return that RGHL is responsible for preparing under Section 4(a)(i) and shall provide to RGHL all such information. RGHL shall maintain (or cause to be maintained) all information relating to the RGHL Group that is necessary for GPC to prepare any Tax Return that GPC is responsible for preparing under Section 4(a)(ii) and shall provide to GPC all such information.

(iii) Right to Review Certain Combined Tax Returns. If a member of the GPC Group is required under Applicable Law to file any Combined Tax Return, RGHL shall submit a draft of such Tax Return to GPC reasonably in advance of the applicable filing deadline. GPC shall have the right to review such Tax Return, and to submit to RGHL any reasonable changes to the portions of such Tax Return that relate to the GPC Group or the GPC Business promptly, and in no event later than five (5) days prior to the due

 

8


date for the filing of such Tax Return. RGHL shall modify such portion of such Tax Return to include any reasonable comments, provided that RGHL shall consider GPC’s comments in good faith but shall not be required to accept any comments with respect to Combined Tax Returns that relate to a Pre-Distribution Period.

(c) Special Rules Relating to the Preparation of Tax Returns.

(i) General Rule. Except as provided in this Section 4(c)(i), any Combined Tax Return related to a Pre-Distribution Period shall be prepared (A) in accordance with past practices, accounting methods, elections or conventions (“Past Practices”) with respect to such Tax Return, and (B) to the extent any items, methods or positions are not covered by Past Practices, in accordance with reasonable Tax accounting practices selected by RGHL.

(ii) Consistency with Intended Tax-Free Treatment. All Tax Returns that include any member of the RGHL Group or any member of the GPC Group shall be prepared in a manner that is consistent with the Intended Tax-Free Treatment.

(iii) GPC Separate Tax Returns. With respect to any GPC Separate Tax Return for which GPC is responsible pursuant to this Agreement, GPC and the other members of the GPC Group shall include such Tax Items in such GPC Separate Tax Return in a manner that is consistent with the inclusion of such Tax Items in any related Tax Return for which RGHL is responsible to the extent such Tax Items are allocated in accordance with this Agreement.

(iv) Election to File Combined Tax Returns. RGHL shall have the sole discretion to cause any Combined Tax Return to be filed if the filing of such Tax Return is elective under Applicable Law. Each member of the relevant Combined Group shall execute and file all applicable consents, elections and other documents as may be required, appropriate or otherwise requested by RGHL in connection with the filing of such Combined Tax Returns.

(d) Payment of Taxes. Each of RGHL, RGHI and GPC shall pay (or cause to be paid) to the proper Taxing Authority the Tax shown as due on any Tax Return which a member of its respective Group is required to file under Applicable Law. If any member of the RGHL Group or the RGHI Group is required to make a payment to a Taxing Authority for Taxes allocated to GPC under Section 3, GPC shall pay the amount of such Taxes to such member of the relevant Group in accordance with Section 8 and Section 9. If any member of the GPC Group is required to make a payment to a Taxing Authority for Taxes allocated to RGHL or RGHI under Section 3, RGHL or RGHI (as the case may be) shall pay the amount of such Taxes to GPC in accordance with Section 8 and Section 9.

 

9


Section 5. Apportionment of Earnings and Profits and Tax Attributes.

(a) Tax Attributes arising in a Pre-Distribution Period will be allocated to (and the benefits and burdens of such Tax Attributes will inure to) the members of the RGHL Group and the members of the GPC Group in accordance with RGHI’s (and, where applicable, RGHL’s) historical practice (including historical methodologies for making corporate allocations), the Code, Treasury Regulations, and any applicable state, local and foreign law, as determined by RGHL in its sole discretion.

(b) RGHL shall in good faith advise GPC as soon as reasonably practicable after the close of the relevant Taxable period in which the First Distribution occurs in writing of the portion, if any, of any earnings and profits, Tax Attributes, tax basis, overall foreign loss or other consolidated, combined or unitary attribute which RGHL determines shall be allocated or apportioned to the members of the GPC Group under Applicable Law. All members of the GPC Group shall prepare all Tax Returns in accordance with such written notice. In the event of an adjustment to earnings and profits, any Tax Attributes, tax basis, overall foreign loss or other consolidated, combined or unitary attribute determined by RGHL, RGHL shall promptly notify GPC in writing of such adjustment. For the avoidance of doubt, RGHL shall not be liable to any member of the GPC Group for any failure of any determination under this Section 5(b) to be accurate under Applicable Law, provided such determination was made in good faith.

(c) Except as otherwise provided herein, to the extent that the amount of any earnings and profits, Tax Attributes, tax basis, overall foreign loss or other consolidated, combined or unitary attribute allocated to members of the RGHL Group or the GPC Group pursuant to Section 5(b) is later reduced or increased by a Taxing Authority or as a result of a Tax Proceeding, such reduction or increase shall be allocated to the Company to which such earnings and profits, Tax Attributes, tax basis, overall foreign loss or other consolidated, combined or unitary attribute was allocated pursuant to this Section 5, as determined by RGHL in good faith.

Section 6. Utilization of Tax Attributes.

(a) Amended Returns. Any amended Tax Return or claim for a refund with respect to any member of the GPC Group may be made (i) by GPC if for a Post-TSA Period and (ii) by RGHL if for a Pre-TSA Period.

(b) RGHL Discretion. RGHL shall be entitled to determine in its sole discretion whether to (x) file or to cause to be filed any claim for a refund or adjustment of Taxes with respect to any Combined Tax Return in order to claim in any Pre-Distribution Period any GPC Carried Item, (y) make or cause to be made any available elections to waive the right to claim in any Pre-Distribution Period, with respect to any Combined Tax Return, any GPC Carried Item, and (z) make or cause to be made any affirmative election to claim in any Pre-Distribution Period any GPC Carried Item. Subject to Section 6(c), GPC shall submit a written request to RGHL in order to seek RGHL’s consent with respect to any of the actions described in this Section 6(b).

(c) GPC Carrybacks to Combined Tax Returns.

(i) Each member of the GPC Group shall elect, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, to forgo the right to carry back any GPC Carried Item from a Post-Distribution Period to any Combined Tax Return in respect of a Pre-Distribution Period, except to the extent that (i) a member of the GPC Group determines that it is required by Applicable Law to carry back a GPC Carried Item to a Tax Return in respect of a Pre-

 

10


Distribution Period, in which case it shall notify RGHL in writing of such determination at least 90 days prior to filing the Tax Return on which such carryback will be reflected or (ii) RGHL consents to such carryback. If RGHL disagrees with any determination made by a member of the GPC Group in respect of clause (i) of the preceding sentence, the parties shall resolve their disagreement pursuant to the procedures set forth in Section 15. RGHL shall consider in good faith any request by GPC to carry back a GPC Carried Item; provided, that RGHL shall have no obligation to consent to any carryback that would reasonably be expected to result in a Tax refund to the GPC Group that does not exceed $500,000.

(ii) If a member of the GPC Group incurs a loss in respect of any Combined Tax Return in a Post-TSA Period, then GPC shall record a current income tax benefit and receive a refund from RGHI in an amount equal to the amount the GPC Group would have been entitled to receive had it filed a separate United States federal income tax return. The refund shall be made to GPC within thirty business days following the date its United States federal income tax return (including estimated taxes) would have been due but only to the extent that (A) the Combined Group is entitled to receive a refund in respect of such loss or (B) the GPC Group previously paid RGHI for use of a loss in respect of GPC Group income pursuant to the TSA or this Agreement. If the GPC Group would not be entitled to a current refund, GPC shall still be compensated for its tax loss if the RGHL Group utilizes the loss to reduce the Combined Group’s current tax liability on any Combined Tax Return (including estimated tax payments). Any such refund shall be made by RGHI to GPC within thirty (30) business days following the date GPC’s United States federal income tax return (including estimated taxes) would have been due, regardless of whether the Combined Group receives a refund.

(iii) If any credits generated by a member of the GPC Group reduce the Combined Group’s current tax liability on any Combined Tax Return, such credits shall reduce the GPC Group’s respective obligations for the contribution of Taxes due under Section 4(d). If the credits cannot be utilized by the GPC Group, GPC shall be compensated by RGHI for such credits if the RGHL Group utilizes the credits to reduce the Combined Group’s current tax liability. Such payment shall be made within thirty (30) business days following the date GPC’s United States federal income tax return (including estimated taxes) would have been due.

(iv) If the RGHL Group’s use of a loss or credit that is compensated for under this Section is subsequently adjusted pursuant to an audit or other proceeding with a Taxing Authority, (A) if the result of such adjustment is a disallowance of, or reduction in the amount of, such previously claimed credit or loss, GPC shall return to RGHI a corresponding portion of the payment made for the use of such loss or credit and (B) if the result of such adjustment is an increased benefit to the RGHL Group, RGHI shall pay an additional amount to GPC in respect of the additional benefit received pursuant to an adjustment.

 

11


(d) RGHL Group Losses and Credits.

(i) If a loss attributable to the RGHL Group reduces the Combined Group’s current tax liability on any Combined Tax Return (including estimated tax payments) by reducing the income attributable to the GPC Group in a Post-TSA Period, the GPC Group shall compensate RGHI in an amount equal to the amount of such reduction in tax liability. Any such payment shall be made by GPC to RGHI within thirty (30) business days following the date RGHI’s United States federal income tax return (including estimated taxes) would have been due, regardless of whether the Combined Group receives a refund. Any loss compensated pursuant to this Section shall not otherwise be taken into account under this Agreement.

(ii) If any credits generated by a member of the RGHL Group reduce the Combined Group’s current tax liability on any Combined Tax Return (including estimated tax payments) by reducing the income attributable to the GPC Group in a Post-TSA Period, GPC shall compensate RGHI in an amount equal to the amount of such reduction in tax liability.

(iii) If income attributable to the GPC Group or the relevant loss or credit of the RGHL Group is subsequently adjusted pursuant to an audit or other proceeding with a Taxing Authority, the Parties shall make appropriate payments as necessary to reflect the amount that would have been owed, if any, by GPC to the RGHL Group if the adjusted amount of income or loss or credit had been utilized in the calculations required under this Section 6.

(e) Tax Benefits.

(i) With respect to Tax Benefits not taken into account pursuant to Section 6(c) or (d):

(A) the RGHL Group shall be entitled to Tax Benefits (including, in the case of any refund received, any interest thereon actually received) received by any member of the RGHL Group or any member of the GPC Group, other than any Tax Benefits (or any amounts in respect of Tax Benefits) described in Section 6(e)(i)(B); and

(B) GPC shall be entitled to Tax Benefits (including, in the case of any refund received, any interest thereon actually received) received by any member of the RGHL Group or any member of the GPC Group with respect to any Tax allocated to a member of the GPC Group under this Agreement.

(ii) To the extent a Tax Benefit has not already been taken into account under this Agreement and compensated for under Section 6(c) or (d), a Company receiving (or realizing) a Tax Benefit to which another Company is entitled hereunder (a “Tax Benefit Recipient”) shall pay over the amount of such Tax Benefit (including interest received from the relevant Taxing Authority, but net of any Taxes imposed with respect to such Tax Benefit and any other reasonable costs) within thirty (30) days of receipt thereof (or from the due date for payment of any Tax reduced thereby); provided, however, that the other Company, upon the request of such Tax Benefit Recipient, shall repay the amount paid to the other Company (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Taxing Authority) in the event that, as a result of a subsequent Final Determination, a Tax Benefit that gave rise to such payment is subsequently disallowed.

 

12


Section 7. Certain Representations and Covenants.

(a) Representations.

(i) GPC represents to RGHI and RGHL that as of the Distribution Date, there is no plan or intention for GPC or any member of the GPC Group:

(A) to liquidate, merge or otherwise terminate GPC or to merge or consolidate any member of the GPC Group with any other Person subsequent to the Distributions, except for any transaction that is solely among members of the GPC Group;

(B) to sell, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of any material asset of any member of the GPC Group, except in the ordinary course of business;

(C) to take or fail to take any action in a manner that is inconsistent with the written information and representations furnished by GPC to Tax Counsel in connection with the Tax Representation Letters or Tax Opinion;

(D) to repurchase stock of GPC;

(E) to take or fail to take any action in a manner that management of GPC knows, or should know, is reasonably likely to contravene any agreement with a Taxing Authority entered into prior to the Distribution Date to which any member of the GPC Group is a party; or

(F) to enter into any negotiations, agreements, or arrangements with respect to transactions or events (including stock issuances, pursuant to the exercise of options or otherwise, option grants, the adoption of, or authorization of shares under, a stock option plan, capital contributions, or acquisitions, but not including the Distributions) that could reasonably be expected to cause either of the Distributions to be treated as part of a plan (within the meaning of Section 355(e) of the Code) pursuant to which one or more Persons acquire directly or indirectly GPC stock representing a 50% or greater interest within the meaning of Section 355(d)(4) of the Code.

(b) Covenants.

(i) GPC shall not, and shall not permit any other member of the GPC Group to, take or fail to take any action that constitutes an GPC Disqualifying Action.

 

13


(ii) GPC shall not, and shall not permit any other member of the GPC Group to, take or fail to take any action that is inconsistent with the information and representations furnished by GPC to Tax Counsel in connection with the Tax Representation Letters or Tax Opinion;

(iii) GPC shall not, and shall not permit any other member of the GPC Group to, take or fail to take any action that management of GPC knows, or should know, is reasonably likely to contravene any agreement with a Taxing Authority entered into prior to the Distribution Date to which any member of the GPC Group or the RGHL Group is a party;

(iv) For the one-year period following the Distribution Date, GPC shall not, and shall not permit (I) any other member of the GPC Group, (II) any officer or director of a member of the GPC Group, or (III) any person with the implicit or explicit permission of GPC or any person described in clauses (I) or (II), to enter into any discussions or other communications with any underwriter or investment bank relating to any secondary offering of shares of GPC.

(v) During the two-year period following the Distribution Date:

(A) GPC shall (I) continue, independently and with its separate employees, the active conduct of the GPC Business for purposes of Section 355(b)(2) of the Code and (II) not engage in any transaction that would result in it ceasing to be a company engaged in the GPC Business for purposes of Section 355(b)(2) of the Code, taking into account Section 355(b)(3) of the Code for purposes of each of clauses (I) and (II);

(B) GPC shall not repurchase stock of GPC in a manner contrary to the requirements of Section 4.05(1)(b) of IRS Revenue Procedure 96-30 (as in effect prior to the amendment of such Revenue Procedure by IRS Revenue Procedure 2003-48) or inconsistent with any representations made by GPC to Tax Counsel in connection with the Tax Representation Letters;

(C) GPC shall not, and shall not agree to, merge, consolidate, amalgamate or otherwise participate in an acquisition transaction with any other Person (other than a merger in which GPC is the surviving entity and in connection with which no Equity Interest is issued by any Person);

(D) GPC shall not, and shall not permit any other member of the GPC Group to, or to agree to, sell or otherwise issue to any Person any Equity Interests of GPC or of any other member of the GPC Group (other than sales or issuances of Equity Interests of a member of the GPC Group (other than GPC) to another member of the GPC Group); provided, however, that (I) GPC may issue its common stock in a public offering as described under Section 7(c)(i) below, (II) GPC may issue Equity Interests to the extent such issuances satisfy Safe Harbor VIII (relating to acquisitions in connection with a person’s performance of services) or Safe Harbor IX (relating to acquisitions by a retirement plan of an employer) of Treasury Regulations Section 1.355-7(d) and (III) GPC may issue Equity Interests not otherwise described in clauses (I) or (II) hereof to the extent such issuances do not exceed, in the aggregate, 1% of the GPC stock then outstanding;

 

14


(E) GPC shall not, and shall not permit any other member of the GPC Group to (I) solicit any Person to make a tender offer for, or otherwise acquire or sell, the Equity Interests of GPC, (II) participate in or support any unsolicited tender offer for, or other acquisition, issuance or disposition of, the Equity Interests of GPC, or (III) approve or otherwise permit any proposed business combination or any acquisition of GPC;

(F) GPC shall not, and shall not permit any other member of the GPC Group to, amend its certificate of incorporation (or other organizational documents), or take any other action, whether through a stockholder vote or otherwise, affecting the voting rights of the Equity Interests of GPC (including, without limitation, through the conversion of one class of Equity Interests of GPC into another class of Equity Interests of GPC).

(vi) GPC shall not take or fail to take, or permit any other member of the GPC Group to take or fail to take, any action which prevents or could reasonably be expected to result in Tax treatment that is inconsistent with the Intended Tax-Free Treatment.

(c) GPC Covenants Exceptions. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 7(b), GPC and the other members of the GPC Group may:

(i) effect an issuance of shares of GPC common stock by GPC in one or more primary public offerings not to exceed, in the aggregate, 45% of the then-outstanding stock of GPC;

(ii) pay cash to acquire assets in arm’s length transactions, engage in transactions that are disregarded for U.S. federal tax purposes, and make mandatory or optional repayments or prepayments of indebtedness;

(iii) take any action required under the Transaction Documents; and

(iv) in the case of any other action that would reasonably be expected to be inconsistent with the covenants contained in Section 7(b), if either:

(A) GPC notifies RGHL of its proposal to take such action and GPC and RGHL obtain a ruling from the IRS to the effect that such action will not affect the Intended Tax-Free Treatment; provided, that GPC agrees in writing to bear any expenses associated with obtaining such a ruling and; provided, further, that the GPC Group shall not be relieved of any liability under Section 8(a) of this Agreement by reason of seeking or having obtained such a ruling; or

 

15


(B) GPC notifies RGHL of its proposal to take such action and obtains an opinion of counsel (A) from a Tax advisor recognized as an expert in federal income Tax matters and acceptable to RGHL in its sole discretion, (B) on which RGHL may rely and (C) to the effect that such action “should” not affect the Intended Tax-Free Treatment, unless GPC obtains the prior written consent of RGHL waiving the requirement that GPC obtain such tax opinion, such consent not to be unreasonably conditioned, delayed or withheld; provided, that the GPC Group shall not be relieved of any liability under Section 8(a) of this Agreement by reason of having obtained such an opinion or receiving such RGHL consent; and provided, further, that the parties agree that the incurrence or possible incurrence of any liability (current or contingent) arising as a result of such action, whether or not such liability is described in the preceding proviso, shall not (absent extraordinary circumstances) form a reasonable basis for RGHL to withhold such consent if GPC agrees to indemnify the RGHL Group in full against such liability.

Section 8. Indemnities.

(a) GPC Indemnity to RGHL Group. GPC will indemnify each member of the RGHL Group against, and hold them harmless, without duplication, from:

(i) any Taxes allocated to the GPC Group pursuant to Section 3;

(ii) any Taxes (including Distribution Taxes) attributable to a breach, after the Distribution Effective Time, by GPC or any other member of the GPC Group of any representation or covenant contained in this Agreement;

(iii) any Taxes (including Distribution Taxes) attributable to a GPC Disqualifying Action (including Distribution Taxes) resulting from any action for which the conditions set forth in Section 7(c)(iv) are satisfied; and

(iv) all liabilities, costs, expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable expenses of investigation and attorneys’ fees and expenses), losses, damages, assessments, settlements or judgments arising out of or incident to the imposition, assessment or assertion of any Tax liability or damage described in (i), (ii), (iii), or (iv) including those incurred in the contest in good faith in appropriate proceedings relating to the imposition, assessment or assertion of any such Tax, liability or damage.

(b) RGHL and RGHI Indemnities to GPC Group.

(i) Except in the case of any liabilities described in Section 8(a) or Section 8(b)(ii), RGHL will indemnify each member of the GPC Group against, and hold them harmless, without duplication, from:

(A) any Taxes allocated to the RGHL Group pursuant to Section 3; and

 

16


(B) all liabilities, costs, expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable expenses of investigation and attorneys’ fees and expenses), losses, damages, assessments, settlements or judgments arising out of or incident to the imposition, assessment or assertion of any Tax liability or damage described in (A), including those incurred in the contest in good faith in appropriate proceedings relating to the imposition, assessment or assertion of any such Tax, liability or damage;

(ii) Except in the case of any liabilities described in Section 8(a), RGHI will indemnify each member of the GPC Group against, and hold them harmless, without duplication, from:

(A) any Taxes allocated to the RGHI Group pursuant to Section 3; and

(B) all liabilities, costs, expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable expenses of investigation and attorneys’ fees and expenses), losses, damages, assessments, settlements or judgments arising out of or incident to the imposition, assessment or assertion of any Tax liability or damage described in (A), including those incurred in the contest in good faith in appropriate proceedings relating to the imposition, assessment or assertion of any such Tax, liability or damage.

(c) Discharge of Indemnity. RGHL, RGHI, GPC and the members of their respective Groups shall discharge their obligations under Section 8(a) or Section 8(b) hereof, respectively, by paying the relevant amount in accordance with Section 9, within five Business Days of demand therefor or, to the extent such amount is required to be paid to a Taxing Authority prior to the expiration of such five Business Days, at least two Business Days prior to the date by which the demanding party is required to pay the related Tax liability. Any such demand shall include a statement showing the amount due under Section 8(a) or Section 8(b), as the case may be. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any member of the GPC Group or any member of the RGHL Group disputes in good faith the fact or the amount of its obligation under Section 8(a) or Section 8(b), then no payment of the amount in dispute shall be required until any such good faith dispute is resolved in accordance with Section 15 hereof; provided, however, that any amount not paid within five Business Days of demand therefor shall bear interest as provided in Section 9.

(d) Tax Benefits. If an indemnification obligation of any Indemnifying Party under this Section 8 arises in respect of an adjustment that makes allowable to an Indemnitee any Tax Benefit which would not, but for such adjustment, be allowable, then any such indemnification obligation shall be an amount equal to (i) the amount otherwise due but for this Section 8(d), minus (ii) the reduction in actual cash Taxes payable by the Indemnitee in the taxable year such indemnification obligation arises, determined on a “with and without” basis.

 

17


Section 9. Payments.

(a) Timing. All payments to be made under this Agreement (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any payments to a Taxing Authority described herein) shall be made in immediately available funds. Except as otherwise provided, all such payments will be due thirty Business Days after the receipt of notice of such payment or, where no notice is required, thirty Business Days after the fixing of liability or the resolution of a dispute (the “Due Date”). Payments shall be deemed made when received. Any payment that is not made on or before the Due Date shall bear interest at the rate equal to the “prime” rate as published on such Due Date in the Wall Street Journal, Eastern Edition, for the period from and including the date immediately following the Due Date through and including the date of payment.

(b) Payors and Payees. With respect to any payment required to be made under this Agreement, (i) if such payment is required to be made by a member of the GPC Group, such payment shall be made to RGHI (or a member of the RGHI Group designated, by written notice to GPC, by RGHI) and (ii) if such payment is required to be made by a member of the RGHL Group, RGHL shall have the right to designate, by written notice to GPC, which member of the RGHL Group will make such payment.

(c) Treatment of Payments. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law,

(i) any payment made by GPC or any member of the GPC Group to RGHI or any member of the RGHI Group pursuant to this Agreement (other than in respect of Taxes allocated to RGHI in respect of a Post-Distribution Period) shall be treated by the parties hereto for all Tax purposes as a distribution by GPC to RGHI immediately prior to the First Distribution;

(ii) any payment made by RGHI or any member of the RGHI Group to GPC or any member of the GPC Group pursuant to this Agreement (other than in respect of Taxes allocated to RGHI in respect of a Post-Distribution Period) or the Transaction Implementation Agreement shall be treated by the parties hereto for all Tax purposes as a capital contribution from RGHI to GPC immediately prior to the First Distribution;

(iii) any payment made by RGHL or any member of the RGHL Group (other than any member of the RGHI Group) to GPC or any member of the GPC Group pursuant to this Agreement (other than in respect of Taxes allocated to RGHL in respect of a Post-Distribution Period) shall be treated by the parties hereto for all Tax purposes as a capital contribution by RGHL to GPC immediately prior to the Second Distribution; and

(iv) in the event that a Taxing Authority asserts that a party’s treatment of a payment described in this Section 9(c) should be other than as required herein, such party shall use its reasonable best efforts to contest such assertion in a manner consistent with Section 12 of this Agreement.

(d) No Duplicative Payment. It is intended that the provisions of this Agreement shall not result in a duplicative payment of any amount required to be paid under the Transaction Implementation Agreement or any other Transaction Document, and this Agreement shall be construed accordingly.

Section 10. Actions by the Group. RGHL or GPC, as the case may be, shall cause each member of the RGHL Group or the GPC Group, respectively, to perform the obligations required under this Agreement.

 

18


Section 11. Communication and Cooperation.

(a) Consult and Cooperate. RGHL and GPC shall consult and cooperate (and shall cause each other member of their respective Groups to consult and cooperate) fully at such time and to the extent reasonably requested by the other party in connection with all matters subject to this Agreement. Such cooperation shall include, without limitation:

(i) the retention, and provision on reasonable request, of any and all information including all books, records, documentation or other information pertaining to Tax matters relating to the GPC Group (or, in the case of any Tax Return of the RGHL Group, the portion of such return that relates to Taxes for which the GPC Group may be liable pursuant to this Agreement), any necessary explanations of information, and access to personnel, until one year after the expiration of the applicable statute of limitation (giving effect to any extension, waiver or mitigation thereof);

(ii) the execution of any document that may be necessary (including to give effect to Section 12) or helpful in connection with any required Tax Return or in connection with any audit, proceeding, suit or action; and

(iii) the use of the parties’ commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any documentation from a Governmental Authority or a third party that may be necessary or helpful in connection with the foregoing.

(b) Provide Information. Except as set forth in Section 12, RGHL and GPC shall keep each other reasonably informed with respect to any material development relating to the matters subject to this Agreement.

(c) Tax Attribute Matters. RGHL and GPC shall promptly advise each other with respect to any proposed Tax adjustments that are the subject of an audit or investigation, or are the subject of any proceeding or litigation, and that may affect any Tax liability or any Tax Attribute (including, but not limited to, basis in an asset or the amount of earnings and profits) of any member of the GPC Group or any member of the RGHL Group, respectively.

(d) Confidentiality and Privileged Information. Any information or documents provided under this Agreement shall be kept confidential by the party receiving the information or documents, except as may otherwise be necessary in connection with the filing of required Tax Returns or in connection with any audit, proceeding, suit or action. Without limiting the foregoing (and notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other agreement), (i) no member of the RGHL Group or GPC Group, respectively, shall be required to provide any member of the GPC Group or RGHL Group, respectively, or any other Person access to or copies of any information or procedures other than information or procedures that relate solely to GPC, the business or assets of any member of the GPC Group, or matters for which GPC or RGHL Group, respectively, has an obligation to indemnify under this Agreement, and (ii) in no event shall any member of the RGHL Group or the GPC Group, respectively, be required to provide any member of the GPC Group or RGHL Group, respectively, or any other Person access to or copies of any information if such action could reasonably be expected to result in the waiver of any privilege. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that RGHL or GPC,

 

19


respectively, determines that the provision of any information to any member of the GPC Group or RGHL Group, respectively, could be commercially detrimental or violate any law or agreement to which RGHL or GPC, respectively, is bound, RGHL or GPC, respectively, shall not be required to comply with the foregoing terms of this Section 11(d) except to the extent that it is able, using commercially reasonable efforts, to do so while avoiding such harm or consequence (and shall promptly provide notice to RGHL or GPC, to the extent such access to or copies of any information is provided to a Person other than a member of the RGHL Group or GPC Group (as applicable)).

Section 12. Audits and Contest.

(a) Notice. Each of RGHL or GPC shall promptly notify the other in writing upon the receipt of any notice of Tax Proceeding from the relevant Taxing Authority that may affect the liability of any member of the GPC Group or the RGHL Group, respectively, for Taxes under Applicable Law or this Agreement; provided, that a party’s right to indemnification under this Agreement shall not be limited in any way by a failure to so notify, except to the extent that the indemnifying party is prejudiced by such failure

(b) Control. In the case of any Tax Proceeding with respect to a Tax Return other than a Combined Tax Return, the Party having the liability for the Tax pursuant to Section 3 hereof shall have the sole responsibility and right to control the prosecution of such Tax Proceeding, including the exclusive right to communicate with agents of the applicable Taxing Authority and to control, resolve, settle, or agree to any deficiency, claim, or adjustment proposed, asserted, or assessed in connection with or as a result of such Tax Proceeding. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary but subject to Section 12(d), RGHL shall have the right to control all matters relating to any Tax Return, or any Tax Proceeding, with respect to any Tax matters of a Combined Group or any member of a Combined Group (as such). RGHL shall have absolute discretion with respect to any decisions to be made, or the nature of any action to be taken, with respect to any Tax matter described in the preceding sentence; provided, however, that to the extent that any Tax Proceeding relating to such a Tax matter is reasonably likely to give rise to an indemnity obligation of GPC under Section 8 hereof, (i) RGHL shall keep GPC informed of all material developments and events relating to any such Tax Proceeding described in this proviso and (ii) at its own cost and expense, GPC shall have the right to participate in (but not to control) the defense of any such Tax Proceeding.

(c) GPC Assumption of Control; Non-Distribution Taxes. If RGHL determines that the resolution of any matter pursuant to a Tax Proceeding (other than a Tax Proceeding relating to Distribution Taxes) is reasonably likely to have an adverse effect on the GPC Group with respect to any Post-Distribution Period, RGHL, in its sole discretion, may permit GPC to elect to assume control over the disposition of such matter at GPC’s sole cost and expense; provided, however, that if GPC so elects, it will (i) be responsible for the payment of any liability arising from the disposition of such matter notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary and (ii) indemnify each member of the RGHL Group for any increase in a liability and any reduction of a Tax asset of such member of the RGHL Group arising from such matter.

 

20


(d) GPC Participation; Distribution Taxes. RGHL shall have the right to control any Tax Proceeding relating to Distribution Taxes; provided, that RGHL shall keep GPC fully informed of all material developments and shall permit GPC (at its own cost and expense) a reasonable opportunity to participate in (but not to control) the defense of the matter.

Section 13. Costs and Expenses. Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, each party shall bear its own costs and expenses incurred pursuant to this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, costs and expenses shall include, but not be limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees and other related professional fees and disbursements. For the avoidance of doubt, unless otherwise specifically provided in the Transaction Documents, all liabilities, costs and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement by or on behalf of GPC or any member of the GPC Group in any Pre-Distribution Period shall be the responsibility of RGHI and shall be assumed in full by RGHI.

Section 14. Effectiveness; Termination and Survival. Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, as between RGHI and GPC, this Agreement shall become effective upon the consummation of the First Distribution, and as between RGHL and GPC, this Agreement shall become effective upon the consummation of the Second Distribution. All rights and obligations arising hereunder shall survive until they are fully effectuated or performed; provided that, notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, this Agreement shall remain in effect and its provisions shall survive for one year after the full period of all applicable statutes of limitation (giving effect to any extension, waiver or mitigation thereof) and, with respect to any claim hereunder initiated prior to the end of such period, until such claim has been satisfied or otherwise resolved.

Section 15. Dispute Resolution. In the event of any dispute relating to this Agreement, the parties shall work together in good faith to resolve such dispute within 30 days. In the event that such dispute is not resolved, upon written notice by a party after such 30-day period, the matter shall be referred to a U.S. Tax counsel or other Tax advisor of recognized national standing (the “Tax Arbiter”) that will be jointly chosen by the disputing parties; provided, however, that, if such parties do not agree on the selection of the Tax Arbiter after five (5) days of good faith negotiation, the Tax Arbiter shall consist of a panel of three U.S. Tax counsel or other Tax advisor of recognized national standing with one member chosen by RGHL, one member chosen by GPC, and a third member chosen by mutual agreement of the other members within the following ten (10)-day period. Each decision of a panel Tax Arbiter shall be made by majority vote of the members. The Tax Arbiter may, in its discretion, obtain the services of any third party necessary to assist it in resolving the dispute. The Tax Arbiter shall furnish written notice to the parties to the dispute of its resolution of the dispute as soon as practicable, but in any event no later than ninety (90) days after acceptance of the matter for resolution. Any such resolution by the Tax Arbiter shall be binding on the parties, and the parties shall take, or cause to be taken, any action necessary to implement such resolution. All fees and expenses of the Tax Arbiter shall be shared equally by the parties to the dispute.

Section 16. Authorization, Etc. Each of the parties hereto hereby represents and warrants that it has the power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement, that this Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of such party, that this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of each such party, and that the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by such party does not contravene or conflict with any provision or law or of its charter or bylaws or any agreement, instrument or order binding on such party.

 

21


Section 17. Change in Tax Law. Any reference to a provision of the Code, Treasury Regulations or any other Applicable Law shall include a reference to any applicable successor provision of the Code, Treasury Regulations or other Applicable Law.

Section 18. Principles. This Agreement is intended to calculate and allocate certain Tax liabilities of the members of the GPC Group and the members of the RGHL Group to GPC and RGHL (and their respective Groups), and any situation or circumstance concerning such calculation and allocation that is not specifically contemplated by this Agreement shall be dealt with in a manner consistent with the underlying principles of calculation and allocation in this Agreement.

Section 19. Governing Law. This Agreement, and any claim, suit, action or proceeding in any way arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the negotiation, execution or performance of this Agreement, or the transactions contemplated hereby (whether in law or in equity, and whether in contract or in tort or otherwise), shall be governed by and enforced pursuant to the laws of the State of Delaware.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

22


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed and delivered this Agreement as of the day and year first written above.

 

REYNOLDS GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED
By:  

 

Name:   Thomas Degnan
Title:   Director
REYNOLDS GROUP HOLDINGS INC.
By:  

 

Name:   Joseph Doyle
Title:   Director
GRAHAM PACKAGING COMPANY INC.
By:  

                    

Name:   [    ]
Title:   Director

SIGNATURE PAGE TO TAX MATTERS AGREEMENT


SCHEDULE A

 

1

EX-10.29

Exhibit 10.29

TRANSITION SERVICES AGREEMENT

TRANSITION SERVICES AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) dated as of August 4, 2020, between Reynolds Group Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation, (“RGHI”), and Graham Packaging Company Inc., a Delaware corporation, (the “Company” or “GPC”). Each Party or any of its Affiliates providing services hereunder shall be a “Provider,” and each Party or any of its Affiliates receiving services hereunder shall be a “Recipient.”

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT

A. The Company was a wholly owned subsidiary of RGHI and an indirect subsidiary of Reynolds Group Holdings Limited, a company organized under the laws of New Zealand (“RGHL”).

B. The GPC Group has obtained financing separate from the RGHL Group to allow the GPC Group and the RGHL Group to better operate as standalone businesses.

C. The separate financing of the GPC Group and the RGHL Group facilitates the legal separation of the two businesses at some future date should the GPC Group cease to be a subsidiary of RGHL.

D. In connection with the above, the Parties wish to memorialize the provision of certain services by RGHI or its Affiliates to the GPC Group and the provision of services by the GPC Group to RGHI or its Affiliates.

E. On and from the date hereof (the “Commencement Date”), (i) RGHI will provide, or cause its Affiliates to provide, certain services to the GPC Group, and (ii) GPC Group will provide, or cause its Affiliates to provide, certain services to RGHI and its Affiliates, on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Definitions. The following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below throughout this Agreement:

Affiliate” means, with respect to RGHI, any member of the RGHL Group, and with respect to GPC, any member of the GPC Group.

Applicable Rate” means the average of the daily “prime rate” (expressed rate per annum) published in The Wall Street Journal for each of the days in the applicable period, plus two percent (2%).


Business” means the manufacture and sale of value-added, custom rigid plastic containers for the food, beverage and consumer products markets by the GPC Group and activities ancillary thereto.

Business Day” means any day that is not (a) a Saturday, (b) a Sunday, or (c) any other day on which commercial banks are authorized or required by law to be closed in the City of New York.

Change” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(c).

Commencement Date” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Confidential Information” means any information of a Party, its Affiliates, members, licensors, consultants, service providers, advisors or agents that is confidential or proprietary, however recorded or preserved, whether written or oral. Confidential Information includes trade secrets, pricing data, employee information, customer information, cost information, supplier information, financial and tax matters, third-party contract terms, inventions, know-how, processes, methods, models, technical information, schedules, code, ideas, concepts, data, software and business plans (regardless of whether such information is identified as confidential).

Dispute Negotiations” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(b).

Fees” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.

Force Majeure Event” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1.

Governmental Authority” means governmental or quasi-governmental entity of any nature (including any governmental agency, branch, department, official, or entity and any court or other tribunal) or (iii) body exercising, or entitled to exercise any administrative, executive, judicial, legislative, police, regulatory or taxing authority or power of any nature, including any arbitral tribunal.

GPC Group” means GPC and its direct and indirect subsidiaries.

Indemnified Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1.

Indemnifying Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1.

IT License Usage Agreement” means the agreement entered into by and between GPC, RGHL, and Rank Group Limited dated as of August 4, 2020, pursuant to which GPC will continue to receive usage rights under certain key information technology license and contractual agreements.

Law” means a law, statute, order, ordinance, rule, regulation, judgment, injunction, order, or decree.

 

2


Litigation” means any action, cease and desist letter, demand, suit, arbitration proceeding, administrative or regulatory proceeding, citation, summons or subpoena of any nature, civil, criminal, regulatory or otherwise, in law or in equity.

Losses” means any and all damages, liabilities, losses, obligations, claims of any kind, interest and expenses (including reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys).

Migration Plan” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(c).

Migration Services” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(c).

Multi-party Contract” means a contract with a customer or supplier pursuant to which both GPC and RGHI or any of its Affiliates provides a benefit to or receives a benefit from a third party, excluding contracts covered by the IT License Usage Agreement and insurance arrangements covering Property Damage and Business Interruption, Sabotage and Terrorism, Crime, Corporate Travel, Marine Cargo/Transit, Employment Practices Liability, General Liability, and Foreign Voluntary Workers’ Compensation.

Party” means RGHI or the Company, as applicable (collectively, the “Parties”).

Personnel” means, with respect to any Party, (i) the employees, officers and directors of such Party or its Affiliates or (ii) agents, accountants, attorneys, independent contractors and other third parties engaged by such Party or its Affiliates.

Provider” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Recipient” has the meaning set forth in the preamble

Reverse Transition Services” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b).

RGHL Group” means RGHL and its subsidiaries excluding the GPC Group.

Sale and Services Taxes” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.5.

Security Incident” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.

Security Regulations” means a Party’s and its Affiliates’ system security policies, procedures and requirements, as amended from time to time.

Service Coordinator” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(a).

Service Standard” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a).

Services” means the Transition Services and the Reverse Transition Services, unless the context requires otherwise.

Systems” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.5.

 

3


Tax” means any federal, state, local or foreign income, alternative, minimum, accumulated earnings, personal holding company, franchise, capital stock, profits, windfall profits, gross receipts, sales, use, value added, transfer, registration, stamp, premium, excise, customs duties, severance, environmental (including taxes under section 59A of the Code), real property, personal property, ad valorem, occupancy, license, occupation, employment, payroll, social security, disability, unemployment, workers’ compensation, withholding, estimated or other similar tax, duty, fee, assessment or other governmental charge or deficiencies thereof (including all interest and penalties thereon and additions thereto).

Terminating Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3.

Term” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.

Termination Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.

Transition Services” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a).

TSA Records” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1(a).

ARTICLE II

SERVICES AND INTERNAL CONTROLS

Section 2.1 Services.

(a) In accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and upon the request of GPC, RGHI shall provide, or shall cause its Affiliates or, subject to Section 2.2, third parties to provide, to the GPC Group (in connection with the conduct of the Business) the services described on Exhibit A hereto (the “Transition Services”) during the applicable Term of any Service. Notwithstanding the content of Exhibit A, RGHI agrees to consider in good faith any reasonable request by the Company for access to any additional service that is necessary for the operation of the Business, at fees to be agreed upon after good faith negotiation between the Parties. RGHI will not be in breach of this Agreement if RGHI declines to provide a requested additional service for any good faith reason, including the failure of the Parties to agree to the scope, term, and fee for the additional service. Any such additional services so provided by RGHI shall constitute Services hereunder and be subject in all respects to the provisions of this Agreement as if fully set forth on Exhibit A as of the date hereof.

(b) During the applicable Term of any Service, and in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company shall, upon the request of RGHI, provide, or shall cause its Affiliates or, subject to Section 2.2, third parties to provide, to RGHI or one or more of its Affiliates, the services described on Exhibit B hereto (the “Reverse Transition Services”).

 

4


(c) In addition to the Services described on Exhibit A hereto, the RGHL Group shall undertake the segregation and extraction required to separate the IT systems, data, records and processes of the Company, or thereafter created in the conduct of the Business from RGHI’s IT environment or infrastructure, and migrate them to GPC’s, or any of its Affiliates’, IT environment or infrastructure (collectively, the “Migration Services”). For the avoidance of doubt, Migration Services apply to services only and do not include the acquisition or supply of any hardware, software, license (except where RGHI, at the request of GPC, acquires such hardware, software, or license at GPC’s cost), or ongoing operational support service for the operating environment(s) (except as otherwise contemplated by Exhibit A). The costs of such Migration Services shall be paid by GPC, including any out-of-pocket costs incurred by the RGHL Group in connection with such Migration Services and for the time spent by the RGHL Group or its Personnel in providing such Migration Services. RGHI will also provide to GPC any available reasonable documentation around the systems implementation, configuration documents, process maps, or any other documentation related to the systems that are part of the separation. RGHI and GPC shall work together in good faith to develop a detailed plan for migrating GPC’s IT systems, data, records and processes to its IT environment or infrastructure (the “Migration Plan”).

Section 2.2 Performance by Affiliates or Subcontractors. Either Party may, in its sole discretion, engage, or cause one of their Affiliates to engage, one or more parties (including other third parties or Affiliates) to provide some or all of the Services; provided, (i) such Party is using such Affiliate or third party to perform the same Services for itself and its Affiliates (to the extent applicable), (ii) such arrangement would not increase the cost to the Recipient for such Services, and (iii) if such third party is not already engaged with respect to such Service as of the date hereof, the Provider shall obtain the prior written consent of the Recipient (not to be unreasonably withheld). The Provider shall (x) be responsible for the performance or non-performance of any such parties and (y) in all cases remain responsible for ensuring that obligations with respect to the standards of Services set forth in Article III of this Agreement are satisfied with respect to any Services provided by such Affiliate or third party.

Section 2.3 Scope of Services. Other than as expressly set forth on Exhibit A, Section 2.1, Exhibit B, or as agreed by the Parties in writing, in no event shall the Provider be obligated to provide any Service to the Recipient for any purpose other than to facilitate, on a transitional basis, the Recipient’s ability to conduct business as conducted immediately preceding the date hereof.

Section 2.4 Internal Controls and Procedures. In addition to the requirements of Article III and Article VII herein, with respect to the Services provided by RGHI and its Affiliates providing Services hereunder, certain of the Services may involve processes that directly or indirectly support financial information that the Company includes within its consolidated financial reports. The Company has an obligation to ensure that it has internal controls over financial reporting and must also ensure that its external auditors can complete their necessary evaluation of the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting in accordance with applicable auditing standards. The Company and RGHI and such Affiliates shall use reasonable commercial efforts to agree (i) what key controls over financial reporting will be performed by RGHI and such Affiliates within the processes that directly or indirectly support financial information that the Company includes within its consolidated financial reports; (ii) the frequency as to the performance of the agreed key controls; and (iii) the form of documentation required to evidence the effective performance of the agreed key controls. RGHI and such Affiliates will perform the agreed key controls and evidence such performance in the agreed format. The

 

5


Company shall have the right, in a manner to avoid unreasonable interruption to RGHI’s or its Affiliates’ business, to (1) evaluate the effectiveness of the key controls; and (2) upon at least thirty (30) days’ written notice to RGHI, perform (through its external auditor) audit procedures over RGHI’s internal controls and procedures for the Services provided under this Agreement; provided that such right to audit shall exist solely to the extent reasonably required by the Company’s external auditors. The Company shall pay or reimburse all of RGHI’s expenses and costs arising from such audit. The performance of the agreed key controls, preparation of documentation, providing access to the Company or its delegate and the Company’s auditors will be billed at the agreed rates as set forth on Exhibit A.

ARTICLE III

SERVICE LEVELS; SERVICE COORDINATORS; TSA COMMITTEE

Section 3.1 Quality of Services.

(a) A Provider shall perform the Services (i) at a level of quality substantially similar in all material respects to that at which such Services were performed or enjoyed during the twelve (12) month period prior to the date hereof and (ii) in accordance with applicable Law (collectively, (i) and (ii), the “Service Standard”). Subject to Section 3.1(c), internal controls of a Provider and its Affiliates with respect to the Service Standard shall remain materially the same in effect throughout the term of this Agreement. Each Party acknowledges that the other Party and their Affiliates are not professional service providers of the Services.

(b) In the event of any material failure of a Provider to perform the Services, as applicable, in accordance with the Service Standards, the Recipient shall provide the Provider with written notice of such material failure, and the Provider will use commercially reasonable efforts to remedy such failure as soon as reasonably possible and in the same manner that the Provider would remedy such a failure for their other businesses undergoing such a material failure.

(c) A Provider may, from time to time: (i) reasonably supplement, modify, upgrade, substitute or otherwise alter (“Change”) any Service in a manner consistent with Changes made with respect to similar services provided by a Provider on their own behalf or to their Affiliates, including taking any physical or information security measures with respect to such Service, in a manner that does not (x) adversely affect in any material respect the quality or availability of such Service or (y) materially increase the fees payable in connection with such Changed Service; provided that to the extent that any such Change is reasonably likely to modify, substitute or otherwise alter the receipt or use of such Service, a Provider shall provide the Recipient with reasonable advance written notice of the implementation of the Change to the extent practicable under the circumstances; provided, further, that the Service Standard shall continue to apply to such Service following any Change. If a Change is required by applicable Law or is in response to a threatened Security Incident, a Provider may make any and all changes to the Service necessary to comply with applicable Law and any changes thereto or to respond to such threatened Security Incident in a manner consistent with responses made by a Provider on its own behalf or in respect of their Affiliates; provided that the Provider shall provide the

 

6


Recipient such reasonable advance written notice of the implementation of any such Change as may be practicable under the circumstances; and (ii) with reasonable advance written notice to the Recipient, temporarily suspend the provision of a Service as necessary to conduct Systems maintenance or patching without such suspension constituting a breach of the Service Standard.

(d) A Provider need not provide any Service if it is not permitted to do so by applicable Law. To the extent that any Service is not permitted pursuant to applicable Law, the Parties will cooperate in good faith to enter into arrangements reasonably acceptable to each of the Parties under which the Recipient would obtain the benefit of such Service to the same extent (or as nearly as practicable) as if such Service were permitted by applicable Law.

Section 3.2 Policies. Each Party shall, and shall cause any of its Affiliates or third parties providing or receiving Services (as the case may be) to, follow the reasonable policies, procedures and practices of the other Party and its Affiliates applicable to the Services that are known or made known to such Party. A failure of a Recipient to act in accordance with this Section 3.2 that prevents a Provider from providing a Service hereunder shall, upon reasonable advance written notice to the Recipient (where practicable), relieves the Provider of its obligations under the Service until such time as the failure has been cured.

Section 3.3 Service Coordinators and Dispute Resolution.

(a) RGHI and the Company shall each nominate a representative to act as the primary contact person with respect to the performance of the Services (each, a “Service Coordinator”). Unless otherwise agreed upon by the Parties, the Parties shall direct all initial communications relating to this Agreement and the Services to the Service Coordinators. The initial Service Coordinators for RGHI and the Company, including their contact information, are set forth on Exhibit C. Either Party may replace its Service Coordinator at any time by providing notice and contact information for the newly designated Service Coordinator in accordance with Section 10.5. The Service Coordinators shall oversee the implementation and ongoing operation of this Agreement. The Parties shall ensure that their respective Service Coordinators shall meet in person or telephonically at such times as are reasonably requested by RGHI or the Company to review and discuss the status of, and any issues arising in connection with, the Services or this Agreement.

(b) In the event a dispute arises between the Parties under this Agreement, telephonic negotiations shall be conducted between the Parties’ respective Service Coordinators within ten (10) days following a written request from any Party (“Dispute Negotiations”). If the Service Coordinators are unable to resolve the dispute within ten (10) days after the Parties have commenced Dispute Negotiations, then either RGHI or the Company, by written request to the other Party, may request that such dispute be referred for resolution to the respective presidents (or similar position) of the divisions implicated by the matter for the Parties, or more senior executive of a Party if such Party so designates, which presidents (or other executives) will have fifteen (15) days to resolve such dispute. If the presidents of the relevant divisions (or other executives) for each Party do not agree to a resolution of such dispute within fifteen (15) days after the reference of the matter to them, or if the dispute is not otherwise resolved in a friendly manner as set forth in this Section 3.3, then any unresolved dispute may be resolved pursuant to Section 10.8.

 

7


Section 3.4 Limitation of Services Provided. Except to the extent required to meet the Service Standards, in providing the Services, the Parties are not obligated to: (i) hire any additional employees; (ii) maintain the employment of any specific employee; (iii) purchase, lease or license any additional equipment or software; or (iv) make any capital investment to provide or continue providing the Services. The Parties have no responsibility to verify the correctness of any information given to them on behalf of the other Party for the purposes of providing the Services.

Section 3.5 Third Party Licenses and Consents. The Parties will cooperate and assist each other, and use commercially reasonable efforts, to obtain, or direct its Affiliates to obtain, any third party consents required under the terms of any agreement between a Party or any of its Affiliates, on the one hand, and a third party, on the other hand, in order for a Party or its Affiliates to provide the Services during the Term. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the provision of any Service as contemplated by this Agreement requires the consent, license or approval of any third party not previously obtained, the Parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts, to obtain as promptly as possible after the Commencement Date, any third party consents, permits, licenses and approvals required under the terms of any third party agreement in order for the Provider to provide the Services hereunder. The cost of obtaining any consent, permit, license or approval with respect to any Service shall be borne by the Recipient of the relevant Services. If any such consent, permit, license or approval is not obtained, the Parties will cooperate in good faith to enter into reasonably acceptable arrangements under which the Recipient would obtain the benefit of such Service to the same extent (or as nearly as practicable) as if such consent were obtained (at the Recipient’s cost), and each Party will continue to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any such required consent or amendment. The Parties acknowledge that it may not be practical to try to anticipate and identify every possible legal, regulatory, and logistical impediment to the provision of Services hereunder. Accordingly, each Party will promptly notify the other Party if it reasonably determines that there is a legal, regulatory, or logistical impediment to the provision of any Service, and the Parties shall each use commercially reasonable efforts to overcome such impediments so that the Services may be provided otherwise in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. All computer systems or software (“Systems”), data, facilities and other resources owned by a Party, its Affiliates or third parties used in connection with the provision or receipt of the Services, as applicable, shall remain the property of such Party, its Affiliates or third parties.

ARTICLE IV

SECURITY; SYSTEMS

Section 4.1 Security Breaches. If any Party discovers (a) any material breach of the Security Regulations or of the systems used to provide the Services or (b) any breach or threatened breach of the Security Regulations that involves or may reasonably be expected to involve unauthorized access, disclosure or use of the other Party’s or its Affiliates’ Confidential Information (each of (a) and (b), a “Security Incident”), such Party shall, at the cost of the Party responsible for the Security Incident, (i) promptly (both orally, if practicable, and in any event in writing) notify the other Party of the Security Incident and (ii) reasonably cooperate with the other Party (1) to take commercially reasonable measures necessary to control and contain the security

 

8


of such Confidential Information, (2) to remedy any such Security Incident, including using commercially reasonable efforts to identify and address any root causes for such Security Incident, (3) to furnish full details of the Security Incident to the other Party and keep such other Party advised of all material measures taken and other developments with respect to such Security Incident, (4) in any litigation or formal action with third parties or in connection with any regulatory, investigatory or other action of any Governmental Authority and (5) in notifying the other Party’s or its Affiliates’ customers and Personnel and other persons of the Security Incident to the extent reasonably requested by the other Party.

Section 4.2 Systems Security.

(a) If RGHI, the Company, their Affiliates or their respective Personnel receive access to any of RGHI’s, the Company’s, or their respective Affiliates’, as applicable, Systems in connection with the Services, the accessing Party or its Personnel, as the case may be, shall comply with all of such other Party’s and its Affiliates’ reasonable Security Regulations known to such accessing Party or its Personnel or made known to such accessing Party or its Personnel in writing, and will not tamper with, compromise or circumvent any security, Security Regulations or audit measures employed by such other Party or its relevant Affiliate.

(b) Each Party shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, as required by applicable Law, (i) ensure that only those of its Personnel who are specifically authorized to have access to the Systems of the other Party or its Affiliates gain such access and (ii) prevent unauthorized access, use, destruction, alteration or loss of information contained therein, including by notifying its Personnel regarding the restrictions set forth in this Agreement and establishing appropriate policies designed to effectively enforce such restrictions.

(c) Each Party shall, and shall cause their respective Affiliates to, access and use only those Systems of the other Party and its Affiliates, and only such data and information within such Systems, to which they have been granted the right to access and use. Any Party and its Affiliates shall have the right to deny the Personnel of the other Party or its Affiliates access to such first Party’s or its Affiliates’ Systems, after prior written notice and consultation with the other Party, in the event the Party reasonably believes that such Personnel pose a security concern.

Section 4.3 Viruses. The Provider and the Recipient shall each use its commercially reasonable efforts consistent with its past practices to prevent the introduction or coding of viruses or similar items into the Systems of the other Party. Without limiting the rights and remedies of any Party hereunder, in the event a virus or similar item is introduced into the Systems of a Party, whether or not such introduction is attributable to the other Party (including such other Party’s failure to perform its obligations under this Agreement), the other Party shall, as soon as practicable, use its commercially reasonable efforts to assist such Party in reducing the effects of the virus or similar item, and if the virus or similar item causes a loss of operational efficiency or loss of data, upon such Party’s request, work as soon as practicable to contain and remedy the problem and to restore lost data resulting from the introduction of such virus or similar item.

 

9


Section 4.4 Providers’ Software. Except as authorized by this Agreement or by the Provider’s express written consent, the Recipient shall not, and shall cause its Affiliates not to, copy, modify, reverse engineer, decompile or in any way alter any software of the Provider or any of its Affiliates.

Section 4.5 System Upgrades. No Provider shall be required to purchase, upgrade, enhance or otherwise modify any Systems used by any Recipient as of the date hereof in connection with the business of any Party, or to provide any support or maintenance services for any Systems that have been upgraded, enhanced or otherwise modified from the Systems that are used in connection with the business of any Party as of the date hereof.

ARTICLE V

FEES

Section 5.1 Fees. The Recipient shall pay the Provider (i) the fee for each Service set forth on Exhibit A or Exhibit B, (ii) the Providers’ and their Affiliates’ reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred in providing the Services, including the third-party fees and expenses that are charged to the Recipient or their Affiliates in connection with provision of the Services (including any fees and expenses charged by subcontractors permitted to provide the Services under Section 2.2) but excluding payments made to employees of the Provider or any of their Affiliates pursuant to Section 5.2, and (iii) any other fees as agreed to by the Parties in writing (collectively, the “Fees”).

Section 5.2 Responsibility for Wages and Fees. Any employees of the Provider or any of their Affiliates providing Services to the Recipient under this Agreement will remain employees of the Provider or such Affiliate and shall not be deemed to be employees of the Recipient for any purpose. The Provider or such Affiliate shall be solely responsible for the payment and provision of all wages, bonuses and commissions, employee benefits, including severance and worker’s compensation, and the withholding and payment of applicable Taxes relating to such employment.

Section 5.3 Invoices. The Provider shall submit or cause to be submitted to the Recipient in writing, within 15 days after the end of each month, an invoice setting forth the Fees for the Services provided to the Recipient during such month in reasonable detail, as applicable, due under such invoice.

Section 5.4 Payment. The Recipient shall pay, or cause to be paid, the Fees shown on an invoice no later than the last business day of the month the Recipient received such invoice unless disputed in accordance with Section 5.7. Any amount not received from the invoiced Party within such period shall bear interest at the Applicable Rate, from and including the last date of such period to, but excluding, the date of payment.

Section 5.5 Sales Tax, Etc. The Provider shall be entitled to invoice and collect from the Recipient any additional amounts required for state, local and foreign sales Tax, value added Tax, goods and services Tax or similar Tax with respect to the provision of the Services hereunder, as applicable (“Sale and Services Taxes”). Notwithstanding the previous sentence, if the Recipient is exempt from liability for such Sale and Services Taxes, it shall provide the Provider with a certificate (or other proof) evidencing an exemption from liability for such Sale and Services Taxes.

 

10


The Provider shall be responsible for any losses (including any deficiency, interest and penalties) imposed as a result of a failure to timely remit such Sale and Services Taxes to the applicable tax authority to the extent the Recipient timely remits such Sale and Services Taxes to the Provider or the Provider’s failure to do so results from the Provider’s failure to timely charge or invoice such Sale and Services Taxes. The Recipient shall be entitled to any refund of any such Sale and Services Taxes paid in excess of liability as determined at a later date. The Provider shall promptly notify the Recipient of any deficiency claim or similar notice by a tax authority with respect to Sale and Services Taxes payable hereunder, and of any pending audit or other proceeding that could lead to the imposition of Sales and Services Taxes payable hereunder.

Section 5.6 No Offset. The Recipient shall not withhold any payments due under this Agreement in order to offset payments due (or to become due) to the Recipient pursuant to this Agreement unless such withholding is mutually agreed to by the Parties in writing or is provided for in the final ruling of a court. Any required adjustment to payments due hereunder will be made as a subsequent invoice.

Section 5.7 Invoice Disputes. In the event of an invoice dispute, the disputing Party shall deliver a written statement to the other Party no later than the date payment is due on the disputed invoice listing all disputed items and providing a reasonably detailed description of each disputed item. Amounts not so disputed shall be deemed accepted and shall be paid, notwithstanding disputes on other items, within the period set forth in Section 5.4. The Parties shall seek to resolve all such disputes expeditiously and in good faith. The Provider shall continue performing the Services in accordance with this Agreement pending resolution of any dispute.

Section 5.8 Audit. At the request of the Recipient, the Provider shall provide to the Recipient and its Affiliates reasonable access to the Provider’s applicable Personnel and records with respect to the amount charged in connection with any Service so that the Recipient may confirm that the pass through costs incurred by the Provider or, to the extent such Service is provided on an hourly basis, information related to hours worked in connection with such Service, are commensurate with the amount charged to the Recipient for such Service. In the event that the Recipient believes that the amount charged to the Recipient materially exceeds the pass through costs actually incurred by the Provider or hours charged in connection with such Service, the Parties shall review such matter in good faith.

ARTICLE VI

TERM AND TERMINATION

Section 6.1 Term of Services. With respect to each of the Services, the term thereof will be for a period commencing as of the date hereof, unless a different date is specified as the commencement date for any applicable Service on Exhibit A or Exhibit B (either, a “Commencement Date”), and shall continue until 24 months following the Commencement Date unless (i) such other date as is specified as the termination date for any applicable Service in this Agreement or on Exhibit A or Exhibit B, as applicable (the “Term”) or (ii) earlier terminated pursuant to this Agreement (a “Termination Date”).

 

11


Section 6.2 Termination of Services. Except as agreed by the Parties in writing or as otherwise stated in the Exhibits, the Company may terminate for convenience any Transition Service, and RGHI may terminate for convenience any Reverse Transition Service, upon 30 days’ prior written notice of such termination; provided, (a) that, with respect to the Services described in Section G1.1 and Section G1.2 of Exhibit A, unless otherwise indicated therein, those Services may not be terminated independently except in accordance with an agreed Migration Plan and, (b) any unamortized costs associated with a Provider’s purchase of any license or other costs incurred specifically for the purpose of providing the Services hereunder will be passed through to the Terminating Party. Upon termination of any Service pursuant to this Section 6.2, the Terminating Party’s obligation to pay for such Service will cease except any sums accrued or due as of the date of such early termination for Services rendered (which shall include (i) any amounts contemplated by 6.2(b), plus (ii) a pro rata portion of any fees applicable to the current period in which such Services are being performed if the applicable fee is determined on a period by period basis as set forth on Exhibit A or Exhibit B, as applicable). The provisions of this Section 6.2 shall apply mutatis mutandis with respect to any assignment of this Agreement subject to Section 10.10(b) and the Parties will negotiate in good faith regarding fee allocations and, if necessary, early termination or partial termination of any Services.

Section 6.3 Termination of Agreement. This Agreement shall terminate when the Termination Date has occurred for all Services. In addition, this Agreement may be terminated by either Party (the “Terminating Party”) upon written notice to the other Party (which notice, in case of material breach, shall specify the basis for such claim for breach), if:

(a) the other Party or its Affiliates materially breaches this Agreement and such breach is not cured, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Terminating Party, within thirty (30) days of written notice thereof, it being understood that a good-faith dispute over an invoice or Service shall not constitute a material breach of this Agreement; or

(b) the other Party files for bankruptcy or similar proceeding, is the subject of an involuntary filing for bankruptcy or similar proceeding (not dismissed within sixty (60) days), makes a general assignment of all or substantially all of its assets for the benefit of creditors, becomes or is declared insolvent, becomes the subject of any proceedings (not dismissed within sixty (60) days) related to its liquidation, insolvency, bankruptcy or the appointment of a trustee or a receiver, takes any corporate action for its winding up or dissolution, or a court approves reorganization proceedings on such Party.

Section 6.4 Effect of Termination. Upon any termination or expiration of this Agreement or any Service provided hereunder:

(a) each Party shall, and shall cause its applicable Affiliates to, as soon as practicable, return to the other Party any equipment, books, records, files and other property, not including current or archived copies of computer files, of the other Party, its applicable Affiliates and their respective third-party service providers, that is in the Party’s or its Affiliates’ possession or control (and, in case of termination of one or more specific Services, only the equipment, books, records, files and other property, not including current or archived copies of computer files, that are used in connection with the provision or receipt solely of such Services and of no other Services); and

 

12


(b) the intellectual property license granted by Section 8.2 shall terminate; provided, however, that in the case of termination of a specific Service, such license shall terminate only to the extent such license was necessary for the provision or receipt of such Service and is not necessary for any other Service that has not yet terminated.

Section 6.5 Survival. The following Articles and Sections shall survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement, including the rights and obligations of each Party thereunder: Article I; Article V; this Article VI; Article VII; Article VIII; Article IX; and Article X.

ARTICLE VII

BOOKS AND RECORDS

Section 7.1 TSA Books and Records.

(a) The Parties shall, and shall cause each of their respective Affiliates to, take reasonable steps to maintain books and records of all material transactions pertaining to, and all data used by it, in the performance of the Services (the “TSA Records”). The TSA Records shall be maintained (a) in a format substantially similar to the format such books and records are maintained as of the date hereof, (b) in accordance with any and all applicable Laws and (c) in accordance with the maintaining Party’s business record retention policies.

(b) Each Party shall make the TSA Records it maintains available to the other Party and its Affiliates and their respective auditors or other representatives, and in any event to any Governmental Authority, during normal business hours on reasonable prior notice (it being understood that TSA Records that are not stored on a Party’s regular business premises will require additional time to retrieve), for review, inspection, examination and, at the reviewing Party’s reasonable expense, reproduction. Access to such TSA Records shall be exercised by a Party and its Affiliates and their authorized representatives in a manner that shall not interfere unreasonably with the normal operations of the Party maintaining the TSA Records. In connection with such review of TSA Records, and upon reasonable prior notice, a reviewing Party and its Affiliates shall have the right to discuss matters relating to the TSA Records with the employees of the Party or its Affiliates who are maintaining the relevant TSA Records and providing the Services, as applicable, during regular business hours and without undue disruption of the normal operations of such maintaining and providing Party or its Affiliates. Neither Party shall have access to any TSA Records, and neither Party shall be required to provide access or disclose information, when such access or disclosure would jeopardize any attorney-client privilege or violate any applicable Law (provided that such party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide such access or share such information in a manner that would not jeopardize any such privilege or violate any such Law). Each Party’s rights under this Section 7.1(b) shall continue for so long as TSA Records are required to be maintained by the other Party under Section 7.1(a).

 

13


Section 7.2 Access to Information; Books and Records.

(a) On and after the Commencement Date, RGHI shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, until the 7th anniversary of the Commencement Date, afford to GPC and its employees and authorized representatives during normal business hours reasonable access to its books of account, financial and other records (including accountant’s work papers), information, employees and auditors at the Company’s expense to the extent necessary or useful for the Company in connection with any audit, investigation, or dispute or Litigation (other than any Litigation involving a dispute between the Parties) or any other reasonable business purpose relating to the Business; provided that any such access by GPC shall not unreasonably interfere with the conduct of the business of RGHI and its Affiliates.

(b) On and after the Commencement Date, GPC shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, until the 7th anniversary of the Commencement Date (i) afford to RGHI and its employees and authorized representatives during normal business hours reasonable access to GPC’s employees and auditors, (ii) retain all books of accounts, financial and other records (including accountant’s work papers), and other information and documents pertaining to the Business in existence on the Commencement Date, and (iii) make available for inspection and copying by RGHI (at RGHI’s expense) during normal business hours, in each case so as not to unreasonably interfere with the conduct of the Business, such information (A) as may be required by any Governmental Authority, including pursuant to any applicable Law or regulatory request or to prepare or file any Tax related documentation, (B) as may be necessary for RGHI or its Affiliates in connection with their ongoing financial reporting, accounting or other purpose related to RGHI and the Company’s affiliation immediately prior to the Commencement Date, or (C) as may be necessary for RGHI or its Affiliates to perform their respective obligations pursuant to this Agreement or in connection with any Litigation (other than any Litigation involving a dispute between the parties), in each case subject to compliance with all applicable privacy Laws.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 7.2, the Party granting access under Section 7.2(a) or Section 7.2(b) may withhold any document (or portions thereof) or information (i) that is subject to the terms of a non-disclosure agreement with a third party (provided that such party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to share such information in a manner that would not violate any such obligation), (ii) that may constitute privileged attorney-client communications or attorney work product and the transfer of which, or the provision of access to which, as reasonably determined by such Party’s counsel, constitutes a waiver of any such privilege (provided that such party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to share such information in a manner that would not jeopardize any such privilege), or (iii) if the provision of access to such document (or portion thereof) or information, as determined by such Party’s counsel, would reasonably be expected to conflict with applicable Laws.

Section 7.3 Non-Disclosure Agreements. To the extent that any third-party proprietor of information or software to be disclosed or made available to a Recipient in connection with performance of the Services requires a specific form of non-disclosure agreement as a condition of such third party’s consent to use the same for the benefit of the Recipient or to permit the Recipient access to such information or software, each Party shall, or shall cause its relevant Affiliate to, as a condition to the receipt of such portion of the Services, execute (and shall cause its Personnel to execute, if reasonably required) any such form.

 

14


Section 7.4 Confidential Information.

(a) Each Party agrees to take the necessary steps to protect any Confidential Information of the other Party with at least the same degree of care that the receiving Party uses to protect its own confidential or proprietary information of like kind, but not less than reasonable care. Neither Party shall use the other Party’s Confidential Information other than to perform Services pursuant to this Agreement or pursuant to Section 7.2 herein. The obligation of confidentiality hereunder shall not apply to information that (i) was already in the possession of the receiving Party without restriction on its use or disclosure prior to the receipt of the information from the disclosing Party, (ii) is or becomes available to the general public through no act or fault of the receiving Party, (iii) is rightfully disclosed to the receiving Party by a third party without restriction on its use or disclosure, (iv) is independently developed by employees and/or consultants of the receiving Party who have not had access to the disclosing Party’s Confidential Information, (v) is disclosed to the receiving Party after the receiving Party properly gave notice to the disclosing Party that the receiving Party no longer desired to receive any additional Confidential Information from the disclosing Party, or (vi) is required to be disclosed pursuant to judicial or governmental decree or order, provided that the disclosing Party is, where permitted, given prompt written notice of and the opportunity to defend against disclosure pursuant to such decree or order.

(b) Upon any termination or expiration of this Agreement, at the written request of the other Party, each Party shall, and shall cause any of its Affiliates or third-party vendors used in connection with the provision or receipt of the Services to, deliver to the other Party (i) all records and data (including backup tapes, records and related information) received, computed, developed, processed and stored by it hereunder in a readable format reasonably acceptable to the other Party, and (ii) all other Confidential Information of such other Party, but excluding, in each case, (1) any information stored electronically in a back-up file pursuant to the receiving Party’s customary electronic back-up practices which may be retained by such Party solely for archival purposes and subject to the continuing confidentiality obligations set forth herein, and (2) any information obtained pursuant to Section 7.2 herein; provided that, in lieu of delivering all of the foregoing to the other Party, the relevant delivering Party may confirm in writing that it has destroyed, or has caused RGHI or the Company, as the case may be, to destroy, all of the foregoing.

ARTICLE VIII

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

Section 8.1 Ownership of Intellectual Property. Any intellectual property owned by a Party, its Affiliates or third-party vendors and used in connection with the provision or receipt of the Services, as applicable, shall remain the property of such Party, its Affiliates, or third-party vendors.

 

15


Section 8.2 License. Each Party grants, and shall cause its Affiliates to grant, to the other Party and its Affiliates, a royalty-free, non-exclusive, non-transferable, worldwide license, during the Term, to use the intellectual property owned by such Party or its Affiliates (but excluding any trademarks) only to the extent necessary for the other Party and its Affiliates to provide or receive the Services, as applicable. Other than the license granted to a Party and its Affiliates pursuant to the preceding sentence, neither Party nor its Affiliates shall have any right, title or interest in the intellectual property owned by the other Party or its Affiliates.

ARTICLE IX

REMEDIES

Section 9.1 Indemnification. Subject to the limitations set forth in this Article IX, each Party (the “Indemnifying Party”) agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the other Party and its Affiliates and its and their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, representatives, successors and permitted assigns (collectively, the “Indemnified Parties”) from and against all Losses imposed upon or incurred by an Indemnified Party to the extent arising out of or resulting from the Indemnifying Party’s or its Affiliates’ material breach of this Agreement, except to the extent that such Losses are primarily caused by the Indemnified Party.

Section 9.2 Exclusive Remedy. The indemnities provided for in Section 9.1 shall be the sole and exclusive monetary remedy of the Parties hereto and their Affiliates and their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, representatives, successors and permitted assigns for any breach of or inaccuracy in any representation or warranty or any breach, nonfulfillment or default in the performance of any of the covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement, and the Parties shall not be entitled to a rescission of this Agreement or to any further indemnification rights or claims of any nature whatsoever in respect thereof (including any common law rights of contribution), all of which the Parties hereto hereby waive.

Section 9.3 Disclaimer. EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, (A) NO PARTY MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO THE MATERIALS AND SERVICES, AS APPLICABLE, PROVIDED HEREUNDER, AND ALL SUCH MATERIALS AND SERVICES, AS APPLICABLE, ARE PROVIDED ON AN “AS IS” BASIS AND (B) EACH PARTY DISCLAIMS ANY AND ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, NON-INFRINGEMENT OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

Section 9.4 Limitations.

(a) IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY PARTY BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER PARTY FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, OR LOST PROFITS OR LOST REVENUES THAT THE OTHER PARTY MAY INCUR BY REASON OF ITS HAVING ENTERED INTO OR RELIED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, OR IN CONNECTION WITH ANY OF THE SERVICES PROVIDED HEREUNDER OR THE FAILURE THEREOF, REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF ACTION IN WHICH SUCH DAMAGES ARE ASSERTED, WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE) OR OTHERWISE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF THE SAME OTHER THAN TO THE EXTENT AWARDED IN A THIRD PARTY CLAIM.

 

16


(b) EXCEPT WITH RESPECT TO A MATERIAL BREACH CONSTITUTING WILLFUL MISCONDUCT BY A PROVIDER, REPEAT PERFORMANCE OF A SERVICE BY THE PROVIDER OR REFUND OF THE FEES PAID FOR A SERVICE SHALL BE THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR BREACH OF THE SERVICES STANDARD FOR SUCH SERVICE.

(c) IN NO EVENT SHALL A PARTY’S LIABILITY IN RELATION TO SERVICES PROVIDED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT EXCEED THE FEES PAID TO IT UNDER THIS AGREEMENT FOR THE SPECIFIC SERVICE THAT RESULTED IN THE LOSS.

Section 9.5 Insurance. Each Party shall obtain and maintain, for the Term (i) commercial general liability insurance with a single combined liability limit of at least $5,000,000 per occurrence, (ii) workers compensation/employer’s liability insurance with a liability limit of at least $1,000,000 per occurrence or, if greater, the statutory minimum, and (iii) “all risk” property insurance on a replacement cost basis adequate to cover all assets and business interruption Losses that a Party may suffer in connection with or arising out of this Agreement, subject to policy limits, and in the case of the policies described in clause (i) above, naming the other Party as an additional insured thereunder. Upon request, each Party shall provide the other Party a certificate of insurance as proof of insurance coverage.

ARTICLE X

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 10.1 Force Majeure. In the event that a Party is wholly or partially prevented from, or delayed in, providing one or more Services, or one or more Services are interrupted or suspended, by reason of events beyond their reasonable control, which by their nature were not foreseen, or, if it was foreseen, was not reasonably avoidable, including acts of God, act of Governmental Authority, act of the public enemy or due to fire, explosion, accident, floods, embargoes, epidemics, pandemics, war, acts of terrorism, nuclear disaster, civil unrest or riots, civil commotion, insurrection, severe or adverse weather conditions, lack of or shortage of adequate electrical power, malfunctions of equipment or software (each, a “Force Majeure Event”), such Party shall promptly give notice of any such Force Majeure Event to the other Party and shall indicate in such notice the effect of such event on their ability to perform hereunder and the anticipated duration of such event. The Party whose performance is affected by the Force Majeure Event shall not be obligated to deliver or cause to be delivered the affected Services during such period, and the applicable Party shall not be obligated to pay during such period for any affected Services not delivered. During the duration of a Force Majeure Event, the Party whose performance is affected by the Force Majeure Event shall, and shall cause their relevant Affiliates to, minimize to the extent practicable the effect of the Force Majeure Event on their obligations hereunder and use commercially reasonable efforts to avoid or remove such Force Majeure Event and to resume delivery of the affected Services with the least delay practicable.

 

17


Section 10.2 Authority. A Provider shall not be permitted to bind a Recipient or any of its Affiliates or enter into any agreements (oral or written), contracts, leases, licenses or other documents (including the signing of checks, notes, bills of exchange or any other document, or accessing any funds from any bank accounts of a Recipient or any of its Affiliates) on behalf of a Recipient or any of its Affiliates except with the express prior written consent of the Recipient, which consent may be given from time to time as the need arises and for such limited purposes as expressed therein.

Section 10.3 Specific Performance. The Parties shall be entitled to seek an injunction to prevent actual or threatened breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement, this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing contained herein shall prevent a Party from seeking damages (to the extent permitted herein) in the event that specific performance is not available.

Section 10.4 Status of Parties. This Agreement is not intended to create, nor will it be deemed or construed to create, any relationship between the RGHL Group, on the one hand, and the GPC Group, on the other hand, other than that of independent entities contracting with each other solely for the purpose of effecting the provisions of this Agreement. Neither the RGHL Group, on the one hand, nor the GPC Group, on the other hand, shall be construed to be the agent of the other.

Section 10.5 Notices. All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given by delivery in person, via email (followed by overnight courier), or by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) to the other Party hereto as follows:

if to the Company,

Graham Packaging Company Inc.

700 Indian Springs Drive, Suite 100,

Lancaster PA 17601-1266,

Attention: Tracee Auld

Email: tracee.reeves@grahampackaging.com

if to RGHI,

Reynolds Group Holdings Inc.

1900 W. Field Court

Lake Forest, IL 60045

Attention: Joseph Doyle

Email: joseph.doyle@rankna.com

 

18


or such other address or email as such Party may hereafter specify for the purpose by notice to the other Party hereto. All such notices, requests and other communications shall be deemed received on the date of receipt by the recipient thereof if received prior to 5:00 p.m. on a Business Day in the place of receipt. Otherwise, any such notice, request or communication shall be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day in the place of receipt. Notwithstanding the foregoing, normal business communications with respect to the Services may be given by the Parties by whatever means are usual and appropriate for such types of communications.

Section 10.6 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including all Exhibits, constitute the sole and entire agreement and supersede all prior agreements, understandings and representations, both written and oral, between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

Section 10.7 Waivers and Amendments; Non-Contractual Remedies; Preservation of Remedies. No amendment, modification or discharge of this Agreement, and no waiver hereunder, shall be valid or binding unless set forth in writing and duly executed by the Party against whom enforcement of the amendment, modification, discharge or waiver is sought. Any such waiver shall constitute a waiver only with respect to the specific matter described in such writing and shall in no way impair the rights of the Party granting such waiver in any other respect or at any other time. Neither the waiver by any of the Parties hereto of a breach of or a default under any of the provisions of this Agreement, nor the failure by any of the Parties, on one or more occasions, to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement or to exercise any right or privilege hereunder, shall be construed as a waiver of any other breach or default of a similar nature, or as a waiver of any of such provisions, rights or privileges hereunder. The rights and remedies herein provided are cumulative and none is exclusive of any other, or of any rights or remedies that any Party may otherwise have at law or in equity.

Section 10.8 Governing Law, etc.

(a) This Agreement shall be governed in all respects, including as to validity, interpretation and effect, by the Laws of the State of Illinois, without giving effect to its principles or rules of conflict of laws, to the extent such principles or rules are not mandatorily applicable by statute and would permit or require the application of the Laws of another jurisdiction. Each of the Parties hereto submits to the jurisdiction of any state or federal court sitting in Lake County, Illinois, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, agrees to bring all claims under any theory of liability in respect of such action or proceeding exclusively in any such court and agrees not to bring any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement in any other court. Each of the Parties hereto waives any defense of inconvenient forum to the maintenance of any action or proceeding so brought and waives any bond, surety or other security that might be required of any other party with respect thereto. Each Party hereto agrees that service of summons and complaint or any other process that might be served in any action or proceeding may be made on such Party by sending or delivering a copy of the process to the Party to be served at the address of the Party and in the manner provided for the giving of notices in Section 10.5. Nothing in this Section 10.8, however, shall affect the right of any Party to serve legal process in any other manner permitted by Law. Each Party hereto agrees that a final, non-appealable judgment in any action or proceeding so brought shall be conclusive and may be enforced by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by Law.

 

19


(b) The Parties each hereby waive, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, any right to trial by jury of any claim, demand, action, or cause of action (i) arising under this Agreement or (ii) in any way connected with or related or incidental to the dealings of the Parties hereto in respect of this Agreement or any of the transactions related hereto, in each case whether now existing or hereafter arising, and whether in contract, tort, equity, or otherwise. The Parties to this Agreement each hereby agree and consent that any such claim, demand, action, or cause of action shall be decided by court trial without a jury and that the parties to this Agreement may file an original counterpart of a copy of this Agreement with any court as written evidence of the consent of the Parties hereto to the waiver of their right to trial by jury.

Section 10.9 Further Assurances. Each Party covenants and agrees that, without any additional consideration, it shall execute and deliver, or shall cause its Affiliates to execute and deliver, such documents and other papers and shall take, or shall cause its Affiliates to take, such further actions as may be reasonably required to carry out the provisions of this Agreement and give effect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Section 10.10 Assignment. No Party may assign this Agreement, or any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement (whether by operation of Law or otherwise), without the prior written consent of the other Party; provided, that notwithstanding the foregoing, any Party may assign any or all of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the consent of the other Party to: (a) its Affiliates, (b) a purchaser of: (i) one or more of its Affiliates that is a Provider or Recipient under this Agreement; (ii) all or substantially all of the business or assets of one or more of its Affiliates that is a Provider or Recipient under this Agreement; or (iii) all or substantially all of such Party’s business or assets, or (c) its financing sources solely for collateral purposes, in each case so long as the assignee agrees to be bound by the terms of this Agreement. Any permitted assignment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective heirs, successors and permitted assigns. Any attempted assignment of this Agreement, or the rights or obligations herein, not in accordance with the terms of this Section 10.10 shall be void. If an RGHI Affiliate Provider is no longer affiliated with RGHI due to the sale of all or substantially all of the business or assets of such Affiliate to a third party, RGHI shall cause such Affiliate to agree to continue providing the Services that it is providing at the time of such transaction consistent with the terms of this Agreement for the remaining Term.

Section 10.11 Multi-party Contracts. The Company and RGHI will use all commercially reasonable efforts to obtain within 24 months following the Commencement Date, from the counterparty to each Multi-party Contract any needed consent to separate the portion of such contract that relates to the goods or services purchased from or supplied to the Business under such Multi-party Contract (including but not limited to assignment or partial assignment of such contracts to the Company or RGHI or its Affiliates) except for those Multi-party Contracts the Parties agree no action is required. The contract constituting the separated portion of any Multi-party Contract that relates to the Business as described in the preceding sentence shall be assumed by and become the responsibility of the Company. Each Party making purchases or receiving services under any Multi-party Contract shall indemnify and hold harmless the other Party and its Affiliates for any claims, damages, etc. arising out of such purchases or receipt of services.

 

20


Section 10.12 Severability. If any term or other provision of this Agreement is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, all other provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any Party. Upon any such determination, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the Parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

Section 10.13 Interpretation.

(a) The Parties acknowledge and agree that, except as specifically provided herein, they may pursue judicial remedies at law or equity in the event of a dispute with respect to the interpretation or construction of this Agreement.

(b) This Agreement shall be interpreted and enforced in accordance with the provisions hereof without the aid of any canon, custom or rule of law requiring or suggesting constitution against the Party causing the drafting of the provision in question.

Section 10.14 No Third-Party Beneficiaries. Other than the rights granted to the Indemnified Parties under Section 9.1, nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any person, other than the Parties hereto, their successors and permitted novates, transferees and assigns, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision contained herein.

Section 10.15 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement via email shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart to this Agreement.

Section 10.16 Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

Section 10.17 Order of Precedence. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of any Exhibit and the other provisions of this Agreement, the other provisions of this Agreement shall govern, except to the extent that the relevant provision of the Exhibit expressly identifies the provision of this Agreement it supersedes and expressly indicates that such provision is being superseded or this Agreement expressly indicates that the Exhibit governs.

[Signature page follows]

 

21


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

Reynolds Group Holdings Inc.
By:  

/s/ Joseph E. Doyle

Name:   Joseph E. Doyle
Title:   Vice President
Graham Packaging Company Inc.
By:  

/s/ Tracee Auld

Name:   Tracee Auld
Title:   Vice President


EXHIBIT A

Transition Services

Section G1: IT Services1

 

    

Service Name

  

Description of Service

  

Term

  

Fee (USD)

G1.1    IT Service Category: Major Applications – Hosting and Infrastructure Support
   Hosting – shared and dedicated environments   

Provision of hosting services at RGHI’s data center for shared hardware and hardware dedicated to GPC’s systems. Services include:

 

•  Access to and use of the noted applications groups

 

•  Disaster Recovery

 

•  Administration

 

•  Security management

 

•  Backup/restore management

 

Service also includes provision of equivalent access to this set of GPC applications in alternative data center(s) upon migration to GPC’s new operating environment(s), and/or equivalent services from alternative providers, managed under this Agreement by RGHI.

  

All services in group 24 months from the Commencement Date

 

Termination can only be as per an agreed Migration Plan

  
G1.1.1    Autosys    Job Scheduling and Monitoring System.       $4,082 per month
G1.1.2    Citrix/Virtual Desktops    VDI environment for remote application routing and access.       $2,252 per month
G1.1.3    Collaboration – Email, Instant Messaging & Teams    MS Exchange email Service, Outlook integration, MS Teams, and Skype for Business Instant Messaging/Collaboration, Power BI. #Tenant Management       $21,467 per month
G1.1.4    CRM    GPC’s instance of the MS Dynamics Customer Relationship Management System.       $2,649 per month

 

1 

Where reference is made to RGHI’s data center, this means either (1) the Lincolnshire facility at 605 Heathrow Drive, (2) the Lake Forest backup data center at 1900 West Field Court, or (3) the Cloud Service provider selected to house certain infrastructure operations from time to time during the Term and migration.

 

A-2


    

Service Name

  

Description of Service

  

Term

  

Fee (USD)

G1.1.5    Hyperion/HFM    Hyperion Financial Management system for consolidation and reporting.       $1,633 per month
G1.1.6    RightFax    Electronic fax messaging system.       $3,104 per month
G1.1.7    RPA/AA    Automation Anywhere ecosystem for Robotic Process Automation.       $5,059 per month
G1.1.8    SharePoint    MS SharePoint environment for collaboration, file-sharing and intranet delivery.       $5,682 per month
G1.1.9    SAP Hosting    SAP, MII, EWM, Ariba, BW       $22,963 per month
G1.2    IT Service Category: Support Services
   General support services   

Overall services associated with delivery of general support from RGHI to GPC, including components such as:

 

•  Administration of vendors

 

•  Procurement

 

•  Network management

 

•  Infrastructure administration and management

  

All services in group 24 months from the Commencement Date

 

Termination can only be as per an agreed Migration Plan

  
G1.2.1    Desktop & Site Management    Centralized management services for facility environments: patching, backup, package delivery, imaging, RF/Mobile device support.       $16,885 per month
G1.2.2    Field Site Support Services    Management of provisioning of local site network and desktop environment field support services, including management of the PC assets, entailing upgrades, replacements and obsolescence, desktop imaging, technical support of the local site network and local desktop and server environment.       $15,549 per month
G1.2.3    IT Security Provisioning    Management of security provisioning for all applications and access, including SSO and AD.       $4,082 per month

 

A-3


    

Service Name

  

Description of Service

  

Term

  

Fee (USD)

G1.2.4    IT Service Desk and Incident Management Services    Provision of IT service desk and incident management services, including: the issue of tickets; ticket-logging; assignment of incident for serving; follow-up; escalation; communication to user; ticket resolution; user survey and ticket closure; and associated services. The cost of the EasyVista helpdesk tool in included in this service.       $36,195 per month
G1.2.5    LAN & WAN Management    Provisioning, monitoring, troubleshooting and administration of long distance and local network facilities, including AT&T (and other) MPLS, DMVPN, Routers and Switches, VOIP, and Wi-Fi APs.       $22,092 per month
G1.2.6    Governance    Overall management of services delivered under this Agreement.       $18,713 per month
G1.2.7    SQL Management    Management of environments for miscellaneous MS SQL databases/systems.       $12,245 per month
G1.2.8    Base Infrastructure    All management and administration of core datacenter environments in support of all centralized applications and utility delivery, including all services associated with the Lincolnshire Data Center, Cloud Hosting environments, third party administration and support services.       $51,248 per month
G1.3    IT Service Category: General Pass-thru / Variable Costs
   Variable and Pass-thru costs    Service fees for consumption or license maintenance as levied by vendors to RGHI based on GPC utilization of such services or licenses    All services in group 24 months from the Commencement Date   
G1.3.1    WAN Services – Site Network    Vendor (AT&T and other) costs for usage of MPLS and ISP services.       Fee covered under IT License Usage Agreement

 

A-4


    

Service Name

  

Description of Service

  

Term

  

Fee (USD)

G1.3.2    Voice and Cellular Phone Service    Local, Long Distance, & Mobile usage costs.       Pass-through of actual third-party costs incurred in providing the service (other than as covered under the IT License Usage Agreement)
G1.3.3    Multi-function device (MFD) Services    Lexmark usage and consumables costs.       Pass-through of actual third-party costs incurred in providing the service
G1.3.4    Hosting – Microsoft    O365 – Microsoft usage       Fee covered under IT License Usage Agreement
G1.3.5    Licensing—Microsoft    Microsoft license maintenance (SA) and subscriptions.       Fee covered under IT License Usage Agreement
G1.3.6    Licensing – SAP    SAP license maintenance – R/3       Fee covered under IT License Usage Agreement
G1.3.7    Licensing—SAP BI/MII    SAP license maintenance – BI (Hana), MII (IFP)       Fee covered under IT License Usage Agreement
G1.3.8    Licensing—Oracle/HFM    Oracle license maintenance for Hyperion Financial Manager.       Fee covered under IT License Usage Agreement

 

A-5


    

Service Name

  

Description of Service

  

Term

  

Fee (USD)

G1.3.9    Licensing – GEP    GE Procurement system license fees.       Pass-through of actual third-party costs incurred in providing the service
G1.3.10    Domain Names    Domain name annual registration fees.       Pass-through of actual third-party costs incurred in providing the service
G1.3.11    IT Procurement – Fees    Hardware/Software/Services procured on behalf of GPC.       Pass-through of actual third-party costs incurred in providing the service
G1.3.12    Licensing – Other    KnowBe4, plus other miscellaneous minor licenses maintenance fees.       Pass-through of actual third-party costs incurred in providing the service
G1.3.13    DD&A    Depreciation & Amortization       Pass-through of actual third-party costs incurred in providing the service

 

A-6


    

Service Name

  

Description of Service

  

Term

  

Fee (USD)

G1.4    IT Service Category: Project Management / IT Consulting
G1.4.1    Discretionary Enhancements   

Any system changes or enhancements to the technical operating environment requested by GPC during the Term require agreement between RGHI and GPC. Provision of this Service is subject to the availability of internal resource within RGHI and agreement between the Parties regarding the scope of the changes/enhancements.

 

Where this Service is used, the rates will be as follows:

 

•  Senior Engineer at $200 / hour

 

•  Junior Engineer at $150 / hour

   All services in group 24 months from the Commencement Date   

Quoted hourly rate with respect to the particular service to be provided

 

Plus the pass-through of actual third-party costs incurred in providing the service

G1.4.2    IT Consulting Services   

Provision of advice, guidance and recommendations on new services, new technical solutions related to applications and infrastructure, etc.

 

Provision of this Service is subject to availability of internal resource within RGHI and agreement between the Parties. Where this Service is used, the rates will be as follows:

 

•  IT Consulting Services at $200 / hour

     

Quoted hourly rate with respect to the particular service to be provided

 

Plus the pass-through of actual third-party costs incurred in providing the service

 

A-7


    

Service Name

  

Description of Service

  

Term

  

Fee (USD)

G1.4.3    Project Management Services   

Provision of Project Management services to deliver projects agreed between RGHI and GPC.

 

Provision of this Service is subject to availability of internal resource within RGHI and agreement between the Parties. Where this Service is used, the rates will be as follows:

 

•  Project Manager at $150 / hour

 

•  Senior Project Manager at $200 / hour

 

Any costs for engaging external resources will be passed through to GPC.

     

Quoted hourly rate with respect to the particular service to be provided

 

Plus the pass-through of actual third-party costs incurred in providing the service

G1.4.4    Migration Services   

Project services to manage and execute the extraction of IT operations from the RLS managed environment(s) and enable GPC to exit this TSA, as defined in the TSA Migration Services in Section 2.1.(c).

 

For the avoidance of doubt, this service includes all internal RGHI labor and third-party costs associated with execution of all separation activities, and any license or technology acquisitions required to facilitate the establishment of GPC’s new, stand-alone IT environment and the handover of same to GPC for future management.

 

This Service cannot be terminated until such time as separation has concluded to the satisfaction of RGHI and GPC.

 

Where this Service is used, the rates will be as follows:

 

•  Senior Engineer at $200 / hour

 

•  Junior Engineer at $150 / hour

     

Quoted hourly rate with respect to the particular service to be provided

 

Plus the pass-through of actual third-party costs incurred in providing the service

 

A-8


Section G2: HR Services

 

    

Service Name

  

Description of Service

  

Term

  

Fee (USD)

G2.1    Health and Welfare Benefits Services   

In order for RGHI to provide health and welfare benefits services to GPC, GPC must maintain or replicate, adopt, and become the plan sponsor for the same plans currently maintained, with current vendors for the following:

 

•  EAP (US)— ComPsych

 

•  H&W Administration – Empyrean

 

•  Pharmacy – Express Scripts

 

•  Great West (Canada)

 

•  Voya

 

•  VSP

 

•  JDIMI (Canada)

 

RGHI will support vendor changes by providing employee data as needed, attending meetings, and transition vendor relationships to GCP. GPC will be responsible for transition communication, transition projects, and data feeds required in order to provide the health and welfare benefits services.

 

Enrollment and Eligibility Processing: RGHI will provide services to enroll newly hired employees into the health and welfare benefits plans outlined above, including processing status changes, during the Term. GPC will process open enrollment for 2021 during the 2020 open enrollment as required. RGHI will transmit eligibility data to carriers during the Term.

 

Tax Filings:

 

Health and Welfare: Except as indicated herein, GPC (or its applicable vendor) will prepare and file government and other tax filings associated with the health and welfare benefits beginning with plan year 2019; provided that the preparation of 2019 tax filings shall be at RGHI’s expense.

 

   December 31, 2020   

$175 per person / per hour

 

Plus pass-through of actual third-party costs incurred in providing the service

 

A-9


    

Service Name

  

Description of Service

  

Term

  

Fee (USD)

     

General Plan and Vendor Administration. RGHI will continue to provide general plan and vendor administration services with regard to Empyrean and COBRA administration as applicable in each country.

 

Other plan year filings (1095 reporting, P-CORI tax filings, etc): GPC will be responsible for filings beginning with the 2019 plan year. RGHI will assist GPC in creating a calendar for such reports and in obtaining the appropriate forms.

 

GPC are responsible for invoices, funding and any other financial transactions with the vendors. RGHI will provide training and support to the key stakeholders on how the processes are handled currently.

 

RGHI will be available to provide transition of support and agreements and provide support for meetings to share information and answer any questions with current vendors regarding current practices, including but not limited to support for separation of H&W plans.

     
G2.2    Payroll Services – Systems and Support   

Provision of payroll services comprising:

 

•  Management of the relationship and contract with ADP

 

•  Ongoing support of interface files with ADP and third-party vendors consistent with current practices, including management and oversight of existing vendor feeds

 

•  Access to ADP so that GPC may undertake:

 

•  Processing salaried and hourly payrolls

 

•  New hire reporting

 

•  Year-end tax reporting and preparation for employees (if applicable)

 

•  Payroll tax return preparation

 

•  Access to HRIS reporting capabilities (where applicable and with existing vendors/feeds)

 

GPC will be responsible for generating their own reports from the payroll systems. RGHI and its Affiliates will not permit the payroll provider to create any additional programmed reports that are not part of the menu of standard reports available to RGHI.

   24 months from the Commencement Date   

$3,445 per month

 

Plus pass-through of actual third-party costs incurred in providing the service

 

A-10


    

Service Name

  

Description of Service

  

Term

  

Fee (USD)

G2.3    Ancillary HR Services   

Provision of ancillary services comprising:

 

•  ADP application and administrative support services

 

•  Continued access to and use of existing applications including:

 

•  SmartRecruiters

 

•  Harvest Compensation/Harvest Performance Management

     

$2,230 per month

Plus pass-through of actual third-party costs incurred in providing the service

 

A-11


Section G3: Financial and Treasury Services

 

    

Service Name

  

Description of Service

  

Term

  

Fee (USD)

G3.1    Financial Services – Technical Accounting   

Provision of support and handover services for technical accounting including:

•  Assistance with accounting guidance in relation to specific transactions (i.e. lease review, casualty loss, customer contract review, restructures, etc.), including research (consistent with past practices) for review by GPC management and auditors

   12 months from the Commencement Date   

$125 per person / per hour

 

Plus pass-through of actual third-party costs incurred in providing the service

G3.2    Financial Services – Lease Administration   

Provision of support and handover services for lease administration including:

 

•  Lease accounting and lease administration services consistent with current practices and procedures, including but not limited to:

 

•  Mass data uploads leveraging ETL templates into Costar system (10+ lease records)

 

•  Upload of discount rates (as prepared by GPC)

 

•  Preparation of monthly and quarterly reports

 

•  System controls in relation to RGHI instance of Costar, backup, exchange rates review, facilitation of user security review, cost center/hierarchy maintenance, etc.

 

•  Assistance with system issue resolution

 

•  Copies of all records, standard reports, and schedules, etc. from the Costar system for purposes of adoption of the lease accounting standard

 

•  Reasonable assistance to GPC in establishing its own instance of Costar

   The earlier of (i) 12 months from the Commencement Date or (ii) the date GPC obtains its own instance of Costar   

$125 per person / per hour

 

$4,000 per month for Costar

 

Plus pass-through of actual third-party costs incurred in providing the service

G3.3    Financial Services – Treasury Administration Handover Services   

Reasonable provision of treasury administration handover services, including:

 

•  Assistance with transition of administration of letters of credit and any other assumed indebtedness

 

•  Models and historical cash management reports/materials

   12 months from the Commencement Date   

$95

per person / per hour

Plus pass-through of actual third-party costs incurred in providing the service

 

A-12


    

Service Name

  

Description of Service

  

Term

  

Fee (USD)

     

•  Assistance with cash settlements, movements related to trade balances, intercompany loans, dividends, cash forecasting, and banking platforms

 

•  Assistance with development of daily cash report preparation processes

 

•  Assistance with development of escheatment reporting and filing processes

 

•  Training on review of bank-generated reports

 

•  Assistance with transition of wire transfer administration (i.e. authorization for tokens)

 

•  Backup assistance with wire transfer administration and approvals

 

•  Support for day to day cash management activities consistent with past practices

     
G3.4    Financial Services – Reporting Applications Support Services    Provision of access to and/or application support services for FIS Integrity, Cambridge, and Trident. Service is subject to ability to apply security so GPC cannot view or access RGHI data in those systems.    12 months from the Commencement Date   

Integrity: $3,610 per month

 

Cambridge: No fixed fee

 

Trident: $180 per month

 

Plus pass-through of actual third-party costs incurred in providing the service

G3.5    Treasury Services – FBAR Reporting    Provision of Foreign Bank and Financial Accounts (“FBAR”) reporting services.    12 months from the Commencement Date   

$80

 

per person / per hour

 

Plus pass-through of actual third-party costs incurred in providing the service

 

A-13


    

Service Name

  

Description of Service

  

Term

  

Fee (USD)

G3.6    Treasury Services – Hedging   

Provision of support and handover services related to commodity hedging activities, including:

 

•  Determining hedge quantities and timing

 

•  Execution of hedging trades in Kiodex

 

•  Tracking open hedge positions

 

•  Facilitate provision of month-end journal entries

   12 months from the Commencement Date   

$100 per person / per hour

 

$4,750 per month for Kiodex

 

$1,000 flat fee per trade placed following the Commencement Date

 

Plus pass-through of actual third-party costs incurred in providing the service

 

A-14


Section G4: Internal Audit and Tax Services

 

    

Service Name

  

Description of Service

  

Term

  

Fee (USD)

G4.1    Audit and IT Audit Handover Services   

Provision of audit handover services, including information relating to internal audit and IT internal audit processes and procedures of GPC.

 

Reasonable provision of:

 

•  Training of new GPC staff and existing documentation for all relevant processes

 

•  Assistance, related to the services included in this section

 

•  Transition handover support as required

   12 months from the Commencement Date   

$175 per person / per hour

 

Plus pass-through of actual third-party costs incurred in providing the service

G4.2    Tax Services – Direct (US)   

Provision of support services for tax accounting and direct tax filings, including preparation and filing of federal and state tax returns. For the avoidance of doubt, preparation and filing of returns may be completed by a third-party service provider consistent with current practice.

 

Reasonable handover tax services, including:

 

•  The transfer by Sellers of any and all historical information and explanations necessary for GPC to completely and accurately prepare and file the tax returns related to post-Closing period.

 

•  Identification of all information sources, including information gathering formats, for the collection of information required for GPC to prepare and file the tax returns related to post-Closing periods.

 

•  Providing continued support in providing historical documentation and explanations in relation to tax audits currently in process.

 

•  Providing working papers and support related to accounting for income taxes.

 

•  Providing historical transfer pricing studies and working papers.

 

•  Assistance with registrations and/or electronic payment registrations as needed.

   24 months from the Commencement Date   

August Fee: $41,479

 

September Fee:

 

$59,203

 

October Fee:

 

$44,924

 

November Fee:

 

$36,311

 

December Fee:

 

$48,956

 

Fees for 2021 will be determined consistent with past practices in approximately Q4 of 2020

 

Plus pass-through of actual third-party costs incurred in providing the service

 

A-15


    

Service Name

  

Description of Service

  

Term

  

Fee (USD)

G4.3    Tax Services – Audit Support   

Provision of support for state and federal and international income tax audits, including:

 

•  Providing documentation and explanations to the examiners

 

•  Preparing necessary paperwork related to any filings or settlements

   24 months from the Commencement Date   

$175 per person / per hour

 

Plus pass-through of actual third-party costs incurred in providing the service

G4.4    Tax Services – International Income Tax Support    Provision of support and handover services for international income tax.    24 months from the Commencement Date   

$140 per person / per hour

 

Plus pass-through of actual third-party costs incurred in providing the service

G4.5    Tax Services – Transfer Pricing Consulting Services    Provision of support and handover services for transfer pricing compliance and other matters related to GPC worldwide transactions and sales services, including in connection with audits and Country by Country (CbC) and customs reporting.    The earlier of (i) 24 months from the Commencement Date or (ii) the cessation of current Director of Transfer Pricing’s employment   

$140 per person / per hour

 

Plus pass-through of actual third-party costs incurred in providing the service

 

A-16


Section G5: Procurement Services

 

    

Service Name

  

Description of Service

  

Term

  

Fee (USD)

G5.1    Procurement – Support and Handover Services   

Provision of support and handover services to assist GPC (consistent with past practices) in obtaining supply and or service agreements, including assisting with negotiations (which shall not include legal advice) in relation to:

 

•  Small parcel freight (UPS, FedEx)

 

•  ISN

 

•  Energy

 

•  IT multifunction devices (printers, etc.)

 

•  Raw materials – resin

 

•  IT procurement

   12 months from the Commencement Date   

$100 per person / per hour

 

Plus the pass-through of actual third-party costs incurred in providing the service

 

A-17


Section G6: Travel and Expense Services

 

    

Service Name

  

Description of Service

  

Term

  

Fee (USD)

G6.1    Travel and Expense Services –Travel Booking Assistance   

Provision of:

 

•  Access to discounted airline, hotel, and rental car rates

 

•  Services relating to travel booking assistance and ticket issuance by FCM

 

For the avoidance of doubt, RGHI may from time to time identify alternative service providers and will provide GPC with reasonable advance notice of any changes.

   12 months from the Commencement Date    No fee

 

A-18


Section G7: Trade Compliance

 

    

Service Name

  

Description of Service

  

Term

  

Fee (USD)

G7.1    Trade Compliance Handover Services   

Provision of access to RGHI’s trade compliance team who will provide ongoing support, background information and handover support services for the current trade compliance function, including:

 

•  Assistance in data handover of historical import and export transactions and classification databases

 

•  Trade compliance procedures, in particular:

 

•  Export controls

 

•  Transition supplier communication regarding Importer Security Filings

 

•  Reporting and filing services, but will not require Sellers to carry out reporting or filing on behalf of the GPC

 

•  Understanding of current issues, including routine filings, prior disclosures, protests, remediations and assistance declarations

 

•  Coordination of shipments with brokers (import and export)

 

•  Classifications

 

•  Preparation of customs documentation

 

•  Denied party screening

 

•  Monthly import and export reports

 

•  FTA support

   August 31, 2020   

$100 per person / per hour

 

Plus pass-through of actual third-party costs incurred in providing the service

G7.2    Trade Compliance Systems    Provision of continued access to and use of shared trade compliance databases (EY and Descartes) to allow GPC to carry out tasks related to free trade agreements, classifications, CTPAT, denied party screening, and trade analysis.    24 months from the Commencement Date    Pass-through of actual third-part costs incurred in providing the service

 

A-19


Section G8: Legal and Other Regulatory Support Services

 

    

Service Name

  

Description of Service

  

Term

  

Fee (USD)

G8.1    General Services – Contract Management Database    Provision of access to and use of RGHI’s contract management database (Conga Novatus).    March 7, 2021    Pass-through of actual third-party costs incurred in providing the service
G8.2    General Services – Intellectual Property   

Provision of access to and use of shared IP databases and service providers to enable GPC to carry out the following:

 

•  Facilitation of ongoing portfolio maintenance (i.e. renewal decisions and required filings)

 

•  Management and oversight of patent and trademark prosecution activities (i.e. office action responses)

 

•  Filing new registrations and applications consistent with past practices

 

IP databases and service providers include:

 

•  IP Manager

 

•  IPAN

 

•  Derwent Innovation

 

•  TrademarkNow

 

For the avoidance of doubt, RGHI may from time to time select alternative databases and/or service providers, and will provide GPC with reasonable advance notice of any changes.

   24 months from the Commencement Date   

$100 per person / per hour

 

Plus pass-through of actual third-party costs incurred in providing the service (i.e. external legal firm fees to compile data for GPC, fees for IP databases and service providers)

G8.3    General Services – Database Separation    Provision of support services related to separation of IP databases (IP Manager and IPAN).    December 31, 2020   

$1,150 per month

 

Plus pass-through of actual third-party costs incurred in providing the service

 

A-20


    

Service Name

  

Description of Service

  

Term

  

Fee (USD)

G8.4    General Services – Corporate Secretarial    Provision of corporate secretarial duties and government filing assistance for GPC international locations consistent with past practices, including support for liquidations, consolidations, and restructures, subject to the availability of RGHI resources.    24 months from the Commencement Date   

$100

per person / per hour

 

Plus pass-through of actual third-party costs incurred in providing the service (i.e. external Co-Sec/legal firm fees, Diligent Entities fees)

G8.5    General Services – Legal Support   

Provision of support and handover services with respect to all legal services provided by RGHI and its Affiliates, including:

 

•  Information, relevant documents, and knowledge transfer related to employment and labor relations

 

•  Ongoing information and assistance in connection with all other matters for which employees of RGHI or its Affiliates were providing legal services prior to the Commencement Date

   12 months from the Commencement Date   

$190 per person / per hour

 

Plus pass-through of actual third-party costs incurred in providing the service

 

A-21


EXHIBIT B

Reverse Transition Services

Section GR1: IT

 

    

Service Name

  

Description of Service

  

Term

  

Fee (USD)

GR1.1    Voice and Cellular Phone Support    General provisioning and management of land line services and CRU mobility with vendors to RGHI.    24 months from the Commencement Date    $2,797 per month
GR1.2    IT Procurement    Handling of procurement activities for venders, including contract management, SOW completion, PR and PO processing for RGHI.    24 months from the Commencement Date    $2,501 per month
GR1.3    GPC HFM    Business support for RGHI in their use of the GPC instance of HFM.    12 months from the Commencement Date    No Fee
GR1.4    DocuSign    Provision of access to and use of DocuSign pursuant to GPC renewal order effective November 15, 2019, consistent with current practices.    The earlier of (i) November 14, 2020 or (ii) the use of all 5,500 envelopes within current DocuSign renewal order    No fee

 

B-1


Section GR2: HR

 

    

Service Name

  

Description of Service

  

Term

  

Fee (USD)

GR2.1    General HR –Employment Services (Reynolds)    Employment of current Director, Supplier Product and Process Quality – Europe & Asia, including, without limitation, provision of human resources support, payroll processing, and benefits coverage.    The earlier of (i) the cessation of the current Director’s employment or (ii) February 4, 2022    Pass-through of actual costs and third-party costs incurred in providing the service

 

B-2


Section GR3: Finance Services

 

    

Service Name

  

Description of Service

  

Term

  

Fee (USD)

GR3.1    General Services – Finance and Support Services    Handover and transition support services to retained CSI businesses in Brazil, Peru, Colombia, Chile, and Argentina, including support for treasury, historical matters, and provision of training and consulting services as may be reasonably requested.    12 months from the Commencement Date    $75 per person / per hour
GR3.2    General Services – AP Support    Provision of accounts payable support and handover services to the Evergreen business unit, consistent with past practice.    12 months from the Commencement Date    $75 per person / per hour
GR3.3    Financial Services – Reporting Applications Support Services    Provision of access to and/or application support services for Blackline. Service is subject to ability to apply security so RGHI cannot view or access GPC data in those systems.    April 1, 2022    No fee

 

B-3


Section GR4: Procurement

 

    

Service Name

  

Description of Service

  

Term

  

Fee (USD)

GR4.1    Procurement Handover Services   

GPC will assist divested CSI business to obtain supply or service agreements, including assisting with negotiations (which shall not include legal advice) in relation to:

 

•  Logistics

 

•  Freight – small parcel (UPS, FedEx)

 

•  IT multifunctional devices (printers, etc.)

   December 20, 2020   

$100

 

per person / per hour

 

Plus pass-through of actual third-party costs incurred in providing the service

 

B-4


Section GR5: Trade Compliance

 

    

Service Name

  

Description of Service

  

Term

  

Fee (USD)

GR5.1    Trade Compliance Handover Services   

Provision of access to GPC’s trade compliance team who will provide background information and handover support services for the current trade compliance function, including:

 

•  Assistance in data handover of historical import and export transactions and classification databases

 

•  Familiarization with trade compliance procedures, in particular:

 

•  Export controls

 

•  Transition supplier communication regarding Importer Security Filings

 

•  Reporting and filing services, but will not require Sellers to carry out reporting or filing on behalf of the GPC

 

•  Understanding of current issues, including routine filings, prior disclosures, protests, remediations and assistance declarations

 

•  Coordination of shipments with brokers (import and export)

 

•  Classifications

 

•  Preparation of customs documentation

 

•  Denied party screening

 

•  Monthly import and export reports

 

•  FTA support

   12 months from the Commencement Date   

$100 per person / per hour

 

Plus pass-through of actual third-party costs incurred in providing the service

 

B-5


Section GR6: Legal Support Services

 

    

Service Name

  

Description of Service

  

Term

  

Fee (USD)

GR6.1    General Services – Intellectual Property – Support Services   

Provision of support services related to Transferred Entities’ intellectual property, including:

 

•  Facilitation of ongoing portfolio maintenance (i.e. renewal decisions and required filings)

 

•  Management and oversight of patent and trademark prosecution activities (i.e. office action responses)

 

•  Filing new registrations and applications consistent with past practices

   To the earlier of (i) December 20, 2020 or (ii) the cessation of current Global Intellectual Property Manager’s employment   

$100 per person / per hour

 

Plus pass-through of actual third-party costs incurred in providing the service

 

B-6


Section GR7: Travel and Expense Services

 

    

Service Name

  

Description of Service

  

Term

  

Fee (USD)

GR7.1    Travel and Expense Services – Concur & Travel Booking Assistance    Provision of access to and use of the Concur system for travel booking, filing expense reports, processing and payment of expense reports, and reimbursement for cash expenses (Bambora).    To the earlier of (i) the transfer of Evergreen employees to the RGHI instance of Concur or (ii) 12 months from the Commencement Date   

$75 per person / per hour

 

Plus pass-through of actual third-party costs incurred in providing the service2

 

 

2 

Concur invoices quarterly and charges are based on number of reports utilized during that timeframe, consistent with past practices.

 

B-7


EXHIBIT C

Service Coordinators

To be designated in writing from time to time by each party.

 

C-1

EX-10.30

Exhibit 10.30

Execution Version

IT LICENSE USAGE AGREEMENT

IT LICENSE USAGE AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) dated as of August 4, 2020, (the “Effective Date”) between Rank Group Limited, a company organized under the laws of New Zealand (“Rank”), Graham Packaging Company Inc., a Delaware corporation, (“GPC”) and Reynolds Group Holdings Limited, a company organized under the laws of New Zealand (“RGHL”) (Rank, GPC and RGHL each a “Party” and collectively, the “Parties”).

RECITALS:

 

A.

The Parties are currently affiliates under common majority ownership.

 

B.

Certain Parties or in the case of RGHL, its direct subsidiary Reynolds Services Inc. (“RSI) are the licensees under the IT license agreements and contractual arrangements with third party providers detailed in Schedule 1 (each a “License” and together, the “Licenses”).

 

C.

Affiliates of the Parties who are the licensees under the Licenses have certain usage rights under the Licenses.

 

D.

The Parties now wish to memorialise certain arrangements relating to usage rights and fees between Rank, RGHL and GPC in respect to such Licenses.

 

E.

In respect of affiliated business units which are not a party to this Agreement, the Parties acknowledge:

 

  i.

Reynolds Consumer Products Inc. (“RCP”) and its direct and indirect subsidiaries use the Licenses pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement dated 4 February 2020 between Reynolds Group Holdings Inc. and RCP; and

 

  ii.

Rakau Building Supplies Holdings Limited (an indirect subsidiary of Rank) and its direct and indirect subsidiaries (which own and operate the Carter Holt Harvey business) (“CHH”) also have usage rights as Affiliates of the relevant Party under each License.

 

F.

Services associated with such Licenses (such as SAP hosting or AT&T network management) are documented under separate agreements.

 

1.

Definitions

The following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below throughout this Agreement:

Affiliate” of a party means any entity that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such party. For purposes of this definition, “control” means ownership of more than 50% interest of voting securities (or equivalent) in an entity, and excluding the SAP Licenses, “control” may also mean the power to direct the management and policies of an entity.

“Agreement” means as set forth in the preamble.

Anniversary Date” means the dates listed under “Anniversary Date” in Schedule 1 identifying the anniversary of the commencement date for each of the Microsoft License, HFM License, SAP Licenses and AT&T Contracts (as applicable).

AT&T Contracts” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(a).


“Benefitted Affiliates” means CHH, Rank and GPC and each of their respective direct and indirect subsidiaries using the relevant License under Sections 2(a), 3(a), 4(a) and 5(a) (as applicable).

Business Day” means any day that is not (i) a Saturday, (ii) a Sunday, or (iii) any other day on which commercial banks are authorized or required by law to be closed in Chicago, Illinois USA or Auckland, New Zealand.

“CHH” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Dispute Negotiations” has the meaning set forth in Section 7(d).

Effective Date” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Expiry Date” means the dates or description set forth under “Expiry Date” in Schedule 1 identifying the date on which each of the Microsoft License, HFM License, SAP Licenses and the AT&T Contracts expire (as applicable).

GPC” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

HFM License” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a).

Invoiced Party” or “Invoiced Parties” have the meaning set forth in Section 7(a).

Invoicing Date” means the date or description set forth under the “Invoicing Date” column in Schedule 1 identifying the date on which the annual license fee is charged for each of the Microsoft License, HFM License and SAP Licenses and the billing period for the AT&T Contracts (as applicable).

Law” means a law, statute, order, ordinance, rule, regulation, judgment, injunction, order, or decree.

“License” or “Licenses” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Licensee” means each of Rank or RSI (as applicable) contracting with the third party IT services and software providers under the Licenses as set out in Schedule 1.

Microsoft License” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a).

Party” and “Parties” have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Rank” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Rank Group” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(g).

“RCP” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

RGHL” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

RSI” has the meaning set out in the Recitals.

Sale and Services Taxes” has the meaning set forth in Section 7(a).

SAP Licenses” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(a).

Tax” means any federal, state, local or foreign income, alternative, minimum, accumulated earnings, personal holding company, franchise, capital stock, profits, windfall profits, gross receipts, sales, use, value added, transfer, registration, stamp, premium, excise, customs duties, severance, environmental (including taxes under section 59A of the Code), real property, personal property, ad valorem, occupancy, license, occupation, employment, payroll, social security, disability, unemployment, workers’ compensation, withholding, estimated or other similar tax, duty, fee, assessment or other governmental charge or deficiencies thereof (including all interest and penalties thereon and additions thereto).

 

2


2.

Microsoft

 

a)

As of the Effective Date, in consideration of the pass-through fees for consumption or license maintenance relating to the License Agreements with Microsoft Corporation detailed in Schedule 1 (the “Microsoft License) and subject to the “Licensees and Benefitted Affiliates Obligations” at Section 6, Parties acknowledge and confirm that Rank (as the Licensee) shall enable the use of the Microsoft License by its Affiliates including RGHL, GPC and CHH and their respective direct and indirect subsidiaries until the earlier of:

 

  i.

the date on which the Microsoft License terminates or expires;

 

  ii.

the date on which any of RGHL, GPC, CHH or their respective direct and indirect subsidiaries on the one hand, and Rank on the other, cease to be Affiliates (such that only the relevant entity which has ceased to be an Affiliate of Rank shall no longer have the use of the Microsoft License); and

 

  iii.

the effective date on which any of RGHL, GPC or CHH on the one hand, or Rank on the other terminates these arrangements by written notice no later than 6 months’ prior to the next Anniversary Date of the Microsoft License to the other of its intention to terminate the arrangements set out in this Section 2 with respect to its own use of the Microsoft License in the case of RGHL, GPC or CHH, or otherwise with respect to this Microsoft License arrangement in the case of Rank. Termination under this provision shall be effective on the next Anniversary Date of the Microsoft License immediately following the notice of termination.

 

b)

Parties agree:

 

  i.

RGHL shall procure RSI (as the manager of the Microsoft License arrangements on behalf of Rank) to:

 

  (1)

pay the annual license fee for the Microsoft License within 30 days of its relevant Invoicing Date; and

 

  (2)

ensure the relevant pass-through cost of the Microsoft License fee is charged to each relevant Affiliate of Rank including GPC and in accordance with each Party’s and its respective direct and indirect subsidiaries’ proportionate utilization of the Microsoft License, to be repaid within 30 days of the date of invoice; and

 

  ii.

Each of Rank and GPC agree for itself and its respective direct and indirect subsidiaries to pay and reimburse RSI its respective portion of the Microsoft License fee within 30 days of its relevant Invoicing Date.

 

3


3.

HFM (Oracle Hyperion)

 

a)

As of the Effective Date, in consideration of the pass-through fees for consumption or license maintenance relating to the License Agreements with Oracle New Zealand detailed in Schedule 1 (the “HFM License), and subject to the “Licensees and Benefitted Affiliates Obligations” at Section 6, Parties acknowledge and confirm Rank (as Licensee) shall enable the use of the HFM License by its Affiliates including RGHL, GPC and their respective direct and indirect subsidiaries until the earlier of:

 

  i.

the date on which the HFM License terminates;

 

  ii.

the date on which any of RGHL, GPC or their respective direct and indirect subsidiaries on the one hand, and Rank on the other, cease to be Affiliates (such that only the relevant entity which has ceased to be an affiliate of Rank shall no longer have the use of the HFM License; and

 

  iii.

the effective date on which any of RGHL or GPC on the one hand, or Rank on the other, terminates these arrangements by no less than 6 months’ prior written notice to the other of its intention to terminate the arrangements set out in this Section 3 with respect to its own use of the HFM License in the case of RGHL or GPC, or otherwise with respect to this HFM License arrangement in the case of Rank. Termination under this provision shall be effective on the next Anniversary Date of the HFM License immediately following the notice of termination.

 

b)

Parties agree:

 

  i.

Rank as Licensee of the HFM License shall pay the annual license fee within 30 days of its relevant Invoicing Date;

 

  ii.

Rank shall procure the relevant pass-through cost of the HFM License fee is charged to each of RGHL, and GPC in accordance with each Party’s and its respective direct and indirect subsidiaries’ proportionate utilization of the HFM License, to be repaid within 30 days of the date of invoice;

 

  iii.

RGHL shall procure that RSI shall pay or reimburse Rank in respect of RGHL’s portion of the HFM License fee within 30 days of its relevant Invoicing Date; and

 

  iv.

GPC agrees for itself and its direct and indirect subsidiaries to reimburse Rank in respect of GPC’s portion of the HFM License fee within 30 days of its relevant Invoicing Date.

 

4.

SAP

 

a)

As of the Effective Date, in consideration of the pass-through fees for consumption or license maintenance relating to the License Agreements with SAP America, Inc. detailed in Schedule 1 (the “SAP Licenses), and subject to the “Licensees and Benefitted Affiliates Obligations” at Section 6, RGHL shall procure that RSI (as Licensee) enables the use of the SAP Licenses by its Affiliates including Rank, GPC, CHH and their respective direct and indirect subsidiaries until the earlier of:

 

  i.

the date on which the SAP Licenses terminate;

 

4


  ii.

the date on which any of Rank, GPC, CHH or their direct and indirect subsidiaries cease to be Affiliates of RSI, (such that only the relevant entity which has ceased to be an Affiliate of RSI shall no longer have the use of the SAP Licenses); and

 

  iii.

the effective date on which any of Rank, GPC, or CHH on the one hand, or RGHL on the other, terminates these arrangements by no less than 6 months’ prior written notice to the other of its intention to terminate the arrangements set out in this Section 4 with respect to its own use of the HFM License in the case of Rank, GPC or CHH, or otherwise with respect to this SAP License arrangement in the case of RGHL. Termination under this provision shall be effective on the next Anniversary Date of the SAP Licenses immediately following the notice of termination.

 

b)

Parties agree RGHL shall procure:

 

  i.

the annual license fee for the SAP Licenses is paid within 30 days of its relevant Invoicing Date; and

 

  ii.

the relevant pass-through cost of the SAP Licenses is charged to each of Rank, CHH and GPC in accordance with each Party’s and its respective direct and indirect subsidiaries’ proportionate utilization of the SAP Licenses, to be repaid within 30 days of the date of invoice.

 

c)

Each of Rank and GPC agree for itself and its subsidiaries to pay its respective portion of the SAP License fee within 30 days of its relevant Invoicing Date.

 

5.

AT&T

 

a)

As of the Effective Date, in consideration for the pass-through fees for consumption relating to the group of contracts with AT&T Global Network Services International detailed in Schedule 1 (the “AT&T Contracts), and subject to the “Licensees and Benefitted Affiliates Obligations” at Section 6, RGHL shall procure that RSI (as Licensee) enables the use of the AT&T Contracts for its Affiliates including GPC and its direct and indirect subsidiaries until the earlier of:

 

  i.

the date on which the AT&T Contracts terminate or expire (such that where contractual arrangements under the AT&T Contracts in respect of services provided to a particular location owned or leased by GPC or its Affiliates have expired or terminated, then only such location shall no longer have the use of the AT&T Contracts);

 

  ii.

the date on which GPC or its direct and indirect subsidiaries cease to be Affiliates of RSI (such that where a direct or indirect subsidiary of GPC ceases to be an Affiliate of RSI, only such entity shall no longer have the use of the AT&T Contracts); and

 

  iii.

the effective date on which either RGHL or GPC terminates all arrangements between the Parties in respect of the AT&T Contracts by giving no less than 6 months’ prior written notice to the other of its intention to terminate the arrangements set out in this Section 5. Termination under this provision shall be effective on the next Anniversary Date of the AT&T Contracts immediately following the notice of termination.

 

5


b)

GPC may vary the services provided under the AT&T Contracts to particular locations owned or leased by GPC or its Affiliates (including terminating contractual arrangements under the AT&T Contracts relating to such locations) by giving no less than 1 months’ prior written notice to RSI.

 

c)

Parties agree:

 

  i.

RGHL shall procure:

 

  (1)

the monthly fees and charges incurred under the AT&T Contracts are paid as they become due and payable; and

 

  (2)

the relevant pass-through cost of the AT&T Contracts is charged to GPC in accordance with its and its direct and indirect subsidiaries’ usage of services under the AT&T Contracts, to be repaid within 30 days of the date of invoice; and

 

  ii.

GPC agrees for itself and its subsidiaries to pay its respective portion of the AT&T fees and charges within 30 days of its relevant Invoicing Date.

 

6.

Licensees and Benefitted Affiliates Obligations

 

a)

All Licensees and Benefitted Affiliates using the Licenses shall comply with the terms of the relevant License.

 

b)

All Benefitted Affiliates shall comply with License usage numbers or restrictions (as applicable) as notified by the relevant Licensee to the Benefitted Affiliates.

 

c)

Use of the relevant License by a Benefitted Affiliate is subject to the Licensee being permitted to allow such use of the relevant License.

 

d)

Each Licensee shall notify their Benefitted Affiliates as soon as reasonably practicable in the event:

 

  i.

the licensor under the relevant License issues a notice of breach or intention to terminate the License;

 

  ii.

the Licensee of a License receives a notice to audit the License from the licensor, and in such case any Benefitted Affiliates of the License being audited shall cooperate with all requests from the Licensee in connection with the audit;

 

  iii.

the licensor under the relevant License or the Licensee to the relevant License varies the terms of the License in a manner which would adversely affect the Benefitted Affiliates’ current use of the License; or

 

  iv.

there is a material increase in fees or usage costs for any of the Licenses.

 

e)

Prior to:

 

  i.

the Expiry Date of the Microsoft License;

 

  ii.

the Expiry Date of the AT&T Contracts; or

 

  iii.

the termination by Rank or RGHL (via RSI) as Licensee of any License

 

6


the Licensee of the relevant License shall use reasonable endeavors to consult all Parties using the relevant License in order to review the licensing/ contract structure and determine the best course of action.

 

f)

In the event that:

 

  i.

a License terminates or expires; or

 

  ii.

a Benefitted Affiliate is sold, or sells some or all of its subsidiaries, or all or part of its business;

then upon request, each relevant Licensee shall use reasonable endeavors to obtain transitional license usage rights or to transfer a portion of the License (where permissible and reasonably practicable to do so) at the requesting entity’s cost to such Benefitted Affiliate.

 

g)

In the event RGHL (or RSI) ceases to be controlled, directly or indirectly, by one or more members of the “Rank Group” (meaning Mr Graeme Hart and all entities controlled directly or indirectly by Mr Graeme Hart and “control” for the purposes of this provision means over 50% direct or indirect share ownership), or where RGHL ceases to be an Affiliate of Rank Group, thereby no longer permitting the use of such License by affiliates of RGHL, then RGHL shall procure that RSI will handover relevant records and use best endeavors to instruct Rank and its affiliates on the License pass-through process, methodology and invoicing arrangements.

 

7.

Taxes and Invoice Disputes

 

a)

Sales Tax, Etc

Each of the Licensees (and including for the avoidance of doubt RSI invoicing as manager of the Microsoft License arrangements on behalf of Rank) shall be entitled to invoice and collect from each of RGHL, CHH, Rank and GPC and their Affiliates using a License in accordance with Sections 2(a), 3(a), 4(a) and 5(a) (as applicable) (an “Invoiced Party” and together the “Invoiced Parties”) any additional amounts required for state, local and foreign sales Tax, value added Tax, goods and services Tax or similar Tax with respect to the provision of the Services hereunder, as applicable (“Sale and Services Taxes”). Notwithstanding the previous sentence, if any Invoiced Party is exempt from liability for such Sale and Services Taxes, it shall provide the Licensees with a certificate (or other proof) evidencing an exemption from liability for such Sale and Services Taxes. Licensees shall be responsible for any losses (including any deficiency, interest and penalties) imposed as a result of a failure to timely remit such Sale and Services Taxes to the applicable tax authority to the extent the relevant Invoiced Party timely remits such Sale and Services Taxes to the Licensees, or Licensees’ failure to do so results from Licensees’ failure to timely charge or invoice such Sale and Services Taxes. An Invoiced Party shall be entitled to any refund of any such Sale and Services Taxes paid in excess of liability as determined at a later date. Licensees shall promptly notify the relevant Invoiced Parties of any deficiency claim or similar notice by a tax authority with respect to Sale and Services Taxes payable hereunder, and of any pending audit or other proceeding that could lead to the imposition of Sales and Services Taxes payable hereunder.

 

7


b)

No Offset

All Invoiced Parties shall not withhold any payments due under this Agreement in order to offset payments due (or to become due) to an Invoiced Party pursuant to this Agreement unless such withholding is mutually agreed to by the Invoiced Party and the relevant Licensee in writing or is provided for in the final ruling of a court. Any required adjustment to payments due hereunder will be made as a subsequent invoice.

 

c)

Invoice Disputes

In the event of an invoice dispute, Invoiced Parties shall deliver a written statement to the invoicing Licensee (or RSI invoicing as manager of the Microsoft License arrangements on behalf of Rank) in accordance with the terms of this Agreement no later than the date payment is due on the disputed invoice listing all disputed items and providing a reasonably detailed description of each disputed item. Amounts not so disputed shall be deemed accepted and shall be paid, notwithstanding disputes on other items, within the periods set forth in this Agreement. The parties shall seek to resolve all such disputes expeditiously and in good faith. Benefitted Affiliates may continue using the relevant License in accordance with this Agreement pending resolution of any dispute.

 

d)

Dispute Resolution

In the event a dispute arises between the Parties under this Agreement, telephonic negotiations shall be conducted between the Parties’ respective representatives within ten (10) days following a written request from any Party (“Dispute Negotiations”). If Parties representatives are unable to resolve the dispute within ten (10) days after the Parties have commenced Dispute Negotiations, then any Party to the Dispute Negotiation, may by written request to the other Party/ Parties request that such dispute be referred for resolution to the respective presidents (or similar position) of the divisions implicated by the matter for the Parties, or more senior executive of a Party if such Party so designates, which presidents (or other executives) will have fifteen (15) days to resolve such dispute. If the presidents of the relevant divisions (or other executives) for each Party do not agree to a resolution of such dispute within fifteen (15) days after the reference of the matter to them, or if the dispute is not otherwise resolved in a friendly manner as set forth in this Section 7(d) then any unresolved dispute may be resolved pursuant to Section 10(d).

 

e)

Audit. At the request of an Invoiced Party, the invoicing Licensee (or RSI invoicing as manager of the Microsoft License arrangements on behalf of Rank) shall provide reasonable access to the invoicing Licensee’s (or RSI invoicing as manager of the Microsoft License arrangements on behalf of Rank) applicable records with respect to the amount charged in connection with any License so that the Invoiced Party may confirm that the pass-through costs incurred by the Licensee or RSI invoicing as manager of the Microsoft License arrangements on behalf of Rank. In the event an Invoiced Party believes that the amount charged to such party materially exceeds the pass-through costs actually incurred by the relevant Licensee (or RSI invoicing as manager of the Microsoft License arrangements on behalf of Rank), parties shall review such matter in good faith.

 

8


8.

Term and Termination

 

a)

Termination of Agreement

This Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and terminate on the date all arrangements between Parties in respect of all Licenses under this Agreement cease to be in effect.

 

b)

Survival

The following Sections shall survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement, including the rights and obligations of each Party thereunder: Section 1; Section 2(a)(iii); Section 2(b); Section 3(a)(iii); Section 3(b); Section 4(a)(iii); Section 4(b); Section 5(a)(iii); Section 5(b); Section 5(c); Section 6; Section 7; Section 8; Section 9 and Section 10.

 

9.

Limitation of Liability

 

a)

Disclaimer

EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, (A) NO PARTY MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO THE SERVICES, AS APPLICABLE, PROVIDED HEREUNDER, AND ALL SUCH LICENSE USAGE RIGHTS, LICENSES OR SERVICES, AS APPLICABLE, ARE PROVIDED ON AN “AS IS” BASIS AND (B) EACH PARTY DISCLAIMS ANY AND ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, NON-INFRINGEMENT OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

 

b)

Limitations

 

  i.

IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY PARTY BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER PARTY FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, OR LOST PROFITS OR LOST REVENUES THAT THE OTHER PARTY MAY INCUR BY REASON OF ITS HAVING ENTERED INTO OR RELIED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, OR IN CONNECTION WITH ANY OF THE LICENSE USAGE RIGHTS, LICENSES OR SERVICES PROVIDED HEREUNDER OR THE FAILURE THEREOF, REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF ACTION IN WHICH SUCH DAMAGES ARE ASSERTED, WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE) OR OTHERWISE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF THE SAME OTHER THAN TO THE EXTENT AWARDED IN A THIRD PARTY CLAIM.

 

  ii.

IN NO EVENT SHALL A PARTY’S LIABILITY IN RELATION TO THE LICENSE USAGE RIGHTS, LICENSES OR SERVICES PROVIDED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT EXCEED THE FEES PAID TO IT UNDER THIS AGREEMENT FOR THE SPECIFIC SERVICE THAT RESULTED IN THE LOSS.

 

9


10.

Miscellaneous

 

(a)

Notices

All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given by delivery in person, via email (followed by overnight courier), or by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) to the other Parties hereto as follows:

if to GPC,

Graham Packaging Company Inc.

700 Indian Springs Drive, Suite 100,

Lancaster PA 17601-1266,

United States

Attention:     Wayne Anderson (CIO)

Email:          Wayne.Anderson@grahampackaging.com

if to Rank,

Rank Group Limited

Level Nine

148 Quay Street

P.O. Box 3515

Auckland, New Zealand

Attention:     Pat O’Connell (CIO)

Email:          Pat.OConnell@rankgroup.co.nz

if to RGHL,

c/o Reynolds Group Holdings Inc.

1900 W. Field Court

Lake Forest IL 6004,

United States

Attention:     Chuck Whittington (CIO)

Email:          cwhittington@pactiv.com

or such other address or email as such party may hereafter specify for the purpose by notice to the other Party hereto. All such notices, requests and other communications shall be deemed received on the date of receipt by the recipient thereof if received prior to 5:00 p.m. on a Business Day in the place of receipt. Otherwise, any such notice, request or communication shall be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day in the place of receipt. Notwithstanding the foregoing, normal business communications with respect to the Services may be given by the Parties by whatever means are usual and appropriate for such types of communications.

 

10


(b)

Entire Agreement

This Agreement, including all Schedules, constitute the sole and entire agreement and supersede all prior agreements, understandings and representations, both written and oral, between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

(c)

Waivers and Amendments; Non-Contractual Remedies; Preservation of Remedies

No amendment, modification or discharge of this Agreement, and no waiver hereunder, shall be valid or binding unless set forth in writing and duly executed by the Party against whom enforcement of the amendment, modification, discharge or waiver is sought. Any such waiver shall constitute a waiver only with respect to the specific matter described in such writing and shall in no way impair the rights of the Party granting such waiver in any other respect or at any other time. Neither the waiver by any of the Parties hereto of a breach of or a default under any of the provisions of this Agreement, nor the failure by any of the Parties, on one or more occasions, to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement or to exercise any right or privilege hereunder, shall be construed as a waiver of any other breach or default of a similar nature, or as a waiver of any of such provisions, rights or privileges hereunder. The rights and remedies herein provided are cumulative and none is exclusive of any other, or of any rights or remedies that any Party may otherwise have at law or in equity.

 

(d)

Governing Law

This Agreement shall be governed in all respects, including as to validity, interpretation and effect, by the Laws of the State of Illinois, without giving effect to its principles or rules of conflict of laws, to the extent such principles or rules are not mandatorily applicable by statute and would permit or require the application of the Laws of another jurisdiction.

 

(e)

Further Assurances

Each Party covenants and agrees that, without any additional consideration, it shall execute and deliver, or shall cause its Affiliates to execute and deliver, such documents and other papers and shall take, or shall cause its affiliates to take, such further actions as may be reasonably required to carry out the provisions of this Agreement and give effect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(f)

Assignment

No Party may assign this Agreement, or any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement (whether by operation of Law or otherwise), without the prior written consent of the other Parties; provided, that notwithstanding the foregoing, any Party may assign any or all of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the consent of the other Parties to:

 

  i.

its direct and indirect subsidiaries,

 

  ii.

a purchaser of:

 

  (1)

one or more of its direct or indirect subsidiaries that provides or uses any License under this Agreement;

 

  (2)

all or substantially all of the business or assets of one or more of its direct or indirect subsidiaries that provides or uses any License under this Agreement; or

 

  (3)

all or substantially all of such party’s business or assets; or

 

11


  iii.

its financing sources solely for collateral purposes, in each case so long as the assignee agrees to be bound by the terms of this Agreement. Any permitted assignment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective heirs, successors and permitted assigns. Any attempted assignment of this Agreement, or the rights or obligations herein, not in accordance with the terms of this section shall be void.

 

(g)

Severability

If any term or other provision of this Agreement is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, all other provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any Party. Upon any such determination, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the Parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

 

(h)

Interpretation

 

  i.

The Parties acknowledge and agree that, except as specifically provided herein, they may pursue judicial remedies at law or equity in the event of a dispute with respect to the interpretation or construction of this Agreement.

 

  ii.

This Agreement shall be interpreted and enforced in accordance with the provisions hereof without the aid of any canon, custom or rule of law requiring or suggesting constitution against the Party causing the drafting of the provision in question.

 

  iii.

A reference to the singular of a word includes the plural, and the converse also applies and if a word or phrase is defined, its other grammatical forms have a corresponding meaning.

 

  iv.

A reference to an agreement or document (including a reference to this Agreement) is to the agreement or document as amended, supplemented, novated or replaced, except to the extent prohibited by this Agreement or that other agreement or document.

 

  v.

A reference to a party to this Agreement or another agreement or document includes the party’s successors, permitted substitutes and permitted assigns (and, where applicable, the party’s legal personal representatives).

 

(i)

No Third-Party Beneficiaries

Nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any person, other than the Parties hereto, their successors and permitted novates, transferees and assigns, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision contained herein.

 

(j)

Counterparts

This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by emailed scanned pages shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart to this Agreement.

[Signature page follows]

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

Rank Group Limited
By:  

/s/ Greg Cole

Name:   Greg Cole
Title:   Director
Graham Packaging Company Inc.
By:  

/s/ Tracee Auld

Name:   Tracee Auld
Title:   Vice President
Reynolds Group Holdings Limited
By:  

/s/ Joseph Doyle

Name:   Joseph Doyle
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

13


SCHEDULE 1 – Licenses

 

License/ contracts

  

Invoicing

Date

  

Anniversary

Date

  

Expiry Date

HFM License Agreement

Various HFM (Oracle Hyperion) License Agreements between Rank (as licensee) and Oracle New Zealand entered into by the parties from time to time (as amended).

   1 July    1 July    In perpetuity, unless terminated.

Microsoft License Agreement

Microsoft License Agreements dated 1 June 2020 (as amended) between Rank (as licensee) and Microsoft Corporation.

   1 June    1 June   

31 May 2023

(as varied from time to time in the event the License term is renewed or extended).

SAP Licenses

Various SAP License Agreements between RSI (as licensee) and SAP America, Inc. entered into by the parties from time to time (as amended).

   1 January    1 January    In perpetuity, unless terminated.

AT&T Contracts

Group of contracts dated on and around 30 June 2020 between RSI and AT&T Global Network Services International (as amended).

   Invoiced monthly based on usage.    30 June   

30 June 2023

(as varied from time to time in the event the License term is renewed or extended).

 

14

EX-10.31

Exhibit 10.31

 

July 3, 2019

Mike Ragen

CFO/COO, Pactiv

Dear Mike:

As we have discussed, a critical component of our ongoing business strategy for Reynolds Consumer Products will be to explore opportunities for the business that could lead to an Initial Public Offering (IPO) of the business or potentially a divestiture of the associated business entities. Your assistance is needed by Reynolds as we work through this process to help prepare the business for a successful transaction. In light of this, we are offering you a special Transaction Success bonus (“Bonus”) that will become payable if a successful IPO is concluded or if there is a sale of the business by June 30, 2020.

If the transaction is completed, your potential bonus will be $270,000. Fifty percent (50%) of this bonus ($135,000) will be paid to you 30 days after the effective date of an IPO or the closing date of a sale, so long as you do not voluntarily leave your employment during that time. You will be paid the remaining fifty percent (50%) of this bonus six (6) months after the effective date of an IPO or the closing date, so long as you do not voluntarily leave your employment during that time. This bonus is a gross amount and is subject to all applicable tax withholding requirements. This bonus will not be treated as compensation for any purpose under any benefit plans or programs, unless statutorily required.

Because of the significance of this strategic effort it is of utmost importance that you keep this offer and all its terms entirely confidential.

Thank you for your willingness to assist the team during this endeavor and for your help in ensuring the success of this very important process for Reynolds Consumer Products.

Sincerely,

/s/ Steve Estes

Chief HR Officer

Rank Group

EX-21.1

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of Pactiv Evergreen Inc.

 

Legal Name of Subsidiary

  

Jurisdiction of
Organization

Alusud Argentina S.R.L.    Argentina
Gulf Closures W.L.L.    Bahrain
Closure Systems International (Brazil) Sistemas de Vedacao Ltda.    Brazil
CSI Latin American Holdings Corporation    British Virgin Islands
Evergreen Packaging Canada Limited    Canada
Pactiv Canada Inc.    Canada
Alusud Embalajes Chile Ltda.    Chile
Evergreen Packaging (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.    China
Alusud Embalajes Colombia Ltda.    Colombia
Closure Systems International (Colombia Trade) S.A.S.    Colombia
Closure Systems International (Egypt) LLC    Egypt
Evergreen Packaging de El Salvador, S.A. de C.V.    El Salvador
Pactiv Deutschland Holdinggesellschaft mbH    Germany
CSI Hungary Manufacturing and Trading Limited Liability Company    Hungary
Ducart Evergreen Packaging Ltd.    Israel
Evergreen Packaging Korea Limited    Korea
Grupo Corporativo Jaguar, S.A. de C.V.    Mexico
Pactiv Foodservice Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V.    Mexico
Pactiv Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V.    Mexico
Servicios Industriales Jaguar, S.A. de C.V.    Mexico
Servicios Integrales de Operacion, S.A. de C.V.    Mexico
Naturepak Beverage Packaging Africa SAS    Morocco

PEI Holdings Company

   New Zealand
Beverage Packaging Factoring Trust    New Zealand
Beverage Packaging Holdings I    New Zealand
Beverage Packaging Holdings III Limited    New Zealand
Beverage Packaging Holdings V    New Zealand
Closure Solutions Holdings Limited    New Zealand
Evergreen Packaging International Limited    New Zealand
Reynolds Group Issuer (New Zealand) Limited    New Zealand
Reynolds Packaging I Limited    New Zealand
Reynolds Packaging International Limited    New Zealand
Alusud Peru S.A.    Peru


Naturepak Beverage Packaging Co. Ltd    Saudi Arabia
Closure Systems International España, S.L.U.    Spain
Evergreen Packaging (Taiwan) Co., Ltd.    Taiwan
Blue Ridge Holding LLC    Delaware
Blue Ridge Paper Products LLC    Delaware
BRPP, LLC    North Carolina
Coast-Packaging Company    California
Evergreen Packaging LLC    Delaware
GEC Packaging Technologies LLC    Delaware
Pactiv Europe Services LLC    Delaware
Pactiv LLC    Delaware
Pactiv Management Company LLC    Delaware
Pactiv Packaging Inc.    Delaware
PCA West Inc.    Delaware
Reynolds Group Holdings Inc.    Delaware
Reynolds Group Issuer Inc.    Delaware
Reynolds Group Issuer LLC    Delaware
Reynolds Services Inc.    Delaware
EX-23.1

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Pactiv Evergreen Inc. of our report dated June 2, 2020, except for the effects of the distribution described in Note 3 and the segment change described in Note 17, as to which the date is August 20, 2020, relating to the financial statements of Reynolds Group Holdings Limited, which appears in this Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP                    

Chicago, Illinois

August 21, 2020

EX-99.1

Exhibit 99.1

CONSENT OF DIRECTOR NOMINEE

In accordance with Rule 438 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned hereby consents to being named as a nominee to the board of directors of Pactiv Evergreen Inc. (the “Company”) in the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1 and in all amendments thereto, including post-effective amendments (the “Registration Statement”), in connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s common stock. The undersigned also consents to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendments thereto.

Dated: August 21, 2020

 

/s/ LeighAnne Baker

LeighAnne Baker

 

EX-99.2

Exhibit 99.2

CONSENT OF DIRECTOR NOMINEE

In accordance with Rule 438 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned hereby consents to being named as a nominee to the board of directors of Pactiv Evergreen Inc. (the “Company”) in the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1 and in all amendments thereto, including post-effective amendments (the “Registration Statement”), in connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s common stock. The undersigned also consents to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendments thereto.

Dated: August 21, 2020

 

/s/ Michael King

Michael King
EX-99.3

Exhibit 99.3

CONSENT OF DIRECTOR NOMINEE

In accordance with Rule 438 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned hereby consents to being named as a nominee to the board of directors of Pactiv Evergreen Inc. (the “Company”) in the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1 and in all amendments thereto, including post-effective amendments (the “Registration Statement”), in connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s common stock. The undersigned also consents to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendments thereto.

Dated: August 21, 2020

 

/s/ Rolf Stangl

Rolf Stangl
EX-99.4

Exhibit 99.4

CONSENT OF DIRECTOR NOMINEE

In accordance with Rule 438 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned hereby consents to being named as a nominee to the board of directors of Pactiv Evergreen Inc. (the “Company”) in the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1 and in all amendments thereto, including post-effective amendments (the “Registration Statement”), in connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s common stock. The undersigned also consents to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendments thereto.

Dated: August 21, 2020

 

/s/ Jonathan Rich

Jonathan Rich
EX-99.5

Exhibit 99.5

CONSENT OF DIRECTOR NOMINEE

In accordance with Rule 438 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned hereby consents to being named as a nominee to the board of directors of Pactiv Evergreen Inc. (the “Company”) in the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1 and in all amendments thereto, including post-effective amendments (the “Registration Statement”), in connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s common stock. The undersigned also consents to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendments thereto.

Dated: August 21, 2020

 

/s/ Felicia Thornton

Felicia Thornton